Authors’ Note
With the exception of this note, the entire document is machine-written. We have carefully supervised its preparation to ensure that the proofs are readable and that previous literature is appropriately cited. We are releasing this manuscript on Hexagon to disseminate the result as quickly as possible because it may be of interest to the mathematical community. We welcome suggestions concerning mathematical corrections, omitted citations, and attribution of ideas.
P. L. was partially supported by NSF grant DMS-2450004.
Introduction
The Sherrington–Kirkpatrick (SK) model is the mean-field Ising spin glass, in which every pair of spins interacts through an independent Gaussian coupling [100]. Its equilibrium theory is well developed. Parisi’s hierarchical ansatz [91] predicted the limiting free energy, and this prediction was proved through Guerra’s interpolation bound [59] and Talagrand’s matching lower bound [103]. At every fixed inverse temperature β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 and zero external field, the minimizing Parisi measure is supported on an interval [ 0 , q β ] [0,q_\beta] [ 0 , q β ] ; this was proved by Zhou for β \beta β close to one [116, Theorem 1] and in [69, Theorem 1.1] for every β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 . Much less is known about the dynamics of the model at low temperature, and about the finite-size corrections to its equilibrium quantities. This paper addresses both.
Our main results concern the heat-bath dynamics, also called Glauber dynamics [58], in which one spin at a time is resampled from its conditional law. For fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 , we sample the couplings and then one configuration from the Gibbs measure, and run the dynamics from this configuration. We prove that, with probability tending to one, the law of the configuration at time exp ( A β n 7 / 30 ) \exp(A_\beta n^{7/30}) exp ( A β n 7/30 ) is still at total-variation distance greater than τ \tau τ from the Gibbs measure, for every fixed τ < 1 / 2 \tau< 1/2 τ < 1/2 and a coefficient A β > 0 A_\beta> 0 A β > 0 that does not depend on τ \tau τ (Theorem 1.1 ). In the other direction, for every fixed ω ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 4 ) \omega\in(0,1/4) ω ∈ ( 0 , 1/4 ) , the distance is at most 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 at time exp ( n 1 − ω ) \exp(n^{1-\omega}) exp ( n 1 − ω ) , again with probability tending to one (Theorem 1.3 ). OpenAI proved bounds of both kinds in the same setting, with the same joint law of the couplings and the initial configuration, the same clocks of rate one per site, and the threshold 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 : a lower bound at time exp ( n 1 / 10000 ) \exp(n^{1/10000}) exp ( n 1/10000 ) [77, Theorem 1.1] and an upper bound at time exp ( n 1 − 1 / 40000000 ) \exp(n^{1-1/40000000}) exp ( n 1 − 1/40000000 ) [85, Theorem 1]. We follow the overall strategy of both proofs. Let T J ( X 0 ) T^J(X_0) T J ( X 0 ) be the first time at which the distance from the Gibbs measure is at most 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 . Combining our two bounds, we find that if log T J ( X 0 ) = n ζ + o ( 1 ) \log T^J(X_0) = n^{\zeta+o(1)} log T J ( X 0 ) = n ζ + o ( 1 ) , then 7 / 30 ≤ ζ ≤ 3 / 4 7/30 \le\zeta\le3/4 7/30 ≤ ζ ≤ 3/4 (Corollary 1.5). The proof of the lower bound uses the upper bound n − 7 / 10 n^{-7/10} n − 7/10 of Aronow and Lopatto on the mean bias of the pressure [6, Theorem 1.1].
Our second contribution is a complete formal proof of Theorem 1.1 in the Lean 4 proof assistant [48, 108], together with formal proofs of two results that are not new. The first is the fluctuation theorem Var ( F n ) = n 1 / 3 + o ( 1 ) \operatorname{Var}(F_n) = n^{1/3+o(1)} Var ( F n ) = n 1/3 + o ( 1 ) for the logarithm F n F_n F n of the partition function (Theorem 1.6 ), which was stated and proved by OpenAI in [81, Theorem 1.1]. OpenAI’s public formalization of this theorem assumes a two-sided bound on positive logarithmic moments of the centered completed log partition function, which is proved on paper in [81, Proposition 7.5]; our formal proof establishes this bound. We restate the theorem with attribution, describe the structure of its proof, and reproduce the short final step of that proof; we do not claim a new mathematical proof of Theorem 1.6. We have formalized Theorem 1.3; see Section 22.5.
The second known result is a lower bound with exponent 5 / 6 5/6 5/6 on the mean bias P β − n − 1 E F n P_\beta-n^{-1}\mathbb{E}F_n P β − n − 1 E F n , where P β = lim n → ∞ n − 1 E F n P_\beta=\lim_{n\to\infty}n^{-1}\mathbb{E}F_n P β = lim n → ∞ n − 1 E F n is the limiting pressure. It follows from Theorem 1.6 and a variance–bias inequality of Aronow and Lopatto [8, Lemma 7.4 and Remark 7.14] that the mean bias is at least of order n − 5 / 6 − ε n^{-5/6-\varepsilon} n − 5/6 − ε for every fixed ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 (Corollary 1.7). This deduction was already recorded in [6, Section 1.6]; what is new here is its formal proof. Together with the upper bound of [6], it shows that if the mean bias is n − a + o ( 1 ) n^{-a+o(1)} n − a + o ( 1 ) , then 7 / 10 ≤ a ≤ 5 / 6 7/10\le a\le5/6 7/10 ≤ a ≤ 5/6 .
Main results
For an integer n ≥ 2 n\ge2 n ≥ 2 , let Σ n = { − 1 , 1 } n \Sigma_n=\{-1,1\}^n Σ n = { − 1 , 1 } n , and let J = ( J i j ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n J=(J_{ij})_{1\le i<j\le n} J = ( J ij ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n be independent standard Gaussian variables. We set J j i = J i j J_{ji}=J_{ij} J j i = J ij and J i i = 0 J_{ii}=0 J ii = 0 . The Hamiltonian, the partition function, and the Gibbs measure at inverse temperature β \beta β are
H n ( x ) = 1 n ∑ 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n J i j x i x j , Z n = ∑ x ∈ Σ n e β H n ( x ) , π J ( x ) = e β H n ( x ) Z n . (1) H_n(x)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{n}}\sum_{1\le i<j\le n}J_{ij}x_ix_j,\qquad Z_n=\sum_{x\in\Sigma_n}e^{\beta H_n(x)},\qquad\pi^J(x)=\frac{e^{\beta H_n(x)}}{Z_n}. \tag*{(1)} H n ( x ) = n 1 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n ∑ J ij x i x j , Z n = x ∈ Σ n ∑ e β H n ( x ) , π J ( x ) = Z n e β H n ( x ) . (1)
We write R ( x , y ) = n − 1 ∑ i = 1 n x i y i R(x,y)=n^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^n x_i y_i R ( x , y ) = n − 1 ∑ i = 1 n x i y i for the overlap of x , y ∈ Σ n x,y\in\Sigma_n x , y ∈ Σ n , and F n = log Z n F_n=\log Z_n F n = log Z n .
In the heat-bath dynamics, each site carries an independent exponential clock of rate one. When the clock of site i i i rings at a configuration x x x , the spin x i x_i x i is replaced by σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } \sigma\in\{-1,1\} σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } with probability
P i J ( σ ∣ x ) = e β σ h i ( x ) 2 cosh ( β h i ( x ) ) , h i ( x ) = 1 n ∑ j ≠ i J i j x j , P_i^J(\sigma\mid x)=\frac{e^{\beta\sigma h_i(x)}}{2\cosh(\beta h_i(x))},\qquad h_i(x)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{n}}\sum_{j\ne i}J_{ij}x_j, P i J ( σ ∣ x ) = 2 cosh ( β h i ( x )) e β σ h i ( x ) , h i ( x ) = n 1 j = i ∑ J ij x j ,
which is the conditional law of the i i i th spin under π J \pi^J π J given the other spins. An update may leave the configuration unchanged. We write P t J ( x , ⋅ ) P_t^J(x,\cdot) P t J ( x , ⋅ ) for the law at time t t t of this process started at x x x , and K J K^J K J for the transition matrix of the discrete chain that chooses a site uniformly at random and performs one such update. One unit of continuous time contains n n n update attempts on average. Both chains are reversible with respect to π J \pi^J π J . For x ∈ Σ n x\in\Sigma_n x ∈ Σ n , t ≥ 0 t\ge0 t ≥ 0 , and integers k ≥ 0 k\ge0 k ≥ 0 , we set
d J ( x , t ) = ∥ P t J ( x , ⋅ ) − π J ∥ T V , d d i s c J ( x , k ) = ∥ ( K J ) k ( x , ⋅ ) − π J ∥ T V , d^J(x,t)=\lVert P_t^J(x,\cdot)-\pi^J\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}},\qquad d_{\mathrm{disc}}^J(x,k)=\lVert(K^J)^k(x,\cdot)-\pi^J\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}, d J ( x , t ) = ∥ P t J ( x , ⋅ ) − π J ∥ TV , d disc J ( x , k ) = ∥( K J ) k ( x , ⋅ ) − π J ∥ TV ,
where ∥ ν − ζ ∥ T V = 1 2 ∑ x ∣ ν ( x ) − ζ ( x ) ∣ \lVert\nu-\zeta\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}}=\frac{1}{2}\sum_x\lvert\nu(x)-\zeta(x)\rvert ∥ ν − ζ ∥ TV = 2 1 ∑ x ∣ ν ( x ) − ζ ( x )∣ . We also write
T J ( x ) = inf { t ≥ 0 : d J ( x , t ) ≤ 1 / 4 } , T d i s c J ( x ) = min { k ≥ 0 : d d i s c J ( x , k ) ≤ 1 / 4 } . T^J(x)=\inf\{t\ge0:d^J(x,t)\le1/4\},\qquad T_{\mathrm{disc}}^J(x)=\min\{k\ge0:d_{\mathrm{disc}}^J(x,k)\le1/4\}. T J ( x ) = inf { t ≥ 0 : d J ( x , t ) ≤ 1/4 } , T disc J ( x ) = min { k ≥ 0 : d disc J ( x , k ) ≤ 1/4 } .
for the mixing times of the two chains started at x x x . Since t ↦ d J ( x , t ) t \mapsto d^{J}(x,t) t ↦ d J ( x , t ) is continuous and nonincreasing (Lemma 3.2), we have T J ( x ) ≤ t T^{J}(x) \le t T J ( x ) ≤ t if and only if d J ( x , t ) ≤ 1 / 4 d^{J}(x,t) \le1/4 d J ( x , t ) ≤ 1/4 , and similarly in discrete time. Finally, P J , X 0 ∼ π J \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J} P J , X 0 ∼ π J denotes the joint law of the couplings J J J and of a configuration X 0 X_0 X 0 whose conditional law given J J J is π J \pi^J π J ; see (38) . These definitions are given in detail in Section 3.
Theorem 1.1 (Barrier from typical equilibrium states). For every fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 there exists A β > 0 A_\beta> 0 A β > 0 such that, for every fixed τ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ) \tau\in(0,1/2) τ ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ) ,
P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , e A β n 7 / 30 ) > τ } ⟶ 1 , (2) \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\left\{d^J\left(X_0,e^{A_\beta n^{7/30}}\right)>\tau\right\}\longrightarrow1, \tag*{(2)} P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , e A β n 7/30 ) > τ } ⟶ 1 , (2) P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d d i s c J ( X 0 , ⌊ e A β n 7 / 30 ⌋ ) > τ } ⟶ 1. (3) \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\left\{d^J_{\mathrm{disc}}\left(X_0,\left\lfloor e^{A_\beta n^{7/30}}\right\rfloor\right)>\tau\right\}\longrightarrow1. \tag*{(3)} P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d disc J ( X 0 , ⌊ e A β n 7/30 ⌋ ) > τ } ⟶ 1. (3)
The configuration X 0 X_0 X 0 is sampled once and then held fixed, so that d J ( X 0 , t ) d^J(X_0,t) d J ( X 0 , t ) measures the distance from equilibrium of the chain started at this particular configuration. If the initial configuration were instead averaged over π J \pi^J π J before the distance is taken, the law at time t t t would be π J \pi^J π J by stationarity, and the distance would vanish. Since the Gibbs mass of the set of initial configurations in the event of (1.2) takes values in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] and has expectation equal to the displayed probability, (1.2) is equivalent to the convergence of this Gibbs mass to one in probability over the disorder; this observation is made after [77, Theorem 1.1] and is recalled in Section 3. The coefficient A β A_\beta A β depends only on β \beta β : the same coefficient serves for every fixed threshold τ < 1 / 2 \tau< 1/2 τ < 1/2 and for both clocks, while the rate of convergence in (1.2) and (1.3) may depend on τ \tau τ . The restriction τ < 1 / 2 \tau< 1/2 τ < 1/2 comes from spin-flip symmetry: for every configuration v v v , the half-space { y : R ( v , y ) ≤ 0 } \{y : R(v,y) \le0\} { y : R ( v , y ) ≤ 0 } has Gibbs mass at least 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 , and the proof shows that, for a suitable configuration v v v with R ( v , X 0 ) R(v,X_0) R ( v , X 0 ) bounded away from zero, the chain started at X 0 X_0 X 0 is unlikely to enter this half-space before the stated time.
The exponent 7 / 30 7/30 7/30 is one third of the exponent 7 / 10 7/10 7/10 in the bound 0 ≤ P β − n − 1 E F n ≤ C β n − 7 / 10 0 \le P_\beta- n^{-1}\mathbb{E}F_n \le C_\beta n^{-7/10} 0 ≤ P β − n − 1 E F n ≤ C β n − 7/10 on the mean bias proved in [6, Theorem 1.1], where we recall that P β P_\beta P β is the limiting pressure. The proof needs overlap constraints on a scale ρ \rho ρ whose pressure deficit, of order ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 per spin, dominates the mean bias, and our counting argument allows a time t t t with log t \log t log t of order 1 / ρ 1/\rho 1/ ρ . With the bound n − 7 / 10 n^{-7/10} n − 7/10 , we can take ρ ≍ n − 7 / 30 \rho\asymp n^{-7/30} ρ ≍ n − 7/30 . § 2.6 explains this balance in more detail. A union bound over polynomially many constraints in the argument requires n ρ 4 n\rho^4 n ρ 4 to be large compared with log n \log n log n , so the present argument gives no exponent of 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 or more, whatever the upper bound on the mean bias. Theorem 1.1 is proved in Section 12.
Since total variation contracts under a Markov kernel that preserves π J \pi^J π J , the distances d J ( x , t ) d^J(x,t) d J ( x , t ) and d d i s c J ( x , k ) d^J_{\mathrm{disc}}(x,k) d disc J ( x , k ) are nonincreasing in t t t and k k k . For every fixed A > 0 A>0 A > 0 and κ < 7 / 30 \kappa<7/30 κ < 7/30 , we have n κ < A n 7 / 30 n^\kappa< An^{7/30} n κ < A n 7/30 for all sufficiently large n n n . Theorem 1.1 implies the following statement with coefficient one, which is also proved in Section 12.
Corollary 1.2 (Unit coefficient below the exponent 7 / 30 7/30 7/30 ). For every fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 , every fixed κ ∈ ( 0 , 7 / 30 ) \kappa\in(0,7/30) κ ∈ ( 0 , 7/30 ) , and every fixed τ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ) \tau\in(0,1/2) τ ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ) ,
P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , e n κ ) > τ } ⟶ 1 , P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d d i s c J ( X 0 , ⌊ e n κ ⌋ ) > τ } ⟶ 1. \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\left\{d^J(X_0,e^{n^\kappa})>\tau\right\}\longrightarrow1,\qquad\mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\left\{d^J_{\mathrm{disc}}(X_0,\lfloor e^{n^\kappa}\rfloor)>\tau\right\}\longrightarrow1. P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , e n κ ) > τ } ⟶ 1 , P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d disc J ( X 0 , ⌊ e n κ ⌋) > τ } ⟶ 1. The corollary does not assert coefficient one at the exponent 7 / 30 7/30 7/30 itself.
The proof gives more than the convergence of the probabilities in Theorem 1.1 ; we record the stronger forms in Theorem 12.6. There exist A > 0 A>0 A > 0 and, for each n n n , a disorder event of probability at least 1 − C e − c n 1 / 15 1-Ce^{-cn^{1/15}} 1 − C e − c n 1/15 on which the following holds for all sufficiently large n n n . The set of initial configurations x x x with d J ( x , t ) ≥ 1 / 2 − C e − c n 7 / 30 d^J(x,t)\ge1/2-Ce^{-cn^{7/30}} d J ( x , t ) ≥ 1/2 − C e − c n 7/30 for every t ≤ e A n 7 / 30 t\le e^{An^{7/30}} t ≤ e A n 7/30 , and with the analogous bound for the discrete chain, has Gibbs mass at least 1 − C e − c n 7 / 30 1-Ce^{-cn^{7/30}} 1 − C e − c n 7/30 . The same holds for the Metropolis dynamics and, more generally, for every single-site dynamics with uniformly bounded rates that leaves π J \pi^J π J stationary. For every reversible such dynamics, the relaxation time is at least e A n 7 / 30 / ( C n 7 / 30 ) e^{An^{7/30}}/(Cn^{7/30}) e A n 7/30 / ( C n 7/30 ) . Finally, the Gibbs mass of the slow initial configurations tends to one almost surely along the full sequence of system sizes, however the disorders of different sizes are coupled. The main change in the proof is a lower bound on F n F_n F n from the small-deviation inequality of Paouris and Valettas for convex functions of Gaussian vectors [90, Theorem 2.1 and Remark 2.4(3)], in place of Chebyshev’s inequality. We have formalized Theorem 1.1 and Corollary 1.2 in Lean, but not Theorem 12.6; see § 2.5 .
Theorem 1.3 (Mixing from typical equilibrium states). For every fixed β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 and every fixed ω ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 4 ) \omega\in(0,1/4) ω ∈ ( 0 , 1/4 ) ,
P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , e n 1 − ω ) ≤ 1 / 4 } ⟶ 1 ; equivalently P J , X 0 ∼ π J { T J ( X 0 ) ≤ e n 1 − ω } ⟶ 1. \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\left\{d^J(X_0,e^{n^{1-\omega}})\le1/4\right\}\longrightarrow1;\qquad\text{equivalently}\qquad\mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\left\{T^J(X_0)\le e^{n^{1-\omega}}\right\}\longrightarrow1. P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , e n 1 − ω ) ≤ 1/4 } ⟶ 1 ; equivalently P J , X 0 ∼ π J { T J ( X 0 ) ≤ e n 1 − ω } ⟶ 1. As in Theorem 1.1 , the configuration X 0 X_0 X 0 is sampled once and then held fixed when the distance d J ( X 0 , t ) d^J(X_0,t) d J ( X 0 , t ) is formed, and the clocks have rate one per site, as in § 5.1.3 . By the argument of Lemma 3.4 , applied to the complementary events { d J ( X 0 , t ) > 1 / 4 } \{d^J(X_0,t)>1/4\} { d J ( X 0 , t ) > 1/4 } , Theorem 1.3 is equivalent to the convergence to zero, in probability over the disorder, of the Gibbs mass of the initial configurations x x x with d J ( x , e n 1 − ω ) > 1 / 4 d^J(x,e^{n^{1-\omega}})>1/4 d J ( x , e n 1 − ω ) > 1/4 . The theorem asserts nothing at ω = 1 / 4 \omega=1/4 ω = 1/4 . It improves the exponent 1 − 1 / 40000000 1-1/40000000 1 − 1/40000000 of [85, Theorem 1], and it is proved in Part IV. We have formalized Theorem 1.3 ; see Section 22.5.
For the discrete chain, we prove the same bound after ⌊ e n 1 − ω ⌋ \lfloor e^{n^{1-\omega}}\rfloor ⌊ e n 1 − ω ⌋ update attempts. Since one unit of continuous time contains n n n update attempts on average, this number of attempts corresponds to the time e n 1 − ω / n e^{n^{1-\omega}}/n e n 1 − ω / n . Together with Theorem 1.1 , we obtain two-sided bounds in both time conventions.
Corollary 1.4 (Discrete time). For every fixed β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 and ω ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 4 ) \omega\in(0,1/4) ω ∈ ( 0 , 1/4 ) ,
P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d d i s c J ( X 0 , ⌊ e n 1 − ω ⌋ ) ≤ 1 / 4 } ⟶ 1. \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\left\{d^J_{\mathrm{disc}}(X_0,\lfloor e^{n^{1-\omega}}\rfloor)\le1/4\right\}\longrightarrow1. P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d disc J ( X 0 , ⌊ e n 1 − ω ⌋) ≤ 1/4 } ⟶ 1.
Corollary 1.5 (Two-sided typical-start bounds). For every fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 and ω ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 4 ) \omega\in(0,1/4) ω ∈ ( 0 , 1/4 ) , with A β A_\beta A β from Theorem 1.1 ,
P J , X 0 ∼ π J { e A β n 7 / 30 < T J ( X 0 ) ≤ e n 1 − ω } → 1 , \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi_J}\left\{e^{A_\beta n^{7/30}} < T^J(X_0) \le e^{n^{1-\omega}}\right\} \to1, P J , X 0 ∼ π J { e A β n 7/30 < T J ( X 0 ) ≤ e n 1 − ω } → 1 , P J , X 0 ∼ π J { ⌊ e A β n 7 / 30 ⌋ < T d i s c J ( X 0 ) ≤ ⌊ e n 1 − ω ⌋ } → 1. \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi_J}\left\{\left\lfloor e^{A_\beta n^{7/30}}\right\rfloor< T^J_{\mathrm{disc}}(X_0) \le\left\lfloor e^{n^{1-\omega}}\right\rfloor\right\} \to1. P J , X 0 ∼ π J { ⌊ e A β n 7/30 ⌋ < T disc J ( X 0 ) ≤ ⌊ e n 1 − ω ⌋ } → 1.
In the notation of § 5.1.5 , Corollary 1.5 implies that if log T J ( X 0 ) = n ζ + o P ( 1 ) \log T^J(X_0) = n^{\zeta+o_P(1)} log T J ( X 0 ) = n ζ + o P ( 1 ) under P J , X 0 ∼ π J \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi_J} P J , X 0 ∼ π J for some ζ \zeta ζ , then 7 / 30 ≤ ζ ≤ 3 / 4 7/30 \le\zeta\le3/4 7/30 ≤ ζ ≤ 3/4 , and the same holds for T d i s c J ( X 0 ) T^J_{\mathrm{disc}}(X_0) T disc J ( X 0 ) . The value ζ = 1 / 3 \zeta= 1/3 ζ = 1/3 suggested by the physics literature (§ 2.3 ) lies in this interval. Corollaries 1.4 and 1.5 are proved in Section 19.
Both arguments stop at the exponent 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 . The proof of Theorem 1.1 needs n ρ 4 / log n → ∞ n\rho^4/\log n \to\infty n ρ 4 / log n → ∞ for the overlap scale ρ \rho ρ , and the proof of Theorem 1.3 needs the chain of inequalities ω < q < s b < s s e q < e < u E < k f / 2 ≤ 1 / 4 \omega< q < s_{\mathrm{b}} < s_{\mathrm{seq}} < e < u_{\mathrm{E}} < k_{\mathrm{f}}/2 \le1/4 ω < q < s b < s seq < e < u E < k f /2 ≤ 1/4 of Section 19.5. We do not know whether this coincidence has a common explanation.
Two known results: fluctuations and the mean bias
The other two results that we present concern the fluctuations of F n F_n F n and the mean bias. The first was proved by OpenAI. The paper [81] uses the uniform probability measure on Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n instead of the counting measure in (1) . This changes F n F_n F n by the constant n log 2 n\log2 n log 2 and leaves the following statement unchanged (see § 5.1.6 ).
Theorem 1.6 ([81, Theorem 1.1]). For every fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 and every η > 0 \eta> 0 η > 0 , there exists n 0 ( β , η ) n_0(\beta,\eta) n 0 ( β , η ) such that, for all n ≥ n 0 n \ge n_0 n ≥ n 0 ,
n 1 / 6 − η ≤ Var ( F n ) ≤ n 1 / 6 + η , (4) n^{1/6-\eta} \le\sqrt{\operatorname{Var}(F_n)} \le n^{1/6+\eta}, \tag*{(4)} n 1/6 − η ≤ Var ( F n ) ≤ n 1/6 + η , (4) n 1 / 3 − η ≤ Var ( F n ) ≤ n 1 / 3 + η . (5) n^{1/3-\eta} \le\operatorname{Var}(F_n) \le n^{1/3+\eta}. \tag*{(5)} n 1/3 − η ≤ Var ( F n ) ≤ n 1/3 + η . (5) Moreover, for every η > 0 \eta> 0 η > 0 ,
P { n 1 / 6 − η ≤ ∣ F n − E F n ∣ ≤ n 1 / 6 + η } ⟶ 1. (6) \mathbb{P}\left\{n^{1/6-\eta} \le\lvert F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n\rvert\le n^{1/6+\eta}\right\} \longrightarrow1. \tag*{(6)} P { n 1/6 − η ≤ ∣ F n − E F n ∣ ≤ n 1/6 + η } ⟶ 1. (6)
The proof of Theorem 1.6 in [81] reduces it to a two-sided bound on positive logarithmic moments of the centered completed log partition function, which we state as Proposition 20.1 and discuss in § 2.4 . Our formal proof of Theorem 1.6 includes a formal proof of this bound (§ 2.5 ).
Let p n ( β ) = n − 1 E F n p_n(\beta)=n^{-1}\mathbb{E}F_n p n ( β ) = n − 1 E F n , so that the mean bias is Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) \Delta_{n,\beta}=P_\beta-p_n(\beta) Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) . By Guerra’s bound [59, Theorem 3] and the Parisi formula [103, Theorem 1.1], we have Δ n , β ≥ 0 \Delta_{n,\beta}\ge0 Δ n , β ≥ 0 for every n n n . A lower bound on the variance implies a lower bound on the mean bias. Aronow and Lopatto proved that for every fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 there exists c β > 0 c_\beta> 0 c β > 0 such that
Δ n , β ≥ c β ( Var ( F n ) + β 2 / 2 n ) 5 / 4 . (7) \Delta_{n,\beta} \ge c_\beta\left(\frac{\operatorname{Var}(F_n)+\beta^2/2}{n}\right)^{5/4}. \tag*{(7)} Δ n , β ≥ c β ( n Var ( F n ) + β 2 /2 ) 5/4 . (7)
for every n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 [8, Lemma 7.4 and Remark 7.14, equation (7.68)]; we state it as Proposition 21.1. The term β 2 / 2 \beta^2/2 β 2 /2 is the variance of the Gaussian variable that completes the covariance of β H n \beta H_n β H n (§ 5.1.2 ). Inserting (1.5) into (1.7), we obtain the following corollary, which is already recorded in [6, Section 1.6, p. 11].
Corollary 1.7 (Mean bias). For every fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 and every ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 , there exist c β , ε > 0 c_{\beta,\varepsilon} > 0 c β , ε > 0 and n 0 ( β , ε ) n_0(\beta,\varepsilon) n 0 ( β , ε ) such that
Δ n , β ≥ c β , ε n − 5 / 6 − ε ( n ≥ n 0 ( β , ε ) ) . (8) \Delta_{n,\beta} \ge c_{\beta,\varepsilon}n^{-5/6-\varepsilon} \qquad(n \ge n_0(\beta,\varepsilon)). \tag*{(8)} Δ n , β ≥ c β , ε n − 5/6 − ε ( n ≥ n 0 ( β , ε )) . (8) Equivalently, n P β − E F n ≥ c β , ε n 1 / 6 − ε nP_\beta-\mathbb{E}F_n \ge c_{\beta,\varepsilon}n^{1/6-\varepsilon} n P β − E F n ≥ c β , ε n 1/6 − ε for n ≥ n 0 ( β , ε ) n \ge n_0(\beta,\varepsilon) n ≥ n 0 ( β , ε ) .
Together with the upper bound of [6], Corollary 1.7 implies that if Δ n , β = n − a + o ( 1 ) \Delta_{n,\beta}=n^{-a+o(1)} Δ n , β = n − a + o ( 1 ) for some a a a , then 7 / 10 ≤ a ≤ 5 / 6 7/10 \le a \le5/6 7/10 ≤ a ≤ 5/6 . Section 21 proves Corollary 1.7, which does not use Theorem 1.1, and discusses what it leaves open. If lim inf n → ∞ n − 1 / 3 Var ( F n ) > 0 \liminf_{n\to\infty}n^{-1/3}\operatorname{Var}(F_n)>0 lim inf n → ∞ n − 1/3 Var ( F n ) > 0 , the same inequality implies that Δ n , β ≥ c β n − 5 / 6 \Delta_{n,\beta}\ge c_\beta n^{-5/6} Δ n , β ≥ c β n − 5/6 for all sufficiently large n n n , as observed in [6, Section 1.6, equation (1.4)]; this hypothesis follows from the convergence of n − 1 / 3 Var ( F n ) n^{-1/3}\operatorname{Var}(F_n) n − 1/3 Var ( F n ) to a positive constant, which is stated in [82, Theorem 1.2]. Our formal proof of Corollary 1.7 combines the formal proof of Theorem 1.6 with a formal proof of (1.7).
Related results on the dynamics
Physics. The slow relaxation of finite SK systems has been studied in physics since the early 1980s. Sompolinsky and Zippelius developed the dynamical mean-field theory of the spin-glass phase [101, 102], in which the relaxation times of a finite system diverge with its size n n n . In simulations of the Ising SK model, Mackenzie and Young reported two families of time scales τ n \tau_n τ n . For observables invariant under global spin reversal, the behavior of log τ n \log\tau_n log τ n was consistent with n 1 / 4 n^{1/4} n 1/4 ; for the reversal itself, the disorder average of log τ n \log\tau_n log τ n was consistent with n 1 / 2 n^{1/2} n 1/2 [71, 72]. Later work revised this picture. Vertechi and Virasoro computed energy barriers between metastable states numerically and found growth like n α n^\alpha n α with α = 0.34 ± 0.08 \alpha=0.34\pm0.08 α = 0.34 ± 0.08 [114]. Colborne’s Monte Carlo study gave the exponent 0.25 ± 0.05 0.25\pm0.05 0.25 ± 0.05 for the barrier that governs the ergodic time [40]. Kinzelbach and Horner predicted free-energy barriers of order n 1 / 3 n^{1/3} n 1/3 from a resummed perturbative analysis of the dynamics of finite systems [65]. The simulations of Billoire and Marinari [19], of Bittner and Janke [20], and of Billoire [18] are consistent with log τ n ∝ n 1 / 3 \log\tau_n\propto n^{1/3} log τ n ∝ n 1/3 , and so is the computation of spectral gaps of small systems by Monthus and Garel [76]. Aspelmeier and Moore studied barriers between solutions of the Thouless–Anderson–Palmer equations [31, 109]. They found that barriers of order n 1 / 3 n^{1/3} n 1/3 are one of several possibilities below a threshold for the free-energy density [9].
These works concern different quantities: energy barriers, free-energy barriers along an overlap coordinate, autocorrelation times, and spectral gaps. They use binary as well as Gaussian couplings, Metropolis as well as heat-bath updates, and moderate system sizes. They suggest that the logarithm of the relaxation time from a typical configuration grows like n 1 / 3 n^{1/3} n 1/3 , but they do not determine a mixing exponent. A different question concerns times that stay bounded as n n n grows. When n → ∞ n \to\infty n → ∞ is taken first, the dynamics from a random configuration ages and does not reach equilibrium [46]; we refer to [26, Section 3.7] for a discussion of the two orders of limits.
High and critical temperature. Rigorous results on the dynamics depend strongly on the temperature. At high temperature, functional inequalities imply fast mixing from every initial configuration. Bauerschmidt and Bodineau proved a logarithmic Sobolev inequality, uniform in n n n , for a Dirichlet form of gradient type under a condition on the spectral width of the interaction matrix, which applies to SK when β < 1 / 4 \beta< 1/4 β < 1/4 [15, Theorem 1 and Corollary 2]. Eldan, Koehler, and Zeitouni proved a Poincaré inequality for the heat-bath Dirichlet form itself under a spectral condition of the same kind, and deduced a polynomial bound on the mixing time from every initial configuration [54, Theorems 1 and 11]. Anari, Jain, Koehler, Pham, and Vuong obtained mixing in O ( n log n ) O(n \log n) O ( n log n ) updates in the same range through entropic independence [3, Theorem 12]. Anari, Koehler, and Vuong extended this range to a threshold of approximately 0.295 using localization schemes [4, Theorem 1 and Section 1.3]. Wang extended mixing in O ( n log n ) O(n \log n) O ( n log n ) updates to every β < 1 / 2 \beta< 1/2 β < 1/2 [115, Theorem 1.1], and Boban, Li, and Oveis Gharan proved polynomial mixing for β < 1 / 2 + ε 0 \beta< 1/2 + \varepsilon_0 β < 1/2 + ε 0 , for an absolute constant ε 0 > 0 \varepsilon_0 > 0 ε 0 > 0 [21, Theorem 1.5 and Corollary 1.6]. With external fields sufficiently large at every site and their average bounded by a fixed constant H H H , Paliy and Sohn proved a modified logarithmic Sobolev inequality and mixing in O β , H ( n log n ) O_{\beta,H}(n \log n) O β , H ( n log n ) update attempts at every fixed β \beta β , with probability tending to one [87, Corollary 1.5]. For every fixed β < 1 \beta< 1 β < 1 , OpenAI proved that the spectral gap of the continuous-time chain is bounded below by a positive constant with probability tending to one [84, Theorem 1.1], and that the chain started from the worst initial configuration exhibits cutoff at time ( log n ) / ( 2 λ ( β ) ) (\log n)/(2\lambda(\beta)) ( log n ) / ( 2 λ ( β )) , for a deterministic λ ( β ) > 0 \lambda(\beta) > 0 λ ( β ) > 0 [80, Theorem 1.1]. At the critical temperature β = 1 \beta= 1 β = 1 , OpenAI proved that, for every deterministic t n t_n t n with t n = o ( n 2 / 3 ) t_n = o(n^{2/3}) t n = o ( n 2/3 ) , the Gibbs mass of initial configurations x x x with d ( x , t n ) > 1 / 4 d(x,t_n) > 1/4 d ( x , t n ) > 1/4 tends to one in probability [79, Theorem 1.1], and that the mixing time is n 2 / 3 + o ( 1 ) n^{2/3+o(1)} n 2/3 + o ( 1 ) [78, Theorem 1.1].
Low temperature. At low temperature, Ben Arous and Jagannath showed that a free-energy barrier in the overlap of two replicas forces an exponentially small spectral gap in mean-field spin glasses [16, Theorem 1.3]. Their sufficient conditions for such a barrier include the vanishing of the second derivative at zero of the covariance function [16, Theorem 1.9], so they do not apply to the quadratic covariance of SK. For the pure spherical p p p -spin models with p ≥ 3 p \ge3 p ≥ 3 , Gheissari and Jagannath proved that the spectral gap of the Langevin dynamics is exponentially small at sufficiently low temperature [57, Theorem 1]. For SK, Sellke proved that there exist absolute constants β ∗ , c > 0 \beta_*, c > 0 β ∗ , c > 0 such that, for every β > β ∗ \beta> \beta_* β > β ∗ , the mixing time from the worst initial configuration is at least e c β n e^{c_\beta n} e c β n with probability tending to one [99, Theorem 1.1]. The slow initial configurations in his proof are configurations at which almost every spin is aligned with its local field by a uniform margin. He notes after his theorem that the chain may mix much faster from a random initial configuration. El Alaoui, Montanari, and Sellke proved that for β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 no family of sampling algorithms that is stable under small perturbations of the disorder approximates the Gibbs measure in normalized Wasserstein distance [53, Theorem 2.6]. Neither result determines the Gibbs mass of the initial configurations from which the heat-bath chain mixes slowly.
OpenAI proved a lower bound and an upper bound for initial configurations sampled from the Gibbs measure that hold throughout β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 . By [77, Theorem 1.1], the conclusions of Theorem 1.1 hold with the time exp ( n 1 / 10000 ) \exp(n^{1/10000}) exp ( n 1/10000 ) and the threshold τ = 1 / 4 \tau= 1/4 τ = 1/4 . In a companion preprint, OpenAI proved that P J , X 0 ∼ π J { T J ( X 0 ) ≤ exp ( n 1 − c β ) } → 1 \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi_J}\{T^J(X_0) \le\exp(n^{1-c_\beta})\} \to1 P J , X 0 ∼ π J { T J ( X 0 ) ≤ exp ( n 1 − c β )} → 1 for some c β ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) c_\beta\in(0,1) c β ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , and the proof permits c β = 1 / 40000000 c_\beta= 1/40000000 c β = 1/40000000 [85, Theorem 1]. Combining the two bounds, and using that t ↦ d J ( x , t ) t \mapsto d^J(x,t) t ↦ d J ( x , t ) is continuous and nonincreasing, they obtained a two-sided bound on T J ( X 0 ) T^J(X_0) T J ( X 0 ) with these exponents [85, Corollary 2]. The upper bound of [85] is stated only in continuous time.
Theorem 1.1 improves the exponent 1 / 10000 1/10000 1/10000 of [77] to 7 / 30 7/30 7/30 , and it holds for every fixed threshold below 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 with a coefficient that does not depend on the threshold. Theorem 1.3 improves the exponent 1 − 1 / 40000000 1 - 1/40000000 1 − 1/40000000 of [85] to 1 − ω 1 - \omega 1 − ω for every fixed ω < 1 / 4 \omega< 1/4 ω < 1/4 , and Corollary 1.4 gives the same bound for the discrete chain. For β > β ∗ \beta> \beta_* β > β ∗ , we find from Theorem 1.3 that the mixing time from a typical initial configuration is much smaller than the lower bound e c β n e^{c_\beta n} e c β n of [99] on the mixing time from the worst initial configuration. Our results do not determine the exponent of the typical mixing time, which by Corollary 1.5 lies in [ 7 / 30 , 3 / 4 ] [7/30, 3/4] [ 7/30 , 3/4 ] if it exists. They are compatible with the value 1 / 3 1/3 1/3 suggested by the physics literature, but they do not decide whether this value is correct. The value 1 / 3 1/3 1/3 also appears as the exponent of Var ( F n ) \operatorname{Var}(F_n) Var ( F n ) in Theorem 1.6; we know of no argument relating the two exponents. The coefficient A β A_\beta A β depends on β \beta β , and our proof does not control it as β ↓ 1 \beta\downarrow1 β ↓ 1 or β → ∞ \beta\to\infty β → ∞ . Similarly, the rate of convergence in Theorem 1.3 depends on β \beta β and ω \omega ω , and we assert no uniformity in either parameter.
The fluctuation scale and the mean bias
For a survey of free-energy fluctuations in the SK and spherical SK models, including their multi-species variants and the effects of an external field, see Collins-Woodfin and Le [41].
Physics. The prediction of the fluctuation scale of F n F_n F n has a separate history in physics. In a truncated replica theory near the critical temperature, Kondor found that the replica-normalized free energy depends on a small positive replica number s s s first at order s 5 s^5 s 5 [66]. Crisanti, Paladin, Sommers, and Vulpiani interpreted the replica number as a tilt of the disorder distribution, and predicted that the free energy per spin fluctuates on the scale n − 5 / 6 n^{-5/6} n − 5/6 in the low-temperature phase at zero field [45]. At fixed β \beta β , this is the scale n 1 / 6 n^{1/6} n 1/6 for F n F_n F n . Parisi and Rizzo extended the fifth-order calculation throughout the low-temperature phase and computed the resulting large deviations of the free energy [92, 93]. Passing from these large deviations to the width of typical fluctuations requires matching the tail of the distribution to its center. This is an additional assumption, which they discuss in [93, Section VII]; the limits n → ∞ n \to\infty n → ∞ and s ↓ 0 s \downarrow0 s ↓ 0 cannot simply be interchanged. Aspelmeier, Billoire, Marinari, and Moore argued that a system of n n n spins resolves about n 1 / 6 n^{1/6} n 1/6 levels of replica symmetry breaking. From this they derived both a variance of order n 1 / 3 n^{1/3} n 1/3 for the total free energy and a correction of order n − 2 / 3 n^{-2/3} n − 2/3 to its mean per spin [11, Section 2]. Aspelmeier derived exact identities relating the variance of the free energy to overlaps between systems with correlated disorder [10]. At zero temperature, numerical studies of the width of the distribution of the ground-state energy have produced exponents between 3 / 4 3/4 3/4 and 5 / 6 5/6 5/6 for the standard deviation per spin, and the fits are sensitive to corrections to scaling [22, 23, 27, 86].
Rigorous results. Rigorous results on the fluctuations of F n F_n F n depend on the temperature and the field. For 0 < β < 1 0 < \beta< 1 0 < β < 1 at zero field, F n F_n F n has Gaussian fluctuations of order one, as shown by Aizenman, Lebowitz, and Ruelle [1]. Comets and Neveu studied these fluctuations by stochastic calculus [42]. At β = 1 \beta= 1 β = 1 the variance grows logarithmically. Chen and Lam proved an upper bound of order ( log n ) 2 (\log n)^2 ( log n ) 2 [38, Theorem 1.1], Schertzer proved the upper bound ( log n ) / 4 + C (\log n)/4 + C ( log n ) /4 + C and a lower bound of order log log log n \log\log\log n log log log n [98, Theorems 1 and 2], Tierz bounded the variance for every n n n in terms of the spin-glass susceptibility [110, Theorem 1.2], and Du and Huang proved that Var ( F n ) = ( log n ) / 6 + O ( 1 ) \operatorname{Var}(F_n) = (\log n)/6 + O(1) Var ( F n ) = ( log n ) /6 + O ( 1 ) and that the fluctuations have a Gaussian limit [52, Theorem 1.3]. Dey and Kang obtained the variance asymptotics and a Gaussian limit along sequences β n ↑ 1 \beta_n \uparrow1 β n ↑ 1 for which n 1 / 3 ( 1 − β n 2 ) n^{1/3}(1-\beta_n^2) n 1/3 ( 1 − β n 2 ) converges to a limit in ( 0 , ∞ ] (0,\infty] ( 0 , ∞ ] [49, Theorem 1.1]. With a fixed nonzero external field, Chen, Dey, and Panchenko proved that the variance is of order n n n and that a central limit theorem holds [39, Theorems 1 and 2]. Dey and Wu identify a crossover at field strength n − 1 / 4 n^{-1/4} n − 1/4 in the high-temperature regime [50, Theorem 1.3]. The spin space also matters: for the spherical SK model at low temperature, Baik and Lee proved that the free energy per spin has Tracy–Widom fluctuations of order n − 2 / 3 n^{-2/3} n − 2/3 [14, Theorems 2.10 and 2.11], so that the total free energy fluctuates on the scale n 1 / 3 n^{1/3} n 1/3 rather than n 1 / 6 n^{1/6} n 1/6 .
For fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 at zero field, the Gaussian Poincaré inequality implies that Var ( F n ) ≤ C β n \operatorname{Var}(F_n) \le C_\beta n Var ( F n ) ≤ C β n . Chatterjee improved this to O β ( n / log n ) O_\beta(n/\log n) O β ( n / log n ) and related this superconcentration to disorder chaos [33, Theorem 1.5]. He also proved that the fluctuations of F n F_n F n are at least of constant order at every fixed β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 and zero field, in the sense of nonconcentration on sufficiently short intervals [34, Theorem 2.4]. Aronow and Lopatto proved c β n 4 / 15 ≤ Var ( F n ) ≤ C β n 7 / 15 c_\beta n^{4/15} \le\operatorname{Var}(F_n) \le C_\beta n^{7/15} c β n 4/15 ≤ Var ( F n ) ≤ C β n 7/15 for all sufficiently large n n n [8, Theorem 1.4], using quantitative comparisons between positive fractional moments of Z n Z_n Z n and constrained Parisi functionals [8, Theorem 1.1]. The sharp exponent was then obtained by OpenAI [81, Theorem 1.1], as stated in Theorem 1.6 .
Theorem 1.6 is a statement about exponents. It identifies neither a limiting law nor a positive limit of n − 1 / 3 Var ( F n ) n^{-1/3}\operatorname{Var}(F_n) n − 1/3 Var ( F n ) . Both are stated in the companion preprint [82, Theorems 1.1 and 1.2]: there, n − 1 / 3 Var ( F n ) n^{-1/3}\operatorname{Var}(F_n) n − 1/3 Var ( F n ) converges to a constant a 2 ( β ) ∈ ( 0 , ∞ ) a_2(\beta) \in(0,\infty) a 2 ( β ) ∈ ( 0 , ∞ ) , and ( F n − E F n ) / Var ( F n ) (F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n)/\sqrt{\operatorname{Var}(F_n)} ( F n − E F n ) / Var ( F n ) converges in law to a nondegenerate probability measure with mean zero and variance one. The proofs in [82] use the exponent of Theorem 1.6 and the comparison estimates of [81]; see [82, Appendix A]. We do not use [82] in this paper. On the side of large deviations, Pei identified the coefficient of the fifth-order term in the constrained Parisi functional and the resulting rate for upward deviations of F n / n F_n/n F n / n , with n → ∞ n \to\infty n → ∞ taken before the deviation tends to zero [95, Theorem 1].
The proof of Theorem 1.6 in [81] reduces it to a two-sided bound on a positive logarithmic moment. Let F n c = F n + β G F_n^c = F_n + \beta G F n c = F n + β G , where G G G is a centered Gaussian variable of variance 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 , independent of the disorder. The variable β G \beta G β G completes the covariance of β H n \beta H_n β H n to n β 2 R ( x , y ) 2 / 2 n\beta^2R(x,y)^2/2 n β 2 R ( x , y ) 2 /2 , and we call F n c F_n^c F n c the completed log partition function (§ 5.1.2 ). For every fixed m ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 300 ) m \in(0,1/300) m ∈ ( 0 , 1/300 ) and s n = n − 1 / 6 + 5 m s_n = n^{-1/6+5m} s n = n − 1/6 + 5 m , it is shown in [81, Proposition 7.5] that log E exp { s n ( F n c − E F n c ) } \log\mathbb{E}\exp\{s_n(F_n^c-\mathbb{E}F_n^c)\} log E exp { s n ( F n c − E F n c )} lies between constant multiples of n 20 m n^{20m} n 20 m and n 100 m n^{100m} n 100 m for all sufficiently large n n n . We state this bound precisely as Proposition 20.1. The deduction of Theorem 1.6 from this bound in [81, Lemmas 7.6 and 7.7] uses an argument of Aronow and Lopatto [8, Proposition 5.1], based on the log-concavity of an exponential augmentation of F n c F_n^c F n c . We reproduce it in Section 20.
The mean bias. For fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 , Aronow and Lopatto proved that c β n − 11 / 12 ≤ Δ n , β ≤ C β n − 2 / 3 c_\beta n^{-11/12} \le\Delta_{n,\beta} \le C_\beta n^{-2/3} c β n − 11/12 ≤ Δ n , β ≤ C β n − 2/3 for all sufficiently large n n n [8, Theorem 1.4], and later that Δ n , β ≤ C β n − 7 / 10 \Delta_{n,\beta} \le C_\beta n^{-7/10} Δ n , β ≤ C β n − 7/10 for every n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 [6, Theorem 1.1]. Their lower bound n − 11 / 12 n^{-11/12} n − 11/12 follows from (7) and the lower bound c β n 4 / 15 c_\beta n^{4/15} c β n 4/15 on the variance; with (5) in place of this bound, the exponent becomes 5 / 6 5/6 5/6 , as in Corollary 1.7 . The proof of (7) balances a gain that is linear in a small positive tilt and proportional to the variance against the fifth-order cost of constraining the Parisi measure to have mass at least s s s at zero [8, Lemma 7.2]. In physics, the correction is expected to be of order n − a n^{-a} n − a with a < 1 a < 1 a < 1 at low temperature, and two values have been proposed. The value a = 2 / 3 a = 2/3 a = 2/3 was supported by the zero-temperature numerics of Bouchaud, Krzakala, and Martin [27] and of Boettcher [22], by Billoire’s numerical integration along the interpolation of Guerra and Toninelli [60] in [17], and by the argument of Aspelmeier, Billoire, Marinari, and Moore mentioned above. Franz, Parisi, and Ricci-Tersenghi argued that the correct value is a = 3 / 4 a = 3/4 a = 3/4 , possibly up to logarithmic factors [56, equations (13)–(17)]. The bound of [6] excludes a nonzero correction of order n − 2 / 3 n^{-2/3} n − 2/3 at every fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 and is consistent with the value 3 / 4 3/4 3/4 . A fuller account of these predictions is given in [6, Section 1.4].
Normalizations. We have converted the results quoted in this section and the previous one to the normalization (1.1). Some of the cited works sum over ordered pairs of sites, which changes the inverse temperature by a constant factor; for instance, the critical inverse temperature of [38] is 1 / 2 1/\sqrt{2} 1/ 2 in its own normalization. § 5.1.6 compares our normalization with those of the works on which our proofs rely.
Formal verification
OpenAI has published formalizations of [77] and [81] in the Lean 4 proof assistant [48, 83, 108]. The main formal theorem on the fluctuation exponents takes the two-sided bound of Proposition 20.1 as an explicit hypothesis. In [81], that bound is the conclusion of Proposition 7.5, which is proved there on paper. We have completed this formal proof: our Lean development proves the three conclusions of Theorem 1.6 with no hypothesis beyond the definition of the model and β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 . It follows the mathematical route of [81]; the work consisted in carrying out that route in full detail for the comparison problems of [81, Section 3] whose minimizers have a positive lower radius, and for the successive comparisons built from them.
We have also formalized Theorem 1.1 , Corollary 1.2, and Corollary 1.7 . In these formal proofs, the upper bound on the mean bias of [6, Theorem 1.1] and the variance–bias inequality (7) are proved, not assumed; their formal proofs come from our Lean development [7] for [6]. The formal proof of Corollary 1.7 also proves the identities that relate the normalizations of Theorem 1.6 and (7) . The formal proof of Theorem 1.1 has the structure of the written proof, but it uses a weaker form of the local expansion of Proposition 7.13 , which suffices for the same exponent. Theorem 12.6 is not formalized.
In their source packages, each of these four formal theorems was compared with a separately written statement of the same result that depends only on Mathlib, and its proof was checked to use only the standard axioms propext, Classical.choice, and Quot.sound. The declarations on which its statement and proof depend were then checked again by three kernels: the kernel of Lean and the independent kernels nanoda and con-ron. Section 22 states the formal theorems, explains how they correspond to the statements of this paper, describes what the completion of the proof of Theorem 1.6 had to establish, and describes these checks.
Theorem 1.3 is also formalized, as the statement described in Section 22.5, and is included in the combined five-claim verification described in Section 22. Corollaries 1.4 and 1.5 are not separately formalized. The proofs in this paper are complete without reference to the formalization.
Methods and their sources
We describe the proofs of Theorems 1.1 and 1.3 and the sources of their ideas. A more detailed overview is given in § 4 .
The lower bound
From overlap constraints to slow mixing. We follow the strategy of [77]. Its first step reduces the problem to a statement about the stationary chain [77, Section 8.1]. Let v v v be a reference configuration with R ( v , X 0 ) R(v,X_0) R ( v , X 0 ) bounded away from zero. By spin-flip symmetry, the half-space { y : R ( v , y ) ≤ 0 } \{y:R(v,y)\le0\} { y : R ( v , y ) ≤ 0 } has Gibbs mass at least 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 . If d I ( X 0 , t ) ≤ τ < 1 / 2 d^{\mathcal{I}}(X_0,t)\le\tau<1/2 d I ( X 0 , t ) ≤ τ < 1/2 , the chain started at X 0 X_0 X 0 is in this half-space at time t t t with probability at least 1 / 2 − τ 1/2-\tau 1/2 − τ . A single update changes R ( v , ⋅ ) R(v,\cdot) R ( v , ⋅ ) by at most 2 / n 2/n 2/ n , so the chain must cross every intermediate overlap level. It suffices to show that the chain started from X 0 ∼ π J X_0\sim\pi^{J} X 0 ∼ π J crosses these levels before time t t t only with small probability. At each deterministic time the stationary chain has law π J \pi^{J} π J , and a union bound over times controls the discrete chain; an independent Poisson clock of rate n n n then gives the continuous-time chain. This argument is related to bottleneck estimates for Markov chains (see [68, Theorem 7.4]). Here, however, the bottleneck depends on the initial configuration, and it must separate almost every initial configuration in Gibbs measure from equilibrium.
To show that crossings are rare, we build, as in [77], a growing family of reference configurations along the path. The references are chosen from independent Gibbs samples, and their overlaps with the current configuration are constrained simultaneously. At each crossing level, we find a new reference with large overlap with the current configuration using a bound on the Gibbs mass of overlap neighborhoods [77, Proposition 6.1]. This bound is derived from an upper tail bound for the energy and an estimate for small Gaussian rotations of the disorder [77, Lemmas 5.1 and 5.2]. We then search backward for the crossing of the overlap level of the new reference, while overlap constraints keep the overlaps with the earlier references almost unchanged. Iterating this step creates many simultaneous constraints at a single time. We arrange the references in blocks of fixed length, so that a conflict deletes only a short final segment of a block, and we draw the overlap thresholds at random, one level at a time; these features allow us to obtain the final probability estimate [77, Sections 8.3–8.5].
The overlap constraints have the following form. Let ε \varepsilon ε be a tolerance. If the mean r r r of the overlaps R ( v , x ) R(v,x) R ( v , x ) and R ( v , w ) R(v,w) R ( v , w ) lies in a fixed compact subinterval of ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) and R ( w , x ) ≥ r + ρ R(w,x)\ge r+\rho R ( w , x ) ≥ r + ρ , then ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , w ) ∣ |R(v,x)-R(v,w)| ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , w ) ∣ does not lie in [ 2 ε , 4 ε ] [2\varepsilon,4\varepsilon] [ 2 ε , 4 ε ] . In words, a large overlap between w w w and x x x forces their overlaps with v v v to agree. Since overlaps change by at most 2 / n 2/n 2/ n in one update, excluding this band keeps the two overlaps close along a path. To show that such a constraint fails with small Gibbs probability, we show that the partition function restricted to the triples ( v , x , w ) (v,x,w) ( v , x , w ) with violating overlaps is small compared with Z n \mathcal{Z}_n Z n . In physics, free energies constrained by the overlap with an equilibrium reference configuration go back to Franz and Parisi [55]. The work of Ben Arous and Jagannath [16] is an earlier rigorous argument that passes from such constrained free energies to the dynamics, there for the spectral gap.
Constrained comparisons and the scalar problem. We bound constrained partition functions by Gaussian interpolation. Guerra’s hierarchical interpolation [59] gives the upper bound in the Parisi formula. Talagrand extended it to systems of replicas with prescribed overlaps, in the proof of the matching lower bound [103, Section 3] and in the two- and three-replica bounds of [105, Propositions 3.4 and 4.4]. These bounds already retain a cost when the prescribed overlaps differ from the endpoint of the interpolation. Bovier and Klimovsky developed the interpolation for multidimensional spins [29]. Chen studied the two-dimensional Guerra–Talagrand bound and its variational representation [36], and Panchenko proved the vector-spin variational formula and the asymptotic sharpness of the constrained bounds [89]. We use the matrix comparison for finite hierarchies of [77, Proposition 2.3] for the quadratic covariance of SK, which allows any finite number of replicas and endpoint matrices whose diagonal entries need not equal one. The hierarchies themselves descend from Parisi’s recursion [91] and from Ruelle’s probability cascades [97]; see [88]. For the mixed even p p p -spin models with exponentially summable coefficients, including SK, Aronow and Lopatto identified the limiting overlap array averaged over the disorder [5, Theorems 1.1 and 1.2]. At zero field, the absolute overlaps have the law of the overlap array ( U a b ) a < b (U_{ab})_{a<b} ( U ab ) a < b of the corresponding Ruelle probability cascade, and the signed array has the law of ( ϵ a ϵ b U a b ) a < b (\epsilon_a\epsilon_b U_{ab})_{a<b} ( ϵ a ϵ b U ab ) a < b , where the replica signs ϵ a \epsilon_a ϵ a are independent symmetric signs, independent of the cascade. These are limiting statements, while the proof below needs estimates at finite n n n on shrinking scales.
We obtain the pressure deficits from the scalar Parisi problem. Auffinger and Chen proved that the Parisi functional has a unique minimizer, and they expressed it through a stochastic control problem [13, Theorems 2 and 3 and Corollary 1]. They also proved regularity properties of the Parisi equation and of its minimizers [12, Propositions 1 and 2 and Theorems 1 and 2]. Jagannath and Tobasco gave a dynamic-programming treatment of the functional [62, Lemma 18] and characterized its minimizers through their first variation [63, Proposition 1.1 and Corollary 3.10]; Chen obtained the same characterization [36, Theorem 2 and Proposition 1]. Toninelli proved that replica symmetry is broken at zero field for β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 [111]. Let u u u be the spatial derivative of the solution of the Parisi equation at the minimizer, and let Y Y Y be the associated diffusion. The identity E u ( t , Y t ) 2 = t \mathbb{E}u(t,Y_t)^2=t E u ( t , Y t ) 2 = t at every point t t t of the support is due to Talagrand [104]; see also [12, Theorem 5], [36, Proposition 1], and [69, Lemma 2.2]. OpenAI proved it in the normalization used here, together with the regularity of the scalar evolution that it requires [77, Lemma 3.1 and Proposition 3.2]; the argument of [77] does not assume a description of the support, and it treats separately the case of a forbidden overlap interval [77, Section 8.2]. By [69, Theorem 1.1], the identity holds on the whole interval ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) , and this case does not arise. Differentiating the identity once and twice along this interval, we obtain two stationarity identities,
β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 , E w ( t , Y t ) 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 ( 0 < t < q β ) , \beta^2\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_t)^2=1,\qquad\mathbb{E}w(t,Y_t)^2=2\alpha(t)\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_t)^3\qquad(0<t<q_\beta), β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 , E w ( t , Y t ) 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 ( 0 < t < q β ) ,
where χ \chi χ and w w w are the second and third spatial derivatives and α \alpha α is the distribution function of the Parisi measure (Section 5). Both identities appear, in the normalization of energy units, in the proof of [8, Lemma 7.2] (see [8, equation (7.12)] and the identity preceding it), and the differentiated moment identity is also in [69, Lemma 2.5]. The first identity expresses, in scalar form, the marginal stability of the Parisi solution, which De Dominicis and Kondor found in a truncated replica model [47]; Crisanti and Rizzo wrote it in physical variables [44, equations (22) and (23)].
Positive fractional moments E Z n s \mathbb{E}Z_n^s E Z n s have their own genealogy. Talagrand computed the limits of their normalized logarithms [106]. For SK at zero field and fixed s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) s\in(0,1) s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , the limit of ( n s ) − 1 log E Z n s (ns)^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}Z_n^s ( n s ) − 1 log E Z n s is the minimum of the Parisi functional over measures with mass at least s s s at zero. This formula is contained in the multiscale formula of Contucci and Mingione [43, Theorem 2.1], and it was stated in this form by Chen, Guionnet, Ko, Lacroix-A-Chez-Toine, and Mourrat [35, Theorem 2.1]. Aronow and Lopatto made the comparison quantitative when s s s depends on n n n [8, Theorem 1.1], and they proved that the constraint raises the Parisi value by an amount of order s 5 s^5 s 5 [8, Lemma 7.2 and Proposition 7.3]. This is a rigorous counterpart of the replica calculations of Kondor and of Parisi and Rizzo, and Pei identified its leading coefficient [95, Theorem 1(a)].
What is new. Four parts of the proof are new. Together they allow overlap constraints at the scale ρ ≍ n − 7 / 30 \rho\asymp n^{-7/30} ρ ≍ n − 7/30 , with tolerance comparable to ρ \rho ρ .
A three-replica covariance perturbation with a cubic deficit (Section 7). In [77, Section 7], the overlap constraints near a level r r r come from a local perturbation of the covariance path of width ρ 8 \rho^8 ρ 8 with tolerance ρ 20 \rho^{20} ρ 20 , and the resulting pressure deficit is of order ρ 43 \rho^{43} ρ 43 . We keep the block hierarchy and the antisymmetric Gaussian contrast of [77, Section 7, Steps 1 and 2], but we perturb the covariance path differently. It is positive semidefinite at every stage, ends exactly at the prescribed overlap matrix after a terminal correction, and its expansion uses both stationarity identities to cancel the lower-order terms. The resulting deficit is of order ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 per spin, with tolerance comparable to ρ \rho ρ , uniformly for r r r in a compact subinterval of ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) . Its coefficient involves E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 \mathbb{E}\chi(r,Y_r)^3 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 , which is positive (Section 5).
A positive fractional-moment comparison (Section 8). For constraints near the level r r r , the deficit n ρ 3 n\rho^3 n ρ 3 in the logarithm of a constrained partition function is smaller than the scale O β ( n ) O_\beta(\sqrt{n}) O β ( n ) supplied by the standard Gaussian concentration bound for Lipschitz functions, so that bound is too coarse here. Instead, we bound the moment
E Z s \mathbb{E} Z^s E Z s of a constrained partition function Z Z Z , with s s s comparable to ρ \rho ρ , by a fractional-moment version of the matrix comparison of [77, Proposition 2.3], in which the outer level of the hierarchy has mass s s s , as in the positive-moment interpolation of [8, Section 2]. The comparison uses the profile max { α , 3 s } \max\{\alpha,3s\} max { α , 3 s } , whose cost is of order s 5 s^5 s 5 by the trial bound of [8, Lemma 7.2], together with a bound on the response of the local perturbation to this change of profile. Markov’s inequality then bounds the disorder probability of failure of each of these bounds on constrained partition functions by e − c n ρ 4 e^{-cn\rho^4} e − c n ρ 4 .
One disorder event for all constraints (Section 9). The denominator Z 3 Z^3 Z 3 is bounded below on the event F n / n ≥ P β − c 0 ρ 3 F_n/n \ge P_\beta-c_0\rho^3 F n / n ≥ P β − c 0 ρ 3 , for a fixed c 0 > 0 c_0>0 c 0 > 0 . Let δ ∈ ( 0 , c 0 ) \delta\in(0,c_0) δ ∈ ( 0 , c 0 ) be fixed such that Δ n , β ≤ ( c 0 − δ ) ρ 3 \Delta_{n,\beta}\le(c_0-\delta)\rho^3 Δ n , β ≤ ( c 0 − δ ) ρ 3 for all sufficiently large n n n ; this margin is obtained by choosing the constant R R R in ρ = R n − 7 / 30 \rho=Rn^{-7/30} ρ = R n − 7/30 large. Chebyshev’s inequality and the variance bound of [8, Theorem 1.4] give
P { F n / n < P β − c 0 ρ 3 } ≤ Var ( F n ) δ 2 n 2 ρ 6 ≤ C β , δ n − 23 / 15 ρ − 6 . \mathbb{P}\left\{F_n/n<P_\beta-c_0\rho^3\right\}\le\frac{\operatorname{Var}(F_n)}{\delta^2 n^2\rho^6}\le C_{\beta,\delta}n^{-23/15}\rho^{-6}. P { F n / n < P β − c 0 ρ 3 } ≤ δ 2 n 2 ρ 6 Var ( F n ) ≤ C β , δ n − 23/15 ρ − 6 .
which is O ( n − 2 / 15 ) O(n^{-2/15}) O ( n − 2/15 ) for ρ = R n − 7 / 30 \rho=Rn^{-7/30} ρ = R n − 7/30 . We intersect this event with the bounds on polynomially many constrained partition functions, and the complement of the resulting event, whose probability tends to zero, is discarded once and for all. On this event, the number of reference configurations and path steps, which is exponential in 1 / ρ 1/\rho 1/ ρ , multiplies only the conditional Gibbs probability of a violation, which is at most e − c n ρ 3 e^{-cn\rho^3} e − c n ρ 3 . This replaces the probability estimate of [77, Lemma 4.2].
Control of crossing errors through the next retained reference (Sections 11 and 12). In [77, Section 8.4], the overlap of an earlier reference with the current configuration may drift by up to 6 j ε 6j\varepsilon 6 j ε after j j j levels, and the final count requires p ε / ρ p\varepsilon/\rho pε / ρ to be small for p p p levels. Since p p p is of order 1 / ρ 1/\rho 1/ ρ , this forces ε \varepsilon ε to be much smaller than ρ 2 \rho^2 ρ 2 . Instead, we control the overlap of each retained reference with the next retained reference. This overlap changes only when a deletion occurs, and the error stays of order ε \varepsilon ε at every level, rather than accumulating. The first reference of each block keeps its next retained reference, and at one common time the overlap of the path with the first reference of each of the M M M blocks lies within a fixed multiple of ε \varepsilon ε of its threshold. A count over the m + 1 m+1 m + 1 path steps of these M M M windows of predictable center gives the bound ( m + 1 ) γ n M (m+1)\gamma_n^M ( m + 1 ) γ n M , where γ n \gamma_n γ n is the ratio of the window length to the length of a threshold interval, and γ n \gamma_n γ n stays below one when ε \varepsilon ε is a small fixed multiple of ρ \rho ρ . This allows ε \varepsilon ε comparable to ρ \rho ρ .
The other overlap constraints use the inherited pressure bounds: the pair bound of [77, Lemma 4.3], the three-replica bound at fixed scales of [77, equation (4.20)], and, for large overlaps R ( w , x ) R(w,x) R ( w , x ) , the comparison of [77, Section 7, Steps 5–8]. We also extend the bound on the Gibbs mass of overlap neighborhoods of [77, Proposition 6.1] to every scale L → ∞ L \to\infty L → ∞ with L = o ( n ) L=o(n) L = o ( n ) ; its proof is that of [77] (Section 10).
The exponent. We determine the exponent by balancing these estimates. The lower bound on Z n 3 Z_n^3 Z n 3 in item 3 requires the mean bias Δ n , β \Delta_{n,\beta} Δ n , β to be smaller than a small multiple of the deficit ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 . The comparison proved in [77, Theorem 2.4] has error O ( n − 1 / 24 ) O(n^{-1/24}) O ( n − 1/24 ) . This is much smaller than the deficit ρ 43 \rho^{43} ρ 43 at the scale ρ = n − 1 / 10000 \rho=n^{-1/10000} ρ = n − 1/10000 used there, but not than ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 at the scale used here. For this reason we use the upper bound Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 7 / 10 \Delta_{n,\beta}\le C_b n^{-7/10} Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 7/10 of Aronow and Lopatto [6], and we take ρ = R n − 7 / 30 \rho=Rn^{-7/30} ρ = R n − 7/30 for a large constant R R R . A fixed overlap interval inside ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) then contains of order 1 / ρ ≍ n 7 / 30 1/\rho\asymp n^{7/30} 1/ ρ ≍ n 7/30 crossing levels. By counting, we find that the probability of crossing all of them before time t t t is small when log t \log t log t is a small multiple of the number of levels. This leads to the time exp ( A β n 7 / 30 ) \exp(A_\beta n^{7/30}) exp ( A β n 7/30 ) .
Two further conditions concern the two kinds of union bound in the proof. For the union over reference configurations and path steps, the conditional Gibbs error is at most exp ( C / ρ − c n ρ 3 ) \exp(C/\rho-cn\rho^3) exp ( C / ρ − c n ρ 3 ) , which tends to zero if c n ρ 3 − C / ρ → ∞ cn\rho^3-C/\rho\to\infty c n ρ 3 − C / ρ → ∞ . For the disorder event, a union over at most C n d Cn^d C n d constrained partition functions has failure probability at most C n d e − c ′ n ρ 4 Cn^d e^{-c'n\rho^4} C n d e − c ′ n ρ 4 , which tends to zero if c ′ n ρ 4 − d log n → ∞ c'n\rho^4-d\log n\to\infty c ′ n ρ 4 − d log n → ∞ . The condition n ρ 4 / log n → ∞ n\rho^4/\log n\to\infty n ρ 4 / log n → ∞ implies both. For ρ = R n − λ \rho=Rn^{-\lambda} ρ = R n − λ with fixed R R R , it holds when λ < 1 / 4 \lambda<1/4 λ < 1/4 , in particular at λ = 7 / 30 \lambda=7/30 λ = 7/30 ; at λ = 1 / 4 \lambda=1/4 λ = 1/4 , the second union bound fails. This is the restriction to exponents below 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 mentioned in § 2.1 .
Inputs for the lower bound. Besides standard tools, the proof of Theorem 1.1 uses the following public results, which are stated in Section 4 with their hypotheses: the Parisi formula and Guerra’s bound [59, 103], the uniqueness of the Parisi minimizer [13], the interval support of the Parisi measure [69], the upper bound on the mean bias of [6, Theorem 1.1], the upper bound on the variance and the trial bound of [8], and results of [77, Sections 2–8]. The proof of Theorem 12.6 uses in addition the small-deviation inequality of [90]. All other steps are proved in this paper.
The upper bound
From flows to mixing. We follow the strategy of [85]. Its last step reduces the problem to a lower bound on stationary flows across cuts [85, Section 7, Lemma 8]. For S ⊆ Σ n S\subseteq\Sigma_n S ⊆ Σ n , the flow ∑ x ∈ S , y ∉ S π J ( x ) L J ( x , y ) \sum_{x\in S,y\notin S}\pi^J(x)\mathcal{L}^J(x,y) ∑ x ∈ S , y ∈ / S π J ( x ) L J ( x , y ) is the stationary rate at which the continuous heat-bath process jumps from S S S to its complement. Let 0 < ϵ < 1 / 3 0<\epsilon<1/3 0 < ϵ < 1/3 and ϕ > 0 \phi>0 ϕ > 0 , and suppose that the flow across S S S is greater than ϕ \phi ϕ for every S S S with ϵ ≤ π ( S ) ≤ 1 − ϵ \epsilon\le\pi(S)\le1-\epsilon ϵ ≤ π ( S ) ≤ 1 − ϵ . Then for every t > 0 t>0 t > 0 ,
∑ x ∈ Σ n π J ( x ) d J ( x , t ) ≤ n 2 log 2 ϕ t + 2 ϵ . \sum_{x\in\Sigma_n}\pi^J(x)d^J(x,t)\le\frac{n\sqrt{2\log2}}{\phi\sqrt{t}}+2\epsilon. x ∈ Σ n ∑ π J ( x ) d J ( x , t ) ≤ ϕ t n 2 log 2 + 2 ϵ .
The proof removes a set of small Gibbs mass, proves a Poincaré inequality on the remainder by the coarea argument for the reversible Cheeger bound [67, Theorem 3.5], and then bounds the Gibbs average of the distances through the entropy dissipation of the whole chain [51, Lemmas 2.5 and 2.7]. It uses only cuts that separate appreciable Gibbs masses, and it does not require the trajectory to stay in the retained set. We reproduce it in Lemma 19.1. With ϵ = n − d \epsilon= n^{-d} ϵ = n − d , ϕ = e − n 1 − ω \phi= e^{-n^{1-\omega}} ϕ = e − n 1 − ω , and t = e n 1 − ω t = e^{n^{1-\omega}} t = e n 1 − ω , where d d d and q q q are positive exponents of the proof (Section 13.3), the right side tends to zero when ω < q \omega< q ω < q , and using Markov’s inequality for the Gibbs average, we obtain Theorem 1.3 . It therefore suffices to show that, with probability tending to one over the disorder, the flow across every S S S with min { π J ( S ) , π J ( S c ) } ≥ n − d \min\{\pi^{J}(S),\pi^{J}(S^{c})\} \ge n^{-d} min { π J ( S ) , π J ( S c )} ≥ n − d is greater than e − n 1 − q e^{-n^{1-q}} e − n 1 − q .
The proposal. To bound these flows, OpenAI constructs a random configuration correlated with the disorder, called a proposal [85, Section 4]. Each coordinate of the proposal follows the magnetization martingale of the scalar Parisi diffusion. The martingale is driven by successive queries of the interaction matrix: over each cell of a time mesh, the increment of the magnetizations, orthogonalized against the earlier query directions, is multiplied by the matrix. By orthogonal invariance, the part of the matrix that has not been revealed is a compressed block of the Gaussian orthogonal ensemble (GOE) at each step. Beyond the top q β q_{\beta} q β of the support of the Parisi measure, the martingale is continued until the average uncertainty of the coordinates is small, and the query noise is mixed with an independent Brownian noise. At the final time, the spins are drawn independently with the magnetizations as means. Successive Gaussian conditioning along orthogonalized directions is used in Bolthausen’s iterative construction of solutions of the TAP equations [25, Sections 2–3], and Montanari’s incremental approximate message passing algorithm uses a Parisi diffusion and normalized increments of the magnetizations [75, Sections 2–3].
The equilibrium input is the stationarity of the Parisi measure along the whole interval [ 0 , q β ] [0,q_{\beta}] [ 0 , q β ] . The stationarity conditions on the support were obtained by Chen [36, Theorem 2 and Proposition 1] and by Jagannath and Tobasco [63, Proposition 1.1 and Corollary 3.10], and the support is the whole interval by [116, Theorem 1] for β \beta β close to one and by [69, Theorem 1.1] for every β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 . Along the scalar diffusion, an exact identity balances the information about the matrix that the queries reveal against the energy gained by the proposal [85, Section 3, Lemma 4]. It yields the two estimates of [85, Proposition 5]. The relative entropy of the joint law of the matrix and the proposal with respect to the joint law of the disorder and a Gibbs sample is sublinear in n n n , and outside an event of small probability, the law of the pair is dominated by e o ( n ) e^{o(n)} e o ( n ) times this joint law.
Coverage and the connecting sequence. The information inequalities used in these comparisons—the chain rule, data processing, and the variational formula for relative entropy—are recalled in [28, Chapter 4]. Forward relative entropy alone does not show that the proposal reaches a prescribed set of positive Gibbs mass. Under the joint law of the disorder and a Gibbs sample, the conditional law of the disorder given the spin is strongly log-concave. A transport bound for such laws [24, Corollary 3.10] and Gaussian smoothing of the disorder [70, Lemma 11] reverse the entropy comparison. They give a lower bound on the probability that the proposal lands in any set of appreciable Gibbs mass [85, Section 5, Proposition 6]. Two proposals generated from a common smoothed disorder then land on the two sides of a balanced cut with a probability that is not too small. Following [85], these two proposals are run to a longer, fine horizon, and they are joined by a sequence of proposals run to a shorter, coarse horizon, obtained by rotating the Gaussian inputs, with small consecutive Hamming distances. Near-pinning of the magnetizations joins the two horizons. If the cut had small flow, its enlarged vertex boundary would have tiny Gibbs mass, and the likelihood bound keeps the coarse proposals away from this boundary. But a sequence with short steps that crosses the cut must come close to its boundary. This contradiction bounds the flows from below [85, Section 6, Proposition 7].
What is new. In [85], the parameters of the proof are fixed numbers, and the saving 1/40000000 is not optimized [85, Section 1, after Theorem 1]. To reach every saving below 1/4, the estimates for the coarse proposal must hold outside events of probability close to e − n 3 / 4 e^{-n^{3/4}} e − n 3/4 , with a likelihood bound close to e n 3 / 4 e^{n^{3/4}} e n 3/4 times the joint law. The following refinements yield every fixed saving below 1/4.
Sharp estimates for the coarse proposal (Sections 16 and 17). We strengthen the scalar entropy–energy identity of [85, Section 3, Lemma 4] to a pathwise terminal identity. Along the scalar diffusion beyond the support, the information revealed by the queries and β \beta β times the linearized energy of the proposal cancel up to a terminal term. The centered fluctuation of this term has variance at most β 4 p ( V ) 3 \beta^4p(V)^3 β 4 p ( V ) 3 , where p ( V ) p(V) p ( V ) is the mean conditional variance of a spin given its magnetization at the final time V V V (Lemma 17.5). The coarse likelihood estimate absorbs the deterministic amplitude of this term. The centered difference between this cancellation and its version on the mesh has a moment generating function bounded by e c β θ 2 h e^{c_\beta\theta^2h} e c β θ 2 h for ∣ θ ∣ ≤ c β / h |\theta| \le c_\beta/h ∣ θ ∣ ≤ c β / h , where h h h is the mesh parameter (Lemma 17.6). We combine these bounds with concentration of weighted dyadic sums over cells of unequal length, normalized by the durations of the cells (Lemma 16.6), with a bound on the deviation of the Gram matrix of the queries from the identity that uses the variance of the squared projections and not only their tails (Lemma 16.1), and with sharper bounds on the variances of the Gaussian terms that the proposal does not use (Lemma 17.2). The dyadic triangular and Cholesky arguments build on [85, Section 4, proof of Proposition 5].
The growing mesh (Section 14). The cells of the mesh in [85] have a common length. Ours have length h e t / 4 he^{t/4} h e t /4 at time t t t , with h = n − a h=n^{-a} h = n − a , so that the horizon L log n L\log n L log n is reached after at most 8 n a 8n^a 8 n a cells when a > L / 4 a > L/4 a > L /4 (Lemma 14.3). The quadrature error is O β ( h ) \mathcal{O}_\beta(h) O β ( h ) , uniformly in the horizon. On this mesh, adjacent cells have different lengths, and the
estimates distinguish the duration of the previous cell, which governs the conditional law of the spins, from that of the next cell, which normalizes the query. For instance, the bound on the conditional correlations of the query entries with the spins in Section 15.2 loses a factor two compared with equal cells.
Direct expected energy at the fine horizon (Section 15.2). We compute the expected queried energy through the exact one-query conditional identity of Lemma 15.3, including fallback outcomes. This avoids the Gram-event restriction in the energy calculation of [85, Section 4, Proposition 5] and gives the fine relative-entropy bound of Proposition 15.5, with saving k f < min ( a , f , 1 − a ) k_{\mathrm{f}} < \min(a, f, 1-a) k f < min ( a , f , 1 − a ) .
The parameter system (Section 19.5). The exponents of the proof are affine functions of ε ω = ( 1 / 4 − ω ) / 20 \varepsilon_{\omega} = (1/4-\omega)/20 ε ω = ( 1/4 − ω ) /20 , and this single family satisfies every condition of the proof for every ω ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 4 ) \omega\in(0,1/4) ω ∈ ( 0 , 1/4 ) (Proposition 19.2).
The connecting sequence, including fine proposals only at the two endpoints, stability from coarse Gram events, and pinning without a fine Gram exception, follows [85, Section 6, proof of Proposition 7].
The exponent. The proof of Proposition 19.2 shows that, for every choice of the exponents, the estimates of Part IV require
ω < q < s b < s s e q < e < u E < k f / 2 ≤ 1 / 4. \omega< q < s_{\mathrm{b}} < s_{\mathrm{seq}} < e < u_{\mathrm{E}} < k_{\mathrm{f}}/2 \le1/4. ω < q < s b < s seq < e < u E < k f /2 ≤ 1/4.
The mixing step needs ω < q \omega< q ω < q , since the flow threshold is e − n 1 − q e^{-n^{1-q}} e − n 1 − q . In the connecting sequence, e − n 1 − s b e^{-n^{1-s_{\mathrm{b}}}} e − n 1 − s b bounds the failure probability of one coarse proposal, e − n 1 − s s e q e^{-n^{1-s_{\mathrm{seq}}}} e − n 1 − s seq that of the whole sequence, and e − 2 n 1 − e e^{-2n^{1-e}} e − 2 n 1 − e bounds from below the probability that the two fine endpoints lie on opposite sides of the cut, and the proof needs q < s b < s s e q < e q < s_{\mathrm{b}} < s_{\mathrm{seq}} < e q < s b < s seq < e . Smoothing and coverage need e + d < u E < min { D , k f − D } e+d < u_{\mathrm{E}} < \min\{D,k_{\mathrm{f}}-D\} e + d < u E < min { D , k f − D } , where n − D n^{-D} n − D is the smoothing parameter and n 1 − k f n^{1-k_{\mathrm{f}}} n 1 − k f bounds the forward relative entropy at the fine horizon. Finally, this relative entropy contains terms of order n h = n 1 − a nh=n^{1-a} nh = n 1 − a and n a n^{a} n a , the second from the number of queries, so that k f < min { a , 1 − a } ≤ 1 / 2 k_{\mathrm{f}} < \min\{a,1-a\} \le1/2 k f < min { a , 1 − a } ≤ 1/2 .
Inputs for the upper bound. Besides standard tools of Gaussian analysis and stochastic calculus [28, 64, 112], the proof of Theorem 1.3 uses the following results, which are stated in § 5.2 and Section 13.4 with their hypotheses: the Parisi formula and Guerra’s bound (Theorem 4.4 ), the uniqueness of the Parisi minimizer (Theorem 4.5 ), the interval support of the Parisi measure (Theorem 4.7 ) and the identity Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t)=t Γ ( t ) = t on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) (Corollary 4.8 ), the regularity and scalar evolution of Proposition 4.3, the scalar estimates of [85, Section 3, Lemmas 3 and 4], and the transport, smoothing, and finite-chain results cited above. All other steps are proved in this paper.
The fluctuation theorem
The proof of Proposition 20.1 in [81] combines finite replica trees and covariance differentiation for Gaussian hierarchies [81, Section 2], optimized short comparisons over overlap quantiles [81, Section 3], a one-site cavity estimate, which compares an overlap moment of a comparison with the corresponding moment of a scalar recursion [81, Proposition 4.1], a rigidity theorem, by which rescaled overlap quantiles of minimizing comparisons have linear limits at small masses [81, Theorem 5.1], finite propagation of regularity through successive comparisons [81, Proposition 6.6], and a low-field perturbation that yields the upper bound [81, Section 7]. As explained in [81, Section 1], its closest analytic predecessor is the combination in [8] of a pinned Brascamp–Lieb estimate for the variance [30], optimized covariance interpolation, and positive moments [8, Propositions 2.2 and 2.3 and Section 3]. The single-site analysis of Thouless, Anderson, and Palmer [109] is an early antecedent of the cavity method in spin glasses, and Mézard, Parisi, and Virasoro developed the cavity construction of the solution with broken replica symmetry [74]. The cavity variational principle of Aizenman, Sims, and Starr [2] is a rigorous antecedent of comparisons that add or remove sites. Section 20 summarizes this route, with references to the corresponding statements.
Organization of the paper
§ 4 gives an overview of the proofs of both bounds. Part I contains preliminaries: Section 3 defines the model, the dynamics, and the joint law of the disorder and the initial configuration, and § 5.2 defines Gaussian hierarchies and the Parisi functional and states the imported results. Part II contains the static estimates for the proof of Theorem 1.1 . Section 5 treats the scalar problem near a point of the support of the Parisi measure, Section 6 proves short-time estimates for Gaussian hierarchies, Section 7 constructs the three-replica covariance perturbation and proves the cubic deficit, Section 8 proves the fractional-moment comparison, and § 6.8 combines these into a single estimate for all overlap constraints. Part III contains the dynamical part of the proof of the lower bound. Section 10 treats the Gibbs mass of overlap neighborhoods and the families of reference configurations, Section 11 proves that the overlap constraints persist along a trajectory, and Section 12 completes the proof of Theorem 1.1 and Corollary 1.2 and proves Theorem 12.6.
Part IV proves the upper bound. Section 13 introduces the Gaussian matrix from which the disorder is built, the scalar Parisi process and its continuation beyond the support, and the exponents of the proof. Section 14 constructs the Gaussian-query proposal on a growing mesh, and Section 15 bounds its forward relative entropy at the fine horizon. Section 16 proves the concentration estimates on the growing mesh, and Section 17 proves the joint cancellation and the likelihood bound for the coarse proposal.
Section 18 proves the coverage estimate and constructs the connecting sequence, and Section 19 proves Theorem 1.3 and Corollaries 1.4 and 1.5 and verifies the conditions on the exponents.
Part V concerns the fluctuations and the mean bias: Section 20 states the bound of Proposition 20.1 and deduces Theorem 1.6 from it, and Section 21 proves Corollary 1.7 . Part VI contains Section 22, which describes the formal proofs, and Section 23, which lists open problems.
Overview of the proofs
This section gives an overview of the proofs of Theorem 1.1 and Theorem 1.3 , and a shorter account of the parts of the paper that concern Theorem 1.6 and Corollary 1.7 . Every claim made here is proved later in the paper, or quoted there with its source. § 4.1 to § 4.3 explain the reduction to paths, the architecture of the proof in [77], which we follow, and the balance of scales that gives the exponent 7 / 30 7/30 7/30 . § 4.4 to § 4.6 describe the cubic pressure deficit (Sections 5 to 7), the passage to Gibbs probabilities (Sections 8 and § 6.8 ), and the dynamical argument (Sections 10 to 12). § 4.7 concerns Part IV, and § 4.8 concerns Part V. Table 2.1 shows how the sections depend on each other.
Table 2.1. The main results of Sections 3 to 21, the sections whose results they use, and the sections in which they are used.
Throughout this section, β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 is fixed. In § 4.1 to § 4.6 , π = π J \pi= \pi^J π = π J is the Gibbs measure at a fixed disorder. We write λ \lambda λ for the exponent of the barrier, and we use an upper bound Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 3 λ \Delta_{n,\beta} \le C_b n^{-3\lambda} Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 3 λ on the mean bias Δ n , β = P β − n − 1 E F n \Delta_{n,\beta} = P_\beta- n^{-1}\mathbb{E}F_n Δ n , β = P β − n − 1 E F n . For Theorem 1.1 , we take λ = 7 / 30 \lambda= 7/30 λ = 7/30 and the bound Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 7 / 10 \Delta_{n,\beta} \le C_b n^{-7/10} Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 7/10 of Theorem 4.11 . The exponent of the upper bound is 1 − ω 1-\omega 1 − ω , for a fixed ω ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 4 ) \omega\in(0,1/4) ω ∈ ( 0 , 1/4 ) , and § 4.7 uses the notation of Part IV.
The sign test
Recall from Lemma 3.4 that Theorem 1.1 states that the Gibbs mass of the initial configurations from which the chain is at total variation distance greater than τ \tau τ from π \pi π at time e A β n 7 / 30 e^{A_\beta n^{7/30}} e A β n 7/30 tends to one in probability over the disorder. Since π \pi π is stationary, the chain started from a Gibbs sample has law π \pi π at every deterministic time (Lemma 3.2 ), and the law averaged over the initial configuration carries no information. A lower bound on the distance must come from a property of almost every individual initial configuration that the dynamics forgets slowly.
The property we use is the sign of an overlap. As in [77, Section 8], we choose for each x ∈ Σ n x \in\Sigma_n x ∈ Σ n a reference configuration v ( x ) v(x) v ( x ) , with R ( v ( x ) , x ) ≥ q ∗ R(v(x),x) \ge q_* R ( v ( x ) , x ) ≥ q ∗ for all x x x outside a set of small Gibbs mass, where q ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q_* \in(0,1) q ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) is a fixed overlap (Definition 11.2). Since H n ( − y ) = H n ( y ) H_n(-y) = H_n(y) H n ( − y ) = H n ( y ) , the half-space { y : R ( v ( x ) , y ) ≤ 0 } \{y : R(v(x),y) \le0\} { y : R ( v ( x ) , y ) ≤ 0 } has Gibbs mass at least 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 . If the law ν x \nu_x ν x of the chain started at x x x is within τ \tau τ of π \pi π in total variation, then the half-space has mass at least 1 / 2 − τ 1/2-\tau 1/2 − τ under v x v_x v x . Multiplying by π ( x ) \pi(x) π ( x ) and summing over x x x , we find that
( 1 2 − τ ) π { x : d d i s J ( x , k ) ≤ τ } ≤ P { R ( v ( X 0 ) , X k ) ≤ 0 } , (9) \left(\frac{1}{2}-\tau\right)\pi\{x:d_{\mathrm{dis}}^{J}(x,k)\leq\tau\}\leq\mathbb{P}\{R(v(X_0),X_k)\leq0\}, \tag*{(9)} ( 2 1 − τ ) π { x : d dis J ( x , k ) ≤ τ } ≤ P { R ( v ( X 0 ) , X k ) ≤ 0 } , (9)
where ( X k ) k ≥ 0 (X_k)_{k\geq0} ( X k ) k ≥ 0 is the discrete chain with X 0 ∼ π X_0\sim\pi X 0 ∼ π (see (12.8)). This is the reduction of [77, (8.1)–(8.3)]. The half-space depends on the initial configuration, so that the distance on the left side is evaluated before the average over X 0 X_0 X 0 , while the right side is a probability for the stationary chain. Since one update changes every overlap by at most 2 / n 2/n 2/ n , a chain that enters the half-space must cross every overlap level between q ∗ q_* q ∗ and 0.
We show that these crossings cannot occur along paths that avoid a fixed set of small Gibbs mass. We call a sequence x 0 , … , x m x_0,\ldots,x_m x 0 , … , x m a path if all overlaps change by at most 2 / n 2/n 2/ n from one element to the next (11.2), so that every trajectory of the discrete chain is a path. Let L = A n λ L = An^\lambda L = A n λ be the logarithmic time scale, for a coefficient A > 0 A > 0 A > 0 fixed below, so that e L e^L e L is the time horizon, and let T n = ⌈ n 2 e L ⌉ T_n = \lceil n^2 e^L \rceil T n = ⌈ n 2 e L ⌉ be the budget of update attempts. For every disorder in an event G n \mathcal{G}_n G n with P ( G n ) → 1 \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{G}_n) \to1 P ( G n ) → 1 , we construct the map x ↦ v ( x ) x \mapsto v(x) x ↦ v ( x ) and a set V ⊆ Σ n V \subseteq\Sigma_n V ⊆ Σ n with π ( V ) ≤ 3 e − 4 L \pi(V) \leq3e^{-4L} π ( V ) ≤ 3 e − 4 L such that
R ( v ( x 0 ) , x m ) > 0 for every path x 0 , … , x m with m ≤ T n that avoids V (10) R(v(x_0),x_m)>0 \qquad\text{for every path }x_0,\ldots,x_m\text{ with }m\leq T_n\text{ that avoids }V \tag*{(10)} R ( v ( x 0 ) , x m ) > 0 for every path x 0 , … , x m with m ≤ T n that avoids V (10)
(Lemmas 10.4 and 12.3 and Proposition 12.2). Given (10) , a chain with R ( v ( X 0 ) , X k ) ≤ 0 R(v(X_0),X_k) \leq0 R ( v ( X 0 ) , X k ) ≤ 0 for some k ≤ T n k \leq T_n k ≤ T n visits V V V at one of the times 0 , … , k 0,\ldots,k 0 , … , k . Since X a X_a X a has law π \pi π for every deterministic a a a , a union bound implies that
P { R ( v ( X 0 ) , X k ) ≤ 0 } ≤ ( k + 1 ) π ( V ) ≤ 3 ( k + 1 ) e − 4 L . \mathbb{P}\{R(v(X_0),X_k)\leq0\}\leq(k+1)\pi(V)\leq3(k+1)e^{-4L}. P { R ( v ( X 0 ) , X k ) ≤ 0 } ≤ ( k + 1 ) π ( V ) ≤ 3 ( k + 1 ) e − 4 L .
(see (12.9)). This is the only place where we use stationarity, and we use it only at deterministic times. For this reason the map v v v and the set V V V must be fixed before the chain is run, and they may not depend on its trajectory. In continuous time, the number of updates up to time e L e^L e L is a Poisson variable with mean n e L ne^L n e L , and by Markov’s inequality it exceeds T n T_n T n with probability at most 1 / n 1/n 1/ n . We conclude that
π { x : d I ( x , e L ) ≤ τ } ≤ 3 ( T n + 1 ) e − 4 L + 1 / n 1 / 2 − τ . \pi\{x:d^I(x,e^L)\leq\tau\}\leq\frac{3(T_n+1)e^{-4L}+1/n}{1/2-\tau}. π { x : d I ( x , e L ) ≤ τ } ≤ 1/2 − τ 3 ( T n + 1 ) e − 4 L + 1/ n .
for every disorder in G n \mathcal{G}_n G n (Proposition 12.5), and the right side tends to zero. When we integrate over the disorder, P ( G n c ) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{G}_n^c) P ( G n c ) is added once. The threshold τ \tau τ enters only through the factor 1 / ( 1 / 2 − τ ) 1/(1/2-\tau) 1/ ( 1/2 − τ ) , which is why one coefficient serves every fixed τ < 1 / 2 \tau<1/2 τ < 1/2 and both clocks.
Overlap constraints and reference configurations
We follow the architecture of the proof of [77, Theorem 1.1], which proves a barrier at the time exp ( n 1 / 10000 ) \exp(n^{1/10000}) exp ( n 1/10000 ) and the threshold τ = 1 / 4 \tau=1/4 τ = 1/4 .
Overlap constraints. For ( v , x , v ~ ) ∈ Σ n 3 (v,x,\widetilde v)\in\Sigma_n^3 ( v , x , v ) ∈ Σ n 3 , we write
r = R ( v , x ) + R ( v , v ~ ) 2 , δ = R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ ) 2 , q = R ( x , v ~ ) , r=\frac{R(v,x)+R(v,\widetilde v)}{2},\qquad
\delta=\frac{R(v,x)-R(v,\widetilde v)}{2},\qquad
q=R(x,\widetilde v), r = 2 R ( v , x ) + R ( v , v ) , δ = 2 R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ) , q = R ( x , v ) ,
so that the overlap matrix of ( v , x , v ~ ) (v,x,\widetilde v) ( v , x , v ) is the matrix D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) of (55) . We use two kinds of constraints. The constraints of the first kind act at fixed scales. For fixed cutoffs 0 < b 2 < b 1 < 1 0<b_2<b_1<1 0 < b 2 < b 1 < 1 (Table 10.1 ), they state that if R ( x , v ~ ) ≥ q ∗ R(x,\widetilde v)\geq q_* R ( x , v ) ≥ q ∗ and ∣ R ( v , x ) ∣ , ∣ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ b 1 \lvert R(v,x)\rvert,\lvert R(v,\widetilde v)\rvert\leq b_1 ∣ R ( v , x )∣ , ∣ R ( v , v )∣ ≤ b 1 , then ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ 2 η n \lvert R(v,x)-R(v,\tilde v)\rvert\le2\eta_n ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ )∣ ≤ 2 η n , and similarly with the cutoffs ( b 1 , b 2 ) (b_1,b_2) ( b 1 , b 2 ) in place of ( q ∗ , b 1 ) (q_*,b_1) ( q ∗ , b 1 ) . The triples that violate them form the sets B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) B_n(q_*,b_1) B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) and B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) B_n(b_1,b_2) B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) of (201) . In words, a large overlap between x x x and v ~ \tilde v v ~ forces their small overlaps with v v v to agree. The constraints of the second kind act at the scale ρ \rho ρ , near a level r r r in a compact interval J β ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) J_\beta\subset(0,q_\beta) J β ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) . With ε = E ρ \varepsilon=E\rho ε = E ρ and E = 1 / 100 E=1/100 E = 1/100 , they state that no triple satisfies
Table 10.1. The fixed parameters of the dynamical argument, in the order in which they are chosen. Every entry is fixed before n → ∞ n\to\infty n → ∞ ; each depends only on β \beta β and on the entries above it.
r ∈ J β , ε ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε , q ≥ r + ρ . r \in J_\beta,\qquad\varepsilon\le\lvert\delta\rvert\le2\varepsilon,\qquad q \ge r+\rho. r ∈ J β , ε ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε , q ≥ r + ρ .
Such triples are called narrow, and they form the set N n \mathcal{N}_n N n (§ 8.1.2 ). Equivalently, if R ( x , v ~ ) ≥ r + ρ R(x,\tilde v)\ge r+\rho R ( x , v ~ ) ≥ r + ρ , then ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ \lvert R(v,x)-R(v,\tilde v)\rvert ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ )∣ does not lie in [ 2 ε , 4 ε ] [2\varepsilon,4\varepsilon] [ 2 ε , 4 ε ] . We exclude a band, rather than a half-line, for the following reason. Along a path, every overlap changes by at most 2 / n < 2 ε 2/n<2\varepsilon 2/ n < 2 ε in one step, and the difference ∣ R ( v , x k ) − R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ \lvert R(v,x_k)-R(v,\tilde v)\rvert ∣ R ( v , x k ) − R ( v , v ~ )∣ cannot pass from below 2 ε 2\varepsilon 2 ε to above 4 ε 4\varepsilon 4 ε without lying in the band at some time. As long as the path keeps a large overlap with v ~ \tilde v v ~ , a narrow constraint keeps its overlap with v v v within 2 ε 2\varepsilon 2 ε of R ( v , v ~ ) R(v,\tilde v) R ( v , v ~ ) (Lemma 11.8).
Constrained pressures. In Sections 4 to 9, we write the three configurations as ( v , x , y ) (v,x,y) ( v , x , y ) . For a feasible overlap matrix D D D , the probability that three independent samples from π \pi π have overlap matrix D D D is Z 3 , n ( D ) / Z n 3 Z_{3,n}(D)/Z_n^3 Z 3 , n ( D ) / Z n 3 , where Z 3 , n ( D ) Z_{3,n}(D) Z 3 , n ( D ) is the partition function restricted to the triples with overlap matrix D D D (Definition 4.16 ). There are at most ( n + 1 ) 3 (n+1)^3 ( n + 1 ) 3 feasible matrices, and it suffices to bound each numerator from above and the denominator from below. Upper bounds for the numerators come from Guerra’s hierarchical interpolation [59] and its extension by Talagrand to replicas with prescribed overlaps [103, Section 3], [105, Propositions 3.4 and 4.4]. We use it in the form of [77, Proposition 2.3], stated as Proposition 4.19. For every admissible path ( Q , m ) (Q,m) ( Q , m ) of 3 × 3 3\times3 3 × 3 covariance matrices, with positive semidefinite increments and nondecreasing masses, the comparison with zero terminal multiplier bounds the constrained pressure p 3 , n ( D ) = n − 1 E log Z 3 , n ( D ) p_{3,n}(D)=n^{-1}\mathbb{E}\log Z_{3,n}(D) p 3 , n ( D ) = n − 1 E log Z 3 , n ( D ) by the trial value
p 3 , n ( D ) ≤ T D ( Q , m , 0 ) = Ψ ( Q , m , 0 ) − β 2 4 ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 + β 2 4 ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 . p_{3,n}(D)\le\mathcal{T}_D(Q,m,0)=\Psi(Q,m,0)-\frac{\beta^2}{4}\int m\,\mathrm{d}\lVert Q\rVert_F^2+\frac{\beta^2}{4}\lVert D-Q_N\rVert_F^2. p 3 , n ( D ) ≤ T D ( Q , m , 0 ) = Ψ ( Q , m , 0 ) − 4 β 2 ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 + 4 β 2 ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 .
(Definition 4.15 and Proposition 4.19). The last term is the cost of an endpoint Q N Q_N Q N that differs from D D D .
The baseline is the block hierarchy of [77, Section 4.2 and Section 7, Step 1], described in Lemma 4.20 and built from the Parisi distribution function α = α β \alpha=\alpha_\beta α = α β . Below the level r r r , the three fields share their increments, at mass α / 3 \alpha/3 α /3 . Between r r r and q q q , the fields of x x x and y y y share their increments, at mass α / 2 \alpha/2 α /2 , while the field of v v v evolves alone, and above q q q the three fields evolve independently. The endpoint of this path is D ( r , q , 0 ) D(r,q,0) D ( r , q , 0 ) , and its trial value is exactly 3 P β 3P_\beta 3 P β . A perturbation of the baseline with endpoint D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) and a smaller trial value proves a pressure deficit. Whether such a perturbation exists is decided by the scalar Parisi problem. Let u u u be the spatial derivative of the solution of the Parisi equation, let Y Y Y be the associated diffusion, and let Γ ( t ) = E u ( t , Y t ) 2 \Gamma(t)=\mathbb{E}u(t,Y_t)^2 Γ ( t ) = E u ( t , Y t ) 2 . It was proved in [77, Proposition 3.2] that Γ ( q ) = q \Gamma(q)=q Γ ( q ) = q at every point q q q of the support of the Parisi measure, and by [69, Theorem 1.1], the support is [ 0 , q β ] [0,q_\beta] [ 0 , q β ] . We conclude that Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t)=t Γ ( t ) = t on [ 0 , q β ] [0,q_\beta] [ 0 , q β ] (Corollary 4.8). For two configurations, we have the pair bound p 2 , n ( D 2 ( q ) ) ≤ 2 P β − ( Γ ( q ) − q ) 2 / 2 p_{2,n}(D_2(q)) \leq2P_\beta-(\Gamma(q)-q)^2/2 p 2 , n ( D 2 ( q )) ≤ 2 P β − ( Γ ( q ) − q ) 2 /2 of [77, Lemma 4.3] (Proposition 4.23). This deficit vanishes on the support, and constraints at overlaps inside ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) require the three-replica perturbations of [77, Sections 4 and 7] and of Section 7.
Reference configurations and crossings. In the dynamical argument, v v v and v ~ \widetilde v v are reference configurations and x x x is a configuration of the path. We take the references from lists of independent Gibbs samples, which are fixed before any path is considered (Section 10.3). Suppose that a path x 0 , … , x m x_0,\ldots,x_m x 0 , … , x m that avoids V V V satisfies R ( v ( x 0 ) , x m ) ≤ 0 R(v(x_0),x_m)\leq0 R ( v ( x 0 ) , x m ) ≤ 0 . We proceed through levels i = 0 , 1 , … , N l e v − 1 i=0,1,\ldots,N_{\mathrm{lev}}-1 i = 0 , 1 , … , N lev − 1 , with thresholds r 0 < r 1 < ⋯ r_0<r_1<\cdots r 0 < r 1 < ⋯ in an interval [ t 0 , 2 t 0 ] ⊂ J β [t_0,2t_0]\subset J_\beta [ t 0 , 2 t 0 ] ⊂ J β (Definition 11.2). At level 0, the reference is v 0 = v ( x 0 ) v_0=v(x_0) v 0 = v ( x 0 ) , and k 0 k_0 k 0 is the first time with R ( v 0 , x k ) ≤ r 0 R(v_0,x_k)\leq r_0 R ( v 0 , x k ) ≤ r 0 . At level j ≥ 1 j\geq1 j ≥ 1 , a bound on the Gibbs mass of overlap neighborhoods supplies a new reference v j v_j v j with R ( v j , x k j − 1 ) ≥ q ∗ R(v_j,x_{k_{j-1}})\geq q_* R ( v j , x k j − 1 ) ≥ q ∗ (Lemma 10.1, which extends [77, Proposition 6.1]). We then search backward in time from k j − 1 k_{j-1} k j − 1 for the last time k j k_j k j with R ( v j , x k ) ≤ r j R(v_j,x_k)\leq r_j R ( v j , x k ) ≤ r j . During the search, the constraints keep the overlaps of the path with the earlier references close to their values at k j − 1 k_{j-1} k j − 1 . The overlap with v 0 v_0 v 0 stays close to r 0 < q ∗ r_0<q_* r 0 < q ∗ , while R ( v 0 , x 0 ) ≥ q ∗ R(v_0,x_0)\geq q_* R ( v 0 , x 0 ) ≥ q ∗ , so that the search finds the crossing before it reaches time 0 (Lemma 11.9). After the last level, at the single time k N l e v − 1 k_{N_{\mathrm{lev}}-1} k N lev − 1 , the overlaps of the path with many references lie close to their thresholds. The thresholds are drawn at random, and a count over the time index shows that this is impossible when m ≤ T n m\leq T_n m ≤ T n .
As in [77, Sections 8.3 and 8.4], the references are arranged in blocks of B B B levels. Within a block, a new reference has small overlaps with the earlier references of the block, and it deletes every retained reference with which its overlap exceeds b 1 b_1 b 1 in absolute value. Such conflicts occur only at the first level of a block, and they never reach the first B − H ≥ 2 B-H\geq2 B − H ≥ 2 levels of the preceding block (Lemma 11.6).
The exponent
Three requirements fix the scales, which are listed in Table 2.2 . The order in which the parameters are chosen is recorded in Tables 10.1 and 12.1.
Table 2.2. The scales of the proof of Theorem 1.1 and their roles. Here R R R , E = 1 / 100 E=1/100 E = 1/100 , S S S , and A β A_{\beta} A β are constants fixed before n → ∞ n\to\infty n → ∞ . The last five rows are the rates of decay of the error terms of Lemma 9.7, without constants and polynomial factors; see Table 9.1 and Table 10.2 .
The denominator. On the disorder event of Section 9, we have F n ≥ n ( P β − c 0 ρ 3 ) F_n\geq n(P_\beta-c_0\rho^3) F n ≥ n ( P β − c 0 ρ 3 ) , so that Z n 3 ≥ e 3 n ( P β − c 0 ρ 3 ) Z_n^3\geq e^{3n(P_\beta-c_0\rho^3)} Z n 3 ≥ e 3 n ( P β − c 0 ρ 3 ) . To obtain this bound from Chebyshev’s inequality with a fixed margin, we choose constants a 0 < c 0 a_0<c_0 a 0 < c 0 such that Δ n , β ≤ a 0 ρ 3 \Delta_{n,\beta}\leq a_0\rho^3 Δ n , β ≤ a 0 ρ 3 for all large n n n . Since E F n = n ( P β − Δ n , β ) \mathbb{E}F_n=n(P_\beta-\Delta_{n,\beta}) E F n = n ( P β − Δ n , β ) , the distance from the mean of F n F_n F n to the threshold is then at least n ( c 0 − a 0 ) ρ 3 n(c_0-a_0)\rho^3 n ( c 0 − a 0 ) ρ 3 . The bounds on the numerators keep a deficit ϰ ρ 3 \varkappa\rho^3 ϰ ρ 3 , where ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 is a lower bound, uniform over the band, for the deficit per spin of the three-replica pressure near. a level r r r (§ 4.4 and § 4.5 ) and ϰ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varkappa\in(0,1) ϰ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) is fixed. The ratio Z 3 , n ( D ) / Z n 3 Z_{3,n}(\mathrm{D})/Z_n^3 Z 3 , n ( D ) / Z n 3 is then at most e − n ( ϰ g − 3 c 0 ) ρ 3 e^{-n(\varkappa g-3c_0)\rho^3} e − n ( ϰ g − 3 c 0 ) ρ 3 , which is small when 3 c 0 < ϰ g 3c_0<\varkappa g 3 c 0 < ϰ g . Constants a 0 < c 0 < ϰ g / 3 a_0<c_0<\varkappa g/3 a 0 < c 0 < ϰ g /3 with these properties exist if and only if
lim sup n → ∞ Δ n , β ρ 3 < ϰ g 3 \limsup_{n\to\infty}\frac{\Delta_{n,\beta}}{\rho^3}<\frac{\varkappa g}{3} n → ∞ lim sup ρ 3 Δ n , β < 3 ϰ g
(see (S1)). With Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 7 / 10 \Delta_{n,\beta}\leq C_b n^{-7/10} Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 7/10 , this holds for ρ = R n − 7 / 30 \rho=Rn^{-7/30} ρ = R n − 7/30 if R 3 > 3 C b / ( ϰ g ) R^3>3C_b/(\varkappa g) R 3 > 3 C b / ( ϰ g ) (see (198) ). By Chebyshev’s inequality and the bound Var F n ≤ C v n 7 / 15 \operatorname{Var} F_n\leq C_v n^{7/15} Var F n ≤ C v n 7/15 of Theorem 4.10 , the lower bound on F n F_n F n fails with probability at most a constant times n 7 / 15 / ( n 2 ρ 6 ) n^{7/15}/(n^2\rho^6) n 7/15 / ( n 2 ρ 6 ) , which is O ( n − 2 / 15 ) O(n^{-2/15}) O ( n − 2/15 ) . We note that Theorem 1.6 is not used in the proofs of Theorems 1.1 and 12.6.
The count. The thresholds lie in the intervals I i = [ t 0 + 3 i ρ , t 0 + ( 3 i + 1 ) ρ ] I_i=[t_0+3i\rho,t_0+(3i+1)\rho] I i = [ t 0 + 3 i ρ , t 0 + ( 3 i + 1 ) ρ ] , of length ρ \rho ρ and spacing 3 ρ 3\rho 3 ρ . There are N l e v = M B N_{\mathrm{lev}}=MB N lev = M B levels, arranged in M = ⌊ t 0 / ( 3 B ρ ) ⌋ M=\lfloor t_0/(3B\rho)\rfloor M = ⌊ t 0 / ( 3 B ρ )⌋ blocks (see (11.3)). In § 4.6 , we explain why a path of length m m m that avoids V V V and violates (10) produces, for every array of thresholds, a time k ≤ m k\leq m k ≤ m at which M M M overlaps lie in windows of radius Ψ 0 = 2 ε + 2 η n + 2 / n \Psi_0=2\varepsilon+2\eta_n+2/n Ψ 0 = 2 ε + 2 η n + 2/ n around their thresholds (Corollary 11.11). For independent thresholds, uniform on their intervals, this event has probability at most ( m + 1 ) γ n M (m+1)\gamma_n^M ( m + 1 ) γ n M ,
γ n = 2 Ψ 0 ρ ⟶ 4 E = 1 25 (11) \gamma_n=\frac{2\Psi_0}{\rho}\longrightarrow4E=\frac{1}{25} \tag*{(11)} γ n = ρ 2 Ψ 0 ⟶ 4 E = 25 1 (11)
(see (12.1) and (12.2)). If this quantity is less than one, such a path cannot exist. Note that M M M is of order 1 / ρ 1/\rho 1/ ρ , so that we may take log m \log m log m of order n λ n^\lambda n λ . This leads to the time horizon e L e^L e L with the logarithmic time scale L = A n λ L = An^\lambda L = A n λ , for every A < t 0 log 25 / ( 3 B R ) A < t_0 \log25/(3BR) A < t 0 log 25/ ( 3 B R ) (see (12.4)). The count requires the ratio γ n \gamma_n γ n of the length of a window to the length ρ \rho ρ of a threshold interval to stay below one. With ϵ = E ρ \epsilon= E\rho ϵ = E ρ , the overlap imbalance is of the largest permitted order, and this ratio stays below a fixed bound. The gap satisfies q − r ≥ ρ q-r \ge\rho q − r ≥ ρ , and the weakest local deficit occurs at the corner q − r = ρ q-r=\rho q − r = ρ , ∣ δ ∣ = E ρ |\delta|=E\rho ∣ δ ∣ = E ρ of the band of § 4.4 .
In summary, the upper bound n − 3 λ n^{-3\lambda} n − 3 λ on the mean bias allows ρ ≍ n − λ \rho\asymp n^{-\lambda} ρ ≍ n − λ , there are then of order n λ n^\lambda n λ levels, and the count allows log t \log t log t of order n λ n^\lambda n λ : the exponent of the barrier is one third of the exponent of the upper bound on the mean bias. For the upper bound n − 7 / 10 n^{-7/10} n − 7/10 of Theorem 4.11 , this gives the exponent 7 / 30 7/30 7/30 of Theorem 1.1 .
The union bounds and the exponent 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 . The proof uses two kinds of union bound. In the disorder event, each of at most ( n + 1 ) 3 (n+1)^3 ( n + 1 ) 3 bounds on constrained partition functions near a level r r r fails with probability at most e − c n ρ 4 e^{-cn\rho^4} e − c n ρ 4 (§ 4.5 ). The sufficient condition n ρ 4 / log n → ∞ n\rho^4/\log n \mathbin{\to} \infty n ρ 4 / log n → ∞ makes this polynomial union bound vanish (see (S3)). At a fixed disorder, we multiply a count e C L e^{CL} e C L of reference configurations and path positions by Gibbs probabilities bounded by C ′ ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ 3 C'(n+1)^3e^{-cn\rho^3} C ′ ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ 3 , and it suffices that c n ρ 3 − C L − 3 log ( n + 1 ) → ∞ cn\rho^3-CL-3\log(n+1)\mathbin{\to}\infty c n ρ 3 − C L − 3 log ( n + 1 ) → ∞ . Under the stronger condition n ρ 3 / L → ∞ n\rho^3/L\mathbin{\to}\infty n ρ 3 / L → ∞ , we have this for every fixed C C C . For ρ = R n − λ \rho=Rn^{-\lambda} ρ = R n − λ and L = A n λ L=An^\lambda L = A n λ , both sufficient conditions hold when λ < 1 / 4 \lambda<1/4 λ < 1/4 . At λ = 1 / 4 \lambda=1/4 λ = 1/4 , the quantity n ρ 4 = R 4 n\rho^4=R^4 n ρ 4 = R 4 is bounded, and the polynomial union bound in the disorder event is ineffective, whether or not the conditional union bound can be absorbed by a choice of constants. The argument gives no exponent of 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 or more, whatever the upper bound on the mean bias (Table 12.2). We note that a mean bias of order n − 3 / 4 n^{-3/4} n − 3/4 , as predicted by Franz, Parisi, and Ricci-Tersenghi [56], would correspond exactly to this threshold (Section 23).
The cubic deficit
We now describe the pressure deficit for the narrow constraints. We fix the compact intervals J β ⊂ int I β J_\beta\subset\operatorname{int} I_\beta J β ⊂ int I β with I β ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) I_\beta\subset(0,q_\beta) I β ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) of § 8.1.2 ; the general statements of Sections 8 and § 6.8 write them as J ⊂ int I J \subset\operatorname{int} I J ⊂ int I . For a center r ∈ J β r \in J_\beta r ∈ J β , the gap d = q − r d=q-r d = q − r , and the overlap imbalance δ \delta δ , we need a trial value for D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) below 3 P β 3P_\beta 3 P β by a fixed multiple of ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 , uniformly over r ∈ J β r \in J_\beta r ∈ J β and over the band { ρ ≤ d ≤ d 0 , E ρ ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ } \{\rho\le d \le d_0,\ E\rho\le|\delta| \le2E\rho\} { ρ ≤ d ≤ d 0 , E ρ ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ } . The local cutoff d 0 d_0 d 0 is chosen so small that every local window lies in I β I_\beta I β .
The obstacle. In [77, Section 7], the field of x x x receives δ \delta δ times a Gaussian combination of the field increments in a window [ r − h , r + h ] [r-h,r+h] [ r − h , r + h ] , and the field of y y y receives − δ -\delta − δ times the same combination. The resulting excess covariance in the antisymmetric direction e x − e y e_x-e_y e x − e y contributes to the endpoint cost ( β 2 / 4 ) ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 (\beta^2/4)\|D-Q_N\|_F^2 ( β 2 /4 ) ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 , and the expansion of the trial value has the remainder C ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h − 3 / 2 + δ 4 h − 2 ) C(|\delta|^3h^{-3/2}+\delta^4h^{-2}) C ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h − 3/2 + δ 4 h − 2 ) (see (59) ), which is small compared with the gain only if ∣ δ ∣ |\delta| ∣ δ ∣ is much smaller than h 3 / 2 h^{3/2} h 3/2 , while h h h is smaller than q − r q-r q − r . In [77], $h=\rho^8 and ∣ δ ∣ |\delta| ∣ δ ∣ is of order ρ 20 \rho^{20} ρ 20 , and the resulting deficit is of order ρ 43 \rho^{43} ρ 43 [77, (7.32)]. When ∣ δ ∣ |\delta| ∣ δ ∣ and q − r q-r q − r are both of order ρ \rho ρ , however, the mismatch and the remainder are as large as the gain.
The observation. For the perturbation constructed below, at centers in the interior of the support, the terms of order at most two in the width parameter h h h of the window cancel exactly. The reason is the first stationarity identity β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 \beta^2\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_t)^2=1 β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 , where χ \chi χ is the second spatial derivative of the Parisi solution. This identity is the derivative of Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t)=t Γ ( t ) = t , and it expresses the marginal stability of the Parisi solution [44, (22)–(23)]; its stochastic form is recorded in [69, Lemma 2.5]. The deficit is then of third order in h h h . To find it, we need a perturbed path whose endpoint is exactly D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) , so that we incur no mismatch cost, and an expansion of its trial value to third order with a remainder of fourth order.
The perturbed path. We fix a ratio ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ] \vartheta\in(0,1/2] ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ] ; the dynamical argument uses ϑ = 1 / 2 \vartheta=1/2 ϑ = 1/2 . Given ( r , d , δ ) (r,d,\delta) ( r , d , δ ) , let h = d / ϑ h=d/\vartheta h = d / ϑ be the width parameter of the window, q 0 = r − h q_0=r-h q 0 = r − h its left endpoint, and k = δ / h k=\delta/h k = δ / h the relative imbalance (see (99) ). The perturbed path has the five stages of Table 7.2 . In the baseline, the first four stages are the following: the three fields share their increments on [ q 0 , r ] [q_0,r] [ q 0 , r ] , the fields of x x x and y y y share theirs on [ r , q ] [r,q] [ r , q ] while v v v evolves alone, and all three are independent on [ q , q 0 + 2 h ] [q,q_0+2h] [ q , q 0 + 2 h ] . To perturb them, we add δ Ξ \delta\Xi δ Ξ to the field of x x x and subtract it from the field of y y y , where
Table 7.2. The five stages of the local window. The length is the length of I j I_j I j divided by h h h , and the mass of stage j j j is α ( t ) / n j \alpha(t)/n_j α ( t ) / n j with block sizes n 1 = 3 n_1=3 n 1 = 3 , n 2 = 2 n_2=2 n 2 = 2 , n 3 = n 4 = n 5 = 1 n_3=n_4=n_5=1 n 3 = n 4 = n 5 = 1 .
Ξ = 1 h { ω 0 ( g 1 − g 2 − g x − g y ) + ω 1 g v } , ω 0 = 1 2 − ϑ , ω 1 = 1 − ϑ 2 − ϑ . \Xi=\frac{1}{h}\{\omega_0(g_1-g_2-g_x-g_y)+\omega_1g_v\},\qquad\omega_0=\frac{1}{2-\vartheta},\qquad\omega_1=\frac{1-\vartheta}{2-\vartheta}. Ξ = h 1 { ω 0 ( g 1 − g 2 − g x − g y ) + ω 1 g v } , ω 0 = 2 − ϑ 1 , ω 1 = 2 − ϑ 1 − ϑ .
and g 1 , g 2 , g v , g x , g y g_1,g_2,g_v,g_x,g_y g 1 , g 2 , g v , g x , g y are the field increments of the window (see (102) ). The weights are fixed, and the contrast extends past the time q q q at which x x x and y y y separate. By (103) , the perturbation changes the covariance of the window in two ways: it shifts the overlaps of v v v with x x x and with y y y by + δ +\delta + δ and − δ -\delta − δ , and it adds an excess covariance of order δ 2 / h \delta^2/h δ 2 / h in the antisymmetric direction e x − e y \mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y e x − e y . A fifth stage, the terminal correction, removes this excess exactly. It lasts a time proportional to h k 2 hk^2 h k 2 , and it uses the positive semidefinite rate Id − ( e x − e y ) ( e x − e y ) T / 4 \operatorname{Id}-(\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y)(\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y)^{\mathsf{T}}/4 Id − ( e x − e y ) ( e x − e y ) T /4 in place of Id \operatorname{Id} Id . Every increment of the path is positive semidefinite, the masses are nondecreasing, and the endpoint is exactly D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) (Lemmas 7.1 and 7.2). From [77, Section 7] we keep the hierarchy in which the masses are divided by the sizes of the common blocks, the antisymmetric Gaussian contrast, and the source of the deficit in the identity β 2 E χ ( r , Y r ) 2 = 1 \beta^2\mathbb{E}\chi(r,Y_r)^2=1 β 2 E χ ( r , Y r ) 2 = 1 .
The reduction. We split the trial value T ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k) T ( q 0 , h , k ) into the initial segment [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] , on which the three fields share every increment, and the local window. Let V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) V(q_0,h,k,z) V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) be the difference between the value of the local window on the diagonal { z v = z x = z y = z } \{z_v=z_x=z_y=z\} { z v = z x = z y = z } and its unperturbed value 3 Φ ( q 0 , z ) 3\Phi(q_0,z) 3Φ ( q 0 , z ) (see (109) ), and let Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ be the change of the penalty ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 \int m\,\mathrm{d}\|Q\|_F^2 ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 . The initial segment responds to the change V V V of its terminal function linearly, up to an error ∥ V ∥ ∞ 2 / 2 \lVert V\rVert_{\infty}^{2}/2 ∥ V ∥ ∞ 2 /2 that does not depend on the number of levels (Lemma 6.13 and Corollary 6.14). Since ∥ V ∥ ∞ ≤ C h 2 k 2 \lVert V\rVert_{\infty} \le Ch^{2}k^{2} ∥ V ∥ ∞ ≤ C h 2 k 2 , we have
T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β = E V ( q 0 , h , k , Y q 0 ) − β 2 4 Δ Π + O ( h 4 k 4 ) \mathcal{T}(q_{0},h,k)-3P_{\beta}=\mathbb{E}V(q_{0},h,k,Y_{q_{0}})-\frac{\beta^{2}}{4}\Delta\Pi+O(h^{4}k^{4}) T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β = E V ( q 0 , h , k , Y q 0 ) − 4 β 2 ΔΠ + O ( h 4 k 4 )
(Corollary 7.5). The expectation is taken under the law of the scalar diffusion at the fixed time q 0 q_{0} q 0 , which does not depend on ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) ; this is why we expand at a fixed left endpoint. The local window is a composition of five short semilinear parabolic flows on R 3 \mathbb{R}^{3} R 3 , some with singular diffusion matrices. In Section 6 we bound their mixed derivatives in ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) , uniformly in the field and including h = 0 h=0 h = 0 (Proposition 6.3). Using these bounds, we find that
V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = β 4 χ 0 2 4 Δ Π + β 6 h 3 { α ( q 0 ) 2 χ 0 3 C χ ( k ) + α ( q 0 ) w 0 2 C w ( k ) } + O ( h 4 k 2 ) (12) V(q_{0},h,k,z)=\frac{\beta^{4}\chi_{0}^{2}}{4}\Delta\Pi+\beta^{6}h^{3}\left\{\alpha(q_{0})^{2}\chi_{0}^{3}C_{\chi}(k)+\alpha(q_{0})w_{0}^{2}C_{w}(k)\right\}+O(h^{4}k^{2}) \tag*{(12)} V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = 4 β 4 χ 0 2 ΔΠ + β 6 h 3 { α ( q 0 ) 2 χ 0 3 C χ ( k ) + α ( q 0 ) w 0 2 C w ( k ) } + O ( h 4 k 2 ) (12)
(Lemma 7.4 and Proposition 7.12). Here χ 0 = χ ( q 0 , z ) \chi_{0}=\chi(q_{0},z) χ 0 = χ ( q 0 , z ) and w 0 = w ( q 0 , z ) w_{0}=w(q_{0},z) w 0 = w ( q 0 , z ) are the second and third spatial derivatives of the Parisi solution, and C χ C_{\chi} C χ and C w C_{w} C w are the trace polynomial and the Wick polynomial of (124) and (125) . When the mass is frozen at α ( q 0 ) \alpha(q_{0}) α ( q 0 ) on the window, the stages are Gaussian integration steps, and three formal steps with explicit coefficient matrices give the coefficients of order two and three (Lemmas 7.7 and 7.8 and Proposition 7.9). The variation of α \alpha α on the window contributes, at order three, exactly the corresponding part of β 4 χ 0 2 Δ Π / 4 \beta^{4}\chi_{0}^{2}\Delta\Pi/4 β 4 χ 0 2 ΔΠ/4 (Lemma 7.11).
The cancellations. The penalty enters the trial value twice: directly, with the factor − β 2 / 4 -\beta^{2}/4 − β 2 /4 , and through V V V , with the factor β 4 χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 / 4 \beta^{4}\chi(q_{0},Y_{q_{0}})^{2}/4 β 4 χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 /4 . After the expectation, the sum is ( β 2 / 4 ) ( β 2 E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 − 1 ) Δ Π (\beta^{2}/4)(\beta^{2}\mathbb{E}\chi(q_{0},Y_{q_{0}})^{2}-1)\Delta\Pi ( β 2 /4 ) ( β 2 E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 − 1 ) ΔΠ , which vanishes by the first stationarity identity. Since Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ is of order h 2 h^{2} h 2 , this removes every term of order h 2 h^{2} h 2 , as well as the terms of order h 3 h^{3} h 3 that involve α ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'(q_{0}) α ′ ( q 0 ) . The second stationarity identity E w ( t , Y t ) 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 \mathbb{E}w(t,Y_{t})^{2}=2\alpha(t)\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_{t})^{3} E w ( t , Y t ) 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 implies that the expectation of the braces in (12) equals α ( q 0 ) 2 E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 3 { C χ ( k ) + 2 C w ( k ) } \alpha(q_{0})^{2}\mathbb{E}\chi(q_{0},Y_{q_{0}})^{3}\{C_{\chi}(k)+2C_{w}(k)\} α ( q 0 ) 2 E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 3 { C χ ( k ) + 2 C w ( k )} . We conclude that
∣ T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β − α ( r ) 2 β 6 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 h 3 P ϑ ( k ) ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 2 , P ϑ = C χ + 2 C w (13) \left|\mathcal{T}(q_{0},h,k)-3P_{\beta}-\alpha(r)^{2}\beta^{6}\mathbb{E}\chi(r,Y_{r})^{3}h^{3}P_{\vartheta}(k)\right|\le Ch^{4}k^{2},\qquad P_{\vartheta}=C_{\chi}+2C_{w} \tag*{(13)} T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β − α ( r ) 2 β 6 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 h 3 P ϑ ( k ) ≤ C h 4 k 2 , P ϑ = C χ + 2 C w (13)
(Proposition 7.13, with q 0 + h = r q_{0}+h=r q 0 + h = r ). Both identities hold on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) (Lemma 5.3), and both were known; see [8, proof of Lemma 7.2] and [69, Lemma 2.5]. The use of the second identity in a covariance expansion is new. The polynomial P ϑ P_{\vartheta} P ϑ is even, with coefficients c 2 ( ϑ ) = 2 ϑ ( ϑ − 1 ) / ( ϑ − 2 ) 2 < 0 c_{2}(\vartheta)=2\vartheta(\vartheta-1)/(\vartheta-2)^{2}<0 c 2 ( ϑ ) = 2 ϑ ( ϑ − 1 ) / ( ϑ − 2 ) 2 < 0 , c 4 ( ϑ ) < 0 c_{4}(\vartheta)<0 c 4 ( ϑ ) < 0 , and c 6 ( ϑ ) > 0 c_{6}(\vartheta)>0 c 6 ( ϑ ) > 0 (see (131) ). For ϑ = 1 / 2 \vartheta=1/2 ϑ = 1/2 ,
P 1 / 2 ( k ) = − 2 9 k 2 − 62 243 k 4 + 6952 19683 k 6 P_{1/2}(k)=-\frac{2}{9}k^{2}-\frac{62}{243}k^{4}+\frac{6952}{19683}k^{6} P 1/2 ( k ) = − 9 2 k 2 − 243 62 k 4 + 19683 6952 k 6
(see (132) ), and Section 7.3 lists the traces from which this polynomial can be recomputed by hand.
The deficit on the band. In the variables d d d and δ \delta δ , we have − h 3 P ϑ ( k ) = G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) -h^3\mathcal{P}_{\vartheta}(k)=G_{\vartheta}(d,|\delta|) − h 3 P ϑ ( k ) = G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) , where
G ϑ ( d , x ) = − c 2 ϑ x 2 d − ϑ c 4 x 4 d − ϑ 3 c 6 x 6 d 3 G_{\vartheta}(d,x)=-\frac{c_2}{\vartheta}x^2d-\vartheta c_4\frac{x^4}{d}-\vartheta^3c_6\frac{x^6}{d^3} G ϑ ( d , x ) = − ϑ c 2 x 2 d − ϑ c 4 d x 4 − ϑ 3 c 6 d 3 x 6
(see (134) ). The leading term is 2 ( 1 − ϑ ) ( 2 − ϑ ) − 2 δ 2 d 2(1-\vartheta)(2-\vartheta)^{-2}\delta^2d 2 ( 1 − ϑ ) ( 2 − ϑ ) − 2 δ 2 d , which is 4 δ 2 d / 9 4\delta^2d/9 4 δ 2 d /9 for ϑ = 1 / 2 \vartheta=1/2 ϑ = 1/2 . The deficit is quadratic in the overlap imbalance and linear in the gap q − r q-r q − r ; its minimum on the band is a positive multiple of ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 , and it can be larger away from the corner. The scalar factor α ( r ) 2 β 6 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 \alpha(r)^2\beta^6\mathbb{E}\chi(r,Y_r)^3 α ( r ) 2 β 6 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 is bounded below on I β I_\beta I β by a constant m β > 0 m_\beta>0 m β > 0 , since α > 0 \alpha>0 α > 0 on ( 0 , q β ] (0,q_\beta] ( 0 , q β ] and E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 ≥ β − 3 \mathbb{E}\chi(r,Y_r)^3\ge\beta^{-3} E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 ≥ β − 3 ((Corollary 5.5)). For E = 1 / 100 E=1/100 E = 1/100 , the function G ϑ G_\vartheta G ϑ is increasing in d d d and in ∣ δ ∣ |\delta| ∣ δ ∣ on the band, and it attains its minimum at the corner ( ρ , E ρ ) (\rho,E\rho) ( ρ , E ρ ) ((Lemma 7.14)). Choosing d 0 d_0 d 0 so small that the remainder in (13) is absorbed, we obtain, for every fixed g ′ < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) g'<m_\beta E^2G(\vartheta,E) g ′ < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) ,
p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ ) ) ≤ T ( q 0 , h , k ) ≤ 3 P β − g ′ ρ 3 (14) p_{3,n}\bigl(D(r,q,\delta)\bigr)\le\mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k)\le3P_\beta-g'\rho^3 \tag*{(14)} p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ ) ) ≤ T ( q 0 , h , k ) ≤ 3 P β − g ′ ρ 3 (14)
for every feasible matrix in the band, all n n n , and all 0 < ρ ≤ d 0 0<\rho\le d_0 0 < ρ ≤ d 0 , uniformly over r ∈ J β r\in J_\beta r ∈ J β ((Proposition 7.15)). Here G ( ϑ , E ) G(\vartheta,E) G ( ϑ , E ) is the value of E − 2 ρ − 3 G ϑ E^{-2}\rho^{-3}G_\vartheta E − 2 ρ − 3 G ϑ at the corner, and G ( 1 / 2 , 1 / 100 ) > 1 / 3 G(1/2,1/100)>1/3 G ( 1/2 , 1/100 ) > 1/3 . Since the second stationarity identity fails at t = q β t=q_\beta t = q β , where the Parisi measure has an atom ((Remark 5.4)), the centers lie in compact subintervals of ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) ; no other condition on the Parisi measure near r r r is needed, in contrast with [77, Lemma 7.1].
From pressures to Gibbs probabilities
The obstacle. The bound (14) concerns the quenched pressure n − 1 E log Z 3 , n ( D ) n^{-1}\mathbb{E}\log Z_{3,n}(D) n − 1 E log Z 3 , n ( D ) . However, Gaussian concentration of this Lipschitz function of the disorder ((Remark 4.22)) turns a mean deficit of order ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 only into the probability bound e − c n ρ 6 e^{-cn\rho^6} e − c n ρ 6 , and n ρ 6 n\rho^6 n ρ 6 tends to zero; for ρ = R n − 7 / 30 \rho=Rn^{-7/30} ρ = R n − 7/30 , it is R 6 n − 2 / 5 R^6n^{-2/5} R 6 n − 2/5 .
Fractional moments. To overcome this obstacle, we bound positive fractional moments of order s = S ρ s=S\rho s = S ρ , for a small constant S > 0 S>0 S > 0 . Suppose that
1 n s log E Z 3 , n ( D ) s ≤ 3 P β − g ρ 3 . (15) \frac{1}{ns}\log\mathbb{E}Z_{3,n}(D)^s\le3P_\beta-g\rho^3. \tag*{(15)} n s 1 log E Z 3 , n ( D ) s ≤ 3 P β − g ρ 3 . (15)
Applying Markov’s inequality to Z 3 , n ( D ) s Z_{3,n}(D)^s Z 3 , n ( D ) s , we find that
P { n − 1 log Z 3 , n ( D ) > 3 P β − ϰ g ρ 3 } ≤ e − ( 1 − ϰ ) g S n ρ 4 , \mathbb{P}\left\{n^{-1}\log Z_{3,n}(D)>3P_\beta-\varkappa g\rho^3\right\}\le e^{-(1-\varkappa)gSn\rho^4}, P { n − 1 log Z 3 , n ( D ) > 3 P β − ϰ g ρ 3 } ≤ e − ( 1 − ϰ ) g S n ρ 4 ,
and n ρ 4 n\rho^4 n ρ 4 grows like a power of n n n (Step 2 of the proof of Lemma 9.7). To prove (15) , we adapt the matrix comparison of [77, Proposition 2.3] to moments of order s s s , as in the positive-moment interpolation of Aronow and Lopatto [8, Section 2.3]: the disorder is integrated at the outer mass s s s , instead of by an expectation. In this way we find that the trial value of every admissible path whose masses are all at least s s s bounds ( n s ) − 1 log E Z ℓ , n ( D ) s + β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) (ns)^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}Z_{\ell,n}(D)^{s}+\beta^{2}\ell^{2}s/(4n) ( n s ) − 1 log E Z ℓ , n ( D ) s + β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) (Proposition 8.3). The interpolation is carried out for the completed Hamiltonian H n + G H_n+G H n + G of Section 3, whose covariance is exactly n R ( x , y ) 2 / 2 nR(x,y)^2/2 n R ( x , y ) 2 /2 . The correction β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) \beta^{2}\ell^{2}s/(4n) β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) is quadratic in the number ℓ \ell ℓ of configurations, because the same variable G G G enters every configuration (Lemma 3.1). Since this correction is nonnegative, it can be discarded.
The profile max { α , 3 s } \max\{\alpha,3s\} max { α , 3 s } . The masses of the perturbed path on its initial segment are α ( t ) / 3 \alpha(t)/3 α ( t ) /3 , and α ( t ) → 0 \alpha(t)\to0 α ( t ) → 0 as t → 0 t\to0 t → 0 , so that the requirement that all masses are at least s s s fails near the origin. To overcome this, we replace α \alpha α by max { α , 3 s } \max\{\alpha,3s\} max { α , 3 s } on the initial segment. By the trial bound of Aronow and Lopatto [8, Lemma 7.2], the Parisi functional of this profile exceeds P β P_\beta P β by at most C s 5 Cs^5 C s 5 (Proposition 4.12 and Lemma 8.5), which is much smaller than ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 . The profile differs from α \alpha α only on an interval [ 0 , C s ] [0,Cs] [ 0 , C s ] , far from the window, which starts at q 0 ≥ min I β > 0 q_0\geq\min I_\beta>0 q 0 ≥ min I β > 0 . We show that its effect on the response of the initial segment to V V V is at most C ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ ∥ max { α , 3 s } − α ∥ L 1 ≤ C δ 2 s 2 / h C\lVert V'\rVert_\infty\lVert\max\{\alpha,3s\}-\alpha\rVert_{L^1}\leq C\delta^2s^2/h C ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ ∥ max { α , 3 s } − α ∥ L 1 ≤ C δ 2 s 2 / h (Lemma 8.6). On the band this is at most a constant times S 2 ρ 3 S^2\rho^3 S 2 ρ 3 , and we make it small by the choice of S S S (see (161) ). Together with (14) , this proves (15) for every fixed g < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) g<m_\beta E^2G(\vartheta,E) g < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) , for all n n n and all small ρ \rho ρ , uniformly over the band (Lemma 8.7).
The other regimes. Every narrow triple falls into one of three regimes (Lemma 9.6). In the local regime q − r ≤ d 0 q-r\leq d_0 q − r ≤ d 0 , we use (15) . In the regime q − r > d 0 q-r>d_0 q − r > d 0 of separated overlaps, with ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ \lvert q-\Gamma(q)\rvert ∣ q − Γ ( q )∣ small, we use the quadratic deficit c s e p δ 2 c_{\mathrm{sep}}\delta^2 c sep δ 2 of Lemma 9.5, which we derive from [77, Section 7, Steps 1–7] with fixed parameters; its source is the decay β 2 E [ χ ( q , Y q ) χ ( r , Y r ) ] ≤ 1 − c ( q − r ) \beta^2\mathbb{E}[\chi(q,Y_q)\chi(r,Y_r)]\leq1-c(q-r) β 2 E [ χ ( q , Y q ) χ ( r , Y r )] ≤ 1 − c ( q − r ) of the mixed susceptibility [77, (7.31)]. Since δ 2 \delta^2 δ 2 is of order ρ 2 \rho^2 ρ 2 , Gaussian concentration suffices there. In the remaining pair regime, the two configurations with the larger overlap q q q have ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ > ν \lvert q-\Gamma(q)\rvert>\nu ∣ q − Γ ( q )∣ > ν for a fixed ν > 0 \nu>0 ν > 0 , so that the pair deficit ( Γ ( q ) − q ) 2 / 2 (\Gamma(q)-q)^2/2 ( Γ ( q ) − q ) 2 /2 of [77, Lemma 4.3] (Lemma 9.1) applies. For the fixed-scale constraints, we use the three-replica deficit c f i x δ 2 c_{\mathrm{fix}}\delta^2 c fix δ 2 of [77, (4.20)] (Lemma 9.2) at the tolerance ∣ δ ∣ ≥ η n \lvert\delta\rvert\geq\eta_n ∣ δ ∣ ≥ η n . In the separated-overlap, pair, and fixed-scale regimes, the mechanisms are those of [77]; what changes are the scales at which the pressure deficits are converted into probability bounds.
One disorder event. The disorder event A n A_n A n of Lemma 9.7 requires the lower bound on F n F_n F n of § 4.3 and upper bounds on all constrained partition functions of the local, separated-overlap, fixed-scale, and pair families; these are deterministic families of at most C ( n + 1 ) 3 C(n+1)^3 C ( n + 1 ) 3 matrices. The event A n A_n A n fails with probability at most
C n 7 / 15 n 2 ρ 6 + C ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − c n ρ 4 + e − c n η n 4 ) + C ( n + 1 ) e − c n C\frac{n^{7/15}}{n^2\rho^6}+C(n+1)^3\left(e^{-cn\rho^4}+e^{-cn\eta_n^4}\right)+C(n+1)e^{-cn} C n 2 ρ 6 n 7/15 + C ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − c n ρ 4 + e − c n η n 4 ) + C ( n + 1 ) e − c n
(see (9.20)), which is O ( n − 2 / 15 ) O(n^{-2/15}) O ( n − 2/15 ) for λ = 7 / 30 \lambda= 7/30 λ = 7/30 . For every disorder in A n \mathcal{A}_n A n , dividing the numerators by the denominator, we find that
π ⊗ 3 ( N n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ 3 , π ⊗ 3 ( W n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n η n 2 . \pi^{\otimes3}(\mathcal{N}_n) \le C(n+1)^3e^{-cn\rho^3}, \qquad\pi^{\otimes3}(\mathcal{W}_n) \le C(n+1)^3e^{-cn\eta_n^2}. π ⊗ 3 ( N n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ 3 , π ⊗ 3 ( W n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n η n 2 .
where W n \mathcal{W}_n W n is the set of fixed-scale triples (see (9.21)). We keep two kinds of error apart (Remark 9.9). Our estimate for the disorder failure probability P ( A n c ) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}_n^c) P ( A n c ) contains a polynomial term, and we use this estimate once, additively, at the end of the proof. The Gibbs probabilities at a fixed disorder in A n \mathcal{A}_n A n decay at least as fast as e − c n 1 − 3 λ e^{-cn^{1-3\lambda}} e − c n 1 − 3 λ , and only these are multiplied by the numbers e O ( L ) e^{O(L)} e O ( L ) of reference configurations and path positions. This separation replaces the conversion [77, Lemma 4.2] of pressure bounds into probability bounds, whose finite-size error n − 1 / 24 n^{-1/24} n − 1/24 is far too large at the scale ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 .
The dynamical argument
Fixed families of references. The dynamical argument starts from two inputs at a fixed disorder. The first is the bound on the Gibbs mass of overlap neighborhoods: for every S ⊆ Σ n S \subseteq\Sigma_n S ⊆ Σ n , all x ∈ S x \in S x ∈ S outside a set of Gibbs mass less than e − D 1 L e^{-D_1L} e − D 1 L have Gibbs mass at least e − D 3 L e^{-D_3L} e − D 3 L of configurations z ∈ S z \in S z ∈ S with ∣ R ( x , z ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ \lvert R(x,z)\rvert\ge q_* ∣ R ( x , z )∣ ≥ q ∗ . We prove it by the argument of [77, Proposition 6.1], at every scale L → ∞ L \to\infty L → ∞ with L = o ( n ) L=o(n) L = o ( n ) (Lemma 10.1). The second input is the bound π ⊗ 3 ( B n ) ≤ q n \pi^{\otimes3}(\mathcal{B}_n) \le q_n π ⊗ 3 ( B n ) ≤ q n for the exceptional triples B n = N n ∪ B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) ∪ B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) \mathcal{B}_n = \mathcal{N}_n \cup\mathcal{B}_n(q_*,b_1) \cup\mathcal{B}_n(b_1,b_2) B n = N n ∪ B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) ∪ B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) on the event A n \mathcal{A}_n A n , where q n = C ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − c n ρ 3 + e − c n η n 2 + e − c n ) q_n = C(n+1)^3(e^{-cn\rho^3} + e^{-cn\eta_n^2} + e^{-cn}) q n = C ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − c n ρ 3 + e − c n η n 2 + e − c n ) satisfies e C L q n → 0 e^{CL}q_n \to0 e C L q n → 0 for every fixed C C C (Lemma 10.2).
In [77, Section 8.3], the properties of the lists of references are proved with probability tending to one jointly over the disorder, the lists, and the path, with bounds averaged over the disorder. At our scales, such an averaged bound contains the disorder failure probability, which does not remain small after multiplication by e O ( L ) e^{O(L)} e O ( L ) . For this reason, we fix the disorder first. At each disorder in G n \mathcal{G}_n G n , we sample the lists, with ⌈ e ( c s + 1 ) L ⌉ \lceil e^{(c_s+1)L}\rceil ⌈ e ( c s + 1 ) L ⌉ independent Gibbs samples at the levels of position s s s in a block. The expected Gibbs mass of the configurations at which some cell contains no suitable entry is at most 2 e − 4 L 2e^{-4L} 2 e − 4 L . The expected number of exceptional triples of list entries, and the expected Gibbs mass of the configurations that form one with two entries, are at most e O ( L ) q n e^{O(L)}q_n e O ( L ) q n . We fix a realization at which the sum of such quantities is at most its mean (Lemma 10.4). Outside a set V V V with π ( V ) ≤ 3 e − 4 L \pi(V) \le3e^{-4L} π ( V ) ≤ 3 e − 4 L , it has properties (P1)–(P4) of Section 11.1: every cell supplies a new reference for each configuration in it, the fixed-scale constraints hold across q ∗ q_* q ∗ and across b 1 b_1 b 1 , and no configuration outside V V V forms a narrow triple with two signed entries. The family and V V V depend only on J J J (Remark 10.5).
The accumulation of errors. In [77, (8.19)–(8.20)], the overlaps of every retained reference with the current configuration and with the later references are controlled within 6 j ε 6j\varepsilon 6 j ε after j j j levels. These errors accumulate, and the final count of [77, (8.29)] requires N l e v ε N_{\mathrm{lev}}\varepsilon N lev ε to be much smaller than ρ \rho ρ . Since N l e v N_{\mathrm{lev}} N lev is of order 1 / ρ 1/\rho 1/ ρ , this forces ε \varepsilon ε to be much smaller than ρ 2 \rho^2 ρ 2 . Our choice ε = E ρ \varepsilon= E\rho ε = E ρ , at which the narrow constraints have a deficit of order ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 , is far outside this range.
Next retained references. To overcome this, we compare each retained reference v i v_i v i with the next retained reference v a j ( i ) v_{a_j(i)} v a j ( i ) , where a j ( i ) a_j(i) a j ( i ) is the smallest retained level larger than i i i after level j j j (Section 11.2). We call the overlap c j ( i ) = R ( v i , v a j ( i ) ) c_j(i) = R(v_i,v_{a_j(i)}) c j ( i ) = R ( v i , v a j ( i ) ) the center of v i v_i v i . When v i + 1 v_{i+1} v i + 1 is selected at the time k i k_i k i , we have R ( v i + 1 , x k i ) ≥ q ∗ R(v_{i+1},x_{k_i}) \ge q_* R ( v i + 1 , x k i ) ≥ q ∗ and R ( v i , x k i ) ∈ [ r i − 2 / n , r i ] R(v_i,x_{k_i}) \in[r_i - 2/n,r_i] R ( v i , x k i ) ∈ [ r i − 2/ n , r i ] , and the fixed-scale constraint across q ∗ q_* q ∗ implies that ∣ c j ( i ) − r i ∣ ≤ 2 η n + 2 / n \lvert c_j(i) - r_i\rvert\le2\eta_n + 2/n ∣ c j ( i ) − r i ∣ ≤ 2 η n + 2/ n . The center changes only when a deletion removes the next retained reference of i i i . The next retained reference is then the first reference of the following block, which is never deleted, and the center moves by at most 2 ε + 2 η n 2\varepsilon+ 2\eta_n 2 ε + 2 η n . We show by induction that, for every retained i < j i<j i < j ,
∣ c j ( i ) − r i ∣ ≤ 2 ε + 4 η n + 2 n , ∣ R ( v i , x k j ) − c j ( i ) ∣ < 2 ε \lvert c_j(i) - r_i\rvert\le2\varepsilon+ 4\eta_n + \frac{2}{n}, \qquad\lvert R(v_i,x_{k_j}) - c_j(i)\rvert< 2\varepsilon ∣ c j ( i ) − r i ∣ ≤ 2 ε + 4 η n + n 2 , ∣ R ( v i , x k j ) − c j ( i )∣ < 2 ε
(Definition 11.4 and Proposition 11.10). The errors are of order ε \varepsilon ε at every level, and they do not grow with the number of levels.
The narrow constraints preserve these windows during the backward search (Lemma 11.8). Suppose that some window fails at a time between k j k_j k j and k j − 1 k_{j-1} k j − 1 , and let k k k be the largest such time and v i v_i v i a reference whose window fails at k k k . All windows hold at time k + 1 k+1 k + 1 , and since one step changes overlaps by at most 2 / n 2/n 2/ n , the overlap R ( v i , x k ) R(v_i,x_k) R ( v i , x k ) differs from c j ( i ) c_j(i) c j ( i ) by an amount in [ 2 ε , 2 ε + 2 / n ) [2\varepsilon,2\varepsilon+ 2/n) [ 2 ε , 2 ε + 2/ n ) . Let a = a j ( i ) a = a_j(i) a = a j ( i ) . Then R ( v a , x k ) R(v_a,x_k) R ( v a , x k ) is close to r a r_a r a or larger: if a = j a=j a = j , because the backward search has not yet reached the crossing of r j r_j r j , and otherwise because the window of v a v_a v a holds at time k + 1 k+1 k + 1 . Since r a − r i ≥ 2 ρ r_a-r_i \ge2\rho r a − r i ≥ 2 ρ and all errors are of order ε \varepsilon ε , we find that R ( v a , x k ) ≥ r + ρ R(v_a,x_k) \ge r+\rho R ( v a , x k ) ≥ r + ρ , where r r r is the mean of R ( v i , x k ) R(v_i,x_k) R ( v i , x k ) and R ( v i , v a ) = c j ( i ) R(v_i,v_a) = c_j(i) R ( v i , v a ) = c j ( i ) . The triple ( v i , x k , v a ) (v_i,x_k,v_a) ( v i , x k , v a ) is then narrow, which (P4) excludes because x k ∉ V x_k \notin V x k ∈ / V . In other words, the next retained reference supplies the large overlap that the narrow constraint needs, and the spacing 3 ρ 3\rho 3 ρ of the threshold intervals makes this overlap large enough.
The count. At the time k ∗ = k N l e v − 1 k_* = k_{N_{\mathrm{lev}}-1} k ∗ = k N lev − 1 , the first reference v ℓ B v_{\ell B} v ℓ B of each block ℓ \ell ℓ still has its original next retained reference v ℓ B + 1 v_{\ell B+1} v ℓ B + 1 , because the first two levels of a block are never deleted. By its window, we have ∣ R ( v ℓ B , x k ∗ ) − r ℓ B ∣ < Ψ 0 \lvert R(v_{\ell B},x_{k_*}) - r_{\ell B}\rvert< \Psi_0 ∣ R ( v ℓ B , x k ∗ ) − r ℓ B ∣ < Ψ 0 for ℓ = 0 , … , M − 1 \ell= 0,\ldots,M-1 ℓ = 0 , … , M − 1 (Corollary 11.11). The reference of each level depends only on the thresholds of the earlier levels (Lemma 11.3); this is why a selected reference whose crossing fails is kept. Removing the windows one at a time, from the largest level down, we find that for each fixed time k k k the M M M windows hold with probability at most γ n M \gamma_n^M γ n M over independent uniform thresholds (Lemma 12.1). Summing over k ≤ m k \le m k ≤ m , we have the bound (2.3). If ( m + 1 ) γ n M < 1 (m+1)\gamma_n^M < 1 ( m + 1 ) γ n M < 1 , some threshold array admits no such time, which contradicts the existence of a path that violates (2.2) (Proposition 12.2). In [77, (8.29)], the count is a union over subsets of retained levels; here the windows sit at the deterministic first levels of the blocks, and we count only M M M of them. Further, since the static estimates are uniform over the interval J β J_{\beta} J β , we need no random event that restricts the thresholds, such as [77, (8.12)].
Quantitative and almost-sure forms. With the lower bound on F n F_n F n from the small-deviation inequality of Paouris and Valettas [90, Theorem 2.1 and Remark 2.4(3)] instead of Chebyshev’s inequality, with η n = ρ n / 1000 \eta_n = \rho_n/1000 η n = ρ n /1000 , and with A < t 0 log ( 250 / 11 ) / ( 3 B R ) A < t_0 \log(250/11)/(3BR) A < t 0 log ( 250/11 ) / ( 3 B R ) , the disorder event fails with probability at most C e − c n 1 / 15 Ce^{-cn^{1/15}} C e − c n 1/15 , and on it the initial configurations from which the distance stays at least 1 / 2 − C e − c n 7 / 30 1/2 - Ce^{-cn^{7/30}} 1/2 − C e − c n 7/30 up to the time horizon e A n 7 / 30 e^{An^{7/30}} e A n 7/30 have Gibbs mass at least 1 − C e − c n 7 / 30 1 - Ce^{-cn^{7/30}} 1 − C e − c n 7/30 , for all n ≥ n 1 ( C r a t e ) n \ge n_1(C_{\mathrm{rate}}) n ≥ n 1 ( C rate ) and every single-site generator with rates at most a fixed C r a t e C_{\mathrm{rate}} C rate that leaves π \pi π stationary (Theorem 12.6). By the same theorem, we have the relaxation time bound e A n 7 / 30 / ( C n 7 / 30 ) e^{An^{7/30}}/(Cn^{7/30}) e A n 7/30 / ( C n 7/30 ) for the reversible ones and, by the Borel–Cantelli lemma, the almost sure form for every coupling of the disorders of different sizes.
The upper bound
We follow the architecture of the proof of [85, Theorem 1], which proves Theorem 1.3 for the saving ω = 1 / 40000000 \omega= 1/40000000 ω = 1/40000000 . The proof has four steps. A finite-chain argument reduces a bound for typical initial configurations to a lower bound on the stationary flow across every cut whose two sides both have appreciable Gibbs mass. A random disorder and a random configuration are then constructed jointly, by Gaussian queries of the disorder matrix that follow the scalar Parisi diffusion. The law of this pair is compared with the Gibbs joint law in two ways: through its relative entropy, and through an upper bound on its likelihood ratio outside a rare event. A Gaussian smoothing of the disorder reverses the entropy comparison, so that the constructed configuration reaches every set of appreciable Gibbs mass. Finally, a sequence of such configurations, built from rotated Gaussian inputs, connects the two sides of a cut of small flow while avoiding its boundary, which is impossible. In [85], the parameters are fixed numbers, and the exponent is not optimized.
To reach every ω < 1 / 4 \omega< 1/4 ω < 1/4 , two estimates must be close to sharp: the relative entropy of the proposal at the longer horizon, and the likelihood bound at the shorter horizon, together with the probability of its exceptional event. The first is described in the paragraph on the forward entropy below, and the second in the paragraph on coarse domination. The other steps follow [? ], with the changes of parameters that these two estimates allow.
Notation. Let g ∈ R n × n g \in\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} g ∈ R n × n have independent standard Gaussian entries, with law γ n \gamma_n γ n , and let W ( g ) = ( g + g T ) / 2 n W(g) = (g + g^{\mathsf{T}})/\sqrt{2n} W ( g ) = ( g + g T ) / 2 n . With J i j = ( g i j + g j i ) / 2 J_{ij} = (g_{ij} + g_{ji})/\sqrt{2} J ij = ( g ij + g j i ) / 2 and J i j ′ = g i i J'_{ij} = g_{ii} J ij ′ = g ii , the matrix W ( g ) W(g) W ( g ) is the matrix W W W of Section 3.2, and H g c ( x ) = x T W ( g ) x / 2 H^c_{\mathord{g}}(x) = x^{\mathsf T}W(g)x/2 H g c ( x ) = x T W ( g ) x /2 is the completed Hamiltonian of the disorder J ( g ) J(g) J ( g ) . We write F c ( g ) F^c(g) F c ( g ) for the completed log partition function, π g = π J ( g ) \pi_g = \pi^{J(g)} π g = π J ( g ) , p t g = p t J ( g ) p_t^g = p_t^{J(g)} p t g = p t J ( g ) , and
Π n ( d g , x ) = γ n ( d g ) π g ( x ) \Pi_n(\mathrm{d}g,x) = \gamma_n(\mathrm{d}g)\,\pi_g(x) Π n ( d g , x ) = γ n ( d g ) π g ( x )
for the Gibbs joint law. Its ( J ( g ) , x ) (J(g),x) ( J ( g ) , x ) marginal is the realized-start law P J , X 0 ∼ π J \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi_J} P J , X 0 ∼ π J of Definition 3.3. For S ⊆ Σ n S \subseteq\Sigma_n S ⊆ Σ n , the stationary flow across S S S is
Q g ( S , S c ) = ∑ x ∈ S , y ∉ S π g ( x ) L J ( g ) ( x , y ) , Q_g(S,S^c) = \sum_{\substack{x\in S,y\notin S}} \pi_g(x)L^{J(g)}(x,y), Q g ( S , S c ) = x ∈ S , y ∈ / S ∑ π g ( x ) L J ( g ) ( x , y ) ,
where L J ( g ) ( x , x i , − i ) = p i J ( g ) ( − x i ∣ x ) L^{J(g)}(x,x^{i,-i}) = p_i^{J(g)}(-x_i\mid x) L J ( g ) ( x , x i , − i ) = p i J ( g ) ( − x i ∣ x ) is the rate of a flip at site i i i (Section 3.3). The exponents of the proof are fixed numbers, written in sans-serif (a, q, k f k_{\mathrm f} k f , …); they are chosen after β \beta β and ω \omega ω , and they are listed in Table 2.3 . Constants C β , c β > 0 C_\beta,c_\beta> 0 C β , c β > 0 depend only on β \beta β and on the exponents.
Table 2.3. The exponents of the proof of Theorem 1.3, as functions of ε = ε ω = ( 1 / 4 − ω ) / 20 \varepsilon= \varepsilon_\omega= (1/4 - \omega)/20 ε = ε ω = ( 1/4 − ω ) /20 , their values for ω = 1 / 5 \omega= 1/5 ω = 1/5 , and their roles. They are fixed after β \beta β and ω \omega ω , and before n → ∞ n \to\infty n → ∞ ; see Sections 13.3 and 19.5.
From balanced-cut flow to mixing. By Lemma 3.4, Theorem 1.3 states that the Gibbs mass of the configurations x x x with d J ( g ) ( x , e n 1 − ω ) > 1 / 4 d^{J(g)}(x,e^{n^{1-\omega}}) > 1/4 d J ( g ) ( x , e n 1 − ω ) > 1/4 tends to zero in probability over g. The reduction to flows is the finite-chain lemma [85, Lemma 8], which we prove as Lemma 19.1. Let 0 < ϵ < 1 / 3 0 < \epsilon< 1/3 0 < ϵ < 1/3 and ϕ > 0 \phi> 0 ϕ > 0 , and suppose that Q g ( S , S c ) > ϕ Q_g(S,S^{\mathrm{c}}) > \phi Q g ( S , S c ) > ϕ for every set S S S with ϵ ≤ π g ( S ) ≤ 1 − ϵ \epsilon\le\pi_g(S) \le1-\epsilon ϵ ≤ π g ( S ) ≤ 1 − ϵ . Then, for every t > 0 t > 0 t > 0 ,
∑ x ∈ Σ n π g ( x ) d ( g ) ( x , t ) ≤ n 2 log 2 ϕ t + 2 ϵ . (16) \sum_{x \in\Sigma_n} \pi_g(x) d^{(g)}(x,t) \le\frac{n\sqrt{2\log2}}{\phi\sqrt{t}}+2\epsilon. \tag*{(16)} x ∈ Σ n ∑ π g ( x ) d ( g ) ( x , t ) ≤ ϕ t n 2 log 2 + 2 ϵ . (16)
Here n n n bounds the total jump rate out of a configuration, and n log 2 n\log2 n log 2 bounds the entropy of π g \pi_g π g . The proof removes, one at a time, sets of at most half of the remaining mass whose flow to the rest is less than ϕ \phi ϕ times their mass. The hypothesis prevents the removed mass from reaching ϵ \epsilon ϵ . On the remaining set, the flow bound gives a Poincaré inequality, by the argument of Lawler and Sokal [67, Theorem 3.5], and the entropy dissipation of the full chain [51, Lemmas 2.5 and 2.7] bounds the average of the distances from fixed initial configurations. The trajectory need not stay in the remaining set. Initial configurations from which the chain is slow are allowed, and a set of them costs at most its Gibbs mass. For this reason only cuts of mass at least ϵ \epsilon ϵ enter, and the conclusion concerns typical initial configurations; at large β \beta β , the worst-case mixing time is exponential [99, Theorem 1.1].
We apply (2.8) with ϵ = n − d \epsilon= n^{-d} ϵ = n − d , ϕ = ϕ n = e − n 1 − q \phi= \phi_n = e^{-n^{1-q}} ϕ = ϕ n = e − n 1 − q , and t = e n 1 − ω t = e^{n^{1-\omega}} t = e n 1 − ω . By Markov’s inequality in the Gibbs draw, we find that the joint probability that d ( g ) ( x , t ) > 1 / 4 d^{(g)}(x,t) > 1/4 d ( g ) ( x , t ) > 1/4 is at most
γ n ( W n ) + 2 e − n + 4 n 2 log 2 e n 1 − q − n 1 − ω / 2 + 8 n − d . \gamma_n(\mathcal{W}_n)+2e^{-n}+4n\sqrt{2\log2}\,e^{n^{1-q-n^{1-\omega}/2}}+8n^{-d}. γ n ( W n ) + 2 e − n + 4 n 2 log 2 e n 1 − q − n 1 − ω /2 + 8 n − d .
(Section 19). Since ω < q \omega< q ω < q , the third term tends to zero. The term $2e^{-n}b o u n d s t h e p r o b a b i l i t y t h a t bounds the probability that b o u n d s t h e p r o babi l i t y t ha t \lVert W(g)\rVert_{\mathrm{op}} > 12 (Lemma 13.2), and
W n = { g : ∥ W ( g ) ∥ o p ≤ 12 , and there exists S ⊆ Σ n \mathcal{W}_n=\left\{g:\lVert W(g)\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\le12,\text{ and there exists }S\subseteq\Sigma_n
\right. W n = { g : ∥ W ( g ) ∥ op ≤ 12 , and there exists S ⊆ Σ n
with n − d ≤ π g ( S ) ≤ 1 − n − d and Q g ( S , S c ) ≤ ϕ n } \left.
\text{with }n^{-d}\le\pi_g(S)\le1-n^{-d}\text{ and }Q_g(S,S^{\mathrm{c}})\le\phi_n\right\} with n − d ≤ π g ( S ) ≤ 1 − n − d and Q g ( S , S c ) ≤ ϕ n }
is the event that a cut of small flow exists. The rest of the proof shows that γ n ( W n ) → 0 \gamma_n(\mathcal{W}_n)\to0 γ n ( W n ) → 0 (Proposition 18.9).
The proposal. The flow bound is proved with a random pair ( g , x ) (g,x) ( g , x ) whose law is close to Π n \Pi_n Π n . Its construction is that of [85, Section 4], which is related to the iterative construction of solutions of the TAP equations by Bolthausen [25] and to the incremental approximate message passing algorithm of Montanari [75]. Let α β \alpha_\beta α β be the Parisi distribution function; the Parisi measure has support [ 0 , q β ] [0,q_\beta] [ 0 , q β ] (Theorem 4.7 ). In the variance time v = β 2 t v=\beta^2t v = β 2 t , the scalar diffusion of § 5.2 solves
d Y v = d M v + α ˉ ( v ) m ( v , Y v ) d v , Y 0 = 0 , \mathrm{d}Y_v=\mathrm{d}M_v+\bar{\alpha}(v)m(v,Y_v)\,\mathrm{d}v,\qquad Y_0=0, d Y v = d M v + α ˉ ( v ) m ( v , Y v ) d v , Y 0 = 0 ,
where M M M is a standard Brownian motion, α ˉ ( v ) = α β ( v / β 2 ) \bar{\alpha}(v)=\alpha_\beta(v/\beta^2) α ˉ ( v ) = α β ( v / β 2 ) , and m ( v , y ) = u α β ( v / β 2 , y ) m(v,y)=u_{\alpha_\beta}(v/\beta^2,y) m ( v , y ) = u α β ( v / β 2 , y ) is the spatial derivative of the Parisi solution. The magnetization m v = m ( v , Y v ) m_v=m(v,Y_v) m v = m ( v , Y v ) is a martingale, with d m v = χ v d M v \mathrm{d}m_v=\chi_v\,\mathrm{d}M_v d m v = χ v d M v , where χ v = χ ( v , Y v ) \chi_v=\chi(v,Y_v) χ v = χ ( v , Y v ) is the second spatial derivative. Beyond v ∗ = β 2 q β v_*=\beta^2q_\beta v ∗ = β 2 q β , we continue the process with α ˉ = 1 \bar{\alpha}=1 α ˉ = 1 , m ( v , y ) = tanh y m(v,y)=\tanh y m ( v , y ) = tanh y , and χ ( v , y ) = sech 2 y \chi(v,y)=\operatorname{sech}^2 y χ ( v , y ) = sech 2 y ; the continued potential solves the same equation (Section 13.4). We define
p ( v ) = E χ v , r ( v ) = E χ v 2 , ρ ( v ) = β r ( v ) , σ ( v ) = 1 − ρ ( v ) 2 . p(v)=\mathbb{E}\chi_v,\qquad r(v)=\mathbb{E}\chi_v^2,\qquad\rho(v)=\beta\sqrt{r(v)},\qquad\sigma(v)=\sqrt{1-\rho(v)^2}. p ( v ) = E χ v , r ( v ) = E χ v 2 , ρ ( v ) = β r ( v ) , σ ( v ) = 1 − ρ ( v ) 2 .
By Corollary 4.8 , we have r = β − 2 r=\beta^{-2} r = β − 2 on [ 0 , v ∗ ] [0,v_*] [ 0 , v ∗ ] , so that ρ = 1 \rho=1 ρ = 1 and σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 there. After v ∗ v_* v ∗ , the functions p p p and r r r decay at the rate e − v / 2 e^{-v/2} e − v /2 up to a factor 1 + v \sqrt{1+v} 1 + v (Proposition 13.4 and Lemma 13.6), and at a horizon V V V of order log n \log n log n the magnetization is close to ± 1 \pm1 ± 1 .
In the proposal, we run one copy of the continued scalar process for each coordinate, driven by noise extracted from the matrix W = W ( g ) W=W(g) W = W ( g ) . We cut the time axis into cells [ t j , t j + 1 ] [t_j,t_{j+1}] [ t j , t j + 1 ] with
t 0 = 0 , h j = h e t j / 4 , t j + 1 = t j + h j , h = n − a . t_0=0,\qquad h_j=he^{t_j/4},\qquad t_{j+1}=t_j+h_j,\qquad h=n^{-a}. t 0 = 0 , h j = h e t j /4 , t j + 1 = t j + h j , h = n − a .
At the query j ≥ 1 j\ge1 j ≥ 1 , we take the increment of the vector of magnetizations over the previous cell, normalized as T j = ( m ( t j ) − m ( t j − 1 ) ) / s j T_j=(m(t_j)-m(t_{j-1}))/s_j T j = ( m ( t j ) − m ( t j − 1 )) / s j with s j 2 = ∫ t j − 1 t j r s_j^2=\int_{t_{j-1}}^{t_j}r s j 2 = ∫ t j − 1 t j r , and we orthogonalize it against the earlier query directions in the inner product n − 1 ⟨ u , v ⟩ n^{-1}\langle u,v\rangle n − 1 ⟨ u , v ⟩ . This gives a direction u j u_j u j , and we read the column W u j Wu_j W u j . Its component orthogonal to u 1 , … , u j u_1,\ldots,u_j u 1 , … , u j , together with an independent Gaussian completion inside their span, is a vector e j e_j e j that is standard Gaussian given the past. The vector e j e_j e j becomes the standardized increment of the query paths B i B_i B i over the next cell [ t j , t j + 1 ] [t_j,t_{j+1}] [ t j , t j + 1 ] , which is filled with independent Brownian bridges. Each coordinate is driven by M i = ∫ ρ d B i + ∫ σ d D i M_i=\int\rho\,\mathrm{d}B_i+\int\sigma\,\mathrm{d}D_i M i = ∫ ρ d B i + ∫ σ d D i , where the D i D_i D i are independent Brownian motions. Up to v ∗ v_* v ∗ , the matrix drives the process alone; after v ∗ v_* v ∗ , the query noise is mixed with independent noise. By Gaussian orthogonal invariance, the unread part of W W W is a compressed Gaussian orthogonal ensemble, independent of the past. Then the matrix assembled from the answers and the remaining Gaussian variables has the law of W ( g ) W(g) W ( g ) under γ n \gamma_n γ n , independently of the initial data, and the pairs ( B i , D i ) (B_i,D_i) ( B i , D i ) are independent pairs of Brownian motions (Lemma 14.1). At the horizon V V V , the spin is linked to the terminal magnetizations by the density ∏ i ( 1 + x i m i ( V ) ) \prod_i(1+x_im_i(V)) ∏ i ( 1 + x i m i ( V )) relative to an independent uniform spin (Definition 14.2). The output Q V Q_V Q V is the law of ( g , x ) (g,x) ( g , x ) , where g g g is obtained from W W W by adding an independent antisymmetric Gaussian matrix, so that W ( g ) = W W(g)=W W ( g ) = W . Its marginals are γ n \gamma_n γ n and the uniform law, but x x x is correlated with g g g .
The construction has two equivalent forms: in one, the matrix is assembled from the answers to the queries, and in the other, the same recursion reads a given matrix and given completions (Definition 14.2 and Lemma 14.1). The main structural fact is that, under the linked law, the rows ( x i , Y i , B i , D i ) (x_i,Y_i,B_i,D_i) ( x i , Y i , B i , D i ) , i = 1 , … , n i=1,\ldots,n i = 1 , … , n , are independent, with an explicit one-row law ν V \nu_V ν V . Apart from the Gaussian variables that the recursion never reads, the statistics of the proposal used below are averages of n n n independent rows, or explicit functions of such averages.
We use two horizons on the same mesh: the fine horizon V f V_f V f and the coarse horizon V b V_b V b , the first times t j t_j t j beyond f log n f\log n f log n and b log n b\log n b log n , with b < f b<f b < f (Lemma 14.3). The two runs read the same inputs, so that the coarse run is an initial segment of the fine run. The growing cells are new compared with [85], where the cells have equal length n − 1 / 16 n^{-1/16} n − 1/16 . Since r ( t j ) r(t_j) r ( t j ) decays like e − t j / 2 e^{-t_j/2} e − t j /2 , the lengths h j h_j h j grow as the profile decays, and h j 2 r ( t j ) h_j^2r(t_j) h j 2 r ( t j ) stays of order h 2 h^2 h 2 at most. The number of queries is at most 8 n a 8n^a 8 n a for every horizon (Lemma 14.3), and the errors of the mesh add up to O ( h ) O(h) O ( h ) , uniformly in the horizon. Unequal cells require some care in the estimates: T j T_j T j is an increment over the previous cell, e j e_j e j belongs to the next cell, and the ratio h j / h j − 1 = e h j − 1 / 4 h_j/h_{j-1}=e^{h_{j-1}/4} h j / h j − 1 = e h j − 1 /4 enters the bounds.
The forward entropy. The first comparison is
KL ( Q V ∥ Π n ) ≤ n j ( V ) − n log 2 + E F c ( g ) − β E H g c ( x ) , j ( V ) = 1 2 ∫ 0 V ρ ( v ) 2 X ( v ) d v (17) \operatorname{KL}(Q_V\Vert\Pi_n) \le nj(V)-n\log2+\mathbb{E}F^c(g)-\beta\mathbb{E}H_g^c(x), \qquad j(V)=\frac{1}{2}\int_0^V \rho(v)^2\mathcal{X}(v)\,\mathrm{d}v \tag*{(17)} KL ( Q V ∥ Π n ) ≤ nj ( V ) − n log 2 + E F c ( g ) − β E H g c ( x ) , j ( V ) = 2 1 ∫ 0 V ρ ( v ) 2 X ( v ) d v (17)
where X ( v ) = E [ χ v 2 / ( 1 − m v 2 ) ] \mathcal{X}(v)=\mathbb{E}[\chi_v^2/(1-m_v^2)] X ( v ) = E [ χ v 2 / ( 1 − m v 2 )] and the last expectation is under the proposal (Lemma 15.2). The quantity j ( V ) j(V) j ( V ) is the information per spin that the proposal acquires through the matrix. To see this, we move the part of the linking density that comes from the independent noise D D D into a reference law, as in [85, Section 4], whose ( g , x ) (g,x) ( g , x ) marginal is γ n \gamma_n γ n times the uniform law. The logarithm of the remaining density is a sum of n n n independent rows, each with mean j ( V ) j(V) j ( V ) (Lemma 15.1). The factor ρ 2 \rho^2 ρ 2 is the share of the matrix in the driving noise. Changing the reference to Π n \Pi_n Π n , whose density is 2 n e β H g c ( x ) − F c ( g ) 2^n e^{\beta H_g^c(x)-F^c(g)} 2 n e β H g c ( x ) − F c ( g ) , gives (2.9).
The terms of (2.9) are related by the scalar identity [85, Lemma 4]: for every V ≥ v ∗ V\ge v_* V ≥ v ∗ ,
j ( V ) − log 2 + P β − β e ( V ) = β 2 4 p ( V ) 2 , e ( V ) = β ∫ 0 V r ( v ) p ( v ) d v (18) j(V)-\log2+P_\beta-\beta e(V)=\frac{\beta^2}{4}p(V)^2,\qquad e(V)=\beta\int_0^V r(v)p(v)\,\mathrm{d}v \tag*{(18)} j ( V ) − log 2 + P β − β e ( V ) = 4 β 2 p ( V ) 2 , e ( V ) = β ∫ 0 V r ( v ) p ( v ) d v (18)
(Proposition 13.4). Here e ( V ) e(V) e ( V ) is the scalar reference for the energy per spin of the proposal, and the identity balances the information paid through the matrix against the energy gained. By Guerra’s bound and Lemma 3.1 , we have E F c ( g ) ≤ n P β \mathbb{E}F^c(g)\le nP_\beta E F c ( g ) ≤ n P β (Theorem 4.4 ). The expected energy satisfies
1 n E H g c ( x ) ≥ e ( V ) − C β [ h + ( N + 1 ) ( 1 + V ) + N n + ( N + 1 ) 2 V R V n 2 ] . \frac{1}{n}\mathbb{E}H_g^c(x)\ge e(V)-C_\beta\left[h+\frac{(N+1)(1+V)+\sqrt{N}}{n}+\frac{(N+1)^2VR_V}{n^2}\right]. n 1 E H g c ( x ) ≥ e ( V ) − C β [ h + n ( N + 1 ) ( 1 + V ) + N + n 2 ( N + 1 ) 2 V R V ] .
where N N N is the number of queries and R V = ( min [ 0 , V ] r ) − 1 R_V=(\min_{[0,V]}r)^{-1} R V = ( min [ 0 , V ] r ) − 1 (Lemma 15.4). Inserting these bounds into (2.9), and using p ( V ) 2 ≤ C β e − V p(V)^2\le C_\beta e^{-V} p ( V ) 2 ≤ C β e − V , we find that
KL ( Q V ∥ Π n ) ≤ C β [ n h + n e − V + ( N + 1 ) ( 1 + V ) + N + ( N + 1 ) 2 V R V n ] . \operatorname{KL}(Q_V\Vert\Pi_n)\le C_\beta\left[nh+ne^{-V}+(N+1)(1+V)+\sqrt{N}+\frac{(N+1)^2VR_V}{n}\right]. KL ( Q V ∥ Π n ) ≤ C β [ nh + n e − V + ( N + 1 ) ( 1 + V ) + N + n ( N + 1 ) 2 V R V ] .
At the fine horizon, the five terms have the powers 1 − a 1-a 1 − a , 1 − f 1-f 1 − f , a a a , a / 2 a/2 a /2 , and 2 a + f / 2 − 1 2a+f/2-1 2 a + f /2 − 1 of n n n , up to logarithms, and we obtain KL ( Q F ∥ Π n ) ≤ C β n 1 − k f \operatorname{KL}(Q_F\Vert\Pi_n)\le C_\beta n^{1-k_f} KL ( Q F ∥ Π n ) ≤ C β n 1 − k f for the fine output Q F Q_F Q F whenever a > f / 4 a>f/4 a > f /4 , a + f / 2 < 1 a+f/2<1 a + f /2 < 1 , and k f < min ( a , f , 1 − a ) k_f<\min(a,f,1-a) k f < min ( a , f , 1 − a ) (Proposition 15.5).
This is the first place where a sharp estimate is needed. In [85, Proposition 5], the relative entropy is at most 2 n 1 − ℓ / 2 2n^{1-\ell/2} 2 n 1 − ℓ /2 for 0 < ℓ ≤ 1 / 100 0 < \ell\le1/100 0 < ℓ ≤ 1/100 ; the energy is computed on the event where the empirical Gram matrix of the queries is close to the identity, and the information is concentrated separately. Here the expected energy is computed directly, through an exact conditional identity for the third moments of a single query (Lemma 15.3), and no Gram event enters. The saving k f k_{\mathrm f} k f can then be taken arbitrarily close to 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 , and 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 is the limit of the estimate: the error n h n^h n h of the mesh and the number n a n^a n a of queries balance at a = 1 / 2 a = 1/2 a = 1/2 . For a = f = 1 / 2 a = f = 1/2 a = f = 1/2 , we have KL ( Q F ∥ Π n ) ≤ C β n 1 / 2 + 2 ε ω \operatorname{KL}(Q_{\mathrm F}\Vert\Pi_n) \le C_\beta n^{1/2+2\varepsilon_\omega} KL ( Q F ∥ Π n ) ≤ C β n 1/2 + 2 ε ω , where ε ω = ( 1 / 4 − ω ) / 20 \varepsilon_\omega= (1/4-\omega)/20 ε ω = ( 1/4 − ω ) /20 .
Coarse domination. The second comparison is a bound on the likelihood of the coarse proposal. There exists an event E B E_{\mathrm B} E B of the coarse proposal, with P ( E B c ) ≤ e − n 1 − s b \mathbb{P}(E_{\mathrm B}^{\mathrm c}) \le e^{-n^{1-s_{\mathrm b}}} P ( E B c ) ≤ e − n 1 − s b , such that the output restricted to E B E_{\mathrm B} E B has a kernel q B g o o d ( g , x ) q_{\mathrm B}^{\mathrm{good}}(g,x) q B good ( g , x ) with respect to γ n \gamma_n γ n that satisfies
q B g o o d ( g , x ) ≤ e − n P β + n 1 − k b e β H g c ( x ) = e n 1 − k b + F c ( g ) − n P β π g ( x ) (19) q_{\mathrm B}^{\mathrm{good}}(g,x) \le e^{-nP_\beta+n^{1-k_{\mathrm b}}}e^{\beta H_g^{\mathrm c}(x)} = e^{n^{1-k_{\mathrm b}}+F^{\mathrm c}(g)-nP_\beta}\pi_g(x) \tag*{(19)} q B good ( g , x ) ≤ e − n P β + n 1 − k b e β H g c ( x ) = e n 1 − k b + F c ( g ) − n P β π g ( x ) (19)
for all x x x and almost every g g g (Proposition 17.8). When F c ( g ) ≤ n P β + n 1 − z P F^{\mathrm c}(g) \le nP_\beta+n^{1-z_{\mathrm P}} F c ( g ) ≤ n P β + n 1 − z P , this is a bound by e o ( n 1 − q ) e^{o(n^{1-q})} e o ( n 1 − q ) times the Gibbs measure once q < k b q < k_{\mathrm b} q < k b and q < z P q < z_{\mathrm P} q < z P . Since the log density of Π n \Pi_n Π n relative to γ n \gamma_n γ n times the uniform law is n log 2 + β H g c ( x ) − F c ( g ) n\log2+\beta H_g^{\mathrm c}(x)-F^{\mathrm c}(g) n log 2 + β H g c ( x ) − F c ( g ) , it suffices to show that, on E B E_{\mathrm B} E B ,
1 n I ( n ) − log 2 − β n H g c ( x ) ≤ − P β + n − k b , (20) \frac{1}{n}I^{(n)}-\log2-\frac{\beta}{n}H_g^{\mathrm c}(x)\le-P_\beta+n^{-k_{\mathrm b}}, \tag*{(20)} n 1 I ( n ) − log 2 − n β H g c ( x ) ≤ − P β + n − k b , (20)
where I ( n ) = ∑ i I V , i I^{(n)}=\sum_i I_{V,i} I ( n ) = ∑ i I V , i is the logarithm of the density of the proposal relative to the reference law of the paragraph on the forward entropy, at V = V b V=V_{\mathrm b} V = V b . Integrating (2.12) against the reference law, we obtain (2.11); the factor 2 n 2^n 2 n cancels the uniform spin weight 2 − n 2^{-n} 2 − n .
The obstacle is the accuracy. By (2.10), the left side of (2.12) has mean close to − P β -P_\beta − P β , and we must show that it deviates by at most n − z n^{-z} n − z , for an exponent z > k b > q > ω z > k_{\mathrm b} > q > \omega z > k b > q > ω , outside an event of probability e − n 1 − s b e^{-n^{1-s_{\mathrm b}}} e − n 1 − s b , with s b < 1 / 4 s_{\mathrm b}<1/4 s b < 1/4 . If the information and the energy are concentrated separately, as in [85, Proposition 5], each row has variance of order one, and a deviation n − z n^{-z} n − z has probability of order e − n 1 − 2 z e^{-n^{1-2z}} e − n 1 − 2 z . In the parameter system below, the resulting requirement 2 z < s b 2z < s_{\mathrm b} 2 z < s b , together with ω < q < k b < z \omega< q < k_{\mathrm b} < z ω < q < k b < z and s b < 1 / 4 s_{\mathrm b}<1/4 s b < 1/4 would confine ω \omega ω below 1 / 8 1/8 1/8 . We avoid this loss with three observations.
The first is algebraic. We write H g c ( x ) / n = E q r y + Z H_g^{\mathrm c}(x)/n=E_{\mathrm{qry}}+Z H g c ( x ) / n = E qry + Z , where E q r y E_{\mathrm{qry}} E qry is the energy carried by the queried columns and Z Z Z collects the diagonal entries ⟨ u j , W u j ⟩ / n \langle u_j,Wu_j\rangle/n ⟨ u j , W u j ⟩ / n and the unread block. The queried energy is an explicit function of the empirical Gram and cross matrices of the vectors T j , e j T_j,e_j T j , e j , and x x x , whose population values are known. Its linearization in the errors of these matrices is itself an average of independent rows: it equals n − 1 ∑ i ζ h , i n^{-1}\sum_i \zeta_{h,i} n − 1 ∑ i ζ h , i , where
ζ h = ∑ j w j ( A t j − A t j − 1 ) + ∑ j s j ( x − m t j ) e j − e h 2 , A v = x m v − m v 2 2 , \zeta_h=\sum_j w_j(A_{t_j}-A_{t_{j-1}})+\sum_j s_j(x-m_{t_j})e_j-\frac{e_h}{2},\qquad A_v=xm_v-\frac{m_v^2}{2}, ζ h = j ∑ w j ( A t j − A t j − 1 ) + j ∑ s j ( x − m t j ) e j − 2 e h , A v = x m v − 2 m v 2 ,
for a row with spin x x x , magnetization m m m , and query endpoints e j e_j e j . The deterministic weights are b j = h j − 1 / 2 ∫ t j t j + 1 ρ ( v ) p ( v ) d v b_j=h_j^{-1/2}\int_{t_j}^{t_{j+1}}\rho(v)p(v)\,\mathrm{d}v b j = h j − 1/2 ∫ t j t j + 1 ρ ( v ) p ( v ) d v and w j = b j / s j w_j=b_j/s_j w j = b j / s j , and e h = ∑ j s j b j e_h=\sum_j s_jb_j e h = ∑ j s j b j is the discrete scalar energy. With these normalizations, E ζ h = e h \mathbb{E}\zeta_h=e_h E ζ h = e h (Lemma 17.3). The remainder of the linearization is quadratic in a weighted measure W w t W_{\mathrm{wt}} W wt of the errors (Lemma 17.2). This gives
1 n I ( n ) − β n H g C ( x ) = 1 n ∑ i = 1 n ( I V , i − β ζ h , i ) + O ( D ∗ W w t 2 ) − β Z , \frac{1}{n}I^{(n)}-\frac{\beta}{n}H_g^C(x)=\frac{1}{n}\sum_{i=1}^{n}\left(I_{V,i}-\beta\zeta_{h,i}\right)+O\left(D_*W_{\mathrm{wt}}^2\right)-\beta Z, n 1 I ( n ) − n β H g C ( x ) = n 1 i = 1 ∑ n ( I V , i − β ζ h , i ) + O ( D ∗ W wt 2 ) − β Z ,
where D ∗ = 1 + ⌈ log 2 N ⌉ D_*=1+\lceil\log_2N\rceil D ∗ = 1 + ⌈ log 2 N ⌉ .
The second observation is a pathwise cancellation between information and energy (Lemma 17.5). On a mesh of vanishing size, ζ h \zeta_h ζ h becomes ζ ∞ = Z V − e ( V ) / 2 \zeta_\infty=Z_V-e(V)/2 ζ ∞ = Z V − e ( V ) /2 , where Z V = β ∫ 0 V p d A + ∫ 0 V r ( x − m ) d B Z_V=\beta\int_0^V p\,\mathrm{d}A+\int_0^V\sqrt{r}(x-m)\,\mathrm{d}B Z V = β ∫ 0 V p d A + ∫ 0 V r ( x − m ) d B . For every V ≥ v ∗ V\ge v_* V ≥ v ∗ , we have exactly
I V − β ζ ∞ = log 2 − P β − β 2 4 p ( V ) 2 + β 2 p ( V ) 2 ( x − m V ) 2 . (21) I_V-\beta\zeta_\infty=\log2-P_\beta-\frac{\beta^2}{4}p(V)^2+\frac{\beta^2p(V)}{2}(x-m_V)^2. \tag*{(21)} I V − β ζ ∞ = log 2 − P β − 4 β 2 p ( V ) 2 + 2 β 2 p ( V ) ( x − m V ) 2 . (21)
In other words, the stochastic integrals of the information and of the energy cancel along every path. Note that the expectation of (2.13) is (2.10). To prove (2.13), we use Itô’s formula for the Parisi solution along the scalar process (Lemma 17.4). Before v ∗ v_* v ∗ , it shows that β 2 p A + x Y − U ( v , Y ) \beta^2pA+xY-U(v,Y) β 2 p A + x Y − U ( v , Y ) has differential β d Z v \beta\,\mathrm{d}Z_v β d Z v , where U U U is the potential, and that the driver B B B equals M M M ; at v ∗ v_* v ∗ , the identity log ( 1 + x tanh y ) = x y − log cosh y \log(1+x\tanh y)=xy-\log\cosh y log ( 1 + x tanh y ) = x y − log cosh y matches the two sides; after v ∗ v_* v ∗ , the difference I v − β Z v I_v-\beta Z_v I v − β Z v moves only through β 2 p ( v ) ( x − m v ) 2 / 2 \beta^2p(v)(x-m_v)^2/2 β 2 p ( v ) ( x − m v ) 2 /2 . The last term of (2.13) does not have variance of order h h h : its centered version T V T_V T V has variance β 4 p ( V ) 2 { 4 p ( V ) − 3 r ( V ) − p ( V ) 2 } / 4 ≤ β 4 p ( V ) 3 \beta^4p(V)^2\{4p(V)-3r(V)-p(V)^2\}/4\le\beta^4p(V)^3 β 4 p ( V ) 2 { 4 p ( V ) − 3 r ( V ) − p ( V ) 2 } /4 ≤ β 4 p ( V ) 3 , which is positive at every fixed V V V . Its amplitude is at most 2 β 2 p ( V ) = O β ( n − b / 2 ) 2\beta^2p(V)=O_\beta(n^{-b/2}) 2 β 2 p ( V ) = O β ( n − b /2 ) , however, and it is absorbed deterministically when z < b / 2 z<b/2 z < b /2 .
The third observation concerns the difference between the mesh and its limit. The residual R h = Z V − ζ h − e h / 2 R_h=Z_V-\zeta_h-e_h/2 R h = Z V − ζ h − e h /2 has mean 3 ( e ( V ) − e h ) / 2 = O β ( h ) 3(e(V)-e_h)/2=O_\beta(h) 3 ( e ( V ) − e h ) /2 = O β ( h ) , and its centered moment generating function is at most e c β θ 2 h e^{c_\beta\theta^2h} e c β θ 2 h for ∣ θ ∣ ≤ c β / h |\theta|\le c_\beta/h ∣ θ ∣ ≤ c β / h , uniformly in the horizon and in the number of cells (Lemma 17.6). On the growing mesh, the lag of the magnetization inside a cell of length h j h_j h j contributes h j 2 r ( t j ) h_j^2r(t_j) h j 2 r ( t j ) , which is at most of order h 2 h^2 h 2 , and there are at most 8 / h 8/h 8/ h cells. Since the rows are independent, we conclude that the average of I V , i − β ζ h , i I_{V,i}-\beta\zeta_{h,i} I V , i − β ζ h , i exceeds log 2 − P β + C β n − z \log2-P_\beta+C_\beta n^{-z} log 2 − P β + C β n − z with probability at most 2 e − c β n 1 + a − 2 z 2e^{-c_\beta n^{1+a-2z}} 2 e − c β n 1 + a − 2 z (Lemma 17.7). The loss is 2 z − a < 0 2z-a<0 2 z − a < 0 , in place of 2 z 2z 2 z .
It remains to make W w t 2 W_{\mathrm{wt}}^2 W wt 2 smaller than n − z n^{-z} n − z and to control Z Z Z . We have W w t ≤ C β n − w log C n W_{\mathrm{wt}}\le C_\beta n^{-w}\log^C n W wt ≤ C β n − w log C n except with probability
2 exp { C β n a − c β n 1 − max { 2 w , w + b / 4 } / log C n } 2\exp\left\{C_\beta n^a-c_\beta n^{1-\max\{2w,w+b/4\}}/\log^C n\right\} 2 exp { C β n a − c β n 1 − m a x { 2 w , w + b /4 } / log C n }
(Lemma 16.6). The Gram–Schmidt step is a Cholesky factorization, and its errors involve the triangular truncation Up 1 / 2 \operatorname{Up}_{1/2} Up 1/2 , which keeps the strict upper triangle and half of the diagonal. As in [85, Section 4], a dyadic decomposition of the triangle costs only powers of D ∗ D_* D ∗ . The quantity W w t W_{\mathrm{wt}} W wt measures the errors through their projections onto dyadic intervals I I I of query indices, weighted by the population vectors. These projections are built from martingale increments over the previous cells, and their variances are bounded by a polylogarithmic multiple of the total length d I = ∑ j ∈ I h j − 1 d_I=\sum_{j\in I}h_{j-1} d I = ∑ j ∈ I h j − 1 of these cells. We divide each projection by d I \sqrt{d_I} d I before applying a variance-sensitive Bernstein inequality. Then the variance parameter is polylogarithmic, and the inverse profile R V ≤ C β n b / 2 log n R_V\le C_\beta n^{b/2}\sqrt{\log n} R V ≤ C β n b /2 log n enters only the scale of the exponential tail; this gives the loss w + b / 4 w+b/4 w + b /4 beside 2 w 2w 2 w . The half of the diagonal is a martingale plus a centered random drift, and both have variance O ( d I ) O(d_I) O ( d I ) , with no power of R V R_V R V . At each dyadic depth, the lengths d I d_I d I add up to t N t_N t N , so that the squared errors, before the normalization, add up without a loss in the number of queries. The fixed Gram event ∥ T T T / n − I ∥ ≤ ( 16 D ∗ 2 ) − 1 \lVert T^{\mathsf T}T/n-I\rVert\le(16D_*^2)^{-1} ∥ T T T / n − I ∥ ≤ ( 16 D ∗ 2 ) − 1 , together with its cross block, fails with probability whose exponent loses b / 2 b/2 b /2 (Lemma 16.1). Given the scalar paths and the spins, Z Z Z is a centered Gaussian variable, since the scalar recursion and the link never read the diagonal entries or the unread block. Its conditional variance is at most C β n − 1 { h + τ 2 + p ( t N ) 2 } C_\beta n^{-1}\{h+\tau^2+p(t_N)^2\} C β n − 1 { h + τ 2 + p ( t N ) 2 } when ∥ c − s ∥ ≤ τ \lVert c-s\rVert\le\tau ∥ c − s ∥ ≤ τ , where c j = n − 1 ⟨ u j , x ⟩ c_j=n^{-1}\langle u_j,x\rangle c j = n − 1 ⟨ u j , x ⟩ and s j s_j s j is the population value of n − 1 ⟨ T j , x ⟩ n^{-1}\langle T_j,x\rangle n − 1 ⟨ T j , x ⟩ (Lemma 17.2). The cruder bound 1 / ( 2 n ) 1/(2n) 1/ ( 2 n ) would again lose 2 z 2z 2 z .
Collecting these estimates, we obtain (20) with P ( E B ) ≤ e − n 1 − s b \mathbb{P}(E_B)\le e^{-n^{1-s_b}} P ( E B ) ≤ e − n 1 − s b whenever
max { 2 w , w + b / 4 , b / 2 , 2 z − a , 2 z − 2 w , 2 z − b } < s b , b / 4 < a < 1 − s b , k b < z < min ( a , b / 2 , 2 w ) . \begin{aligned}
\max\{2w,w+b/4,b/2,2z-a,2z-2w,2z-b\}&<s_b,\\
b/4<a<1-s_b,\qquad k_b<z<\min(a,b/2,2w).
\end{aligned} max { 2 w , w + b /4 , b /2 , 2 z − a , 2 z − 2 w , 2 z − b } b /4 < a < 1 − s b , k b < z < min ( a , b /2 , 2 w ) . < s b ,
This is the second place where a sharp estimate is needed. The failure bound holds for the proposal law averaged over the disorder; no bound is asserted for each fixed disorder.
Smoothing, coverage, and the connecting sequence. A bound on KL ( Q F ∥ Π n ) \operatorname{KL}(Q_F\Vert\Pi_n) KL ( Q F ∥ Π n ) does not imply that the proposal reaches a given set of appreciable Gibbs mass. To reverse the comparison, we follow [85, Section 5]. Conditionally on the spin x x x , the disorder under Π n \Pi_n Π n has density proportional to e − ∥ g ∥ 2 / 2 + β H g c ( x ) − F c ( g ) e^{-\lVert g\rVert^2/2+\beta H_g^c(x)-F^c(g)} e − ∥ g ∥ 2 /2 + β H g c ( x ) − F c ( g ) , and since F c F^c F c is convex and H g c ( x ) H_g^c(x) H g c ( x ) is linear in g g g , this law is 1-strongly log-concave. The transport inequality of Bogachev, Kolesnikov, and Medvedev [24, Corollary 3.10] bounds the squared Wasserstein distance from it by twice the relative entropy (Lemma 18.1). We smooth the disorder by g ↦ 1 − δ g + δ z g\mapsto\sqrt{1-\delta}\,g+\sqrt{\delta}\,z g ↦ 1 − δ g + δ z , with δ = n − D \delta=n^{-D} δ = n − D and an independent standard Gaussian matrix z z z . As in [70, Lemma 11], the transport bound turns the forward entropy into a reverse entropy for the smoothed laws, at the cost of a factor δ − 1 \delta^{-1} δ − 1 . Let g ⋆ , g ∘ g_\star,g_\circ g ⋆ , g ∘ be independent with law γ n \gamma_n γ n , let g b a s e = 1 − δ g ⋆ + δ g ∘ g_{\mathrm{base}}=\sqrt{1-\delta}\,g_\star+\sqrt{\delta}\,g_\circ g base = 1 − δ g ⋆ + δ g ∘ , and let ν g b a s e s m \nu^{\mathrm{sm}}_{g_{\mathrm{base}}} ν g base sm be the law of the spin of the fine proposal run on the matrix 1 − δ g b a s e + δ z \sqrt{1-\delta}\,g_{\mathrm{base}}+\sqrt{\delta}\,z 1 − δ g base + δ z , with fresh auxiliary inputs. Then
E KL ( π g ⋆ ∥ ν g b a s e s m ) ≤ β 2 ( n − 1 ) 2 δ + δ − 1 KL ( Q F ∥ Π n ) \mathbb{E}\operatorname{KL}\left(\pi_{g_\star}\middle\Vert\nu^{\mathrm{sm}}_{g_{\mathrm{base}}}\right)\le\frac{\beta^2(n-1)}{2}\delta+\delta^{-1}\operatorname{KL}(Q_F\Vert\Pi_n) E KL ( π g ⋆ ν g base sm ) ≤ 2 β 2 ( n − 1 ) δ + δ − 1 KL ( Q F ∥ Π n )
(Lemma 18.2). Both terms are of order n 1 − D n^{1-D} n 1 − D and n 1 − k f + D n^{1-k_{\mathrm f}+D} n 1 − k f + D , and the relative entropy is at most n 1 − u E n^{1-u_{\mathrm E}} n 1 − u E with probability tending to one when u E < min ( D , k f − D ) u_{\mathrm E}<\min(D,k_{\mathrm f}-D) u E < min ( D , k f − D ) . On this event, using the inequality for the binary relative entropy, we find that, simultaneously for all S ⊆ Σ n S\subseteq\Sigma_n S ⊆ Σ n ,
π g ⋆ ( S ) ≥ n − d ⟹ ν g b a s e s m ( S ) ≥ exp { − n − d ( n 1 − u E + log 2 ) } . \pi_{g_\star}(S)\ge n^{-d}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad\nu^{\mathrm{sm}}_{g_{\mathrm{base}}}(S)\ge\exp\left\{-n^{-d}\left(n^{1-u_{\mathrm E}}+\log2\right)\right\}. π g ⋆ ( S ) ≥ n − d ⟹ ν g base sm ( S ) ≥ exp { − n − d ( n 1 − u E + log 2 ) } .
(Lemma 18.3). The set S S S may depend on g ⋆ g_\star g ⋆ . Two independent fine spins with law ν g b a s e s m \nu^{\mathrm{sm}}_{g_{\mathrm{base}}} ν g base sm fall on opposite sides of every cut with both masses at least n − d n^{-d} n − d with probability ϖ n ≥ e − 2 n 1 − e \varpi_n\ge e^{-2n^{1-e}} ϖ n ≥ e − 2 n 1 − e when e + d < u E e+d<u_{\mathrm E} e + d < u E .
Suppose now that g ⋆ ∈ W n g_\star\in\mathcal{W}_n g ⋆ ∈ W n , and let S g ⋆ S_{g_\star} S g ⋆ be the first cut of small flow in a fixed order. The following argument is that of [85, Section 6]. If the two fine spins lie on opposite sides of S g ⋆ S_{g_\star} S g ⋆ , we join them by a sequence of configurations with short steps. Every such sequence comes close to the boundary of the cut. An enlargement of the boundary has small Gibbs mass, and the likelihood bound keeps the intermediate configurations out of it. We now describe the three ingredients.
The excluded set. Since ∥ W ( g ⋆ ) ∥ o p ≤ 12 \lVert W(g_\star)\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\le12 ∥ W ( g ⋆ ) ∥ op ≤ 12 , every one-spin energy change is at most 24 n 24\sqrt{n} 24 n , and every flip rate is at least e − 24 β n / 2 e^{-24\beta\sqrt{n}}/2 e − 24 β n /2 . Then the vertex boundary of S g ⋆ S_{g_\star} S g ⋆ has Gibbs mass at most 4 ϕ n e 24 β n 4\phi_n e^{24\beta\sqrt{n}} 4 ϕ n e 24 β n . We enlarge it by the Hamming radius R n = ⌈ n 1 − r ⌉ R_n=\lceil n^{1-r}\rceil R n = ⌈ n 1 − r ⌉ , and to compare Gibbs weights on the enlargement, we also exclude configurations x x x for which
∑ i ( 1 A ( i ) − 1 B ( i ) ) ( W ( g ⋆ ) x ) i ≥ n 1 − u F \sum_i\left(\mathbf{1}_A(i)-\mathbf{1}_B(i)\right)(W(g_\star)x)_i\ge n^{1-u_{\mathrm F}} i ∑ ( 1 A ( i ) − 1 B ( i ) ) ( W ( g ⋆ ) x ) i ≥ n 1 − u F
for some A , B ⊆ [ n ] A,B\subseteq[n] A , B ⊆ [ n ] with ∣ A ∣ , ∣ B ∣ ≤ R n |A|,|B|\le R_n ∣ A ∣ , ∣ B ∣ ≤ R n . The expected Gibbs mass of the resulting set E n ( g ⋆ ) \mathcal{E}_n(g_\star) E n ( g ⋆ ) is at most e − n 1 − q / 2 e^{-n^{1-q}/2} e − n 1 − q /2 when 0 < q < u F < r < 1 0<q<u_{\mathrm F}<r<1 0 < q < u F < r < 1 , 2 u F − r < q 2u_{\mathrm F}-r<q 2 u F − r < q , and q < 1 / 2 q<1/2 q < 1/2 (Lemma 18.4). The bound on the local fields uses the transport inequality for the conditional disorder law given the spin. The cut is selected from g ⋆ g_\star g ⋆ alone, and we also restrict to the event F c ( g ⋆ ) ≤ n P β + n 1 − z P F^{\mathrm c}(g_\star)\le nP_\beta+n^{1-z_P} F c ( g ⋆ ) ≤ n P β + n 1 − z P , which fails with probability at most e − c β n 1 − 2 z P e^{-c_\beta n^{1-2z_P}} e − c β n 1 − 2 z P (Lemma 13.3).
The sequence. With independent standard Gaussian matrices g 1 , g 2 g_1,g_2 g 1 , g 2 , we set
g θ = 1 − δ g b a s e + δ ( cos θ g 1 + sin θ g 2 ) , 0 ≤ θ ≤ π / 2 , g_\theta=\sqrt{1-\delta}\,g_{\mathrm{base}}+\sqrt{\delta}\left(\cos\theta\,g_1+\sin\theta\,g_2\right),\qquad0\le\theta\le\pi/2, g θ = 1 − δ g base + δ ( cos θ g 1 + sin θ g 2 ) , 0 ≤ θ ≤ π /2 ,
and we rotate two independent copies of the other Gaussian inputs of the proposal in the same way. For each fixed θ \theta θ , the matrix g θ g_\theta g θ has law γ n \gamma_n γ n , and the rotated inputs have their original law. We run the coarse proposal at the ℓ n + 1 \ell_n+1 ℓ n + 1 points of a grid of spacing of order e − n r r o t e^{-n^{r_{\mathrm{rot}}}} e − n r rot }, and the fine proposal only at the two endpoints θ = 0 \theta=0 θ = 0 and θ = π / 2 \theta=\pi/2 θ = π /2 . Given ( g ⋆ , g ∘ ) (g_\star,g_\circ) ( g ⋆ , g ∘ ) , the two fine spins are independent with law ν g b a s e s m \nu^{\mathrm{sm}}_{g_{\mathrm{base}}} ν g base sm . The sequence consists of the first fine spin, the coarse spins in the order of the grid, and the second fine spin. On an event whose complement has probability at most e − n 1 − s e q e^{-n^{1-s_{\mathrm{eq}}}} e − n 1 − s eq , the following holds (Proposition 18.8):
every coarse spin avoids E n ( g ⋆ ) \mathcal{E}_n(g_\star) E n ( g ⋆ ) : by the regression g θ = ( 1 − δ ) g ⋆ + δ ( 2 − δ ) Z θ g_\theta=(1-\delta)g_\star+\sqrt{\delta(2-\delta)}Z_\theta g θ = ( 1 − δ ) g ⋆ + δ ( 2 − δ ) Z θ , with Z θ Z_\theta Z θ independent of g ⋆ g_\star g ⋆ , the conditional expectation of e β H g θ c ( x ) e^{\beta H^c_{g_\theta}(x)} e β H g θ c ( x ) given g ⋆ g_\star g ⋆ is at most e O β ( n δ ) e β H g ⋆ c ( x ) e^{O_\beta(n^\delta)}e^{\beta H^c_{g_\star}(x)} e O β ( n δ ) e β H g ⋆ c ( x ) when ∥ W ( g ⋆ ) ∥ o p ≤ 12 \lVert W(g_\star)\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\leq12 ∥ W ( g ⋆ ) ∥ op ≤ 12 , and (19) bounds the probability of hitting the excluded set by e − n 1 − q / 4 e^{-n^{1-q/4}} e − n 1 − q /4 when q < min ( k b , z P , D ) q<\min(k_b,z_P,D) q < min ( k b , z P , D ) (Lemma 18.5);
consecutive coarse magnetizations differ by at most e − n g r o t / 2 e^{-n^{g_{\mathrm{rot}}/2}} e − n g rot /2 when a < g r o t a<g_{\mathrm{rot}} a < g rot , because the recursion amplifies differences of its inputs by at most e C β n a log n e^{C\beta n^a}\log n e C β n a log n on the Gram events at both ends of a grid step (Lemma 18.6);
every spin, coarse or fine, is within squared Euclidean distance R n / 4 R_n/4 R n /4 of its coarse magnetization when r < b / 2 r<b/2 r < b /2 . The fine and coarse runs share their paths up to V b V_b V b ; the expected squared discrepancy per coordinate is p ( V b ) ≤ C β n − b / 2 p(V_b)\leq C_\beta n^{-b/2} p ( V b ) ≤ C β n − b /2 . The expected total squared Euclidean distance is n p ( V b ) = o ( R n ) np(V_b)=o(R_n) n p ( V b ) = o ( R n ) ; independence across rows gives the tail in Lemma 18.7.
On this event, we have that every step of the sequence has Hamming length at most R n R_n R n , and every step contains a coarse spin. The union over the grid costs a factor e O ( n g r o t ) e^{O(n^{g_{\mathrm{rot}}})} e O ( n g rot ) , which is absorbed when g r o t < 1 − s b g_{\mathrm{rot}}<1-s_b g rot < 1 − s b , and the comparison of the failures requires r < s b r<s_b r < s b , q < s b q<s_b q < s b , and s b < s s e q s_b<s_{\mathrm{seq}} s b < s seq .
The fine proposal enters only through its relative entropy, which has no exceptional event, and through the two endpoint spins, which are joined to the grid by pinning. Every event in the union over the grid concerns the coarse proposal, so that the sequence needs no Gram event of the fine proposal and only the failure bound e − n 1 − s b e^{-n^{1-s_b}} e − n 1 − s b of the coarse one.
The contradiction. If the fine spins lie on opposite sides of S g ⋆ S_{g_\star} S g ⋆ , some step of the sequence crosses the cut. A shortest path across this step meets the boundary, so that the coarse endpoint of the step lies within distance R n R_n R n of the boundary, in E n ( g ⋆ ) \mathcal{E}_n(g_\star) E n ( g ⋆ ) . On the event of the sequence, this is impossible. Given an outer pair ( g ⋆ , g ∘ ) (g_\star,g_\circ) ( g ⋆ , g ∘ ) in the event of the coverage bound, with g ⋆ g_\star g ⋆ in W n \mathcal{W}_n W n and in the pressure event, we conclude that ϖ n \varpi_n ϖ n is at most the conditional probability that the sequence fails. Integrating over the outer pair, and paying the coverage and pressure exceptions once, we find that
γ n ( W n ) ≤ C β ( n u E − D + n u E − k f + D ) + e − c β n 1 − 2 z P + e 2 n 1 − e − n 1 − s s e q (22) \gamma_n(\mathcal{W}_n)\leq C_\beta\left(n^{u_{\mathrm{E}}-D}+n^{u_{\mathrm{E}}-k_f+D}\right)+e^{-c_\beta n^{1-2z_P}}+e^{2n^{1-e}-n^{1-s_{\mathrm{seq}}}} \tag*{(22)} γ n ( W n ) ≤ C β ( n u E − D + n u E − k f + D ) + e − c β n 1 − 2 z P + e 2 n 1 − e − n 1 − s seq (22)
(Proposition 18.9), which tends to zero when s s e q < e s_{\mathrm{seq}}<e s seq < e .
The parameters. The exponents of Table 2.3 are affine functions of ε ω = ( 1 / 4 − ω ) / 20 ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 80 ) \varepsilon_\omega=(1/4-\omega)/20\in(0,1/80) ε ω = ( 1/4 − ω ) /20 ∈ ( 0 , 1/80 ) , and they satisfy every condition stated above, with strict inequalities, for every ω ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 4 ) \omega\in(0,1/4) ω ∈ ( 0 , 1/4 ) (Proposition 19.2). The complete list of conditions is given in Section 19.5. Four chains among them limit the saving:
k f < min ( a , f , 1 − a ) ≤ 1 2 , e + d < u E < min ( D , k f − D ) ≤ k f 2 , k_f<\min(a,f,1-a)\leq\frac{1}{2},\qquad e+d<u_{\mathrm{E}}<\min(D,k_f-D)\leq\frac{k_f}{2}, k f < min ( a , f , 1 − a ) ≤ 2 1 , e + d < u E < min ( D , k f − D ) ≤ 2 k f ,
q < s b < s s e q < e , ω < q . q<s_b<s_{\mathrm{seq}}<e,\qquad\omega<q. q < s b < s seq < e , ω < q .
They come from the forward entropy, from smoothing and coverage, from the connecting sequence, and from (2.8). Together they give
ω < q < s b < s s e q < e < u E < k f 2 ≤ 1 4 . \omega< q < s_{\mathrm b} < s_{\mathrm{seq}} < e < u_{\mathrm E} < \frac{k_{\mathrm f}}{2} \le\frac{1}{4}. ω < q < s b < s seq < e < u E < 2 k f ≤ 4 1 .
The conditions of coarse domination fit inside the third chain: the family has q < k b < z < b / 2 < s b q < k_{\mathrm b} < z < b/2 < s_{\mathrm b} q < k b < z < b /2 < s b , with consecutive gaps ε ω \varepsilon_\omega ε ω , ε ω \varepsilon_\omega ε ω , ε ω \varepsilon_\omega ε ω , and 2 ε ω 2\varepsilon_\omega 2 ε ω , and a loss 2 z 2z 2 z in place of 2 z − a 2z-a 2 z − a would not fit. For ω = 1 / 5 \omega=1/5 ω = 1/5 , we have ε ω = 1 / 400 \varepsilon_\omega=1/400 ε ω = 1/400 , the chain reads
1 5 < 9 40 < 19 80 < 6 25 < 97 400 < 49 200 < 99 400 , \frac{1}{5}<\frac{9}{40}<\frac{19}{80}<\frac{6}{25}<\frac{97}{400}<\frac{49}{200}<\frac{99}{400}, 5 1 < 40 9 < 80 19 < 25 6 < 400 97 < 200 49 < 400 99 ,
and (22) becomes C β n − 1 / 400 + e − c β n 2 / 5 + exp { 2 n 303 / 400 − n 19 / 25 } C\beta n^{-1/400}+e^{-c\beta n^{2/5}}+\exp\{2n^{303/400}-n^{19/25}\} C β n − 1/400 + e − c β n 2/5 + exp { 2 n 303/400 − n 19/25 } .
Both arguments stop at the exponent 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 . The proof of Theorem 1.1 needs n ρ 4 / log n → ∞ n\rho^4/\log n\to\infty n ρ 4 / log n → ∞ for the overlap scale ρ \rho ρ , and the proof of Theorem 1.3 needs the chain of inequalities ω < q < s b < s s e q < e < u E < k f / 2 ≤ 1 / 4 \omega<q<s_{\mathrm b}<s_{\mathrm{seq}}<e<u_{\mathrm E}<k_{\mathrm f}/2\le1/4 ω < q < s b < s seq < e < u E < k f /2 ≤ 1/4 of Section 19.5. We do not know whether this coincidence has a common explanation.
Fluctuations and the mean bias
Theorem 1.6 is OpenAI’s theorem [81, Theorem 1.1]. We give no new proof of it; our contribution concerning it and Corollary 1.7 is described in Section 22. In [81], the theorem is reduced to a two-sided bound on a positive logarithmic moment. Let F n c = F n + β G F_n^c=F_n+\beta G F n c = F n + β G be the completed log partition function, and let K n ( t ) = log E exp { t ( F n c − E F n c ) } K_n(t)=\log\mathbb{E}\exp\{t(F_n^c-\mathbb{E}F_n^c)\} K n ( t ) = log E exp { t ( F n c − E F n c )} .
For fixed m ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 300 ) m\in(0,1/300) m ∈ ( 0 , 1/300 ) and s n = n − 1 / 6 + 5 m s_n=n^{-1/6+5m} s n = n − 1/6 + 5 m , it is proved in [81, Proposition 7.5] that c n 20 m ≤ K n ( s n ) ≤ C n 100 m cn^{20m}\le K_n(s_n)\le Cn^{100m} c n 20 m ≤ K n ( s n ) ≤ C n 100 m for all sufficiently large n n n (Proposition 20.1); Section 20.2 summarizes this proof with locators. OpenAI bounds K n ( s n ) K_n(s_n) K n ( s n ) by comparison with finite Gaussian hierarchies along overlap quantiles. The error of such a comparison is small when its minimizers satisfy a two-sided linear bound. This bound follows from a one-site cavity estimate [81, Proposition 4.1], from the asymptotic linearity of the rescaled overlap quantiles of the minimizers [81, Theorem 5.1], and from finite propagation through a bounded number of successive comparisons [81, Proposition 6.6]. The lower bound uses a chord inequality at ε = n − 1 / 3 \varepsilon=n^{-1/3} ε = n − 1/3 , and the upper bound an iteration in ε \varepsilon ε with a low-field perturbation [81, Sections 7.1–7.4].
A bound on K n K_n K n at one tilt does not control Var ( F n ) \operatorname{Var}(F_n) Var ( F n ) by itself, since a rare deviation can dominate an exponential moment or a variance. The additional input is that the sum of F n c F_n^c F n c and a random variable with the exponential law of rate one, independent of ( J , G ) (J,G) ( J , G ) , has a log-concave density (Lemma 20.2). This observation is due to Aronow and Lopatto [8, Proposition 5.1], and [81, Lemma 7.6] states it in the present setting. For a log-concave law with standard deviation σ \sigma σ , the centered logarithmic moment is bounded at tilts below c / σ c/\sigma c / σ and grows at least linearly in t σ t\sigma t σ at larger tilts t t t , and every interval of length 2 r 2r 2 r has probability at most C r / σ Cr/\sigma C r / σ (Lemma 20.3). We deduce that Var ( F n ) = n 1 / 3 + o ( 1 ) \operatorname{Var}(F_n) = n^{1/3+o(1)} Var ( F n ) = n 1/3 + o ( 1 ) and, using the bound on intervals, the lower bound on ∣ F n − E F n ∣ |F_n - \mathbb{E}F_n| ∣ F n − E F n ∣ in (6) (Sections 20.3 and 20.4, following [81, Sections 7.5 and 7.6]).
Corollary 1.7 is the lower bound n − 5 / 6 − ε n^{-5/6-\varepsilon} n − 5/6 − ε on the mean bias. It follows from the variance–bias inequality Δ n , β ≥ c β ( ( Var ( F n ) + β 2 / 2 ) / n ) 5 / 4 \Delta_{n,\beta} \ge c_\beta((\operatorname{Var}(F_n) + \beta^2/2)/n)^{5/4} Δ n , β ≥ c β (( Var ( F n ) + β 2 /2 ) / n ) 5/4 of Aronow and Lopatto [8, Lemma 7.4 and Remark 7.14] (Proposition 21.1). Inserting Var ( F n ) ≥ n 1 / 3 − 4 ε / 5 \operatorname{Var}(F_n) \ge n^{1/3-4\varepsilon/5} Var ( F n ) ≥ n 1/3 − 4 ε /5 from Theorem 1.6, we find that Δ n , β ≥ c β n − 5 / 6 − ε \Delta_{n,\beta} \ge c_\beta n^{-5/6-\varepsilon} Δ n , β ≥ c β n − 5/6 − ε for all sufficiently large n n n . Together with the upper bound Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 7 / 10 \Delta_{n,\beta} \le C_\mathrm{b}n^{-7/10} Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 7/10 of Theorem 4.11, which determines the exponent of Theorem 1.1, this shows that if Δ n , β = n − a + o ( 1 ) \Delta_{n,\beta} = n^{-a+o(1)} Δ n , β = n − a + o ( 1 ) for some a a a , then 7 / 10 ≤ a ≤ 5 / 6 7/10 \le a \le5/6 7/10 ≤ a ≤ 5/6 . Both deductions are already recorded in [6, Section 1.6].
Preliminaries
The model and the dynamics
This section fixes the model, the dynamics, and the conventions used in the rest of the paper. § 5.1.1 defines the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model, its Gibbs measure, the overlap, the log partition function F n F_n F n , the limiting pressure P β P_\beta P β , and the mean bias Δ n , β \Delta_{n,\beta} Δ n , β . § 5.1.2 records exact identities for the Hamiltonian completed by an independent Gaussian variable (Lemma 3.1 ). They are used in § 5.2 to translate imported results into our normalization, in Section 8 for fractional moments of constrained partition functions, in Part IV for the Gaussian-query proposal, and in Sections 20 and 21. § 5.1.3 defines heat-bath dynamics in discrete and continuous time and proves the elementary facts collected in Lemma 3.2 : reversibility, Poissonization, and the contraction of total variation. These facts are used in Section 12 to prove Theorem 1.1 and Corollary 1.2 and in Part IV to prove Theorem 1.3 and Corollary 1.4. § 5.1.4 defines the realized-start probability in which Theorems 1.1 and 1.3 are formulated, and Lemma 3.4 relates statements about this probability to statements about the Gibbs mass of the corresponding initial states. § 5.1.5 fixes the asymptotic conventions, and § 5.1.6 compares our normalization with those of the works from which we import results.
The model, the heat-bath dynamics, and the realized-start formulation are those of [77, Section 1]. The facts proved in this section are standard. We include short proofs so that the conventions can be checked directly, including the clock and the order in which the disorder and the initial state are sampled.
The Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model
We consider the zero-field Gaussian Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model, introduced in [100]. For an integer n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 , let Σ n = { − 1 , 1 } n \Sigma_n = \{-1,1\}^n Σ n = { − 1 , 1 } n . Its elements, usually denoted x x x , y y y , z z z , or v v v , are called configurations. The disorder is a family J = ( J i j ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n J = (J_{ij})_{1 \le i < j \le n} J = ( J ij ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n of independent standard Gaussian random variables, and we set J j i = J i j J_{ji} = J_{ij} J j i = J ij and J i i = 0 J_{ii} = 0 J ii = 0 . We write P J \mathbb{P}_J P J and E J \mathbb{E}_J E J for probability and expectation over J J J . Unsubscripted P \mathbb{P} P , E \mathbb{E} E , and Var \operatorname{Var} Var refer to all random variables under consideration, except those declared fixed. In § 5.1.2 they average over ( J , G ) (J,G) ( J , G ) , whereas in Lemma 3.2 the disorder is held fixed and probabilities average over the chain and the independent clock. For β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 and x ∈ Σ n x \in\Sigma_n x ∈ Σ n , we define the Hamiltonian, the partition function, and the log partition function by
H n ( x ) = 1 n ∑ 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n J i j x i x j , Z n = ∑ x ∈ Σ n e β H n ( x ) , F n = log Z n . (23) H_n(x) = \frac{1}{\sqrt{n}}\sum_{1\leq i<j\leq n} J_{ij}x_ix_j,\qquad Z_n = \sum_{x\in\Sigma_n} e^{\beta H_n(x)},\qquad F_n = \log Z_n. \tag*{(23)} H n ( x ) = n 1 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n ∑ J ij x i x j , Z n = x ∈ Σ n ∑ e β H n ( x ) , F n = log Z n . (23)
When the dependence on the disorder or on β \beta β matters, we write H n J H_n^J H n J and Z n = Z n , β J Z_n = Z_{n,\beta}^J Z n = Z n , β J . The Gibbs measure is the probability measure on Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n given by
π ( x ) = π J ( x ) = π n , β J ( x ) = e β H n J ( x ) Z n , β J , x ∈ Σ n . (24) \pi(x) = \pi^J(x) = \pi_{n,\beta}^J(x) = \frac{e^{\beta H_n^J(x)}}{Z_{n,\beta}^J},\qquad x\in\Sigma_n. \tag*{(24)} π ( x ) = π J ( x ) = π n , β J ( x ) = Z n , β J e β H n J ( x ) , x ∈ Σ n . (24)
For a function f f f on Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n and a set A ⊆ Σ n A\subseteq\Sigma_n A ⊆ Σ n , we write ⟨ f ⟩ = π ( f ) = ∑ x f ( x ) π ( x ) \langle f\rangle=\pi(f)=\sum_x f(x)\pi(x) ⟨ f ⟩ = π ( f ) = ∑ x f ( x ) π ( x ) and π ( A ) = ∑ x ∈ A π ( x ) \pi(A)=\sum_{x\in A}\pi(x) π ( A ) = ∑ x ∈ A π ( x ) .
Three features of (23) are used throughout. First, the inverse temperature multiplies H n H_n H n and is not part of it. Second, Z n Z_n Z n is a sum with respect to counting measure on Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n , with no factor 2 − n 2^{-n} 2 − n . Third, F n F_n F n is the logarithm of the partition function, not a free energy per spin. In physical terms, the energy is − H n -H_n − H n and the free energy is − F n / β -F_n/\beta − F n / β ; since β \beta β is fixed, the factor − 1 / β -1/\beta − 1/ β does not affect any exponent in this paper.
The overlap of two configurations x , y ∈ Σ n x,y\in\Sigma_n x , y ∈ Σ n is
R ( x , y ) = 1 n ∑ i = 1 n x i y i ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] . R(x,y)=\frac{1}{n}\sum_{i=1}^n x_i y_i\in[-1,1]. R ( x , y ) = n 1 i = 1 ∑ n x i y i ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] .
We have R ( x , x ) = 1 R(x,x)=1 R ( x , x ) = 1 , R ( − x , y ) = − R ( x , y ) R(-x,y)=-R(x,y) R ( − x , y ) = − R ( x , y ) , and H n ( − x ) = H n ( x ) H_n(-x)=H_n(x) H n ( − x ) = H n ( x ) , the last because H n H_n H n is quadratic in the spins. It follows that the Gibbs measure is invariant under the global spin reversal x ↦ − x x\mapsto-x x ↦ − x . The Hamiltonian is a centered Gaussian process indexed by Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n , with covariance
E H n ( x ) H n ( y ) = n R ( x , y ) 2 − 1 2 , x , y ∈ Σ n . (25) \mathbb{E}H_n(x)H_n(y)=\frac{nR(x,y)^2-1}{2},\qquad x,y\in\Sigma_n. \tag*{(25)} E H n ( x ) H n ( y ) = 2 n R ( x , y ) 2 − 1 , x , y ∈ Σ n . (25)
To see this, set a i = x i y i a_i=x_i y_i a i = x i y i . Using that E J i j J k l = 1 { ( i , j ) = ( k , l ) } \mathbb{E}J_{ij}J_{kl}=\mathbf{1}\{(i,j)=(k,l)\} E J ij J k l = 1 {( i , j ) = ( k , l )} for i < j i<j i < j and k < l k<l k < l , and that a i 2 = 1 a_i^2=1 a i 2 = 1 , we find
E H n ( x ) H n ( y ) = 1 n ∑ i < j a i a j = 1 2 n ( ( ∑ i = 1 n a i ) 2 − ∑ i = 1 n a i 2 ) = n 2 R ( x , y ) 2 − n 2 n . \mathbb{E}H_n(x)H_n(y)=\frac{1}{n}\sum_{i<j}a_i a_j=\frac{1}{2n}\left(\left(\sum_{i=1}^n a_i\right)^2-\sum_{i=1}^n a_i^2\right)=\frac{n^2R(x,y)^2-n}{2n}. E H n ( x ) H n ( y ) = n 1 i < j ∑ a i a j = 2 n 1 ( i = 1 ∑ n a i ) 2 − i = 1 ∑ n a i 2 = 2 n n 2 R ( x , y ) 2 − n .
We have Var H n ( x ) = ( n − 1 ) / 2 \operatorname{Var} H_n(x)=(n-1)/2 Var H n ( x ) = ( n − 1 ) /2 for all x x x . The constant − 1 / 2 -1/2 − 1/2 in (25) reflects the absence of diagonal terms in H n H_n H n ; it is removed in § 5.1.2 .
We write
p n ( β ) = 1 n E F n p_n(\beta)=\frac{1}{n}\mathbb{E}F_n p n ( β ) = n 1 E F n
for the expected pressure. It is finite, since β H n ( x 0 ) ≤ F n ≤ n log 2 + β max x H n ( x ) \beta H_n(x_0)\leq F_n\leq n\log2+\beta\max_x H_n(x) β H n ( x 0 ) ≤ F n ≤ n log 2 + β max x H n ( x ) for any fixed x 0 ∈ Σ n x_0\in\Sigma_n x 0 ∈ Σ n and each H n ( x ) H_n(x) H n ( x ) is Gaussian. In [60, Theorems 1–2, (17)–(18)], Guerra and Toninelli proved that the sequence n p n ( β ) n p_n(\beta) n p n ( β ) is superadditive in n n n and that the limit
P β = lim n → ∞ p n ( β ) P_\beta=\lim_{n\to\infty}p_n(\beta) P β = n → ∞ lim p n ( β )
exists for every β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 and equals the supremum of the sequence. We call
Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) (26) \Delta_{n,\beta} = P_\beta- p_n(\beta) \tag*{(26)} Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) (26)
the mean bias. We have Δ n , β ≥ 0 \Delta_{n,\beta} \ge0 Δ n , β ≥ 0 for all n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 , because P β P_\beta P β is the supremum of the sequence p n ( β ) p_n(\beta) p n ( β ) ; this is also a consequence of Guerra’s bound [59, Theorem 3]. The identification of P β P_\beta P β with the minimum of the Parisi functional, due to Guerra [59] and Talagrand [103], is stated in § 5.2 as Theorem 4.4 , where the Parisi functional is also defined.
The completed Hamiltonian
By (25) , the covariance of H n H_n H n differs from n R ( x , y ) 2 / 2 nR(x,y)^2/2 n R ( x , y ) 2 /2 by a constant. Several of the results we import, and the Gaussian interpolation of Section 8, are formulated for a Hamiltonian whose covariance is exactly n R ( x , y ) 2 / 2 nR(x,y)^2/2 n R ( x , y ) 2 /2 . Such a Hamiltonian is obtained by adding a single Gaussian variable, the same for every configuration. Let G G G be a centered Gaussian random variable with variance 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 , independent of J J J , and set
H n c ( x ) = H n ( x ) + G , Z n c = ∑ x ∈ Σ n e β H n c ( x ) = e β G Z n , F n c = log Z n c = F n + β G . (27) H_n^{\mathrm{c}}(x) = H_n(x) + G,\qquad Z_n^{\mathrm{c}} = \sum_{x\in\Sigma_n} e^{\beta H_n^{\mathrm{c}}(x)} = e^{\beta G}Z_n,\qquad F_n^{\mathrm{c}} = \log Z_n^{\mathrm{c}} = F_n + \beta G. \tag*{(27)} H n c ( x ) = H n ( x ) + G , Z n c = x ∈ Σ n ∑ e β H n c ( x ) = e β G Z n , F n c = log Z n c = F n + β G . (27)
We call H n c H_n^{\mathrm{c}} H n c the completed Hamiltonian and F n c F_n^{\mathrm{c}} F n c the completed log partition function. In [6, 8, 77], the variable G G G arises from the diagonal of a symmetric Gaussian matrix. Let J 11 ′ , … , J n n ′ J'_{11},\ldots,J'_{nn} J 11 ′ , … , J nn ′ be independent standard Gaussian variables, independent of J J J , and let W W W be the symmetric n × n n\times n n × n matrix with W i j = J i j / n W_{ij}=J_{ij}/\sqrt{n} W ij = J ij / n for i ≠ j i\ne j i = j and W i i = 2 / n J i i ′ W_{ii}=\sqrt{2/n}J'_{ii} W ii = 2/ n J ii ′ . Then
1 2 ∑ i , j = 1 n W i j x i x j = H n ( x ) + 1 2 n ∑ i = 1 n J i i ′ , \frac{1}{2}\sum_{i,j=1}^{n} W_{ij}x_i x_j = H_n(x) + \frac{1}{\sqrt{2n}}\sum_{i=1}^{n}J'_{ii}, 2 1 i , j = 1 ∑ n W ij x i x j = H n ( x ) + 2 n 1 i = 1 ∑ n J ii ′ ,
and the last term has the law of G G G .
Lemma 3.1 (Exact identities for the completed Hamiltonian). Fix n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 and β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 . Then the following statements hold.
(a) For all x , y ∈ Σ n x,y\in\Sigma_n x , y ∈ Σ n , we have E H n c ( x ) H n c ( y ) = n R ( x , y ) 2 / 2 \mathbb{E}H_n^{\mathrm{c}}(x)H_n^{\mathrm{c}}(y)=nR(x,y)^2/2 E H n c ( x ) H n c ( y ) = n R ( x , y ) 2 /2 .
(b) For every realization of ( J , G ) (J,G) ( J , G ) and every x ∈ Σ n x\in\Sigma_n x ∈ Σ n , we have e β H n c ( x ) / Z n c = π ( x ) e^{\beta H_n^{\mathrm{c}}(x)}/Z_n^{\mathrm{c}}=\pi(x) e β H n c ( x ) / Z n c = π ( x ) .
(c) We have E F n c = E F n \mathbb{E}F_n^{\mathrm{c}}=\mathbb{E}F_n E F n c = E F n and Var F n c = Var F n + β 2 / 2 \operatorname{Var}F_n^{\mathrm{c}}=\operatorname{Var}F_n+\beta^2/2 Var F n c = Var F n + β 2 /2 . Further, for every t ∈ R t\in\mathbb{R} t ∈ R , both sides of the following identity are finite, and
log E exp { t ( F n c − E F n c ) } = log E exp { t ( F n − E F n ) } + β 2 t 2 4 . (28) \log\mathbb{E}\exp\{t(F_n^{\mathrm{c}}-\mathbb{E}F_n^{\mathrm{c}})\}
=
\log\mathbb{E}\exp\{t(F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n)\}
+
\frac{\beta^2t^2}{4}. \tag*{(28)} log E exp { t ( F n c − E F n c )} = log E exp { t ( F n − E F n )} + 4 β 2 t 2 . (28) :::`
(d) Let ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 be an integer, and let A ⊆ Σ n ℓ A \subseteq\Sigma_n^\ell A ⊆ Σ n ℓ be a nonempty set of ℓ \ell ℓ -tuples of configurations. Define
Z ℓ , n ( A ) = ∑ ( x 1 , … , x ℓ ) ∈ A exp ( β ∑ a = 1 ℓ H n ( x a ) ) . Z_{\ell,n}(A) = \sum_{(x^1,\ldots,x^\ell)\in A} \exp\left(\beta\sum_{a=1}^{\ell} H_n(x^a)\right). Z ℓ , n ( A ) = ( x 1 , … , x ℓ ) ∈ A ∑ exp ( β a = 1 ∑ ℓ H n ( x a ) ) . and define Z ℓ , n c ( A ) Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(A) Z ℓ , n c ( A ) in the same way, with H n c H_n^c H n c in place of H n H_n H n . Then Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = e β ℓ G Z ℓ , n ( A ) Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(A)=e^{\beta\ell G}Z_{\ell,n}(A) Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = e β ℓ G Z ℓ , n ( A ) and E log Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = E log Z ℓ , n ( A ) \mathbb{E}\log Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(A)=\mathbb{E}\log Z_{\ell,n}(A) E log Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = E log Z ℓ , n ( A ) . For every s ∈ R s\in\mathbb{R} s ∈ R , both sides of the following identity are finite, and
E Z ℓ , n c ( A ) s = exp ( β 2 ℓ 2 s 2 4 ) E Z ℓ , n ( A ) s . (29) \mathbb{E}Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(A)^s=\exp\left(\frac{\beta^2\ell^2s^2}{4}\right)\mathbb{E}Z_{\ell,n}(A)^s. \tag*{(29)} E Z ℓ , n c ( A ) s = exp ( 4 β 2 ℓ 2 s 2 ) E Z ℓ , n ( A ) s . (29) Equivalently, for every s ≠ 0 s\ne0 s = 0 ,
1 n s log E Z ℓ , n c ( A ) s = 1 n s log E Z ℓ , n ( A ) s + β 2 ℓ 2 s 4 n . \frac{1}{ns}\log\mathbb{E}Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(A)^s=\frac{1}{ns}\log\mathbb{E}Z_{\ell,n}(A)^s+\frac{\beta^2\ell^2s}{4n}. n s 1 log E Z ℓ , n c ( A ) s = n s 1 log E Z ℓ , n ( A ) s + 4 n β 2 ℓ 2 s .
Proof. Part (a) follows from (3.3), since G G G is independent of J J J and E G 2 = 1 / 2 \mathbb{E}G^2=1/2 E G 2 = 1/2 . For part (b), the factor e β G e^{\beta G} e β G appears in both e β H n c ( x ) e^{\beta H_n^c(x)} e β H n c ( x ) and Z n c Z_n^c Z n c .
For part (c), recall that F n F_n F n is a function of J J J and that G G G is independent of J J J . Using E G = 0 \mathbb{E}G=0 E G = 0 and Var ( β G ) = β 2 / 2 \operatorname{Var}(\beta G)=\beta^2/2 Var ( β G ) = β 2 /2 , we have E F n c = E F n \mathbb{E}F_n^c=\mathbb{E}F_n E F n c = E F n and Var F n c = Var F n + β 2 / 2 \operatorname{Var}F_n^c=\operatorname{Var}F_n+\beta^2/2 Var F n c = Var F n + β 2 /2 . Next, we check that all exponential moments of F n F_n F n are finite. Fix x 0 ∈ Σ n x_0\in\Sigma_n x 0 ∈ Σ n . Since e β H n ( x 0 ) ≤ Z n ≤ 2 n max x e β H n ( x ) e^{\beta H_n(x_0)}\le Z_n\le2^n\max_x e^{\beta H_n(x)} e β H n ( x 0 ) ≤ Z n ≤ 2 n max x e β H n ( x ) , we have
e t F n ≤ 2 n t ∑ x ∈ Σ n e t β H n ( x ) ( t ≥ 0 ) , e t F n ≤ e t β H n ( x 0 ) ( t < 0 ) . e^{tF_n}\le2^{nt}\sum_{x\in\Sigma_n}e^{t\beta H_n(x)}\quad(t\ge0),\qquad e^{tF_n}\le e^{t\beta H_n(x_0)}\quad(t<0). e t F n ≤ 2 n t x ∈ Σ n ∑ e tβ H n ( x ) ( t ≥ 0 ) , e t F n ≤ e tβ H n ( x 0 ) ( t < 0 ) .
As each H n ( x ) H_n(x) H n ( x ) is Gaussian, this implies that E e t F n < ∞ \mathbb{E}e^{tF_n}<\infty E e t F n < ∞ for all t ∈ R t\in\mathbb{R} t ∈ R . By the independence of F n F_n F n and G G G and the identity E e t β G = e β 2 t 2 / 4 \mathbb{E}e^{t\beta G}=e^{\beta^2t^2/4} E e tβ G = e β 2 t 2 /4 , we have
E exp { t ( F n c − E F n c ) } = E exp { t ( F n − E F n ) } E e t β G = E exp { t ( F n − E F n ) } e β 2 t 2 / 4 . \mathbb{E}\exp\{t(F_n^c-\mathbb{E}F_n^c)\}=\mathbb{E}\exp\{t(F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n)\}\mathbb{E}e^{t\beta G}=\mathbb{E}\exp\{t(F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n)\}e^{\beta^2t^2/4}. E exp { t ( F n c − E F n c )} = E exp { t ( F n − E F n )} E e tβ G = E exp { t ( F n − E F n )} e β 2 t 2 /4 .
Taking logarithms gives (3.6).
For part (d), note that every term in the sum defining Z ℓ , n c ( A ) Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(A) Z ℓ , n c ( A ) contains the factor exp ( β ∑ a = 1 ℓ G ) = e β ℓ G \exp(\beta\sum_{a=1}^{\ell}G)=e^{\beta\ell G} exp ( β ∑ a = 1 ℓ G ) = e β ℓ G , which proves Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = e β ℓ G Z ℓ , n ( A ) Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(A)=e^{\beta\ell G}Z_{\ell,n}(A) Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = e β ℓ G Z ℓ , n ( A ) . Fix a tuple ( x 0 1 , … , x 0 ℓ ) ∈ A (x_0^1,\ldots,x_0^\ell)\in A ( x 0 1 , … , x 0 ℓ ) ∈ A . The bounds of part (c), with ∑ a H n ( x 0 a ) \sum_a H_n(x_0^a) ∑ a H n ( x 0 a ) in place of H n ( x 0 ) H_n(x_0) H n ( x 0 ) and ∣ A ∣ |A| ∣ A ∣ in place of 2 n 2^n 2 n , show that log Z ℓ , n ( A ) \log Z_{\ell,n}(A) log Z ℓ , n ( A ) is integrable and that E Z ℓ , n ( A ) s < ∞ \mathbb{E}Z_{\ell,n}(A)^s<\infty E Z ℓ , n ( A ) s < ∞ for every s ∈ R s\in\mathbb{R} s ∈ R , since ∑ a H n ( x a ) \sum_a H_n(x^a) ∑ a H n ( x a ) is Gaussian for each tuple ( x 1 , … , x ℓ ) (x^1,\ldots,x^\ell) ( x 1 , … , x ℓ ) . Taking logarithms and expectations in Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = e β ℓ G Z ℓ , n ( A ) Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(A)=e^{\beta\ell G}Z_{\ell,n}(A) Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = e β ℓ G Z ℓ , n ( A ) and using E G = 0 \mathbb{E}G=0 E G = 0 , we find E log Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = E log Z ℓ , n ( A ) \mathbb{E}\log Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(A)=\mathbb{E}\log Z_{\ell,n}(A) E log Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = E log Z ℓ , n ( A ) . The variable β ℓ s G \beta\ell sG β ℓ s G is centered Gaussian with variance β 2 ℓ 2 s 2 / 2 \beta^2\ell^2s^2/2 β 2 ℓ 2 s 2 /2 , and it is independent of Z ℓ , n ( A ) Z_{\ell,n}(A) Z ℓ , n ( A ) . We conclude that
E Z ℓ , n c ( A ) s = E e β ℓ s G E Z ℓ , n ( A ) s = e β 2 ℓ 2 s 2 / 4 E Z ℓ , n ( A ) s , \mathbb{E}Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(A)^s=\mathbb{E}e^{\beta\ell sG}\mathbb{E}Z_{\ell,n}(A)^s=e^{\beta^2\ell^2s^2/4}\mathbb{E}Z_{\ell,n}(A)^s, E Z ℓ , n c ( A ) s = E e β ℓ s G E Z ℓ , n ( A ) s = e β 2 ℓ 2 s 2 /4 E Z ℓ , n ( A ) s ,
which is (3.7). Dividing its logarithm by n s ns n s gives the last display of the lemma.
The constrained partition functions of Sections 4, 8, and 9, in which the overlaps R ( x a , x b ) R(x^a,x^b) R ( x a , x b ) of the ℓ \ell ℓ -tuple are prescribed, are of the form Z ℓ , n ( A ) Z_{\ell,n}(A) Z ℓ , n ( A ) . By part (b) of Lemma 3.1 and the identity Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = e β ℓ G Z ℓ , n ( A ) Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(A)=e^{\beta\ell G}Z_{\ell,n}(A) Z ℓ , n c ( A ) = e β ℓ G Z ℓ , n ( A ) , Gibbs measures, constrained Gibbs probabilities Z ℓ , n ( A ) / Z n ℓ Z_{\ell,n}(A)/Z_n^\ell Z ℓ , n ( A ) / Z n ℓ , and expected logarithms are the same for the two Hamiltonians. Fractional moments are not: the correction β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) \beta^2\ell^2s/(4n) β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) in the last display of the lemma is quadratic in ℓ \ell ℓ , because the same variable G G G enters every replica, and it is kept explicitly in Section 8. The identity (3.6) is the form in which the completion enters Section 20, where the logarithmic-moment bounds of [81] are stated for F n c F_n^c F n c .
Heat-bath dynamics
We use single-spin heat-bath dynamics, in the tradition of the stochastic Ising dynamics introduced by [58]. The clock and resampling conventions below are those of [77, Section 1, pp. 2–3]. For x ∈ Σ n x \in\Sigma_n x ∈ Σ n , i ∈ { 1 , … , n } i \in\{1,\ldots,n\} i ∈ { 1 , … , n } , and σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } \sigma\in\{-1,1\} σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } , let x i , σ x^{i,\sigma} x i , σ be the configuration obtained from x x x by setting its i i i th spin equal to σ \sigma σ . The local field at site i i i and the heat-bath probabilities are
h i ( x ) = h i J ( x ) = 1 n ∑ j ≠ i J i j x j , p i ( σ ∣ x ) = p i J ( σ ∣ x ) = e β σ h i ( x ) 2 cosh ( β h i ( x ) ) . (30) h_i(x)=h_i^J(x)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{n}}\sum_{j\ne i}J_{ij}x_j,\qquad p_i(\sigma\mid x)=p_i^J(\sigma\mid x)=\frac{e^{\beta\sigma h_i(x)}}{2\cosh(\beta h_i(x))}. \tag*{(30)} h i ( x ) = h i J ( x ) = n 1 j = i ∑ J ij x j , p i ( σ ∣ x ) = p i J ( σ ∣ x ) = 2 cosh ( β h i ( x )) e β σ h i ( x ) . (30)
The field h i ( x ) h_i(x) h i ( x ) does not depend on x i x_i x i . Since J j i = J i j J_{ji}=J_{ij} J j i = J ij , the terms of H n H_n H n that contain x i x_i x i add up to x i h i ( x ) x_i h_i(x) x i h i ( x ) , and we have
H n ( x ) = x i h i ( x ) + H n ( i ) ( x ) , H n ( i ) ( x ) = 1 n ∑ j < k j , k ≠ i J j k x j x k , (31) H_n(x)=x_i h_i(x)+H_n^{(i)}(x),\qquad H_n^{(i)}(x)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{n}}\sum_{\substack{j<k\\j,k\ne i}}J_{jk}x_jx_k, \tag*{(31)} H n ( x ) = x i h i ( x ) + H n ( i ) ( x ) , H n ( i ) ( x ) = n 1 j < k j , k = i ∑ J j k x j x k , (31)
where H n ( i ) ( x ) H_n^{(i)}(x) H n ( i ) ( x ) does not depend on x i x_i x i . It follows that p i ( σ ∣ x ) = π ( x i , σ ) / ( π ( x i , 1 ) + π ( x i , − 1 ) ) p_i(\sigma\mid x)=\pi(x^{i,\sigma})/(\pi(x^{i,1})+\pi(x^{i,-1})) p i ( σ ∣ x ) = π ( x i , σ ) / ( π ( x i , 1 ) + π ( x i , − 1 )) ; that is, p i ( ⋅ ∣ x ) p_i(\cdot\mid x) p i ( ⋅ ∣ x ) is the conditional law of the i i i th spin under π \pi π , given the other spins.
The discrete heat-bath kernel is
K ( x , y ) = K J ( x , y ) = 1 n ∑ i = 1 n ∑ σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } p i ( σ ∣ x ) 1 { y = x i , σ } , x , y ∈ Σ n . (32) K(x,y)=K^J(x,y)=\frac{1}{n}\sum_{i=1}^{n}\sum_{\sigma\in\{-1,1\}}p_i(\sigma\mid x)\mathbf{1}\{y=x^{i,\sigma}\},\qquad x,y\in\Sigma_n. \tag*{(32)} K ( x , y ) = K J ( x , y ) = n 1 i = 1 ∑ n σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } ∑ p i ( σ ∣ x ) 1 { y = x i , σ } , x , y ∈ Σ n . (32)
In one step, a site i i i is chosen uniformly at random and the i i i th spin is resampled from p i ( ⋅ ∣ x ) p_i(\cdot\mid x) p i ( ⋅ ∣ x ) . The new value may equal the old one, and in this case the update attempt leaves the configuration unchanged. Explicitly, for all x ∈ Σ n x\in\Sigma_n x ∈ Σ n and all sites i i i ,
K ( x , x i , − x i ) = 1 n p i ( − x i ∣ x ) , K ( x , x ) = 1 n ∑ i = 1 n p i ( x i ∣ x ) . (33) K(x,x^{i,-x_i})=\frac{1}{n}p_i(-x_i\mid x),\qquad K(x,x)=\frac{1}{n}\sum_{i=1}^{n}p_i(x_i\mid x). \tag*{(33)} K ( x , x i , − x i ) = n 1 p i ( − x i ∣ x ) , K ( x , x ) = n 1 i = 1 ∑ n p i ( x i ∣ x ) . (33)
and K ( x , y ) = 0 K(x,y)=0 K ( x , y ) = 0 if x x x and y y y differ in more than one coordinate. The discrete heat-bath chain ( X k ) k ≥ 0 (X_k)_{k\geq0} ( X k ) k ≥ 0 is the Markov chain on Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n with transition matrix K K K .
In continuous time, we define the generator and the transition probabilities by
L = L J = n ( K − I ) , P t = P t J = e t L , t ≥ 0 , (34) \mathcal{L}=\mathcal{L}^J=n(K-I),\qquad P_t=P_t^J=e^{t\mathcal{L}},\qquad t\geq0, \tag*{(34)} L = L J = n ( K − I ) , P t = P t J = e t L , t ≥ 0 , (34)
and we call the Markov process ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 with transition probabilities P t P_t P t the continuous heat-bath process. In this process, each site carries an independent Poisson clock of rate one, and when the clock at site i i i rings, the i i i th spin of the current configuration x x x is resampled from p i ( ⋅ ∣ x ) p_i(\cdot\mid x) p i ( ⋅ ∣ x ) . Indeed, the generator of this description acts on functions f : Σ n → R f:\Sigma_n\to\mathbb{R} f : Σ n → R by
L f ( x ) = ∑ i = 1 n ∑ σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } p i ( σ ∣ x ) ( f ( x i , σ ) − f ( x ) ) = n ( K f ( x ) − f ( x ) ) , \mathcal{L}f(x)=\sum_{i=1}^{n}\sum_{\sigma\in\{-1,1\}}p_i(\sigma\mid x)\bigl(f(x^{i,\sigma})-f(x)\bigr)=n\bigl(Kf(x)-f(x)\bigr), L f ( x ) = i = 1 ∑ n σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } ∑ p i ( σ ∣ x ) ( f ( x i , σ ) − f ( x ) ) = n ( K f ( x ) − f ( x ) ) ,
where the second equality follows from (3.10) and ∑ σ p i ( σ ∣ x ) = 1 \sum_{\sigma}p_i(\sigma\mid x)=1 ∑ σ p i ( σ ∣ x ) = 1 . The total rate of update attempts is n n n , so that one unit of continuous time corresponds to n n n update attempts on average. In both time conventions, an attempt that leaves the configuration unchanged is counted. We use the letter t t t for continuous time and k k k for the number of discrete steps, so that the notation ( X t ) (X_t) ( X t ) or ( X k ) (X_k) ( X k ) indicates which process is meant.
For probability measures ν , ζ \nu,\zeta ν , ζ on Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n , the total variation distance is
∥ ν − ζ ∥ T V = 1 2 ∑ x ∈ Σ n ∣ ν ( x ) − ζ ( x ) ∣ = max A ⊆ Σ n ∣ ν ( A ) − ζ ( A ) ∣ , \|\nu-\zeta\|_{\mathrm{TV}}=\frac{1}{2}\sum_{x\in\Sigma_n}|\nu(x)-\zeta(x)|=\max_{A\subseteq\Sigma_n}|\nu(A)-\zeta(A)|, ∥ ν − ζ ∥ TV = 2 1 x ∈ Σ n ∑ ∣ ν ( x ) − ζ ( x ) ∣ = A ⊆ Σ n max ∣ ν ( A ) − ζ ( A ) ∣ ,
where the second equality is [68, Proposition 4.2]. For x ∈ Σ n x\in\Sigma_n x ∈ Σ n , t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 , and integers k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we define
d J ( x , t ) = ∥ P t J ( x , ⋅ ) − π J ∥ T V , d d i s c J ( x , k ) = ∥ ( K J ) k ( x , ⋅ ) − π J ∥ T V . (35) d^J(x,t)=\|P_t^J(x,\cdot)-\pi^J\|_{\mathrm{TV}},\qquad d_{\mathrm{disc}}^J(x,k)=\|(K^J)^k(x,\cdot)-\pi^J\|_{\mathrm{TV}}. \tag*{(35)} d J ( x , t ) = ∥ P t J ( x , ⋅ ) − π J ∥ TV , d disc J ( x , k ) = ∥ ( K J ) k ( x , ⋅ ) − π J ∥ TV . (35)
These are the distances from equilibrium of the laws of the dynamics started at the fixed configuration x x x . No supremum over x x x is taken. For the threshold 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 , we define the mixing times from x x x by
T J ( x ) = inf { t ≥ 0 : d J ( x , t ) ≤ 1 / 4 } , T^J(x)=\inf\{t\geq0:d^J(x,t)\leq1/4\}, T J ( x ) = inf { t ≥ 0 : d J ( x , t ) ≤ 1/4 } ,
T d i s c J ( x ) = min { k ≥ 0 : d d i s c J ( x , k ) ≤ 1 / 4 } . (36) T_{\mathrm{disc}}^J(x)=\min\{k\geq0:d_{\mathrm{disc}}^J(x,k)\leq1/4\}. \tag*{(36)} T disc J ( x ) = min { k ≥ 0 : d disc J ( x , k ) ≤ 1/4 } . (36)
Both times are finite. Indeed, every single-site resampling probability is positive, so K n ( x , y ) > 0 K^n(x,y)>0 K n ( x , y ) > 0 for all x , y ∈ Σ n x,y\in\Sigma_n x , y ∈ Σ n : one may update each site once to its value in y y y . The minimum of these finitely many entries is positive. Writing K n K^n K n as a mixture with a positive uniform component and using contraction shows that d d i s c J ( x , k ) → 0 d_{\mathrm{disc}}^J(x,k)\to0 d disc J ( x , k ) → 0 ; (37) then gives d J ( x , t ) → 0 d^J(x,t)\to0 d J ( x , t ) → 0 . By Lemma 3.2 (d), the continuous sublevel set in (3.14) is closed and upward closed. For every t ≥ 0 t \ge0 t ≥ 0 , we have T ′ ( x ) ≤ t T^{\prime}(x) \le t T ′ ( x ) ≤ t if and only if d ′ ( x , t ) ≤ 1 / 4 d^{\prime}(x,t) \le1/4 d ′ ( x , t ) ≤ 1/4 , and T ′ ( x ) > t T^{\prime}(x) > t T ′ ( x ) > t if and only if d ′ ( x , t ) > 1 / 4 d^{\prime}(x,t) > 1/4 d ′ ( x , t ) > 1/4 . The corresponding equivalences hold in discrete time.
In the next lemma, we record classical facts about finite Markov chains for the kernels K K K and P t P_t P t ; see [68, Proposition 1.20, Exercise 4.2, and Section 20.1].
Lemma 3.2 (Elementary properties of heat-bath dynamics). Fix n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 , β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 , and a realization of J J J . Then the following statements hold.
(a) The kernel K K K is reversible with respect to π \pi π , that is, π ( x ) K ( x , y ) = π ( y ) K ( y , x ) \pi(x)K(x,y) = \pi(y)K(y,x) π ( x ) K ( x , y ) = π ( y ) K ( y , x ) for all x , y ∈ Σ n x,y \in\Sigma_n x , y ∈ Σ n . In particular, π K = π \pi K = \pi π K = π .
(b) For every t ≥ 0 t \ge0 t ≥ 0 ,
P t = ∑ k = 0 ∞ e − n t ( n t ) k k ! K k . (37) P_t = \sum_{k=0}^{\infty} e^{-nt}\frac{(nt)^k}{k!}K^k. \tag*{(37)} P t = k = 0 ∑ ∞ e − n t k ! ( n t ) k K k . (37) If ( X k ) k ≥ 0 (X_k)_{k\ge0} ( X k ) k ≥ 0 is the discrete heat-bath chain started at x x x and ( N t ) t ≥ 0 (N_t)_{t\ge0} ( N t ) t ≥ 0 is a Poisson process of rate n n n , independent of ( X k ) k ≥ 0 (X_k)_{k\ge0} ( X k ) k ≥ 0 , then P ( X N t = y ) = P t ( x , y ) \mathbb{P}(X_{N_t}=y) = P_t(x,y) P ( X N t = y ) = P t ( x , y ) for all y ∈ Σ n y \in\Sigma_n y ∈ Σ n and t ≥ 0 t \ge0 t ≥ 0 .
(c) For every t ≥ 0 t \ge0 t ≥ 0 , the kernel P t P_t P t is reversible with respect to π \pi π , and π P t = π \pi P_t = \pi π P t = π . In particular,
∑ x π ( x ) P t ( x , ⋅ ) = π and ∑ x π ( x ) K k ( x , ⋅ ) = π \sum_x \pi(x)P_t(x,\cdot) = \pi\quad\text{and}\quad\sum_x \pi(x)K^k(x,\cdot) = \pi x ∑ π ( x ) P t ( x , ⋅ ) = π and x ∑ π ( x ) K k ( x , ⋅ ) = π for all t ≥ 0 t \ge0 t ≥ 0 and k ≥ 0 k \ge0 k ≥ 0 .
(d) For every transition matrix Q Q Q on Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n and all probability measures ν , ζ \nu,\zeta ν , ζ on Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n , we have ∥ ν Q − ζ Q ∥ T V ≤ ∥ ν − ζ ∥ T V \lVert\nu Q - \zeta Q\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} \le\lVert\nu- \zeta\rVert_{\mathrm{TV}} ∥ ν Q − ζ Q ∥ TV ≤ ∥ ν − ζ ∥ TV . For every x ∈ Σ n x \in\Sigma_n x ∈ Σ n , the functions k ↦ d d i s c ′ ( x , k ) k \mapsto d^{\prime}_{\mathrm{disc}}(x,k) k ↦ d disc ′ ( x , k ) and t ↦ d ′ ( x , t ) t \mapsto d^{\prime}(x,t) t ↦ d ′ ( x , t ) are nonincreasing, and t ↦ d ′ ( x , t ) t \mapsto d^{\prime}(x,t) t ↦ d ′ ( x , t ) is continuous.
Proof. For part (a), the identity is trivial if x = y x=y x = y , and both sides vanish by (33) if x x x and y y y differ in more than one coordinate. Suppose that y = x i , − x i y = x^{i,-x_i} y = x i , − x i for some i i i . Then h i ( y ) = h i ( x ) h_i(y) = h_i(x) h i ( y ) = h i ( x ) and H n ( i ) ( y ) = H n ( i ) ( x ) H_n^{(i)}(y) = H_n^{(i)}(x) H n ( i ) ( y ) = H n ( i ) ( x ) . Using (30) , (31) , and (33) , we find
π ( x ) K ( x , y ) = e β H n ( i ) ( x ) n Z n ⋅ e β x i h i ( x ) e β y i h i ( x ) 2 cosh ( β h i ( x ) ) . \pi(x)K(x,y) = \frac{e^{\beta H_n^{(i)}(x)}}{nZ_n}\cdot\frac{e^{\beta x_i h_i(x)}e^{\beta y_i h_i(x)}}{2\cosh(\beta h_i(x))}. π ( x ) K ( x , y ) = n Z n e β H n ( i ) ( x ) ⋅ 2 cosh ( β h i ( x )) e β x i h i ( x ) e β y i h i ( x ) .
The right side is symmetric in x x x and y y y , which proves the identity. Summing the identity π ( x ) K ( x , y ) = π ( y ) K ( y , x ) \pi(x)K(x,y) = \pi(y)K(y,x) π ( x ) K ( x , y ) = π ( y ) K ( y , x ) over x x x and using ∑ x K ( y , x ) = 1 \sum_x K(y,x) = 1 ∑ x K ( y , x ) = 1 , we obtain π K = π \pi K = \pi π K = π .
For part (b), since the matrices n t K ntK n t K and n t I ntI n t I commute, we have e t n ( K − I ) = e − n t e n t K e^{tn(K-I)} = e^{-nt}e^{ntK} e t n ( K − I ) = e − n t e n t K , and expanding e n t K e^{ntK} e n t K in its power series gives (37) . For the second statement, recall that N t N_t N t has the Poisson law with mean n t nt n t and is independent of ( X k ) k ≥ 0 (X_k)_{k\ge0} ( X k ) k ≥ 0 . Conditioning on N t N_t N t , we find
P ( X N t = y ) = ∑ k = 0 ∞ P ( N t = k ) K k ( x , y ) = ∑ k = 0 ∞ e − n t ( n t ) k k ! K k ( x , y ) = P t ( x , y ) . \mathbb{P}(X_{N_t}=y) = \sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{P}(N_t=k)K^k(x,y) = \sum_{k=0}^{\infty}e^{-nt}\frac{(nt)^k}{k!}K^k(x,y) = P_t(x,y). P ( X N t = y ) = k = 0 ∑ ∞ P ( N t = k ) K k ( x , y ) = k = 0 ∑ ∞ e − n t k ! ( n t ) k K k ( x , y ) = P t ( x , y ) .
For part (c), we first show by induction on k k k that π ( x ) K k ( x , y ) = π ( y ) K k ( y , x ) \pi(x)K^k(x,y) = \pi(y)K^k(y,x) π ( x ) K k ( x , y ) = π ( y ) K k ( y , x ) for all k ≥ 0 k \ge0 k ≥ 0 . The case k = 0 k=0 k = 0 is trivial. If the identity holds for k k k , then by part (a) we have
π ( x ) K k + 1 ( x , y ) = ∑ z π ( z ) K ( z , x ) K k ( z , y ) = ∑ z K ( z , x ) π ( y ) K k ( y , z ) = π ( y ) K k + 1 ( y , x ) . \pi(x)K^{k+1}(x,y) = \sum_z \pi(z)K(z,x)K^k(z,y) = \sum_z K(z,x)\pi(y)K^k(y,z) = \pi(y)K^{k+1}(y,x). π ( x ) K k + 1 ( x , y ) = z ∑ π ( z ) K ( z , x ) K k ( z , y ) = z ∑ K ( z , x ) π ( y ) K k ( y , z ) = π ( y ) K k + 1 ( y , x ) .
By (37) , P t P_t P t is a convex combination of the matrices K k K^k K k , with weights that do not depend on x x x or y y y . This implies that π ( x ) P t ( x , y ) = π ( y ) P t ( y , x ) \pi(x)P_t(x,y)=\pi(y)P_t(y,x) π ( x ) P t ( x , y ) = π ( y ) P t ( y , x ) , and summing over x x x gives π P t = π \pi P_t=\pi π P t = π . Summing the identity for K k K^k K k over x x x in the same way, we find π K k = π \pi K^k=\pi π K k = π .
For part (d), for each y y y we have ∣ ν Q ( y ) − ζ Q ( y ) ∣ ≤ ∑ x ∣ ν ( x ) − ζ ( x ) ∣ Q ( x , y ) |\nu Q(y)-\zeta Q(y)|\leq\sum_x|\nu(x)-\zeta(x)|Q(x,y) ∣ ν Q ( y ) − ζ Q ( y ) ∣ ≤ ∑ x ∣ ν ( x ) − ζ ( x ) ∣ Q ( x , y ) . Summing over y y y and using ∑ y Q ( x , y ) = 1 \sum_y Q(x,y)=1 ∑ y Q ( x , y ) = 1 gives the first claim. Applying it with Q = K Q=K Q = K , ν = K k ( x , ⋅ ) \nu=K^k(x,\mathord\cdot) ν = K k ( x , ⋅ ) , and ζ = π \zeta=\pi ζ = π , and recalling that π K = π \pi K=\pi π K = π , we find
d d i s c J ( x , k + 1 ) = ∥ K k ( x , ⋅ ) K − π K ∥ T V ≤ d d i s c J ( x , k ) . d_{\mathrm{disc}}^J(x,k+1)=\left\|K^k(x,\mathord\cdot)K-\pi K\right\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\leq d_{\mathrm{disc}}^J(x,k). d disc J ( x , k + 1 ) = K k ( x , ⋅ ) K − π K TV ≤ d disc J ( x , k ) .
Similarly, for u ≥ 0 u\geq0 u ≥ 0 we have P t + u = P t P u P_{t+u}=P_tP_u P t + u = P t P u and π P u = π \pi P_u=\pi π P u = π , and the first claim with Q = P u Q=P_u Q = P u implies that d J ( x , t + u ) ≤ d J ( x , t ) d^J(x,t+u)\leq d^J(x,t) d J ( x , t + u ) ≤ d J ( x , t ) . Finally, by (37) , every entry of P t P_t P t is a continuous function of t t t . As a finite sum of absolute values of such functions, d J ( x , t ) d^J(x,t) d J ( x , t ) is continuous in t t t .
We can realize the continuous heat-bath process started at x x x as ( X N t ) t ≥ 0 (X_{N_t})_{t\geq0} ( X N t ) t ≥ 0 , with ( X k ) k ≥ 0 (X_k)_{k\geq0} ( X k ) k ≥ 0 and ( N t ) t ≥ 0 (N_t)_{t\geq0} ( N t ) t ≥ 0 as in part (b) of Lemma 3.2 . Indeed, the superposition of the n n n independent rate-one clocks is a Poisson process of rate n n n . At each of its points, the site that rings is uniform on { 1 , … , n } \{1,\ldots,n\} { 1 , … , n } and independent of the past; see [68, Section 20.1, (20.1)–(20.6)].
We use part (d) of Lemma 3.2 to turn a lower bound on the distance at one time into lower bounds at all earlier times. If t ≤ t ′ t\leq t' t ≤ t ′ and d J ( x , t ′ ) > a d^J(x,t')>a d J ( x , t ′ ) > a , then d J ( x , t ) > a d^J(x,t)>a d J ( x , t ) > a , and likewise in discrete time. This is the property used in the proof of Corollary 1.2, and parts (b) and (c) are used in the proof of Theorem 1.1 . We note that part (c) concerns deterministic times. It says that a chain started from π \pi π has law π \pi π at every fixed time. It says nothing about the law of the chain at a random time that depends on the trajectory.
The realized-start experiment
In Theorems 1.1 and 1.3 , the initial state of the dynamics is a Gibbs sample for the realized disorder, and it is held fixed when the distance from equilibrium is evaluated. We make this precise in the following definition.
Definition 3.3 (Realized-start probability). Fix n ≥ 2 n\geq2 n ≥ 2 and β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 . Let P J , X 0 ∼ π J \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J} P J , X 0 ∼ π J be the joint law of a pair ( J , X 0 ) (J,X_0) ( J , X 0 ) obtained by first sampling the disorder J J J and then sampling X 0 X_0 X 0 from π J \pi^J π J . That is, for every Borel set B ⊆ R n ( n − 1 ) / 2 B\subseteq\mathbb{R}^{n(n-1)/2} B ⊆ R n ( n − 1 ) /2 and every x ∈ Σ n x\in\Sigma_n x ∈ Σ n ,
P J , X 0 ∼ π J { J ∈ B , X 0 = x } = E J [ π J ( x ) 1 { J ∈ B } ] . \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\{J\in B,X_0=x\}=\mathbb{E}_J\left[\pi^J(x)\mathbf{1}\{J\in B\}\right]. P J , X 0 ∼ π J { J ∈ B , X 0 = x } = E J [ π J ( x ) 1 { J ∈ B } ] . For a deterministic time t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 and a threshold a ∈ R a\in\mathbb{R} a ∈ R , the realized-start probability is
P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , t ) > a } = E J ∑ x ∈ Σ n π J ( x ) 1 { d J ( x , t ) > a } = E J π J { x ∈ Σ n : d J ( x , t ) > a } , (38) \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\{d^J(X_0,t)>a\}=\mathbb{E}_J\sum_{x\in\Sigma_n}\pi^J(x)\mathbf{1}\{d^J(x,t)>a\}=\mathbb{E}_J\pi^J\{x\in\Sigma_n:d^J(x,t)>a\}, \tag*{(38)} P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , t ) > a } = E J x ∈ Σ n ∑ π J ( x ) 1 { d J ( x , t ) > a } = E J π J { x ∈ Σ n : d J ( x , t ) > a } , (38) and the discrete realized-start probability is defined in the same way, with d d i s c J ( X 0 , k ) d_{\mathrm{disc}}^J(X_0,k) d disc J ( X 0 , k ) for a deterministic integer k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 in place of d J ( X 0 , t ) d^J(X_0,t) d J ( X 0 , t ) .
The first equality in (3.16) is the definition of the joint law, and the second is the definition of π J ( ⋅ ) \pi^J(\cdot) π J ( ⋅ ) for sets. The quantity d J ( X 0 , t ) d^J(X_0,t) d J ( X 0 , t ) is the distance from π J \pi^J π J of the law at time t t t of the dynamics started at X 0 X_0 X 0 . Its randomness comes only from J J J and X 0 X_0 X 0 , since the randomness of the dynamics is integrated in P t J ( X 0 , ⋅ ) P_t^J(X_0,\cdot) P t J ( X 0 , ⋅ ) .
We evaluate the distance before averaging over the initial state. If we averaged over the initial state first, the law at time t t t would be ∑ x π J ( x ) P t J ( x , ⋅ ) = π J \sum_x \pi^J(x)P_t^J(x,\cdot)=\pi^J ∑ x π J ( x ) P t J ( x , ⋅ ) = π J by part (c) of Lemma 3.2, and its distance from π J \pi^J π J would be zero at every time. The realized-start probability measures instead how much Gibbs mass lies on initial states from which the dynamics is still far from equilibrium at time t t t . This is the formulation of [77, Section 1, following Theorem 1.1, p. 3]. It is not a worst-case statement: a lower bound on max x d J ( x , t ) \max_x d^J(x,t) max x d J ( x , t ) gives no information about the Gibbs mass of the initial states from which the dynamics mixes slowly.
We note that all quantities in (3.16) are measurable. Since Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n is finite, the Gibbs weights π J ( x ) \pi^J(x) π J ( x ) and the entries of K J K^J K J are continuous functions of J J J , and so are the entries of ( K J ) k (K^J)^k ( K J ) k and of P t J = e t n ( K J − I ) P_t^J=e^{tn(K^J-I)} P t J = e t n ( K J − I ) . It follows that for all x x x , t t t , and k k k , the maps J ↦ d J ( x , t ) J\mapsto d^J(x,t) J ↦ d J ( x , t ) and J ↦ d d i s c J ( x , k ) J\mapsto d^J_{\mathrm{disc}}(x,k) J ↦ d disc J ( x , k ) are continuous, the sets { J : d J ( x , t ) > a } \{J:d^J(x,t)>a\} { J : d J ( x , t ) > a } are open, and J ↦ π J { x : d J ( x , t ) > a } J\mapsto\pi^J\{x:d^J(x,t)>a\} J ↦ π J { x : d J ( x , t ) > a } is Borel measurable. No measurable selection of initial states or of auxiliary objects is needed to define these probabilities.
Lemma 3.4 (Equivalent forms of a realized-start statement). Fix β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 and a ∈ R a\in\mathbb{R} a ∈ R , and let ( t n ) n ≥ 2 (t_n)_{n\geq2} ( t n ) n ≥ 2 be deterministic times. Set
M n ( J ) = π J { x ∈ Σ n : d J ( x , t n ) > a } . M_n(J)=\pi^J\{x\in\Sigma_n:d^J(x,t_n)>a\}. M n ( J ) = π J { x ∈ Σ n : d J ( x , t n ) > a } . Then the following three statements are equivalent.
(a) P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , t n ) > a } → 1 \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\{d^J(X_0,t_n)>a\}\to1 P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , t n ) > a } → 1 as n → ∞ n\to\infty n → ∞ .
(b) E J M n → 1 \mathbb{E}_J M_n\to1 E J M n → 1 as n → ∞ n\to\infty n → ∞ .
(c) M n → 1 M_n\to1 M n → 1 in probability over the disorder; that is, P J { M n > 1 − ε } → 1 \mathbb{P}_J\{M_n>1-\varepsilon\}\to1 P J { M n > 1 − ε } → 1 for every ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 .
The same holds with d d i s c J ( x , k n ) d^J_{\mathrm{disc}}(x,k_n) d disc J ( x , k n ) , for deterministic integers k n ≥ 0 k_n\geq0 k n ≥ 0 , in place of d J ( x , t n ) d^J(x,t_n) d J ( x , t n ) . If these statements hold both in continuous and in discrete time, then P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , t n ) > a , d d i s c J ( X 0 , k n ) > a } → 1 \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\{d^J(X_0,t_n)>a,d^J_{\mathrm{disc}}(X_0,k_n)>a\}\to1 P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , t n ) > a , d disc J ( X 0 , k n ) > a } → 1 , and the Gibbs mass of the set of x x x that satisfy both inequalities tends to one in probability over the disorder.
Proof. By (3.16), statements (a) and (b) are the same. Fix ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varepsilon\in(0,1) ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . Since 0 ≤ 1 − M n ≤ 1 0\leq1-M_n\leq1 0 ≤ 1 − M n ≤ 1 , by Markov’s inequality we have
P J { 1 − M n ≥ ε } ≤ E J ( 1 − M n ) ε , \mathbb{P}_J\{1-M_n\geq\varepsilon\}\leq\frac{\mathbb{E}_J(1-M_n)}{\varepsilon}, P J { 1 − M n ≥ ε } ≤ ε E J ( 1 − M n ) ,
and splitting the expectation according to whether 1 − M n < ε 1-M_n<\varepsilon 1 − M n < ε , we also find
E J ( 1 − M n ) ≤ ε + P J { 1 − M n ≥ ε } . \mathbb{E}_J(1-M_n)\leq\varepsilon+\mathbb{P}_J\{1-M_n\geq\varepsilon\}. E J ( 1 − M n ) ≤ ε + P J { 1 − M n ≥ ε } .
By the first inequality, (b) implies (c). By the second inequality, (c) implies lim sup n E J ( 1 − M n ) ≤ ε \limsup_{n} \mathbb{E}_{J}(1-M_n) \le\varepsilon lim sup n E J ( 1 − M n ) ≤ ε for every ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varepsilon\in(0,1) ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , and hence (b) holds. The argument in discrete time is identical.
For the last statement, let M n ′ M_n^{\prime} M n ′ be the Gibbs mass of { x : d d i s c J ( x , k n ) > a } \{x : d_{\mathrm{disc}}^{J}(x,k_n) > a\} { x : d disc J ( x , k n ) > a } , and let M n ′ ′ M_n^{\prime\prime} M n ′′ be the Gibbs mass of the set of x x x satisfying both inequalities. By a union bound for π J \pi^J π J , we have 1 − M n ′ ′ ≤ ( 1 − M n ) + ( 1 − M n ′ ) 1-M_n^{\prime\prime} \le(1-M_n)+(1-M_n^{\prime}) 1 − M n ′′ ≤ ( 1 − M n ) + ( 1 − M n ′ ) . Statement (b) holds for M n M_n M n and for M n ′ M_n^{\prime} M n ′ , and this implies that E J ( 1 − M n ′ ′ ) → 0 \mathbb{E}_{J}(1-M_n^{\prime\prime}) \to0 E J ( 1 − M n ′′ ) → 0 . By the definition of the joint law, E J M n ′ ′ \mathbb{E}_{J}M_n^{\prime\prime} E J M n ′′ is the joint probability that X 0 X_0 X 0 satisfies both inequalities, and the equivalence of (b) and (c) for M n ′ ′ M_n^{\prime\prime} M n ′′ yields the second assertion.
The complementary events satisfy the same equivalences. For deterministic t n t_n t n and a fixed a a a , the probability P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , t n ) ≤ a } \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\{d^{J}(X_0,t_n) \le a\} P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , t n ) ≤ a } tends to one if and only if P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , t n ) > a } \mathbb{P}_{J,X_0\sim\pi^J}\{d^{J}(X_0,t_n) > a\} P J , X 0 ∼ π J { d J ( X 0 , t n ) > a } tends to zero. By (38) , this is equivalent to E J M n → 0 \mathbb{E}_{J}M_n \to0 E J M n → 0 , and hence to M n → 0 M_n \to0 M n → 0 in probability, since 0 ≤ M n ≤ 1 0 \le M_n \le1 0 ≤ M n ≤ 1 . Equivalently, the Gibbs mass of { x : d J ( x , t n ) ≤ a } \{x : d^{J}(x,t_n) \le a\} { x : d J ( x , t n ) ≤ a } tends to one in probability over the disorder. This is the form used in Theorem 1.3 . The same statements hold in discrete time.
By Lemma 3.4 , each of the two conclusions of Theorem 1.1 is equivalent to the convergence to one, in probability over the disorder, of the Gibbs mass of the initial states that satisfy it, and the two conclusions also hold simultaneously. We use the lemma for each fixed threshold; it gives no uniformity in the threshold and no almost sure statement in the disorder.
Asymptotic conventions
The definitions above hold for every β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 . From now on, unless stated otherwise, β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 is fixed before n → ∞ n \to\infty n → ∞ , and all limits are taken as n → ∞ n \to\infty n → ∞ . We use the following conventions.
Eventual statements. A statement holds for all sufficiently large n n n , or eventually , if there exists n 0 n_0 n 0 such that it holds for all n ≥ n 0 n \ge n_0 n ≥ n 0 . The threshold n 0 n_0 n 0 may depend on β \beta β and on the fixed parameters named in the statement, such as an accuracy parameter η \eta η or ε \varepsilon ε or a threshold τ \tau τ . It never depends on the disorder, on a configuration, or on a time.
Constants. We write c c c , C C C , c β c_\beta c β , C β C_\beta C β , … \ldots … for positive finite constants. They depend only on β \beta β and on fixed parameters that are listed explicitly, and never on n n n , on the disorder, or on configurations. Within a proof, the value of an unnamed constant may change from line to line. Named constants, such as the coefficient A β A_\beta A β of Theorem 1.1 , keep their meaning throughout. When several parameters are chosen, we say in which order they are fixed. A statement made “for every fixed τ \tau τ ” asserts nothing uniform in τ \tau τ .
Power exponents. For a positive sequence ( a n ) (a_n) ( a n ) and r ∈ R r \in\mathbb{R} r ∈ R , we write a n = n r + o ( 1 ) a_n = n^{r+o(1)} a n = n r + o ( 1 ) if, for every fixed η > 0 \eta> 0 η > 0 , we have n r − η ≤ a n ≤ n r + η n^{r-\eta} \le a_n \le n^{r+\eta} n r − η ≤ a n ≤ n r + η for all sufficiently large n n n , with a threshold that may depend on η \eta η . For example, Var ( F n ) = n 1 / 3 + o ( 1 ) \operatorname{Var}(F_n) = n^{1/3+o(1)} Var ( F n ) = n 1/3 + o ( 1 ) means that for every fixed η > 0 \eta> 0 η > 0 , eventually n 1 / 3 − η ≤ Var ( F n ) ≤ n 1 / 3 + η n^{1/3-\eta} \le\operatorname{Var}(F_n) \le n^{1/3+\eta} n 1/3 − η ≤ Var ( F n ) ≤ n 1/3 + η . For nonnegative random variables U n U_n U n , we write U n = n r + o P ( 1 ) U_n = n^{r+o_{\mathrm P}(1)} U n = n r + o P ( 1 ) if P { n r − η ≤ U n ≤ n r + η } → 1 \mathbb{P}\{n^{r-\eta} \le U_n \le n^{r+\eta}\} \to1 P { n r − η ≤ U n ≤ n r + η } → 1 for every fixed η > 0 \eta> 0 η > 0 . The notation ∣ F n − E F n ∣ = n 1 / 6 + o P ( 1 ) |F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n| = n^{1/6+o_{\mathrm P}(1)} ∣ F n − E F n ∣ = n 1/6 + o P ( 1 ) means
P { n 1 / 6 − η ≤ ∣ F n − E F n ∣ ≤ n 1 / 6 + η } ⟶ 1 for every fixed η > 0. (39) \mathbb{P}\{n^{1/6-\eta} \le|F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n| \le n^{1/6+\eta}\} \longrightarrow1 \quad\text{for every fixed } \eta>0. \tag*{(39)} P { n 1/6 − η ≤ ∣ F n − E F n ∣ ≤ n 1/6 + η } ⟶ 1 for every fixed η > 0. (39)
This is a statement about the typical size of F n − E F n F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n F n − E F n . It does not follow from Var ( F n ) = n 1 / 3 + o ( 1 ) \operatorname{Var}(F_n)=n^{1/3+o(1)} Var ( F n ) = n 1/3 + o ( 1 ) , since a variance estimate does not exclude that ∣ F n − E F n ∣ |F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n| ∣ F n − E F n ∣ is much smaller than n 1 / 6 n^{1/6} n 1/6 with probability bounded away from zero.
Normalizations in the cited works
The works from which we import results use several normalizations. Three operations relate them to ours, and they act differently.
(i) Replacing the counting measure on Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n by the uniform probability measure replaces Z n Z_n Z n by 2 − n Z n 2^{-n}Z_n 2 − n Z n , F n F_n F n by F n − n log 2 F_n-n\log2 F n − n log 2 , and p n ( β ) p_n(\beta) p n ( β ) and P β P_\beta P β by p n ( β ) − log 2 p_n(\beta)-\log2 p n ( β ) − log 2 and P β − log 2 P_\beta-\log2 P β − log 2 . This is a deterministic shift. It changes neither Gibbs measures, nor variances, nor the centered variable F n − E F n F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n F n − E F n , nor the mean bias Δ n , β \Delta_{n,\beta} Δ n , β .
(ii) Completing the Hamiltonian as in § 5.1.2 adds the random variable β G \beta G β G to F n F_n F n . By Lemma 3.1, it changes neither Gibbs measures nor expected logarithms, but it adds β 2 / 2 \beta^2/2 β 2 /2 to the variance, adds β 2 t 2 / 4 \beta^2t^2/4 β 2 t 2 /4 to the logarithm of the Laplace transform of the centered variable, and multiplies the s s s th moment of an ℓ \ell ℓ -replica partition function by e β 2 ℓ 2 s 2 / 4 e^{\beta^2\ell^2s^2/4} e β 2 ℓ 2 s 2 /4 .
(iii) The energy normalization of [8, Section 7.1] divides log partition functions and the Parisi functional by β \beta β and multiplies the cumulative profile by β \beta β . It also rescales the spatial variable of the Parisi equation, which changes spatial derivatives of the Parisi solution by powers of β \beta β .
Table 3.1 lists the conventions of the works cited most often. In it, Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α and P β P_\beta P β are the solution of the Parisi equation and the Parisi functional of § 5.2 , with terminal value Φ α ( 1 , z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) \Phi_\alpha(1,z)=\log(2\cosh z) Φ α ( 1 , z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) .
Table 3.1. Normalizations of the works cited most often, compared with (3.1) and (3.5). In the second and third columns, the symbol of the cited work appears on the left of each identity. In [6, 8, 77], P β P_\beta P β is defined as the infimum of P β \mathcal{P}_\beta P β ; it equals our P β P_\beta P β by Theorem 4.4 .
OpenAI’s upper-bound paper uses the same normalization [85, Section 2]. Its completion matrix W ( G ) W(G) W ( G ) is the matrix W W W of § 5.1.2 ; its H ^ G \widehat{H}_G H G , F ( G ) F(G) F ( G ) , and π G \pi_G π G are our H n c H_n^c H n c , F n c F_n^c F n c , and π Γ \pi^\Gamma π Γ , respectively. The diagonal contributes only the common Gaussian variable G G G of (27) , so the heat-bath kernels also agree by (3.8). The primitive matrix representation used in Part IV is given in Section 13.1.
We record the consequences for the results of this paper. The barrier preprint [77] uses our normalization, and its results apply without translation. The fluctuation preprint
[81] places β \beta β inside the Hamiltonian and uses the uniform prior. Since F ~ n − E F ~ n = F n − E F n \widetilde{F}_n-\mathbb{E}\widetilde{F}_n=F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n F n − E F n = F n − E F n in the notation of Table 3.1 , its fluctuation theorem has the same meaning in our normalization, and its logarithmic-moment bounds concern the variable F n c − E F n c F_n^c-\mathbb{E}F_n^c F n c − E F n c , whose Laplace transform is related to that of F n − E F n F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n F n − E F n by (28) . The works [6, 8] use our normalization of the model. The variance–bias inequality of [8, Remark 7.14, (7.68)] and the deduction in [6, Section 1.6] are stated directly for Var F n \operatorname{Var} F_n Var F n and Δ n , β \Delta_{n,\beta} Δ n , β . The additive term β 2 / 2 \beta^2/2 β 2 /2 that appears there is the variance of β G \beta G β G from part (c) of Lemma 3.1 , not the effect of a change of prior. Neither the completion nor the choice of prior changes any exponent in Theorem 1.6 or Corollary 1.7 .
Gaussian hierarchies and imported results
This section fixes the scalar and matrix objects used in Parts II and III, and it states, once, the results from the literature on which the proof of Theorem 1.1 relies. In § 5.2.1 we define the Gaussian integration step and record its elementary properties. In § 5.2.2 we define the Parisi functional, the scalar diffusion and the response Γ \Gamma Γ , and we state the Parisi formula, the uniqueness of its minimizer, the scalar estimates and stationarity identities of OpenAI’s barrier preprint [77], and the fact that the support of the Parisi measure is an interval. Together these imply that Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t)=t Γ ( t ) = t on [ 0 , q β ] [0,q_{\beta}] [ 0 , q β ] (Corollary 4.8 ). § 5.2.3 states the finite-size estimates of [6, 8]. In § 5.2.4 we define Gaussian hierarchies, their trial values and the constrained partition functions, we prove the block factorization of the unperturbed three-replica path (Lemma 4.20), and we state the matrix comparison and two Gaussian tools of [77]. § 5.2.5 states the two- and three-replica pressure bounds of [77], and § 5.2.6 its energy and rotation estimates and its bound on the masses of overlap neighborhoods.
We use the scalar objects from Section 5 on. The hierarchies and the matrix comparison enter Sections 6 to § 6.8 , the finite-size estimates enter Sections 8 to 10 and 12, and the bounds on the masses of overlap neighborhoods enter Section 10. We prove Lemmas 4.2 and 4.20 and Corollary 4.8 and the elementary facts recorded in the remarks. Every theorem and proposition of this section is quoted, without proof, from the source named in its heading, or is a consequence of a proof given there; in the latter case we say so and explain how it is obtained (Proposition 4.25 ). A note after each result lists the sections in which it is used.
Imported results and their normalization. Apart from standard tools of probability, such as Gaussian integration by parts [107, Section A.4, (A.17)], Itô’s formula [64, Theorem 3.3.6], Gronwall’s inequality [107, Section A.13], and the inequalities of Markov and Chebyshev (apply [107, (A.7)] to a nonnegative variable and to a squared centered variable, respectively), the results stated in this section with a citation are the only mathematical inputs from the literature in the proof of Theorem 1.1 . The inputs used only in Part V are stated in Sections 20 and 21. The inputs to Part IV are listed in Section 13.4. The barrier preprint [77] uses our normalization (Table 3.1 ), and it defines constrained pressures as n − 1 E log n^{-1}\mathbb{E}\log n − 1 E log of unnormalized constrained sums. Every statement of [77] quoted below holds after the changes of letters listed in Table 4.1 , apart from the explicitly described consequences of proofs in Proposition 4.25. For each of the other sources, we state, where it is quoted, only the change of normalization that the quoted result needs; Section 3.6 compares all of them with ours.
Table 4.1. Notation of [77] and of this paper.
Conventions. Throughout, we fix β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 . Every statement that involves the Parisi measure μ β \mu_\beta μ β , its support [ 0 , q β ] [0,q_\beta] [ 0 , q β ] , or the response Γ \Gamma Γ of the minimizer assumes β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 . Constants C , c C,c C , c and thresholds n 0 n_0 n 0 depend only on β \beta β and on the parameters named in the statement where they appear.
Gaussian integration steps
In this section, ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 is an integer. We write vectors of R ℓ \mathbb{R}^{\ell} R ℓ in bold, z ⋅ y \boldsymbol{z}\cdot\boldsymbol{y} z ⋅ y and ∣ z ∣ |\boldsymbol{z}| ∣ z ∣ for the Euclidean inner product and norm, and g \boldsymbol{g} g for a standard Gaussian vector in R ℓ \mathbb{R}^{\ell} R ℓ . The notation Σ ⪰ 0 \Sigma\succeq0 Σ ⪰ 0 means that the symmetric ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrix Σ \Sigma Σ is positive semidefinite, and Σ 1 / 2 \Sigma^{1/2} Σ 1/2 denotes its positive semidefinite square root. A function f : R ℓ → R f:\mathbb{R}^{\ell}\to\mathbb{R} f : R ℓ → R has linear growth if it is measurable and there exists C < ∞ C<\infty C < ∞ such that ∣ f ( z ) ∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ z ∣ ) |f(\boldsymbol{z})|\le C(1+|\boldsymbol{z}|) ∣ f ( z ) ∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ z ∣ ) for all z \boldsymbol{z} z .
Definition 4.1 (Gaussian integration step). Let m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] m\in[0,1] m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , let Σ ⪰ 0 \Sigma\succeq0 Σ ⪰ 0 be an ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrix, and let f f f have linear growth. The Gaussian integration step at mass m m m with covariance Σ \Sigma Σ is
T m , Σ f ( z ) = { m − 1 log E exp ( m f ( z + Σ 1 / 2 g ) ) , m > 0 , E f ( z + Σ 1 / 2 g ) , m = 0. (40) T_{m,\Sigma}f(\boldsymbol{z})=
\begin{cases}
m^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}\exp\left(mf\left(\boldsymbol{z}+\Sigma^{1/2}\boldsymbol{g}\right)\right), & m>0,\\
\mathbb{E}f\left(\boldsymbol{z}+\Sigma^{1/2}\boldsymbol{g}\right), & m=0.
\end{cases} \tag*{(40)} T m , Σ f ( z ) = { m − 1 log E exp ( m f ( z + Σ 1/2 g ) ) , E f ( z + Σ 1/2 g ) , m > 0 , m = 0. (40)
The tilted Gaussian kernel is the probability kernel
K m , Σ , f ( z , d y ) = exp { m [ f ( y ) − T m , Σ f ( z ) ] } N ( z , Σ ) ( d y ) , (41) \mathcal{K}_{m,\Sigma,f}(z,\mathrm{d}y)=\exp\left\{m\left[f(y)-T_{m,\Sigma}f(z)\right]\right\}N(z,\Sigma)(\mathrm{d}y), \tag*{(41)} K m , Σ , f ( z , d y ) = exp { m [ f ( y ) − T m , Σ f ( z ) ] } N ( z , Σ ) ( d y ) , (41)
where N ( z , Σ ) N(z,\Sigma) N ( z , Σ ) is the law of z + Σ 1 / 2 g z+\Sigma^{1/2}g z + Σ 1/2 g . For m = 0 m=0 m = 0 the exponential factor equals one.
Note that T m , Σ f T_{m,\Sigma}f T m , Σ f is the normalization that makes K m , Σ , f ( z , ⋅ ) \mathcal{K}_{m,\Sigma,f}(z,\cdot) K m , Σ , f ( z , ⋅ ) a probability measure. A singular Σ \Sigma Σ is allowed. In that case, N ( z , Σ ) N(z,\Sigma) N ( z , Σ ) is carried by z + range Σ z+\operatorname{range}\Sigma z + range Σ , and no inverse of Σ \Sigma Σ is used. A rank-one covariance Σ = v v T \Sigma=\mathbf{v}\mathbf{v}^{\mathsf{T}} Σ = v v T integrates a single Gaussian variable in the direction v \mathbf{v} v , and T m , 0 f = f T_{m,0}f=f T m , 0 f = f .
Lemma 4.2 (Elementary properties of the integration step). Let m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] m\in[0,1] m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , let Σ , Σ ′ ⪰ 0 \Sigma,\Sigma'\succeq0 Σ , Σ ′ ⪰ 0 be ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrices, and let f , f ′ f,f' f , f ′ have linear growth.
(a) The function T m , Σ f T_{m,\Sigma}f T m , Σ f has linear growth. If f ≤ f ′ f\leq f' f ≤ f ′ , then T m , Σ f ≤ T m , Σ f ′ T_{m,\Sigma}f\leq T_{m,\Sigma}f' T m , Σ f ≤ T m , Σ f ′ , and T m , Σ ( f + c ) = T m , Σ f + c T_{m,\Sigma}(f+c)=T_{m,\Sigma}f+c T m , Σ ( f + c ) = T m , Σ f + c for every c ∈ R c\in\mathbb{R} c ∈ R .
(b) T m , Σ T m , Σ ′ f = T m , Σ + Σ ′ f T_{m,\Sigma}T_{m,\Sigma'}f=T_{m,\Sigma+\Sigma'}f T m , Σ T m , Σ ′ f = T m , Σ + Σ ′ f .
(c) Let ℓ = ℓ 1 + ℓ 2 \ell=\ell_1+\ell_2 ℓ = ℓ 1 + ℓ 2 , write z = ( z 1 , z 2 ) \mathbf{z}=(\mathbf{z}_1,\mathbf{z}_2) z = ( z 1 , z 2 ) accordingly, and suppose that f ( z ) = f 1 ( z 1 ) + f 2 ( z 2 ) f(\mathbf{z})=f_1(\mathbf{z}_1)+f_2(\mathbf{z}_2) f ( z ) = f 1 ( z 1 ) + f 2 ( z 2 ) , with f 1 , f 2 f_1,f_2 f 1 , f 2 of linear growth, and that Σ \Sigma Σ is block diagonal with blocks Σ 1 , Σ 2 \Sigma_1,\Sigma_2 Σ 1 , Σ 2 . Then T m , Σ f ( z ) = T m , Σ 1 f 1 ( z 1 ) + T m , Σ 2 f 2 ( z 2 ) T_{m,\Sigma}f(\mathbf{z})=T_{m,\Sigma_1}f_1(\mathbf{z}_1)+T_{m,\Sigma_2}f_2(\mathbf{z}_2) T m , Σ f ( z ) = T m , Σ 1 f 1 ( z 1 ) + T m , Σ 2 f 2 ( z 2 ) .
(d) For every integer k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 , we have T m / k , Σ ( k f ) = k T m , Σ f T_{m/k,\Sigma}(kf)=kT_{m,\Sigma}f T m / k , Σ ( k f ) = k T m , Σ f .
(e) The value T m , Σ f ( z ) T_{m,\Sigma}f(\mathbf{z}) T m , Σ f ( z ) depends only on the restriction of f f f to z + range Σ \mathbf{z}+\operatorname{range}\Sigma z + range Σ .
Proof. For (a), suppose that ∣ f ( z ) ∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ z ∣ ) \lvert f(\mathbf{z})\rvert\leq C(1+\lvert\mathbf{z}\rvert) ∣ f ( z )∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ z ∣) , and set M = C ∥ Σ 1 / 2 ∥ ∣ g ∣ M=C\lVert\Sigma^{1/2}\rVert\lvert g\rvert M = C ∥ Σ 1/2 ∥ ∣ g ∣ , where ∥ ⋅ ∥ \lVert\cdot\rVert ∥ ⋅ ∥ is the operator norm. Then ∣ f ( z + Σ 1 / 2 g ) ∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ z ∣ ) + M \lvert f(\mathbf{z}+\Sigma^{1/2}g)\rvert\leq C(1+\lvert\mathbf{z}\rvert)+M ∣ f ( z + Σ 1/2 g )∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ z ∣) + M . For m > 0 m>0 m > 0 , by Jensen’s inequality we have T m , Σ f ( z ) ≥ E f ( z + Σ 1 / 2 g ) ≥ − C ( 1 + ∣ z ∣ ) − E M T_{m,\Sigma}f(\mathbf{z})\geq\mathbb{E}f(\mathbf{z}+\Sigma^{1/2}g)\geq-C(1+\lvert\mathbf{z}\rvert)-\mathbb{E}M T m , Σ f ( z ) ≥ E f ( z + Σ 1/2 g ) ≥ − C ( 1 + ∣ z ∣) − E M . By Hölder’s inequality, the map m ↦ m − 1 log E e m M m\mapsto m^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}e^{mM} m ↦ m − 1 log E e m M is nondecreasing on ( 0 , 1 ] (0,1] ( 0 , 1 ] , which implies that T m , Σ f ( z ) ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ z ∣ ) + log E e M T_{m,\Sigma}f(\mathbf{z})\leq C(1+\lvert\mathbf{z}\rvert)+\log\mathbb{E}e^M T m , Σ f ( z ) ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ z ∣) + log E e M . The case m = 0 m=0 m = 0 is the same with expectations, and the monotonicity and the translation identity are immediate from (4.1).
For (b) with m > 0 m>0 m > 0 , we have exp ( m T m , Σ ′ f ( y ) ) = E exp ( m f ( y + Σ ′ 1 / 2 g ′ ) ) \exp(mT_{m,\Sigma'}f(\mathbf{y}))=\mathbb{E}\exp(mf(\mathbf{y}+\Sigma'^{1/2}g')) exp ( m T m , Σ ′ f ( y )) = E exp ( m f ( y + Σ ′ 1/2 g ′ )) for an independent standard Gaussian vector g ′ g' g ′ . Applying T m , Σ T_{m,\Sigma} T m , Σ , we find
exp ( m T m , Σ T m , Σ ′ f ( z ) ) = E exp ( m f ( z + Σ 1 / 2 g + Σ ′ 1 / 2 g ′ ) ) , \exp\left(mT_{m,\Sigma}T_{m,\Sigma'}f(\mathbf{z})\right)=\mathbb{E}\exp\left(mf\left(\mathbf{z}+\Sigma^{1/2}g+\Sigma'^{1/2}g'\right)\right), exp ( m T m , Σ T m , Σ ′ f ( z ) ) = E exp ( m f ( z + Σ 1/2 g + Σ ′ 1/2 g ′ ) ) ,
and Σ 1 / 2 g + Σ ′ 1 / 2 g ′ \Sigma^{1/2}g+\Sigma'^{1/2}g' Σ 1/2 g + Σ ′ 1/2 g ′ is centered Gaussian with covariance Σ + Σ ′ \Sigma+\Sigma' Σ + Σ ′ . The case m = 0 m=0 m = 0 is the same computation without exponentials. For (c), if Σ \Sigma Σ is block diagonal, then the two blocks of Σ 1 / 2 g \Sigma^{1/2}g Σ 1/2 g are independent, and the expectation of e m f 1 e m f 2 e^{mf_1}e^{mf_2} e m f 1 e m f 2 factorizes (for m = 0 m=0 m = 0 , the expectation of f 1 + f 2 f_1+f_2 f 1 + f 2 splits). Part (d) follows from (4.1), since ( k / m ) log E e ( m / k ) k f = k m − 1 log E e m f (k/m)\log\mathbb{E}e^{(m/k)kf}=km^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}e^{mf} ( k / m ) log E e ( m / k ) k f = k m − 1 log E e m f for m > 0 m>0 m > 0 . Part (e) holds because z + Σ 1 / 2 g ∈ z + range Σ \mathbf{z}+\Sigma^{1/2}g\in\mathbf{z}+\operatorname{range}\Sigma z + Σ 1/2 g ∈ z + range Σ almost surely.
Used in: Lemma 4.20 below, and Sections 6 to 8, in the computations with Gaussian hierarchies.
The Parisi functional and the scalar diffusion
A distribution function is a right-continuous nondecreasing function α : [ 0 , 1 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] \alpha:[0,1]\to[0,1] α : [ 0 , 1 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] such that α ( 1 ) = 1 \alpha(1)=1 α ( 1 ) = 1 . Equivalently, α ( t ) = μ ( [ 0 , t ] ) \alpha(t)=\mu([0,t]) α ( t ) = μ ([ 0 , t ]) for a probability measure μ \mu μ on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] . We pass freely between α \alpha α and μ \mu μ . We say that α \alpha α is a step distribution function if there exist 0 = t 0 < t 1 < ⋯ < t p = 1 0=t_0<t_1<\cdots<t_p=1 0 = t 0 < t 1 < ⋯ < t p = 1 such that α \alpha α is constant on each interval [ t i − 1 , t i ) [t_{i-1},t_i) [ t i − 1 , t i ) . We call such points breakpoints of α \alpha α , and m i = α ( t i − 1 ) m_i=\alpha(t_{i-1}) m i = α ( t i − 1 ) denotes the value of α \alpha α on [ t i − 1 , t i ) [t_{i-1},t_i) [ t i − 1 , t i ) .
For a step distribution function α \alpha α , we define Φ α : [ 0 , 1 ] × R → R \Phi_\alpha:[0,1]\times\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R} Φ α : [ 0 , 1 ] × R → R by Φ α ( 1 , z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) \Phi_\alpha(1,z)=\log(2\cosh z) Φ α ( 1 , z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) and, for i = p , p − 1 , … , 1 i=p,p-1,\ldots,1 i = p , p − 1 , … , 1 and t i − 1 ≤ t < t i t_{i-1}\le t<t_i t i − 1 ≤ t < t i ,
Φ α ( t , ⋅ ) = T m i , β 2 ( t i − t ) Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) . (42) \Phi_\alpha(t,\cdot)=T_{m_i,\beta^2(t_i-t)}\Phi_\alpha(t_i,\cdot). \tag*{(42)} Φ α ( t , ⋅ ) = T m i , β 2 ( t i − t ) Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) . (42)
with the scalar integration step of Definition 4.1 (ℓ = 1 \ell=1 ℓ = 1 ). On each interval ( t i − 1 , t i ) (t_{i-1},t_i) ( t i − 1 , t i ) , the function e m i Φ α e^{m_i\Phi_\alpha} e m i Φ α (or Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α itself, if m i = 0 m_i=0 m i = 0 ) solves the backward heat equation − ∂ t ψ = ( β 2 / 2 ) ∂ z z ψ -\partial_t\psi=(\beta^2/2)\partial_{zz}\psi − ∂ t ψ = ( β 2 /2 ) ∂ z z ψ . It follows that Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α is smooth there and solves the Parisi equation
− ∂ t Φ α ( t , z ) = β 2 2 ( ∂ z z Φ α ( t , z ) + α ( t ) ( ∂ z Φ α ( t , z ) ) 2 ) , Φ α ( 1 , z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) . (43) -\partial_t\Phi_\alpha(t,z)=\frac{\beta^2}{2}\left(\partial_{zz}\Phi_\alpha(t,z)+\alpha(t)\left(\partial_z\Phi_\alpha(t,z)\right)^2\right),\qquad\Phi_\alpha(1,z)=\log(2\cosh z). \tag*{(43)} − ∂ t Φ α ( t , z ) = 2 β 2 ( ∂ z z Φ α ( t , z ) + α ( t ) ( ∂ z Φ α ( t , z ) ) 2 ) , Φ α ( 1 , z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) . (43)
For a general distribution function α \alpha α , we define Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α as the uniform limit of Φ α k \Phi_{\alpha_k} Φ α k along any sequence of step distribution functions α k \alpha_k α k such that ∫ 0 1 ∣ α k − α ∣ d t → 0 \int_0^1|\alpha_k-\alpha|\,dt\to0 ∫ 0 1 ∣ α k − α ∣ d t → 0 . By Proposition 4.3 below, the limit exists and does not depend on the sequence, and (4.4) holds in time-integrated form, with the time derivative existing for almost every t t t . The Parisi functional is
P β ( α ) = Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) − β 2 2 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t . (44) \mathcal{P}_\beta(\alpha)=\Phi_\alpha(0,0)-\frac{\beta^2}{2}\int_0^1t\alpha(t)\,dt. \tag*{(44)} P β ( α ) = Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) − 2 β 2 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t . (44)
We write u α = ∂ z Φ α u_\alpha=\partial_z\Phi_\alpha u α = ∂ z Φ α and χ α = ∂ z z Φ α \chi_\alpha=\partial_{zz}\Phi_\alpha χ α = ∂ z z Φ α , and we define the scalar diffusion and the response by
d Y t = β d B t + β 2 α ( t ) u α ( t , Y t ) d t , Y 0 = 0 , Γ α ( t ) = E u α ( t , Y t ) 2 , (45) dY_t=\beta\,dB_t+\beta^2\alpha(t)u_\alpha(t,Y_t)\,dt,\qquad Y_0=0,\qquad\Gamma_\alpha(t)=\mathbb{E}u_\alpha(t,Y_t)^2, \tag*{(45)} d Y t = β d B t + β 2 α ( t ) u α ( t , Y t ) d t , Y 0 = 0 , Γ α ( t ) = E u α ( t , Y t ) 2 , (45)
where B B B is a standard Brownian motion. These are the scalar conventions of [77, Section 3], where the diffusion is denoted X X X .
Proposition 4.3 (Regularity, stability, and scalar evolution [77, Lemma 3.1]). Let β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 . There exists C β < ∞ C_\beta<\infty C β < ∞ such that the following holds for all distribution functions α \alpha α and α ~ \widetilde{\alpha} α .
(i) The limit defining Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α exists and does not depend on the approximating sequence. The functions Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α , u α u_\alpha u α and χ α \chi_\alpha χ α are continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] × R [0,1]\times\mathbb{R} [ 0 , 1 ] × R , Φ α ( t , ⋅ ) \Phi_\alpha(t,\cdot) Φ α ( t , ⋅ ) is even, and
∣ u α ∣ ≤ 1 , 0 < χ α ≤ 1 , ∣ χ α ( t , z ) − χ α ( t , z ′ ) ∣ ≤ C β ∣ z − z ′ ∣ . |u_\alpha|\le1,\qquad0<\chi_\alpha\le1,\qquad|\chi_\alpha(t,z)-\chi_\alpha(t,z')|\le C_\beta|z-z'|. ∣ u α ∣ ≤ 1 , 0 < χ α ≤ 1 , ∣ χ α ( t , z ) − χ α ( t , z ′ ) ∣ ≤ C β ∣ z − z ′ ∣. (ii) We have
sup t , z ( ∣ Φ α − Φ α ~ ∣ + ∣ u α − u α ~ ∣ + ∣ χ α − χ α ~ ∣ ) ≤ C β ∫ 0 1 ∣ α ( t ) − α ~ ( t ) ∣ d t . \sup_{t,z}\left(|\Phi_\alpha-\Phi_{\widetilde{\alpha}}|+|u_\alpha-u_{\widetilde{\alpha}}|+|\chi_\alpha-\chi_{\widetilde{\alpha}}|\right)\le C_\beta\int_0^1|\alpha(t)-\widetilde{\alpha}(t)|\,dt. t , z sup ( ∣ Φ α − Φ α ∣ + ∣ u α − u α ∣ + ∣ χ α − χ α ∣ ) ≤ C β ∫ 0 1 ∣ α ( t ) − α ( t ) ∣ d t .
(iii) The equation (4.6) has a unique strong solution. If α \alpha α is a step distribution function with breakpoints t 0 < ⋯ < t p t_0 < \cdots< t_p t 0 < ⋯ < t p , then ( Y t i ) 0 ≤ i ≤ p (Y_{t_i})_{0 \le i \le p} ( Y t i ) 0 ≤ i ≤ p is a Markov chain whose transition from t i − 1 t_{i-1} t i − 1 to t i t_i t i is the tilted Gaussian kernel K m i , β 2 ( t i − t i − 1 ) , Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) \mathcal{K}_{m_{i},\beta^2(t_i-t_{i-1}),\Phi_\alpha(t_i,\cdot)} K m i , β 2 ( t i − t i − 1 ) , Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) .
(iv) For 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ 1 0 \le s \le t \le1 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ 1 ,
u α ( t , Y t ) − u α ( s , Y s ) = β ∫ s t χ α ( r , Y r ) d B r , u_\alpha(t,Y_t)-u_\alpha(s,Y_s)=\beta\int_s^t\chi_\alpha(r,Y_r)\,\mathrm{d}B_r, u α ( t , Y t ) − u α ( s , Y s ) = β ∫ s t χ α ( r , Y r ) d B r ,
E [ χ α ( t , Y t ) ∣ Y s ] = χ α ( s , Y s ) − β 2 ∫ s t α ( r ) E [ χ α ( r , Y r ) 2 ∣ Y s ] d r . \mathbb{E}\left[\chi_\alpha(t,Y_t)\mid Y_s\right]=\chi_\alpha(s,Y_s)-\beta^2\int_s^t\alpha(r)\mathbb{E}\left[\chi_\alpha(r,Y_r)^2\mid Y_s\right]\,\mathrm{d}r. E [ χ α ( t , Y t ) ∣ Y s ] = χ α ( s , Y s ) − β 2 ∫ s t α ( r ) E [ χ α ( r , Y r ) 2 ∣ Y s ] d r .
Moreover, Γ α \Gamma_\alpha Γ α is continuously differentiable on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , with one-sided derivatives at the endpoints, and Γ α ( 0 ) = 0 \Gamma_\alpha(0)=0 Γ α ( 0 ) = 0 , Γ α ′ ( t ) = β 2 E χ α ( t , Y t ) 2 \Gamma_\alpha'(t)=\beta^2\mathbb{E}\chi_\alpha(t,Y_t)^2 Γ α ′ ( t ) = β 2 E χ α ( t , Y t ) 2 .
(v) Let 0 ≤ a ≤ 1 0 \le a \le1 0 ≤ a ≤ 1 and z ∈ R z \in\mathbb{R} z ∈ R , and let Y a , z Y^{a,z} Y a , z solve d Y t a , z = β d B t + β 2 α ( t ) u α ( t , Y t a , z ) d t \mathrm{d}Y_t^{a,z}=\beta\,\mathrm{d}B_t+\beta^2\alpha(t)u_\alpha(t,Y_t^{a,z})\,\mathrm{d}t d Y t a , z = β d B t + β 2 α ( t ) u α ( t , Y t a , z ) d t for a ≤ t ≤ 1 a \le t \le1 a ≤ t ≤ 1 , with Y a a , z = z Y_a^{a,z}=z Y a a , z = z . This equation has a unique strong solution, and the two identities in (iv) hold for Y a , z Y^{a,z} Y a , z and a ≤ s ≤ t ≤ 1 a \le s \le t \le1 a ≤ s ≤ t ≤ 1 . If α \alpha α is a step distribution function, then the transition of Y a , z Y^{a,z} Y a , z across each interval of constancy of α \alpha α after a a a , with a a a added to the breakpoints, is the tilted Gaussian kernel of (iii). The function Γ α a , z ( t ) = E u α ( t , Y t a , z ) 2 \Gamma_\alpha^{a,z}(t)=\mathbb{E}u_\alpha(t,Y_t^{a,z})^2 Γ α a , z ( t ) = E u α ( t , Y t a , z ) 2 is continuously differentiable on [ a , 1 ] [a,1] [ a , 1 ] , with Γ α a , z ( a ) = u α ( a , z ) 2 \Gamma_\alpha^{a,z}(a)=u_\alpha(a,z)^2 Γ α a , z ( a ) = u α ( a , z ) 2 and ( Γ α a , z ) ′ ( t ) = β 2 E χ α ( t , Y t a , z ) 2 (\Gamma_\alpha^{a,z})'(t)=\beta^2\mathbb{E}\chi_\alpha(t,Y_t^{a,z})^2 ( Γ α a , z ) ′ ( t ) = β 2 E χ α ( t , Y t a , z ) 2 .
We note that, in [77], part (i) collects (3.2) and the evenness of Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α (so u α ( t , 0 ) = 0 u_\alpha(t,0)=0 u α ( t , 0 ) = 0 ), part (ii) is (3.3), part (iii) is the statement about (3.4), and part (iv) contains (3.5), (3.7), and (3.8). Taking expectations in the second identity of (iv), we obtain the unconditional form [77, (3.6)]. The last sentence of [77, Lemma 3.1] extends the well-posedness and the identities (3.5)–(3.6) to a diffusion started at any deterministic time and position. In part (v), the conditional identity then follows from the Markov property. The statement about the transition kernels follows from the identification of the kernels on each interval of constant mass in the proof of [77, Lemma 3.1], which starts from an arbitrary position. The statement about Γ α a , z \Gamma_\alpha^{a,z} Γ α a , z follows from the martingale identity, Itô’s isometry, and the continuity of χ α \chi_\alpha χ α and Y a , z Y^{a,z} Y a , z . The initial value Γ α ( 0 ) = 0 \Gamma_\alpha(0)=0 Γ α ( 0 ) = 0 in (iv) uses the start Y 0 = 0 Y_0=0 Y 0 = 0 . The constant C β C_\beta C β does not depend on α \alpha α . The proof in [77] also bounds ∣ ∂ z 3 Φ α ∣ |\partial_z^3\Phi_\alpha| ∣ ∂ z 3 Φ α ∣ by 2 e 3 β 2 2e^{3\beta^2} 2 e 3 β 2 for step distribution functions, and it proves continuity in β \beta β . We prove bounds on all positive spatial derivatives, for every distribution function, in Section 5. For the step approximation and the spatial regularity of the Parisi evolution, [77] credits Auffinger and Chen [12, Propositions 1–2].
Used in: Section 5, for all scalar estimates, and Sections 6 to 9, for the stability under a change of the distribution function and for the passage from step approximations to the minimizer, and Part IV, for the scalar process and its stochastic identities.
Theorem 4.4 (Guerra’s bound and the Parisi formula [59, Theorem 3], [60, Theorems 1–2], [103, Theorem 1.1]). Let β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 . For every n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 and every distribution function α \alpha α , we have p n ( β ) ≤ P β ( α ) p_n(\beta) \le\mathcal{P}_\beta(\alpha) p n ( β ) ≤ P β ( α ) . The limit P β = lim n → ∞ p n ( β ) P_\beta=\lim_{n\to\infty}p_n(\beta) P β = lim n → ∞ p n ( β ) exists, and P β = inf α P β ( α ) P_\beta=\inf_\alpha\mathcal{P}_\beta(\alpha) P β = inf α P β ( α ) , where the infimum is over all distribution functions. In particular, Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) ≥ 0 \Delta_{n,\beta}=P_\beta-p_n(\beta)\ge0 Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) ≥ 0 for every n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 .
The bound p n ( β ) ≤ P β ( α ) p_n(\beta) \le\mathcal{P}_\beta(\alpha) p n ( β ) ≤ P β ( α ) is Guerra’s replica-symmetry-breaking bound [59, Theorem 3], whose proof first treats step distribution functions and extends to the full class by [59, Theorem 1]. In our normalization it is [77, (2.14)], where it is deduced from Proposition 4.19 below with ℓ = 1 \ell= 1 ℓ = 1 (see Lemma 4.20(a)) and extended to all α \alpha α by Proposition 4.3(ii). The existence of the limit was proved by Guerra and Toninelli [60, Theorems 1–2] by an interpolation that shows superadditivity. The identification of the limit is Talagrand’s Parisi formula [103, Theorem 1.1, (1.14)], applied at zero external field with counting measure and covariance function ξ ( q ) = β 2 q 2 / 2 \xi(q) = \beta^2q^2/2 ξ ( q ) = β 2 q 2 /2 .
Used in: Section 3, for the identification of P β \mathcal{P}_\beta P β with the infimum of P β \mathcal{P}_\beta P β , and Sections 7 to 9, where P β \mathcal{P}_\beta P β is the baseline of every pressure comparison, and Part IV, for the finite-volume pressure bound.
Theorem 4.5 (Uniqueness of the Parisi measure [13, Theorem 2 and Corollary 1]). Let β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 . The functional P β \mathcal{P}_\beta P β has exactly one minimizer among distribution functions.
A minimizer exists by an elementary compactness argument. The probability measures on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] form a weakly compact set, weak convergence implies L 1 L^1 L 1 convergence of the distribution functions, and P β \mathcal{P}_\beta P β is continuous in L 1 L^1 L 1 by Proposition 4.3(ii), as in [77, proof of Proposition 3.2]. The functional of Auffinger and Chen [13, (7)] is P ξ , h A C ( μ ) = Φ A C ( 0 , h ) \mathcal{P}^{\mathrm{AC}}_{\xi,h}(\mu) = \Phi^{\mathrm{AC}}(0,h) P ξ , h AC ( μ ) = Φ AC ( 0 , h ) , where Φ A C \Phi^{\mathrm{AC}} Φ AC solves the Parisi equation with coefficient ξ ′ ′ \xi^{\prime\prime} ξ ′′ and terminal value log cosh \log\cosh log cosh . For ξ ( q ) = β 2 q 2 / 2 \xi(q) = \beta^2q^2/2 ξ ( q ) = β 2 q 2 /2 and h = 0 h = 0 h = 0 , we have ξ ′ ′ = β 2 \xi^{\prime\prime} = \beta^2 ξ ′′ = β 2 , and Remark 4.9 gives
P β ( α ) = log 2 + P ξ , 0 A C ( μ ) − β 2 2 ∫ 0 1 t a ( t ) d t . \mathcal{P}_\beta(\alpha) = \log2 + \mathcal{P}^{\mathrm{AC}}_{\xi,0}(\mu) - \frac{\beta^2}{2}\int_0^1 ta(t)\,\mathrm{d}t. P β ( α ) = log 2 + P ξ , 0 AC ( μ ) − 2 β 2 ∫ 0 1 t a ( t ) d t .
which is their full variational objective [13, (8)]. They prove that P ξ , 0 A C \mathcal{P}^{\mathrm{AC}}_{\xi,0} P ξ , 0 AC is strictly convex [13, Theorem 2]. Subtracting the linear functional displayed above preserves strict convexity, and [13, Corollary 1] gives uniqueness of the minimizer. We denote the minimizer by α β \alpha_\beta α β and the corresponding probability measure, the Parisi measure , by μ β \mu_\beta μ β . By uniqueness, we may speak of the scalar data of the minimizer; the results of [77] quoted below are stated there for an arbitrary minimizer.
Used in: every section of Parts II to IV.
Standing notation. Let β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 . From now on we write α = α β \alpha= \alpha_\beta α = α β and μ = μ β \mu= \mu_\beta μ = μ β when no confusion can arise, and Φ \Phi Φ , u u u , χ \chi χ , Y Y Y , and Γ \Gamma Γ denote Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α , u α u_\alpha u α , χ α \chi_\alpha χ α , the diffusion (4.6) of α \alpha α , and Γ α \Gamma_\alpha Γ α . We also write w = ∂ z Φ w = \partial_z\Phi w = ∂ z Φ ; this derivative exists and is bounded by the estimates of Section 5. Some sections of Part II abbreviate b = β 2 b = \beta^2 b = β 2 . In this notation, (4.4) and (4.6) read
∂ t Φ = − b 2 ( ∂ z z Φ + α ( ∂ z Φ ) 2 ) , Φ ( 1 , z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) , d Y t = b α ( t ) u ( t , Y t ) d t + b d B t , Y 0 = 0. (46) \begin{aligned}
\partial_t\Phi&= -\frac{b}{2}\left(\partial_{zz}\Phi+\alpha(\partial_z\Phi)^2\right), \qquad\Phi(1,z) = \log(2\cosh z),\\
\mathrm{d}Y_t &= b\alpha(t)u(t,Y_t)\,\mathrm{d}t+\sqrt{b}\,\mathrm{d}B_t, \qquad Y_0 = 0. \tag*{(46)}
\end{aligned} ∂ t Φ d Y t = − 2 b ( ∂ z z Φ + α ( ∂ z Φ ) 2 ) , Φ ( 1 , z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) , = b α ( t ) u ( t , Y t ) d t + b d B t , Y 0 = 0. (46)
Proposition 4.6 (Support conditions and the mean of χ \chi χ [77, Proposition 3.2]). Let β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 , and let α \alpha α be a minimizer of P β \mathcal{P}_{\beta} P β , with probability measure μ \mu μ , diffusion Y Y Y and response Γ \Gamma Γ .
(i) We have 0 ∈ supp μ 0 \in\operatorname{supp}\mu 0 ∈ supp μ , and supp μ ⊂ [ 0 , 1 − ε 0 ] \operatorname{supp}\mu\subset[0,1-\varepsilon_0] supp μ ⊂ [ 0 , 1 − ε 0 ] for some ε 0 > 0 \varepsilon_0 > 0 ε 0 > 0 .
(ii) At every q ∈ supp μ ∩ ( 0 , 1 ) q \in\operatorname{supp}\mu\cap(0,1) q ∈ supp μ ∩ ( 0 , 1 ) , we have Γ ( q ) = q \Gamma(q) = q Γ ( q ) = q and Γ ′ ( q ) ≤ 1 \Gamma'(q) \le1 Γ ′ ( q ) ≤ 1 . Also Γ ( 0 ) = 0 \Gamma(0) = 0 Γ ( 0 ) = 0 and Γ ′ ( 0 ) ≤ 1 \Gamma'(0) \le1 Γ ′ ( 0 ) ≤ 1 .
(iii) For every s ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] s \in[0,1] s ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] ,
E [ χ ( s , Y s ) + α ( s ) u ( s , Y s ) 2 ] = s α ( s ) + ∫ s 1 α ( t ) d t , (47) \mathbb{E}\left[\chi(s,Y_s)+\alpha(s)u(s,Y_s)^2\right]
=s\alpha(s)+\int_s^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t, \tag*{(47)} E [ χ ( s , Y s ) + α ( s ) u ( s , Y s ) 2 ] = s α ( s ) + ∫ s 1 α ( t ) d t , (47)
or equivalently
E χ ( s , Y s ) = ∫ s 1 α ( t ) d t + α ( s ) ( s − Γ ( s ) ) . (48) \mathbb{E}\chi(s,Y_s)=\int_s^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t+\alpha(s)\left(s-\Gamma(s)\right). \tag*{(48)} E χ ( s , Y s ) = ∫ s 1 α ( t ) d t + α ( s ) ( s − Γ ( s ) ) . (48)
In particular, χ ( 0 , 0 ) = ∫ 0 1 α ( t ) d t \chi(0,0)=\int_0^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t χ ( 0 , 0 ) = ∫ 0 1 α ( t ) d t and β ∫ 0 1 α ( t ) d t ≤ 1 \beta\int_0^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t\le1 β ∫ 0 1 α ( t ) d t ≤ 1 . Moreover, α ( s ) > 0 \alpha(s)>0 α ( s ) > 0 for every s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] s\in(0,1] s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] .
In [77], the right side of (47) is written d ∗ ( s ) = 1 − ∫ ( s , 1 ] t μ ( d t ) d_*(s)=1-\int_{(s,1]}t\,\mu(\mathrm{d}t) d ∗ ( s ) = 1 − ∫ ( s , 1 ] t μ ( d t ) , which equals s α ( s ) + ∫ s 1 α ( t ) d t s\alpha(s)+\int_s^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t s α ( s ) + ∫ s 1 α ( t ) d t by Fubini’s theorem, and ∫ s 1 α ( t ) d t \int_s^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t ∫ s 1 α ( t ) d t is written A ( s ) A(s) A ( s ) . The identities (47) and (48) are [77, (3.14)–(3.15)], where they are called stationarity identities. They hold at every s s s , including atoms of μ \mu μ . In this paper, the name stationarity identities refers instead to the two identities (75) on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) described after Corollary 4.8 . The support conditions in (ii) come from the first variation [77, (3.9)]. As credited in [77, Section 3], the first-variation characterization appears in Chen [36, Theorem 2 and Proposition 1] and in Jagannath and Tobasco [63, Proposition 1.1 and Corollary 3.10]. Part (ii) does not describe the support of μ \mu μ ; for β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 , Theorem 4.7 describes it.
Used in: Corollary 4.8 , Section 5, and § 6.8 , where (48) bounds E χ ( q , Y q ) − ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t \mathbb{E}\chi(q,Y_q)-\int_q^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t E χ ( q , Y q ) − ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t at overlaps q q q with ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ |q-\Gamma(q)| ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ small.
Theorem 4.7 (Full replica symmetry breaking [69, Theorem 1.1]). For every β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 , there exists q β ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q_\beta\in(0,1) q β ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) with the following properties. We have supp μ β = [ 0 , q β ] \operatorname{supp}\mu_\beta=[0,q_\beta] supp μ β = [ 0 , q β ] . The restriction of μ β \mu_\beta μ β to [ 0 , q β ) [0,q_\beta) [ 0 , q β ) has a nonnegative density with respect to Lebesgue measure that is infinitely differentiable on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) and whose derivatives of every order extend continuously to 0 0 0 . Finally, μ β ( { q β } ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \mu_\beta(\{q_\beta\})\in(0,1) μ β ({ q β }) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) .
[69] works with the Hamiltonian β ( 2 n ) − 1 / 2 ∑ i , j = 1 n g i j x i x j \beta(2n)^{-1/2}\sum_{i,j=1}^n g_{ij}x_ix_j β ( 2 n ) − 1/2 ∑ i , j = 1 n g ij x i x j , with ( g i j ) (g_{ij}) ( g ij ) independent standard Gaussians, which equals β H n \beta H_n β H n plus an independent centered Gaussian of variance β 2 / 2 \beta^2/2 β 2 /2 common to all configurations, that is, β H n c \beta H_n^c β H n c with H n c H_n^c H n c the completed Hamiltonian of § 5.1.2 . The Parisi functional there is log 2 + u μ ( 0 , 0 ) − ( β 2 / 2 ) ∫ 0 1 s μ ( [ 0 , s ] ) d s \log2+u_\mu(0,0)-(\beta^2/2)\int_0^1s\mu([0,s])\,\mathrm{d}s log 2 + u μ ( 0 , 0 ) − ( β 2 /2 ) ∫ 0 1 s μ ([ 0 , s ]) d s , where u μ u_\mu u μ solves the Parisi equation with terminal value log cosh x \log\cosh x log cosh x . By Remark 4.9, this functional equals P β \mathcal{P}_\beta P β , and μ β \mu_\beta μ β is the same measure in both papers. We cite version 3 of [69].
Its version 4 (October 2026) states the same support conclusion, with a density that is smooth up to q β q_{\beta} q β , and adds a quantitative bound on the atom. We use only the statement above.
Used in: Corollary 4.8 , and through it the stationarity identities of Section 5 and the choice of the intervals of overlaps in Sections 7, § 6.8 , and 10, and Part IV, for the continuation of the scalar process beyond the support.
Corollary 4.8 (The interval on which Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t)=t Γ ( t ) = t ). Let β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 . Then
Γ ( t ) = t ( 0 ≤ t ≤ q β ) (49) \Gamma(t)=t \qquad(0\leq t\leq q_{\beta}) \tag*{(49)} Γ ( t ) = t ( 0 ≤ t ≤ q β ) (49) and β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 \beta^{2}\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_t)^{2}=1 β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 for 0 < t < q β 0<t<q_{\beta} 0 < t < q β . Moreover, α β ( 0 ) = 0 \alpha_{\beta}(0)=0 α β ( 0 ) = 0 , α β ( t ) > 0 \alpha_{\beta}(t)>0 α β ( t ) > 0 for 0 < t ≤ 1 0<t\leq1 0 < t ≤ 1 , α β ( t ) = 1 \alpha_{\beta}(t)=1 α β ( t ) = 1 for t ≥ q β t\geq q_{\beta} t ≥ q β , and α β \alpha_{\beta} α β is infinitely differentiable on [ 0 , q β ) [0,q_{\beta}) [ 0 , q β ) , with one-sided derivatives at 0.
Proof. By Theorem 4.7 , we have supp μ β = [ 0 , q β ] \operatorname{supp}\mu_{\beta}=[0,q_{\beta}] supp μ β = [ 0 , q β ] with q β < 1 q_{\beta}<1 q β < 1 . Then supp μ β ∩ ( 0 , 1 ) = ( 0 , q β ] \operatorname{supp}\mu_{\beta}\cap(0,1)=(0,q_{\beta}] supp μ β ∩ ( 0 , 1 ) = ( 0 , q β ] , and Proposition 4.6(ii) implies that Γ ( q ) = q \Gamma(q)=q Γ ( q ) = q for 0 < q ≤ q β 0<q\leq q_{\beta} 0 < q ≤ q β . Also Γ ( 0 ) = 0 \Gamma(0)=0 Γ ( 0 ) = 0 by Proposition 4.3(iv), which proves (49) . Recall that Γ \Gamma Γ is continuously differentiable with Γ ′ ( t ) = β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 \Gamma'(t)=\beta^{2}\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_t)^{2} Γ ′ ( t ) = β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 . Differentiating (49) on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) , we obtain the second claim. For t < q β t<q_{\beta} t < q β , Theorem 4.7 implies that α β ( t ) = μ β ( [ 0 , t ] ) \alpha_{\beta}(t)=\mu_{\beta}([0,t]) α β ( t ) = μ β ([ 0 , t ]) is the integral from 0 to t t t of a density that is smooth on [ 0 , q β ) [0,q_{\beta}) [ 0 , q β ) ; in particular α β ( 0 ) = 0 \alpha_{\beta}(0)=0 α β ( 0 ) = 0 . For t ≥ q β t\geq q_{\beta} t ≥ q β we have α β ( t ) = 1 \alpha_{\beta}(t)=1 α β ( t ) = 1 . Finally, α β ( t ) > 0 \alpha_{\beta}(t)>0 α β ( t ) > 0 for t > 0 t>0 t > 0 because 0 ∈ supp μ β 0\in\operatorname{supp}\mu_{\beta} 0 ∈ supp μ β .
In Section 5, we prove that the identity β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 \beta^{2}\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_t)^{2}=1 β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 and its companion E w ( t , Y t ) 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 \mathbb{E}w(t,Y_t)^{2}=2\alpha(t)\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_t)^{3} E w ( t , Y t ) 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 hold on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) with the regularity needed later. These are the stationarity identities (75) .
Used in: Section 5, for the stationarity identities, and Sections 7 and § 6.8 , for the local comparisons, which take place in ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) , and Part IV, for the pre-support scalar identities.
Remark 4.9 (Terminal value log cosh). Some of the sources quoted here and in Part V, among them OpenAI’s fluctuation preprint [81] and [69], use the terminal value log cosh z \log\cosh z log cosh z in (43) . Since log ( 2 cosh z ) = log 2 + log cosh z \log(2\cosh z)=\log2+\log\cosh z log ( 2 cosh z ) = log 2 + log cosh z , the two solutions differ by the constant log 2 \log2 log 2 (by Lemma 4.2(a) for step distribution functions, and by approximation in general). They have the same spatial derivatives, the same diffusion (45) and the same response Γ \Gamma Γ . Adding log 2 \log2 log 2 to the functional with terminal value log cosh \log\cosh log cosh recovers (44) , and the minimizer does not change. The papers [6, 8] use exactly (43) and (44) .
Finite-size estimates
We use three estimates of Aronow and Lopatto on the convergence in the Parisi formula at a fixed temperature β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 : an upper bound on the variance of F n F_n F n , an upper bound on the mean bias Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) \Delta_{n,\beta}=P_{\beta}-p_n(\beta) Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) , and a bound on the increase of the Parisi functional when a lower bound is imposed on the distribution function.
Theorem 4.10 (Upper bound on the variance [8, Theorem 1.4, (1.11)]). For every fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 , there exist C v < ∞ C_{\mathrm v} < \infty C v < ∞ and n 0 ( β ) n_0(\beta) n 0 ( β ) such that, for every n ≥ n 0 ( β ) n \ge n_0(\beta) n ≥ n 0 ( β ) ,
Var ( F n ) ≤ C v n 7 / 15 . (50) \operatorname{Var}(F_n) \le C_{\mathrm v}n^{7/15}. \tag*{(50)} Var ( F n ) ≤ C v n 7/15 . (50)
The normalization of [8, (1.1)–(1.2)] is ours (Table 3.1 ). The theorem in [8] also contains the lower bound Var ( F n ) ≥ c β n 4 / 15 \operatorname{Var}(F_n) \ge c_\beta n^{4/15} Var ( F n ) ≥ c β n 4/15 and the bounds c β n − 11 / 12 ≤ P β − p n ( β ) ≤ C β n − 2 / 3 c_\beta n^{-11/12} \le P_\beta- p_n(\beta) \le C_\beta n^{-2/3} c β n − 11/12 ≤ P β − p n ( β ) ≤ C β n − 2/3 on the mean bias, which we do not use. The upper bound on the mean bias that we use is Theorem 4.11 .
Used in: Section 9, for the lower bound on Z n Z_n Z n in the disorder event of Lemma 9.7; and Section 12.7, for the same lower bound in Lemma 12.7.
Theorem 4.11 (Upper bound on the mean bias with exponent 7 / 10 7/10 7/10 [6, Theorem 1.1]). For every fixed β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 , there exists C b < ∞ C_{\mathrm b} < \infty C b < ∞ such that
0 ≤ P β − p n ( β ) ≤ C b n − 7 / 10 ( n ≥ 2 ) . 0 \le P_\beta- p_n(\beta) \le C_{\mathrm b}n^{-7/10}\qquad(n \ge2). 0 ≤ P β − p n ( β ) ≤ C b n − 7/10 ( n ≥ 2 ) .
The normalization of [6, Section 1.1] is ours, and the lower bound 0 ≤ P β − p n ( β ) 0 \le P_\beta- p_n(\beta) 0 ≤ P β − p n ( β ) is Theorem 4.4 .
Used in: Section 9, for the lower bound on Z n Z_n Z n in the disorder event of Lemma 9.7, together with Theorem 4.10 ; Section 10, where it is the input (10.11) for Theorem 1.1 , and its constant enters the choice of the scale coefficient in (10.15); and Section 12, through these choices.
Proposition 4.12 (The profile max { α , 3 s } \max\{\alpha,3s\} max { α , 3 s } [8, Lemma 7.2, (7.3), and Proposition 7.12]). Fix β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 and let α = α β \alpha= \alpha_\beta α = α β . There exist constants T ∗ > 0 T_* > 0 T ∗ > 0 , 0 < c 1 ≤ c 2 < ∞ 0 < c_1 \le c_2 < \infty 0 < c 1 ≤ c 2 < ∞ , s 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 3 ] s_0 \in(0,1/3] s 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1/3 ] , and C < ∞ C < \infty C < ∞ , depending only on β \beta β , such that the following holds.
(i) For 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∗ 0 \le t \le T_* 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∗ , we have c 1 t ≤ α ( t ) ≤ c 2 t c_1t \le\alpha(t) \le c_2t c 1 t ≤ α ( t ) ≤ c 2 t .
(ii) For 0 < s ≤ s 0 0 < s \le s_0 0 < s ≤ s 0 , the function max { α , 3 s } \max\{\alpha,3s\} max { α , 3 s } is a distribution function, and
0 ≤ P β ( max { α , 3 s } ) − P β ≤ C s 5 . (51) 0 \le\mathcal{P}_\beta(\max\{\alpha,3s\}) - P_\beta\le Cs^5. \tag*{(51)} 0 ≤ P β ( max { α , 3 s }) − P β ≤ C s 5 . (51)
Remark 4.13 (Translation and consequences of Proposition 4.12). In [8, Section 7.1], the scalar problem is rescaled by γ = β α \gamma= \beta\alpha γ = β α and x o l d = β x x_{\mathrm{old}} = \beta x x old = β x , with rescaled functional P β e n ( γ ) = β − 1 P β ( γ / β ) \mathcal{P}^{\mathrm{en}}_\beta(\gamma) = \beta^{-1}P_\beta(\gamma/\beta) P β en ( γ ) = β − 1 P β ( γ / β ) . By Lemma 7.2 there, applied with temperature threshold β 0 = β \beta_0 = \beta β 0 = β to the rescaled minimizer γ β = β α β \gamma_\beta= \beta\alpha_\beta γ β = β α β , we have k q ≤ γ β ( q ) ≤ C 0 q kq \le\gamma_\beta(q) \le C_0q k q ≤ γ β ( q ) ≤ C 0 q on [ 0 , T ∗ ] [0,T_*] [ 0 , T ∗ ] , which is (i) with c 1 = k / β c_1 = k/\beta c 1 = k / β and c 2 = C 0 / β c_2 = C_0/\beta c 2 = C 0 / β . For a lower bound a > 0 a > 0 a > 0 on the rescaled profile (denoted λ \lambda λ there), its estimate (7.3) bounds the value of the particular trial profile max { a , γ β } \max\{a,\gamma_\beta\} max { a , γ β } by P β e n ( γ β ) + C 1 a 5 \mathcal{P}^{\mathrm{en}}_\beta(\gamma_\beta) + C_1a^5 P β en ( γ β ) + C 1 a 5 for 0 < a ≤ a ∗ 0 < a \le a_* 0 < a ≤ a ∗ , where a ∗ > 0 a_* > 0 a ∗ > 0 depends only on β \beta β (denoted λ ∗ \lambda_* λ ∗ there). With a = 3 β s a = 3\beta s a = 3 β s , we have max { a , γ β } = β max { 3 s , α } \max\{a,\gamma_\beta\} = \beta\max\{3s,\alpha\} max { a , γ β } = β max { 3 s , α } , and we find that
P β ( max { α , 3 s } ) = β P β e n ( max { 3 β s , γ β } ) ≤ P β + 3 5 C 1 β 6 s 5 ( 3 β s ≤ a ∗ ) , P_\beta(\max\{\alpha,3s\}) = \beta\mathcal{P}^{\mathrm{en}}_\beta(\max\{3\beta s,\gamma_\beta\}) \le P_\beta+ 3^5 C_1\beta^6s^5 \qquad(3\beta s \le a_*), P β ( max { α , 3 s }) = β P β en ( max { 3 β s , γ β }) ≤ P β + 3 5 C 1 β 6 s 5 ( 3 β s ≤ a ∗ ) ,
which is (ii). The same estimate, in the original variables, is [8, (7.65)–(7.66)] with imposed lower bound 3 s 3s 3 s . The bound (4.12) concerns this particular profile, not only the minimum over profiles with an atom at zero. For the minimizer of that constrained problem, Pei [95, Theorem 1(a) and Proposition 2.3(c)] obtains sharp fifth-order asymptotics, which we do not use.
Part (i) localizes the modification. If in addition 3 s ≤ c 1 T ∗ 3s \le c_1T_\ast 3 s ≤ c 1 T ∗ , then max { α , 3 s } = α \max\{\alpha,3s\}=\alpha max { α , 3 s } = α on [ 3 s / c 1 , 1 ] [3s/c_1,1] [ 3 s / c 1 , 1 ] , since α ( t ) ≥ c 1 t ≥ 3 s \alpha(t)\ge c_1t\ge3s α ( t ) ≥ c 1 t ≥ 3 s for 3 s / c 1 ≤ t ≤ T ∗ 3s/c_1\le t\le T_\ast 3 s / c 1 ≤ t ≤ T ∗ and α ( t ) ≥ α ( T ∗ ) ≥ c 1 T ∗ ≥ 3 s \alpha(t)\ge\alpha(T_\ast)\ge c_1T_\ast\ge3s α ( t ) ≥ α ( T ∗ ) ≥ c 1 T ∗ ≥ 3 s for t > T ∗ t>T_\ast t > T ∗ . On [ 0 , 3 s / c 1 ) [0,3s/c_1) [ 0 , 3 s / c 1 ) we have 0 ≤ max { α , 3 s } − α ≤ 3 s 0\le\max\{\alpha,3s\}-\alpha\le3s 0 ≤ max { α , 3 s } − α ≤ 3 s . We conclude that ∫ 0 1 ∣ max { α , 3 s } − α ∣ d t ≤ 9 s 2 / c 1 \int_0^1|\max\{\alpha,3s\}-\alpha|\,dt\le9s^2/c_1 ∫ 0 1 ∣ max { α , 3 s } − α ∣ d t ≤ 9 s 2 / c 1 . The lower bound 3 s 3s 3 s ensures that the mass max { α , 3 s } / 3 \max\{\alpha,3s\}/3 max { α , 3 s } /3 of a common block of three coordinates is at least s s s (Lemma 4.20(b)), as required in Section 8.
Used in: Section 8, for the profile used in the positive fractional comparison.
Gaussian hierarchies and constrained pressures
We now define the finite Gaussian hierarchies that serve as trials in the pressure comparisons of Part II. Their scalar case is the recursion (4.3). For ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrices U U U , V V V we write U : V = ∑ a , b U a b V a b U:V=\sum_{a,b}U_{ab}V_{ab} U : V = ∑ a , b U ab V ab and ∥ U ∥ F 2 = U : U \|U\|_F^2=U:U ∥ U ∥ F 2 = U : U .
Definition 4.14 (Gaussian hierarchies). Fix ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 .
(a) An admissible path of length N ≥ 1 N\ge1 N ≥ 1 is a pair ( Q , m ) (Q,m) ( Q , m ) , where Q = ( Q 0 , … , Q N ) Q=(Q_0,\ldots,Q_N) Q = ( Q 0 , … , Q N ) are symmetric ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrices with Q 0 = 0 Q_0=0 Q 0 = 0 and Δ Q j = Q j − Q j − 1 ⪰ 0 \Delta Q_j=Q_j-Q_{j-1}\succeq0 Δ Q j = Q j − Q j − 1 ⪰ 0 for 1 ≤ j ≤ N 1\le j\le N 1 ≤ j ≤ N , and m = ( m 1 , … , m N ) m=(m_1,\ldots,m_N) m = ( m 1 , … , m N ) satisfies 0 ≤ m 1 ≤ m 2 ≤ ⋯ ≤ m N ≤ 1 0\le m_1\le m_2\le\cdots\le m_N\le1 0 ≤ m 1 ≤ m 2 ≤ ⋯ ≤ m N ≤ 1 . We call Q N Q_N Q N the endpoint of the path and m j m_j m j the mass of the j j j th increment.
(b) For a terminal function f f f of linear growth, the partial values are Ψ N = f \Psi_N=f Ψ N = f and
Ψ j − 1 = T m j , β 2 Δ Q j Ψ j ( j = N , N − 1 , … , 1 ) , (52) \Psi_{j-1}=T_{m_j,\beta^2\Delta Q_j}\Psi_j \qquad(j=N,N-1,\ldots,1), \tag*{(52)} Ψ j − 1 = T m j , β 2 Δ Q j Ψ j ( j = N , N − 1 , … , 1 ) , (52)
and we set Ψ ( Q , m ; f ) = Ψ 0 \Psi(Q,m;f)=\Psi_0 Ψ ( Q , m ; f ) = Ψ 0 . For a symmetric ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrix λ \lambda λ , we define
f λ ( z ) = log ∑ ϵ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } ℓ exp ( z ⋅ ϵ + ϵ T λ ϵ ) , Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) = Ψ ( Q , m ; f λ ) ( 0 ) . f_\lambda(z)=\log\sum_{\epsilon\in\{-1,1\}^{\ell}}\exp\left(z\cdot\epsilon+\epsilon^{\mathsf T}\lambda\epsilon\right),\qquad
\Psi(Q,m,\lambda)=\Psi(Q,m;f_\lambda)(0). f λ ( z ) = log ϵ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } ℓ ∑ exp ( z ⋅ ϵ + ϵ T λ ϵ ) , Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) = Ψ ( Q , m ; f λ ) ( 0 ) .
In particular, f 0 ( z ) = ∑ a = 1 ℓ log ( 2 cosh z a ) f_0(z)=\sum_{a=1}^{\ell}\log(2\cosh z_a) f 0 ( z ) = ∑ a = 1 ℓ log ( 2 cosh z a ) .
(c) The path law of ( Q , m , λ ) (Q,m,\lambda) ( Q , m , λ ) is the law of ( z 1 , … , z N , ϵ ) (z_1,\ldots,z_N,\epsilon) ( z 1 , … , z N , ϵ ) defined as follows. Let z 0 = 0 z_0=0 z 0 = 0 . Given z 0 , … , z j − 1 z_0,\ldots,z_{j-1} z 0 , … , z j − 1 , the vector z j z_j z j has law K m j , β 2 Δ Q j , Ψ j ( z j − 1 , ⋅ ) \mathcal{K}_{m_j,\beta^2\Delta Q_j,\Psi_j}(z_{j-1},\cdot) K m j , β 2 Δ Q j , Ψ j ( z j − 1 , ⋅ ) , with the partial values of f = f λ f=f_\lambda f = f λ . Given z 1 , … , z N z_1,\ldots,z_N z 1 , … , z N , the vector ϵ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } ℓ \epsilon\in\{-1,1\}^{\ell} ϵ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } ℓ equals ϵ ′ \epsilon' ϵ ′ with probability exp ( z N ⋅ ϵ ′ + ϵ ′ T λ ϵ ′ − f λ ( z N ) ) \exp(z_N\cdot\epsilon'+\epsilon'^{\mathsf T}\lambda\epsilon'-f_\lambda(z_N)) exp ( z N ⋅ ϵ ′ + ϵ ′ T λ ϵ ′ − f λ ( z N )) . For 0 ≤ l ≤ N 0\le l\le N 0 ≤ l ≤ N , the pair law sharing the initial segment through level l l l is the law of two such sequences that coincide in ( z 1 , … , z l ) (z_1,\ldots,z_l) ( z 1 , … , z l ) and whose continuations, including the terminal draws, are conditionally independent given ( z 1 , … , z l ) (z_1,\ldots,z_l) ( z 1 , … , z l ) , each with the transitions above. We write E l ( 2 ) \mathbb{E}^{(2)}_l E l ( 2 ) for the corresponding expectation.
Note that the j j j th increment is integrated at mass m j m_j m j , that mass zero means an ordinary Gaussian expectation, and that the terminal Gibbs draw of ϵ \epsilon ϵ plays the role of a level of mass one. Equivalently, one draws independent increments z j − z j − 1 z_j-z_{j-1} z j − z j − 1 with law N ( 0 , β 2 Δ Q j ) N(0,\beta^2\Delta Q_j) N ( 0 , β 2 Δ Q j ) and tilts the j j j th by the density exp { m j [ Ψ j ( z j ) − Ψ j − 1 ( z j − 1 ) ] } \exp\{m_j[\Psi_j(z_j)-\Psi_{j-1}(z_{j-1})]\} exp { m j [ Ψ j ( z j ) − Ψ j − 1 ( z j − 1 )]} given the past. This is the law of [77, (2.5)–(2.6)], in which the continuations of a common initial segment are conditionally independent. By Lemma 4.2 (a), every partial value has linear growth, and all quantities above are finite. The penalty of an admissible path is
∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = ∑ j = 1 N m j ( ∥ Q j ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q j − 1 ∥ F 2 ) . (53) \int m\,\mathrm{d}\lVert Q\rVert_F^2=\sum_{j=1}^{N}m_j\left(\lVert Q_j\rVert_F^2-\lVert Q_{j-1}\rVert_F^2\right). \tag*{(53)} ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = j = 1 ∑ N m j ( ∥ Q j ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q j − 1 ∥ F 2 ) . (53)
By Lemma 4.2 (b), merging two consecutive increments with the same mass, or inserting a zero increment whose mass keeps the masses ordered, changes neither Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) \Psi(Q,m,\lambda) Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) nor the penalty. Section 8 uses a variant of Definition 4.14 in which all masses are at least a positive number and the disorder is also integrated at positive mass.
Definition 4.15 (Trial values). Let D D D and λ \lambda λ be symmetric ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrices, and let ( Q , m ) (Q,m) ( Q , m ) be an admissible path. The trial value of ( Q , m , λ ) (Q,m,\lambda) ( Q , m , λ ) for D D D is
T D ( Q , m , λ ) = Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) − λ : D + β 2 4 ( ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 − ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 ) . (54) T_D(Q,m,\lambda)=\Psi(Q,m,\lambda)-\lambda:D+\frac{\beta^2}{4}\left(\lVert D-Q_N\rVert_F^2-\int m\,\mathrm{d}\lVert Q\rVert_F^2\right). \tag*{(54)} T D ( Q , m , λ ) = Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) − λ : D + 4 β 2 ( ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 − ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 ) . (54) If ( Q ( k ) , m ( k ) ) (Q^{(k)},m^{(k)}) ( Q ( k ) , m ( k ) ) is a sequence of admissible paths along which the endpoints, the values Ψ ( Q ( k ) , m ( k ) , λ ) \Psi(Q^{(k)},m^{(k)},\lambda) Ψ ( Q ( k ) , m ( k ) , λ ) , and the penalties converge, we also call the limit of T D ( Q ( k ) , m ( k ) , λ ) T_D(Q^{(k)},m^{(k)},\lambda) T D ( Q ( k ) , m ( k ) , λ ) a trial value for D D D .
When the endpoint equals D D D and λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 , the trial value is Ψ ( Q , m , 0 ) − ( β 2 / 4 ) ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 \Psi(Q,m,0)-(\beta^2/4)\int m\,\mathrm{d}\lVert Q\rVert_F^2 Ψ ( Q , m , 0 ) − ( β 2 /4 ) ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 . This is the form of the trial values in Section 7. The term ( β 2 / 4 ) ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 (\beta^2/4)\lVert D-Q_N\rVert_F^2 ( β 2 /4 ) ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 is the cost of an endpoint that differs from the prescribed overlap matrix, and it is used in § 6.8 .
Definition 4.16 (Constrained partition functions). Let ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 and n ≥ 2 n\ge2 n ≥ 2 . The overlap matrix of x 1 , … , x ℓ ∈ Σ n x^1,\ldots,x^\ell\in\Sigma_n x 1 , … , x ℓ ∈ Σ n is ( R ( x a , x b ) ) a , b = 1 ℓ (R(x^a,x^b))_{a,b=1}^{\ell} ( R ( x a , x b ) ) a , b = 1 ℓ . A symmetric ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrix D D D is feasible if it is the overlap matrix of at least one ℓ \ell ℓ -tuple. For feasible D D D , we define
Z ℓ , n ( D ) = ∑ x 1 , … , x ℓ ∈ Σ n R ( x a , x b ) = D a b ∀ a , b exp ( β ∑ a = 1 ℓ H n ( x a ) ) , p ℓ , n ( D ) = 1 n E log Z ℓ , n ( D ) . Z_{\ell,n}(D)=\sum_{\substack{x^1,\ldots,x^\ell\in\Sigma_n\\R(x^a,x^b)=D_{ab}\ \forall a,b}}\exp\left(\beta\sum_{a=1}^{\ell}H_n(x^a)\right),\qquad p_{\ell,n}(D)=\frac{1}{n}\mathbb{E}\log Z_{\ell,n}(D). Z ℓ , n ( D ) = x 1 , … , x ℓ ∈ Σ n R ( x a , x b ) = D ab ∀ a , b ∑ exp ( β a = 1 ∑ ℓ H n ( x a ) ) , p ℓ , n ( D ) = n 1 E log Z ℓ , n ( D ) .
Note that Z ℓ , n ( D ) / Z n ℓ Z_{\ell,n}(D)/Z_n^\ell Z ℓ , n ( D ) / Z n ℓ is the probability that ℓ \ell ℓ independent samples from π J n \pi_J^n π J n have overlap matrix D D D . Since this probability is at most one, we have p ℓ , n ( D ) ≤ ℓ p n ( β ) p_{\ell,n}(D) \le\ell p_n(\beta) p ℓ , n ( D ) ≤ ℓ p n ( β ) . Also p 1 , n ( 1 ) = p n ( β ) p_{1,n}(1)=p_n(\beta) p 1 , n ( 1 ) = p n ( β ) . A feasible matrix has unit diagonal and off-diagonal entries in { − 1 , − 1 + 2 / n , … , 1 } \{-1,-1+2/n,\ldots,1\} { − 1 , − 1 + 2/ n , … , 1 } , and there are at most ( n + 1 ) ℓ ( ℓ − 1 ) / 2 (n+1)^{\ell(\ell-1)/2} ( n + 1 ) ℓ ( ℓ − 1 ) /2 feasible ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrices. For two and three replicas we use the matrices
D 2 ( q ) = ( 1 q q 1 ) , D ( r , q , δ ) = ( 1 r + δ r − δ r + δ 1 q r − δ q 1 ) , (55) D_2(q)=\begin{pmatrix}1 & q\\ q & 1\end{pmatrix},\qquad D(r,q,\delta)=\begin{pmatrix}1 & r+\delta& r-\delta\\ r+\delta& 1 & q\\ r-\delta& q & 1\end{pmatrix}, \tag*{(55)} D 2 ( q ) = ( 1 q q 1 ) , D ( r , q , δ ) = 1 r + δ r − δ r + δ 1 q r − δ q 1 , (55)
the latter in the coordinate order ( v , x , y ) (v,x,y) ( v , x , y ) . If v , x , y ∈ Σ n v,x,y\in\Sigma_n v , x , y ∈ Σ n have overlap matrix D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) , then q = R ( x , y ) q=R(x,y) q = R ( x , y ) , r = ( R ( v , x ) + R ( v , y ) ) / 2 r=(R(v,x)+R(v,y))/2 r = ( R ( v , x ) + R ( v , y )) /2 and δ = ( R ( v , x ) − R ( v , y ) ) / 2 \delta=(R(v,x)-R(v,y))/2 δ = ( R ( v , x ) − R ( v , y )) /2 .
The next two results, from [77, Section 2], are the tools used to compare constrained pressures with trial values. The first is stated for a hierarchy with a general terminal function, which is the form used in the interpolation proofs.
Proposition 4.18 (Differentiation of a hierarchy [77, Lemma 2.2]). Let S S S be a nonempty finite set, let ω \omega ω be a random element (the quenched randomness), let g 1 , … , g N \mathbf{g}_1,\ldots,\mathbf{g}_N g 1 , … , g N be standard Gaussian vectors, independent of each other and of ω \omega ω , and let 0 ≤ m 1 ≤ ⋯ ≤ m N ≤ 1 0\le m_1\le\cdots\le m_N\le1 0 ≤ m 1 ≤ ⋯ ≤ m N ≤ 1 . For s ∈ S s\in S s ∈ S , let
U ( s ) = a ( s , ω ) + ∑ i = 1 N a i ( s ) ⋅ g i , E max s ∈ S ∣ a ( s , ω ) ∣ < ∞ , U(s)=a(s,\omega)+\sum_{i=1}^{N}\mathbf{a}_i(s)\cdot\mathbf{g}_i,\qquad\mathbb{E}\max_{s\in S}|a(s,\omega)|<\infty, U ( s ) = a ( s , ω ) + i = 1 ∑ N a i ( s ) ⋅ g i , E s ∈ S max ∣ a ( s , ω ) ∣ < ∞ , with deterministic vectors a i ( s ) \mathbf{a}_i(s) a i ( s ) . Set Ψ N = log ∑ s ∈ S e U ( s ) \Psi_N=\log\sum_{s\in S}e^{U(s)} Ψ N = log ∑ s ∈ S e U ( s ) , and for j = N , … , 1 j=N,\ldots,1 j = N , … , 1 set Ψ j − 1 = m j − 1 log E j e m j Ψ j \Psi_{j-1}=m_j^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}_j e^{m_j\Psi_j} Ψ j − 1 = m j − 1 log E j e m j Ψ j , or Ψ j − 1 = E j Ψ j \Psi_{j-1}=\mathbb{E}_j\Psi_j Ψ j − 1 = E j Ψ j if m j = 0 m_j=0 m j = 0 , where E j \mathbb{E}_j E j integrates g j \mathbf{g}_j g j . Under the path law, given ( ω , g 1 , … , g j − 1 ) (\omega,\mathbf{g}_1,\ldots,\mathbf{g}_{j-1}) ( ω , g 1 , … , g j − 1 ) the law of g j \mathbf{g}_j g j has density exp { m j ( Ψ j − Ψ j − 1 ) } \exp\{m_j(\Psi_j-\Psi_{j-1})\} exp { m j ( Ψ j − Ψ j − 1 )} with respect to its Gaussian law, and the terminal configuration S S S has the Gibbs law proportional to e U ( S ) e^{U(S)} e U ( S ) . For 0 ≤ l ≤ N 0\le l\le N 0 ≤ l ≤ N , let E l ( 2 ) \mathbb{E}^{(2)}_l E l ( 2 ) be the expectation under the pair law of ( S 1 , S 2 ) (S^1,S^2) ( S 1 , S 2 ) sharing ( ω , g 1 , … , g l ) (\omega,\mathbf{g}_1,\ldots,\mathbf{g}_l) ( ω , g 1 , … , g l ) . Let m 0 = 0 m_0=0 m 0 = 0 , m N + 1 = 1 m_{N+1}=1 m N + 1 = 1 , and Δ m l = m l + 1 − m l \Delta m_l=m_{l+1}-m_l Δ m l = m l + 1 − m l for 0 ≤ l ≤ N 0\le l\le N 0 ≤ l ≤ N . Let e e e be a fixed vector-valued function on S S S , and suppose that U U U depends on a parameter v > 0 v>0 v > 0 in one of the following two ways: either a j ( s ) = v e ( s ) \mathbf{a}_j(s)=\sqrt{v}\,e(s) a j ( s ) = v e ( s ) for some 1 ≤ j ≤ N 1\le j\le N 1 ≤ j ≤ N , or j = 0 j=0 j = 0 , ω = ( ω ′ , g ) \omega=(\omega',\mathbf{g}) ω = ( ω ′ , g ) with independent components, g \mathbf{g} g a
standard Gaussian vector, and a ( s , ω ) = a ∗ ( s , ω ′ ) + v g ⋅ e ( s ) a(s,\omega)=a_*(s,\omega')+\sqrt{v}\,g\cdot e(s) a ( s , ω ) = a ∗ ( s , ω ′ ) + v g ⋅ e ( s ) with E max s ∣ a ∗ ( s , ω ′ ) ∣ < ∞ \mathbb{E}\max_s|a_*(s,\omega')|<\infty E max s ∣ a ∗ ( s , ω ′ ) ∣ < ∞ . In both cases v v v occurs only in the displayed coefficient. Then, with all other parameters fixed, for v > 0 v>0 v > 0 ,
∂ ∂ v E Ψ 0 = 1 2 ( E ∥ e ( S ) ∥ 2 − ∑ l = 1 N Δ m l E l ( 2 ) ( e ( S 1 ) ⋅ e ( S 2 ) ) ) . \frac{\partial}{\partial v}\mathbb{E}\Psi_0=\frac{1}{2}\left(\mathbb{E}\lVert e(S)\rVert^2-\sum_{l=1}^{N}\Delta m_l\mathbb{E}^{(2)}_l\left(e(S^1)\cdot e(S^2)\right)\right). ∂ v ∂ E Ψ 0 = 2 1 ( E ∥ e ( S ) ∥ 2 − l = 1 ∑ N Δ m l E l ( 2 ) ( e ( S 1 ) ⋅ e ( S 2 ) ) ) .
The identity extends to v = 0 v=0 v = 0 by integration and continuity.
In [77], the quenched root is level 0 and the j j j th field is integrated at mass x j − 1 x_{j-1} x j − 1 ; with x j − 1 = m j x_{j-1}=m_j x j − 1 = m j , the weights x l − x l − 1 x_l-x_{l-1} x l − x l − 1 of [77] are our Δ m l \Delta m_l Δ m l . Under E N ( 2 ) \mathbb{E}^{(2)}_N E N ( 2 ) the two copies share all fields and only the terminal draws are independent. The hypotheses on U U U are those of the applications in [77]: the terminal exponent is affine in the Gaussian variables, and S S S is finite, so all coefficients are bounded. Gaussian exponential integrability and the integrability of the root term then make every recursion finite and justify the differentiation, as in [77, proof of Lemma 2.2].
Used in: Section 8, in the proof of the positive fractional matrix comparison Proposition 8.3, where the first level has positive mass.
Proposition 4.19 (Matrix interpolation bound [77, Proposition 2.3]). Let n ≥ 2 n\ge2 n ≥ 2 and ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 , let D D D be a feasible ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrix, let ( Q , m ) (Q,m) ( Q , m ) be an admissible path of ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrices, and let λ \lambda λ be a symmetric ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrix. Then
p ℓ , n ( D ) ≤ T D ( Q , m , λ ) = Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) − λ : D + β 2 4 ( ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 − ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 ) . (56) p_{\ell,n}(D)\le\mathcal{T}_D(Q,m,\lambda)=\Psi(Q,m,\lambda)-\lambda:D+\frac{\beta^2}{4}\left(\lVert D-Q_N\rVert_F^2-\int m\,\mathrm{d}\lVert Q\rVert_F^2\right). \tag*{(56)} p ℓ , n ( D ) ≤ T D ( Q , m , λ ) = Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) − λ : D + 4 β 2 ( ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 − ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 ) . (56) For fixed D D D and λ \lambda λ , the bound passes to every trial value for D D D in the sense of Definition 4.15 .
This is [77, (2.11)], with the constrained pressure [77, (2.9)] and the path integral [77, (2.10)]. In [77] the path is indexed from $Q_{-1}=0$; inserting the quenched level $Q_0=0$ allowed there and setting $x_{j-1}=m_j$ identifies the two conventions, including the penalty. The endpoint $Q_N$ is arbitrary, subject only to positive semidefinite increments. Its diagonal need not equal one, and the cost of a mismatch with $D$ is $(\beta^2/4)\lVert D-Q_N\rVert_F^2$. The proposition belongs to Guerra’s interpolation framework {citep}[59]. As {citep}[77, Section 2] explains, Talagrand’s bounds for coupled replicas {citep}[105, Propositions 3.4 and 4.4] already retain a cost for an endpoint that differs from the prescribed overlaps, and Panchenko’s vector-spin formulation {citep}[89]` proves the asymptotic sharpness of such bounds. The bound is quenched, and the positive fractional version needed in Section 8 is proved there.
Used in: Section 7, for the trial values of the perturbed three-replica path, with zero mismatch; Section 9, for the comparison at separated overlaps, with mismatch cost; and Section 8, which adapts it to positive fractional moments.
Lemma 4.20 (Block factorization). Let α \alpha α be a step distribution function, and let 0 = t 0 < t 1 < ⋯ < t p = 1 0=t_0<t_1<\cdots<t_p=1 0 = t 0 < t 1 < ⋯ < t p = 1 contain the points where α \alpha α jumps. Write m i = α ( t i − 1 ) m_i=\alpha(t_{i-1}) m i = α ( t i − 1 ) and δ i = t i − t i − 1 \delta_i=t_i-t_{i-1} δ i = t i − t i − 1 .
(a) (One coordinate.) The path with ℓ = 1 \ell= 1 ℓ = 1 , Q i = t i Q_i = t_i Q i = t i and masses m i m_i m i (1 ≤ i ≤ p 1 \le i \le p 1 ≤ i ≤ p ) is admissible. Its partial values for f 0 f_0 f 0 are Ψ i = Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) \Psi_i = \Phi_\alpha(t_i,\cdot) Ψ i = Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) , its trial value for D = 1 D = 1 D = 1 and λ = 0 \lambda= 0 λ = 0 is P β ( α ) P_\beta(\alpha) P β ( α ) , and under its path law ( z 1 , … , z p ) (z_1,\ldots,z_p) ( z 1 , … , z p ) has the law of ( Y t 1 , … , Y t p ) (Y_{t_1},\ldots,Y_{t_p}) ( Y t 1 , … , Y t p ) , where Y Y Y is the diffusion (45) of α \alpha α .
(b) (Three coordinates.) Let 0 ≤ r ≤ q ≤ 1 0 \le r \le q \le1 0 ≤ r ≤ q ≤ 1 belong to { t 0 , … , t p } \{t_0,\ldots,t_p\} { t 0 , … , t p } . In the coordinate order ( v , x , y ) (v,x,y) ( v , x , y ) , let e = ( 1 , 1 , 1 ) \mathbf{e} = (1,1,1) e = ( 1 , 1 , 1 ) and let e v , e x , e y \mathbf{e}_v,\mathbf{e}_x,\mathbf{e}_y e v , e x , e y be the unit vectors. We use the following increments of Q Q Q , with their masses:
common increments δ i e e T \delta_i\mathbf{e}\mathbf{e}^{\mathsf{T}} δ i e e T at mass m i / 3 m_i/3 m i /3 , for t i ≤ r t_i \le r t i ≤ r ;
v v v -increments δ i e v e v T \delta_i\mathbf{e}_v\mathbf{e}_v^{\mathsf{T}} δ i e v e v T at mass m i m_i m i , and x y xy x y -increments δ i ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T \delta_i(\mathbf{e}_x+\mathbf{e}_y)(\mathbf{e}_x+\mathbf{e}_y)^{\mathsf{T}} δ i ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T at mass m i / 2 m_i/2 m i /2 , for r < t i ≤ q r < t_i \le q r < t i ≤ q ;
independent increments δ i I d \delta_i\mathop{\mathrm{Id}} δ i Id at mass m i m_i m i , for t i > q t_i > q t i > q .
Let ( Q , m ) (Q,m) ( Q , m ) take the common increments in increasing order of i i i , then the v v v - and x y xy x y -increments in any order that keeps each of these two lists in increasing order of i i i and has nondecreasing masses, and then the independent increments in increasing order of i i i . Then ( Q , m ) (Q,m) ( Q , m ) is admissible, Q N = D ( r , q , 0 ) Q_N = D(r,q,0) Q N = D ( r , q , 0 ) ,
Ψ ( Q , m , 0 ) = 3 Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) , ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = 6 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t , \Psi(Q,m,0) = 3\Phi_\alpha(0,0), \qquad\int m\,\mathrm{d}\lVert Q\rVert_F^2 = 6\int_0^1 t\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t, Ψ ( Q , m , 0 ) = 3 Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) , ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = 6 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t ,
and T D ( r , q , 0 ) ( Q , m , 0 ) = 3 P β ( α ) T_{D(r,q,0)}(Q,m,0) = 3P_\beta(\alpha) T D ( r , q , 0 ) ( Q , m , 0 ) = 3 P β ( α ) .
(c) (Two coordinates.) Let q ∈ { t 0 , … , t p } q \in\{t_0,\ldots,t_p\} q ∈ { t 0 , … , t p } . The path with increments δ i ( e 1 + e 2 ) ( e 1 + e 2 ) T \delta_i(\mathbf{e}_1+\mathbf{e}_2)(\mathbf{e}_1+\mathbf{e}_2)^{\mathsf{T}} δ i ( e 1 + e 2 ) ( e 1 + e 2 ) T at mass m i / 2 m_i/2 m i /2 for t i ≤ q t_i \le q t i ≤ q , followed by δ i I \delta_i I δ i I at mass m i m_i m i for t i > q t_i > q t i > q , is admissible, its endpoint is D 2 ( q ) D_2(q) D 2 ( q ) , and its trial value for D 2 ( q ) D_2(q) D 2 ( q ) and λ = 0 \lambda= 0 λ = 0 is 2 P β ( α ) 2P_\beta(\alpha) 2 P β ( α ) .
(d) (Path law in (b).) For t i ≤ q t_i \le q t i ≤ q , let Y t i v Y^v_{t_i} Y t i v be the v v v -coordinate of the cumulative field z \mathbf{z} z after the common increments and the v v v -increments with index at most i i i , and let Y t i x Y^x_{t_i} Y t i x be its x x x -coordinate after the common increments and the x y xy x y -increments with index at most i i i . Under the path law of ( Q , m , 0 ) (Q,m,0) ( Q , m , 0 ) , each of ( Y t i v ) t i ≤ q (Y^v_{t_i})_{t_i\le q} ( Y t i v ) t i ≤ q and ( Y t i x ) t i ≤ q (Y^x_{t_i})_{t_i\le q} ( Y t i x ) t i ≤ q has the law of ( Y t i ) t i ≤ q (Y_{t_i})_{t_i\le q} ( Y t i ) t i ≤ q , the two coincide for t i ≤ r t_i \le r t i ≤ r , and conditionally on ( Y t i v ) t i ≤ r (Y^v_{t_i})_{t_i\le r} ( Y t i v ) t i ≤ r the families ( Y t i v ) r < t i ≤ q (Y^v_{t_i})_{r<t_i\le q} ( Y t i v ) r < t i ≤ q and ( Y t i x ) r < t i ≤ q (Y^x_{t_i})_{r<t_i\le q} ( Y t i x ) r < t i ≤ q are independent, each with the conditional law of ( Y t i ) r < t i ≤ q (Y_{t_i})_{r<t_i\le q} ( Y t i ) r < t i ≤ q given Y r = Y r v Y_r = Y^v_r Y r = Y r v .
Part (b) with step approximations of α β \alpha_\beta α β is the base path of [77, Section 4.2] and [77, Section 7, Step 1], and its value is [77, (7.7)]. Part (d) is [77, (4.6)]. The comparisons of Part II perturb this path near r r r (Sections 7 and 9) or replace α \alpha α by max { α , 3 s } \max\{\alpha,3s\} max { α , 3 s } (Section 8).
Proof. We prove (a) first and use it for the other parts. In (b), we call the common increments, the v v v - and x y xy x y -increments, and the independent increments the first, the middle and the last stage. The proof of (b) has three steps: admissibility and the endpoint, the value, and the penalty.
Part (a). Since α \alpha α is nondecreasing and m p ≤ 1 m_p \le1 m p ≤ 1 , the path is admissible. By (42) at t = t i − 1 t=t_{i-1} t = t i − 1 , we have Φ α ( t i − 1 , ⋅ ) = T m i , β 2 δ i Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) \Phi_\alpha(t_{i-1},\cdot)=T_{m_i,\beta^2\delta_i}\Phi_\alpha(t_i,\cdot) Φ α ( t i − 1 , ⋅ ) = T m i , β 2 δ i Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) , and backward induction from Ψ p = log ( 2 cosh ⋅ ) = Φ α ( 1 , ⋅ ) \Psi_p=\log(2\cosh\cdot)=\Phi_\alpha(1,\cdot) Ψ p = log ( 2 cosh ⋅ ) = Φ α ( 1 , ⋅ ) shows that Ψ i = Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) \Psi_i=\Phi_\alpha(t_i,\cdot) Ψ i = Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) for every i i i . Note that the penalty is ∑ i m i ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) = 2 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t \sum_i m_i(t_i^2-t_{i-1}^2)=2\int_0^1t\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t ∑ i m i ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) = 2 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t and that the endpoint is 1 = D 1=D 1 = D . Then the trial value is Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) − ( β 2 / 2 ) ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t = P β ( α ) \Phi_\alpha(0,0)-(\beta^2/2)\int_0^1t\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t=\mathcal{P}_\beta(\alpha) Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) − ( β 2 /2 ) ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t = P β ( α ) . Finally, the transition of z i \mathbf{z}_i z i is K m i , β 2 δ i , Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) K_{m_i,\beta^2\delta_i,\Phi_\alpha(t_i,\cdot)} K m i , β 2 δ i , Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) , and Proposition 4.3(iii) states that this is the transition of Y Y Y from t i − 1 t_{i-1} t i − 1 to t i t_i t i .
Admissibility and the endpoint in part (b). Every increment is positive semidefinite. We check that the masses are nondecreasing. For t i ≤ r t_i\le r t i ≤ r we have t i − 1 < r t_{i-1}<r t i − 1 < r , so that the common masses satisfy m i / 3 ≤ α ( r ) / 3 m_i/3\le\alpha(r)/3 m i /3 ≤ α ( r ) /3 . Since r r r and q q q are breakpoints, we see that the first v v v - and x y xy x y -masses are α ( r ) \alpha(r) α ( r ) and α ( r ) / 2 \alpha(r)/2 α ( r ) /2 , that the first independent mass is α ( q ) \alpha(q) α ( q ) , and that every v v v - and x y xy x y -mass is at most α ( q ) \alpha(q) α ( q ) . Two nondecreasing lists can always be merged into one nondecreasing list that keeps the order of each, and this shows that an order as in (b) exists. The masses of ( Q , m ) (Q,m) ( Q , m ) are then nondecreasing and at most m p ≤ 1 m_p\le1 m p ≤ 1 . Summing the increments, we obtain
Q N = r e e T + ( q − r ) ( e v e v T + ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T ) + ( 1 − q ) Id , Q_N=r\,\mathbf{e}\mathbf{e}^{\mathsf{T}}+(q-r)\left(\mathbf{e}_v\mathbf{e}_v^{\mathsf{T}}+(\mathbf{e}_x+\mathbf{e}_y)(\mathbf{e}_x+\mathbf{e}_y)^{\mathsf{T}}\right)+(1-q)\operatorname{Id}, Q N = r e e T + ( q − r ) ( e v e v T + ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T ) + ( 1 − q ) Id ,
which has diagonal entries 1 1 1 , entries r r r in the positions ( v , x ) (v,x) ( v , x ) and ( v , y ) (v,y) ( v , y ) , and entry q q q in the position ( x , y ) (x,y) ( x , y ) . This is the matrix D ( r , q , 0 ) D(r,q,0) D ( r , q , 0 ) .
The value in part (b). We integrate backward. The independent increments are block diagonal with three one-dimensional blocks, and f 0 f_0 f 0 is a sum of functions of single coordinates. By Lemma 4.2 (c) and part (a), after the independent increments the partial value is ∑ a ∈ { v , x , y } Φ α ( q , z a ) \sum_{a\in\{v,x,y\}}\Phi_\alpha(q,z_a) ∑ a ∈ { v , x , y } Φ α ( q , z a ) . Let V = { z ∈ R 3 : z x = z y } V=\{\mathbf{z}\in\mathbb{R}^3:z_x=z_y\} V = { z ∈ R 3 : z x = z y } . Note that the common, v v v -, and x y xy x y -increments have ranges in V V V and that the path starts at 0 ∈ V 0\in V 0 ∈ V . By Lemma 4.2 (e), at points of V V V these steps depend only on restrictions to V V V , which we write as functions of ( z v , z ) (z_v,z) ( z v , z ) , where z = z x = z y z=z_x=z_y z = z x = z y . On V V V , a v v v -increment adds a scalar Gaussian of variance β 2 δ i \beta^2\delta_i β 2 δ i to z v z_v z v and leaves z z z fixed, and an x y xy x y -increment adds a scalar Gaussian of variance β 2 δ i \beta^2\delta_i β 2 δ i to z z z and leaves z v z_v z v fixed. We claim that, during the middle stage, the restriction to V V V of the partial value has the form
Φ α ( t v , z v ) + 2 Φ α ( t x y , z ) , (57) \Phi_\alpha(t_v,z_v)+2\Phi_\alpha(t_{xy},z), \tag*{(57)} Φ α ( t v , z v ) + 2 Φ α ( t x y , z ) , (57)
where t v t_v t v (respectively t x y t_{xy} t x y ) is the largest t i ≤ q t_i\le q t i ≤ q whose v v v -increment (respectively x y xy x y -increment) has not yet been integrated, and t v = r t_v=r t v = r (respectively t x y = r t_{xy}=r t x y = r ) if there is none. At the end of the middle stage this is the restriction of ∑ a ∈ { v , x , y } Φ α ( q , z a ) \sum_{a\in\{v,x,y\}}\Phi_\alpha(q,z_a) ∑ a ∈ { v , x , y } Φ α ( q , z a ) , with t v = t x y = q t_v=t_{xy}=q t v = t x y = q . If the next step backward is the v v v -increment with t i = t v t_i=t_v t i = t v , then Lemma 4.2 (c) and (42) turn (4.18) into Φ α ( t i − 1 , z v ) + 2 Φ α ( t x y , z ) \Phi_\alpha(t_{i-1},z_v)+2\Phi_\alpha(t_{xy},z) Φ α ( t i − 1 , z v ) + 2 Φ α ( t x y , z ) . If it is the x y xy x y -increment with t i = t x y t_i=t_{xy} t i = t x y , then Lemma 4.2 (c) and (d), with k = 2 k=2 k = 2 , give T m i / 2 , β 2 δ i ( 2 Φ α ( t x y , ⋅ ) ) = 2 T m i , β 2 δ i Φ α ( t x y , ⋅ ) = 2 Φ α ( t i − 1 , ⋅ ) T_{m_i/2,\beta^2\delta_i}(2\Phi_\alpha(t_{xy},\cdot))=2T_{m_i,\beta^2\delta_i}\Phi_\alpha(t_{xy},\cdot)=2\Phi_\alpha(t_{i-1},\cdot) T m i /2 , β 2 δ i ( 2 Φ α ( t x y , ⋅ )) = 2 T m i , β 2 δ i Φ α ( t x y , ⋅ ) = 2 Φ α ( t i − 1 , ⋅ ) . This proves the claim. We conclude that, at the start of the middle stage, the restriction to V V V is Φ α ( r , z v ) + 2 Φ α ( r , z ) \Phi_\alpha(r,z_v)+2\Phi_\alpha(r,z) Φ α ( r , z v ) + 2 Φ α ( r , z ) . The common increments have range spanned by e. On this line, where z v = z x = z y = z z_v=z_x=z_y=z z v = z x = z y = z , the function equals 3 Φ α ( r , z ) 3\Phi_\alpha(r,z) 3 Φ α ( r , z ) , and Lemma 4.2 (d), with k = 3 k=3 k = 3 , gives K m i / 3 , β 2 δ i ( 3 Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) ) = 3 Φ α ( t i − 1 , ⋅ ) \mathcal{K}_{m_i/3,\beta^2\delta_i}\left(3\Phi_\alpha(t_i,\cdot)\right)=3\Phi_\alpha(t_{i-1},\cdot) K m i /3 , β 2 δ i ( 3 Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) ) = 3 Φ α ( t i − 1 , ⋅ ) at each common increment. After all common increments, the value at 0 0 0 is 3 Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) 3\Phi_\alpha(0,0) 3 Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) .
The penalty in part (b). During the first stage we have Q = t e e T Q=tee^{\mathsf T} Q = t e e T and ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = 9 t 2 \lVert Q\rVert_{\mathrm F}^2=9t^2 ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = 9 t 2 , so that this stage contributes ∑ t i ≤ r ( m i / 3 ) ⋅ 9 ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) \sum_{t_i\le r}(m_i/3)\cdot9(t_i^2-t_{i-1}^2) ∑ t i ≤ r ( m i /3 ) ⋅ 9 ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) . During the middle stage, if the v v v -clock is t v t_v t v and the x y xy x y -clock is t x y t_{xy} t x y , then ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = t v 2 + 4 t x y 2 + 4 r 2 \lVert Q\rVert_{\mathrm F}^2=t_v^2+4t_{xy}^2+4r^2 ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = t v 2 + 4 t x y 2 + 4 r 2 . A v v v -increment at mass m i m_i m i contributes m i ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) m_i(t_i^2-t_{i-1}^2) m i ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) , and an x y xy x y -increment at mass m i / 2 m_i/2 m i /2 contributes ( m i / 2 ) ⋅ 4 ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) (m_i/2)\cdot4(t_i^2-t_{i-1}^2) ( m i /2 ) ⋅ 4 ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) . During the last stage only the diagonal changes, and each increment contributes 3 m i ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) 3m_i(t_i^2-t_{i-1}^2) 3 m i ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) . Every index i i i contributes 3 m i ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) 3m_i(t_i^2-t_{i-1}^2) 3 m i ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) in total, through one increment in the first and last stages and through two increments in the middle stage. The penalty is 3 ∑ i = 1 p m i ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) = 6 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t 3\sum_{i=1}^p m_i(t_i^2-t_{i-1}^2)=6\int_0^1t\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t 3 ∑ i = 1 p m i ( t i 2 − t i − 1 2 ) = 6 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t . Since the endpoint is D ( r , q , 0 ) D(r,q,0) D ( r , q , 0 ) , the trial value is 3 Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) − ( 3 β 2 / 2 ) ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t = 3 P β ( α ) 3\Phi_\alpha(0,0)-(3\beta^2/2)\int_0^1t\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t=3P_\beta(\alpha) 3 Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) − ( 3 β 2 /2 ) ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t = 3 P β ( α ) .
Part (c). The proof is the same, with the v v v -coordinate removed and the common stage replaced by the x y xy x y -increments on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] .
Part (d). Under the path law, the j j j th increment has density exp { m j [ Ψ j ( z j ) − Ψ j − 1 ( z j − 1 ) ] } \exp\{m_j[\Psi_j(z_j)-\Psi_{j-1}(z_{j-1})]\} exp { m j [ Ψ j ( z j ) − Ψ j − 1 ( z j − 1 )]} with respect to its Gaussian law. By the computation of the value, we see that for a v v v -increment with index i i i the exponent is m i [ Φ α ( t i , Y i v ) − Φ α ( t i − 1 , Y i − 1 v ) ] m_i[\Phi_\alpha(t_i,Y_i^v)-\Phi_\alpha(t_{i-1},Y_{i-1}^v)] m i [ Φ α ( t i , Y i v ) − Φ α ( t i − 1 , Y i − 1 v )] : the term 2 Φ α ( t x y , z ) 2\Phi_\alpha(t_{xy},z) 2 Φ α ( t x y , z ) of (57) is the same before and after the step and cancels. For an x y xy x y -increment at mass m i / 2 m_i/2 m i /2 the exponent is ( m i / 2 ) ⋅ 2 [ Φ α ( t i , Y i x y ) − Φ α ( t i − 1 , Y i − 1 x y ) ] (m_i/2)\cdot2[\Phi_\alpha(t_i,Y_i^{xy})-\Phi_\alpha(t_{i-1},Y_{i-1}^{xy})] ( m i /2 ) ⋅ 2 [ Φ α ( t i , Y i x y ) − Φ α ( t i − 1 , Y i − 1 x y )] , and for a common increment at mass m i / 3 m_i/3 m i /3 it is ( m i / 3 ) ⋅ 3 [ Φ α ( t i , z ) − Φ α ( t i − 1 , z ′ ) ] (m_i/3)\cdot3[\Phi_\alpha(t_i,z)-\Phi_\alpha(t_{i-1},z')] ( m i /3 ) ⋅ 3 [ Φ α ( t i , z ) − Φ α ( t i − 1 , z ′ )] along the diagonal. In each case the moving coordinate makes the scalar transition K m i , β 2 δ i , Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) \mathcal{K}_{m_i,\beta^2\delta_i,\Phi_\alpha(t_i,\cdot)} K m i , β 2 δ i , Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) , which depends only on its own current value, and the increments of different branches are driven by independent Gaussian variables. This proves (d), in view of part (a). □ \square □
When α \alpha α is not a step function, for instance α = α β \alpha=\alpha_\beta α = α β , we use Lemma 4.20 with step distribution functions α k → α \alpha_k\to\alpha α k → α in L 1 L^1 L 1 whose breakpoints contain r r r and q q q . By Proposition 4.3(ii), P β ( α k ) → P β ( α ) P_\beta(\alpha_k)\to P_\beta(\alpha) P β ( α k ) → P β ( α ) , and the last sentence of Proposition 4.19 applies to the limit. The path-law statement (d) also passes to the limit, in the following sense. Let Y ( k ) Y^{(k)} Y ( k ) and Y Y Y be the scalar diffusions of α k \alpha_k α k and α \alpha α , driven by the same Brownian motion, and let u k = u α k u_k=u_{\alpha_k} u k = u α k . Since ∣ u k ∣ ≤ 1 |u_k|\le1 ∣ u k ∣ ≤ 1 and u u u is 1-Lipschitz in space (0 < χ ≤ 1 0<\chi\le1 0 < χ ≤ 1 ), by Gronwall’s inequality we have
sup t ≤ 1 ∣ Y t ( k ) − Y t ∣ ≤ β 2 e β 2 ( ∥ α k − α ∥ L 1 + ∥ u k − u ∥ ∞ ) . \sup_{t\le1}\left|Y_t^{(k)}-Y_t\right|\le\beta^2e^{\beta^2}\left(\lVert\alpha_k-\alpha\rVert_{L^1}+\lVert u_k-u\rVert_\infty\right). t ≤ 1 sup Y t ( k ) − Y t ≤ β 2 e β 2 ( ∥ α k − α ∥ L 1 + ∥ u k − u ∥ ∞ ) .
which tends to zero by Proposition 4.3(ii). For the two branches, we use the same Brownian path up to r r r and independent Brownian continuations after r r r . The branch laws of (d) for α k \alpha_k α k , evaluated at any fixed finite set of common breakpoints, therefore converge to the corresponding laws of two diffusions of α \alpha α that coincide up to r r r and are conditionally independent after r r r given their common value at r r r .
Used in: Sections 7 to 9, for the value and the law of the unperturbed path.
Proposition 4.21 (Gaussian tools [77, Lemma 2.1]). Let g g g be a standard Gaussian vector in R M \mathbb{R}^{M} R M , and let f : R M → R f:\mathbb{R}^{M}\to\mathbb{R} f : R M → R be L L L -Lipschitz. Then, for a > 0 a>0 a > 0 and θ ∈ R \theta\in\mathbb{R} θ ∈ R ,
P ( ∣ f ( g ) − E f ( g ) ∣ ≥ a ) ≤ 2 exp ( − a 2 2 L 2 ) , log E exp { θ ( f ( g ) − E f ( g ) ) } ≤ θ 2 L 2 2 . (58) \mathbb{P}\left(\lvert f(g)-\mathbb{E}f(g)\rvert\ge a\right)\le2\exp\left(-\frac{a^{2}}{2L^{2}}\right),\qquad\log\mathbb{E}\exp\left\{\theta\left(f(g)-\mathbb{E}f(g)\right)\right\}\le\frac{\theta^{2}L^{2}}{2}. \tag*{(58)} P ( ∣ f ( g ) − E f ( g )∣ ≥ a ) ≤ 2 exp ( − 2 L 2 a 2 ) , log E exp { θ ( f ( g ) − E f ( g ) ) } ≤ 2 θ 2 L 2 . (58) If a probability density on R M \mathbb{R}^{M} R M is proportional to e − V e^{-V} e − V , where V V V is twice differentiable and ∇ 2 V ⪰ I \nabla^{2}V\succeq I ∇ 2 V ⪰ I , then Var ( f ) ≤ E ∥ ∇ f ∥ 2 \operatorname{Var}(f)\le\mathbb{E}\lVert\nabla f\rVert^{2} Var ( f ) ≤ E ∥ ∇ f ∥ 2 under this density for every continuously differentiable f f f with finite right side. In particular, the variance of a linear functional a ⋅ X \mathbf{a}\cdot\mathbf{X} a ⋅ X of a random vector X \mathbf{X} X with this density is at most ∣ a ∣ 2 \lvert\mathbf{a}\rvert^{2} ∣ a ∣ 2 .
The bounds (4.19) are the Gaussian concentration inequality of Tsirelson, Ibragimov, and Sudakov [112], in the logarithmic-moment and tail forms of [28, Section 5.4, Theorems 5.5–5.6], and the variance bound is the case ∇ 2 V ⪰ I \nabla^{2}V\succeq I ∇ 2 V ⪰ I of the Brascamp–Lieb inequality [30, Theorem 4.1]. The proof in [77] covers (4.19) and the case of linear f f f , under an upper bound on ∇ 2 V \nabla^{2}V ∇ 2 V that holds in its applications. The linear case enters this paper only through Proposition 4.27 .
Used in: Section 9, for the concentration of logarithms of constrained partition functions, and Section 10, in the proof of Lemma 10.1.
Remark 4.22 (Lipschitz constants of logarithms of constrained partition functions). The Gaussian vector in applications of (4.19) is J = ( J i j ) i < j ∈ R n ( n − 1 ) / 2 J=(J_{ij})_{i<j}\in\mathbb{R}^{n(n-1)/2} J = ( J ij ) i < j ∈ R n ( n − 1 ) /2 . Let S ⊂ Σ n ℓ S\subset\Sigma_{n}^{\ell} S ⊂ Σ n ℓ be nonempty and F S ( J ) = log ∑ ( x a ) ∈ S exp ( β ∑ a = 1 ℓ H n J ( x a ) ) F_{S}(J)=\log\sum_{(x^{a})\in S}\exp\left(\beta\sum_{a=1}^{\ell}H_{n}^{J}(x^{a})\right) F S ( J ) = log ∑ ( x a ) ∈ S exp ( β ∑ a = 1 ℓ H n J ( x a ) ) . Then ∂ F S / ∂ J i j = − β n − 1 / 2 ⟨ ∑ a x i a x j a ⟩ S \partial F_{S}/\partial J_{ij}=-\beta n^{-1/2}\left\langle\sum_{a}x_{i}^{a}x_{j}^{a}\right\rangle_{S} ∂ F S / ∂ J ij = − β n − 1/2 ⟨ ∑ a x i a x j a ⟩ S , where ⟨ ⋅ ⟩ S \langle\cdot\rangle_{S} ⟨ ⋅ ⟩ S is the Gibbs average on S S S . Each derivative has absolute value at most β ℓ / n \beta\ell/\sqrt{n} β ℓ / n . This implies that F S F_{S} F S is Lipschitz with constant β ℓ ( n − 1 ) / 2 \beta\ell\sqrt{(n-1)/2} β ℓ ( n − 1 ) /2 ; this is the bound used in [77, proof of Lemma 4.2]. It applies to log Z ℓ , n ( D ) \log Z_{\ell,n}(D) log Z ℓ , n ( D ) and, with ℓ = 1 \ell=1 ℓ = 1 and S = Σ n S=\Sigma_{n} S = Σ n , to F n F_{n} F n .
Two- and three-replica pressure bounds
In this section, we assume that β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 , we write α = α β \alpha=\alpha_{\beta} α = α β , and we let Y Y Y and Γ \Gamma Γ be the diffusion and response of α β \alpha_{\beta} α β . The three results below are proved in [77, Sections 4 and 7] from Proposition 4.19, applied to perturbations of the paths of Lemma 4.20, and from the scalar identities of Propositions 4.3 and 4.6 . We import their pressure bounds, not the probability bounds that [77] derives from them at its own scales. We convert them into probability bounds at our scales in Section 9.
Proposition 4.23 (Pair pressure bound [77, Lemma 4.3, (4.4)]). For every n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 and every q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] q \in[0,1] q ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] such that D 2 ( q ) D_2(q) D 2 ( q ) is feasible,
p 2 , n ( D 2 ( q ) ) ≤ 2 P β − 1 2 ( Γ ( q ) − q ) 2 p_{2,n}(D_2(q)) \le2P_\beta- \frac{1}{2}\bigl(\Gamma(q)-q\bigr)^2 p 2 , n ( D 2 ( q )) ≤ 2 P β − 2 1 ( Γ ( q ) − q ) 2 By Remark 4.17, the same bound holds for q ∈ [ − 1 , 0 ] q \in[-1,0] q ∈ [ − 1 , 0 ] with Γ ( ∣ q ∣ ) − ∣ q ∣ \Gamma(|q|)-|q| Γ ( ∣ q ∣ ) − ∣ q ∣ in place of Γ ( q ) − q \Gamma(q)-q Γ ( q ) − q . The proof in [77] uses the path of Lemma 4.20(c) and the terminal multiplier λ 12 = λ 21 = L / 2 \lambda_{12}=\lambda_{21}=L/2 λ 12 = λ 21 = L /2 with L = q − Γ ( q ) L=q-\Gamma(q) L = q − Γ ( q ) . The lemma in [77] also contains a probability bound, which we do not use, for the overlaps R R R at which ∣ Γ ( ∣ R ∣ ) − ∣ R ∣ ∣ |\Gamma(|R|)-|R|| ∣Γ ( ∣ R ∣ ) − ∣ R ∣∣ exceeds a fixed positive tolerance.
Used in: § 6.8 , for the pair overlaps at which ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ |q-\Gamma(q)| ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ is not small and for the overlaps near one.
Proposition 4.24 (Signed fixed-scale pressure bound [77, (4.20)]). For every b ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) b_* \in(0,1) b ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , there exist r 0 , δ 0 , ν , c 0 > 0 r_0,\delta_0,\nu,c_0>0 r 0 , δ 0 , ν , c 0 > 0 , depending only on β \beta β and b ∗ b_* b ∗ , with the following property. For every n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 and every feasible D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) with
0 ≤ r ≤ r 0 , ∣ δ ∣ ≤ δ 0 , b ∗ ≤ q ≤ 1 , ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν , 0 \le r \le r_0,\qquad|\delta| \le\delta_0,\qquad b_* \le q \le1,\qquad|q-\Gamma(q)| \le\nu, 0 ≤ r ≤ r 0 , ∣ δ ∣ ≤ δ 0 , b ∗ ≤ q ≤ 1 , ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν , we have
p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ ) ) ≤ 3 P β − c 0 δ 2 . p_{3,n}(D(r,q,\delta)) \le3P_\beta-c_0\delta^2. p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ )) ≤ 3 P β − c 0 δ 2 . In [77] the cutoff b ∗ b_* b ∗ is called h h h and the tolerance ν \nu ν is called τ \tau τ , and (4.20) is proved in [77], § 5.2.2 –§ 5.2.4 for nonempty constraints. No condition r ≥ ∣ δ ∣ r \ge|\delta| r ≥ ∣ δ ∣ is imposed, and the two small overlaps r ± δ r \pm\delta r ± δ may have opposite signs. Reversing v v v (Remark 4.17), we obtain the same bound for − r 0 ≤ r ≤ 0 -r_0 \le r \le0 − r 0 ≤ r ≤ 0 . With the conditions on q q q , the bound holds whenever ∣ r + δ ∣ , ∣ r − δ ∣ ≤ min { r 0 , δ 0 } |r+\delta|,|r-\delta| \le\min\{r_0,\delta_0\} ∣ r + δ ∣ , ∣ r − δ ∣ ≤ min { r 0 , δ 0 } , since then ∣ r ∣ |r| ∣ r ∣ and ∣ δ ∣ |\delta| ∣ δ ∣ are at most this minimum. The perturbation in the proof acts on a fixed interval [ s 1 , s 2 ] ⊂ ( 0 , b ∗ ) [s_1,s_2] \subset(0,b_*) [ s 1 , s 2 ] ⊂ ( 0 , b ∗ ) , and the gain comes from the strict inequality
β 2 ( ∫ b ∗ 1 α ( t ) d t ) ( ∫ 0 1 α ( t ) d t ) < 1 , \beta^2\left(\int_{b_*}^{1}\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t\right)\left(\int_{0}^{1}\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t\right)<1, β 2 ( ∫ b ∗ 1 α ( t ) d t ) ( ∫ 0 1 α ( t ) d t ) < 1 , which follows from Proposition 4.6(iii). The paper [77] converts (4.20) into the probability bound of its Lemma 4.1, with tolerance 2 n − 1 / 100 2n^{-1/100} 2 n − 1/100 , using its Lemma 4.2 and its upper bound C n − 1 / 24 Cn^{-1/24} C n − 1/24 on the mean bias. We use neither of these lemmas.
Used in: § 6.8 , for the fixed-scale bound (164) , and through it for the signed overlap constraints of Sections 10 and 11.
Proposition 4.25 (Narrow-annulus comparison [77, Section 7, Steps 1–8, (7.30)–(7.31)]). Let t 0 > 0 t_0>0 t 0 > 0 satisfy 3 t 0 ≤ 1 3t_0 \le1 3 t 0 ≤ 1 and Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t)=t Γ ( t ) = t for t 0 / 2 < t < 3 t 0 t_0/2<t<3t_0 t 0 /2 < t < 3 t 0 . Let ρ O B = n − 1 / 10000 \rho_{\mathrm{OB}}=n^{-1/10000} ρ OB = n − 1/10000 , h = ρ O B 8 h=\rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^8 h = ρ OB 8 , ε = ρ O B 20 \varepsilon=\rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^{20} ε = ρ OB 20 , θ = ρ O B 2 \theta=\rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^2 θ = ρ OB 2 , and W = ( 2 ( 1 − θ ) 2 + θ 2 ) / h W=(2(1-\theta)^2+\theta^2)/h W = ( 2 ( 1 − θ ) 2 + θ 2 ) / h . There exist C , c > 0 C,c>0 C , c > 0 and n 0 n_0 n 0 , depending only on β \beta β and t 0 t_0 t 0 , with the following properties.
(i) For n ≥ n 0 n \ge n_0 n ≥ n 0 and every feasible D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) with t 0 / 2 < r < 3 t 0 t_0/2 < r < 3t_0 t 0 /2 < r < 3 t 0 , μ β ( [ r − h , r + h ] ) ≤ ρ O B 4 \mu_\beta([r-h,r+h]) \le\rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^4 μ β ([ r − h , r + h ]) ≤ ρ OB 4 , q ≥ r + ρ O B q \ge r+\rho_{\mathrm{OB}} q ≥ r + ρ OB and ε ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε \varepsilon\le|\delta| \le2\varepsilon ε ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε ,
p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ ) ) ≤ 3 P β + δ 2 { β 2 W ( E χ ( q , Y q ) − ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t ) + 2 ( 1 − θ ) θ β 2 α ( r ) ( β 2 E [ χ ( q , Y q ) χ ( r , Y r ) ] − 1 ) + C ( ρ O B 4 + θ 2 ) } + C ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h − 3 / 2 + δ 4 h − 2 ) . (59) \begin{aligned}
p_{3,n}(D(r,q,\delta)) &\le3P_\beta+\delta^2\left\{\beta^2W\left(\mathbb{E}\chi(q,Y_q)-\int_q^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t\right)\right.\\
&\quad+2(1-\theta)\theta\beta^2\alpha(r)\left(\beta^2\mathbb{E}[\chi(q,Y_q)\chi(r,Y_r)]-1\right)\\
&\quad\left.+C(\rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^4+\theta^2)\right\}+C\left(|\delta|^3h^{-3/2}+\delta^4h^{-2}\right). \tag*{(59)}
\end{aligned} p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ )) ≤ 3 P β + δ 2 { β 2 W ( E χ ( q , Y q ) − ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t ) + 2 ( 1 − θ ) θ β 2 α ( r ) ( β 2 E [ χ ( q , Y q ) χ ( r , Y r )] − 1 ) + C ( ρ OB 4 + θ 2 ) } + C ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h − 3/2 + δ 4 h − 2 ) . (59)
(ii) For every t 0 / 2 < r < 3 t 0 t_0/2 < r < 3t_0 t 0 /2 < r < 3 t 0 and r ≤ q ≤ 1 r \le q \le1 r ≤ q ≤ 1 ,
β 2 E χ ( q , Y q ) χ ( r , Y r ) = 1 − β 4 ∫ r q α ( t ) E [ χ ( t , Y t ) 2 χ ( r , Y r ) ] d t ≤ 1 − c ( q − r ) . (60) \beta^2\mathbb{E}\chi(q,Y_q)\chi(r,Y_r)=1-\beta^4\int_r^q\alpha(t)\mathbb{E}[\chi(t,Y_t)^2\chi(r,Y_r)]\,\mathrm{d}t\le1-c(q-r). \tag*{(60)} β 2 E χ ( q , Y q ) χ ( r , Y r ) = 1 − β 4 ∫ r q α ( t ) E [ χ ( t , Y t ) 2 χ ( r , Y r )] d t ≤ 1 − c ( q − r ) . (60)
By Corollary 4.8, the hypothesis on t 0 t_0 t 0 holds for every t 0 ∈ ( 0 , q β / 3 ] t_0\in(0,q_\beta/3] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , q β /3 ] , and finitely many intervals ( t 0 / 2 , 3 t 0 ) (t_0/2,3t_0) ( t 0 /2 , 3 t 0 ) with such t 0 t_0 t 0 cover any compact subset of ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) . The estimate (4.20) is [77, (7.30)], obtained there from the step version [77, (7.29)] by passing to α β \alpha_\beta α β at fixed n , r , q , δ n,r,q,\delta n , r , q , δ . It is proved by applying Proposition 4.19 with λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 to the path of Lemma 4.20(b), perturbed as follows. With the notation of Lemma 4.20(d), for step approximations whose breakpoints contain r − h r-h r − h , r r r , r + h r+h r + h , and q q q , let
Y 0 = ( Y r x − Y r − h x ) − ( Y r + h x − Y r x ) h , Y 1 = Y r + h y − Y r y h , Y = ( 1 − θ ) Y 0 + θ Y 1 , Y_0=\frac{(Y^x_r-Y^x_{r-h})-(Y^x_{r+h}-Y^x_r)}{h},\qquad
Y_1=\frac{Y^y_{r+h}-Y^y_r}{h},\qquad
Y=(1-\theta)Y_0+\theta Y_1, Y 0 = h ( Y r x − Y r − h x ) − ( Y r + h x − Y r x ) , Y 1 = h Y r + h y − Y r y , Y = ( 1 − θ ) Y 0 + θ Y 1 ,
as linear combinations of the Gaussian increments [77, (7.8)]. The x x x field receives + δ +\delta + δ times, and the y y y field − δ -\delta − δ times, the contribution of each increment to Y Y Y . The endpoint becomes D ( r , q , δ ) + δ 2 W ( e x − e y ) ( e x − e y ) T D(r,q,\delta)+\delta^2W(\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y)(\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y)^{\mathsf{T}} D ( r , q , δ ) + δ 2 W ( e x − e y ) ( e x − e y ) T , and the mismatch cost β 2 δ 4 W 2 \beta^2\delta^4W^2 β 2 δ 4 W 2 [77, (7.13)] is part of the last error term. The coefficient W W W is denoted K K K in [77]. The identity in (4.21) follows from Proposition 4.3(iv) and Γ ′ ( r ) = 1 \Gamma'(r)=1 Γ ′ ( r ) = 1 , and the inequality is [77, (7.31)].
Proposition 4.25 is a consequence of the proof in [77, Section 7] rather than a verbatim statement there, and we record how it is obtained. The setup of [77, Section 7] also imposes 3 t 0 < q ∗ 3t_0<q_* 3 t 0 < q ∗ , with q ∗ q_* q ∗ the constant of Proposition 4.29, and, before Step 1, the restriction ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ρ O B 13 |q-\Gamma(q)|\le\rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^{13} ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ρ OB 13 . The Gaussian calculations through (7.30) use neither restriction. Their geometric requirements are 0 < r − h 0<r-h 0 < r − h and r + h < q ≤ 1 r+h<q\le1 r + h < q ≤ 1 , which hold under the hypotheses of (i) for all sufficiently large n n n , and the pair restriction is needed only to obtain (7.32). In [77, Section 7], (7.31) is stated for the pairs ( r , q ) (r,q) ( r , q ) of Lemma 7.1, but its proof uses only t 0 / 2 < r < 3 t 0 t_0/2<r<3t_0 t 0 /2 < r < 3 t 0 and r ≤ q ≤ 1 r\le q\le1 r ≤ q ≤ 1 . Indeed, let M M M be such that the event { β sup t ≤ 1 ∣ B t ∣ + β 2 ≤ M } \{\beta\sup_{t\le1}|B_t|+\beta^2\le M\} { β sup t ≤ 1 ∣ B t ∣ + β 2 ≤ M } has probability p M > 0 p_M>0 p M > 0 ; on it ∣ Y t ∣ ≤ M |Y_t|\le M ∣ Y t ∣ ≤ M for all t ≤ 1 t\le1 t ≤ 1 . With c M = min 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 , ∣ z ∣ ≤ M χ ( t , z ) > 0 c_M=\min_{0\le t\le1,\ |z|\le M}\chi(t,z)>0 c M = min 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 , ∣ z ∣ ≤ M χ ( t , z ) > 0 , we have E [ χ ( t , Y t ) 2 χ ( r , Y r ) ] ≥ p M c M 3 \mathbb{E}[\chi(t,Y_t)^2\chi(r,Y_r)]\ge p_Mc_M^3 E [ χ ( t , Y t ) 2 χ ( r , Y r )] ≥ p M c M 3 and α ( t ) ≥ α ( t 0 / 2 ) > 0 \alpha(t)\ge\alpha(t_0/2)>0 α ( t ) ≥ α ( t 0 /2 ) > 0 for t ≥ r t\ge r t ≥ r . We may take c = β 4 α ( t 0 / 2 ) p M c M 3 c=\beta^4\alpha(t_0/2)p_Mc_M^3 c = β 4 α ( t 0 /2 ) p M c M 3 . After imposing the additional restriction ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ρ O B 13 |q-\Gamma(q)|\le\rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^{13} ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ρ OB 13 , [77] deduces from (4.20) and (4.21) the deficit c δ 2 ρ O B 3 c\delta^2\rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^3 c δ 2 ρ OB 3 [77, (7.32)] and the probability bound of its Lemma 7.1. We use neither.
Used in: Section 9, for the comparison at separated overlaps in (9.17) and (9.18).
Energy, disorder rotation, and overlap-neighborhood masses
In this section, we assume that β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 and that J , J ~ J,\widetilde{J} J , J are independent standard Gaussian vectors in R n ( n − 1 ) / 2 \mathbb{R}^{n(n-1)/2} R n ( n − 1 ) /2 , indexed by pairs i < j i<j i < j . We write Z n J Z_{n}^{J} Z n J , π J \pi^{J} π J , and H n J H_{n}^{J} H n J to indicate the disorder. The three results below, from [77, Sections 5–6], use the off-diagonal Hamiltonian without the auxiliary diagonal variables.
Proposition 4.27 (Upper energy tail [77, Lemma 5.1]). There exist constants e 1 ∈ ( 0 , β / 2 ) e_{1}\in(0,\beta/2) e 1 ∈ ( 0 , β /2 ) and c E > 0 c_{E}>0 c E > 0 such that, for all sufficiently large n n n ,
P J ( π J { x ∈ Σ n : H n J ( x ) > n e 1 } > e − c E n ) ≤ e − c E n . \mathbb{P}_{J}\left(\pi^{J}\left\{x\in\Sigma_{n}:H_{n}^{J}(x)>ne_{1}\right\}>e^{-c_{E}n}\right)\leq e^{-c_{E}n}. P J ( π J { x ∈ Σ n : H n J ( x ) > n e 1 } > e − c E n ) ≤ e − c E n . The proof in [77] combines the strict bound n − 1 E π J ( H n J ) ≤ e 0 < β / 2 n^{-1}\mathbb{E}\pi^{J}(H_{n}^{J})\leq e_{0}<\beta/2 n − 1 E π J ( H n J ) ≤ e 0 < β /2 for all sufficiently large n n n of [77, Lemma 3.3], which uses β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 , with the linear case of the variance bound in Proposition 4.21 for the law of J J J given a Gibbs sample.
Used in: Section 10, in the proof of Lemma 10.1.
Proposition 4.28 (Disorder rotation [77, Lemma 5.2 and (5.5)]). For θ ∈ ( 0 , π / 2 ) \theta\in(0,\pi/2) θ ∈ ( 0 , π /2 ) , let J θ = cos θ J + sin θ J ~ J_\theta=\cos\theta J+\sin\theta\widetilde{J} J θ = cos θ J + sin θ J . For every n ≥ 2 n\ge2 n ≥ 2 , every s ∈ R s\in\mathbb{R} s ∈ R and every u > 0 u>0 u > 0 ,
E exp { s ( log Z n J θ − log Z n J ) } ≤ exp { s 2 θ 2 β 2 ( n − 1 ) 4 } . \mathbb{E}\exp\left\{s\left(\log Z_n^{J_\theta}-\log Z_n^J\right)\right\}\le\exp\left\{\frac{s^2\theta^2\beta^2(n-1)}{4}\right\}. E exp { s ( log Z n J θ − log Z n J ) } ≤ exp { 4 s 2 θ 2 β 2 ( n − 1 ) } . and
P ( log Z n J θ − log Z n J ≥ u ) ≤ exp { − u 2 θ 2 β 2 ( n − 1 ) } . \mathbb{P}\left(\log Z_n^{J_\theta}-\log Z_n^J\ge u\right)\le\exp\left\{-\frac{u^2}{\theta^2\beta^2(n-1)}\right\}. P ( log Z n J θ − log Z n J ≥ u ) ≤ exp { − θ 2 β 2 ( n − 1 ) u 2 } . If 0 < t < 1 / 2 0<t<1/2 0 < t < 1/2 and J ′ = 1 − t J + t J ~ J'=\sqrt{1-t}J+\sqrt{t}\widetilde{J} J ′ = 1 − t J + t J , then for every u > 0 u>0 u > 0 ,
P ( log Z n J ′ − log Z n J ≥ u ) ≤ exp ( − u 2 2 β 2 n t ) . \mathbb{P}\left(\log Z_n^{J'}-\log Z_n^J\ge u\right)\le\exp\left(-\frac{u^2}{2\beta^2nt}\right). P ( log Z n J ′ − log Z n J ≥ u ) ≤ exp ( − 2 β 2 n t u 2 ) .
The first two bounds are [77, (5.3)–(5.4)]. The last is [77, (5.5)}, which follows from the second with θ = arcsin t \theta=\arcsin\sqrt{t} θ = arcsin t , since θ 2 ≤ 2 t \theta^2\le2t θ 2 ≤ 2 t for 0 < t < 1 / 2 0<t<1/2 0 < t < 1/2 . All three bounds are uniform in θ \theta θ and t t t . They also apply to rotations whose size depends on n n n , and they concern the joint law of ( J , J ~ ) (J,\widetilde{J}) ( J , J ) .
Used in: Section 10, in the proof of Lemma 10.1.
Proposition 4.29 (Overlap-neighborhood mass bound [77, Proposition 6.1]). Let L O B = n 1 / 10000 L_{\mathrm{OB}}=n^{1/10000} L OB = n 1/10000 . There exists q ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q_*\in(0,1) q ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , depending only on β \beta β , with the following property. For every fixed D 1 > 0 D_1>0 D 1 > 0 there exist D 3 = D 3 ( β , D 1 ) > 0 D_3=D_3(\beta,D_1)>0 D 3 = D 3 ( β , D 1 ) > 0 and events C n ( D 1 ) C_n(D_1) C n ( D 1 ) , measurable with respect to J J J , such that P J ( C n ( D 1 ) ) → 1 \mathbb{P}_J(C_n(D_1))\to1 P J ( C n ( D 1 )) → 1 and, on C n ( D 1 ) C_n(D_1) C n ( D 1 ) , for every S ⊂ Σ n S\subset\Sigma_n S ⊂ Σ n ,
π J ( { x ∈ S : π J { z ∈ S : ∣ R ( x , z ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ } < e − D 3 L O B } ) < e − D 1 L O B . \pi^J\left(\left\{x\in S:\pi^J\left\{z\in S:|R(x,z)|\ge q_*\right\}<e^{-D_3L_{\mathrm{OB}}}\right\}\right)<e^{-D_1L_{\mathrm{OB}}}. π J ( { x ∈ S : π J { z ∈ S : ∣ R ( x , z ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ } < e − D 3 L OB } ) < e − D 1 L OB .
Note that both masses in the display are masses under π J \pi^J π J itself, not under π J \pi^J π J conditioned on $S. The proposition, titled “Stretched-exponential coverage” in [77], is stated there at the scale L O B L_{\mathrm{OB}} L OB only. Its proof uses this scale only through L O B → ∞ L_{\mathrm{OB}}\to\infty L OB → ∞ and L O B / n → 0 L_{\mathrm{OB}}/n\to0 L OB / n → 0 , and q ∗ q_* q ∗ is chosen before D 1 D_1 D 1 from the constant e 1 e_1 e 1 of Proposition 4.27 . Lemma 10.1 in Section 10 states and proves the corresponding bound for every deterministic sequence L n → ∞ L_n\to\infty L n → ∞ with L n = o ( n ) L_n=o(n) L n = o ( n ) , by the argument of [77, Section 6], using Propositions 4.21 , 4.27 , and 4.28 .
Used in: Section 10, as the statement extended in Lemma 10.1.
II Static estimates for the lower bound
The scalar Parisi problem on the support
In this section, we collect the properties of the scalar Parisi equation used in the barrier argument. Recall from Section 4 the solution Φ α \Phi_{\alpha} Φ α of the Parisi equation for a distribution function α \alpha α , its spatial derivatives u u u , χ \chi χ , and w w w , the scalar diffusion Y t Y_t Y t , and the function Γ ( t ) = E u ( t , Y t ) 2 \Gamma(t) = \mathbb{E}u(t,Y_t)^2 Γ ( t ) = E u ( t , Y t ) 2 . We first prove two statements that hold for every distribution function. In Lemma 5.1, we bound each positive spatial derivative of Φ α \Phi_{\alpha} Φ α by a constant that depends only on β \beta β and on the order of the derivative. In Lemma 5.2, we record the stochastic differential equations that these derivatives satisfy along Y Y Y . We then specialize to the Parisi distribution function α β \alpha_{\beta} α β on the interval ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) , where Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t) = t Γ ( t ) = t . In Lemma 5.3, we prove the two stationarity identities β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 \beta^2\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_t)^2 = 1 β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 and E w ( t , Y t ) 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 \mathbb{E}w(t,Y_t)^2 = 2\alpha(t)\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_t)^3 E w ( t , Y t ) 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 , the formula α = E w 2 / ( 2 E χ 3 ) \alpha= \mathbb{E}w^2/(2\mathbb{E}\chi^3) α = E w 2 / ( 2 E χ 3 ) , smoothness and a Lipschitz bound for α \alpha α , and bounds on mixed derivatives of Φ \Phi Φ on compact subintervals. The positive constant m β m_{\beta} m β of (5.20) is defined in Corollary 5.5.
We use three external inputs: Proposition 4.3, on the regularity and stability of the scalar equation; Theorem 4.7, which states that the support of μ β \mu_{\beta} μ β is [ 0 , q β ] [0,q_{\beta}] [ 0 , q β ] ; and the identity (4.10), which states that Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t) = t Γ ( t ) = t for 0 < t < q β 0 < t < q_{\beta} 0 < t < q β . The derivative bounds are used in Sections 6 to 8. The stationarity identities enter the coefficient computation of Section 7, and the constant m β m_{\beta} m β enters the cubic pressure deficit there and, through it, the choice of parameters in Sections 8, 10, and 12.
The statements of this section are known, some of them in a slightly different form. We include proofs because the later sections need them with explicit uniformity. For each fixed distribution function, bounds on all positive spatial derivatives, and their convergence when the profile is approximated, were proved by Auffinger and Chen [12, Propositions 1–2] (see also [69, Proposition 2.4]). The bounds of order at most three, the martingale identity (5.9), and the expectation of (5.10) are proved in [77, Lemma 3.1]. Our proof of Lemma 5.1 extends the Feynman–Kac argument given there to every order. The identities (5.8) with j ≤ 3 j \le3 j ≤ 3 and the first two identities of (5.12) appear in [69, Lemma 2.5, (2.12)–(2.16)]; the formulas for Γ ′ \Gamma' Γ ′ given there are stochastic versions of the differentiation formulas of [12, Proposition 3]. The identity Γ ( q ) = q \Gamma(q) = q Γ ( q ) = q at points of the support goes back to Talagrand [104] (see [12, Theorem 5 and its proof]); it is part of the characterization of Parisi measures by Chen [36, Proposition 1] and by Jagannath and Tobasco [63, Proposition 1.1], and we use it in the form proved in [77, Proposition 3.2]. Since supp μ β = [ 0 , q β ] \operatorname{supp}\mu_{\beta} = [0,q_{\beta}] supp μ β = [ 0 , q β ] [69, Theorem 1.1], the identity holds on all of ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) . In the proof of [12, Theorem 2(ii)], Auffinger and Chen derive the quotient formula for α \alpha α and use an induction to prove its smoothness. The same quotient argument, including the passage from almost every point to every point, was carried out near t = 0 t=0 t = 0 in [8, proof of Lemma 7.2, Step 3, (7.8)–(7.12)], in a rescaled normalization. The smoothness of α β \alpha_\beta α β on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) is also part of Theorem 4.7 (see Corollary 4.8 ). The use of the second stationarity identity in the covariance expansion of Section 7 is new.
Notation. Throughout this section, β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 is fixed and b = β 2 b=\beta^2 b = β 2 . We use the conventions of § 5.2.2 . A distribution function is a nondecreasing, right-continuous function α : [ 0 , 1 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] \alpha\colon[0,1]\to[0,1] α : [ 0 , 1 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] with α ( 1 ) = 1 \alpha(1)=1 α ( 1 ) = 1 ; equivalently, α ( t ) = μ ( [ 0 , t ] ) \alpha(t)=\mu([0,t]) α ( t ) = μ ([ 0 , t ]) for a probability measure μ \mu μ on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] . Let α \alpha α be a step distribution function, with breakpoints 0 = t 0 < t 1 < ⋯ < t p = 1 0=t_0<t_1<\cdots<t_p=1 0 = t 0 < t 1 < ⋯ < t p = 1 and α = m i \alpha=m_i α = m i on [ t i − 1 , t i ) [t_{i-1},t_i) [ t i − 1 , t i ) . Then Φ α ( 1 , z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) \Phi_\alpha(1,z)=\log(2\cosh z) Φ α ( 1 , z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) , and the Gaussian recursion (42) reads
Φ α ( t , z ) = 1 m i log E exp ( m i Φ α ( t i , z + β t i − t Z ) ) , t i − 1 ≤ t < t i , (61) \Phi_\alpha(t,z)=\frac{1}{m_i}\log\mathbb{E}\exp\left(m_i\Phi_\alpha\left(t_i,z+\beta\sqrt{t_i-t}Z\right)\right),\qquad t_{i-1}\le t<t_i, \tag*{(61)} Φ α ( t , z ) = m i 1 log E exp ( m i Φ α ( t i , z + β t i − t Z ) ) , t i − 1 ≤ t < t i , (61)
where Z Z Z is a standard Gaussian variable, and where the right side is read as E Φ α ( t i , z + β t i − t Z ) \mathbb{E}\Phi_\alpha(t_i,z+\beta\sqrt{t_i-t}Z) E Φ α ( t i , z + β t i − t Z ) when m i = 0 m_i=0 m i = 0 . For a general distribution function α \alpha α , the function Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α is the uniform limit of Φ α N \Phi_{\alpha_N} Φ α N along any sequence of step distribution functions with ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 \|\alpha_N-\alpha\|_{L^1}\to0 ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 (Proposition 4.3 (i)). We write
f 0 = Φ α , f j = f j α = ∂ z j Φ α ( j ≥ 1 ) , f_0=\Phi_\alpha,\qquad f_j=f_j^\alpha=\partial_z^j\Phi_\alpha\quad(j\ge1), f 0 = Φ α , f j = f j α = ∂ z j Φ α ( j ≥ 1 ) ,
so that f 1 = u f_1=u f 1 = u , f 2 = χ f_2=\chi f 2 = χ , and f 3 = w f_3=w f 3 = w . For ( t , z ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × R (t,z)\in[0,1]\times\mathbb{R} ( t , z ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × R , let ( Y r t , z ) t ≤ r ≤ 1 (Y_r^{t,z})_{t\le r\le1} ( Y r t , z ) t ≤ r ≤ 1 be the solution of
d Y r t , z = β d B r + b α ( r ) u ( r , Y r t , z ) d r , Y t t , z = z , dY_r^{t,z}=\beta\,dB_r+b\alpha(r)u(r,Y_r^{t,z})\,dr,\qquad Y_t^{t,z}=z, d Y r t , z = β d B r + b α ( r ) u ( r , Y r t , z ) d r , Y t t , z = z ,
where B B B is a standard Brownian motion. This equation has a unique strong solution (Proposition 4.3 (iii) and (v)), and the scalar diffusion of Section 4 is Y = Y 0 , 0 Y=Y^{0,0} Y = Y 0 , 0 . We write ∥ ⋅ ∥ ∞ \|\cdot\|_\infty ∥ ⋅ ∥ ∞ for the supremum over [ 0 , 1 ] × R [0,1]\times\mathbb{R} [ 0 , 1 ] × R , or over R \mathbb{R} R for a function of z z z alone. From Proposition 4.3, we use the bounds ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 |u|\le1 ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 and 0 < χ ≤ 1 0<\chi\le1 0 < χ ≤ 1 (the proof of [77, Lemma 3.1] gives the sharper bound χ ≤ 1 − u 2 \chi\le1-u^2 χ ≤ 1 − u 2 , which we do not need), the joint continuity of Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α , u u u , and χ \chi χ , the well-posedness of the scalar diffusion, and the stability estimate in part (ii) there,
sup t , z ( ∣ Φ α − Φ α ~ ∣ + ∣ u α − u α ~ ∣ + ∣ χ α − χ α ~ ∣ ) ≤ C β ∥ α − α ~ ∥ L 1 , \sup_{t,z}\left(|\Phi_\alpha-\Phi_{\widetilde{\alpha}}|+|u_\alpha-u_{\widetilde{\alpha}}|+|\chi_\alpha-\chi_{\widetilde{\alpha}}|\right)\le C_\beta\|\alpha-\widetilde{\alpha}\|_{L^1}, t , z sup ( ∣ Φ α − Φ α ∣ + ∣ u α − u α ∣ + ∣ χ α − χ α ∣ ) ≤ C β ∥ α − α ∥ L 1 ,
which holds for all distribution functions α \alpha α and α ~ \widetilde{\alpha} α .
Bounds on spatial derivatives
The derivative bounds below are uniform over all distribution functions. We need this uniformity because the later sections apply the bounds to step approximations and to profiles other than α β \alpha_\beta α β , such as max { α β , 3 s } \max\{\alpha_\beta,3s\} max { α β , 3 s } with 0 ≤ s ≤ 1 / 3 0 \le s \le1/3 0 ≤ s ≤ 1/3 . The constants are defined by C 1 = C 2 = 1 C_1=C_2=1 C 1 = C 2 = 1 and, for j ≥ 3 j \ge3 j ≥ 3 ,
C j = e j b ( ∥ ∂ z j log ( 2 cosh z ) ∥ ∞ + b 2 ∑ a = 2 j − 2 ( j a ) C a + 1 C j + 1 − a ) . (62) C_j=e^{jb}\left(\|\partial_z^j\log(2\cosh z)\|_\infty+\frac{b}{2}\sum_{a=2}^{j-2}\binom{j}{a}C_{a+1}C_{j+1-a}\right). \tag*{(62)} C j = e j b ( ∥ ∂ z j log ( 2 cosh z ) ∥ ∞ + 2 b a = 2 ∑ j − 2 ( a j ) C a + 1 C j + 1 − a ) . (62)
The sum is empty for j = 3 j=3 j = 3 , and it involves only C 3 , … , C j − 1 C_3,\ldots,C_{j-1} C 3 , … , C j − 1 . Every derivative of positive order of log ( 2 cosh z ) \log(2\cosh z) log ( 2 cosh z ) is a polynomial in tanh z \tanh z tanh z and is bounded.
Lemma 5.1 (Bounds on spatial derivatives). Let α \alpha α be a distribution function. For all j ≥ 1 j \ge1 j ≥ 1 , the derivative f j = ∂ z j Φ α f_j=\partial_z^j\Phi_\alpha f j = ∂ z j Φ α exists and is continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] × R [0,1]\times\mathbb{R} [ 0 , 1 ] × R , and
sup ( t , z ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × R ∣ ∂ z j Φ α ( t , z ) ∣ ≤ C j . (63) \sup_{(t,z)\in[0,1]\times\mathbb{R}}|\partial_z^j\Phi_\alpha(t,z)|\le C_j. \tag*{(63)} ( t , z ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × R sup ∣ ∂ z j Φ α ( t , z ) ∣ ≤ C j . (63) Moreover, the following hold.
(i) If α N \alpha_N α N are distribution functions such that ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 \|\alpha_N-\alpha\|_{L^1}\to0 ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 , then ∥ ∂ z j Φ α N − ∂ z j Φ α ∥ ∞ → 0 \|\partial_z^j\Phi_{\alpha_N}-\partial_z^j\Phi_\alpha\|_\infty\to0 ∥ ∂ z j Φ α N − ∂ z j Φ α ∥ ∞ → 0 for all j ≥ 1 j\ge1 j ≥ 1 .
(ii) For all j ≥ 0 j\ge0 j ≥ 0 , t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] t\in[0,1] t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , and z ∈ R z\in\mathbb{R} z ∈ R ,
f j ( t , z ) = ∂ z j log ( 2 cosh z ) + b 2 ∫ t 1 ( f j + 2 + α ∂ z j ( u 2 ) ) ( r , z ) d r , (64) f_j(t,z)=\partial_z^j\log(2\cosh z)+\frac{b}{2}\int_t^1\left(f_{j+2}+\alpha\partial_z^j(u^2)\right)(r,z)\,dr, \tag*{(64)} f j ( t , z ) = ∂ z j log ( 2 cosh z ) + 2 b ∫ t 1 ( f j + 2 + α ∂ z j ( u 2 ) ) ( r , z ) d r , (64) where ∂ z j ( u 2 ) = ∑ a = 0 j ( j a ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a \partial_z^j(u^2)=\sum_{a=0}^j\binom{j}{a}f_{a+1}f_{j+1-a} ∂ z j ( u 2 ) = ∑ a = 0 j ( a j ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a .
The bounds concern derivatives of positive order only; the function Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α itself grows linearly in z z z . By (5.4), the Parisi equation and its spatial derivatives hold for almost every t t t , and at every t t t at which α \alpha α is continuous.
Proof. We first recall why, for a fixed step distribution function, all spatial derivatives exist and are bounded, with bounds that may depend on the steps. We then write the equation for f j f_j f j as a linear equation and use its Feynman–Kac representation [64, Theorem 5.7.6], after an exponential rescaling for a bounded potential, to obtain bounds independent of the steps, extending the third-derivative argument in [77, proof of Lemma 3.1]. Finally, we pass to general distribution functions by a forward difference argument and prove (5.4).
Step 1: a fixed step distribution function. Let α \alpha α be a step distribution function as in (5.1), fix i i i , and let ϕ = Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) \phi=\Phi_\alpha(t_i,\cdot) ϕ = Φ α ( t i , ⋅ ) . Suppose that ϕ \phi ϕ is smooth, that all its derivatives of positive order are bounded, and that ∣ ϕ ( z ) ∣ ≤ c ( 1 + ∣ z ∣ ) |\phi(z)|\le c(1+|z|) ∣ ϕ ( z ) ∣ ≤ c ( 1 + ∣ z ∣ ) for some c c c . These properties hold for ϕ ( z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) \phi(z)=\log(2\cosh z) ϕ ( z ) = log ( 2 cosh z ) , which is the case i = p i=p i = p . For t i − 1 ≤ t ≤ t i t_{i-1}\le t\le t_i t i − 1 ≤ t ≤ t i , the function Φ α ( t , ⋅ ) \Phi_\alpha(t,\cdot) Φ α ( t , ⋅ ) is 1 / m i 1/m_i 1/ m i times the logarithm of the convolution of e m i ϕ e^{m_i\phi} e m i ϕ with the centered Gaussian density of variance b ( t i − t ) b(t_i-t) b ( t i − t ) , or the convolution of ϕ \phi ϕ itself when m i = 0 m_i=0 m i = 0 . The linear growth of ϕ \phi ϕ justifies differentiation under the integral. We find that, for j ≥ 1 j \ge1 j ≥ 1 , f j ( t , z ) f_j(t,z) f j ( t , z ) is a polynomial, with coefficients depending only on j j j and m i m_i m i , in expectations of products of ϕ ′ ( z + σ Z ) , … , ϕ ( j ) ( z + σ Z ) \phi'(z+\sigma Z),\ldots,\phi^{(j)}(z+\sigma Z) ϕ ′ ( z + σ Z ) , … , ϕ ( j ) ( z + σ Z ) under the probability measure with density proportional to e m i ϕ ( z + σ Z ) e^{m_i\phi(z+\sigma Z)} e m i ϕ ( z + σ Z ) , where σ = β t i − t \sigma=\beta\sqrt{t_i-t} σ = β t i − t . In particular, f j f_j f j is bounded and continuous on [ t i − 1 , t i ] × R [t_{i-1},t_i]\times\mathbb{R} [ t i − 1 , t i ] × R . For t < t i t<t_i t < t i , the Gaussian convolution is smooth in ( t , z ) (t,z) ( t , z ) , and e m i Φ α e^{m_i\Phi_\alpha} e m i Φ α (or Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α itself, when m i = 0 m_i=0 m i = 0 ) solves the backward heat equation − ∂ t v = ( b / 2 ) ∂ z z v -\partial_t v=(b/2)\partial_{zz}v − ∂ t v = ( b /2 ) ∂ z z v . It follows that Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α is smooth on [ t i − 1 , t i ) × R [t_{i-1},t_i)\times\mathbb{R} [ t i − 1 , t i ) × R , where it satisfies
− ∂ t Φ α = b 2 ( ∂ z z Φ α + m i ( ∂ z Φ α ) 2 ) . -\partial_t\Phi_\alpha=\frac{b}{2}\left(\partial_{zz}\Phi_\alpha+m_i(\partial_z\Phi_\alpha)^2\right). − ∂ t Φ α = 2 b ( ∂ z z Φ α + m i ( ∂ z Φ α ) 2 ) .
The function Φ α ( t i − 1 , ⋅ ) \Phi_\alpha(t_{i-1},\cdot) Φ α ( t i − 1 , ⋅ ) has the three properties assumed for ϕ \phi ϕ (it grows at most linearly because ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 |u|\le1 ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 ). Proceeding backward through the steps, we obtain these properties on every strip; this argument is recorded in the proof of [77, Lemma 3.1]. The bounds it gives depend on the number and the location of the steps, and the next two steps remove this dependence.
Step 2: the differentiated equation. Differentiating the equation j j j times in z z z on each strip [ t i − 1 , t i ) × R [t_{i-1},t_i)\times\mathbb{R} [ t i − 1 , t i ) × R , we find that
− ∂ t f j = b 2 ( f j + 2 + α ∂ z j ( u 2 ) ) ( j ≥ 0 ) , (65) -\partial_t f_j=\frac{b}{2}\left(f_{j+2}+\alpha\partial_z^j(u^2)\right)\qquad(j\ge0), \tag*{(65)} − ∂ t f j = 2 b ( f j + 2 + α ∂ z j ( u 2 ) ) ( j ≥ 0 ) , (65)
with ∂ z j ( u 2 ) \partial_z^j(u^2) ∂ z j ( u 2 ) as in (64) . Let j ≥ 3 j\ge3 j ≥ 3 . In the sum defining ∂ z j ( u 2 ) \partial_z^j(u^2) ∂ z j ( u 2 ) , the terms with a ∈ { 0 , j } a\in\{0,j\} a ∈ { 0 , j } add up to 2 u f j + 1 2u f_{j+1} 2 u f j + 1 , and the terms with a ∈ { 1 , j − 1 } a\in\{1,j-1\} a ∈ { 1 , j − 1 } add up to 2 j χ f j 2j\chi f_j 2 j χ f j . Then (65) becomes
− ∂ t f j = b 2 ∂ z z f j + b α u ∂ z f j + j b α χ f j + Q j , Q j = b α 2 ∑ a = 2 j − 2 ( j a ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a . (66) -\partial_t f_j=\frac{b}{2}\partial_{zz}f_j+b\alpha u\,\partial_z f_j+jb\alpha\chi f_j+Q_j,\qquad Q_j=\frac{b\alpha}{2}\sum_{a=2}^{j-2}\binom{j}{a}f_{a+1}f_{j+1-a}. \tag*{(66)} − ∂ t f j = 2 b ∂ z z f j + b α u ∂ z f j + j b α χ f j + Q j , Q j = 2 b α a = 2 ∑ j − 2 ( a j ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a . (66)
The sum defining Q j Q_j Q j is empty for j = 3 j=3 j = 3 , and its factors are derivatives of orders between 3 3 3 and j − 1 j-1 j − 1 . We regard (66) as a linear equation for f j f_j f j , with coefficients u u u and χ \chi χ and source term Q j Q_j Q j .
Step 3: bounds independent of the steps. We prove (63) for step distribution functions by induction on j j j . For j ∈ { 1 , 2 } j\in\{1,2\} j ∈ { 1 , 2 } , it is the bound ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 |u|\le1 ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 , 0 < χ ≤ 1 0<\chi\le1 0 < χ ≤ 1 of Proposition 4.3. Let j ≥ 3 j\ge3 j ≥ 3 , and suppose that ∥ f l ∥ ∞ ≤ C l \lVert f_l\rVert_\infty\le C_l ∥ f l ∥ ∞ ≤ C l for 1 ≤ l ≤ j − 1 1\le l\le j-1 1 ≤ l ≤ j − 1 . Since 0 ≤ α ≤ 1 0\le\alpha\le1 0 ≤ α ≤ 1 , we have
∥ Q j ∥ ∞ ≤ b 2 ∑ a = 2 j − 2 ( j a ) C a + 1 C j + 1 − a . \lVert Q_j\rVert_\infty\le\frac{b}{2}\sum_{a=2}^{j-2}\binom{j}{a}C_{a+1}C_{j+1-a}. ∥ Q j ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 b a = 2 ∑ j − 2 ( a j ) C a + 1 C j + 1 − a .
Fix ( t , z ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) × R (t,z)\in[0,1)\times\mathbb{R} ( t , z ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) × R and let Y r = Y r t , z Y_r=Y_r^{t,z} Y r = Y r t , z . We abbreviate
Ξ r = j b ∫ t r α ( r ′ ) χ ( r ′ , Y r ′ ) d r ′ , t ≤ r ≤ 1 , \Xi_r=jb\int_t^r\alpha(r')\chi(r',Y_{r'})\,\mathrm{d}r',\qquad t\le r\le1, Ξ r = j b ∫ t r α ( r ′ ) χ ( r ′ , Y r ′ ) d r ′ , t ≤ r ≤ 1 ,
so that 0 ≤ Ξ ‾ r ≤ j b 0 \le\overline{\Xi}_r \le jb 0 ≤ Ξ r ≤ j b . By (5.6), the drift of f j ( r , Y r ) f_j(r,Y_r) f j ( r , Y r ) in Itô’s formula is
∂ r f j + b α u ∂ z f j + b 2 ∂ z z f j = − j b α χ f j − Q j , \partial_r f_j+b\alpha u\,\partial_z f_j+\frac{b}{2}\partial_{zz}f_j=-jb\alpha\chi f_j-Q_j, ∂ r f j + b α u ∂ z f j + 2 b ∂ z z f j = − j b α χ f j − Q j ,
evaluated at ( r , Y r ) (r,Y_r) ( r , Y r ) . On each interval [ t i − 1 , t i ) ∩ [ t , 1 ] [t_{i-1},t_i) \cap[t,1] [ t i − 1 , t i ) ∩ [ t , 1 ] , we then have
d ( e Ξ ‾ r f j ( r , Y r ) ) = − e Ξ ‾ r Q j ( r , Y r ) d r + β e Ξ ‾ r f j + 1 ( r , Y r ) d B r . \mathrm{d}\left(e^{\overline{\Xi}_r}f_j(r,Y_r)\right)=-e^{\overline{\Xi}_r}Q_j(r,Y_r)\,\mathrm{d}r+\beta e^{\overline{\Xi}_r}f_{j+1}(r,Y_r)\,\mathrm{d}B_r. d ( e Ξ r f j ( r , Y r ) ) = − e Ξ r Q j ( r , Y r ) d r + β e Ξ r f j + 1 ( r , Y r ) d B r .
Recall from Step 1 that the functions f j f_j f j and f j + 1 f_{j+1} f j + 1 are bounded and continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] × R [0,1]\times\mathbb{R} [ 0 , 1 ] × R . The process
e Ξ ‾ r f j ( r , Y r ) + ∫ t r e Ξ ‾ r ′ Q j ( r ′ , Y r ′ ) d r ′ , t ≤ r ≤ 1 , e^{\overline{\Xi}_r}f_j(r,Y_r)+\int_t^r e^{\overline{\Xi}_{r'}}Q_j(r',Y_{r'})\,\mathrm{d}r',\qquad t\le r\le1, e Ξ r f j ( r , Y r ) + ∫ t r e Ξ r ′ Q j ( r ′ , Y r ′ ) d r ′ , t ≤ r ≤ 1 ,
is therefore continuous, and it is a martingale. Comparing its expectations at r = t r=t r = t and r = 1 r=1 r = 1 , we obtain
f j ( t , z ) = E [ e Ξ ‾ 1 ∂ z j log ( 2 cosh z ) ∣ z = Y 1 + ∫ t 1 e Ξ ‾ r Q j ( r , Y r ) d r ] . f_j(t,z)=\mathbb{E}\left[e^{\overline{\Xi}_1}\partial_z^j\log(2\cosh z)\big|_{z=Y_1}+\int_t^1 e^{\overline{\Xi}_r}Q_j(r,Y_r)\,\mathrm{d}r\right]. f j ( t , z ) = E [ e Ξ 1 ∂ z j log ( 2 cosh z ) z = Y 1 + ∫ t 1 e Ξ r Q j ( r , Y r ) d r ] .
Since 0 ≤ Ξ ‾ r ≤ j b 0\le\overline{\Xi}_r\le jb 0 ≤ Ξ r ≤ j b for t ≤ r ≤ 1 t\le r\le1 t ≤ r ≤ 1 , we have
∣ f j ( t , z ) ∣ ≤ e j b ( ∥ ∂ z j log ( 2 cosh z ) ∥ ∞ + ∥ Q j ∥ ∞ ) ≤ C j . |f_j(t,z)|\le e^{jb}\left(\|\partial_z^j\log(2\cosh z)\|_\infty+\|Q_j\|_\infty\right)\le C_j. ∣ f j ( t , z ) ∣ ≤ e j b ( ∥ ∂ z j log ( 2 cosh z ) ∥ ∞ + ∥ Q j ∥ ∞ ) ≤ C j .
The same bound holds at t = 1 t=1 t = 1 , which completes the induction. The elapsed time is at most one, and the only property of α \alpha α we used is 0 ≤ α ≤ 1 0\le\alpha\le1 0 ≤ α ≤ 1 , so the constants depend neither on the number nor on the location of the steps.
Step 4: general distribution functions. Let α \alpha α be a distribution function, and let α N \alpha_N α N be step distribution functions such that ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 \|\alpha_N-\alpha\|_{L^1}\to0 ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 ; for instance, α N ( t ) = α ( ( k + 1 ) / N ) \alpha_N(t)=\alpha((k+1)/N) α N ( t ) = α (( k + 1 ) / N ) for k / N ≤ t < ( k + 1 ) / N k/N\le t<(k+1)/N k / N ≤ t < ( k + 1 ) / N and α N ( 1 ) = 1 \alpha_N(1)=1 α N ( 1 ) = 1 , which converges to α \alpha α pointwise by right continuity. We write f j N = f α N j f_j^N=f_{\alpha_N}^j f j N = f α N j . The stability estimate of Proposition 4.3 implies that Φ α N \Phi_{\alpha_N} Φ α N , f 1 N f_1^N f 1 N , and f 2 N f_2^N f 2 N converge uniformly to Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α , u u u , and χ \chi χ . Let j ≥ 3 j\ge3 j ≥ 3 , and suppose that f j − 1 N f_{j-1}^N f j − 1 N converges uniformly to f j − 1 = ∂ z j − 1 Φ α f_{j-1}=\partial_z^{j-1}\Phi_\alpha f j − 1 = ∂ z j − 1 Φ α , which is continuous. For ζ > 0 \zeta>0 ζ > 0 , Taylor’s theorem and Step 3 imply that
∣ f j N ( t , z ) − f j − 1 N ( t , z + ζ ) − f j − 1 N ( t , z ) ζ ∣ ≤ C j + 1 ζ 2 , \left|f_j^N(t,z)-\frac{f_{j-1}^N(t,z+\zeta)-f_{j-1}^N(t,z)}{\zeta}\right|\le\frac{C_{j+1}\zeta}{2}, f j N ( t , z ) − ζ f j − 1 N ( t , z + ζ ) − f j − 1 N ( t , z ) ≤ 2 C j + 1 ζ ,
and that
∥ f j N − f j M ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 ζ ∥ f j − 1 N − f j − 1 M ∥ ∞ + C j + 1 ζ . \|f_j^N-f_j^M\|_\infty\le\frac{2}{\zeta}\|f_{j-1}^N-f_{j-1}^M\|_\infty+C_{j+1}\zeta. ∥ f j N − f j M ∥ ∞ ≤ ζ 2 ∥ f j − 1 N − f j − 1 M ∥ ∞ + C j + 1 ζ .
Given ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , we first choose ζ \zeta ζ with C j + 1 ζ < ε / 2 C_{j+1}\zeta<\varepsilon/2 C j + 1 ζ < ε /2 , and then N 0 N_0 N 0 such that the first term is less than ε / 2 \varepsilon/2 ε /2 for N , M ≥ N 0 N,M\ge N_0 N , M ≥ N 0 . Then f j N f_j^N f j N converges uniformly to a continuous function f ˉ j \bar f_j f ˉ j . with ∥ f ^ j ∥ ∞ ≤ C j \|\widehat{f}_j\|_\infty\le C_j ∥ f j ∥ ∞ ≤ C j . Letting N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ in f j − 1 N ( t , z ) = f j − 1 N ( t , 0 ) + ∫ 0 z f j N ( t , y ) d y f^N_{j-1}(t,z)=f^N_{j-1}(t,0)+\int_0^z f^N_j(t,y)\,dy f j − 1 N ( t , z ) = f j − 1 N ( t , 0 ) + ∫ 0 z f j N ( t , y ) d y , we find that ∂ z f j − 1 \partial_z f_{j-1} ∂ z f j − 1 exists and equals f ^ j \widehat{f}_j f j . By induction on j j j , this proves the existence and continuity of f j f_j f j , the bound (63) , and the uniform convergence f j N → f j f^N_j \to f_j f j N → f j for all j ≥ 1 j \ge1 j ≥ 1 . Now that (63) holds for all distribution functions, the same argument applies to any sequence of distribution functions α N \alpha_N α N with ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 \|\alpha_N-\alpha\|_{L^1}\to0 ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 , step functions or not. This proves (i).
Step 5: the integrated equation. Let α \alpha α be a step distribution function and j ≥ 0 j \ge0 j ≥ 0 . For fixed z z z , the function t ↦ f j ( t , z ) t \mapsto f_j(t,z) t ↦ f j ( t , z ) is continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] by Step 1, and continuously differentiable on each interval [ t i − 1 , t i ) [t_{i-1},t_i) [ t i − 1 , t i ) , with derivative given by (65) . Integrating over the steps, we obtain (64) . For a general α \alpha α , we choose α N \alpha_N α N as in Step 4 and write u N = f 1 N u_N=f^N_1 u N = f 1 N . Then Φ α N → Φ α \Phi_{\alpha_N}\to\Phi_\alpha Φ α N → Φ α and f l N → f l f^N_l\to f_l f l N → f l uniformly for all l ≥ 1 l\ge1 l ≥ 1 , and
∣ ∫ t 1 ( α N ∂ z 2 ( u N 2 ) − α ∂ z 2 ( u 2 ) ) ( r , z ) d r ∣ ≤ ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 ∥ ∂ z 2 ( u N 2 ) ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∂ z 2 ( u N 2 ) − ∂ z 2 ( u 2 ) ∥ ∞ . \left|\int_t^1\left(\alpha_N\partial_z^2(u_N^2)-\alpha\partial_z^2(u^2)\right)(r,z)\,dr\right|
\le\|\alpha_N-\alpha\|_{L^1}\|\partial_z^2(u_N^2)\|_\infty+\|\partial_z^2(u_N^2)-\partial_z^2(u^2)\|_\infty. ∫ t 1 ( α N ∂ z 2 ( u N 2 ) − α ∂ z 2 ( u 2 ) ) ( r , z ) d r ≤ ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 ∥ ∂ z 2 ( u N 2 ) ∥ ∞ + ∥ ∂ z 2 ( u N 2 ) − ∂ z 2 ( u 2 ) ∥ ∞ .
The right side tends to zero by (63) and the uniform convergence. Letting N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ in (64) for α N \alpha_N α N yields (64) for α \alpha α , which completes the proof.
Stochastic identities along the scalar diffusion
We now record the equations satisfied by the spatial derivatives of Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α along the scalar diffusion. As usual, a differential identity such as (68) below means that the corresponding integrated identity holds almost surely, simultaneously for all 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ 1 0\le s\le t\le1 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ 1 . For a polynomial Θ \Theta Θ in the variables x 1 , … , x k x_1,\ldots,x_k x 1 , … , x k , we define the polynomials in x 1 , … , x k + 1 x_1,\ldots,x_{k+1} x 1 , … , x k + 1
Θ 0 = b 2 ∑ i , l = 1 k x i + 1 x l + 1 ∂ i ∂ l Θ , Θ 1 = − b ∑ i = 1 k ∂ i Θ ∑ a = 1 i − 1 ( i − 1 a ) x a + 1 x i + 1 − a , (67) \Theta^0=\frac{b}{2}\sum_{i,l=1}^{k}x_{i+1}x_{l+1}\partial_i\partial_l\Theta,\qquad
\Theta^1=-b\sum_{i=1}^{k}\partial_i\Theta\sum_{a=1}^{i-1}\binom{i-1}{a}x_{a+1}x_{i+1-a}, \tag*{(67)} Θ 0 = 2 b i , l = 1 ∑ k x i + 1 x l + 1 ∂ i ∂ l Θ , Θ 1 = − b i = 1 ∑ k ∂ i Θ a = 1 ∑ i − 1 ( a i − 1 ) x a + 1 x i + 1 − a , (67)
where ∂ i \partial_i ∂ i is the derivative in x i x_i x i . We write Θ t = Θ ( f 1 ( t , Y t ) , … , f k ( t , Y t ) ) \Theta_t=\Theta(f_1(t,Y_t),\ldots,f_k(t,Y_t)) Θ t = Θ ( f 1 ( t , Y t ) , … , f k ( t , Y t )) , and Θ t 0 \Theta_t^0 Θ t 0 and Θ t 1 \Theta_t^1 Θ t 1 for the analogous expressions with k + 1 k+1 k + 1 arguments.
Lemma 5.2 (Stochastic identities along the scalar diffusion). Let α \alpha α be a distribution function, and let Y = Y 0 , 0 Y=Y^{0,0} Y = Y 0 , 0 . Write u t = u ( t , Y t ) u_t=u(t,Y_t) u t = u ( t , Y t ) , χ t = χ ( t , Y t ) \chi_t=\chi(t,Y_t) χ t = χ ( t , Y t ) , and w t = w ( t , Y t ) w_t=w(t,Y_t) w t = w ( t , Y t ) .
(i) For all j ≥ 1 j\ge1 j ≥ 1 ,
d f j ( t , Y t ) = β f j + 1 ( t , Y t ) d B t − b α ( t ) ∑ a = 1 j − 1 ( j − 1 a ) f a + 1 ( t , Y t ) f j + 1 − a ( t , Y t ) d t . (68) df_j(t,Y_t)=\beta f_{j+1}(t,Y_t)\,dB_t-b\alpha(t)\sum_{a=1}^{j-1}\binom{j-1}{a}f_{a+1}(t,Y_t)f_{j+1-a}(t,Y_t)\,dt. \tag*{(68)} d f j ( t , Y t ) = β f j + 1 ( t , Y t ) d B t − b α ( t ) a = 1 ∑ j − 1 ( a j − 1 ) f a + 1 ( t , Y t ) f j + 1 − a ( t , Y t ) d t . (68) In particular,
d u t = β χ t d B t , (69) du_t=\beta\chi_t\,dB_t, \tag*{(69)} d u t = β χ t d B t , (69) d χ t = β w t d B t − b α ( t ) χ t 2 d t . (70) d\chi_t=\beta w_t\,dB_t-b\alpha(t)\chi_t^2\,dt. \tag*{(70)} d χ t = β w t d B t − b α ( t ) χ t 2 d t . (70)
(ii) Let Θ \Theta Θ be a polynomial in x 1 , … , x k x_1,\ldots,x_k x 1 , … , x k . Then t ↦ E Θ t t \mapsto\mathbb{E}\Theta_t t ↦ E Θ t is Lipschitz on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , and for 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ 1 0 \le s \le t \le1 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ 1 ,
E Θ t − E Θ s = ∫ s t ( E Θ r 0 + α ( r ) E Θ r 1 ) d r . (71) \mathbb{E}\Theta_t-\mathbb{E}\Theta_s=\int_s^t\left(\mathbb{E}\Theta_r^0+\alpha(r)\mathbb{E}\Theta_r^1\right)\,\mathrm{d}r. \tag*{(71)} E Θ t − E Θ s = ∫ s t ( E Θ r 0 + α ( r ) E Θ r 1 ) d r . (71)
(iii) For 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ 1 0 \le s \le t \le1 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ 1 ,
Γ ( t ) − Γ ( s ) = b ∫ s t E χ r 2 d r , \Gamma(t)-\Gamma(s)=b\int_s^t\mathbb{E}\chi_r^2\,\mathrm{d}r, Γ ( t ) − Γ ( s ) = b ∫ s t E χ r 2 d r ,
E χ t 2 − E χ s 2 = b ∫ s t ( E w r 2 − 2 α ( r ) E χ r 3 ) d r , \mathbb{E}\chi_t^2-\mathbb{E}\chi_s^2=b\int_s^t\left(\mathbb{E}w_r^2-2\alpha(r)\mathbb{E}\chi_r^3\right)\,\mathrm{d}r, E χ t 2 − E χ s 2 = b ∫ s t ( E w r 2 − 2 α ( r ) E χ r 3 ) d r ,
E w t 2 − E w s 2 = b ∫ s t E ( f 4 ( r , Y r ) 2 − 6 α ( r ) χ r w r 2 ) d r , \mathbb{E}w_t^2-\mathbb{E}w_s^2=b\int_s^t\mathbb{E}\left(f_4(r,Y_r)^2-6\alpha(r)\chi_rw_r^2\right)\,\mathrm{d}r, E w t 2 − E w s 2 = b ∫ s t E ( f 4 ( r , Y r ) 2 − 6 α ( r ) χ r w r 2 ) d r ,
E χ t 3 − E χ s 3 = 3 b ∫ s t E ( χ r w r 2 − α ( r ) χ r 4 ) d r . (72) \mathbb{E}\chi_t^3-\mathbb{E}\chi_s^3=3b\int_s^t\mathbb{E}\left(\chi_rw_r^2-\alpha(r)\chi_r^4\right)\,\mathrm{d}r. \tag*{(72)} E χ t 3 − E χ s 3 = 3 b ∫ s t E ( χ r w r 2 − α ( r ) χ r 4 ) d r . (72)
In particular, Γ \Gamma Γ is continuously differentiable with Γ ′ ( t ) = b E χ t 2 \Gamma'(t)=b\mathbb{E}\chi_t^2 Γ ′ ( t ) = b E χ t 2 . The function t ↦ E χ t 2 t\mapsto\mathbb{E}\chi_t^2 t ↦ E χ t 2 has a right derivative at every t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) t\in[0,1) t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) , and a derivative at every point of continuity of α \alpha α , given by
d d t E χ t 2 = b ( E w t 2 − 2 α ( t ) E χ t 3 ) . (73) \frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}\mathbb{E}\chi_t^2=b\left(\mathbb{E}w_t^2-2\alpha(t)\mathbb{E}\chi_t^3\right). \tag*{(73)} d t d E χ t 2 = b ( E w t 2 − 2 α ( t ) E χ t 3 ) . (73)
Parts (i) and (ii) hold, with the same proof, for the diffusion Y t , z Y^{t,z} Y t , z started from any ( t , z ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × R (t,z)\in[0,1]\times\mathbb{R} ( t , z ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × R , on the time interval [ t , 1 ] [t,1] [ t , 1 ] .
Proof. We prove (i) first for step distribution functions, for which the equation holds classically between the breakpoints, and then pass to the limit along a coupling of the diffusions. Parts (ii) and (iii) then follow from Itô’s formula [64, Theorem 3.3.6].
Step 1: step distribution functions. Let α \alpha α be a step distribution function. By Step 1 of the proof of Lemma 5.1, each f j f_j f j is smooth on the strips [ t i − 1 , t i ) × R [t_{i-1},t_i)\times\mathbb{R} [ t i − 1 , t i ) × R , bounded, and continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] × R [0,1]\times\mathbb{R} [ 0 , 1 ] × R . On each strip, Itô’s formula shows that the martingale part of f j ( t , Y t ) f_j(t,Y_t) f j ( t , Y t ) is β f j + 1 ( t , Y t ) d B t \beta f_{j+1}(t,Y_t)\,\mathrm{d}B_t β f j + 1 ( t , Y t ) d B t . Using (5.5), we find that its drift is
∂ t f j + b α u f j + 1 + b 2 f j + 2 = − b α 2 ∑ a = 0 j ( j a ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a + b α u f j + 1 = − b α 2 ∑ a = 1 j − 1 ( j a ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a , \partial_t f_j+b\alpha u f_{j+1}+\frac{b}{2}f_{j+2}
=-\frac{b\alpha}{2}\sum_{a=0}^{j}\binom{j}{a}f_{a+1}f_{j+1-a}+b\alpha u f_{j+1}
=-\frac{b\alpha}{2}\sum_{a=1}^{j-1}\binom{j}{a}f_{a+1}f_{j+1-a}, ∂ t f j + b α u f j + 1 + 2 b f j + 2 = − 2 b α a = 0 ∑ j ( a j ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a + b α u f j + 1 = − 2 b α a = 1 ∑ j − 1 ( a j ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a ,
evaluated at ( t , Y t ) (t,Y_t) ( t , Y t ) . In the second equality, we used that the terms with a ∈ { 0 , j } a\in\{0,j\} a ∈ { 0 , j } equal 2 u f j + 1 2u f_{j+1} 2 u f j + 1 . By Pascal’s rule ( j a ) = ( j − 1 a ) + ( j − 1 a − 1 ) \binom{j}{a}=\binom{j-1}{a}+\binom{j-1}{a-1} ( a j ) = ( a j − 1 ) + ( a − 1 j − 1 ) and the substitution a ↦ j − a a\mapsto j-a a ↦ j − a in the sum containing ( j − 1 a − 1 ) \binom{j-1}{a-1} ( a − 1 j − 1 ) , we have
∑ a = 1 j − 1 ( j a ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a = 2 ∑ a = 1 j − 1 ( j − 1 a ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a . \sum_{a=1}^{j-1}\binom{j}{a}f_{a+1}f_{j+1-a}
=2\sum_{a=1}^{j-1}\binom{j-1}{a}f_{a+1}f_{j+1-a}. a = 1 ∑ j − 1 ( a j ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a = 2 a = 1 ∑ j − 1 ( a j − 1 ) f a + 1 f j + 1 − a .
This proves (5.8) on each interval [ t i − 1 , t i ) [t_{i-1},t_i) [ t i − 1 , t i ) . The process f j ( t , Y t ) f_j(t,Y_t) f j ( t , Y t ) is continuous in t t t , and the integrated identities on the successive intervals add up to (5.8) on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] .
Step 2: general distribution functions. Let α \alpha α be a distribution function, let α N \alpha_N α N be step distribution functions such that ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 \|\alpha_N-\alpha\|_{L^1}\to0 ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 , and let Y N Y^N Y N be the scalar diffusion of α N \alpha_N α N , driven by the same Brownian motion B B B as Y Y Y . Let u N = f 1 α N u_N=f^{\alpha_N}_1 u N = f 1 α N . Recall that ∣ u N ∣ ≤ 1 |u_N|\le1 ∣ u N ∣ ≤ 1 , and that u u u is 1-Lipschitz in z z z because ∣ χ ∣ ≤ 1 |\chi|\le1 ∣ χ ∣ ≤ 1 . Then
∣ Y t N − Y t ∣ ≤ b ∫ 0 t ∣ α N ( r ) − α ( r ) ∣ d r + b ∥ u N − u ∥ ∞ + b ∫ 0 t ∣ Y r N − Y r ∣ d r . |Y^N_t-Y_t|\le b\int_0^t|\alpha_N(r)-\alpha(r)|\,\mathrm{d}r+b\|u_N-u\|_\infty+b\int_0^t|Y^N_r-Y_r|\,\mathrm{d}r. ∣ Y t N − Y t ∣ ≤ b ∫ 0 t ∣ α N ( r ) − α ( r ) ∣ d r + b ∥ u N − u ∥ ∞ + b ∫ 0 t ∣ Y r N − Y r ∣ d r .
and Gronwall’s inequality yields
sup 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 ∣ Y t N − Y t ∣ ≤ b e b ( ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 + ∥ u N − u ∥ ∞ ) . \sup_{0\le t\le1}|Y^N_t-Y_t|\le be^b\left(\|\alpha_N-\alpha\|_{L^1}+\|u_N-u\|_\infty\right). 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 sup ∣ Y t N − Y t ∣ ≤ b e b ( ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 + ∥ u N − u ∥ ∞ ) .
for every realization of B B B . The right side tends to zero by the stability estimate of Proposition 4.3. Using Lemma 5.1, we find that, for each l ≥ 1 l\ge1 l ≥ 1 ,
∣ f l α N ( t , Y t N ) − f l ( t , Y t ) ∣ ≤ ∥ f l α N − f l ∥ ∞ + C l + 1 ∣ Y t N − Y t ∣ . |f^{\alpha_N}_l(t,Y^N_t)-f_l(t,Y_t)|\le\|f^{\alpha_N}_l-f_l\|_\infty+C_{l+1}|Y^N_t-Y_t|. ∣ f l α N ( t , Y t N ) − f l ( t , Y t ) ∣ ≤ ∥ f l α N − f l ∥ ∞ + C l + 1 ∣ Y t N − Y t ∣.
which tends to zero uniformly in t t t and in the realization. We now let N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ in (68) for α N \alpha_N α N , in its integrated form between fixed times s ≤ t s\le t s ≤ t . The terms f j ( t , Y t ) f_j(t,Y_t) f j ( t , Y t ) and f j ( s , Y s ) f_j(s,Y_s) f j ( s , Y s ) converge uniformly. The drift integrals also converge uniformly, because their integrands are bounded by Lemma 5.1 and converge uniformly, and ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 \|\alpha_N-\alpha\|_{L^1}\to0 ∥ α N − α ∥ L 1 → 0 . By Itô’s isometry, the stochastic integrals converge in L 2 L^2 L 2 . We conclude that (68) holds almost surely for each fixed s ≤ t s\le t s ≤ t . Since both sides are continuous in ( s , t ) (s,t) ( s , t ) , it holds almost surely for all s ≤ t s\le t s ≤ t simultaneously. The cases j = 1 j=1 j = 1 and j = 2 j=2 j = 2 are (69) and (70) .
Step 3: polynomial moments. It follows from (i) that the processes f 1 ( t , Y t ) , … , f k + 1 ( t , Y t ) f_1(t,Y_t),\ldots,f_{k+1}(t,Y_t) f 1 ( t , Y t ) , … , f k + 1 ( t , Y t ) are continuous semimartingales with d ⟨ f i ( ⋅ , Y ) , f l ( ⋅ , Y ) ⟩ t = b f i + 1 ( t , Y t ) f l + 1 ( t , Y t ) d t \mathrm{d}\langle f_i(\cdot,Y),f_l(\cdot,Y)\rangle_t=b f_{i+1}(t,Y_t)f_{l+1}(t,Y_t)\,\mathrm{d}t d ⟨ f i ( ⋅ , Y ) , f l ( ⋅ , Y ) ⟩ t = b f i + 1 ( t , Y t ) f l + 1 ( t , Y t ) d t . By Itô’s formula, we have
d Θ t = ( Θ t 0 + α ( t ) Θ t 1 ) d t + β ∑ i = 1 k ∂ i Θ ( f 1 ( t , Y t ) , … , f k ( t , Y t ) ) f i + 1 ( t , Y t ) d B t . \mathrm{d}\Theta_t=\left(\Theta_t^0+\alpha(t)\Theta_t^1\right)\mathrm{d}t+\beta\sum_{i=1}^k\partial_i\Theta\bigl(f_1(t,Y_t),\ldots,f_k(t,Y_t)\bigr)f_{i+1}(t,Y_t)\,\mathrm{d}B_t. d Θ t = ( Θ t 0 + α ( t ) Θ t 1 ) d t + β i = 1 ∑ k ∂ i Θ ( f 1 ( t , Y t ) , … , f k ( t , Y t ) ) f i + 1 ( t , Y t ) d B t .
Here the second-order term of Itô’s formula produces Θ t 0 \Theta_t^0 Θ t 0 , and the drifts in (68) produce α ( t ) Θ t 1 \alpha(t)\Theta_t^1 α ( t ) Θ t 1 . By Lemma 5.1, the integrand of the stochastic integral is bounded. Taking expectations, we obtain (71) . The integrand in (71) is bounded by the supremum of ∣ Θ 0 ∣ + ∣ Θ 1 ∣ |\Theta^0|+|\Theta^1| ∣ Θ 0 ∣ + ∣ Θ 1 ∣ over the box ∏ i ≤ k + 1 [ − C i , C i ] \prod_{i\le k+1}[-C_i,C_i] ∏ i ≤ k + 1 [ − C i , C i ] , which proves the Lipschitz bound.
Step 4: four moments. For Θ = x 1 2 \Theta=x_1^2 Θ = x 1 2 , x 2 2 x_2^2 x 2 2 , x 3 2 x_3^2 x 3 2 , and x 2 3 x_2^3 x 2 3 , the definition (67) gives
( x 1 2 ) 0 = b x 2 2 , ( x 1 2 ) 1 = 0 , ( x 2 2 ) 0 = b x 3 2 , ( x 2 2 ) 1 = − 2 b x 2 3 , ( x 3 2 ) 0 = b x 4 2 , ( x 3 2 ) 1 = − 6 b x 2 x 2 2 , ( x 2 3 ) 0 = 3 b x 2 x 3 2 , ( x 2 3 ) 1 = − 3 b x 4 2 . \begin{aligned}
(x_1^2)^0&=bx_2^2, & (x_1^2)^1&=0,\\
(x_2^2)^0&=bx_3^2, & (x_2^2)^1&=-2bx_2^3,\\
(x_3^2)^0&=bx_4^2, & (x_3^2)^1&=-6bx_2x_2^2,\\
(x_2^3)^0&=3bx_2x_3^2, & (x_2^3)^1&=-3bx_4^2.
\end{aligned} ( x 1 2 ) 0 ( x 2 2 ) 0 ( x 3 2 ) 0 ( x 2 3 ) 0 = b x 2 2 , = b x 3 2 , = b x 4 2 , = 3 b x 2 x 3 2 , ( x 1 2 ) 1 ( x 2 2 ) 1 ( x 3 2 ) 1 ( x 2 3 ) 1 = 0 , = − 2 b x 2 3 , = − 6 b x 2 x 2 2 , = − 3 b x 4 2 .
For example, for Θ = x 3 2 \Theta=x_{3}^{2} Θ = x 3 2 we have Θ 0 = ( b / 2 ) ⋅ 2 x 4 2 \Theta^{0}=(b/2)\cdot2x_{4}^{2} Θ 0 = ( b /2 ) ⋅ 2 x 4 2 and Θ 1 = − b ⋅ 2 x 3 ( ( 1 2 ) x 2 x 3 + ( 1 2 ) x 3 x 2 ) \Theta^{1}=-b\cdot2x_{3}\left(\left(\frac{1}{2}\right)x_{2}x_{3}+\left(\frac{1}{2}\right)x_{3}x_{2}\right) Θ 1 = − b ⋅ 2 x 3 ( ( 2 1 ) x 2 x 3 + ( 2 1 ) x 3 x 2 ) . Inserting these into (5.11), we obtain (5.12). The integrand E χ r 2 \mathbb{E}\chi_{r}^{2} E χ r 2 in the first identity is continuous in r r r by (ii), and the first identity implies that Γ \Gamma Γ is continuously differentiable with Γ ′ = b E χ 2 \Gamma^{\prime}=b\mathbb{E}\chi^{2} Γ ′ = b E χ 2 . In the second identity, the functions r ↦ E w r 2 r\mapsto\mathbb{E}w_{r}^{2} r ↦ E w r 2 and r ↦ E χ r 3 r\mapsto\mathbb{E}\chi_{r}^{3} r ↦ E χ r 3 are continuous by (ii), and α \alpha α is right-continuous. The integrand is therefore right-continuous, and it is continuous at every point of continuity of α \alpha α . The fundamental theorem of calculus now gives (5.13).
The Parisi distribution function on $(0,q_{\beta})`
From now on, α = α β \alpha=\alpha_{\beta} α = α β is the Parisi distribution function, which is unique by Theorem 4.5 , μ β \mu_{\beta} μ β is the Parisi measure, Y Y Y is the associated scalar diffusion, and u t u_{t} u t , χ t \chi_{t} χ t , w t w_{t} w t are as in Lemma 5.2 . By Theorem 4.7 , supp μ β = [ 0 , q β ] \operatorname{supp}\mu_{\beta}=[0,q_{\beta}] supp μ β = [ 0 , q β ] with 0 < q β < 1 0<q_{\beta}<1 0 < q β < 1 , and μ β \mu_{\beta} μ β has an atom at q β q_{\beta} q β . We set
K β = β 5 2 ( C 4 2 + 12 C 3 2 + 6 ) . (74) K_{\beta}=\frac{\beta^{5}}{2}\left(C_{4}^{2}+12C_{3}^{2}+6\right). \tag*{(74)} K β = 2 β 5 ( C 4 2 + 12 C 3 2 + 6 ) . (74)
with C 3 C_{3} C 3 and C 4 C_{4} C 4 as in (5.2).
Lemma 5.3 (The Parisi distribution function on the support). The following hold.
(i) For all t ∈ ( 0 , q β ) t\in(0,q_{\beta}) t ∈ ( 0 , q β ) ,
β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 , E w ( t , Y t ) 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 . (75) \beta^{2}\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_{t})^{2}=1,\qquad\mathbb{E}w(t,Y_{t})^{2}=2\alpha(t)\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_{t})^{3}. \tag*{(75)} β 2 E χ ( t , Y t ) 2 = 1 , E w ( t , Y t ) 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 . (75) (ii) For all t ∈ ( 0 , q β ) t\in(0,q_{\beta}) t ∈ ( 0 , q β ) , we have E χ t 3 ≥ β − 3 \mathbb{E}\chi_{t}^{3}\ge\beta^{-3} E χ t 3 ≥ β − 3 and
α ( t ) = E w t 2 2 E χ t 3 . (76) \alpha(t)=\frac{\mathbb{E}w_{t}^{2}}{2\mathbb{E}\chi_{t}^{3}}. \tag*{(76)} α ( t ) = 2 E χ t 3 E w t 2 . (76) (iii) We have α ( t ) > 0 \alpha(t)>0 α ( t ) > 0 for all t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] t\in(0,1] t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . For 0 < s ≤ t < q β 0<s\le t<q_{\beta} 0 < s ≤ t < q β ,
0 ≤ α ( t ) − α ( s ) = μ β ( ( s , t ] ) ≤ K β ( t − s ) . 0\le\alpha(t)-\alpha(s)=\mu_{\beta}((s,t])\le K_{\beta}(t-s). 0 ≤ α ( t ) − α ( s ) = μ β (( s , t ]) ≤ K β ( t − s ) . In particular, μ β \mu_{\beta} μ β has no atoms in ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) .
(iv) The function α \alpha α is infinitely differentiable on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) . For every polynomial Θ \Theta Θ , the function t ↦ E Θ t t\mapsto\mathbb{E}\Theta_{t} t ↦ E Θ t of Lemma 5.2 is infinitely differentiable on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) . In particular, t ↦ E χ t 3 t\mapsto\mathbb{E}\chi_{t}^{3} t ↦ E χ t 3 and t ↦ α ( t ) 2 β 6 E χ t 3 t\mapsto\alpha(t)^{2}\beta^{6}\mathbb{E}\chi_{t}^{3} t ↦ α ( t ) 2 β 6 E χ t 3 are infinitely differentiable on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) .
(v) The function Φ α \Phi_{\alpha} Φ α is infinitely differentiable on ( 0 , q β ) × R (0,q_{\beta})\times\mathbb{R} ( 0 , q β ) × R . For every compact interval I ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) I\subset(0,q_{\beta}) I ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) and all integers i , j ≥ 0 i,j\ge0 i , j ≥ 0 with i + j ≥ 1 i+j\ge1 i + j ≥ 1 , there exists C ( β , I , i , j ) < ∞ C(\beta,I,i,j)<\infty C ( β , I , i , j ) < ∞ such that
sup t ∈ I ∣ α ( i ) ( t ) ∣ + sup ( t , z ) ∈ I × R ∣ ∂ t i ∂ z j Φ α ( t , z ) ∣ ≤ C ( β , I , i , j ) . \sup_{t\in I}|\alpha^{(i)}(t)|+\sup_{(t,z)\in I\times\mathbb{R}}\left|\partial_{t}^{i}\partial_{z}^{j}\Phi_{\alpha}(t,z)\right|\le C(\beta,I,i,j). t ∈ I sup ∣ α ( i ) ( t ) ∣ + ( t , z ) ∈ I × R sup ∂ t i ∂ z j Φ α ( t , z ) ≤ C ( β , I , i , j ) .
The proof of (i) uses the identity Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t)=t Γ ( t ) = t , which is a property of α β \alpha_\beta α β itself. The step distribution functions used in the proof of Lemma 5.2 do not satisfy it, and this is why we established the identities of Lemma 5.2 for every distribution function first.
Proof. We first obtain the two identities in (i): the first at every point, from Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t)=t Γ ( t ) = t , and the second at almost every point, from the constancy of E χ t 2 \mathbb{E}\chi_t^2 E χ t 2 . Since α \alpha α is right-continuous, the second identity then holds at every point, which gives the quotient formula (5.16). Using the quotient formula and the Lipschitz bounds of Lemma 5.2, we show that α \alpha α is Lipschitz, and an induction on the order of differentiability gives its smoothness. The bounds on mixed derivatives then follow from the differentiated Parisi equation.
Step 1: the first identity. The first identity is also stated in Corollary 4.8; we recall the argument. By (4.10), Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t)=t Γ ( t ) = t for 0 < t < q β 0<t<q_\beta 0 < t < q β . By Lemma 5.2 (iii), Γ \Gamma Γ is continuously differentiable with Γ ′ ( t ) = b E χ t 2 \Gamma'(t)=b\mathbb{E}\chi_t^2 Γ ′ ( t ) = b E χ t 2 . Differentiating, we find that b E χ t 2 = Γ ′ ( t ) = 1 b\mathbb{E}\chi_t^2=\Gamma'(t)=1 b E χ t 2 = Γ ′ ( t ) = 1 for all t ∈ ( 0 , q β ) t\in(0,q_\beta) t ∈ ( 0 , q β ) , which is the first identity in (5.15).
Step 2: the second identity almost everywhere. By Step 1, E χ t 2 = β − 2 \mathbb{E}\chi_t^2=\beta^{-2} E χ t 2 = β − 2 is constant on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) . The second identity in (5.12) implies that, for 0 < s < t < q β 0<s<t<q_\beta 0 < s < t < q β ,
0 = E χ t 2 − E χ s 2 = b ∫ s t ( E w r 2 − 2 α ( r ) E χ r 3 ) d r . 0=\mathbb{E}\chi_t^2-\mathbb{E}\chi_s^2=b\int_s^t\left(\mathbb{E}w_r^2-2\alpha(r)\mathbb{E}\chi_r^3\right)\,\mathrm{d}r. 0 = E χ t 2 − E χ s 2 = b ∫ s t ( E w r 2 − 2 α ( r ) E χ r 3 ) d r .
The integral of the bounded function r ↦ E w r 2 − 2 α ( r ) E χ r 3 r\mapsto\mathbb{E}w_r^2-2\alpha(r)\mathbb{E}\chi_r^3 r ↦ E w r 2 − 2 α ( r ) E χ r 3 vanishes over every subinterval of ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) . Lebesgue’s differentiation theorem then implies that E w r 2 = 2 α ( r ) E χ r 3 \mathbb{E}w_r^2=2\alpha(r)\mathbb{E}\chi_r^3 E w r 2 = 2 α ( r ) E χ r 3 for almost every r ∈ ( 0 , q β ) r\in(0,q_\beta) r ∈ ( 0 , q β ) .
Step 3: the second identity at every point, and the quotient. Let t ∈ ( 0 , q β ) t\in(0,q_\beta) t ∈ ( 0 , q β ) . By Step 2, there exist r n ↓ t r_n\downarrow t r n ↓ t such that E w r n 2 = 2 α ( r n ) E χ r n 3 \mathbb{E}w_{r_n}^2=2\alpha(r_n)\mathbb{E}\chi_{r_n}^3 E w r n 2 = 2 α ( r n ) E χ r n 3 for all n n n . Recall from Lemma 5.2 (ii) that the functions r ↦ E w r 2 r\mapsto\mathbb{E}w_r^2 r ↦ E w r 2 and r ↦ E χ r 3 r\mapsto\mathbb{E}\chi_r^3 r ↦ E χ r 3 are continuous, and that α \alpha α is right-continuous. Letting n → ∞ n\to\infty n → ∞ , we find that E w t 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ t 3 \mathbb{E}w_t^2=2\alpha(t)\mathbb{E}\chi_t^3 E w t 2 = 2 α ( t ) E χ t 3 . This proves (i). Since χ t > 0 \chi_t>0 χ t > 0 and x ↦ x 3 / 2 x\mapsto x^{3/2} x ↦ x 3/2 is convex on [ 0 , ∞ ) [0,\infty) [ 0 , ∞ ) , Jensen’s inequality and Step 1 imply that
E χ t 3 = E [ ( χ t 2 ) 3 / 2 ] ≥ ( E χ t 2 ) 3 / 2 = β − 3 . \mathbb{E}\chi_t^3=\mathbb{E}\left[(\chi_t^2)^{3/2}\right]\geq\left(\mathbb{E}\chi_t^2\right)^{3/2}=\beta^{-3}. E χ t 3 = E [ ( χ t 2 ) 3/2 ] ≥ ( E χ t 2 ) 3/2 = β − 3 .
Dividing the second identity in (5.15) by 2 E χ t 3 2\mathbb{E}\chi_t^3 2 E χ t 3 , we obtain (5.16), which proves (ii).
Step 4: positivity and the Lipschitz bound. Since 0 ∈ supp μ β 0\in\operatorname{supp}\mu_\beta 0 ∈ supp μ β , every interval [ 0 , t ] [0,t] [ 0 , t ] with t > 0 t>0 t > 0 has positive μ β \mu_\beta μ β -mass, so α ( t ) > 0 \alpha(t)>0 α ( t ) > 0 for t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] t\in(0,1] t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . By Lemma 5.1, we have 0 < χ ≤ 1 0<\chi\leq1 0 < χ ≤ 1 , ∣ w ∣ ≤ C 3 |w|\leq C_3 ∣ w ∣ ≤ C 3 , and ∣ f 4 ∣ ≤ C 4 |f_4|\leq C_4 ∣ f 4 ∣ ≤ C 4 . Inserting these bounds into the last two identities in (5.12), we find that, for all s , t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] s,t\in[0,1] s , t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] ,
∣ E w t 2 − E w s 2 ∣ ≤ b ( C 4 2 + 6 C 3 2 ) ∣ t − s ∣ , ∣ E χ t 3 − E χ s 3 ∣ ≤ 3 b ( C 3 2 + 1 ) ∣ t − s ∣ . (77) \left|\mathbb{E}w_t^2-\mathbb{E}w_s^2\right|\leq b(C_4^2+6C_3^2)|t-s|,\qquad\left|\mathbb{E}\chi_t^3-\mathbb{E}\chi_s^3\right|\leq3b(C_3^2+1)|t-s|. \tag*{(77)} E w t 2 − E w s 2 ≤ b ( C 4 2 + 6 C 3 2 ) ∣ t − s ∣ , E χ t 3 − E χ s 3 ≤ 3 b ( C 3 2 + 1 ) ∣ t − s ∣. (77)
Let 0 < s ≤ t < q β 0 < s \le t < q_\beta 0 < s ≤ t < q β . By (76) at t t t and the identity E w s 2 = 2 α ( s ) E χ s 1 \mathbb{E}w_s^2 = 2\alpha(s)\mathbb{E}\chi_s^1 E w s 2 = 2 α ( s ) E χ s 1 at s s s , we have
α ( t ) − α ( s ) = E w t 2 − E w s 2 2 E χ t 3 − α ( s ) E χ t 3 − E χ s 3 E χ t 3 . \alpha(t)-\alpha(s)=\frac{\mathbb{E}w_t^2-\mathbb{E}w_s^2}{2\mathbb{E}\chi_t^3}-\alpha(s)\frac{\mathbb{E}\chi_t^3-\mathbb{E}\chi_s^3}{\mathbb{E}\chi_t^3}. α ( t ) − α ( s ) = 2 E χ t 3 E w t 2 − E w s 2 − α ( s ) E χ t 3 E χ t 3 − E χ s 3 .
Using (77) , E χ t 3 ≥ β − 3 \mathbb{E}\chi_t^3 \ge\beta^{-3} E χ t 3 ≥ β − 3 , and 0 ≤ α ( s ) ≤ 1 0 \le\alpha(s) \le1 0 ≤ α ( s ) ≤ 1 , we conclude that
∣ α ( t ) − α ( s ) ∣ ≤ β 3 ( b 2 ( C 4 2 + 6 C 3 2 ) + 3 b ( C 3 2 + 1 ) ) ( t − s ) = K β ( t − s ) . |\alpha(t)-\alpha(s)|\le\beta^3\left(\frac{b}{2}(C_4^2+6C_3^2)+3b(C_3^2+1)\right)(t-s)=K_\beta(t-s). ∣ α ( t ) − α ( s ) ∣ ≤ β 3 ( 2 b ( C 4 2 + 6 C 3 2 ) + 3 b ( C 3 2 + 1 ) ) ( t − s ) = K β ( t − s ) .
Since α \alpha α is nondecreasing and α ( t ) − α ( s ) = μ β ( ( s , t ] ) \alpha(t)-\alpha(s)=\mu_\beta((s,t]) α ( t ) − α ( s ) = μ β (( s , t ]) , this proves (iii); the continuity of α \alpha α on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) excludes atoms there.
Step 5: smoothness of α \alpha α and of the moments. Let I 0 = ( 0 , q β ) I_0=(0,q_\beta) I 0 = ( 0 , q β ) . We prove by induction on i ≥ 0 i\ge0 i ≥ 0 that α ∈ C i ( I 0 ) \alpha\in C^i(I_0) α ∈ C i ( I 0 ) and that t ↦ E Θ t t\mapsto\mathbb{E}\Theta_t t ↦ E Θ t belongs to C i + 1 ( I 0 ) C^{i+1}(I_0) C i + 1 ( I 0 ) for every polynomial Θ \Theta Θ . By Step 4, α \alpha α is continuous on I 0 I_0 I 0 . Then the integrand r ↦ E Θ r 0 + α ( r ) E Θ r 1 r\mapsto\mathbb{E}\Theta_r^0+\alpha(r)\mathbb{E}\Theta_r^1 r ↦ E Θ r 0 + α ( r ) E Θ r 1 in (71) is continuous on I 0 I_0 I 0 , and E Θ t \mathbb{E}\Theta_t E Θ t is continuously differentiable on I 0 I_0 I 0 by the fundamental theorem of calculus, with
d d t E Θ t = E Θ t 0 + α ( t ) E Θ t 1 ( t ∈ I 0 ) . (78) \frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}\mathbb{E}\Theta_t=\mathbb{E}\Theta_t^0+\alpha(t)\mathbb{E}\Theta_t^1 \qquad(t\in I_0). \tag*{(78)} d t d E Θ t = E Θ t 0 + α ( t ) E Θ t 1 ( t ∈ I 0 ) . (78)
This proves the claim for i = 0 i=0 i = 0 . Suppose that it holds for some i ≥ 0 i\ge0 i ≥ 0 . Since the moments E w t 2 \mathbb{E}w_t^2 E w t 2 and E χ t 3 \mathbb{E}\chi_t^3 E χ t 3 belong to C i + 1 ( I 0 ) C^{i+1}(I_0) C i + 1 ( I 0 ) and E χ t 3 ≥ β − 3 \mathbb{E}\chi_t^3\ge\beta^{-3} E χ t 3 ≥ β − 3 , the formula (76) implies that α ∈ C i + 1 ( I 0 ) \alpha\in C^{i+1}(I_0) α ∈ C i + 1 ( I 0 ) . By the induction hypothesis, the moments E Θ t 0 \mathbb{E}\Theta_t^0 E Θ t 0 and E Θ t 1 \mathbb{E}\Theta_t^1 E Θ t 1 belong to C i + 1 ( I 0 ) C^{i+1}(I_0) C i + 1 ( I 0 ) . Then the right side of (78) belongs to C i + 1 ( I 0 ) C^{i+1}(I_0) C i + 1 ( I 0 ) , and we obtain E Θ t ∈ C i + 2 ( I 0 ) \mathbb{E}\Theta_t\in C^{i+2}(I_0) E Θ t ∈ C i + 2 ( I 0 ) . This completes the induction and proves (iv).
Step 6: mixed derivatives. Let j ≥ 0 j\ge0 j ≥ 0 . By (64) and the continuity of α \alpha α on I 0 I_0 I 0 , the function t ↦ f j ( t , z ) t\mapsto f_j(t,z) t ↦ f j ( t , z ) is continuously differentiable on I 0 I_0 I 0 for every z z z , and
∂ t f j = − b 2 ( f j + 2 + α ∂ z j ( u 2 ) ) on I 0 × R . (79) \partial_t f_j=-\frac{b}{2}\left(f_{j+2}+\alpha\,\partial_z^j(u^2)\right)\quad\text{on }I_0\times\mathbb{R}. \tag*{(79)} ∂ t f j = − 2 b ( f j + 2 + α ∂ z j ( u 2 ) ) on I 0 × R . (79)
The right side is a polynomial in α \alpha α and f 1 , … , f j + 2 f_1,\ldots,f_{j+2} f 1 , … , f j + 2 , and it is continuous on I 0 × R I_0\times\mathbb{R} I 0 × R . We claim that, for every i ≥ 1 i\ge1 i ≥ 1 , the derivative ∂ t i f j \partial_t^i f_j ∂ t i f j exists on I 0 × R I_0\times\mathbb{R} I 0 × R and is a polynomial, with coefficients depending only on b b b , i i i , and j j j , in α , α ′ , … , α ( i − 1 ) \alpha,\alpha',\ldots,\alpha^{(i-1)} α , α ′ , … , α ( i − 1 ) (evaluated at t t t ) and f 1 , … , f j + 2 i f_1,\ldots,f_{j+2i} f 1 , … , f j + 2 i (evaluated at ( t , z ) (t,z) ( t , z ) ). For i = 1 i=1 i = 1 , this is (79) . If it holds for i i i , we differentiate the polynomial in t t t , using (iv) for the derivatives of α \alpha α and (79) for the derivatives of f 1 , … , f j + 2 i f_1,\ldots,f_{j+2i} f 1 , … , f j + 2 i , which gives the claim for i + 1 i+1 i + 1 . Let I ⊂ I 0 I\subset I_0 I ⊂ I 0 be compact. On I × R I\times\mathbb{R} I × R , the functions α , α ′ , … , α ( i ) \alpha,\alpha',\ldots,\alpha^{(i)} α , α ′ , … , α ( i ) are bounded because they are continuous on I I I , and we have ∣ f l ∣ ≤ C l |f_l|\le C_l ∣ f l ∣ ≤ C l by Lemma 5.1. We obtain the bound in (v), with a constant depending on β \beta β , I I I , i i i , and j j j . Finally, the right side of (79) for j + 1 j+1 j + 1 is the z z z -derivative of the right side for j j j , because ∂ z ∂ z j ( u 2 ) = ∂ z j + 1 ( u 2 ) \partial_z\partial_z^j(u^2)=\partial_z^{j+1}(u^2) ∂ z ∂ z j ( u 2 ) = ∂ z j + 1 ( u 2 ) . This shows that ∂ z ∂ t f j = ∂ t f j + 1 \partial_z\partial_t f_j=\partial_t f_{j+1} ∂ z ∂ t f j = ∂ t f j + 1 , and by Schwarz’s theorem and induction on i i i , we have ∂ z ∂ t i f j = ∂ t i f j + 1 \partial_{z}\partial_{t}^{i}f_j=\partial_{t}^{i}f_{j+1} ∂ z ∂ t i f j = ∂ t i f j + 1 . Every partial derivative of Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α , taken in any order, is therefore one of the continuous functions ∂ t i ∂ z j Φ α \partial_{t}^{i}\partial_{z}^{j}\Phi_\alpha ∂ t i ∂ z j Φ α , and Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α is infinitely differentiable on I 0 × R I_0\times\mathbb{R} I 0 × R . This completes the proof.
Remark 5.4. The second identity in (75) does not extend to t = q β t=q_\beta t = q β . Indeed, t ↦ E w t 2 t\mapsto\mathbb{E}w_t^2 t ↦ E w t 2 and t ↦ E χ t 3 t\mapsto\mathbb{E}\chi_t^3 t ↦ E χ t 3 are continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , and letting t ↑ q β t\uparrow q_\beta t ↑ q β in (75) , we find that E w q β 2 = 2 α ( q β − ) E χ q β 3 \mathbb{E}w_{q_\beta}^2=2\alpha(q_\beta-)\mathbb{E}\chi_{q_\beta}^3 E w q β 2 = 2 α ( q β − ) E χ q β 3 . However, E χ q β 3 > 0 \mathbb{E}\chi_{q_\beta}^3>0 E χ q β 3 > 0 , and α ( q β − ) = 1 − μ β ( { q β } ) < 1 = α ( q β ) \alpha(q_\beta-)=1-\mu_\beta(\{q_\beta\})<1=\alpha(q_\beta) α ( q β − ) = 1 − μ β ({ q β }) < 1 = α ( q β ) because μ β \mu_\beta μ β has an atom at q β q_\beta q β . The barrier argument uses (75) and Lemma 5.3 only on compact subintervals of ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) .
We conclude with the positive constant that enters the cubic pressure deficit. The quantity bounded below in (80) is the scalar factor of the cubic term in the expansion of Proposition 7.13 .
Corollary 5.5 (The constant m β m_\beta m β ). Let I β ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) I_\beta\subset(0,q_\beta) I β ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) be a nonempty compact interval, and set m β = β 3 α ( min I β ) 2 m_\beta=\beta^3\alpha(\min I_\beta)^2 m β = β 3 α ( min I β ) 2 . Then m β > 0 m_\beta>0 m β > 0 , and
m β ≤ inf r ∈ I β α ( r ) 2 β 6 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 . (80) m_\beta\leq\inf_{r\in I_\beta}\frac{\alpha(r)}{2\beta^6\mathbb{E}\chi(r,Y_r)^3}. \tag*{(80)} m β ≤ r ∈ I β inf 2 β 6 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 α ( r ) . (80)
Proof. By Lemma 5.3 (iii), we have α ( min I β ) > 0 \alpha(\min I_\beta)>0 α ( min I β ) > 0 , so m β > 0 m_\beta>0 m β > 0 . Let r ∈ I β r\in I_\beta r ∈ I β . Since α \alpha α is nondecreasing, we have α ( r ) ≥ α ( min I β ) \alpha(r)\geq\alpha(\min I_\beta) α ( r ) ≥ α ( min I β ) , and Lemma 5.3 (ii) gives E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 ≥ β − 3 \mathbb{E}\chi(r,Y_r)^3\geq\beta^{-3} E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 ≥ β − 3 . Multiplying these bounds, we find that α ( r ) 2 β 6 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 ≥ β 3 α ( min I β ) 2 = m β \frac{\alpha(r)}{2\beta^6}\mathbb{E}\chi(r,Y_r)^3\geq\beta^3\alpha(\min I_\beta)^2=m_\beta 2 β 6 α ( r ) E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 ≥ β 3 α ( min I β ) 2 = m β .
The constant m β m_\beta m β depends only on β \beta β and I β I_\beta I β . In the proof of Theorem 1.1 , the interval I β I_\beta I β is fixed in Section 10, before any of the small parameters of the local comparison is chosen.
Short-time estimates for Gaussian hierarchies
In this section, we prove the analytic estimates on Gaussian hierarchies that the three-replica covariance perturbation of Section 7 requires. Near the window where the covariance path is perturbed, the one-site recursion of that comparison is a composition of short semilinear parabolic flows on R 3 \mathbb{R}^{3} R 3 , one for each of the fixed number of stages of the perturbed path. We must differentiate its value four times in the width parameter h h h of the window and twice in the parameter k = δ / h k = \delta/h k = δ / h , uniformly in the starting field. Several covariance matrices of the path are singular, and the stage of the terminal correction has a duration proportional to h k 2 hk^{2} h k 2 , which vanishes at k = 0 k = 0 k = 0 . We state and prove the estimates for a general finite composition of such flows on R ℓ \mathbb{R}^{\ell} R ℓ .
The section has four main results. Lemma 6.2 identifies the limit of finite Gaussian hierarchies (Definition 4.14) along refinements with the solution of a flow equation, with an error controlled by the L 1 L^{1} L 1 distance between the masses. Proposition 6.3 bounds all mixed derivatives of the flow in the parameters ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) and in the field, uniformly in the field, including the endpoint h = 0 h = 0 h = 0 and stages of zero duration, and Lemma 6.7 gives the corresponding bounds for the penalty obtained by weighting the squared covariance by the mass. Lemma 6.13 and Corollary 6.14 control the response of a Gaussian hierarchy to a small bounded change of its terminal function, with an error that does not depend on the number of levels. In Section 7, we use the first three results to obtain Lemma 7.4, and Corollary 6.14 is applied to the part of the hierarchy that precedes the window, in the proof of Proposition 7.13. From earlier sections, we use the integration step and the hierarchies of § 5.2 (Definitions 4.1 and 4.14 and Lemma 4.2). The regularity and stability of the scalar Parisi equation (Proposition 4.3) enter only the proof of Corollary 6.14. The remaining tools are the Gaussian interpolation formula, Itô’s formula, and Gronwall’s inequality [107, Section A.13].
For the scalar Parisi equation, the approximation by step profiles and the bounds on spatial derivatives that are uniform in the profile are due to Auffinger and Chen [12, Propositions 1–2]. The existence, uniqueness, and spatial smoothness of weak solutions were proved by Jagannath and Tobasco [62, Theorem 1]. In our normalization, these facts and the Lipschitz dependence on the profile are stated in Proposition 4.3, which is [77, Lemma 3.1]. Bovier and Klimovsky derived the matrix form of the Parisi equation for vector spins [29, Section 6, Proposition 6.1 and (6.5)]. The arguments below use the Feynman–Kac representation for the linear equations obtained by differentiating the flow.
We give the estimates for a vector equation whose diffusion matrices may be singular and whose coefficients depend on parameters, and we give in detail the bookkeeping of mixed derivatives in the parameters, which the later sections need.
Notation. Throughout this section, ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 is an integer (ℓ = 3 \ell= 3 ℓ = 3 in Section 7, one coordinate for each replica), b > 0 b > 0 b > 0 (b = β 2 b = \beta^2 b = β 2 in all applications), and x ∈ R ℓ x \in\mathbb{R}^{\ell} x ∈ R ℓ denotes the field variable, with coordinates indexed by i , i ′ ∈ { 1 , … , ℓ } i,i' \in\{1,\ldots,\ell\} i , i ′ ∈ { 1 , … , ℓ } . We write ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ \langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ and ∣ ⋅ ∣ |\cdot| ∣ ⋅ ∣ for the Euclidean inner product and norm, ∣ Σ ∣ |\Sigma| ∣Σ∣ for the operator norm of a matrix, U : V = ∑ i , i ′ U i i ′ V i i ′ U:V = \sum_{i,i'} U_{ii'}V_{ii'} U : V = ∑ i , i ′ U i i ′ V i i ′ and ∥ U ∥ F 2 = U : U \|U\|_{\mathrm{F}}^2 = U:U ∥ U ∥ F 2 = U : U , and Σ ⪰ 0 \Sigma\succeq0 Σ ⪰ 0 when Σ \Sigma Σ is symmetric and positive semidefinite; Σ 1 / 2 \Sigma^{1/2} Σ 1/2 is its positive semidefinite square root, and g g g is a standard Gaussian vector in R ℓ \mathbb{R}^{\ell} R ℓ . For a multi-index ι ∈ N ℓ \iota\in\mathbb{N}^{\ell} ι ∈ N ℓ , D ι D^{\iota} D ι is the corresponding derivative in x x x and ∣ ι ∣ |\iota| ∣ ι ∣ its order; ∇ \nabla ∇ and D 2 D^2 D 2 are the gradient and the Hessian in x x x . For φ : R ℓ → R \varphi:\mathbb{R}^{\ell}\to\mathbb{R} φ : R ℓ → R and an integer r ≥ 1 r \ge1 r ≥ 1 , we set ∥ D r φ ∥ ∞ = max ∣ ι ∣ = r sup x ∣ D ι φ ( x ) ∣ \|D^r\varphi\|_{\infty} = \max_{|\iota|=r}\sup_x|D^{\iota}\varphi(x)| ∥ D r φ ∥ ∞ = max ∣ ι ∣ = r sup x ∣ D ι φ ( x ) ∣ , and for 2 ≤ r ≤ ∞ 2 \le r \le\infty 2 ≤ r ≤ ∞ we let C r C^r C r be the set of φ ∈ C r ( R ℓ ) \varphi\in C^r(\mathbb{R}^{\ell}) φ ∈ C r ( R ℓ ) with ∥ D r ′ φ ∥ ∞ < ∞ \|D^{r'}\varphi\|_{\infty} < \infty ∥ D r ′ φ ∥ ∞ < ∞ for all finite 1 ≤ r ′ ≤ r 1 \le r' \le r 1 ≤ r ′ ≤ r . A function in C r C^r C r grows at most linearly and need not itself be bounded. Parameter derivatives are taken in two real variables ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) : for γ = ( γ h , γ k ) ∈ N 2 \gamma= (\gamma_h,\gamma_k) \in\mathbb{N}^2 γ = ( γ h , γ k ) ∈ N 2 , we write ∂ γ = ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k \partial^\gamma= \partial_h^{\gamma_h}\partial_k^{\gamma_k} ∂ γ = ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k , ∣ γ ∣ = γ h + γ k |\gamma| = \gamma_h+\gamma_k ∣ γ ∣ = γ h + γ k , γ ′ ≤ γ \gamma' \le\gamma γ ′ ≤ γ for the componentwise order, ( γ γ ′ ) = ( γ h γ h ′ ) ( γ k γ k ′ ) \binom{\gamma}{\gamma'} = \binom{\gamma_h}{\gamma'_h}\binom{\gamma_k}{\gamma'_k} ( γ ′ γ ) = ( γ h ′ γ h ) ( γ k ′ γ k ) , and γ ! = γ h ! γ k ! \gamma! = \gamma_h!\gamma_k! γ ! = γ h ! γ k ! . We say that the mixed derivative ∂ γ D ι \partial^\gamma D^\iota ∂ γ D ι has weight ∣ ι ∣ + 2 ∣ γ ∣ |\iota|+2|\gamma| ∣ ι ∣ + 2∣ γ ∣ . One parameter derivative counts as two spatial derivatives, because a parameter derivative of a covariance coefficient multiplies a second derivative in x x x .
Flows and the main estimates
Definition 6.1 (Stage data and flows). Let N ≥ 1 N \ge1 N ≥ 1 . A stage datum consists of, for each j ∈ { 1 , … , N } j \in\{1,\ldots,N\} j ∈ { 1 , … , N } , a matrix B j ⪰ 0 B_j \succeq0 B j ⪰ 0 , a duration λ j ≥ 0 \lambda_j \ge0 λ j ≥ 0 , and a measurable mass function m j : [ 0 , 1 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] m_j:[0,1]\to[0,1] m j : [ 0 , 1 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] . Stage j j j occupies the interval [ j − 1 , j ] [j-1,j] [ j − 1 , j ] of the variable τ ∈ [ 0 , N ] \tau\in[0,N] τ ∈ [ 0 , N ] . For a terminal function f ∈ C 2 f \in C^2 f ∈ C 2 , the flow equation is
− ∂ τ F = b λ j 2 { B j : D 2 F + m j ( τ − j + 1 ) ⟨ ∇ F , B j ∇ F ⟩ } on ( j − 1 , j ) × R ℓ , (81) -\partial_\tau F = \frac{b\lambda_j}{2}\left\{B_j:D^2F + m_j(\tau-j+1)\langle\nabla F,B_j\nabla F\rangle\right\}\quad\text{on }(j-1,j)\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell}, \tag*{(81)} − ∂ τ F = 2 b λ j { B j : D 2 F + m j ( τ − j + 1 ) ⟨ ∇ F , B j ∇ F ⟩ } on ( j − 1 , j ) × R ℓ , (81)
for j = 1 , … , N j=1,\ldots,N j = 1 , … , N , with F ( N , ⋅ ) = f F(N,\cdot)=f F ( N , ⋅ ) = f and F F F continuous on [ 0 , N ] × R ℓ [0,N]\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} [ 0 , N ] × R ℓ . We call F ( 0 , ⋅ ) F(0,\cdot) F ( 0 , ⋅ ) the output of the flow.
We solve the equation backward, from τ = N \tau=N τ = N to τ = 0 \tau=0 τ = 0 , as the Parisi equation (43) is solved backward from time one. Stage 1 is the outermost stage, nearest to the root of the hierarchy, and stage N N N is the innermost. On stage j j j the Gaussian field has covariance b λ j B j b\lambda_jB_j b λ j B j per unit of τ \tau τ ; in the notation of Definition 4.14, the overlap covariance path increases by λ j B j \lambda_jB_j λ j B j over stage j j j . For example, the Parisi equation for a distribution function α \alpha α on an interval [ t 1 , t 2 ] [t_1,t_2] [ t 1 , t 2 ] is the case ℓ = 1 \ell=1 ℓ = 1 , N = 1 N=1 N = 1 , B 1 = 1 B_1=1 B 1 = 1 , λ 1 = t 2 − t 1 \lambda_1=t_2-t_1 λ 1 = t 2 − t 1 , and m 1 ( τ ) = α ( t 1 + τ ( t 2 − t 1 ) ) m_1(\tau)=\alpha(t_1+\tau(t_2-t_1)) m 1 ( τ ) = α ( t 1 + τ ( t 2 − t 1 )) , with b = β 2 b=\beta^2 b = β 2 .
Step flows. We first define solutions for masses that are step functions. A step flow is the flow of a stage datum in which, for each j j j , there exists a partition 0 = τ j , 0 < τ j , 1 < ⋯ < τ j , M j = 1 0=\tau_{j,0}<\tau_{j,1}<\cdots<\tau_{j,M_j}=1 0 = τ j , 0 < τ j , 1 < ⋯ < τ j , M j = 1 such that m j = μ j , i m_j=\mu_{j,i} m j = μ j , i on [ τ j , i − 1 , τ j , i ) [\tau_{j,i-1},\tau_{j,i}) [ τ j , i − 1 , τ j , i ) . With the integration step of Definition 4.1, we set F ( N , ⋅ ) = f F(N,\cdot)=f F ( N , ⋅ ) = f and
F ( τ , ⋅ ) = T μ j , i , ( j − 1 + τ j , i − τ ) b λ j B j F ( j − 1 + τ j , i , ⋅ ) for j − 1 + τ j , i − 1 ≤ τ ≤ j − 1 + τ j , i . (82) F(\tau,\cdot)=T_{\mu_{j,i},(j-1+\tau_{j,i}-\tau)b\lambda_jB_j}F(j-1+\tau_{j,i},\cdot)\qquad\text{for }j-1+\tau_{j,i-1}\leq\tau\leq j-1+\tau_{j,i}. \tag*{(82)} F ( τ , ⋅ ) = T μ j , i , ( j − 1 + τ j , i − τ ) b λ j B j F ( j − 1 + τ j , i , ⋅ ) for j − 1 + τ j , i − 1 ≤ τ ≤ j − 1 + τ j , i . (82)
proceeding from the piece ( N , M N ) (N,M_N) ( N , M N ) to the piece ( 1 , 1 ) (1,1) ( 1 , 1 ) . The formulas for two consecutive pieces agree at their common endpoint, because T m , 0 φ = φ T_{m,0}\varphi=\varphi T m , 0 φ = φ . The output F ( 0 , x ) F(0,x) F ( 0 , x ) is the value at x x x of a finite Gaussian hierarchy: its levels, listed from the root, are the pieces ( j , i ) (j,i) ( j , i ) in lexicographic order, and the level ( j , i ) (j,i) ( j , i ) has covariance b λ j B j ( τ j , i − τ j , i − 1 ) b\lambda_jB_j(\tau_{j,i}-\tau_{j,i-1}) b λ j B j ( τ j , i − τ j , i − 1 ) and is integrated at mass μ j , i \mu_{j,i} μ j , i . By Lemma 6.9 below, F F F is continuous and solves (6.1) on each piece, where the mass is constant.
If the masses m j m_j m j are continuous and p = ( τ j , i ) \mathfrak{p}=(\tau_{j,i}) p = ( τ j , i ) is a family of partitions, the sampled masses are m j p = m j ( τ j , i − 1 ) m_j^{\mathfrak{p}}=m_j(\tau_{j,i-1}) m j p = m j ( τ j , i − 1 ) on [ τ j , i − 1 , τ j , i ) [\tau_{j,i-1},\tau_{j,i}) [ τ j , i − 1 , τ j , i ) , and the mesh ∣ p ∣ |\mathfrak{p}| ∣ p ∣ is the largest length τ j , i − τ j , i − 1 \tau_{j,i}-\tau_{j,i-1} τ j , i − τ j , i − 1 . If each m j m_j m j is nondecreasing and m j ( 1 ) ≤ m j + 1 ( 0 ) m_j(1)\leq m_{j+1}(0) m j ( 1 ) ≤ m j + 1 ( 0 ) for j < N j<N j < N , then the sampled masses are nondecreasing from the root, as in an admissible path of Definition 4.14.
Lemma 6.2 (Step approximation). Fix a stage datum with matrices B j B_j B j and durations λ j \lambda_j λ j , and a terminal function f ∈ C 2 f\in C^2 f ∈ C 2 . Let L f = sup x ∣ ∇ f ( x ) ∣ L_f=\sup_x|\nabla f(x)| L f = sup x ∣∇ f ( x ) ∣ .
(a) Let F F F and F ~ \widetilde F F be the step flows with step masses m j m_j m j and m ~ j \widetilde m_j m j . Then sup τ , x ∣ ∇ F ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ L f \sup_{\tau,x}|\nabla F(\tau,x)|\leq L_f sup τ , x ∣∇ F ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ L f and
sup τ , x ∣ F ( τ , x ) − F ~ ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ b L f 2 2 ∑ j = 1 N λ j ∣ B j ∣ ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j ( τ ) − m ~ j ( τ ) ∣ d τ . (83) \sup_{\tau,x}|F(\tau,x)-\widetilde F(\tau,x)|\leq\frac{bL_f^2}{2}\sum_{j=1}^{N}\lambda_j|B_j|\int_0^1|m_j(\tau)-\widetilde m_j(\tau)|\,\mathrm{d}\tau. \tag*{(83)} τ , x sup ∣ F ( τ , x ) − F ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ 2 b L f 2 j = 1 ∑ N λ j ∣ B j ∣ ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j ( τ ) − m j ( τ ) ∣ d τ . (83)
If F ′ F' F ′ is the step flow with the masses m j m_j m j and a terminal function f ′ ∈ C 2 f'\in C^2 f ′ ∈ C 2 such that f − f ′ f-f' f − f ′ is bounded, then sup τ , x ∣ F − F ′ ∣ ≤ sup x ∣ f − f ′ ∣ \sup_{\tau,x}|F-F'|\leq\sup_x|f-f'| sup τ , x ∣ F − F ′ ∣ ≤ sup x ∣ f − f ′ ∣ .
(b) Let m j m_j m j be measurable. For every sequence of step masses m j ( l ) m_j^{(l)} m j ( l ) with ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j ( l ) − m j ∣ d τ → 0 \int_0^1|m_j^{(l)}-m_j|\,\mathrm{d}\tau\to0 ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j ( l ) − m j ∣ d τ → 0 for each j j j , the step flows converge uniformly on [ 0 , N ] × R ℓ [0,N]\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} [ 0 , N ] × R ℓ to a limit F F F that does not depend on the sequence. We call F F F the flow of the stage datum with terminal function f f f . The three estimates of (a) hold for these flows.
(c) Let 1 ≤ N ′ < N 1\leq N'<N 1 ≤ N ′ < N . Let F i n F_{\mathrm{in}} F in be the flow of stages N ′ + 1 , … , N N'+1,\ldots,N N ′ + 1 , … , N with terminal function f f f , and suppose that f i n = F i n ( N ′ , ⋅ ) f_{\mathrm{in}}=F_{\mathrm{in}}(N',\cdot) f in = F in ( N ′ , ⋅ ) belongs to C 2 C^2 C 2 . Then F F F coincides on [ 0 , N ′ ] × R ℓ [0,N']\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} [ 0 , N ′ ] × R ℓ with the flow of stages 1 , … , N ′ 1,\ldots,N' 1 , … , N ′ with terminal function f i n f_{\mathrm{in}} f in .
(d) Suppose that f ∈ C ∞ f\in C^\infty f ∈ C ∞ and 2 ℓ b ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ 1 2\ell b\|D^2f\|_\infty\sum_j\lambda_j|B_j|\leq1 2 ℓ b ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ 1 . Then the flow F F F of (b) has continuous and bounded spatial derivatives of every order r ≥ 1 r\geq1 r ≥ 1 , with ∥ D 2 F ( τ , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ \|D^2F(\tau,\cdot)\|_\infty\leq2\|D^2f\|_\infty ∥ D 2 F ( τ , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ 2∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ , and, for the step flows F ( l ) F^{(l)} F ( l ) of (b) and every l ≠ 0 l\neq0 l = 0 ,
sup τ , x ∣ D r F ( l ) ( τ , x ) − D r F ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ C ∑ j = 1 N λ j ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j ( l ) − m j ∣ d τ . (84) \sup_{\tau,x}|D^rF^{(l)}(\tau,x)-D^rF(\tau,x)|\leq C\sum_{j=1}^{N}\lambda_j\int_0^1|m_j^{(l)}-m_j|\,\mathrm{d}\tau. \tag*{(84)} τ , x sup ∣ D r F ( l ) ( τ , x ) − D r F ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ C j = 1 ∑ N λ j ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j ( l ) − m j ∣ d τ . (84)
where C C C depends only on ℓ \ell ℓ , b b b , ∣ ι ∣ |\iota| ∣ ι ∣ , max j ∣ B j ∣ \max_j |B_j| max j ∣ B j ∣ , ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ \sum_j \lambda_j |B_j| ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ , and ∥ D f r ∥ ∞ \|D_f^r\|_\infty ∥ D f r ∥ ∞ for 1 ≤ r ≤ ∣ ι ∣ + 1 1 \le r \le|\iota| + 1 1 ≤ r ≤ ∣ ι ∣ + 1 . If moreover each m j m_j m j is continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , then F F F is continuously differentiable in τ \tau τ on each closed stage [ j − 1 , j ] [j-1,j] [ j − 1 , j ] , with one-sided derivatives at its endpoints, and solves (81) . It is the unique such solution with bounded first and second spatial derivatives that is of class C 1 , 2 C^{1,2} C 1 , 2 on each closed stage.
In words, the hierarchy values converge along refinements of the masses, at a rate given by the L 1 L^1 L 1 distance between the masses, and the limit is the solution of the flow equation; for short flows the same holds for every spatial derivative. Part (c) says that the limiting flows compose stage by stage. Parts (a)–(c) hold for stages of any duration. The constant in (83) involves only the gradient of f f f . To identify the gradient of the limit in (b), we also use the bound K f + L f 2 K_f+L_f^2 K f + L f 2 of Lemma 6.11 (a) on the Hessians of the step flows, where K f = sup x ∣ D 2 f ( x ) ∣ K_f=\sup_x |D^2f(x)| K f = sup x ∣ D 2 f ( x ) ∣ . This bound does not require short stages either. Part (d) is stated only for short flows, which are the only ones we need.
Parameter-dependent data. We now let the data depend on two parameters. Fix N ≥ 1 N\ge1 N ≥ 1 , h 1 > 0 h_1>0 h 1 > 0 , and k 0 > 0 k_0>0 k 0 > 0 , and let U = [ 0 , h 1 ] × [ − k 0 , k 0 ] \mathcal{U}=[0,h_1]\times[-k_0,k_0] U = [ 0 , h 1 ] × [ − k 0 , k 0 ] . A function on U \mathcal{U} U is called smooth if all its partial derivatives exist and are continuous on U \mathcal{U} U ; at boundary points, the derivatives are one-sided. In particular, derivatives in h h h at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 are right derivatives. We assume the following.
(H1) For each j j j , the map ( h , k ) ↦ B j ( h , k ) (h,k)\mapsto B_j(h,k) ( h , k ) ↦ B j ( h , k ) is smooth on U \mathcal{U} U , with values in the positive semidefinite matrices.
(H2) For each j j j , λ j ( h , k ) = h κ j ( h , k ) \lambda_j(h,k)=h\kappa_j(h,k) λ j ( h , k ) = h κ j ( h , k ) , where κ j : U → [ 0 , ∞ ) \kappa_j:\mathcal{U}\to[0,\infty) κ j : U → [ 0 , ∞ ) is smooth. The function κ j \kappa_j κ j may vanish.
(H3) For each j j j , m j : [ 0 , 1 ] × U → [ 0 , 1 ] m_j:[0,1]\times\mathcal{U}\to[0,1] m j : [ 0 , 1 ] × U → [ 0 , 1 ] is continuous, and all its derivatives in ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) exist and are continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] × U [0,1]\times\mathcal{U} [ 0 , 1 ] × U .
(H4) The terminal function f : U × R ℓ → R f:\mathcal{U}\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell}\to\mathbb{R} f : U × R ℓ → R is smooth in the same sense, and ∂ γ D ι f \partial^\gamma D^\iota f ∂ γ D ι f is bounded on U × R ℓ \mathcal{U}\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} U × R ℓ for every ( γ , ι ) ≠ ( 0 , 0 ) (\gamma,\iota)\ne(0,0) ( γ , ι ) = ( 0 , 0 ) .
(H5) The number h 0 ∈ ( 0 , h 1 ] h_0\in(0,h_1] h 0 ∈ ( 0 , h 1 ] satisfies 2 ℓ b h 0 Λ ∗ ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 2\ell b h_0\Lambda_*\|D^2f\|_\infty\le1 2 ℓ b h 0 Λ ∗ ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 , where Λ ∗ = max U ∑ j κ j ∣ B j ∣ \Lambda_*=\max_{\mathcal{U}}\sum_j\kappa_j|B_j| Λ ∗ = max U ∑ j κ j ∣ B j ∣ and ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ = sup U × R ℓ max i , i ′ ∣ ∂ i i ′ f ∣ \|D^2f\|_\infty=\sup_{\mathcal{U}\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell}}\max_{i,i'}|\partial_{ii'}f| ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ = sup U × R ℓ max i , i ′ ∣ ∂ i i ′ f ∣ .
Let U 0 = [ 0 , h 0 ] × [ − k 0 , k 0 ] \mathcal{U}_0=[0,h_0]\times[-k_0,k_0] U 0 = [ 0 , h 0 ] × [ − k 0 , k 0 ] . For ( h , k ) ∈ U 0 (h,k)\in\mathcal{U}_0 ( h , k ) ∈ U 0 , let F ( τ , h , k , x ) F(\tau,h,k,x) F ( τ , h , k , x ) be the flow, in the sense of Lemma 6.2, of the stage datum ( B j ( h , k ) , λ j ( h , k ) , m j ( ⋅ , h , k ) ) j ≤ N (B_j(h,k),\lambda_j(h,k),m_j(\cdot,h,k))_{j\le N} ( B j ( h , k ) , λ j ( h , k ) , m j ( ⋅ , h , k ) ) j ≤ N with terminal function f ( h , k , ⋅ ) f(h,k,\cdot) f ( h , k , ⋅ ) , and let B ( h , k , x ) = F ( 0 , h , k , x ) B(h,k,x)=F(0,h,k,x) B ( h , k , x ) = F ( 0 , h , k , x ) be its output.
Proposition 6.3 (Uniform bounds for short flows). Assume (H1)–(H5).
(i) For each ( h , k ) ∈ U 0 (h,k)\in\mathcal{U}_0 ( h , k ) ∈ U 0 , the function F ( ⋅ , h , k , ⋅ ) F(\cdot,h,k,\cdot) F ( ⋅ , h , k , ⋅ ) is continuously differentiable in τ \tau τ on each closed stage, infinitely differentiable in x x x , and it is the unique solution of (6.1) with bounded first and second spatial derivatives that is of class C 1 , 2 C^{1,2} C 1 , 2 on each closed stage.
(ii) All partial derivatives ∂ γ D ι F \partial^\gamma D^\iota F ∂ γ D ι F exist and are continuous on [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ [0,N] \times U_0 \times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ . For every ( γ , ι ) ≠ ( 0 , 0 ) (\gamma,\iota) \ne(0,0) ( γ , ι ) = ( 0 , 0 ) , there exists C C C such that
sup [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ ∣ ∂ γ D ι F ∣ ≤ C , \sup_{[0,N]\times U_0\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell}} \left|\partial^\gamma D^\iota F\right| \le C, [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ sup ∣ ∂ γ D ι F ∣ ≤ C ,
where C C C depends only on ℓ \ell ℓ , N N N , b b b , h 1 h_1 h 1 , γ \gamma γ , and ∣ ι ∣ |\iota| ∣ ι ∣ , on the suprema over U U U of ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j B j ) ∣ |\partial^{\gamma'}(\kappa_jB_j)| ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j B j ) ∣ and over [ 0 , 1 ] × U [0,1] \times U [ 0 , 1 ] × U of ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j m j B j ) ∣ |\partial^{\gamma'}(\kappa_jm_jB_j)| ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j m j B j ) ∣ , for γ ′ ≤ γ \gamma' \le\gamma γ ′ ≤ γ , and on the suprema over U × R ℓ U \times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} U × R ℓ of ∣ ∂ γ ′ D ι ′ f ∣ |\partial^{\gamma'}D^{\iota'}f| ∣ ∂ γ ′ D ι ′ f ∣ for γ ′ ≤ γ \gamma' \le\gamma γ ′ ≤ γ and 0 < ∣ ι ′ ∣ + 2 ∣ γ ′ ∣ ≤ ∣ ι ∣ + 2 ∣ γ ∣ 0 < |\iota'| + 2|\gamma'| \le|\iota| + 2|\gamma| 0 < ∣ ι ′ ∣ + 2∣ γ ′ ∣ ≤ ∣ ι ∣ + 2∣ γ ∣ . Moreover, ∣ F ( τ , h , k , x ) ∣ ≤ C g r o w ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ ) |F(\tau,h,k,x)| \le C_{\mathrm{grow}}(1+|x|) ∣ F ( τ , h , k , x ) ∣ ≤ C grow ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ ) , where C g r o w C_{\mathrm{grow}} C grow depends only on ℓ \ell ℓ , N N N , b b b , h 1 h_1 h 1 , the supremum over U U U of ∣ κ j B j ∣ |\kappa_jB_j| ∣ κ j B j ∣ , the suprema over U × R ℓ U \times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} U × R ℓ of ∣ ∇ f ∣ |\nabla f| ∣∇ f ∣ and ∣ D 2 f ∣ |D^2f| ∣ D 2 f ∣ , and sup U ∣ f ( h , k , 0 ) ∣ \sup_U|f(h,k,0)| sup U ∣ f ( h , k , 0 ) ∣ .
(iii) For γ ≠ 0 \gamma\ne0 γ = 0 , the derivative ∂ γ F \partial^\gamma F ∂ γ F is continuously differentiable in τ \tau τ on each closed stage, and it solves the equation obtained by applying ∂ γ \partial^\gamma ∂ γ to (81) , with terminal value ∂ γ f \partial^\gamma f ∂ γ f .
(iv) Let P l \mathcal{P}_l P l be partitions with ∣ P l ∣ → 0 |\mathcal{P}_l| \to0 ∣ P l ∣ → 0 , and let F P l F^{\mathcal{P}_l} F P l be the step flows with the sampled masses m j P l ( ⋅ , h , k ) m_j^{\mathcal{P}_l}(\cdot,h,k) m j P l ( ⋅ , h , k ) . Then F P l → F F^{\mathcal{P}_l} \to F F P l → F uniformly on [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ [0,N] \times U_0 \times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ , and ∂ γ D ι F P l → ∂ γ D ι F \partial^\gamma D^\iota F^{\mathcal{P}_l} \to\partial^\gamma D^\iota F ∂ γ D ι F P l → ∂ γ D ι F uniformly on compact subsets of [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ [0,N] \times U_0 \times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ , for every ( γ , ι ) (\gamma,\iota) ( γ , ι ) .
To bound a derivative ∂ γ D ι B \partial^\gamma D^\iota B ∂ γ D ι B , we use only derivatives of the terminal function of weight at most ∣ ι ∣ + 2 ∣ γ ∣ |\iota|+2|\gamma| ∣ ι ∣ + 2∣ γ ∣ and ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) -derivatives of order at most γ \gamma γ of the coefficients. In Section 7, we need the derivatives ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k B \partial_h^{\gamma_h}\partial_k^{\gamma_k}B ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k B with γ h ≤ 4 \gamma_h \le4 γ h ≤ 4 and γ k ≤ 2 \gamma_k \le2 γ k ≤ 2 together with a few spatial derivatives; with at most eight spatial derivatives they have weight at most 20, and their bounds use ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) -derivatives of the masses and of the terminal function of order at most six. The value F F F itself grows at most linearly in x x x and is not estimated, except through its derivatives and through bounded differences such as F ( τ , h , k , x ) − F ( τ , h ′ , k ′ , x ) F(\tau,h,k,x)-F(\tau,h',k',x) F ( τ , h , k , x ) − F ( τ , h ′ , k ′ , x ) .
Remark 6.4 (The coefficients at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 ). Since λ j ( 0 , k ) = 0 \lambda_j(0,k)=0 λ j ( 0 , k ) = 0 , we have F ( τ , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = f ( 0 , k , ⋅ ) F(\tau,0,k,\cdot)=f(0,k,\cdot) F ( τ , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = f ( 0 , k , ⋅ ) for all τ \tau τ , and hence ∂ k γ k B ( 0 , k , ⋅ ) = ∂ k γ k f ( 0 , k , ⋅ ) \partial_k^{\gamma_k}B(0,k,\cdot)=\partial_k^{\gamma_k}f(0,k,\cdot) ∂ k γ k B ( 0 , k , ⋅ ) = ∂ k γ k f ( 0 , k , ⋅ ) for every γ k ≥ 0 \gamma_k \ge0 γ k ≥ 0 . Writing m ˉ j ( k ) = ∫ 0 1 m j ( τ , 0 , k ) d τ \bar m_j(k)=\int_0^1m_j(\tau,0,k)\,\mathrm{d}\tau m ˉ j ( k ) = ∫ 0 1 m j ( τ , 0 , k ) d τ and evaluating f f f , B j B_j B j and κ j \kappa_j κ j at ( 0 , k ) (0,k) ( 0 , k ) , we have
∂ h B ( 0 , k , x ) = ∂ h f ( 0 , k , x ) + b 2 ∑ j = 1 N κ j { B j : D 2 f ( 0 , k , x ) + m ˉ j ⟨ ∇ f ( 0 , k , x ) , B j ∇ f ( 0 , k , x ) ⟩ } . (85) \partial_hB(0,k,x)=\partial_hf(0,k,x)+\frac{b}{2}\sum_{j=1}^{N}\kappa_j\left\{B_j\mathbin{:}D^2f(0,k,x)+\bar m_j\langle\nabla f(0,k,x),B_j\nabla f(0,k,x)\rangle\right\}. \tag*{(85)} ∂ h B ( 0 , k , x ) = ∂ h f ( 0 , k , x ) + 2 b j = 1 ∑ N κ j { B j : D 2 f ( 0 , k , x ) + m ˉ j ⟨ ∇ f ( 0 , k , x ) , B j ∇ f ( 0 , k , x )⟩ } . (85)
Indeed, at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 the equation of Proposition 6.3 (iii) for γ = ( 1 , 0 ) \gamma=(1,0) γ = ( 1 , 0 ) has no terms involving ∂ h F \partial_hF ∂ h F , since the coefficients of (81) vanish, and its source is the derivative in h h h of the right side of (81) at F = f ( 0 , k , ⋅ ) F=f(0,k,\cdot) F = f ( 0 , k , ⋅ ) . Integrating it over τ ∈ [ 0 , N ] \tau\in[0,N] τ ∈ [ 0 , N ] , we obtain (6.5).
Remark 6.5 (Singular matrices, zero durations, and regularization). The hypotheses (H1)–(H5) and the constants in Proposition 6.3 involve no lower bound on B j B_j B j or on κ j \kappa_j κ j . In the proof, every Gaussian integral is parametrized by its covariance matrix t b h κ j ( h , k ) B j ( h , k ) tbh\kappa_j(h,k)B_j(h,k) t bh κ j ( h , k ) B j ( h , k ) , which is a smooth function of ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) with values in the positive semidefinite matrices, including where it vanishes, and Lemma 6.8 differentiates Gaussian integrals as functions of the covariance. No square root of a covariance or of a duration is differentiated. For instance, a stage with κ j ( h , k ) = c k 2 \kappa_j(h,k)=ck^2 κ j ( h , k ) = c k 2 has zero duration at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , and its contribution is differentiable in k k k there through the polynomial h k 2 hk^2 h k 2 . One may also replace each B j B_j B j by B j + ϵ I d B_j+\epsilon I_d B j + ϵ I d with 0 < ϵ ≤ 1 0<\epsilon\leq1 0 < ϵ ≤ 1 . Let K ∗ = max U ∑ j κ j K_*=\max_U\sum_j\kappa_j K ∗ = max U ∑ j κ j , and decrease h 0 h_0 h 0 , if necessary, so that 2 ℓ b h 0 ( Λ ∗ + K ∗ ) ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 2\ell b h_0(\Lambda_*+K_*)\lVert D^2f\rVert_\infty\leq1 2 ℓ b h 0 ( Λ ∗ + K ∗ ) ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 . The regularized data then satisfy (H1)–(H5), with upper bounds uniform in ϵ \epsilon ϵ . For parameters with h κ j ( h , k ) > 0 h\kappa_j(h,k)>0 h κ j ( h , k ) > 0 , the diffusion matrix of stage j j j is positive definite. Stages with h κ j ( h , k ) = 0 h\kappa_j(h,k)=0 h κ j ( h , k ) = 0 , in particular all stages at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 , still have zero diffusion, and the regularized equations are not uniformly parabolic on U 0 U_0 U 0 . The regularized flows satisfy the bounds of Proposition 6.3 uniformly in ϵ \epsilon ϵ , and they converge to F F F as ϵ → 0 \epsilon\to0 ϵ → 0 , together with all derivatives ∂ γ D ℓ \partial^\gamma D^\ell ∂ γ D ℓ , uniformly on compact sets. Indeed, the difference between the regularized flow and F F F satisfies the linear equation in the proof of Lemma 6.2(a), with B j + ϵ I d B_j+\epsilon I_d B j + ϵ I d in place of B j B_j B j and with equal masses. Its source is ( b λ j ϵ / 2 ) { Id : D 2 F + m j ∣ ∇ F ∣ 2 } (b\lambda_j\epsilon/2)\{\operatorname{Id}:D^2F+m_j|\nabla F|^2\} ( b λ j ϵ /2 ) { Id : D 2 F + m j ∣∇ F ∣ 2 } , which is bounded by C ϵ C\epsilon C ϵ . Then Lemma 6.10 shows that the values converge, and the compactness argument in the proof of Proposition 6.3 (iv) identifies the limits of all derivatives. We do not use the regularization.
Remark 6.6 (Further parameters and restriction to a line). If the data depend on a further parameter in which no derivatives are needed (in Section 7, the left endpoint of the window), and the suprema listed in Proposition 6.3 (ii) and the number Λ ∗ ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ \Lambda_*\lVert D^2f\rVert_\infty Λ ∗ ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ are bounded uniformly in it, then the conclusions hold uniformly in that parameter; for the linear growth bound, sup U ∣ f ( h , k , 0 ) ∣ \sup_U|f(h,k,0)| sup U ∣ f ( h , k , 0 ) ∣ must also be bounded uniformly in that parameter. The statements and the proofs of this section hold without change if k k k is a vector of parameters ranging over a product of compact intervals, with multi-indices in place of γ k \gamma_k γ k ; a further parameter in which derivatives are needed can be included in this way. For a vector e ∈ R ℓ e\in\mathbb{R}^{\ell} e ∈ R ℓ and z ∈ R z\in\mathbb{R} z ∈ R , the restriction z ↦ B ( h , k , z e ) z\mapsto\mathcal{B}(h,k,ze) z ↦ B ( h , k , z e ) satisfies
∂ γ ∂ z r [ B ( h , k , z e ) ] = ∑ ∣ ι ∣ = r r ! ι ! e ι ∂ γ D ι B ( h , k , z e ) , \partial^\gamma\partial_z^r[\mathcal{B}(h,k,ze)]=\sum_{|\iota|=r}\frac{r!}{\iota!}e^\iota\partial^\gamma D^\iota\mathcal{B}(h,k,ze), ∂ γ ∂ z r [ B ( h , k , z e )] = ∣ ι ∣ = r ∑ ι ! r ! e ι ∂ γ D ι B ( h , k , z e ) ,
where ι ! = ∏ i ι i ! \iota!=\prod_i\iota_i! ι ! = ∏ i ι i ! and e ι = ∏ i e i ι i e^\iota=\prod_i e_i^{\iota_i} e ι = ∏ i e i ι i . Its derivatives obey the bounds of Proposition 6.3 (ii), multiplied by ( ∑ i ∣ e i ∣ ) r (\sum_i|e_i|)^r ( ∑ i ∣ e i ∣ ) r .
The last estimate of this section concerns the penalty. For a smooth function Q ∗ : U → R ℓ × ℓ Q_*:\mathcal{U}\to\mathbb{R}^{\ell\times\ell} Q ∗ : U → R ℓ × ℓ with symmetric values, let
Q ( τ ) = Q ∗ + ∑ j ′ < j λ j ′ B j ′ + ( τ − j + 1 ) λ j B j ( j − 1 ≤ τ ≤ j ) , (86) Q(\tau)=Q_*+\sum_{j'<j}\lambda_{j'}B_{j'}+(\tau-j+1)\lambda_jB_j\qquad(j-1\leq\tau\leq j), \tag*{(86)} Q ( τ ) = Q ∗ + j ′ < j ∑ λ j ′ B j ′ + ( τ − j + 1 ) λ j B j ( j − 1 ≤ τ ≤ j ) , (86)
where all functions are evaluated at ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) . This is the overlap covariance path through the stages, started at Q ⋆ Q_\star Q ⋆ . We set
Π ( h , k ) = ∑ j = 1 N ∫ j − 1 j m j ( τ − j + 1 ) ∂ τ ∥ Q ( τ ) ∥ F 2 d τ = 2 ∑ j = 1 N λ j ∫ 0 1 m j ( τ ) Q ( j − 1 + τ ) : B j d τ . (87) \Pi(h,k)=\sum_{j=1}^{N}\int_{j-1}^{j}m_j(\tau-j+1)\,\partial_\tau\lVert Q(\tau)\rVert_F^2\,\mathrm{d}\tau=2\sum_{j=1}^{N}\lambda_j\int_0^1m_j(\tau)Q(j-1+\tau):B_j\,\mathrm{d}\tau. \tag*{(87)} Π ( h , k ) = j = 1 ∑ N ∫ j − 1 j m j ( τ − j + 1 ) ∂ τ ∥ Q ( τ ) ∥ F 2 d τ = 2 j = 1 ∑ N λ j ∫ 0 1 m j ( τ ) Q ( j − 1 + τ ) : B j d τ . (87)
This is the contribution of the stages to the penalty ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 \int m\,\mathrm{d}\lVert Q\rVert_F^2 ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 of (53) . For partitions p \mathfrak p p , the corresponding contribution of the step hierarchy with the sampled masses is
Π p ( h , k ) = ∑ j = 1 N ∑ i = 1 M j m j p ( τ j , i − 1 ) ( ∥ Q ( j − 1 + τ j , i ) ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q ( j − 1 + τ j , i − 1 ) ∥ F 2 ) . \Pi^{\mathfrak p}(h,k)=\sum_{j=1}^{N}\sum_{i=1}^{M_j}m_j^{\mathfrak p}(\tau_{j,i-1})\left(\lVert Q(j-1+\tau_{j,i})\rVert_F^2-\lVert Q(j-1+\tau_{j,i-1})\rVert_F^2\right). Π p ( h , k ) = j = 1 ∑ N i = 1 ∑ M j m j p ( τ j , i − 1 ) ( ∥ Q ( j − 1 + τ j , i ) ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q ( j − 1 + τ j , i − 1 ) ∥ F 2 ) .
Lemma 6.7 (The penalty). Assume (H1)–(H3). Then Π \Pi Π is smooth on U \mathcal U U , and for every γ \gamma γ we have sup U ∣ ∂ γ Π ∣ ≤ C \sup_{\mathcal U}|\partial^\gamma\Pi|\le C sup U ∣ ∂ γ Π∣ ≤ C , where C C C depends only on ℓ \ell ℓ , N N N , h 1 h_1 h 1 , γ \gamma γ , and the suprema over γ ′ ≤ γ \gamma'\le\gamma γ ′ ≤ γ of ∣ ∂ γ ′ Q ⋆ ∣ |\partial^{\gamma'}Q_\star| ∣ ∂ γ ′ Q ⋆ ∣ , ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j B j ) ∣ |\partial^{\gamma'}(\kappa_jB_j)| ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j B j ) ∣ and ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j m j B j ) ∣ |\partial^{\gamma'}(\kappa_jm_jB_j)| ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j m j B j ) ∣ . Moreover sup U ∣ ∂ γ ( Π p − Π ) ∣ → 0 \sup_{\mathcal U}|\partial^\gamma(\Pi^{\mathfrak p}-\Pi)|\to0 sup U ∣ ∂ γ ( Π p − Π ) ∣ → 0 as ∣ p ∣ → 0 |\mathfrak p|\to0 ∣ p ∣ → 0 , for every γ \gamma γ .
Proof. Since m j p m_j^{\mathfrak p} m j p is constant on each piece, we have Π p = 2 ∑ j λ j ∫ 0 1 m j p ( τ ) Q ( j − 1 + τ ) : B j d τ \Pi^{\mathfrak p}=2\sum_j\lambda_j\int_0^1m_j^{\mathfrak p}(\tau)Q(j-1+\tau):B_j\,\mathrm{d}\tau Π p = 2 ∑ j λ j ∫ 0 1 m j p ( τ ) Q ( j − 1 + τ ) : B j d τ , which is (87) with m j m_j m j replaced by m j p m_j^{\mathfrak p} m j p . The integrand on stage j j j is Q ( j − 1 + τ ) : ( h κ j m j B j ) Q(j-1+\tau):(h\kappa_jm_jB_j) Q ( j − 1 + τ ) : ( h κ j m j B j ) , where Q ( j − 1 + τ ) Q(j-1+\tau) Q ( j − 1 + τ ) is a polynomial in τ \tau τ , Q ⋆ Q_\star Q ⋆ , and the matrices h κ j ′ B j ′ h\kappa_{j'}B_{j'} h κ j ′ B j ′ , and the ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) -derivatives of m j p m_j^{\mathfrak p} m j p are those of m j m_j m j evaluated at the left endpoints of the pieces. Differentiating under the integral sign, we find that Π \Pi Π and Π p \Pi^{\mathfrak p} Π p are smooth with the stated bounds. By (H3), every ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) -derivative of m j m_j m j is uniformly continuous on the compact set [ 0 , 1 ] × U [0,1]\times\mathcal U [ 0 , 1 ] × U , and we have ∂ γ ′ m j p → ∂ γ ′ m j \partial^{\gamma'}m_j^{\mathfrak p}\to\partial^{\gamma'}m_j ∂ γ ′ m j p → ∂ γ ′ m j uniformly as ∣ p ∣ → 0 |\mathfrak p|\to0 ∣ p ∣ → 0 . This implies the last statement.
Three tools
With the first tool, we differentiate a Gaussian integral with respect to its covariance, including at singular covariances.
Lemma 6.8 (Gaussian integrals as functions of the covariance). Let Ω \Omega Ω be a convex subset of a Euclidean space. Let F : Ω × R ℓ → R \mathcal F:\Omega\times\mathbb R^\ell\to\mathbb R F : Ω × R ℓ → R be continuous and twice continuously differentiable in its second variable y y y , with D y 2 F D_y^2\mathcal F D y 2 F continuous on Ω × R ℓ \Omega\times\mathbb R^\ell Ω × R ℓ , and suppose that there exists c < ∞ c<\infty c < ∞ such that
∣ F ( ω , y ) ∣ + ∣ ∇ y F ( ω , y ) ∣ + ∣ D y 2 F ( ω , y ) ∣ ≤ c e c ∣ y ∣ ( ω ∈ Ω , y ∈ R ℓ ) . (88) |\mathcal F(\omega,y)|+|\nabla_y\mathcal F(\omega,y)|+|D_y^2\mathcal F(\omega,y)|\le c e^{c|y|}\qquad(\omega\in\Omega,\ y\in\mathbb R^\ell). \tag*{(88)} ∣ F ( ω , y ) ∣ + ∣ ∇ y F ( ω , y ) ∣ + ∣ D y 2 F ( ω , y ) ∣ ≤ c e c ∣ y ∣ ( ω ∈ Ω , y ∈ R ℓ ) . (88) (a) The map ( ω , Σ ) ↦ E F ( ω , Σ 1 / 2 g ) (\omega,\Sigma)\mapsto\mathbb E\mathcal F(\omega,\Sigma^{1/2}g) ( ω , Σ ) ↦ E F ( ω , Σ 1/2 g ) is continuous on Ω × { Σ ⪰ 0 } \Omega\times\{\Sigma\succeq0\} Ω × { Σ ⪰ 0 } . This holds for every continuous F \mathcal F F with ∣ F ∣ ≤ c e c ∣ y ∣ |\mathcal F|\le ce^{c|y|} ∣ F ∣ ≤ c e c ∣ y ∣ .
(b) For ω ∈ Ω \omega\in\Omega ω ∈ Ω and Σ , Σ ′ ⪰ 0 \Sigma,\Sigma' \succeq0 Σ , Σ ′ ⪰ 0 , with Σ t = Σ + t ( Σ ′ − Σ ) \Sigma_t=\Sigma+t(\Sigma'-\Sigma) Σ t = Σ + t ( Σ ′ − Σ ) ,
E F ( ω , Σ ′ 1 / 2 g ) − E F ( ω , Σ 1 / 2 g ) = 1 2 ∫ 0 1 ( Σ ′ − Σ ) : E D y 2 F ( ω , Σ t 1 / 2 g ) d t . \mathbb{E}\mathcal{F}(\omega,\Sigma'^{1/2}\mathbf{g})-\mathbb{E}\mathcal{F}(\omega,\Sigma^{1/2}\mathbf{g})=\frac{1}{2}\int_0^1(\Sigma'-\Sigma):\mathbb{E}D_y^2\mathcal{F}(\omega,\Sigma_t^{1/2}\mathbf{g})\,\mathrm{d}t. E F ( ω , Σ ′ 1/2 g ) − E F ( ω , Σ 1/2 g ) = 2 1 ∫ 0 1 ( Σ ′ − Σ ) : E D y 2 F ( ω , Σ t 1/2 g ) d t .
(c) Let ω ↦ Σ ( ω ) ⪰ 0 \omega\mapsto\Sigma(\omega)\succeq0 ω ↦ Σ ( ω ) ⪰ 0 be continuously differentiable on Ω \Omega Ω , and suppose that ∂ ω a F \partial_{\omega_a}\mathcal{F} ∂ ω a F exists, is continuous, and satisfies ∣ ∂ ω a F ∣ ≤ c e c ∣ y ∣ |\partial_{\omega_a}\mathcal{F}|\le ce^{c|y|} ∣ ∂ ω a F ∣ ≤ c e c ∣ y ∣ . Then the function ω ↦ E F ( ω , Σ ( ω ) 1 / 2 g ) \omega\mapsto\mathbb{E}\mathcal{F}(\omega,\Sigma(\omega)^{1/2}\mathbf{g}) ω ↦ E F ( ω , Σ ( ω ) 1/2 g ) has a continuous partial derivative in ω a \omega_a ω a , one-sided at boundary points of Ω \Omega Ω , and
∂ ω a E F ( ω , Σ ( ω ) 1 / 2 g ) = E ∂ ω a F ( ω , Σ ( ω ) 1 / 2 g ) + 1 2 ∂ ω a Σ ( ω ) : E D y 2 F ( ω , Σ ( ω ) 1 / 2 g ) . (89) \partial_{\omega_a}\mathbb{E}\mathcal{F}(\omega,\Sigma(\omega)^{1/2}\mathbf{g})=\mathbb{E}\partial_{\omega_a}\mathcal{F}(\omega,\Sigma(\omega)^{1/2}\mathbf{g})+\frac{1}{2}\partial_{\omega_a}\Sigma(\omega):\mathbb{E}D_y^2\mathcal{F}(\omega,\Sigma(\omega)^{1/2}\mathbf{g}). \tag*{(89)} ∂ ω a E F ( ω , Σ ( ω ) 1/2 g ) = E ∂ ω a F ( ω , Σ ( ω ) 1/2 g ) + 2 1 ∂ ω a Σ ( ω ) : E D y 2 F ( ω , Σ ( ω ) 1/2 g ) . (89)
Proof. For (a), recall that the positive square root is continuous on the positive semidefinite matrices. Indeed, if the spectra of Σ \Sigma Σ and Σ ′ \Sigma' Σ ′ lie in [ 0 , c ′ ] [0,c'] [ 0 , c ′ ] , then ∣ Σ 1 / 2 − Σ ′ 1 / 2 ∣ ≤ 2 sup [ 0 , c ′ ] ∣ s − P ( s ) ∣ + ∣ P ( Σ ) − P ( Σ ′ ) ∣ |\Sigma^{1/2}-\Sigma'^{1/2}|\le2\sup_{[0,c']}|\sqrt{s}-P(s)|+|P(\Sigma)-P(\Sigma')| ∣ Σ 1/2 − Σ ′ 1/2 ∣ ≤ 2 sup [ 0 , c ′ ] ∣ s − P ( s ) ∣ + ∣ P ( Σ ) − P ( Σ ′ ) ∣ for every polynomial P P P , and s \sqrt{s} s is a uniform limit of polynomials on [ 0 , c ′ ] [0,c'] [ 0 , c ′ ] . If ( ω n , Σ n ) → ( ω , Σ ) (\omega_n,\Sigma_n)\to(\omega,\Sigma) ( ω n , Σ n ) → ( ω , Σ ) , then F ( ω n , Σ n 1 / 2 g ) → F ( ω , Σ 1 / 2 g ) \mathcal{F}(\omega_n,\Sigma_n^{1/2}\mathbf{g})\to\mathcal{F}(\omega,\Sigma^{1/2}\mathbf{g}) F ( ω n , Σ n 1/2 g ) → F ( ω , Σ 1/2 g ) almost surely, and these random variables are dominated by c exp ( c c ′ 1 / 2 ∣ g ∣ ) c\exp(cc'^{1/2}| \mathbf{g}|) c exp ( c c ′ 1/2 ∣ g ∣ ) , where c ′ c' c ′ bounds the spectra of all Σ n \Sigma_n Σ n . By dominated convergence, the expectations converge, which proves (a).
For (b), let g ′ \mathbf{g}' g ′ be a standard Gaussian vector independent of g \mathbf{g} g , and let ζ ( t ) = t Σ ′ 1 / 2 g ′ + 1 − t Σ 1 / 2 g \zeta(t)=\sqrt{t}\Sigma'^{1/2}\mathbf{g}'+\sqrt{1-t}\Sigma^{1/2}\mathbf{g} ζ ( t ) = t Σ ′ 1/2 g ′ + 1 − t Σ 1/2 g . The vector ζ ( t ) \zeta(t) ζ ( t ) is centered Gaussian with covariance Σ t \Sigma_t Σ t , so it has the law of Σ t 1 / 2 g \Sigma_t^{1/2}\mathbf{g} Σ t 1/2 g . By the Gaussian interpolation formula [107, Lemma 1.3.1], for 0 < t < 1 0<t<1 0 < t < 1 ,
d d t E F ( ω , ζ ( t ) ) = 1 2 ( Σ ′ − Σ ) : E D y 2 F ( ω , ζ ( t ) ) . \frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}\mathbb{E}\mathcal{F}(\omega,\zeta(t))=\frac{1}{2}(\Sigma'-\Sigma):\mathbb{E}D_y^2\mathcal{F}(\omega,\zeta(t)). d t d E F ( ω , ζ ( t )) = 2 1 ( Σ ′ − Σ ) : E D y 2 F ( ω , ζ ( t )) .
That lemma is stated for infinitely differentiable functions whose derivatives grow more slowly than e a ∣ y ∣ 2 e^{a|y|^2} e a ∣ y ∣ 2 for every a > 0 a>0 a > 0 . For F ( ω , ⋅ ) \mathcal{F}(\omega,\cdot) F ( ω , ⋅ ) as in (6.7), we apply it to the convolution of F ( ω , ⋅ ) \mathcal{F}(\omega,\cdot) F ( ω , ⋅ ) with a smooth compactly supported mollifier, integrate the identity between two times in ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , and let the mollifier shrink; both sides converge by dominated convergence. The right side of the displayed identity is continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] by (a), applied to D y 2 F D_y^2\mathcal{F} D y 2 F . Integrating over t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] t\in[0,1] t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , we obtain (b).
For (c), fix ω \omega ω and write Σ = Σ ( ω ) \Sigma=\Sigma(\omega) Σ = Σ ( ω ) and Σ η = Σ ( ω + η e a ) \Sigma_\eta=\Sigma(\omega+\eta e_a) Σ η = Σ ( ω + η e a ) for ω + η e a ∈ Ω \omega+\eta e_a\in\Omega ω + η e a ∈ Ω , where e a e_a e a is the a a a th coordinate vector. Then
E F ( ω + η e a , Σ η 1 / 2 g ) − E F ( ω , Σ 1 / 2 g ) = ∫ 0 η E ∂ ω a F ( ω + η ′ e a , Σ η 1 / 2 g ) d η ′ + 1 2 ∫ 0 1 ( Σ η − Σ ) : E D y 2 F ( ω , ( Σ + t ( Σ η − Σ ) ) 1 / 2 g ) d t , \mathbb{E}\mathcal{F}(\omega+\eta e_a,\Sigma_\eta^{1/2}\mathbf{g})-\mathbb{E}\mathcal{F}(\omega,\Sigma^{1/2}\mathbf{g})=\int_0^\eta\mathbb{E}\partial_{\omega_a}\mathcal{F}(\omega+\eta'e_a,\Sigma_\eta^{1/2}\mathbf{g})\,\mathrm{d}\eta'+\frac{1}{2}\int_0^1(\Sigma_\eta-\Sigma):\mathbb{E}D_y^2\mathcal{F}(\omega,(\Sigma+t(\Sigma_\eta-\Sigma))^{1/2}\mathbf{g})\,\mathrm{d}t, E F ( ω + η e a , Σ η 1/2 g ) − E F ( ω , Σ 1/2 g ) = ∫ 0 η E ∂ ω a F ( ω + η ′ e a , Σ η 1/2 g ) d η ′ + 2 1 ∫ 0 1 ( Σ η − Σ ) : E D y 2 F ( ω , ( Σ + t ( Σ η − Σ ) ) 1/2 g ) d t ,
where we used the fundamental theorem of calculus and Fubini’s theorem for the first term and (b) for the second; the segment from Σ \Sigma Σ to Σ η \Sigma_\eta Σ η consists of positive semidefinite matrices. We divide by η \eta η and let η → 0 \eta\to0 η → 0 . By (a), applied to ∂ ω a F \partial_{\omega_a}\mathcal{F} ∂ ω a F and to the entries of D η 2 F D^2_\eta F D η 2 F , the two integrands converge uniformly to their values at η = 0 \eta= 0 η = 0 , and we obtain (6.8). The right side of (6.8) is continuous by (a).
The second tool collects the properties of one integration step T m , Σ T_{m,\Sigma} T m , Σ of Definition 4.1 that we need. Recall that monotonicity, the translation identity, and the semigroup property are Lemma 4.2(a) and (b). For constant mass, the exponential change of variables that turns the flow into the heat equation is the Cole–Hopf transformation; its scalar Parisi form is recorded in [12, Section 2, (10)–(12)]. The next lemma gives the corresponding finite-dimensional Gaussian step.
Lemma 6.9 (One integration step). Let Σ ⪰ 0 \Sigma\succeq0 Σ ⪰ 0 , let m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] m \in[0,1] m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , and let φ ∈ C 2 \varphi\in C^2 φ ∈ C 2 .
(a) We have T m , Σ φ ∈ C 2 T_{m,\Sigma}\varphi\in C^2 T m , Σ φ ∈ C 2 and sup x ∣ ∇ T m , Σ φ ( x ) ∣ ≤ sup x ∣ ∇ φ ( x ) ∣ \sup_x \lvert\nabla T_{m,\Sigma}\varphi(x)\rvert\le\sup_x \lvert\nabla\varphi(x)\rvert sup x ∣ ∇ T m , Σ φ ( x )∣ ≤ sup x ∣ ∇ φ ( x )∣ . If φ ∈ C r \varphi\in C^r φ ∈ C r , then T m , Σ φ ∈ C r T_{m,\Sigma}\varphi\in C^r T m , Σ φ ∈ C r .
(b) The function ψ ( t , x ) = T m , t Σ φ ( x ) \psi(t,x)=T_{m,t\Sigma}\varphi(x) ψ ( t , x ) = T m , t Σ φ ( x ) , t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 , is continuous and continuously differentiable in t t t , with a right derivative at t = 0 t=0 t = 0 ; its first and second derivatives in x x x are continuous in ( t , x ) (t,x) ( t , x ) ; and
∂ t ψ = 1 2 { Σ : D 2 ψ + m ⟨ ∇ ψ , Σ ∇ ψ ⟩ } . (90) \partial_t\psi= \frac{1}{2}\left\{\Sigma: D^2\psi+ m\langle\nabla\psi,\Sigma\nabla\psi\rangle\right\}. \tag*{(90)} ∂ t ψ = 2 1 { Σ : D 2 ψ + m ⟨ ∇ ψ , Σ∇ ψ ⟩ } . (90) (c) Let Ω \Omega Ω be a compact convex subset of a Euclidean space, and let Σ ( ω ) ⪰ 0 \Sigma(\omega)\succeq0 Σ ( ω ) ⪰ 0 , m ( ω ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] m(\omega)\in[0,1] m ( ω ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , and φ ( ω , x ) \varphi(\omega,x) φ ( ω , x ) be smooth functions of ω ∈ Ω \omega\in\Omega ω ∈ Ω and of ( ω , x ) ∈ Ω × R ℓ (\omega,x)\in\Omega\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} ( ω , x ) ∈ Ω × R ℓ , such that ∂ ω γ D ι φ \partial^\gamma_\omega D^\iota\varphi ∂ ω γ D ι φ is bounded for every ( γ , ι ) ≠ ( 0 , 0 ) (\gamma,\iota)\ne(0,0) ( γ , ι ) = ( 0 , 0 ) . Then ψ ( t , ω , x ) = T m ( ω ) , t Σ ( ω ) φ ( ω , ⋅ ) ( x ) \psi(t,\omega,x)=T_{m(\omega),t\Sigma(\omega)}\varphi(\omega,\cdot)(x) ψ ( t , ω , x ) = T m ( ω ) , t Σ ( ω ) φ ( ω , ⋅ ) ( x ) is infinitely differentiable in ( t , ω , x ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × Ω × R ℓ (t,\omega,x)\in[0,1]\times\Omega\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} ( t , ω , x ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × Ω × R ℓ (one-sided at the boundary), the function ψ − φ \psi-\varphi ψ − φ is bounded, and every derivative ∂ ω γ D ι ψ \partial^\gamma_\omega D^\iota\psi ∂ ω γ D ι ψ with ( γ , ι ) ≠ ( 0 , 0 ) (\gamma,\iota)\ne(0,0) ( γ , ι ) = ( 0 , 0 ) is bounded on [ 0 , 1 ] × Ω × R ℓ [0,1]\times\Omega\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} [ 0 , 1 ] × Ω × R ℓ .
Proof. Let L φ = sup x ∣ ∇ φ ( x ) ∣ L_\varphi=\sup_x\lvert\nabla\varphi(x)\rvert L φ = sup x ∣ ∇ φ ( x )∣ , and, for fixed x x x , let Y x = φ ( x + Σ 1 / 2 g ) − φ ( x ) Y_x=\varphi(x+\Sigma^{1/2}g)-\varphi(x) Y x = φ ( x + Σ 1/2 g ) − φ ( x ) , so that ∣ Y x ∣ ≤ L φ ∣ Σ 1 / 2 g ∣ \lvert Y_x\rvert\leq L_\varphi\lvert\Sigma^{1/2}g\rvert ∣ Y x ∣ ≤ L φ ∣ Σ 1/2 g ∣ . For m > 0 m>0 m > 0 , we have T m , Σ φ ( x ) = φ ( x ) + m − 1 log E e m Y x T_{m,\Sigma}\varphi(x)=\varphi(x)+m^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}e^{mY_x} T m , Σ φ ( x ) = φ ( x ) + m − 1 log E e m Y x .
For (a), since the derivatives of x ↦ e m φ ( x + y ) − m φ ( x ) x\mapsto e^{m\varphi(x+y)-m\varphi(x)} x ↦ e m φ ( x + y ) − m φ ( x ) of order at most two are bounded by C ( 1 + ∣ y ∣ ) 2 e L φ ∣ y ∣ C(1+\lvert y\rvert)^2e^{L_\varphi\lvert y\rvert} C ( 1 + ∣ y ∣ ) 2 e L φ ∣ y ∣ , we may differentiate under the expectation. We obtain
∇ T m , Σ φ ( x ) = E [ ∇ φ ( x + Σ 1 / 2 g ) e m Y x ] E e m Y x . (91) \nabla T_{m,\Sigma}\varphi(x)=\frac{\mathbb{E}\left[\nabla\varphi(x+\Sigma^{1/2}g)e^{mY_x}\right]}{\mathbb{E}e^{mY_x}}. \tag*{(91)} ∇ T m , Σ φ ( x ) = E e m Y x E [ ∇ φ ( x + Σ 1/2 g ) e m Y x ] . (91)
The right side is an average of values of ∇ φ \nabla\varphi ∇ φ with respect to a probability measure, so its norm is at most L φ L_\varphi L φ . Differentiating further, we find that D ι T m , Σ φ ( x ) D^\iota T_{m,\Sigma}\varphi(x) D ι T m , Σ φ ( x ) , for 1 ≤ ∣ ι ∣ ≤ r 1\leq\lvert\iota\rvert\leq r 1 ≤ ∣ ι ∣ ≤ r , is a polynomial, with coefficients depending only on ι \iota ι and m m m , in the averages E [ P ( x + Σ 1 / 2 g ) e m Y x ] / E e m Y x \mathbb{E}[P(x+\Sigma^{1/2}g)e^{mY_x}]/\mathbb{E}e^{mY_x} E [ P ( x + Σ 1/2 g ) e m Y x ] / E e m Y x of products P P P of the derivatives D ι ′ φ D^{\iota'}\varphi D ι ′ φ with 1 ≤ ∣ ι ′ ∣ ≤ ∣ ι ∣ 1\leq\lvert\iota'\rvert\leq\lvert\iota\rvert 1 ≤ ∣ ι ′ ∣ ≤ ∣ ι ∣ . These derivatives are bounded, and so are the averages. The case m = 0 m=0 m = 0 is the same without the exponential weights.
For (b) and m > 0 m>0 m > 0 , let U ( t , x ) = E exp { m φ ( x + ( t Σ ) 1 / 2 g ) } U(t,x)=\mathbb{E}\exp\{m\varphi(x+(t\Sigma)^{1/2}g)\} U ( t , x ) = E exp { m φ ( x + ( t Σ ) 1/2 g )} . The function y ↦ e m φ ( x + y ) y\mapsto e^{m\varphi(x+y)} y ↦ e m φ ( x + y ) and its first two derivatives are bounded by C e m ∣ φ ( x ) ∣ + L φ ∣ y ∣ Ce^{m\lvert\varphi(x)\rvert+L_\varphi\lvert y\rvert} C e m ∣ φ ( x )∣ + L φ ∣ y ∣ , locally uniformly in x x x . By Lemma 6.8(a) and (b), with the covariances t Σ t\Sigma t Σ and t ′ Σ t'\Sigma t ′ Σ , the function U U U is continuous, continuously differentiable in t t t , and ∂ t U = ( 1 / 2 ) Σ : D 2 U \partial_tU=(1/2)\Sigma:D^2U ∂ t U = ( 1/2 ) Σ : D 2 U . By Lemma 6.8(a), ∇ U \nabla U ∇ U and D 2 U D^2U D 2 U are continuous in ( t , x ) (t,x) ( t , x ) . Writing ψ = m − 1 log U \psi=m^{-1}\log U ψ = m − 1 log U , we have ∇ U = m U ∇ ψ \nabla U=mU\nabla\psi ∇ U = m U ∇ ψ and D 2 U = m U { D 2 φ + m ∇ φ ∇ φ T } D^{2}U=mU\{D^{2}\varphi+m\nabla\varphi\nabla\varphi^{\mathsf{T}}\} D 2 U = m U { D 2 φ + m ∇ φ ∇ φ T } , and (6.9) follows. For m = 0 m=0 m = 0 , we apply Lemma 6.8(b) to φ \varphi φ directly.
For (c), we write m = m ( ω ) m=m(\omega) m = m ( ω ) , Σ = Σ ( ω ) \Sigma=\Sigma(\omega) Σ = Σ ( ω ) , and Y = φ ( ω , x + ( t Σ ) 1 / 2 g ) − φ ( ω , x ) \mathcal{Y}=\varphi(\omega,x+(t\Sigma)^{1/2}g)-\varphi(\omega,x) Y = φ ( ω , x + ( t Σ ) 1/2 g ) − φ ( ω , x ) . For every m ≥ 0 m\ge0 m ≥ 0 ,
ψ ( t , ω , x ) − φ ( ω , x ) = ∫ 0 1 E [ Y e ρ m Y ] E e ρ m Y d ρ . (92) \psi(t,\omega,x)-\varphi(\omega,x)=\int_{0}^{1}\frac{\mathbb{E}\left[\mathcal{Y}e^{\rho m\mathcal{Y}}\right]}{\mathbb{E}e^{\rho m\mathcal{Y}}}\,d\rho. \tag*{(92)} ψ ( t , ω , x ) − φ ( ω , x ) = ∫ 0 1 E e ρ m Y E [ Y e ρ m Y ] d ρ . (92)
Indeed, for m > 0 m>0 m > 0 the integrand is the derivative of ρ ↦ m − 1 log E e ρ m Y \rho\mapsto m^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}e^{\rho m\mathcal{Y}} ρ ↦ m − 1 log E e ρ m Y , and for m = 0 m=0 m = 0 both sides equal E Y \mathbb{E}\mathcal{Y} E Y . We write φ ^ ( ω , x , y ) = φ ( ω , x + y ) − φ ( ω , x ) \widehat{\varphi}(\omega,x,y)=\varphi(\omega,x+y)-\varphi(\omega,x) φ ( ω , x , y ) = φ ( ω , x + y ) − φ ( ω , x ) . The denominator is the Gaussian integral E F ( ω , x , ρ ; ( t Σ ) 1 / 2 g ) \mathbb{E}\mathcal{F}(\omega,x,\rho;(t\Sigma)^{1/2}g) E F ( ω , x , ρ ; ( t Σ ) 1/2 g ) of the function
F ( ω , x , ρ ; y ) = exp { ρ m ( ω ) φ ^ ( ω , x , y ) } , \mathcal{F}(\omega,x,\rho;y)=\exp\{\rho m(\omega)\widehat{\varphi}(\omega,x,y)\}, F ( ω , x , ρ ; y ) = exp { ρ m ( ω ) φ ( ω , x , y )} ,
and the numerator is the Gaussian integral of φ ^ F \widehat{\varphi}\mathcal{F} φ F . Every derivative of F \mathcal{F} F and of φ ^ F \widehat{\varphi}\mathcal{F} φ F in ( ω , x , ρ , y ) (\omega,x,\rho,y) ( ω , x , ρ , y ) is a polynomial in φ ( ω , x + y ) − φ ( ω , x ) \varphi(\omega,x+y)-\varphi(\omega,x) φ ( ω , x + y ) − φ ( ω , x ) , in the derivatives of m m m , and in the derivatives ∂ ω γ ′ D ι ′ φ \partial_{\omega}^{\gamma'}D^{\iota'}\varphi ∂ ω γ ′ D ι ′ φ with ( γ ′ , ι ′ ) ≠ ( 0 , 0 ) (\gamma',\iota')\ne(0,0) ( γ ′ , ι ′ ) = ( 0 , 0 ) evaluated at ( ω , x + y ) (\omega,x+y) ( ω , x + y ) and ( ω , x ) (\omega,x) ( ω , x ) , times the exponential factor. Since ∣ φ ( ω , x + y ) − φ ( ω , x ) ∣ ≤ L φ ∣ y ∣ |\varphi(\omega,x+y)-\varphi(\omega,x)|\le L_{\varphi}|y| ∣ φ ( ω , x + y ) − φ ( ω , x ) ∣ ≤ L φ ∣ y ∣ with L φ = sup ∣ ∇ x φ ∣ L_{\varphi}=\sup|\nabla_x\varphi| L φ = sup ∣ ∇ x φ ∣ , all these derivatives are bounded by C ( 1 + ∣ y ∣ ) C e L φ ∣ y ∣ C(1+|y|)^{C}e^{L_{\varphi}|y|} C ( 1 + ∣ y ∣ ) C e L φ ∣ y ∣ , uniformly in ( t , ω , x , ρ ) (t,\omega,x,\rho) ( t , ω , x , ρ ) . The covariance ( t , ω ) ↦ t Σ ( ω ) (t,\omega)\mapsto t\Sigma(\omega) ( t , ω ) ↦ t Σ ( ω ) is smooth with positive semidefinite values. Applying Lemma 6.8(c) repeatedly, with the parameter ( t , ω , x , ρ ) (t,\omega,x,\rho) ( t , ω , x , ρ ) in the convex set [ 0 , 1 ] × Ω × R ℓ × [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1]\times\Omega\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell}\times[0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] × Ω × R ℓ × [ 0 , 1 ] , we find that the numerator and the denominator are infinitely differentiable, and that each of their derivatives is a Gaussian integral of a function with the same bound; all these derivatives are bounded. The denominator is at least E e − L φ ∣ ( t Σ ) 1 / 2 g ∣ \mathbb{E}e^{-L_{\varphi}|(t\Sigma)^{1/2}g|} E e − L φ ∣ ( t Σ ) 1/2 g ∣ , which is bounded below by a positive constant uniformly in t ≤ 1 t\le1 t ≤ 1 and ω ∈ Ω \omega\in\Omega ω ∈ Ω , since Ω \Omega Ω is compact. Then the right side of (6.11) is infinitely differentiable, with all its derivatives and the function itself bounded. The derivatives of φ \varphi φ of order at least one are bounded by hypothesis, and this proves (c).
The third tool is a bound for linear equations of the type (6.1). Its proof uses the stochastic representation of the solution and needs no lower bound on the diffusion matrix. If the diffusion matrix is degenerate, the representing diffusion moves in fewer directions.
Lemma 6.10 (A linear estimate). Let T ∗ > 0 T_{*}>0 T ∗ > 0 and suppose that [ 0 , T ∗ ] [0,T_{*}] [ 0 , T ∗ ] is the union of finitely many closed intervals with disjoint interiors. Let A ( t ) ⪰ 0 \mathcal{A}(t)\succeq0 A ( t ) ⪰ 0 be constant on each of them. Let ϕ : [ 0 , T ∗ ] × R ℓ → R ℓ \phi:[0,T_{*}]\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell}\to\mathbb{R}^{\ell} ϕ : [ 0 , T ∗ ] × R ℓ → R ℓ and Υ : [ 0 , T ∗ ] × R ℓ → R \Upsilon:[0,T_{*}]\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell}\to\mathbb{R} Υ : [ 0 , T ∗ ] × R ℓ → R be bounded and measurable, with ϕ \phi ϕ Lipschitz in x x x uniformly in t t t , and with t ↦ sup x ∣ Υ ( t , x ) ∣ t\mapsto\sup_x|\Upsilon(t,x)| t ↦ sup x ∣Υ ( t , x ) ∣ measurable. Let ψ : [ 0 , T ∗ ] × R ℓ → R \psi:[0,T_{*}]\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell}\to\mathbb{R} ψ : [ 0 , T ∗ ] × R ℓ → R be continuous, with ∣ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ + ∣ ∇ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ ≤ c ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ ) |\psi(t,x)|+|\nabla\psi(t,x)|\le c(1+|x|) ∣ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ + ∣∇ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ ≤ c ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ ) , and suppose that on each of the intervals $\psi coincides with a function of class C 1 , 2 C^{1,2} C 1 , 2 and satisfies
− ∂ t ψ = A ( t ) : D 2 ψ + ⟨ ϕ , ∇ ψ ⟩ + Υ -\partial_t\psi=\mathcal{A}(t):D^{2}\psi+\langle\phi,\nabla\psi\rangle+\Upsilon − ∂ t ψ = A ( t ) : D 2 ψ + ⟨ ϕ , ∇ ψ ⟩ + Υ
in its interior. Then, for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ∗ ] t \in[0,T_*] t ∈ [ 0 , T ∗ ] ,
sup x ∣ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ ≤ sup x ∣ ψ ( T ∗ , x ) ∣ + ∫ t T ∗ sup x ∣ Υ ( t ′ , x ) ∣ d t ′ . (93) \sup_x |\psi(t,x)| \le\sup_x |\psi(T_*,x)| + \int_t^{T_*} \sup_x |\Upsilon(t',x)|\,\mathrm{d}t'. \tag*{(93)} x sup ∣ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ ≤ x sup ∣ ψ ( T ∗ , x ) ∣ + ∫ t T ∗ x sup ∣Υ ( t ′ , x ) ∣ d t ′ . (93)
Proof. Fix t t t and x x x , let W W W be a standard Brownian motion in R ℓ \mathbb{R}^{\ell} R ℓ , and let X \mathcal{X} X solve
X t ′ = x + ∫ t t ′ ϕ ( t ′ ′ , X t ′ ′ ) d t ′ ′ + ∫ t t ′ ( 2 A ( t ′ ′ ) ) 1 / 2 d W t ′ ′ , t ≤ t ′ ≤ T ∗ . \mathcal{X}_{t'}=x+\int_t^{t'}\phi(t'',\mathcal{X}_{t''})\,\mathrm{d}t''+\int_t^{t'}\left(2A(t'')\right)^{1/2}\,\mathrm{d}W_{t''}, \qquad t\le t'\le T_*. X t ′ = x + ∫ t t ′ ϕ ( t ′′ , X t ′′ ) d t ′′ + ∫ t t ′ ( 2 A ( t ′′ ) ) 1/2 d W t ′′ , t ≤ t ′ ≤ T ∗ .
Since the noise term does not depend on X \mathcal{X} X and ϕ \phi ϕ is bounded and Lipschitz in space, this equation has a unique continuous adapted solution, obtained pathwise by Picard iteration and Gronwall’s inequality. On each of the finitely many intervals, Itô’s formula [64, Theorem 3.3.6] applies to the C 1 , 2 C^{1,2} C 1 , 2 function that coincides with ψ \psi ψ there. Adding the results and using the equation for ψ \psi ψ , we obtain
ψ ( T ∗ , X T ∗ ) − ψ ( t , x ) = − ∫ t T ∗ Υ ( t ′ , X t ′ ) d t ′ + ∫ t T ∗ ⟨ ∇ ψ ( t ′ , X t ′ ) , ( 2 A ( t ′ ) ) 1 / 2 d W t ′ ⟩ . \psi(T_*,\mathcal{X}_{T_*})-\psi(t,x)=-\int_t^{T_*}\Upsilon(t',\mathcal{X}_{t'})\,\mathrm{d}t'+\int_t^{T_*}\langle\nabla\psi(t',\mathcal{X}_{t'}),(2A(t'))^{1/2}\,\mathrm{d}W_{t'}\rangle. ψ ( T ∗ , X T ∗ ) − ψ ( t , x ) = − ∫ t T ∗ Υ ( t ′ , X t ′ ) d t ′ + ∫ t T ∗ ⟨ ∇ ψ ( t ′ , X t ′ ) , ( 2 A ( t ′ ) ) 1/2 d W t ′ ⟩ .
We have E sup t ′ ∣ X t ′ ∣ 2 < ∞ \mathbb{E}\sup_{t'}|\mathcal{X}_{t'}|^2<\infty E sup t ′ ∣ X t ′ ∣ 2 < ∞ because ϕ \phi ϕ is bounded, and the stochastic integral has mean zero because ∇ ψ \nabla\psi ∇ ψ has linear growth. Taking expectations, we find
ψ ( t , x ) = E ψ ( T ∗ , X T ∗ ) + E ∫ t T ∗ Υ ( t ′ , X t ′ ) d t ′ , \psi(t,x)=\mathbb{E}\psi(T_*,\mathcal{X}_{T_*})+\mathbb{E}\int_t^{T_*}\Upsilon(t',\mathcal{X}_{t'})\,\mathrm{d}t', ψ ( t , x ) = E ψ ( T ∗ , X T ∗ ) + E ∫ t T ∗ Υ ( t ′ , X t ′ ) d t ′ ,
and (6.12) follows. This is the Feynman–Kac representation [64, Theorem 5.7.6], which we derived directly because ψ \psi ψ is of class C 1 , 2 C^{1,2} C 1 , 2 only on each of the intervals.
Spatial derivatives and the step limit
We first bound the spatial derivatives of step flows. The constants depend only on the durations and the matrices, not on the masses or the partitions.
Lemma 6.11 (Spatial bounds for step flows). Let F F F be a step flow with terminal function f f f .
(a) If f ∈ C 2 f\in C^2 f ∈ C 2 , then, for every τ \tau τ ,
sup x ∣ ∇ F ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ L f , sup x ∣ D 2 F ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ K f + L f 2 , \sup_x|\nabla F(\tau,x)|\le L_f,\qquad\sup_x|D^2F(\tau,x)|\le K_f+L_f^2, x sup ∣∇ F ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ L f , x sup ∣ D 2 F ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ K f + L f 2 , where L f = sup x ∣ ∇ f ( x ) ∣ L_f=\sup_x|\nabla f(x)| L f = sup x ∣∇ f ( x ) ∣ , K f = sup x ∣ D 2 f ( x ) ∣ K_f=\sup_x|D^2f(x)| K f = sup x ∣ D 2 f ( x ) ∣ , and ∣ ⋅ ∣ |\cdot| ∣ ⋅ ∣ is the operator norm. This holds for stages of any duration and any masses in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] .
(b) If f ∈ C ∞ f\in C^\infty f ∈ C ∞ and 2 ℓ b ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ 1 2\ell b\|D^2f\|_\infty\sum_j\lambda_j|B_j|\le1 2 ℓ b ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ 1 , then ∥ D 2 F ( τ , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ \|D^2F(\tau,\cdot)\|_\infty\le2\|D^2f\|_\infty ∥ D 2 F ( τ , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ 2∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ for every τ \tau τ .
(c) Under the hypotheses of (b), for every r ≥ 3 r\ge3 r ≥ 3 there exists C C C , depending only on ℓ \ell ℓ , b b b , r r r , ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ \sum_j\lambda_j|B_j| ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ , and ∥ D r ′ f ∥ ∞ \|D^{r'}f\|_\infty ∥ D r ′ f ∥ ∞ for 2 ≤ r ′ ≤ r 2\le r'\le r 2 ≤ r ′ ≤ r , such that ∥ D r F ( τ , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ C \|D^rF(\tau,\cdot)\|_\infty\le C ∥ D r F ( τ , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ C for every τ \tau τ .
Proof. For (a), we use the weighted martingale-variance decomposition in the proof of [77, Lemma 3.1], with a general vector terminal function in place of the scalar terminal function log ( 2 cosh z ) \log(2\cosh z) log ( 2 cosh z ) . The gradient bound in (a) follows from Lemma 6.9 (a), applied to each step of (82) . For the Hessian, fix ( τ , x ) (\tau,x) ( τ , x ) and a unit vector v v v . By (82) , F ( τ , x ) F(\tau,x) F ( τ , x ) is the root value of a finite hierarchy, whose levels are the pieces after τ \tau τ ; if τ \tau τ lies inside a piece, the first level is the remaining part of that piece. We list the levels from the root as 1 , … , M 1,\ldots,M 1 , … , M , with covariances Σ j \Sigma_j Σ j and masses μ j ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] \mu_j\in[0,1] μ j ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , and let Ψ M = f \Psi_M=f Ψ M = f and Ψ j − 1 = T μ j , Σ j Ψ j \Psi_{j-1}=T_{\mu_j,\Sigma_j}\Psi_j Ψ j − 1 = T μ j , Σ j Ψ j , so that Ψ 0 = F ( τ , ⋅ ) \Psi_0=F(\tau,\cdot) Ψ 0 = F ( τ , ⋅ ) . Each Ψ j \Psi_j Ψ j belongs to C 2 C^2 C 2 by Lemma 6.9 (a). Let z 0 = x z_0=x z 0 = x , and given z 0 , … , z j − 1 z_0,\ldots,z_{j-1} z 0 , … , z j − 1 , let z j z_j z j have the law K μ j , Σ j , Ψ j ( z j − 1 , ⋅ ) \mathcal{K}_{\mu_j,\Sigma_j,\Psi_j}(z_{j-1},\cdot) K μ j , Σ j , Ψ j ( z j − 1 , ⋅ ) of (41) . The weights in (91) are the densities of this kernel, and therefore ∂ v Ψ j − 1 ( z ) = E [ ∂ v Ψ j ( z j ) ∣ z j − 1 = z ] \partial_v\Psi_{j-1}(z)=\mathbb{E}[\partial_v\Psi_j(z_j)\mid z_{j-1}=z] ∂ v Ψ j − 1 ( z ) = E [ ∂ v Ψ j ( z j ) ∣ z j − 1 = z ] . Differentiating (91) once more in the direction v v v , under the expectation as in the proof of Lemma 6.9 (a), we find that
∂ v 2 Ψ j − 1 ( z ) = E [ ∂ v 2 Ψ j ( z j ) ∣ z j − 1 = z ] + μ j Var ( ∂ v Ψ j ( z j ) ∣ z j − 1 = z ) . \partial_v^2\Psi_{j-1}(z)=\mathbb{E}\left[\partial_v^2\Psi_j(z_j)\mid z_{j-1}=z\right]+\mu_j\operatorname{Var}\left(\partial_v\Psi_j(z_j)\mid z_{j-1}=z\right). ∂ v 2 Ψ j − 1 ( z ) = E [ ∂ v 2 Ψ j ( z j ) ∣ z j − 1 = z ] + μ j Var ( ∂ v Ψ j ( z j ) ∣ z j − 1 = z ) .
The process M j = ∂ v Ψ j ( z j ) \mathcal{M}_j=\partial_v\Psi_j(z_j) M j = ∂ v Ψ j ( z j ) is a bounded martingale, by the Markov property, and the conditional variance in the display, evaluated at z = z j − 1 z=z_{j-1} z = z j − 1 , has expectation E ( M j − M j − 1 ) 2 \mathbb{E}(\mathcal{M}_j-\mathcal{M}_{j-1})^2 E ( M j − M j − 1 ) 2 . Iterating the display from j = 1 j=1 j = 1 to j = M j=M j = M , we obtain
∂ v 2 F ( τ , x ) = E ∂ v 2 f ( z M ) + ∑ j = 1 M μ j E ( M j − M j − 1 ) 2 . \partial_v^2F(\tau,x)=\mathbb{E}\,\partial_v^2f(z_M)+\sum_{j=1}^{M}\mu_j\mathbb{E}(\mathcal{M}_j-\mathcal{M}_{j-1})^2. ∂ v 2 F ( τ , x ) = E ∂ v 2 f ( z M ) + j = 1 ∑ M μ j E ( M j − M j − 1 ) 2 .
Since 0 ≤ μ j ≤ 1 0\leq\mu_j\leq1 0 ≤ μ j ≤ 1 and the increments of a martingale are orthogonal, the sum lies between 0 0 0 and ∑ j E ( M j − M j − 1 ) 2 = Var ( M M ) ≤ L f 2 \sum_j\mathbb{E}(\mathcal{M}_j-\mathcal{M}_{j-1})^2=\operatorname{Var}(\mathcal{M}_M)\leq L_f^2 ∑ j E ( M j − M j − 1 ) 2 = Var ( M M ) ≤ L f 2 . We obtain − K f ≤ ∂ v 2 F ( τ , x ) ≤ K f + L f 2 -K_f\leq\partial_v^2F(\tau,x)\leq K_f+L_f^2 − K f ≤ ∂ v 2 F ( τ , x ) ≤ K f + L f 2 for every unit vector v v v , and since D 2 F ( τ , x ) D^2F(\tau,x) D 2 F ( τ , x ) is symmetric, this is the Hessian bound. The bound does not depend on M M M , on the covariances, or on the order of the masses. This is the argument of the proof of Lemma 6.13 below, with a derivative in the field in place of a derivative in the terminal perturbation.
For (b) and (c), we note that, by Lemma 6.9 (c) with a one-point parameter set, F ( τ , ⋅ ) ∈ C ∞ F(\tau,\cdot)\in C^\infty F ( τ , ⋅ ) ∈ C ∞ for every τ \tau τ , all spatial derivatives of F F F are continuous, and on each closed piece they are continuously differentiable in τ \tau τ and satisfy the equations obtained by differentiating (81) in x x x . On each piece, each spatial derivative of F F F is bounded. For r ≥ 1 r\geq1 r ≥ 1 , let Θ r ( τ ) = max ∣ ι ∣ = r sup x ∣ D ι F ( τ , x ) ∣ \Theta_r(\tau)=\max_{|\iota|=r}\sup_x|D^\iota F(\tau,x)| Θ r ( τ ) = max ∣ ι ∣ = r sup x ∣ D ι F ( τ , x ) ∣ . It is bounded on [ 0 , N ] [0,N] [ 0 , N ] and lower semicontinuous, hence measurable. On stage j j j we write λ ( τ ) ∣ B ( τ ) ∣ = λ j ∣ B j ∣ \lambda(\tau)|B(\tau)|=\lambda_j|B_j| λ ( τ ) ∣ B ( τ ) ∣ = λ j ∣ B j ∣ .
Differentiating (81) in x i x_i x i and x i ′ x_{i'} x i ′ , we find that ψ = ∂ i i ′ F \psi=\partial_{ii'}F ψ = ∂ i i ′ F satisfies, on stage j j j ,
− ∂ τ ψ = b λ j 2 B j : D 2 ψ + b λ j m j ⟨ B j ∇ F , ∇ ψ ⟩ + b λ j m j ⟨ ∇ ∂ i F , B j ∇ ∂ i ′ F ⟩ . -\partial_\tau\psi=\frac{b\lambda_j}{2}B_j:D^2\psi+b\lambda_jm_j\langle B_j\nabla F,\nabla\psi\rangle+b\lambda_jm_j\langle\nabla\partial_iF,B_j\nabla\partial_{i'}F\rangle. − ∂ τ ψ = 2 b λ j B j : D 2 ψ + b λ j m j ⟨ B j ∇ F , ∇ ψ ⟩ + b λ j m j ⟨ ∇ ∂ i F , B j ∇ ∂ i ′ F ⟩ .
We apply Lemma 6.10 with A = ( b λ j / 2 ) B j \mathcal{A}=(b\lambda_j/2)B_j A = ( b λ j /2 ) B j , with the drift ϕ = b λ j m j B j ∇ F \phi=b\lambda_jm_jB_j\nabla F ϕ = b λ j m j B j ∇ F , which is bounded by (a) and Lipschitz in x x x since D 2 F D^2F D 2 F is bounded on each piece, and with the last term as Υ \Upsilon Υ . Using 0 ≤ m j ≤ 1 0 \le m_j \le1 0 ≤ m j ≤ 1 and ∣ ∇ ∂ i F ∣ ≤ ℓ Θ 2 \lvert\nabla_{\partial_i}F\rvert\le\sqrt{\ell}\,\Theta_2 ∣ ∇ ∂ i F ∣ ≤ ℓ Θ 2 , we find that ∣ Υ ∣ ≤ ℓ b λ j ∣ B j ∣ Θ 2 2 \lvert\Upsilon\rvert\le\ell b\lambda_j\lvert B_j\rvert\Theta_2^2 ∣ Υ ∣ ≤ ℓ b λ j ∣ B j ∣ Θ 2 2 , and Lemma 6.10 yields
Θ 2 ( τ ) ≤ Ξ ( τ ) , Ξ ( τ ) = ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ + ℓ b ∫ τ N λ ( τ ′ ) ∣ B ( τ ′ ) ∣ Θ 2 ( τ ′ ) 2 d τ ′ \Theta_2(\tau) \le\Xi(\tau), \qquad\Xi(\tau) = \lVert D^2 f\rVert_\infty+ \ell b \int_\tau^N \lambda(\tau')\lvert B(\tau')\rvert\Theta_2(\tau')^2\,\mathrm{d}\tau' Θ 2 ( τ ) ≤ Ξ ( τ ) , Ξ ( τ ) = ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ + ℓ b ∫ τ N λ ( τ ′ ) ∣ B ( τ ′ )∣ Θ 2 ( τ ′ ) 2 d τ ′
If ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ = 0 \lVert D^2 f\rVert_\infty=0 ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ = 0 , then Ξ ( τ ) ≤ C ∫ τ N Ξ ( τ ′ ) d τ ′ \Xi(\tau) \le C\int_\tau^N \Xi(\tau')\,\mathrm{d}\tau' Ξ ( τ ) ≤ C ∫ τ N Ξ ( τ ′ ) d τ ′ , and Gronwall’s inequality implies that Ξ = 0 \Xi=0 Ξ = 0 . Otherwise Ξ \Xi Ξ is positive and absolutely continuous, and − Ξ ′ = ℓ b λ ∣ B ∣ Θ 2 2 ≤ ℓ b λ ∣ B ∣ Ξ 2 -\Xi'=\ell b\lambda\lvert B\rvert\Theta_2^2\le\ell b\lambda\lvert B\rvert\Xi^2 − Ξ ′ = ℓ bλ ∣ B ∣ Θ 2 2 ≤ ℓ bλ ∣ B ∣ Ξ 2 almost everywhere. Then ( 1 / Ξ ) ′ ≤ ℓ b λ ∣ B ∣ (1/\Xi)'\le\ell b\lambda\lvert B\rvert ( 1/Ξ ) ′ ≤ ℓ bλ ∣ B ∣ , and integrating from τ \tau τ to N N N , we obtain
1 Ξ ( τ ) ≥ 1 ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ − ℓ b ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≥ 1 2 ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ . \frac{1}{\Xi(\tau)} \ge\frac{1}{\lVert D^2 f\rVert_\infty}-\ell b\sum_j\lambda_j\lvert B_j\rvert\ge\frac{1}{2\lVert D^2 f\rVert_\infty}. Ξ ( τ ) 1 ≥ ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ 1 − ℓ b j ∑ λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≥ 2 ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ 1 .
where we used the hypothesis of (b) in the last step. This proves (b).
For (c), let ∣ ι ∣ = r ≥ 3 \lvert\iota\rvert=r\ge3 ∣ ι ∣ = r ≥ 3 . By the Leibniz rule,
− ∂ τ D ι F = b λ j 2 B j ⋅ D 2 D ι F + b λ j m j ⟨ B j ∇ F , ∇ D ι F ⟩ + b λ j m j 2 ∑ 0 < ι ′ < ι ( ι ι ′ ) ⟨ ∇ D ι ′ F , B j ∇ D ι − ι ′ F ⟩ -\partial_\tau D^\iota F=\frac{b\lambda_j}{2}B_j\mathbin{\cdot}D^2D^\iota F+b\lambda_jm_j\langle B_j\nabla F,\nabla D^\iota F\rangle
+\frac{b\lambda_jm_j}{2}\sum_{0<\iota'<\iota}\binom{\iota}{\iota'}\langle\nabla D^{\iota'}F,B_j\nabla D^{\iota-\iota'}F\rangle − ∂ τ D ι F = 2 b λ j B j ⋅ D 2 D ι F + b λ j m j ⟨ B j ∇ F , ∇ D ι F ⟩ + 2 b λ j m j 0 < ι ′ < ι ∑ ( ι ′ ι ) ⟨ ∇ D ι ′ F , B j ∇ D ι − ι ′ F ⟩
where 0 < ι ′ < ι 0<\iota'<\iota 0 < ι ′ < ι means ι ′ ≤ ι \iota'\le\iota ι ′ ≤ ι componentwise with ι ′ ∉ { 0 , ι } \iota'\notin\{0,\iota\} ι ′ ∈ / { 0 , ι } . The two factors in the last sum have orders ∣ ι ′ ∣ + 1 \lvert\iota'\rvert+1 ∣ ι ′ ∣ + 1 and r − ∣ ι ′ ∣ + 1 r-\lvert\iota'\rvert+1 r − ∣ ι ′ ∣ + 1 , both between 2 and r r r . In the terms with ∣ ι ′ ∣ ∈ { 1 , r − 1 } \lvert\iota'\rvert\in\{1,r-1\} ∣ ι ′ ∣ ∈ { 1 , r − 1 } , one factor has order r r r and the other order 2; the remaining terms involve only orders between 3 and r − 1 r-1 r − 1 . By Lemma 6.10, applied as before with the last sum as the source, we have
Θ r ( τ ) ≤ ∥ D r f ∥ ∞ + C ℓ , r b ∫ τ N λ ( τ ′ ) ∣ B ( τ ′ ) ∣ { Θ 2 Θ r + ∑ q = 3 r − 1 Θ q Θ r + 2 − q } ( τ ′ ) d τ ′ \Theta_r(\tau)\le\lVert D^r f\rVert_\infty+C_{\ell,r}b\int_\tau^N\lambda(\tau')\lvert B(\tau')\rvert\left\{\Theta_2\Theta_r+\sum_{q=3}^{r-1}\Theta_q\Theta_{r+2-q}\right\}(\tau')\,\mathrm{d}\tau' Θ r ( τ ) ≤ ∥ D r f ∥ ∞ + C ℓ , r b ∫ τ N λ ( τ ′ ) ∣ B ( τ ′ )∣ { Θ 2 Θ r + q = 3 ∑ r − 1 Θ q Θ r + 2 − q } ( τ ′ ) d τ ′
By (b) and induction on r r r , the sum over q q q is bounded. Gronwall’s inequality then bounds Θ r \Theta_r Θ r , with a constant of the stated type. This proves (c).
Proof of Lemma 6.2. We begin with (a). The gradient bound is Lemma 6.11(a). By Lemma 4.2(a), each integration step is monotone and commutes with the addition of constants, which implies that it does not increase the supremum of the difference of two functions. Composing the steps, we find that sup ∣ F − F ′ ∣ ≤ sup ∣ f − f ′ ∣ \sup\lvert F-F'\rvert\le\sup\lvert f-f'\rvert sup ∣ F − F ′ ∣ ≤ sup ∣ f − f ′ ∣ . For (6.3), we refine the partitions so that both m j m_j m j and m ~ j \widetilde m_j m j are constant on each piece; by Lemma 4.2(b) this does not change F F F or F ~ \widetilde F F . Because B j B_j B j is symmetric, we have
m j ⟨ ∇ F , B j ∇ F ⟩ − m ~ j ⟨ ∇ F ~ , B j ∇ F ~ ⟩ = m j ⟨ B j ( ∇ F + ∇ F ~ ) , ∇ ( F − F ~ ) ⟩ + ( m j − m ~ j ) ⟨ ∇ F ~ , B j ∇ F ~ ⟩ . m_j\langle\nabla F,B_j\nabla F\rangle-\widetilde m_j\langle\nabla\widetilde F,B_j\nabla\widetilde F\rangle
=m_j\langle B_j(\nabla F+\nabla\widetilde F),\nabla(F-\widetilde F)\rangle
+(m_j-\widetilde m_j)\langle\nabla\widetilde F,B_j\nabla\widetilde F\rangle. m j ⟨ ∇ F , B j ∇ F ⟩ − m j ⟨ ∇ F , B j ∇ F ⟩ = m j ⟨ B j ( ∇ F + ∇ F ) , ∇ ( F − F )⟩ + ( m j − m j ) ⟨ ∇ F , B j ∇ F ⟩ .
Then D = F − F ~ \mathcal{D}=F-\widetilde{F} D = F − F satisfies, on stage j j j ,
− ∂ τ D = b λ j 2 B j : D 2 D + b λ j m j 2 ⟨ B j ( ∇ F + ∇ F ~ ) , ∇ D ⟩ + b λ j 2 ( m j − m ~ j ) ⟨ ∇ F ~ , B j ∇ F ~ ⟩ -\partial_{\tau}\mathcal{D}=\frac{b\lambda_j}{2}B_j:\mathcal{D}^2D+\frac{b\lambda_jm_j}{2}\left\langle B_j(\nabla F+\nabla\widetilde{F}),\nabla\mathcal{D}\right\rangle+\frac{b\lambda_j}{2}(m_j-\widetilde{m}_j)\left\langle\nabla\widetilde{F},B_j\nabla\widetilde{F}\right\rangle − ∂ τ D = 2 b λ j B j : D 2 D + 2 b λ j m j ⟨ B j ( ∇ F + ∇ F ) , ∇ D ⟩ + 2 b λ j ( m j − m j ) ⟨ ∇ F , B j ∇ F ⟩
with D ( N , ⋅ ) = 0 \mathcal{D}(N,\cdot)=0 D ( N , ⋅ ) = 0 . By Lemma 6.9 (a) and (b), D \mathcal{D} D is of class C 1 , 2 C^{1,2} C 1 , 2 on each piece, ∇ D \nabla\mathcal{D} ∇ D is bounded, and the drift is bounded and Lipschitz in x x x , since the Hessians of F F F and F ~ \widetilde{F} F are bounded on each piece. The source is bounded by ( b / 2 ) λ j ∣ B j ∣ ∣ m j − m ~ j ∣ L f 2 (b/2)\lambda_j|B_j||m_j-\widetilde{m}_j|L_f^2 ( b /2 ) λ j ∣ B j ∣∣ m j − m j ∣ L f 2 , by the gradient bound. Then Lemma 6.10 implies (6.3).
For (b), by (83) , we see that the step flows F ( l ) F^{(l)} F ( l ) of any sequence with ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j ( l ) − m j ∣ → 0 \int_0^1|m_j^{(l)}-m_j|\to0 ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j ( l ) − m j ∣ → 0 form a Cauchy sequence for uniform convergence. Interlacing two such sequences gives another one, and we conclude that the limit does not depend on the sequence. The estimate (6.3) and the bound on sup ∣ F − F ′ ∣ \sup|F-F'| sup ∣ F − F ′ ∣ pass to uniform limits. For the gradient, let e l , l ′ = sup τ , x ∣ F ( l ) − F ( l ′ ) ∣ e_{l,l'}=\sup_{\tau,x}|F^{(l)}-F^{(l')}| e l , l ′ = sup τ , x ∣ F ( l ) − F ( l ′ ) ∣ , let v v v be a unit vector, and let a > 0 a>0 a > 0 . By Taylor’s formula and the Hessian bound of Lemma 6.11 (a), which holds for every l l l , the difference quotient ( F ( l ) ( τ , x + a v ) − F ( l ) ( τ , x ) ) / a (F^{(l)}(\tau,x+av)-F^{(l)}(\tau,x))/a ( F ( l ) ( τ , x + a v ) − F ( l ) ( τ , x )) / a differs from ∂ v F ( l ) ( τ , x ) \partial_vF^{(l)}(\tau,x) ∂ v F ( l ) ( τ , x ) by at most ( K f + L f 2 ) a / 2 (K_f+L_f^2)a/2 ( K f + L f 2 ) a /2 . Comparing the difference quotients of F ( l ) F^{(l)} F ( l ) and F ( l ′ ) F^{(l')} F ( l ′ ) , we find that
sup τ , x ∣ ∂ v F ( l ) ( τ , x ) − ∂ v F ( l ′ ) ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ 2 e l , l ′ a + ( K f + L f 2 ) a . \sup_{\tau,x}\left|\partial_vF^{(l)}(\tau,x)-\partial_vF^{(l')}(\tau,x)\right|\leq\frac{2e_{l,l'}}{a}+(K_f+L_f^2)a. τ , x sup ∂ v F ( l ) ( τ , x ) − ∂ v F ( l ′ ) ( τ , x ) ≤ a 2 e l , l ′ + ( K f + L f 2 ) a .
Choosing a = e l , l ′ 1 / 2 a=e_{l,l'}^{1/2} a = e l , l ′ 1/2 , we see that the gradients of the step flows are uniformly Cauchy. Their uniform limit is continuous, and by the fundamental theorem of calculus it is the gradient of F F F , which therefore satisfies ∣ ∇ F ∣ ≤ L f |\nabla F|\leq L_f ∣∇ F ∣ ≤ L f .
For (c), let F ( l ) F^{(l)} F ( l ) be step flows of stages 1 , … , N 1,\ldots,N 1 , … , N with masses m j ( l ) m_j^{(l)} m j ( l ) as in (b), and let f i n ( l ) = F ( l ) ( N ′ , ⋅ ) f_{\mathrm{in}}^{(l)}=F^{(l)}(N',\cdot) f in ( l ) = F ( l ) ( N ′ , ⋅ ) , which is the output of the step flow of stages N ′ + 1 , … , N N'+1,\ldots,N N ′ + 1 , … , N . Let F ‾ ( l ) \overline{F}^{(l)} F ( l ) and F ‾ \overline{F} F be the step flow of stages 1 , … , N ′ 1,\ldots,N' 1 , … , N ′ with masses m j ( l ) m_j^{(l)} m j ( l ) and terminal function f i n f_{\mathrm{in}} f in , and its limit. On [ 0 , N ′ ] [0,N'] [ 0 , N ′ ] , the function F ( l ) F^{(l)} F ( l ) is the step flow of stages 1 , … , N ′ 1,\ldots,N' 1 , … , N ′ with terminal function f i n ( l ) f_{\mathrm{in}}^{(l)} f in ( l ) . By part (a), we have
sup ∣ F ( l ) − F ‾ ∣ ≤ sup ∣ f i n ( l ) − f i n ∣ + sup ∣ F ‾ ( l ) − F ‾ ∣ . \sup|F^{(l)}-\overline{F}|\leq\sup|f_{\mathrm{in}}^{(l)}-f_{\mathrm{in}}|+\sup|\overline{F}^{(l)}-\overline{F}|. sup ∣ F ( l ) − F ∣ ≤ sup ∣ f in ( l ) − f in ∣ + sup ∣ F ( l ) − F ∣.
Both terms tend to zero, by (b) for the stages N ′ + 1 , … , N N'+1,\ldots,N N ′ + 1 , … , N and for the stages 1 , … , N ′ 1,\ldots,N' 1 , … , N ′ . This proves (c).
For (d), we first note that the hypothesis of Lemma 6.11 (b) does not involve the masses and holds for every step flow. Using Lemma 6.11 , we see that all spatial derivatives of the step flows are bounded by constants of the type stated there, uniformly in l l l . Let l , l ′ l,l' l , l ′ be two indices, refine the partitions so that m j ( l ) m_j^{(l)} m j ( l ) and m j ( l ′ ) m_j^{(l')} m j ( l ′ ) are constant on each piece, and let D = F ( l ) − F ( l ′ ) \mathcal{D}=F^{(l)}-F^{(l')} D = F ( l ) − F ( l ′ ) . Then D \mathcal{D} D satisfies the equation in the proof of (a), with F = F ( l ) F=F^{(l)} F = F ( l ) , F ~ = F ( l ′ ) \widetilde{F}=F^{(l')} F = F ( l ′ ) , and the masses m j ( l ) m_j^{(l)} m j ( l ) , m ~ j ( l ′ ) \widetilde{m}_j^{(l')} m j ( l ′ ) in place of m j m_j m j , m ~ j \widetilde{m}_j m j . For l ≠ 0 l \ne0 l = 0 , we apply D l D^l D l to that equation and use the Leibniz rule. We find that
− ∂ τ D l D = b λ j 2 B j : D 2 D l D + b λ j m j ( l ) 2 ⟨ B j ( ∇ F ( l ) + ∇ F ( l ′ ) ) , ∇ D l D ⟩ + Υ l . -\partial_\tau D^l\mathcal{D}=\frac{b\lambda_j}{2}B_j:D^2D^l\mathcal{D}+\frac{b\lambda_jm_j^{(l)}}{2}\left\langle B_j\left(\nabla F^{(l)}+\nabla F^{(l')}\right),\nabla D^l\mathcal{D}\right\rangle+\Upsilon_l. − ∂ τ D l D = 2 b λ j B j : D 2 D l D + 2 b λ j m j ( l ) ⟨ B j ( ∇ F ( l ) + ∇ F ( l ′ ) ) , ∇ D l D ⟩ + Υ l .
where Υ l \Upsilon_l Υ l is the sum of the terms ( b λ j m j ( l ′ ) / 2 ) ( l ′ ) ⟨ B j D l ′ ∇ ( F ( l ) + F ( l ′ ) ) , ∇ D l − l ′ D ⟩ (b\lambda_jm_j^{(l')}/2)_{(l')} \langle B_jD^{l'}\nabla(F^{(l)}+F^{(l')}),\nabla D^{l-l'}\mathcal{D}\rangle ( b λ j m j ( l ′ ) /2 ) ( l ′ ) ⟨ B j D l ′ ∇ ( F ( l ) + F ( l ′ ) ) , ∇ D l − l ′ D ⟩ with 0 ≠ l ′ ≤ l 0 \ne l' \le l 0 = l ′ ≤ l and of ( b λ j / 2 ) ( m j ( l ) − m j ( l ′ ) ) D l ⟨ ∇ F ( l ′ ) , B j ∇ F ( l ′ ) ⟩ (b\lambda_j/2)(m_j^{(l)}-m_j^{(l')})D^l\langle\nabla F^{(l')},B_j\nabla F^{(l')}\rangle ( b λ j /2 ) ( m j ( l ) − m j ( l ′ ) ) D l ⟨ ∇ F ( l ′ ) , B j ∇ F ( l ′ ) ⟩ . The terms with ∣ l ′ ∣ = 1 |l'|=1 ∣ l ′ ∣ = 1 are linear in the derivatives of D \mathcal{D} D of order ∣ l ∣ |l| ∣ l ∣ , with coefficients bounded by C λ j ∣ B j ∣ C\lambda_j|B_j| C λ j ∣ B j ∣ ; the terms with ∣ l ′ ∣ ≥ 2 |l'|\ge2 ∣ l ′ ∣ ≥ 2 involve derivatives of D \mathcal{D} D of order less than ∣ l ∣ |l| ∣ l ∣ ; and the last term is bounded by C λ j ∣ B j ∣ ∣ m j ( l ) − m j ( l ′ ) ∣ C\lambda_j|B_j||m_j^{(l)}-m_j^{(l')}| C λ j ∣ B j ∣∣ m j ( l ) − m j ( l ′ ) ∣ , with C C C depending on the derivatives of F ( l ′ ) F^{(l')} F ( l ′ ) of order at most ∣ l ∣ + 1 |l|+1 ∣ l ∣ + 1 . By Lemma 6.10 , induction on ∣ l ∣ |l| ∣ l ∣ , and Gronwall’s inequality, we have
sup τ , x ∣ D l D ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ C ∑ j λ j ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j ( l ) − m j ( l ′ ) ∣ d τ . \sup_{\tau,x}|D^l\mathcal{D}(\tau,x)|\le C\sum_j\lambda_j\int_0^1|m_j^{(l)}-m_j^{(l')}|\,d\tau. τ , x sup ∣ D l D ( τ , x ) ∣ ≤ C j ∑ λ j ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j ( l ) − m j ( l ′ ) ∣ d τ .
It follows that every spatial derivative of the step flows converges uniformly, and the limit F F F has continuous spatial derivatives of all orders, which are the limits of those of the step flows. Letting l ′ → ∞ l'\to\infty l ′ → ∞ in the last display gives (84) , and the Hessian bound follows from Lemma 6.11 (b).
Now let each m j m_j m j be continuous, and choose the step flows with the sampled masses m j p l m_j^{p_l} m j p l for partitions with ∣ p l ∣ → 0 |p_l|\to0 ∣ p l ∣ → 0 ; then m j p l → m j m_j^{p_l}\to m_j m j p l → m j pointwise and in L 1 L^1 L 1 . The step flows are continuous in τ \tau τ and continuously differentiable on each piece, and, for j − 1 ≤ τ ≤ τ 1 ≤ j j-1\le\tau\le\tau_1\le j j − 1 ≤ τ ≤ τ 1 ≤ j , they satisfy
F ( l ) ( τ , x ) = F ( l ) ( τ 1 , x ) + ∫ τ τ 1 b λ j 2 { B j : D 2 F ( l ) + m j p l ( τ ′ − j + 1 ) ⟨ ∇ F ( l ) , B j ∇ F ( l ) ⟩ } ( τ ′ , x ) d τ ′ . F^{(l)}(\tau,x)=F^{(l)}(\tau_1,x)
+\int_\tau^{\tau_1}\frac{b\lambda_j}{2}\left\{B_j:D^2F^{(l)}+m_j^{p_l}(\tau'-j+1)\left\langle\nabla F^{(l)},B_j\nabla F^{(l)}\right\rangle\right\}(\tau',x)\,d\tau'. F ( l ) ( τ , x ) = F ( l ) ( τ 1 , x ) + ∫ τ τ 1 2 b λ j { B j : D 2 F ( l ) + m j p l ( τ ′ − j + 1 ) ⟨ ∇ F ( l ) , B j ∇ F ( l ) ⟩ } ( τ ′ , x ) d τ ′ .
By bounded convergence, the same identity holds for F F F and m j m_j m j . Its integrand is continuous in τ ′ \tau' τ ′ , since ∇ F \nabla F ∇ F and D 2 F D^2F D 2 F are uniform limits of continuous functions and m j m_j m j is continuous. This shows that F F F is continuously differentiable in τ \tau τ on [ j − 1 , j ] [j-1,j] [ j − 1 , j ] and solves (6.1). For uniqueness, let F ′ F' F ′ be another solution with the stated properties. The difference D = F − F ′ \mathcal{D}=F-F' D = F − F ′ satisfies the equation in the proof of (a), with F ~ = F ′ \widetilde{F}=F' F = F ′ , m ~ j = m j \widetilde{m}_j=m_j m j = m j , and D ( N , ⋅ ) = 0 \mathcal{D}(N,\cdot)=0 D ( N , ⋅ ) = 0 . Its drift is bounded and Lipschitz in x x x , since the first and second derivatives of F F F and F ′ F' F ′ are bounded, and D \mathcal{D} D and ∇ D \nabla\mathcal{D} ∇ D have linear growth. Then Lemma 6.10 , with Υ = 0 \Upsilon=0 Υ = 0 , implies that D = 0 \mathcal{D}=0 D = 0 .
Parameter derivatives
We now prove Proposition 6.3. Throughout this section we assume (H1)–(H5), and on stage j j j we abbreviate
A j = b h 2 κ j B j , V j = b h 2 κ j m j B j . \mathcal{A}_j=\frac{bh}{2}\kappa_jB_j,\qquad\mathcal{V}_j=\frac{bh}{2}\kappa_jm_jB_j. A j = 2 bh κ j B j , V j = 2 bh κ j m j B j .
so that (6.1) reads − ∂ τ F = A j : D 2 F + ⟨ ∇ F , V j ∇ F ⟩ -\partial_\tau F=\mathcal{A}_j:D^2F+\langle\nabla F,\mathcal{V}_j\nabla F\rangle − ∂ τ F = A j : D 2 F + ⟨ ∇ F , V j ∇ F ⟩ . Both matrices are symmetric and depend on ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) , and V j \mathcal{V}_j V j also depends on τ \tau τ through the mass. Their derivatives ∂ γ A j = ( b / 2 ) ∂ γ ( h κ j B j ) \partial^\gamma\mathcal{A}_j=(b/2)\partial^\gamma(h\kappa_jB_j) ∂ γ A j = ( b /2 ) ∂ γ ( h κ j B j ) and ∂ γ V j \partial^\gamma\mathcal{V}_j ∂ γ V j are bounded by the suprema listed in Proposition 6.3(ii). Note that ∂ h A j \partial_h\mathcal{A}_j ∂ h A j does not vanish at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 ; these derivatives are bounded but not small. The proof has two parts. In Lemma 6.12, we prove the bounds for the step flows with sampled masses, with constants that do not depend on the partitions. We then pass to the limit.
Lemma 6.12 (Uniform bounds for step flows). Let p p p be partitions, and let F p ( τ , h , k , x ) F^p(\tau,h,k,x) F p ( τ , h , k , x ) be the step flow with the sampled masses m j p ( ⋅ , h , k ) m_j^p(\cdot,h,k) m j p ( ⋅ , h , k ) and terminal function f ( h , k , ⋅ ) f(h,k,\cdot) f ( h , k , ⋅ ) , for ( h , k ) ∈ U 0 (h,k)\in U_0 ( h , k ) ∈ U 0 . Then F p F^p F p is infinitely differentiable in ( h , k , x ) (h,k,x) ( h , k , x ) , its derivatives ∂ γ D ι F p \partial^\gamma D^\iota F^p ∂ γ D ι F p are continuous in ( τ , h , k , x ) (\tau,h,k,x) ( τ , h , k , x ) and, on each closed piece, continuously differentiable in τ \tau τ , with ∂ τ \partial_\tau ∂ τ commuting with ∂ γ D ι \partial^\gamma D^\iota ∂ γ D ι . For every ( γ , ι ) ≠ ( 0 , 0 ) (\gamma,\iota)\ne(0,0) ( γ , ι ) = ( 0 , 0 ) , the function ∂ γ D ι F p \partial^\gamma D^\iota F^p ∂ γ D ι F p is bounded on [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ [0,N]\times U_0\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ by a constant C C C of the type stated in Proposition 6.3(ii), which does not depend on p p p .
Proof. On the piece ( j , i ) (j,i) ( j , i ) , the step (6.2) has mass m j ( τ j , i − 1 , h , k ) m_j(\tau_{j,i-1},h,k) m j ( τ j , i − 1 , h , k ) and covariance t b h κ j ( h , k ) B j ( h , k ) tbh\kappa_j(h,k)B_j(h,k) t bh κ j ( h , k ) B j ( h , k ) , with t = j − 1 + τ j , i − τ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] t=j-1+\tau_{j,i}-\tau\in[0,1] t = j − 1 + τ j , i − τ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] . Both are smooth functions of ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) on the compact convex set U 0 U_0 U 0 , and the covariance is positive semidefinite for h ≥ 0 h\ge0 h ≥ 0 . Applying Lemma 6.9(c) to the pieces one after another, from the innermost, we obtain the regularity statements. The commutation of ∂ τ \partial_\tau ∂ τ with ∂ γ D ι \partial^\gamma D^\iota ∂ γ D ι holds because F p F^p F p is infinitely differentiable in ( τ , h , k , x ) (\tau,h,k,x) ( τ , h , k , x ) on each closed piece. It remains to prove the bounds, which we do by induction. We drop the superscript p p p and write F γ = ∂ γ F F_\gamma=\partial^\gamma F F γ = ∂ γ F and
Θ γ , r ( τ ) = max ∣ ι ∣ = r sup x ∣ D ι F γ ( τ , h , k , x ) ∣ , \Theta_{\gamma,r}(\tau)=\max_{|\iota|=r}\sup_x|D^\iota F_\gamma(\tau,h,k,x)|, Θ γ , r ( τ ) = ∣ ι ∣ = r max x sup ∣ D ι F γ ( τ , h , k , x ) ∣ ,
for fixed ( h , k ) ∈ U 0 (h,k)\in U_0 ( h , k ) ∈ U 0 ; all bounds below are uniform in ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) .
Step 1: spatial derivatives. For γ = 0 \gamma=0 γ = 0 and r ≥ 1 r\ge1 r ≥ 1 , the bound on Θ 0 , r \Theta_{0,r} Θ 0 , r is Lemma 6.11, which applies since 2 ℓ b ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ 2 ℓ b h 0 Λ ∗ ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 2\ell b\|D^2f\|_\infty\sum_j\lambda_j|B_j|\le2\ell b h_0\Lambda_*\|D^2f\|_\infty\le1 2 ℓ b ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ 2 ℓ b h 0 Λ ∗ ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 by (H5). We have Θ 0 , 2 ≤ 2 ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ \Theta_{0,2}\le2\|D^2f\|_\infty Θ 0 , 2 ≤ 2∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ .
Step 2: the differentiated equations. Let γ ≠ 0 \gamma\ne0 γ = 0 . Applying ∂ γ \partial^\gamma ∂ γ to (6.1) and separating the terms that contain F γ F_\gamma F γ , we find that, on each piece of stage j j j ,
− ∂ τ F γ = A j : D 2 F γ + 2 ⟨ V j ∇ F , ∇ F γ ⟩ + Υ γ (94) -\partial_\tau F_\gamma=\mathcal{A}_j:D^2F_\gamma+2\langle\mathcal{V}_j\nabla F,\nabla F_\gamma\rangle+\Upsilon_\gamma \tag*{(94)} − ∂ τ F γ = A j : D 2 F γ + 2 ⟨ V j ∇ F , ∇ F γ ⟩ + Υ γ (94)
with
Υ γ = ∑ 0 ≠ γ ′ ≤ γ ( γ γ ′ ) ∂ γ ′ A j : D 2 F γ − γ ′ + ∑ γ ′ + γ ′ ′ + γ ′ ′ ′ = γ γ ′ ′ ≠ γ , γ ′ ′ ′ ≠ γ γ ! γ ′ ! γ ′ ′ ! γ ′ ′ ′ ! ⟨ ∇ F γ ′ ′ , ∂ γ ′ V j ∇ F γ ′ ′ ′ ⟩ (95) \Upsilon_\gamma= \sum_{0\ne\gamma'\le\gamma} \binom{\gamma}{\gamma'} \partial^{\gamma'} A_j : D^2 F_{\gamma-\gamma'} + \sum_{\substack{\gamma'+\gamma''+\gamma'''=\gamma\\ \gamma''\ne\gamma,\ \gamma'''\ne\gamma}} \frac{\gamma!}{\gamma'!\gamma''!\gamma'''!} \left\langle\nabla F_{\gamma''},\partial^{\gamma'}V_j\nabla F_{\gamma'''}\right\rangle \tag*{(95)} Υ γ = 0 = γ ′ ≤ γ ∑ ( γ ′ γ ) ∂ γ ′ A j : D 2 F γ − γ ′ + γ ′ + γ ′′ + γ ′′′ = γ γ ′′ = γ , γ ′′′ = γ ∑ γ ′ ! γ ′′ ! γ ′′′ ! γ ! ⟨ ∇ F γ ′′ , ∂ γ ′ V j ∇ F γ ′′′ ⟩ (95)
where the second sum runs over the triples of multi-indices with γ ′ + γ ′ ′ + γ ′ ′ ′ = γ \gamma' + \gamma'' + \gamma''' = \gamma γ ′ + γ ′′ + γ ′′′ = γ other than ( 0 , γ , 0 ) (0,\gamma,0) ( 0 , γ , 0 ) and ( 0 , 0 , γ ) (0,0,\gamma) ( 0 , 0 , γ ) ; since γ ≠ 0 \gamma\ne0 γ = 0 , these are the triples with γ ′ ′ ≠ γ \gamma'' \ne\gamma γ ′′ = γ and γ ′ ′ ′ ≠ γ \gamma''' \ne\gamma γ ′′′ = γ . Every F γ ′ ′ F_{\gamma''} F γ ′′ , F γ ′ ′ ′ F_{\gamma'''} F γ ′′′ , and F γ − γ ′ F_{\gamma-\gamma'} F γ − γ ′ appearing in Υ γ \Upsilon_\gamma Υ γ has parameter order strictly less than ∣ γ ∣ |\gamma| ∣ γ ∣ , and F 0 = F F_0 = F F 0 = F enters only through ∇ F \nabla F ∇ F and D 2 F D^2F D 2 F . Applying D ι D^\iota D ι with ∣ ι ∣ = r |\iota| = r ∣ ι ∣ = r to (6.13), we obtain
− ∂ τ D ι F γ = A j : D 2 D ι F γ + 2 ⟨ V j ∇ F , ∇ D ι F γ ⟩ + 2 ∑ 0 ≠ ι ′ ≤ ι ( ι ι ′ ) ⟨ V j ∇ D ι ′ F , ∇ D ι − ι ′ F γ ⟩ + D ι Υ γ (96) -\partial_\tau D^\iota F_\gamma= A_j : D^2D^\iota F_\gamma+ 2\left\langle V_j\nabla F,\nabla D^\iota F_\gamma\right\rangle+ 2\sum_{0\ne\iota'\le\iota}\binom{\iota}{\iota'}\left\langle V_j\nabla D^{\iota'}F,\nabla D^{\iota-\iota'}F_\gamma\right\rangle+ D^\iota\Upsilon_\gamma \tag*{(96)} − ∂ τ D ι F γ = A j : D 2 D ι F γ + 2 ⟨ V j ∇ F , ∇ D ι F γ ⟩ + 2 0 = ι ′ ≤ ι ∑ ( ι ′ ι ) ⟨ V j ∇ D ι ′ F , ∇ D ι − ι ′ F γ ⟩ + D ι Υ γ (96)
with terminal value D ι F γ ( N , ⋅ ) = ∂ γ D ι f D^\iota F_\gamma(N,\cdot) = \partial^\gamma D^\iota f D ι F γ ( N , ⋅ ) = ∂ γ D ι f .
Step 3: derivative bounds by weight. We prove the bound on Θ γ , r \Theta_{\gamma,r} Θ γ , r by induction on ∣ γ ∣ |\gamma| ∣ γ ∣ , and, for fixed γ \gamma γ , by induction on r = 0 , 1 , 2 , … r = 0,1,2,\ldots r = 0 , 1 , 2 , … . Table 6.1 lists the terms of (6.15) and the derivatives of F F F that they contain. Let ϖ = r + 2 ∣ γ ∣ \varpi= r + 2|\gamma| ϖ = r + 2∣ γ ∣ be the weight of D ι F γ D^\iota F_\gamma D ι F γ . We read off from the table that every derivative ∂ ι ∘ D ι ∘ F \partial^{\iota^\circ}D^{\iota^\circ}F ∂ ι ∘ D ι ∘ F other than the unknown D ι F γ D^\iota F_\gamma D ι F γ has γ ∘ ≤ γ \gamma^\circ\le\gamma γ ∘ ≤ γ and weight ∣ ι ∘ ∣ + 2 ∣ γ ∘ ∣ ≤ ϖ |\iota^\circ| + 2|\gamma^\circ| \le\varpi ∣ ι ∘ ∣ + 2∣ γ ∘ ∣ ≤ ϖ . Moreover, either ∣ γ ∘ ∣ < ∣ γ ∣ |\gamma^\circ| < |\gamma| ∣ γ ∘ ∣ < ∣ γ ∣ , or γ ∘ = γ \gamma^\circ= \gamma γ ∘ = γ and ∣ ι ∘ ∣ ≤ r |\iota^\circ| \le r ∣ ι ∘ ∣ ≤ r . The terms with γ ∘ = γ \gamma^\circ= \gamma γ ∘ = γ and ∣ ι ∘ ∣ = r |\iota^\circ| = r ∣ ι ∘ ∣ = r are those in the second row. They are linear in the derivatives of order r r r of F γ F_\gamma F γ , with coefficients bounded by 2 ℓ r ∣ V j ∣ Θ 0 , 2 2\ell r|V_j|\Theta_{0,2} 2 ℓ r ∣ V j ∣ Θ 0 , 2 . In the fourth row, a parameter derivative is paid for by two spatial derivatives. Indeed, when ∂ γ ′ \partial^{\gamma'} ∂ γ ′ falls on the coefficient A j A_j A j of D 2 D^2 D 2 , the derivative F γ − γ ′ F_{\gamma-\gamma'} F γ − γ ′ appears with r + 2 r+2 r + 2 spatial derivatives, and its weight r + 2 + 2 ( ∣ γ ∣ − ∣ γ ′ ∣ ) r+2+2(|\gamma|-|\gamma'|) r + 2 + 2 ( ∣ γ ∣ − ∣ γ ′ ∣ ) is at most ϖ \varpi ϖ because ∣ γ ′ ∣ ≥ 1 |\gamma'| \ge1 ∣ γ ′ ∣ ≥ 1 .
Table 6.1. The terms of (96) , for ∣ ι ∣ = r |\iota|=r ∣ ι ∣ = r and ϖ = r + 2 ∣ γ ∣ \varpi=r+2|\gamma| ϖ = r + 2∣ γ ∣ . The second column lists the derivatives of F F F that each term contains, and the third says how they are controlled.
In the last row, γ ′ ′ = 0 \gamma'' = 0 γ ′′ = 0 or γ ′ ′ ′ = 0 \gamma''' = 0 γ ′′′ = 0 is allowed; the corresponding factor is a spatial derivative of F F F of order at most r + 1 ≤ ϖ − 1 r+1 \le\varpi-1 r + 1 ≤ ϖ − 1 , bounded in Step 1. By the induction hypothesis and Step 1, we conclude that all terms of (6.15) other than those in the first two rows are bounded by a constant c 0 c_0 c 0 . The coefficients in the second row are bounded by c 1 = 2 ℓ r max j sup ∣ V j ∣ ⋅ 2 ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ c_1 = 2\ell r\max_j\sup|V_j|\cdot2\|D^2f\|_\infty c 1 = 2 ℓ r max j sup ∣ V j ∣ ⋅ 2∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ .
Step 4: the estimate. We apply Lemma 6.10 to each ψ = D ι F γ \psi= D^\iota F_\gamma ψ = D ι F γ with ∣ ι ∣ = r |\iota| = r ∣ ι ∣ = r , with A = A j A = A_j A = A j on stage j j j , the drift ϕ = 2 V j ∇ F \phi= 2V_j\nabla F ϕ = 2 V j ∇ F , and the source formed by all other terms of (6.15). The drift is bounded by Step 1, and it is Lipschitz in x x x since D 2 F D^2F D 2 F is bounded. By the regularity statement, ψ \psi ψ , ∇ ψ \nabla\psi ∇ ψ , and the source are bounded and continuous on each piece. Taking the maximum over ∣ ι ∣ = r |\iota| = r ∣ ι ∣ = r , we find
Θ γ , r ( τ ) ≤ max ∣ ι ∣ = r sup x ∣ ∂ γ D ι f ∣ + ∫ τ N { c 1 Θ γ , r ( τ ′ ) + c 0 } d τ ′ , \Theta_{\gamma,r}(\tau) \le\max_{|\iota|=r}\sup_x|\partial^\gamma D^\iota f| + \int_\tau^N \{c_1\Theta_{\gamma,r}(\tau')+c_0\}\,d\tau', Θ γ , r ( τ ) ≤ ∣ ι ∣ = r max x sup ∣ ∂ γ D ι f ∣ + ∫ τ N { c 1 Θ γ , r ( τ ′ ) + c 0 } d τ ′ ,
and by Gronwall’s inequality we have Θ γ , r ≤ ( max ∣ ι ∣ = r sup x ∣ ∂ γ D ι f ∣ + N c 0 ) e N c 1 \Theta_{\gamma,r} \le(\max_{|\iota|=r}\sup_x|\partial^\gamma D^\iota f| + Nc_0)e^{Nc_1} Θ γ , r ≤ ( max ∣ ι ∣ = r sup x ∣ ∂ γ D ι f ∣ + N c 0 ) e N c 1 . For r = 0 r = 0 r = 0 the second row is absent and c 1 = 0 c_1 = 0 c 1 = 0 . This completes the induction.
The constant obtained for ( γ , r ) (\gamma,r) ( γ , r ) involves the bounds for the pairs ( γ ∘ , r ∘ ) (\gamma^\circ,r^\circ) ( γ ∘ , r ∘ ) listed in Table 6.1 , the bounds on ∂ γ ′ A j \partial^{\gamma'}\mathcal{A}_j ∂ γ ′ A j and ∂ γ ′ V j \partial^{\gamma'}V_j ∂ γ ′ V j for γ ′ ≤ γ \gamma'\le\gamma γ ′ ≤ γ , and the terminal values. Following the induction back, it depends only on ℓ \ell ℓ , N N N , b b b , h 1 h_1 h 1 , γ \gamma γ , r r r , and the suprema of ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j B j ) ∣ |\partial^{\gamma'}(\kappa_jB_j)| ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j B j ) ∣ , ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j m j B j ) ∣ |\partial^{\gamma'}(\kappa_jm_jB_j)| ∣ ∂ γ ′ ( κ j m j B j ) ∣ , and ∣ ∂ γ ′ D ι ′ f ∣ |\partial^{\gamma'}D^{\iota'}f| ∣ ∂ γ ′ D ι ′ f ∣ over γ ′ ≤ γ \gamma'\le\gamma γ ′ ≤ γ and 0 < ∣ ι ′ ∣ + 2 ∣ γ ′ ∣ ≤ ϖ 0<|\iota'|+2|\gamma'|\le\varpi 0 < ∣ ι ′ ∣ + 2∣ γ ′ ∣ ≤ ϖ , as claimed. None of them depends on p p p , since the sampled masses have the same values and ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) -derivatives as m j m_j m j at the sampling points.
Proof of Proposition 6.3. Let p l \mathfrak{p}_l p l be partitions with ∣ p l ∣ → 0 |\mathfrak{p}_l|\to0 ∣ p l ∣ → 0 , and let F p l F^{\mathfrak{p}_l} F p l be the step flows with the sampled masses. The proof has three steps: convergence of the values, convergence of the derivatives, and the equations.
Step 1: values. By (H3), m j m_j m j is uniformly continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] × U [0,1]\times\mathcal{U} [ 0 , 1 ] × U , and we have ε l = sup U ∑ j ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j p l − m j ∣ d τ → 0 \varepsilon_l=\sup_{\mathcal{U}}\sum_j\int_0^1|m_j^{\mathfrak{p}_l}-m_j|\,\mathrm{d}\tau\to0 ε l = sup U ∑ j ∫ 0 1 ∣ m j p l − m j ∣ d τ → 0 . Then Lemma 6.2(a) and (b), applied at each ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) with ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ h 0 Λ ∗ \sum_j\lambda_j|B_j|\le h_0\Lambda_* ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ h 0 Λ ∗ , give
sup [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ ∣ F p l − F ∣ ≤ b 2 sup ∣ ∇ x f ∣ 2 h 0 Λ ∗ ε l ⟶ 0. \sup_{[0,N]\times\mathcal{U}_0\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell}}|F^{\mathfrak{p}_l}-F|\le\frac{b}{2}\sup|\nabla_xf|^2h_0\Lambda_*\varepsilon_l\longrightarrow0. [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ sup ∣ F p l − F ∣ ≤ 2 b sup ∣ ∇ x f ∣ 2 h 0 Λ ∗ ε l ⟶ 0.
Step 2: derivatives. Fix ( γ , ι ) ≠ ( 0 , 0 ) (\gamma,\iota)\ne(0,0) ( γ , ι ) = ( 0 , 0 ) . By Lemma 6.12, the functions ∂ γ D ι F p l \partial^\gamma D^\iota F^{\mathfrak{p}_l} ∂ γ D ι F p l are bounded uniformly in l l l , and so are their first derivatives in x x x and in ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) , whose weights are larger by one and by two, respectively. Their derivative in τ \tau τ is given on each piece by (96) , and it is also bounded uniformly in l l l , since it involves derivatives of weight at most ∣ ι ∣ + 2 ∣ γ ∣ + 2 |\iota|+2|\gamma|+2 ∣ ι ∣ + 2∣ γ ∣ + 2 . Since ∂ γ D ι F p l \partial^\gamma D^\iota F^{\mathfrak{p}_l} ∂ γ D ι F p l is also continuous in τ \tau τ , the family { ∂ γ D ι F p l } l \{\partial^\gamma D^\iota F^{\mathfrak{p}_l}\}_l { ∂ γ D ι F p l } l is uniformly bounded and uniformly Lipschitz on [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ [0,N]\times\mathcal{U}_0\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × R ℓ . By the Arzelà–Ascoli theorem and a diagonal argument over the compact sets [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × { ∣ x ∣ ≤ R } [0,N]\times\mathcal{U}_0\times\{|x|\le R\} [ 0 , N ] × U 0 × { ∣ x ∣ ≤ R } , every subsequence has a further subsequence along which, for all ( γ , ι ) (\gamma,\iota) ( γ , ι ) at once, ∂ γ D ι F p l \partial^\gamma D^\iota F^{pl} ∂ γ D ι F pl converges uniformly on compact sets to a continuous limit L γ , ι L_{\gamma,\iota} L γ , ι . We claim that L γ , ι = ∂ γ D ι F L_{\gamma,\iota}=\partial^\gamma D^\iota F L γ , ι = ∂ γ D ι F , so that the limits do not depend on the subsequence and the whole sequence converges. Indeed, L 0 , 0 = F L_{0,0}=F L 0 , 0 = F by Step 1. If φ l → φ \varphi_l\to\varphi φ l → φ and ∂ a φ l → ψ \partial_a\varphi_l\to\psi ∂ a φ l → ψ uniformly on compact sets, where ∂ a \partial_a ∂ a is a derivative in h h h , in k k k , or in a coordinate of x x x , then letting l → ∞ l\to\infty l → ∞ in φ l ( y + η e a ) − φ l ( y ) = ∫ 0 η ∂ a φ l ( y + η ′ e a ) d η ′ \varphi_l(y+\eta e_a)-\varphi_l(y)=\int_0^\eta\partial_a\varphi_l(y+\eta'e_a)\,d\eta' φ l ( y + η e a ) − φ l ( y ) = ∫ 0 η ∂ a φ l ( y + η ′ e a ) d η ′ shows that ∂ a φ = ψ \partial_a\varphi=\psi ∂ a φ = ψ ; at boundary points of U 0 U_0 U 0 , such as h = 0 h=0 h = 0 , we take η \eta η of the sign that keeps y + η e a y+\eta e_a y + η e a in the domain. Induction on ∣ γ ∣ + ∣ ι ∣ |\gamma|+|\iota| ∣ γ ∣ + ∣ ι ∣ proves the claim. This proves (iv), the existence and continuity of all derivatives in (ii), and the bounds in (ii), which pass to the limit. For the linear growth, note that ∣ F ( τ , h , k , x ) − F ( τ , h , k , 0 ) ∣ ≤ sup ∣ ∇ x f ∣ ∣ x ∣ |F(\tau,h,k,x)-F(\tau,h,k,0)|\leq\sup|\nabla_xf|\,|x| ∣ F ( τ , h , k , x ) − F ( τ , h , k , 0 ) ∣ ≤ sup ∣ ∇ x f ∣ ∣ x ∣ , that ∣ F ( τ , h , k , 0 ) − f ( h , k , 0 ) ∣ ≤ N sup ∣ ∂ τ F ∣ |F(\tau,h,k,0)-f(h,k,0)|\leq N\sup|\partial_\tau F| ∣ F ( τ , h , k , 0 ) − f ( h , k , 0 ) ∣ ≤ N sup ∣ ∂ τ F ∣ is bounded by (6.1) and the bounds on ∇ F \nabla F ∇ F and D 2 F D^2F D 2 F , and that sup U ∣ f ( h , k , 0 ) ∣ \sup_U|f(h,k,0)| sup U ∣ f ( h , k , 0 ) ∣ is finite, since f ( ⋅ , ⋅ , 0 ) f(\cdot,\cdot,0) f ( ⋅ , ⋅ , 0 ) is continuous on the compact set U U U . The constant obtained depends on this supremum in addition to the derivative bounds.
Step 3: the equations. Part (i) is Lemma 6.2(d), whose hypothesis holds at each ( h , k ) ∈ U 0 (h,k)\in U_0 ( h , k ) ∈ U 0 by (H5). For (iii), on stage j j j and for j − 1 ≤ τ ≤ τ 1 ≤ j j-1\leq\tau\leq\tau_1\leq j j − 1 ≤ τ ≤ τ 1 ≤ j , the step flows satisfy
F γ p l ( τ ) = F γ p l ( τ 1 ) + ∫ τ τ 1 { A j : D 2 F γ p l + 2 ⟨ V j p l ∇ F p l , ∇ F γ p l ⟩ + Y γ p l } ( τ ′ ) d τ ′ . F_\gamma^{pl}(\tau)=F_\gamma^{pl}(\tau_1)+\int_\tau^{\tau_1}\left\{\mathcal A_j:D^2F_\gamma^{pl}+2\left\langle\mathcal V_j^{pl}\nabla F^{pl},\nabla F_\gamma^{pl}\right\rangle+\mathcal Y_\gamma^{pl}\right\}(\tau')\,d\tau'. F γ pl ( τ ) = F γ pl ( τ 1 ) + ∫ τ τ 1 { A j : D 2 F γ pl + 2 ⟨ V j pl ∇ F pl , ∇ F γ pl ⟩ + Y γ pl } ( τ ′ ) d τ ′ .
where F γ p l = ∂ γ F p l F_\gamma^{pl}=\partial^\gamma F^{pl} F γ pl = ∂ γ F pl and where V j p l \mathcal V_j^{pl} V j pl and Y γ p l \mathcal Y_\gamma^{pl} Y γ pl are formed with the sampled masses. By (H3), the ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) -derivatives of m j p l m_j^{pl} m j pl converge pointwise to those of m j m_j m j , and by (iv) the derivatives of F p l F^{pl} F pl converge pointwise. All terms are bounded, and by bounded convergence the same identity holds for F γ = ∂ γ F F_\gamma=\partial^\gamma F F γ = ∂ γ F , with the masses m j m_j m j . Since its integrand is continuous in τ ′ \tau' τ ′ , the function F γ F_\gamma F γ is continuously differentiable in τ \tau τ on [ j − 1 , j ] [j-1,j] [ j − 1 , j ] and satisfies (6.13), which is the equation obtained by applying ∂ γ \partial^\gamma ∂ γ to (6.1). This proves (iii).
Response to a change of the terminal function
We now compare a hierarchy with terminal function f f f and the same hierarchy with terminal function f + V f+V f + V , for a bounded function V V V . The first-order change is the expectation of V V V under the path law of the unperturbed hierarchy, and the error is quadratic in ∥ V ∥ ∞ \|V\|_\infty ∥ V ∥ ∞ , with a constant that does not depend on the number of levels. For a hierarchy with M M M levels, let Σ 1 , … , Σ M ⪰ 0 \Sigma_1,\ldots,\Sigma_M\succeq0 Σ 1 , … , Σ M ⪰ 0 be the covariances and m 1 , … , m M ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] m_1,\ldots,m_M\in[0,1] m 1 , … , m M ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] the masses, listed from the root; the masses need not be ordered. For a function f f f of linear growth, the partial values are Ψ M f = f \Psi_M^f=f Ψ M f = f and Ψ j − 1 f = T m j , Σ j Ψ j f \Psi_{j-1}^f=T_{m_j,\Sigma_j}\Psi_j^f Ψ j − 1 f = T m j , Σ j Ψ j f for j = M , … , 1 j=M,\ldots,1 j = M , … , 1 , as in (4.13), and we write H f = Ψ 0 f \mathcal H f=\Psi_0^f H f = Ψ 0 f . For z 0 ∈ R ℓ z_0\in\mathbb{R}^\ell z 0 ∈ R ℓ , we let E f \mathbb{E}_f E f denote expectation for the Markov chain z 0 , z 1 , … , z M z_0,z_1,\ldots,z_M z 0 , z 1 , … , z M in which z j z_j z j has law K m j , Σ j , Ψ j f ( z j − 1 , ⋅ ) \mathcal K_{m_j,\Sigma_j,\Psi_j^f}(z_{j-1},\cdot) K m j , Σ j , Ψ j f ( z j − 1 , ⋅ ) given z 0 , … , z j − 1 z_0,\ldots,z_{j-1} z 0 , … , z j − 1 . This is the path law of Definition 4.14(c), started at z 0 z_0 z 0 and without the terminal draw of spins.
Lemma 6.13 (Response of a hierarchy to its terminal function). Let f f f have linear growth, and let V : R ℓ → R V:\mathbb{R}^{\ell}\to\mathbb{R} V : R ℓ → R be bounded and measurable. Then, for every z 0 ∈ R ℓ z_{0}\in\mathbb{R}^{\ell} z 0 ∈ R ℓ ,
∣ H ( f + V ) ( z 0 ) − H f ( z 0 ) − E f V ( z M ) ∣ ≤ 1 2 ∥ V ∥ ∞ 2 . \left|\mathcal{H}(f+V)(z_{0})-\mathcal{H}f(z_{0})-\mathbb{E}_{f}V(z_{M})\right|\leq\frac{1}{2}\lVert V\rVert_{\infty}^{2}. ∣ H ( f + V ) ( z 0 ) − H f ( z 0 ) − E f V ( z M ) ∣ ≤ 2 1 ∥ V ∥ ∞ 2 . The bound does not depend on the number M M M of levels or on the covariances.
The argument is the martingale argument that the proof of [77, Lemma 3.1] uses to show that χ ≤ 1 − u 2 \chi\leq1-u^{2} χ ≤ 1 − u 2 , and the differentiation of a hierarchy behind Proposition 4.18 , namely [77, Lemma 2.2]; we apply them to the terminal function instead of the field.
Proof. For 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 0\leq t\leq1 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 , let Ψ j t = Ψ j f + t V \Psi_{j}^{t}=\Psi_{j}^{f+tV} Ψ j t = Ψ j f + t V be the partial values with terminal function f + t V f+tV f + t V . Using the monotonicity and the translation identity of Lemma 4.2 (a), we have ∣ Ψ j t − Ψ j 0 ∣ ≤ t ∥ V ∥ ∞ \left|\Psi_{j}^{t}-\Psi_{j}^{0}\right|\leq t\lVert V\rVert_{\infty} Ψ j t − Ψ j 0 ≤ t ∥ V ∥ ∞ , and all integrals below are finite. Let E j t \mathbb{E}_{j}^{t} E j t and Var j t \operatorname{Var}_{j}^{t} Var j t denote the expectation and the variance under the kernel K m j , Σ j , Ψ j t ( z , ⋅ ) \mathcal{K}_{m_{j},\Sigma_{j},\Psi_{j}^{t}}(z,\cdot) K m j , Σ j , Ψ j t ( z , ⋅ ) for a fixed starting point z z z . We claim that t ↦ Ψ j − 1 t ( z ) t\mapsto\Psi_{j-1}^{t}(z) t ↦ Ψ j − 1 t ( z ) is twice continuously differentiable, with
∂ t Ψ j − 1 t ( z ) = E j t [ ∂ t Ψ j t ] , ∂ t 2 Ψ j − 1 t ( z ) = E j t [ ∂ t 2 Ψ j t ] + m j Var j t ( ∂ t Ψ j t ) . (97) \partial_{t}\Psi_{j-1}^{t}(z)=\mathbb{E}_{j}^{t}\left[\partial_{t}\Psi_{j}^{t}\right],\qquad
\partial_{t}^{2}\Psi_{j-1}^{t}(z)=\mathbb{E}_{j}^{t}\left[\partial_{t}^{2}\Psi_{j}^{t}\right]+m_{j}\operatorname{Var}_{j}^{t}\left(\partial_{t}\Psi_{j}^{t}\right). \tag*{(97)} ∂ t Ψ j − 1 t ( z ) = E j t [ ∂ t Ψ j t ] , ∂ t 2 Ψ j − 1 t ( z ) = E j t [ ∂ t 2 Ψ j t ] + m j Var j t ( ∂ t Ψ j t ) . (97)
where the expectation and the variance act on the function y ↦ ∂ t Ψ j t ( y ) y\mapsto\partial_{t}\Psi_{j}^{t}(y) y ↦ ∂ t Ψ j t ( y ) or ∂ t 2 Ψ j t ( y ) \partial_{t}^{2}\Psi_{j}^{t}(y) ∂ t 2 Ψ j t ( y ) . Indeed, let Z t Z_{t} Z t be random variables, twice differentiable in t t t with ∣ ∂ t Z t ∣ + ∣ ∂ t 2 Z t ∣ \left|\partial_{t}Z_{t}\right|+\left|\partial_{t}^{2}Z_{t}\right| ∣ ∂ t Z t ∣ + ∂ t 2 Z t bounded and E e ∣ Z 0 ∣ < ∞ \mathbb{E}e^{|Z_{0}|}<\infty E e ∣ Z 0 ∣ < ∞ , and let a ( t ) = m − 1 log E e m Z t a(t)=m^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}e^{mZ_{t}} a ( t ) = m − 1 log E e m Z t for some m ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] m\in(0,1] m ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . Differentiation under the expectation gives a ′ = E [ ∂ t Z t e m Z t ] / E e m Z t a'=\mathbb{E}[\partial_{t}Z_{t}e^{mZ_{t}}]/\mathbb{E}e^{mZ_{t}} a ′ = E [ ∂ t Z t e m Z t ] / E e m Z t and
a ′ ′ = E [ ∂ t 2 Z t e m Z t ] E e m Z t + m ( E [ ( ∂ t Z t ) 2 e m Z t ] E e m Z t − ( E [ ∂ t Z t e m Z t ] E e m Z t ) 2 ) . a''=\frac{\mathbb{E}[\partial_{t}^{2}Z_{t}e^{mZ_{t}}]}{\mathbb{E}e^{mZ_{t}}}
+m\left(\frac{\mathbb{E}[(\partial_{t}Z_{t})^{2}e^{mZ_{t}}]}{\mathbb{E}e^{mZ_{t}}}
-\left(\frac{\mathbb{E}[\partial_{t}Z_{t}e^{mZ_{t}}]}{\mathbb{E}e^{mZ_{t}}}\right)^{2}\right). a ′′ = E e m Z t E [ ∂ t 2 Z t e m Z t ] + m ( E e m Z t E [( ∂ t Z t ) 2 e m Z t ] − ( E e m Z t E [ ∂ t Z t e m Z t ] ) 2 ) .
For m = 0 m=0 m = 0 and a ( t ) = E Z t a(t)=\mathbb{E}Z_{t} a ( t ) = E Z t , the same formulas hold without the variance term. We apply this with Z t = Ψ j t ( z + Σ j 1 / 2 g ) Z_{t}=\Psi_{j}^{t}(z+\Sigma_{j}^{1/2}g) Z t = Ψ j t ( z + Σ j 1/2 g ) and m = m j m=m_{j} m = m j ; the weights e m j Z t / E e m j Z t e^{m_{j}Z_{t}}/\mathbb{E}e^{m_{j}Z_{t}} e m j Z t / E e m j Z t are the densities of the kernel K m j , Σ j , Ψ j t ( z , ⋅ ) \mathcal{K}_{m_{j},\Sigma_{j},\Psi_{j}^{t}}(z,\cdot) K m j , Σ j , Ψ j t ( z , ⋅ ) . Starting from ∂ t Ψ M t = V \partial_{t}\Psi_{M}^{t}=V ∂ t Ψ M t = V and ∂ t 2 Ψ M t = 0 \partial_{t}^{2}\Psi_{M}^{t}=0 ∂ t 2 Ψ M t = 0 , induction on M − j M-j M − j shows that the derivatives are bounded and proves (6.16).
Now let z 0 , … , z M z_{0},\ldots,z_{M} z 0 , … , z M be the chain of the lemma for the terminal function f + t V f+tV f + t V , and let M j = ∂ t Ψ j t ( z j ) \mathcal{M}_{j}=\partial_{t}\Psi_{j}^{t}(z_{j}) M j = ∂ t Ψ j t ( z j ) . By the first identity in (6.16) and the Markov property, we have E t [ M j ∣ z 0 , … , z j − 1 ] = M j − 1 \mathbb{E}^{t}[\mathcal{M}_{j}\mid z_{0},\ldots,z_{j-1}]=\mathcal{M}_{j-1} E t [ M j ∣ z 0 , … , z j − 1 ] = M j − 1 . This implies that ( M j ) (\mathcal{M}_{j}) ( M j ) is a martingale, with M M = V ( z M ) \mathcal{M}_{M}=V(z_{M}) M M = V ( z M ) and M 0 = ∂ t H ( f + t V ) ( z 0 ) \mathcal{M}_{0}=\partial_{t}\mathcal{H}(f+tV)(z_{0}) M 0 = ∂ t H ( f + t V ) ( z 0 ) . Iterating the second identity in (6.16) from ∂ t 2 Ψ M t = 0 \partial_{t}^{2}\Psi_{M}^{t}=0 ∂ t 2 Ψ M t = 0 , we obtain
∂ t 2 H ( f + t V ) ( z 0 ) = ∑ j = 1 M m j E t ( M j − M j − 1 ) 2 . \partial_{t}^{2}\mathcal{H}(f+tV)(z_{0})=\sum_{j=1}^{M}m_{j}\mathbb{E}^{t}\left(\mathcal{M}_{j}-\mathcal{M}_{j-1}\right)^{2}. ∂ t 2 H ( f + t V ) ( z 0 ) = j = 1 ∑ M m j E t ( M j − M j − 1 ) 2 .
Since 0 ≤ m j ≤ 1 0\leq m_{j}\leq1 0 ≤ m j ≤ 1 and the increments of a martingale are orthogonal,
0 ≤ ∂ t 2 H ( f + t V ) ( z 0 ) ≤ ∑ j = 1 M E t ( M j − M j − 1 ) 2 = E t V ( z M ) 2 − ( E t V ( z M ) ) 2 ≤ ∥ V ∥ ∞ 2 . 0\leq\partial_{t}^{2}\mathcal{H}(f+tV)(z_{0})\leq\sum_{j=1}^{M}\mathbb{E}^{t}\left(\mathcal{M}_{j}-\mathcal{M}_{j-1}\right)^{2}
=\mathbb{E}^{t}V(z_{M})^{2}-\left(\mathbb{E}^{t}V(z_{M})\right)^{2}\leq\lVert V\rVert_{\infty}^{2}. 0 ≤ ∂ t 2 H ( f + t V ) ( z 0 ) ≤ j = 1 ∑ M E t ( M j − M j − 1 ) 2 = E t V ( z M ) 2 − ( E t V ( z M ) ) 2 ≤ ∥ V ∥ ∞ 2 .
At t = 0 t=0 t = 0 , we have ∂ t H ( f + t V ) ( z 0 ) = M 0 = E f V ( z M ) \partial_t\mathcal{H}(f+tV)(z_0)=\mathcal{M}_0=\mathbb{E}_f V(z_M) ∂ t H ( f + t V ) ( z 0 ) = M 0 = E f V ( z M ) . By Taylor’s formula with integral remainder,
H ( f + V ) ( z 0 ) − H f ( z 0 ) − E f V ( z M ) = ∫ 0 1 ( 1 − t ) ∂ t 2 H ( f + t V ) ( z 0 ) d t , \mathcal{H}(f+V)(z_0)-\mathcal{H}f(z_0)-\mathbb{E}_fV(z_M)=\int_0^1(1-t)\partial_t^2\mathcal{H}(f+tV)(z_0)\,dt, H ( f + V ) ( z 0 ) − H f ( z 0 ) − E f V ( z M ) = ∫ 0 1 ( 1 − t ) ∂ t 2 H ( f + t V ) ( z 0 ) d t ,
which lies in [ 0 , ∥ V ∥ ∞ 2 / 2 ] [0,\lVert V\rVert_\infty^2/2] [ 0 , ∥ V ∥ ∞ 2 /2 ] . This completes the proof.
We next apply Lemma 6.13 to the scalar hierarchy that integrates a block of n n n identical coordinates over a time interval [ 0 , t ⋆ ] [0,t_\star] [ 0 , t ⋆ ] , and pass to a general distribution function. For a distribution function α \alpha α , an integer n ≥ 1 n\ge1 n ≥ 1 , a time t ⋆ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] t_\star\in(0,1] t ⋆ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , and f ∈ C 2 ( R ) f\in C^2(\mathbb{R}) f ∈ C 2 ( R ) , let H t ⋆ , n α f \mathcal{H}^{\alpha}_{t_\star,n}f H t ⋆ , n α f denote the value at z = 0 z=0 z = 0 of the flow of Lemma 6.2(b) with ℓ = 1 \ell=1 ℓ = 1 , N = 1 N=1 N = 1 , B 1 = 1 B_1=1 B 1 = 1 , λ 1 = t ⋆ \lambda_1=t_\star λ 1 = t ⋆ , mass m 1 ( τ ) = α ( t ⋆ τ ) / n m_1(\tau)=\alpha(t_\star\tau)/n m 1 ( τ ) = α ( t ⋆ τ ) / n , and terminal function f f f . If α n \alpha_n α n are step distribution functions with ∫ 0 1 ∣ α n − α ∣ d t → 0 \int_0^1\lvert\alpha_n-\alpha\rvert\,dt\to0 ∫ 0 1 ∣ α n − α ∣ d t → 0 , then H t ⋆ , n α f \mathcal{H}^{\alpha}_{t_\star,n}f H t ⋆ , n α f is the limit of the values at z = 0 z=0 z = 0 of the step flows with masses α n ( t ⋆ τ ) / n \alpha_n(t_\star\tau)/n α n ( t ⋆ τ ) / n . In the scalar time t = t ⋆ τ t=t_\star\tau t = t ⋆ τ , these step flows solve − ∂ t F = ( b / 2 ) { ∂ z z F + ( α n ( t ) / n ) ( ∂ z F ) 2 } -\partial_tF=(b/2)\{\partial_{zz}F+(\alpha_n(t)/n)(\partial_zF)^2\} − ∂ t F = ( b /2 ) { ∂ z z F + ( α n ( t ) / n ) ( ∂ z F ) 2 } on each interval where α n \alpha_n α n is constant, with F ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) = f F(t_\star,\cdot)=f F ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) = f . For a general α \alpha α , we do not assert that the limiting flow is differentiable in time at the jumps of α \alpha α . Recall the function Φ = Φ α \Phi=\Phi_\alpha Φ = Φ α and the diffusion Y Y Y of (45) .
Corollary 6.14 (Response of the common part of a hierarchy). Let α \alpha α be a distribution function, let n ≥ 1 n\ge1 n ≥ 1 be an integer, and let t ⋆ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] t_\star\in(0,1] t ⋆ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . Then H t ⋆ , n α ( n Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) ) = n Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) \mathcal{H}^{\alpha}_{t_\star,n}(n\Phi_\alpha(t_\star,\cdot))=n\Phi_\alpha(0,0) H t ⋆ , n α ( n Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ )) = n Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) .
Moreover, let V ∈ C 2 ( R ) V\in C^2(\mathbb{R}) V ∈ C 2 ( R ) with V V V , V ′ V' V ′ , and V ′ ′ V'' V ′′ bounded, and suppose that ∥ V ∥ ∞ ≤ ε \lVert V\rVert_\infty\le\varepsilon ∥ V ∥ ∞ ≤ ε . Then
∣ H t ⋆ , n α ( n Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) − n Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) − E V ( Y t ⋆ ) ∣ ≤ ε 2 2 . \left\lvert\mathcal{H}^{\alpha}_{t_\star,n}\left(n\Phi_\alpha(t_\star,\cdot)+V\right)-n\Phi_\alpha(0,0)-\mathbb{E}V(Y_{t_\star})\right\rvert\le\frac{\varepsilon^2}{2}. H t ⋆ , n α ( n Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) − n Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) − E V ( Y t ⋆ ) ≤ 2 ε 2 .
In Section 7, we apply the corollary with n = 3 n=3 n = 3 , with t ⋆ t_\star t ⋆ the left endpoint of the window, and with V V V the difference between the restriction of the local value to the diagonal and 3 Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) 3\Phi_\alpha(t_\star,\cdot) 3 Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) , for which ε = C h 2 k 2 \varepsilon=Ch^{2k^2} ε = C h 2 k 2 . The initial segment of the hierarchy then contributes E V ( Y t ⋆ ) + O ( h 4 k 4 ) \mathbb{E}V(Y_{t_\star})+O(h^{4}k^{4}) E V ( Y t ⋆ ) + O ( h 4 k 4 ) . Note that the law of Y t ⋆ Y_{t_\star} Y t ⋆ does not depend on the perturbation.
Proof. Let α n \alpha_n α n be step distribution functions with t ⋆ t_\star t ⋆ among their breakpoints and ∫ 0 1 ∣ α n − α ∣ d t → 0 \int_0^1\lvert\alpha_n-\alpha\rvert\,dt\to0 ∫ 0 1 ∣ α n − α ∣ d t → 0 ; for instance, let α n \alpha_n α n be equal to α ( t n , i − 1 ) \alpha(t_{n,i-1}) α ( t n , i − 1 ) on [ t n , i − 1 , t n , i ) [t_{n,i-1},t_{n,i}) [ t n , i − 1 , t n , i ) , where the t n , i t_{n,i} t n , i are the points i 2 − n i2^{-n} i 2 − n together with t ⋆ t_\star t ⋆ . Let Φ n = Φ α n \Phi_n=\Phi_{\alpha_n} Φ n = Φ α n , let Y n Y^n Y n be the diffusion of α n \alpha_n α n , driven by the same Brownian motion as Y Y Y , and let H n \mathcal{H}_n H n denote the step flow with masses α n ( t ⋆ τ ) / n \alpha_n(t_\star\tau)/n α n ( t ⋆ τ ) / n , that is, the finite hierarchy whose levels are the intervals between consecutive breakpoints of α n \alpha_n α n in [ 0 , t ⋆ ] [0,t_\star] [ 0 , t ⋆ ] .
Step 1: the step hierarchies. By (4.3) and Lemma 4.2(d), the partial values of H n \mathcal{H}_n H n with terminal function n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) n\Phi_n(t_\star,\cdot) n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) are n Φ n ( t n , i , ⋅ ) n\Phi_n(t_{n,i},\cdot) n Φ n ( t n , i , ⋅ ) , and in particular H n ( n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) ) ( 0 ) = n Φ n ( 0 , 0 ) \mathcal{H}_n(n\Phi_n(t_\star,\cdot))(0)=n\Phi_n(0,0) H n ( n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ )) ( 0 ) = n Φ n ( 0 , 0 ) . The level from t n , i − 1 t_{n,i-1} t n , i − 1 to t n , i t_{n,i} t n , i has mass α n ( t n , i − 1 ) / n \alpha_n(t_{n,i-1})/n α n ( t n , i − 1 ) / n and partial value n Φ n ( t n , i , ⋅ ) n\Phi_n(t_{n,i},\cdot) n Φ n ( t n , i , ⋅ ) . Its kernel has the density exp { α n ( t n , i − 1 ) ( Φ n ( t n , i , y ) − Φ n ( t n , i − 1 , z ) ) } \exp\{\alpha_n(t_{n,i-1})(\Phi_n(t_{n,i},y)-\Phi_n(t_{n,i-1},z))\} exp { α n ( t n , i − 1 ) ( Φ n ( t n , i , y ) − Φ n ( t n , i − 1 , z ))} with respect to N ( z , b ( t n , i − t n , i − 1 ) ) N(z,b(t_{n,i}-t_{n,i-1})) N ( z , b ( t n , i − t n , i − 1 )) . This is the kernel of the scalar recursion of α n \alpha_n α n on the same interval. By Proposition 4.3(iii), the path law of this hierarchy, started at 0 0 0 , is the law of ( Y t n , i n ) t n , i ≤ t ⋆ (Y^n_{t_{n,i}})_{t_{n,i}\le t_\star} ( Y t n , i n ) t n , i ≤ t ⋆ . Then Lemma 6.13, with f = n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) f=n\Phi_n(t_\star,\cdot) f = n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) and z 0 = 0 z_0=0 z 0 = 0 , gives
∣ H n ( n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) ( 0 ) − n Φ n ( 0 , 0 ) − E V ( Y t ⋆ n ) ∣ ≤ ε 2 2 (98) \left|\mathcal{H}_n(n\Phi_n(t_\star,\cdot)+V)(0)-n\Phi_n(0,0)-\mathbb{E}V(Y^n_{t_\star})\right|\le\frac{\varepsilon^2}{2} \tag*{(98)} H n ( n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) ( 0 ) − n Φ n ( 0 , 0 ) − E V ( Y t ⋆ n ) ≤ 2 ε 2 (98)
Step 2: the limit. By Proposition 4.3(i), ∣ ∂ z Φ n ∣ ≤ 1 |\partial_z\Phi_n|\le1 ∣ ∂ z Φ n ∣ ≤ 1 and 0 < ∂ z z Φ n ≤ 1 0<\partial_{zz}\Phi_n\le1 0 < ∂ z z Φ n ≤ 1 , and the same holds for Φ α \Phi_\alpha Φ α ; hence the terminal functions below belong to C 2 ( R ) C^2(\mathbb{R}) C 2 ( R ) , with gradients bounded by n + ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ n+\|V'\|_\infty n + ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ . Using Lemma 6.2(a), we find that
∣ H n ( n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) − H n ( n Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) ∣ ≤ n sup z ∣ Φ n ( t ⋆ , z ) − Φ α ( t ⋆ , z ) ∣ , \left|\mathcal{H}_n(n\Phi_n(t_\star,\cdot)+V)-\mathcal{H}_n(n\Phi_\alpha(t_\star,\cdot)+V)\right|\le n\sup_z|\Phi_n(t_\star,z)-\Phi_\alpha(t_\star,z)|, ∣ H n ( n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) − H n ( n Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) ∣ ≤ n z sup ∣ Φ n ( t ⋆ , z ) − Φ α ( t ⋆ , z ) ∣ ,
which tends to zero by Proposition 4.3(ii). By Lemma 6.2(b), H n ( n Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) ( 0 ) → H t ⋆ , n α ( n Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) \mathcal{H}_n(n\Phi_\alpha(t_\star,\cdot)+V)(0)\to\mathcal{H}^{\alpha}_{t_\star,n}(n\Phi_\alpha(t_\star,\cdot)+V) H n ( n Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) ( 0 ) → H t ⋆ , n α ( n Φ α ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) + V ) , since ∫ 0 1 ∣ α n ( t ⋆ τ ) − α ( t ⋆ τ ) ∣ d τ → 0 \int_0^1|\alpha_n(t_\star\tau)-\alpha(t_\star\tau)|\,\mathrm{d}\tau\to0 ∫ 0 1 ∣ α n ( t ⋆ τ ) − α ( t ⋆ τ ) ∣ d τ → 0 . Also, Proposition 4.3(ii) implies that Φ n ( 0 , 0 ) → Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) \Phi_n(0,0)\to\Phi_\alpha(0,0) Φ n ( 0 , 0 ) → Φ α ( 0 , 0 ) . Finally, we write u n = ∂ z Φ n u_n=\partial_z\Phi_n u n = ∂ z Φ n and u = ∂ z Φ α u=\partial_z\Phi_\alpha u = ∂ z Φ α . Since ∣ u n ∣ ≤ 1 |u_n|\le1 ∣ u n ∣ ≤ 1 , α ≤ 1 \alpha\le1 α ≤ 1 , and ∣ ∂ z u ∣ ≤ 1 |\partial_z u|\le1 ∣ ∂ z u ∣ ≤ 1 , we have
∣ α n ( t ) u n ( t , y ′ ) − α ( t ) u ( t , y ) ∣ ≤ ∣ α n ( t ) − α ( t ) ∣ + sup t , z ∣ u n − u ∣ + ∣ y ′ − y ∣ , |\alpha_n(t)u_n(t,y')-\alpha(t)u(t,y)|\le|\alpha_n(t)-\alpha(t)|+\sup_{t,z}|u_n-u|+|y'-y|, ∣ α n ( t ) u n ( t , y ′ ) − α ( t ) u ( t , y ) ∣ ≤ ∣ α n ( t ) − α ( t ) ∣ + t , z sup ∣ u n − u ∣ + ∣ y ′ − y ∣ ,
and the equations for Y n Y^n Y n and Y Y Y give, for t ≤ t ⋆ t\le t_\star t ≤ t ⋆ ,
∣ Y t n − Y t ∣ ≤ b ∫ 0 1 ∣ α n − α ∣ d t ′ + b sup ∣ u n − u ∣ + b ∫ 0 t ∣ Y t ′ n − Y t ′ ∣ d t ′ . |Y^n_t-Y_t|\le b\int_0^1|\alpha_n-\alpha|\,\mathrm{d}t'+b\sup|u_n-u|+b\int_0^t|Y^n_{t'}-Y_{t'}|\,\mathrm{d}t'. ∣ Y t n − Y t ∣ ≤ b ∫ 0 1 ∣ α n − α ∣ d t ′ + b sup ∣ u n − u ∣ + b ∫ 0 t ∣ Y t ′ n − Y t ′ ∣ d t ′ .
By Gronwall’s inequality and Proposition 4.3(ii), Y t ⋆ n → Y t ⋆ Y^n_{t_\star}\to Y_{t_\star} Y t ⋆ n → Y t ⋆ almost surely, and E V ( Y t ⋆ n ) → E V ( Y t ⋆ ) \mathbb{E}V(Y^n_{t_\star})\to\mathbb{E}V(Y_{t_\star}) E V ( Y t ⋆ n ) → E V ( Y t ⋆ ) by bounded convergence. Taking n → ∞ n\to\infty n → ∞ in (6.17) proves the second claim. The first claim follows in the same way from the identity H n ( n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ ) ) ( 0 ) = n Φ n ( 0 , 0 ) \mathcal{H}_n(n\Phi_n(t_\star,\cdot))(0)=n\Phi_n(0,0) H n ( n Φ n ( t ⋆ , ⋅ )) ( 0 ) = n Φ n ( 0 , 0 ) . □
Remark 6.15 (A common block acts on the diagonal). Let e ∈ R ℓ e\in\mathbb{R}^{\ell} e ∈ R ℓ , and suppose that stage j j j of a stage datum has B j = e e T B_j=ee^{\mathsf{T}} B j = e e T . Then the Gaussian increments of that stage are of the form ζ e \zeta e ζ e with a centered Gaussian variable ζ \zeta ζ , and a point of the line { z e : z ∈ R } \{ze:z\in\mathbb{R}\} { z e : z ∈ R } stays on it. It follows that, for F ∈ C 2 ( R ℓ ) F\in C^2(\mathbb{R}^{\ell}) F ∈ C 2 ( R ℓ ) , the flow of this stage with terminal function F F F , evaluated at z e ze z e , is the scalar flow with B j = 1 B_j=1 B j = 1 , the same λ j \lambda_j λ j and m j m_j m j , and terminal function z ↦ F ( z e ) z\mapsto F(ze) z ↦ F ( z e ) , evaluated at z z z . This holds for step flows by Lemma 4.2(e) and passes to the limit by Lemma 6.2(b). In Section 7, the part of the hierarchy before the window has B = e e T B=ee^{\mathsf{T}} B = e e T with e = ( 1 , 1 , 1 ) e=(1,1,1) e = ( 1 , 1 , 1 ) and masses α / 3 \alpha/3 α /3 , and its value is H t ⋆ , 3 α \mathcal{H}^{\alpha}_{t_\star,3} H t ⋆ , 3 α applied to the restriction of the local value to the diagonal.
A three-replica covariance perturbation
In this section, we construct a trial path for the pressure of three configurations whose overlaps are prescribed near a level r ∈ ( 0 , q β ) r \in(0,q_{\beta}) r ∈ ( 0 , q β ) , and we show that its trial value lies below 3 P β 3P_{\beta} 3 P β by an amount of third order in the width parameter of the perturbation. The prescribed overlap matrix is D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) of (4.16), with q − r q-r q − r and δ \delta δ small. There are two main results. Proposition 7.13 expands the trial value to third order with an explicit polynomial coefficient. Proposition 7.15 turns this expansion into a deficit of order ρ 3 \rho^{3} ρ 3 , uniformly over the matrices with ρ ≤ q − r ≤ d 0 \rho\le q-r \le d_{0} ρ ≤ q − r ≤ d 0 and E ρ ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ E\rho\le|\delta| \le2E\rho E ρ ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ . The deficit is used in Section 8, in the proof of Lemma 8.7, and through it in the static estimate of Section 9.
We use the following earlier results. From Section 4, we use the integration steps of Definition 4.1 and their properties (Lemma 4.2), the hierarchies, penalties and trial values of Definitions 4.14 and 4.15 and (4.14), block factorization (Lemma 4.20), and the matrix interpolation bound Proposition 4.19. From Section 5, we use the bounds on spatial derivatives of Lemma 5.1 and the constant m β m_{\beta} m β of Corollary 5.5. We also use the regularity of α \alpha α and Φ \Phi Φ on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_{\beta}) ( 0 , q β ) and the stationarity identities (5.15), both from Lemma 5.3. From Section 6, we use the uniform estimates for short compositions of Gaussian flows (Proposition 6.3), the identification of these flows with limits of hierarchies (Lemma 6.2), and the response of a hierarchy to a small change of its terminal function (Lemma 6.13 and Corollary 6.14).
Relation to [77, Section 7]. The construction refines the narrow-annulus comparison of OpenAI’s barrier paper [77, Section 7, Steps 1–8]. We keep three of its ingredients. The first is the three-coordinate hierarchy in which the masses are divided by the sizes of the common blocks [77, Section 4.2 and Section 7, Step 1, (7.7)]; OpenAI attributes it to Talagrand’s three-replica construction [105, discussion after Proposition 4.4]. The second is the perturbation that adds a Gaussian linear combination of field increments to the field of x x x , subtracts it from the field of y y y , and leaves v v v unchanged [77, Section 7, Step 2, (7.8)–(7.12)]. The third is the source of the loss: the identity β 2 E χ ( r , Y r ) 2 = 1 \beta^{2}E\chi(r,Y_{r})^{2}=1 β 2 E χ ( r , Y r ) 2 = 1 , which follows from stationarity, together with the evolution of the susceptibility χ \chi χ along the scalar diffusion [77, Section 7, Step 8, (7.31)]. In [77], the window has width ρ 8 \rho^{8} ρ 8 and the imbalance δ \delta δ is of order ρ 20 \rho^{20} ρ 20 . The endpoint of the perturbed path differs from the prescribed matrix, and the mismatch is paid through the term ( β 2 / 4 ) ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 (\beta^{2}/4)\lVert D-Q_{N}\rVert_{F}^{2} ( β 2 /4 ) ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 of Proposition 4.19 [77, (7.12)–(7.13)]. The resulting deficit is of order ρ 43 \rho^{43} ρ 43 [77, (7.32)].
Three parts of the present construction are new. First, the window has width parameter h = ( q − r ) / ϑ h=(q-r)/\vartheta h = ( q − r ) / ϑ for a fixed ratio ϑ \vartheta ϑ . The Gaussian contrast has fixed weights and extends past the time at which x x x and y y y separate, and a terminal correction of the covariance removes the excess covariance in the antisymmetric direction e x − e y \mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y e x − e y exactly. The path is positive semidefinite at every stage, its endpoint is D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) , and no mismatch is paid (§ 6.3.1 ). Second, we expand the trial value to third order in h h h . At second order the first stationarity identity cancels the penalty, and at third order we use the second stationarity identity to combine two coefficient polynomials into one (§ 6.4.2 to § 6.6.2 ). The identities themselves are known; their sources are recalled in Section 5. Third, the resulting polynomial gives a deficit of order ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 on a band where q − r q-r q − r and ∣ δ ∣ |\delta| ∣ δ ∣ are both comparable to ρ \rho ρ (§ 6.6.3 ).
Organization. § 6.3.1 defines the perturbed path and its trial value and reduces the trial value to a boundary perturbation V V V on the diagonal. § 6.4.1 records the derivative bounds for the local part of the path. In § 6.4.2 we compute the Taylor coefficients of V V V in the width parameter h h h when the Parisi distribution function is replaced by a constant on the window, using covariance matrices that are not positive semidefinite as formal bookkeeping devices. In § 6.6.1 we compute the contribution of the variation of α \alpha α on the window and prove the pointwise expansion Proposition 7.12. § 6.6.2 proves Proposition 7.13, and § 6.6.3 proves the uniform deficit Proposition 7.15.
Standing notation. Throughout this section, β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 is fixed and b = β 2 b=\beta^2 b = β 2 . We write α = α β \alpha=\alpha_\beta α = α β , Φ = Φ α \Phi=\Phi_\alpha Φ = Φ α , u = ∂ z Φ u=\partial_z\Phi u = ∂ z Φ , χ = ∂ z 2 Φ \chi=\partial_z^2\Phi χ = ∂ z 2 Φ and w = ∂ z 3 Φ w=\partial_z^3\Phi w = ∂ z 3 Φ , and Y Y Y is the scalar diffusion of (4.7). Vectors of R 3 \mathbb{R}^3 R 3 are written in bold, in the coordinate order ( v , x , y ) (v,x,y) ( v , x , y ) . We write e = ( 1 , 1 , 1 ) T \mathbf{e}=(1,1,1)^{\mathsf{T}} e = ( 1 , 1 , 1 ) T , e v , e x , e y \mathbf{e}_v,\mathbf{e}_x,\mathbf{e}_y e v , e x , e y for the unit vectors,
L 2 = ( e x − e y ) ( e x − e y ) T , L_2=(\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y)(\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y)^{\mathsf{T}}, L 2 = ( e x − e y ) ( e x − e y ) T ,
and z = ( z v , z x , z y ) \mathbf{z}=(z_v,z_x,z_y) z = ( z v , z x , z y ) for a point of R 3 \mathbb{R}^3 R 3 . A real number z z z denotes the point z e z\mathbf{e} z e of the diagonal. As in § 5.2.4 , U : U ′ = ∑ i , l U i l U i l ′ U:U'=\sum_{i,l}U_{il}U'_{il} U : U ′ = ∑ i , l U i l U i l ′ and ∥ U ∥ F 2 = U : U \lVert U\rVert_F^2=U:U ∥ U ∥ F 2 = U : U . For a symmetric 3 × 3 3\times3 3 × 3 matrix B B B and a function F F F on R 3 \mathbb{R}^3 R 3 , we write B : D 2 F = ∑ i , l B i l ∂ i ∂ l F B:D^2F=\sum_{i,l}B_{il}\partial_i\partial_lF B : D 2 F = ∑ i , l B i l ∂ i ∂ l F and ∇ F ⋅ B ∇ F \nabla F\cdot B\nabla F ∇ F ⋅ B ∇ F . We also set cub ( U ) = ∑ i , l U i l 3 \operatorname{cub}(U)=\sum_{i,l}U_{il}^3 cub ( U ) = ∑ i , l U i l 3 .
We fix a ratio ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ] \vartheta\in(0,1/2] ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ] , a bound k 0 > 0 k_0>0 k 0 > 0 for the relative imbalance k k k below, and a compact interval K ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) K\subset(0,q_\beta) K ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) of left endpoints. With L ϑ L_\vartheta L ϑ as in (7.1) below, we set τ max = 2 + 4 k 0 2 L ϑ \tau_{\max}=2+4k_0^2L_\vartheta τ m a x = 2 + 4 k 0 2 L ϑ , and we fix h 1 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] h_1\in(0,1] h 1 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] such that
K ′ = [ min K , max K + τ max h 1 ] ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) . K'=\left[\min K,\max K+\tau_{\max}h_1\right]\subset(0,q_\beta). K ′ = [ min K , max K + τ m a x h 1 ] ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) .
By Lemma 5.3, α \alpha α is infinitely differentiable on K ′ K' K ′ , the number α ∗ = min K ′ α \alpha_*=\min_{K'}\alpha α ∗ = min K ′ α is positive, α \alpha α is Lipschitz on K ′ K' K ′ with constant K β K_\beta K β , and every derivative ∂ t i ∂ z j Φ \partial_t^i\partial_z^j\Phi ∂ t i ∂ z j Φ with i + j ≥ 1 i+j\ge1 i + j ≥ 1 is bounded on K ′ × R K'\times\mathbb{R} K ′ × R . In this section, C C C denotes a constant that depends only on β \beta β , ϑ \vartheta ϑ , k 0 k_0 k 0 and K K K (and therefore on h 1 h_1 h 1 and K ′ K' K ′ ); its value may change from line to line. We make no claim of uniformity as ϑ ↓ 0 \vartheta\downarrow0 ϑ ↓ 0 . The symbols of the construction are collected in Table 7.1 .
Table 7.1. Notation of Section 7.
The perturbed covariance path
Parameters and stages
For q 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q_0 \in(0,1) q 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , h ≥ 0 h \ge0 h ≥ 0 and k ∈ R k \in\mathbb{R} k ∈ R , we set
r = q 0 + h , q = q 0 + ( 1 + ϑ ) h , d = q − r = ϑ h , δ = h k , ω 0 = 1 2 − ϑ , ω 1 = 1 − ϑ 2 − ϑ , L ϑ = ω 0 2 ( 3 − ϑ ) + ω 1 2 = ϑ 2 − 3 ϑ + 4 ( 2 − ϑ ) 2 . (99) \begin{aligned}
r &= q_0+h, & q &= q_0+(1+\vartheta)h, & d &= q-r=\vartheta h, & \delta&= hk,\\
\omega_0 &= \frac{1}{2-\vartheta}, & \omega_1 &= \frac{1-\vartheta}{2-\vartheta}, & L_\vartheta&= \omega_0^2(3-\vartheta)+\omega_1^2=\frac{\vartheta^2-3\vartheta+4}{(2-\vartheta)^2}. \tag*{(99)}
\end{aligned} r ω 0 = q 0 + h , = 2 − ϑ 1 , q ω 1 = q 0 + ( 1 + ϑ ) h , = 2 − ϑ 1 − ϑ , d L ϑ = q − r = ϑ h , = ω 0 2 ( 3 − ϑ ) + ω 1 2 = ( 2 − ϑ ) 2 ϑ 2 − 3 ϑ + 4 . δ = hk , (99)
Note that ω 0 + ω 1 = 1 \omega_0+\omega_1=1 ω 0 + ω 1 = 1 and ω 1 = ( 1 − ϑ ) ω 0 \omega_1=(1-\vartheta)\omega_0 ω 1 = ( 1 − ϑ ) ω 0 . The number k k k is the imbalance relative to the width. We define the vectors
c 0 = ( 1 1 + ω 0 k 1 − ω 0 k ) , c 1 = ( 0 1 − ω 0 k 1 + ω 0 k ) , c ϑ = ( 1 ω 1 k − ω 1 k ) , c_0=\begin{pmatrix}1\\1+\omega_0k\\1-\omega_0k\end{pmatrix},\qquad
c_1=\begin{pmatrix}0\\1-\omega_0k\\1+\omega_0k\end{pmatrix},\qquad
c_\vartheta=\begin{pmatrix}1\\\omega_1k\\-\omega_1k\end{pmatrix}, c 0 = 1 1 + ω 0 k 1 − ω 0 k , c 1 = 0 1 − ω 0 k 1 + ω 0 k , c ϑ = 1 ω 1 k − ω 1 k ,
c x = ( 0 1 − ω 0 k ω 0 k ) , c y = ( 0 − ω 0 k 1 + ω 0 k ) , c_x=\begin{pmatrix}0\\1-\omega_0k\\\omega_0k\end{pmatrix},\qquad
c_y=\begin{pmatrix}0\\-\omega_0k\\1+\omega_0k\end{pmatrix}, c x = 0 1 − ω 0 k ω 0 k , c y = 0 − ω 0 k 1 + ω 0 k ,
the rates
B 1 = c 0 c 0 T , B 2 = c 1 c 1 T , B 3 = c ϑ c ϑ T , B 4 = c ϑ c ϑ T + c x c x T + c y c y T , B 5 = Id − 1 4 L 2 , B 1 ∘ = e e T , B 2 ∘ = ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T , B 3 ∘ = e v e v T , B 4 ∘ = B 5 ∘ = Id . (100) \begin{aligned}
B_1&=c_0c_0^{\mathsf T}, & B_2&=c_1c_1^{\mathsf T}, & B_3&=c_\vartheta c_\vartheta^{\mathsf T},\\
B_4&=c_\vartheta c_\vartheta^{\mathsf T}+c_xc_x^{\mathsf T}+c_yc_y^{\mathsf T}, & B_5&=\operatorname{Id}-\frac14L_2,\\
B_1^\circ&=ee^{\mathsf T}, & B_2^\circ&=(e_x+e_y)(e_x+e_y)^{\mathsf T}, & B_3^\circ&=e_ve_v^{\mathsf T}, & B_4^\circ&=B_5^\circ=\operatorname{Id}. \tag*{(100)}
\end{aligned} B 1 B 4 B 1 ∘ = c 0 c 0 T , = c ϑ c ϑ T + c x c x T + c y c y T , = e e T , B 2 B 5 B 2 ∘ = c 1 c 1 T , = Id − 4 1 L 2 , = ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T , B 3 B 3 ∘ = c ϑ c ϑ T , = e v e v T , B 4 ∘ = B 5 ∘ = Id . (100)
and the lengths κ 1 = 1 \kappa_1=1 κ 1 = 1 , κ 2 = κ 3 = ϑ \kappa_2=\kappa_3=\vartheta κ 2 = κ 3 = ϑ , κ 4 = 1 − ϑ \kappa_4=1-\vartheta κ 4 = 1 − ϑ and κ 5 = 4 k 2 L ϑ \kappa_5=4k^2L_\vartheta κ 5 = 4 k 2 L ϑ . Note that B j = B j ∘ B_j=B_j^\circ B j = B j ∘ for j ≤ 4 j\leq4 j ≤ 4 when k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , and that κ 5 = 0 \kappa_5=0 κ 5 = 0 when k = 0 k=0 k = 0 . We also set
τ T = κ 1 + κ 2 + κ 4 + κ 5 = 2 + 4 k 2 L ϑ , T = q 0 + h τ T . (101) \tau_T=\kappa_1+\kappa_2+\kappa_4+\kappa_5=2+4k^2L_\vartheta,\qquad T=q_0+h\tau_T. \tag*{(101)} τ T = κ 1 + κ 2 + κ 4 + κ 5 = 2 + 4 k 2 L ϑ , T = q 0 + h τ T . (101)
The length κ 3 \kappa_3 κ 3 does not enter τ T \tau_T τ T , because stages 2 and 3 below have the same scalar interval; h τ T h\tau_T h τ T is the length of the window [ q 0 , T ] [q_0,T] [ q 0 , T ] .
The local window consists of the five stages of Table 2.2 , listed from the root to the terminal time; their Gaussian integrations are applied in the reverse order, from stage 5 to stage 1. Stage j j j has scalar interval I j = [ q 0 + h o j , q 0 + h ( o j + κ j ) ] I_j=[q_0+ho_j,q_0+h(o_j+\kappa_j)] I j = [ q 0 + h o j , q 0 + h ( o j + κ j )] , with offsets o 1 = 0 o_1=0 o 1 = 0 , o 2 = o 3 = 1 o_2=o_3=1 o 2 = o 3 = 1 , o 4 = 1 + ϑ o_4=1+\vartheta o 4 = 1 + ϑ and o 5 = 2 o_5=2 o 5 = 2 , and its covariance increment over a scalar time d t \mathrm{d}t d t in I j I_j I j is B j d t B_j\,\mathrm{d}t B j d t (before multiplication by b b b ), integrated at mass α ( t ) / n j \alpha(t)/n_j α ( t ) / n j . Stages 2 and 3 have the same scalar interval [ r , q ] [r,q] [ r , q ] ; they are different blocks of the hierarchy, and stage 2 precedes stage 3 along the path, so that the integration of stage 3 is applied first. In the baseline window, the rates B j B_j B j are replaced by B j ∘ B_j^\circ B j ∘ and everything else is unchanged; in particular, the baseline has the same stage 5, of length κ 5 \kappa_5 κ 5 , with the rate I d \mathrm{Id} Id .
The perturbed path consists of an initial segment on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] , on which the three coordinates share every increment, with rate e e T \mathbf e\mathbf e^{\mathsf T} e e T and mass α ( t ) / 3 \alpha(t)/3 α ( t ) /3 ; the local window; and a final segment on [ T , 1 ] [T,1] [ T , 1 ] with rate I d \mathrm{Id} Id and mass α ( t ) \alpha(t) α ( t ) . The baseline path is the same with the baseline window. It is the path of Lemma 4.20(b), with the stages split at the scalar times q 0 q_0 q 0 , q 0 + 2 h q_0+2h q 0 + 2 h and T T T .
The contrast. The rates have the following meaning. In this description we assume h > 0 h>0 h > 0 ; at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 the window has length zero, and all its covariance increments vanish. Let g 1 g_1 g 1 , g 2 g_2 g 2 , g v g_v g v , g x g_x g x and g y g_y g y be independent centered Gaussian variables with variances b h bh bh , b ϑ h b\vartheta h b ϑ h , b h bh bh , b ( 1 − ϑ ) h b(1-\vartheta)h b ( 1 − ϑ ) h and b ( 1 − ϑ ) h b(1-\vartheta)h b ( 1 − ϑ ) h . In the baseline window, these are the field increments: the three coordinates share g 1 g_1 g 1 on [ q 0 , r ] [q_0,r] [ q 0 , r ] , the coordinates x x x and y y y share g 2 g_2 g 2 on [ r , q ] [r,q] [ r , q ] , the coordinate v v v receives g v g_v g v on [ r , q 0 + 2 h ] [r,q_0+2h] [ r , q 0 + 2 h ] (split between stages 3 and 4), and x x x and y y y receive g x g_x g x and g y g_y g y on [ q , q 0 + 2 h ] [q,q_0+2h] [ q , q 0 + 2 h ] . We define the contrast
Ξ = 1 h { ω 0 ( g 1 − g 2 − g x − g y ) + ω 1 g v } . (102) \Xi=\frac{1}{h}\left\{\omega_0(g_1-g_2-g_x-g_y)+\omega_1g_v\right\}. \tag*{(102)} Ξ = h 1 { ω 0 ( g 1 − g 2 − g x − g y ) + ω 1 g v } . (102)
The perturbation adds δ Ξ \delta\Xi δ Ξ to the field of x x x , subtracts it from the field of y y y , and leaves the field of v v v unchanged. Collecting the coefficients of the five Gaussian variables, we find that the perturbed field vector of the window is
c 0 g 1 + c 1 g 2 + c v g v + c x g x + c y g y . \mathbf{c}_0g_1+\mathbf{c}_1g_2+\mathbf{c}_vg_v+\mathbf{c}_xg_x+\mathbf{c}_yg_y. c 0 g 1 + c 1 g 2 + c v g v + c x g x + c y g y .
This explains the rates B 1 , … , B 4 B_1,\ldots,B_4 B 1 , … , B 4 . By independence,
Var Ξ = b h { ω 0 2 ( 1 + ϑ + 2 ( 1 − ϑ ) ) + ω 1 2 } = b L ϑ h , Cov ( Ξ , g 1 + g 2 + g x ) = b ω 0 ( 1 − ϑ − ( 1 − ϑ ) ) = 0 , Cov ( Ξ , g 1 + g v ) = b ( ω 0 + ω 1 ) = b , (103) \begin{aligned}
\operatorname{Var}\Xi&=\frac{b}{h}\left\{\omega_0^2(1+\vartheta+2(1-\vartheta))+\omega_1^2\right\}=\frac{bL_\vartheta}{h},\\
\operatorname{Cov}(\Xi,g_1+g_2+g_x)&=b\omega_0(1-\vartheta-(1-\vartheta))=0,\\
\operatorname{Cov}(\Xi,g_1+g_v)&=b(\omega_0+\omega_1)=b, \tag*{(103)}
\end{aligned} Var Ξ Cov ( Ξ , g 1 + g 2 + g x ) Cov ( Ξ , g 1 + g v ) = h b { ω 0 2 ( 1 + ϑ + 2 ( 1 − ϑ )) + ω 1 2 } = h b L ϑ , = b ω 0 ( 1 − ϑ − ( 1 − ϑ )) = 0 , = b ( ω 0 + ω 1 ) = b , (103)
and the same holds with g y g_y g y in place of g x g_x g x . These identities imply that the perturbation changes the covariance of the window fields, divided by b b b , by
δ ( e v ( e x − e y ) T + ( e x − e y ) e v T ) + δ 2 L ϑ h L 2 . \delta\left(\mathbf e_v(\mathbf e_x-\mathbf e_y)^{\mathsf T}+(\mathbf e_x-\mathbf e_y)\mathbf e_v^{\mathsf T}\right)+\frac{\delta^2L_\vartheta}{h}L_2. δ ( e v ( e x − e y ) T + ( e x − e y ) e v T ) + h δ 2 L ϑ L 2 .
The first term changes the overlaps of v v v with x x x and with y y y by + δ +\delta + δ and − δ -\delta − δ , respectively. The second term is an excess covariance in the antisymmetric direction e x − e y \mathbf e_x-\mathbf e_y e x − e y . We have δ 2 L ϑ / h = h k 2 L ϑ = h k 5 / 4 \delta^2L_\vartheta/h=hk_2L_\vartheta=hk_5/4 δ 2 L ϑ / h = h k 2 L ϑ = h k 5 /4 . Stage 5 uses the rate Id − L 2 / 4 \operatorname{Id}-L_2/4 Id − L 2 /4 instead of Id \operatorname{Id} Id during a time h k 5 hk_5 h k 5 , and it removes this excess exactly. We call stage 5 the terminal correction.
Lemma 7.1 (Identities of the window). For every k ∈ R k\in\mathbb{R} k ∈ R , the following hold.
(a) e ⋅ B j e = e ⋅ B j ∘ e \mathbf e\cdot B_j\mathbf e=\mathbf e\cdot B_j^\circ\mathbf e e ⋅ B j e = e ⋅ B j ∘ e for 1 ≤ j ≤ 5 1\le j\le5 1 ≤ j ≤ 5 ; these numbers are 9, 4, 1, 3 and 3.
(b) ∑ j κ j B j = ∑ j κ j B j ∘ + k ( e v ( e x − e y ) T + ( e x − e y ) e v T ) \sum_j\kappa_jB_j=\sum_j\kappa_jB_j^\circ+k\left(\mathbf e_v(\mathbf e_x-\mathbf e_y)^{\mathsf T}+(\mathbf e_x-\mathbf e_y)\mathbf e_v^{\mathsf T}\right) ∑ j κ j B j = ∑ j κ j B j ∘ + k ( e v ( e x − e y ) T + ( e x − e y ) e v T ) . In particular, both sums have all diagonal entries equal to τ T \tau_T τ T .
(c) ∑ j n j − 1 κ j B j e = ∑ j n j − 1 κ j B j ∘ e = τ T e \sum_j n_j^{-1}\kappa_jB_j\mathbf e=\sum_j n_j^{-1}\kappa_jB_j^\circ\mathbf e=\tau_T\mathbf e ∑ j n j − 1 κ j B j e = ∑ j n j − 1 κ j B j ∘ e = τ T e .
(d) Let S S S be the permutation matrix that exchanges the coordinates x x x and y y y , and write B j ( k ) B_j(k) B j ( k ) for the dependence on k k k . Then S B j ( k ) S = B j ( − k ) SB_j(k)S=B_j(-k) S B j ( k ) S = B j ( − k ) and S B j ∘ S = B j ∘ SB_j^\circ S=B_j^\circ S B j ∘ S = B j ∘ for every j j j .
Proof. For (a), we have e ⋅ c 0 = 3 \mathbf e\cdot\mathbf c_0=3 e ⋅ c 0 = 3 , e ⋅ c 1 = 2 \mathbf e\cdot\mathbf c_1=2 e ⋅ c 1 = 2 , e ⋅ c v = e ⋅ c x = e ⋅ c y = 1 \mathbf e\cdot\mathbf c_v=\mathbf e\cdot\mathbf c_x=\mathbf e\cdot\mathbf c_y=1 e ⋅ c v = e ⋅ c x = e ⋅ c y = 1 and L 2 e = 0 L_2\mathbf e=0 L 2 e = 0 , and the same numbers for the baseline vectors e \mathbf e e , e x + e y \mathbf e_x+\mathbf e_y e x + e y and e v \mathbf e_v e v . For (b), note that h ∑ j ≤ 4 κ j B j h\sum_{j\le4}\kappa_jB_j h ∑ j ≤ 4 κ j B j is the covariance of the perturbed window fields divided by b b b . The computation above gives
h ∑ j ≤ 4 κ j B j = h ∑ j ≤ 4 κ j B j ∘ + δ ( e v ( e x − e y ) T + ( e x − e y ) e v T ) + h k 2 L ϑ L 2 , h\sum_{j\le4}\kappa_jB_j=h\sum_{j\le4}\kappa_jB_j^\circ+\delta\left(\mathbf e_v(\mathbf e_x-\mathbf e_y)^{\mathsf T}+(\mathbf e_x-\mathbf e_y)\mathbf e_v^{\mathsf T}\right)+hk^2L_\vartheta L_2, h j ≤ 4 ∑ κ j B j = h j ≤ 4 ∑ κ j B j ∘ + δ ( e v ( e x − e y ) T + ( e x − e y ) e v T ) + h k 2 L ϑ L 2 ,
while h k 5 B 5 = h k 5 B 5 ∘ − h k 2 L ϑ L 2 hk_5B_5=hk_5B_5^\circ-hk^2L_\vartheta L_2 h k 5 B 5 = h k 5 B 5 ∘ − h k 2 L ϑ L 2 . Adding and dividing by h h h gives (b). The diagonal of the baseline sum is κ 1 + κ 2 + κ 4 + κ 5 = τ T \kappa_1+\kappa_2+\kappa_4+\kappa_5=\tau_T κ 1 + κ 2 + κ 4 + κ 5 = τ T in the coordinates x , y x,y x , y and $\kappa_1+\kappa_3+\kappa_4+\kappa_5=\tau_T in the coordinate v v v . For (c), we have B 1 e = 3 c 0 B_1\mathbf{e}=3\mathbf{c}_0 B 1 e = 3 c 0 , B 2 e = 2 c 1 B_2\mathbf{e}=2\mathbf{c}_1 B 2 e = 2 c 1 , B 3 e = c v B_3\mathbf{e}=\mathbf{c}_v B 3 e = c v , B 4 e = c v + c x + c y B_4\mathbf{e}=\mathbf{c}_v+\mathbf{c}_x+\mathbf{c}_y B 4 e = c v + c x + c y and B 5 e = e B_5\mathbf{e}=\mathbf{e} B 5 e = e , so that
∑ j n j − 1 κ j B j e = c 0 + ϑ c 1 + c v + ( 1 − ϑ ) ( c x + c y ) + κ 5 e . \sum_j n_j^{-1}\kappa_jB_j\mathbf{e}=\mathbf{c}_0+\vartheta\mathbf{c}_1+\mathbf{c}_v+(1-\vartheta)(\mathbf{c}_x+\mathbf{c}_y)+\kappa_5\mathbf{e}. j ∑ n j − 1 κ j B j e = c 0 + ϑ c 1 + c v + ( 1 − ϑ ) ( c x + c y ) + κ 5 e .
Its v v v entry is 2 + κ 5 2+\kappa_5 2 + κ 5 . Its x x x entry is
( 1 + ω 0 k ) + ϑ ( 1 − ω 0 k ) + ω 1 k + ( 1 − ϑ ) ( 1 − 2 ω 0 k ) + κ 5 = 2 + κ 5 + k ( ω 1 − ( 1 − ϑ ) ω 0 ) = τ T , (1+\omega_0k)+\vartheta(1-\omega_0k)+\omega_1k+(1-\vartheta)(1-2\omega_0k)+\kappa_5
=2+\kappa_5+k\bigl(\omega_1-(1-\vartheta)\omega_0\bigr)=\tau_T, ( 1 + ω 0 k ) + ϑ ( 1 − ω 0 k ) + ω 1 k + ( 1 − ϑ ) ( 1 − 2 ω 0 k ) + κ 5 = 2 + κ 5 + k ( ω 1 − ( 1 − ϑ ) ω 0 ) = τ T ,
and the y y y entry is the same with k k k replaced by − k -k − k . For the baseline we find e + ϑ ( e x + e y ) + ϑ e v + ( 1 − ϑ ) e + κ 5 e = τ T e \mathbf{e}+\vartheta(\mathbf{e}_x+\mathbf{e}_y)+\vartheta\mathbf{e}_v+(1-\vartheta)\mathbf{e}+\kappa_5\mathbf{e}=\tau_T\mathbf{e} e + ϑ ( e x + e y ) + ϑ e v + ( 1 − ϑ ) e + κ 5 e = τ T e . Finally, (d) holds because S c 0 ( k ) = c 0 ( − k ) S\mathbf{c}_0(k)=\mathbf{c}_0(-k) S c 0 ( k ) = c 0 ( − k ) , S c 1 ( k ) = c 1 ( − k ) S\mathbf{c}_1(k)=\mathbf{c}_1(-k) S c 1 ( k ) = c 1 ( − k ) , S c v ( k ) = c v ( − k ) S\mathbf{c}_v(k)=\mathbf{c}_v(-k) S c v ( k ) = c v ( − k ) , S c x ( k ) = c y ( − k ) S\mathbf{c}_x(k)=\mathbf{c}_y(-k) S c x ( k ) = c y ( − k ) , S c y ( k ) = c x ( − k ) S\mathbf{c}_y(k)=\mathbf{c}_x(-k) S c y ( k ) = c x ( − k ) and S L 2 S = L 2 SL_2S=L_2 S L 2 S = L 2 .
Part (b) says that the window shifts the overlaps of v v v with x x x and y y y by ± δ \pm\delta ± δ and changes nothing else in the total covariance. Part (c) is the identity behind the cancellation of the linear part of the terminal function in § 6.4.2 and § 6.6.1 .
Lemma 7.2 (Admissibility and endpoint). Let q 0 ∈ K q_0\in K q 0 ∈ K , 0 ≤ h ≤ h 1 0\le h\le h_1 0 ≤ h ≤ h 1 and ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 |k|\le k_0 ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 , and suppose that ϑ K β h ≤ α ∗ \vartheta K_\beta h\le\alpha_* ϑ K β h ≤ α ∗ . Then every increment of the perturbed path is positive semidefinite, and its masses are nondecreasing along the path. Its endpoint is
D δ = D ( r , q , δ ) = ( 1 r + δ r − δ r + δ 1 q r − δ q 1 ) (104) D_\delta=D(r,q,\delta)=
\begin{pmatrix}
1 & r+\delta& r-\delta\\
r+\delta& 1 & q\\
r-\delta& q & 1
\end{pmatrix} \tag*{(104)} D δ = D ( r , q , δ ) = 1 r + δ r − δ r + δ 1 q r − δ q 1 (104) The same holds for the baseline path, whose endpoint is D ( r , q , 0 ) D(r,q,0) D ( r , q , 0 ) .
Proof. The rates B 1 , … , B 4 B_1,\ldots,B_4 B 1 , … , B 4 and the baseline rates are sums of matrices of the form c c T \mathbf{c}\mathbf{c}^{\mathsf T} c c T . The matrix L 2 L_2 L 2 has the eigenvalue ∣ e x − e y ∣ 2 = 2 \lvert\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y\rvert^2=2 ∣ e x − e y ∣ 2 = 2 on e x − e y \mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y e x − e y and the eigenvalue 0 0 0 on the orthogonal complement, and Id − L 2 / 4 \operatorname{Id}-L_2/4 Id − L 2 /4 has eigenvalues 1 , 1 , 1 / 2 1,1,1/2 1 , 1 , 1/2 . This proves that the increments are positive semidefinite.
The masses are nondecreasing within each stage because α \alpha α is nondecreasing. At the junctions, they are α ( q 0 ) / 3 \alpha(q_0)/3 α ( q 0 ) /3 on both sides of q 0 q_0 q 0 , then α ( r ) / 3 ≤ α ( r ) / 2 \alpha(r)/3\le\alpha(r)/2 α ( r ) /3 ≤ α ( r ) /2 , then α ( q ) / 2 ≤ α ( r ) \alpha(q)/2\le\alpha(r) α ( q ) /2 ≤ α ( r ) , and they are continuous at the remaining junctions. The inequality α ( q ) ≤ 2 α ( r ) \alpha(q)\le2\alpha(r) α ( q ) ≤ 2 α ( r ) holds because [ q 0 , T ] ⊂ K ′ [q_0,T]\subset K' [ q 0 , T ] ⊂ K ′ , so that
α ( q ) − α ( r ) ≤ K β ( q − r ) = ϑ K β h ≤ α ∗ ≤ α ( r ) . \alpha(q)-\alpha(r)\le K_\beta(q-r)=\vartheta K_\beta h\le\alpha_*\le\alpha(r). α ( q ) − α ( r ) ≤ K β ( q − r ) = ϑ K β h ≤ α ∗ ≤ α ( r ) .
All masses are at most 1 1 1 .
For the endpoint, the baseline path ends at q 0 e e T + h ∑ j κ j B j 0 + ( 1 − T ) Id q_0\mathbf{e}\mathbf{e}^{\mathsf T}+h\sum_j\kappa_jB_j^0+(1-T)\operatorname{Id} q 0 e e T + h ∑ j κ j B j 0 + ( 1 − T ) Id . We have h κ 1 = h h\kappa_1=h h κ 1 = h , h κ 2 = h κ 3 = ϑ h h\kappa_2=h\kappa_3=\vartheta h h κ 2 = h κ 3 = ϑ h and h ( κ 4 + κ 5 ) + 1 − T = 1 − q h(\kappa_4+\kappa_5)+1-T=1-q h ( κ 4 + κ 5 ) + 1 − T = 1 − q , and this endpoint equals
r e e T + ϑ h ( ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T + e v e v T ) + ( 1 − q ) Id = D ( r , q , 0 ) . r\mathbf{e}\mathbf{e}^{\mathsf T}+\vartheta h\bigl((\mathbf{e}_x+\mathbf{e}_y)(\mathbf{e}_x+\mathbf{e}_y)^{\mathsf T}+\mathbf{e}_v\mathbf{e}_v^{\mathsf T}\bigr)+(1-q)\operatorname{Id}=D(r,q,0). r e e T + ϑ h ( ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T + e v e v T ) + ( 1 − q ) Id = D ( r , q , 0 ) .
By Lemma 7.1(b), the endpoint of the perturbed path is D ( r , q , 0 ) + h k ( e v ( e x − e y ) T + ( e x − e y ) e v T ) = D δ D(r,q,0)+hk\bigl(\mathbf{e}_v(\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y)^{\mathsf T}+(\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y)\mathbf{e}_v^{\mathsf T}\bigr)=D_\delta D ( r , q , 0 ) + hk ( e v ( e x − e y ) T + ( e x − e y ) e v T ) = D δ .
The trial value
Let Λ ∗ = max ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 ∑ j κ j ∣ B j ∣ \Lambda_\ast= \max_{|k|\le k_0} \sum_j \kappa_j |B_j| Λ ∗ = max ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 ∑ j κ j ∣ B j ∣ , where ∣ B j ∣ |B_j| ∣ B j ∣ is the operator norm, and fix h 0 ∈ ( 0 , h 1 ] h_0 \in(0,h_1] h 0 ∈ ( 0 , h 1 ] such that
ϑ K β h 0 ≤ α ∗ , 6 b h 0 Λ ∗ ≤ 1. (105) \vartheta K \beta h_0 \le\alpha_\ast,\qquad6 b h_0 \Lambda_\ast\le1. \tag*{(105)} ϑ K β h 0 ≤ α ∗ , 6 b h 0 Λ ∗ ≤ 1. (105)
In the rest of this section we assume that q 0 ∈ K q_0 \in K q 0 ∈ K , 0 ≤ h ≤ h 0 0 \le h \le h_0 0 ≤ h ≤ h 0 and ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 |k| \le k_0 ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 , so that Lemma 7.2 applies. We now define the trial value and express it through the local window.
For N ≥ 1 N \ge1 N ≥ 1 , let ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) ) (Q^{(N)},m^{(N)}) ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) ) be the admissible path obtained from the perturbed path by dividing [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] , each scalar interval I j I_j I j and [ T , 1 ] [T,1] [ T , 1 ] into N N N intervals of equal length, keeping the covariance increments, and giving each increment the mass of the path at the left endpoint of its scalar interval. The proof of Lemma 7.2 shows that these masses are nondecreasing, and the endpoint is D δ D_\delta D δ . We define
T ( q 0 , h , k ) = lim N → ∞ ( Ψ ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) , 0 ) − b 4 ∫ m ( N ) d ∥ Q ( N ) ∥ F 2 ) . (106) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k)=\lim_{N\to\infty}\left(\Psi(Q^{(N)},m^{(N)},0)-\frac{b}{4}\int m^{(N)}\,\mathrm{d}\lVert Q^{(N)}\rVert_F^2\right). \tag*{(106)} T ( q 0 , h , k ) = N → ∞ lim ( Ψ ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) , 0 ) − 4 b ∫ m ( N ) d ∥ Q ( N ) ∥ F 2 ) . (106)
The expression in parentheses is the trial value T D δ ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) , 0 ) \mathcal{T}_{D_\delta}(Q^{(N)},m^{(N)},0) T D δ ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) , 0 ) of Definition 4.15 , whose mismatch term ∥ D δ − Q N ∥ F 2 \lVert D_\delta-Q_N\rVert_F^2 ∥ D δ − Q N ∥ F 2 vanishes because the endpoint is D δ D_\delta D δ ; by Lemma 7.3 below, T ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k) T ( q 0 , h , k ) is a trial value for D δ D_\delta D δ in the sense of that definition. We write T ∘ ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}^{\circ}(q_0,h,k) T ∘ ( q 0 , h , k ) for the same limit for the baseline path.
To describe the limit, we use the flows of Section 6. The local block is the flow, in the sense of Definition 6.1 and Lemma 6.2, of the stage datum with ℓ = 3 \ell=3 ℓ = 3 , N = 5 N=5 N = 5 , matrices B 1 , … , B 5 B_1,\ldots,B_5 B 1 , … , B 5 , durations h κ 1 , … , h κ 5 h\kappa_1,\ldots,h\kappa_5 h κ 1 , … , h κ 5 , and masses m j ( τ ) = n j − 1 α ( q 0 + h ( o j + κ j τ ) ) m_j(\tau)=n_j^{-1}\alpha(q_0+h(o_j+\kappa_j\tau)) m j ( τ ) = n j − 1 α ( q 0 + h ( o j + κ j τ )) for τ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] \tau\in[0,1] τ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] . Here τ = 0 \tau=0 τ = 0 is the end of I j I_j I j closest to the root of the hierarchy, and τ = 1 \tau=1 τ = 1 the end closest to the terminal time. The flow F F F solves
− ∂ τ F = b h κ j 2 { B j : D 2 F + m j ( τ − j + 1 ) ∇ F ⋅ B j ∇ F } on ( j − 1 , j ) × R 3 , j = 1 , … , 5. (107) -\partial_\tau F=\frac{b h\kappa_j}{2}\left\{B_j:D^2F+m_j(\tau-j+1)\nabla F\cdot B_j\nabla F\right\}\quad\text{on }(j-1,j)\times\mathbb{R}^3,\qquad j=1,\ldots,5. \tag*{(107)} − ∂ τ F = 2 bh κ j { B j : D 2 F + m j ( τ − j + 1 ) ∇ F ⋅ B j ∇ F } on ( j − 1 , j ) × R 3 , j = 1 , … , 5. (107)
with F ( 5 , z ) = ∑ i ∈ { v , x , y } Φ ( T , z i ) F(5,z)=\sum_{i\in\{v,x,y\}}\Phi(T,z_i) F ( 5 , z ) = ∑ i ∈ { v , x , y } Φ ( T , z i ) , and we set
B ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = F ( 0 , z ) . \mathcal{B}(q_0,h,k,z)=F(0,z). B ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = F ( 0 , z ) .
We define B ∘ \mathcal{B}^{\circ} B ∘ in the same way with the rates B j ∘ B_j^{\circ} B j ∘ . For masses that are constant on the pieces of a partition, the flow is the composition of the integration steps of Definition 4.1 (see (82) ), that is, the value of a finite hierarchy; for the masses above it is the limit of these values (Lemma 6.2(b)).
For the initial segment, let f : R → R f:\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R} f : R → R have bounded derivatives of orders one and two. We write H ( f ) = H q 0 , 3 α f \mathcal{H}(f)=\mathcal{H}_{q_0,3}^{\alpha}f H ( f ) = H q 0 , 3 α f , in the notation of Corollary 6.14: this is the value at ( 0 , 0 ) (0,0) ( 0 , 0 ) of the solution Φ f α \Phi_f^\alpha Φ f α of
− ∂ t Φ f α = b 2 ( ∂ z z Φ f α + α ( t ) 3 ( ∂ z Φ f α ) 2 ) on [ 0 , q 0 ] × R , Φ f α ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = f . -\partial_t\Phi_f^\alpha=\frac{b}{2}\left(\partial_{zz}\Phi_f^\alpha+\frac{\alpha(t)}{3}\left(\partial_z\Phi_f^\alpha\right)^2\right)\quad\text{on }[0,q_0]\times\mathbb{R},\qquad\Phi_f^\alpha(q_0,\cdot)=f. − ∂ t Φ f α = 2 b ( ∂ z z Φ f α + 3 α ( t ) ( ∂ z Φ f α ) 2 ) on [ 0 , q 0 ] × R , Φ f α ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = f .
in the sense of Lemma 6.2. It is the one-site recursion of three coordinates that share every field increment on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] , acting on a function of their common value (Remark 6.15), and it is the operator H α \mathcal{H}_\alpha H α of § 6.7.4 on the interval [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] . By the first claim of Corollary 6.14,
H ( 3 Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) ) = 3 Φ ( 0 , 0 ) . (108) \mathcal{H}(3\Phi(q_0,\cdot))=3\Phi(0,0). \tag*{(108)} H ( 3Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ )) = 3Φ ( 0 , 0 ) . (108)
Finally, the penalties of the two paths are the limits Π ( q 0 , h , k ) \Pi(q_0,h,k) Π ( q 0 , h , k ) and Π ∘ \Pi^\circ Π ∘ of ∫ m ( N ) d ∥ Q ( N ) ∥ F 2 \int m^{(N)}\,\mathrm{d}\lVert Q^{(N)}\rVert_F^2 ∫ m ( N ) d ∥ Q ( N ) ∥ F 2 , and we write Δ Π = Π − Π ∘ \Delta\Pi=\Pi-\Pi^\circ ΔΠ = Π − Π ∘ and
V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = B ( q 0 , h , k , z e ) − 3 Φ ( q 0 , z ) ( z ∈ R ) . (109) V(q_0,h,k,z)=\mathcal{B}(q_0,h,k,z\mathbf{e})-3\Phi(q_0,z)\qquad(z\in\mathbb{R}). \tag*{(109)} V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = B ( q 0 , h , k , z e ) − 3Φ ( q 0 , z ) ( z ∈ R ) . (109)
Lemma 7.3 (The trial value). The limit (106) exists, and the following hold.
(a) For every n ≥ 2 n\ge2 n ≥ 2 such that D δ D_\delta D δ is feasible, we have p 3 , n ( D δ ) ≤ T ( q 0 , h , k ) p_{3,n}(D_\delta)\le\mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k) p 3 , n ( D δ ) ≤ T ( q 0 , h , k ) .
(b) T ( q 0 , h , k ) = H ( B ( q 0 , h , k , ⋅ e ) ) − b 4 Π ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k)=\mathcal{H}(\mathcal{B}(q_0,h,k,\cdot\mathbf{e}))-\frac{b}{4}\Pi(q_0,h,k) T ( q 0 , h , k ) = H ( B ( q 0 , h , k , ⋅ e )) − 4 b Π ( q 0 , h , k ) , and the same holds for the baseline path with B ∘ \mathcal{B}^\circ B ∘ and Π ∘ \Pi^\circ Π ∘ .
(c) B ∘ ( q 0 , h , k , z e ) = 3 Φ ( q 0 , z ) \mathcal{B}^\circ(q_0,h,k,z\mathbf{e})=3\Phi(q_0,z) B ∘ ( q 0 , h , k , z e ) = 3Φ ( q 0 , z ) for all z ∈ R z\in\mathbb{R} z ∈ R , Π ∘ = 6 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t \Pi^\circ=6\int_0^1t\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t Π ∘ = 6 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t , and T ∘ ( q 0 , h , k ) = 3 P β \mathcal{T}^\circ(q_0,h,k)=3P_\beta T ∘ ( q 0 , h , k ) = 3 P β .
(d) We have
T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β = H ( 3 Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) + V ) − H ( 3 Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) ) − b 4 Δ Π . (110) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k)-3P_\beta=\mathcal{H}(3\Phi(q_0,\cdot)+V)-\mathcal{H}(3\Phi(q_0,\cdot))-\frac{b}{4}\Delta\Pi. \tag*{(110)} T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β = H ( 3Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) + V ) − H ( 3Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ )) − 4 b ΔΠ. (110) (e) Let Q ~ 0 = 0 \widetilde{Q}_0=0 Q 0 = 0 and Q ~ j = ∑ i ≤ j κ i B i \widetilde{Q}_j=\sum_{i\le j}\kappa_iB_i Q j = ∑ i ≤ j κ i B i , and define Q ~ j ∘ \widetilde{Q}^\circ_j Q j ∘ in the same way with the rates B i ∘ B^\circ_i B i ∘ . Then
Δ Π = ∑ j = 1 5 2 h 2 κ j n j ∫ 0 1 α ( q 0 + h ( o j + κ j τ ) ) [ ( Q ~ j − 1 + κ j τ B j ) : B j − ( Q ~ j − 1 ∘ + κ j τ B j ∘ ) : B j ∘ ] d τ . (111) \Delta\Pi=\sum_{j=1}^{5}\frac{2h^2\kappa_j}{n_j}\int_0^1\alpha\bigl(q_0+h(o_j+\kappa_j\tau)\bigr)\left[(\widetilde{Q}_{j-1}+\kappa_j\tau B_j):B_j-(\widetilde{Q}^\circ_{j-1}+\kappa_j\tau B^\circ_j):B^\circ_j\right]\,\mathrm{d}\tau. \tag*{(111)} ΔΠ = j = 1 ∑ 5 n j 2 h 2 κ j ∫ 0 1 α ( q 0 + h ( o j + κ j τ ) ) [ ( Q j − 1 + κ j τ B j ) : B j − ( Q j − 1 ∘ + κ j τ B j ∘ ) : B j ∘ ] d τ . (111)
Proof. We first identify the values of the finite paths with step flows, then pass to the limit, and then treat the baseline and the penalties.
Step 1: the finite paths as step flows. We consider the stage datum with seven stages: the initial segment, with matrix e e T \mathbf{e}\mathbf{e}^{\mathsf{T}} e e T , duration q 0 q_0 q 0 and mass α ( q 0 τ ) / 3 \alpha(q_0\tau)/3 α ( q 0 τ ) /3 ; the five stages of the window; and the final segment, with matrix I d \mathrm{Id} Id , duration 1 − T 1-T 1 − T and mass α ( T + ( 1 − T ) τ ) \alpha(T+(1-T)\tau) α ( T + ( 1 − T ) τ ) . Its terminal function is z ↦ ∑ i log ( 2 cosh z i ) z\mapsto\sum_i\log(2\cosh z_i) z ↦ ∑ i log ( 2 cosh z i ) . The masses of ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) ) (Q^{(N)},m^{(N)}) ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) ) are the sampled masses of this datum for the partition of each stage into N N N pieces of equal length. By the remark after (82) , Ψ ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) , 0 ) \Psi(Q^{(N)},m^{(N)},0) Ψ ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) , 0 ) is the output at z = 0 z=0 z = 0 of the corresponding step flow.
Step 2: the limit. The sampled masses converge in L 1 L^1 L 1 to the masses of the datum, because these are nondecreasing functions. By Lemma 6.2(b), the step flows converge uniformly to the flow of the seven-stage datum, and in particular the values converge. By Lemma 6.2(c), applied twice, this flow is obtained by composing the flows of the three parts. The final segment, with this terminal function, gives ∑ i Φ ( T , z i ) \sum_i\Phi(T,z_i) ∑ i Φ ( T , z i ) : its matrix is $\mathrm{Id}天下彩 and the terminal function is a sum of functions of single coordinates; by Lemma 4.2(c), its step flows are sums of scalar recursions (4.3), which converge to Φ \Phi Φ by the definition of Φ α \Phi_{\alpha} Φ α (Proposition 4.3(i)). This function belongs to C 2 C^2 C 2 , since ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 |u| \le1 ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 and 0 < χ ≤ 1 0 < \chi\le1 0 < χ ≤ 1 , and to C ∞ C^\infty C ∞ by Lemma 5.1. The window then gives B \mathcal{B} B , which belongs to C 2 C^2 C 2 by Lemma 6.2(d): its terminal function has ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 \|D^2f\|_\infty\le1 ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 , and 2 ⋅ 3 b ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ∑ j h κ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ 6 b h 0 Λ ∗ ≤ 1 2 \cdot3b \|D^2f\|_\infty\sum_j h\kappa_j|B_j| \le6bh_0\Lambda_* \le1 2 ⋅ 3 b ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ∑ j h κ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ 6 b h 0 Λ ∗ ≤ 1 by (7.7). By Remark 6.15 the initial segment acts on z ↦ B ( z e ) z \mapsto\mathcal{B}(z\mathbf{e}) z ↦ B ( z e ) as H \mathcal{H} H . We conclude that the values converge to H ( B ( ⋅ e ) ) \mathcal{H}(\mathcal{B}(\cdot\mathbf{e})) H ( B ( ⋅ e )) . The penalties converge as well. On the window, this is Lemma 6.7, with Q ⋆ = q 0 e e T Q_\star= q_0\mathbf{e}\mathbf{e}^{\mathsf T} Q ⋆ = q 0 e e T . On the initial and final segments, the penalties are Riemann–Stieltjes sums ∑ i m i ( ∥ Q i ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q i − 1 ∥ F 2 ) \sum_i m_i(\|Q_i\|_{\mathrm F}^2-\|Q_{i-1}\|_{\mathrm F}^2) ∑ i m i ( ∥ Q i ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q i − 1 ∥ F 2 ) , in which m i m_i m i is the value of a nondecreasing function at the left endpoint of a piece and ∥ Q ∥ F 2 \|Q\|_{\mathrm F}^2 ∥ Q ∥ F 2 is a continuous, piecewise quadratic function of the scalar time; they converge to the corresponding integrals. This shows that the limit (7.8) exists, and it proves (b). The endpoints, values and penalties converge, and (a) follows from the last sentence of Proposition 4.19.
Step 3: the baseline. Let α N \alpha_N α N be the step distribution function equal to α \alpha α at the left endpoints of the scalar partition. The baseline finite path is the path of Lemma 4.20(b) for α N \alpha_N α N , whose breakpoints contain r r r and q q q : the common increments are those on [ 0 , r ] [0,r] [ 0 , r ] , the x y xy x y -increments of stage 2 precede the v v v -increments of stage 3 (their masses are ordered by Lemma 7.2), and the independent increments are those on [ q , 1 ] [q,1] [ q , 1 ] . Lemma 4.20(b) implies that its trial value is 3 P β ( α N ) 3\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\alpha_N) 3 P β ( α N ) and that its penalty is 6 ∫ 0 1 t α N ( t ) d t 6\int_0^1 t\alpha_N(t)\,\mathrm{d}t 6 ∫ 0 1 t α N ( t ) d t . By Proposition 4.3(ii), these converge to 3 P β ( α ) 3\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\alpha) 3 P β ( α ) and 6 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t 6\int_0^1 t\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t 6 ∫ 0 1 t α ( t ) d t , and P β ( α ) = P β \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\alpha)=\mathcal{P}_{\beta} P β ( α ) = P β by Theorems 4.4 and 4.5. The proof of Lemma 4.20(b) also shows that the step flow of the baseline window, applied to ∑ i Φ α N ( T , z i ) \sum_i\Phi_{\alpha_N}(T,z_i) ∑ i Φ α N ( T , z i ) , equals 3 Φ α N ( q 0 , z ) 3\Phi_{\alpha_N}(q_0,z) 3 Φ α N ( q 0 , z ) at z e z\mathbf{e} z e . By the last estimate of Lemma 6.2(a), by Lemma 6.2(b), and by Proposition 4.3(ii), the left side converges to B ∘ ( q 0 , h , k , z e ) \mathcal{B}^{\circ}(q_0,h,k,z\mathbf{e}) B ∘ ( q 0 , h , k , z e ) and the right side to 3 Φ ( q 0 , z ) 3\Phi(q_0,z) 3Φ ( q 0 , z ) . This proves (c), and (d) follows from (b), (c) and (7.10).
Step 4: the penalty. During stage j j j , at the fraction τ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] \tau\in[0,1] τ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] of its scalar interval, the perturbed path is Q = q 0 e e T + h ( Q ~ j − 1 + κ j τ B j ) Q=q_0\mathbf{e}\mathbf{e}^{\mathsf T}+h(\widetilde{Q}_{j-1}+\kappa_j\tau B_j) Q = q 0 e e T + h ( Q j − 1 + κ j τ B j ) . Then d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = 2 Q : d Q = 2 h κ j Q : B j d τ \mathrm{d}\|Q\|_{\mathrm F}^2=2Q:\mathrm{d}Q=2h\kappa_jQ:B_j\,\mathrm{d}\tau d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = 2 Q : d Q = 2 h κ j Q : B j d τ , and the mass is α ( q 0 + h ( o j + κ j τ ) ) / n j \alpha(q_0+h(o_j+\kappa_j\tau))/n_j α ( q 0 + h ( o j + κ j τ )) / n j . The term 2 h κ j q 0 e e T : B j = 2 h κ j q 0 e ⋅ B j e 2h\kappa_jq_0\mathbf{e}\mathbf{e}^{\mathsf T}:B_j=2h\kappa_jq_0\,\mathbf{e}\cdot B_j\mathbf{e} 2 h κ j q 0 e e T : B j = 2 h κ j q 0 e ⋅ B j e is the same for the baseline path, by Lemma 7.1(a). The initial segments of the two paths coincide. On [ T , 1 ] [T,1] [ T , 1 ] , both paths have d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = 2 tr Q d t \mathrm{d}\|Q\|_{\mathrm F}^2=2\operatorname{tr}Q\,\mathrm{d}t d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = 2 tr Q d t , and tr Q ( T ) \operatorname{tr}Q(T) tr Q ( T ) is the same for both paths, because ∑ j κ j B j \sum_j\kappa_jB_j ∑ j κ j B j and ∑ j κ j B j ∘ \sum_j\kappa_jB_j^\circ ∑ j κ j B j ∘ have the same diagonal (Lemma 7.1(b)). Subtracting the two penalties, we obtain (7.13). □ \square □
By Lemma 7.3(a), every upper bound for T ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k) T ( q 0 , h , k ) is an upper bound for the constrained pressure p 3 , n ( D δ ) p_{3,n}(D_\delta) p 3 , n ( D δ ) . The rest of the section bounds T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k)-3\mathcal{P}_{\beta} T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β through (7.12). In (7.12), the function V V V , the number Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ , and the part of Π \Pi Π accumulated on [ q 0 , 1 ] [q_0,1] [ q 0 , 1 ] depend on α \alpha α only through its restriction to [ q 0 , 1 ] [q_0,1] [ q 0 , 1 ] . Changing α \alpha α on [ 0 , q 0 ) [0,q_0) [ 0 , q 0 ) leaves them unchanged; we use this in Section 8.
Derivatives of the local block
We now apply the estimates of Section 6 to the local block. Let U = [ 0 , h 1 ] × [ − k 0 , k 0 ] \mathcal{U} = [0,h_1] \times[-k_0,k_0] U = [ 0 , h 1 ] × [ − k 0 , k 0 ] . The stage datum of (7.9) satisfies the hypotheses (H1)–(H5) of Section 6, with ℓ = 3 \ell= 3 ℓ = 3 and N = 5 N = 5 N = 5 , for the following reasons.
(H1): the matrices B j B_j B j and B j ∘ B_j^{\circ} B j ∘ do not depend on h h h , are polynomial in k k k , and are positive semidefinite (Lemma 7.2). Some of them are singular.
(H2): the durations are h κ j ( k ) h\kappa_j(k) h κ j ( k ) , where κ j ≥ 0 \kappa_j \ge0 κ j ≥ 0 is a polynomial in k k k . The coefficient κ 5 = 4 k 2 L ϑ \kappa_5 = 4k^2L\vartheta κ 5 = 4 k 2 L ϑ of the terminal correction vanishes at k = 0 k = 0 k = 0 .
(H3): the masses m j ( τ , h , k ) = n j − 1 α ( q 0 + h ( o j + κ j ( k ) τ ) ) m_j(\tau,h,k) = n_j^{-1}\alpha(q_0 + h(o_j + \kappa_j(k)\tau)) m j ( τ , h , k ) = n j − 1 α ( q 0 + h ( o j + κ j ( k ) τ )) take values in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] . For ( h , k ) ∈ U (h,k) \in\mathcal{U} ( h , k ) ∈ U , the argument of α \alpha α lies in K ′ K' K ′ , on which α \alpha α is infinitely differentiable, and all derivatives of m j m_j m j in ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) exist and are continuous.
(H4): the terminal function is f ( h , k , z ) = ∑ i Φ ( q 0 + h τ T ( k ) , z i ) f(h,k,z) = \sum_i \Phi(q_0 + h\tau_T(k),z_i) f ( h , k , z ) = ∑ i Φ ( q 0 + h τ T ( k ) , z i ) . By Lemma 5.1 and Lemma 5.3(v), every derivative ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k D z ℓ f \partial_h^{\gamma_h}\partial_k^{\gamma_k}D_z^{\ell}f ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k D z ℓ f with ( γ h , γ k , ℓ ) ≠ ( 0 , 0 , 0 ) (\gamma_h,\gamma_k,\ell) \ne(0,0,0) ( γ h , γ k , ℓ ) = ( 0 , 0 , 0 ) exists, is continuous, and is bounded on U × R 3 \mathcal{U} \times\mathbb{R}^3 U × R 3 .
(H5): since 0 < χ ≤ 1 0 < \chi\le1 0 < χ ≤ 1 and f f f is a sum of functions of single coordinates, we have ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 \lVert D^2f\rVert_{\infty} \le1 ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 , and 2 ℓ b h 0 Λ ∗ ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 6 b h 0 Λ ∗ ≤ 1 2\ell bh_0\Lambda_* \lVert D^2f\rVert_{\infty} \le6bh_0\Lambda_* \le1 2 ℓ b h 0 Λ ∗ ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ≤ 6 b h 0 Λ ∗ ≤ 1 by (7.7).
The suprema that enter the constants of Proposition 6.3(ii) and Lemma 6.7 are bounded uniformly in q 0 ∈ K q_0 \in K q 0 ∈ K , because they involve only the derivatives of α \alpha α and Φ \Phi Φ on K ′ K' K ′ . By Remark 6.6, the conclusions are uniform in q 0 ∈ K q_0 \in K q 0 ∈ K .
Lemma 7.4 (Derivatives of the local block). Let h 0 h_0 h 0 be as in (7.7). The following hold for q 0 ∈ K q_0 \in K q 0 ∈ K , 0 ≤ h ≤ h 0 0 \le h \le h_0 0 ≤ h ≤ h 0 and ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 |k| \le k_0 ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 , where derivatives in h h h at h = 0 h = 0 h = 0 are right derivatives. All constants depend only on β \beta β , ϑ \vartheta ϑ , k 0 k_0 k 0 , K K K and the orders of the derivatives.
(i) For all integers γ h , γ k , j ≥ 0 \gamma_h,\gamma_k,j \ge0 γ h , γ k , j ≥ 0 with γ h + γ k + j ≥ 1 \gamma_h + \gamma_k + j \ge1 γ h + γ k + j ≥ 1 , the derivatives ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k D z j β \partial_h^{\gamma_h}\partial_k^{\gamma_k}D_z^j\beta ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k D z j β and ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k D z j β ∘ \partial_h^{\gamma_h}\partial_k^{\gamma_k}D_z^j\beta^\circ ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k D z j β ∘ exist, are continuous, and are bounded uniformly in z ∈ R 3 z \in\mathbb{R}^3 z ∈ R 3 .
(ii) For all integers γ h , γ k , j ≥ 0 \gamma_h,\gamma_k,j \ge0 γ h , γ k , j ≥ 0 , the derivative ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k D z j V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) \partial_h^{\gamma_h}\partial_k^{\gamma_k}D_z^jV(q_0,h,k,z) ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k D z j V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) is bounded uniformly in z z z . Moreover,
V ( q 0 , h , 0 , ⋅ ) = 0 , V ( q 0 , h , − k , ⋅ ) = V ( q 0 , h , k , ⋅ ) , V(q_0,h,0,\cdot)=0,\qquad V(q_0,h,-k,\cdot)=V(q_0,h,k,\cdot), V ( q 0 , h , 0 , ⋅ ) = 0 , V ( q 0 , h , − k , ⋅ ) = V ( q 0 , h , k , ⋅ ) , and V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = ∂ h V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = 0 V(q_0,0,k,\cdot)=\partial_hV(q_0,0,k,\cdot)=0 V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = ∂ h V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = 0 .
(iii) There exists C C C such that, for 0 ≤ j ≤ 3 0 \le j \le3 0 ≤ j ≤ 3 and all z z z ,
∣ ∂ z j V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) ∣ ≤ C h 2 k 2 . (112) \left|\partial_z^jV(q_0,h,k,z)\right| \le Ch^2k^2. \tag*{(112)} ∂ z j V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) ≤ C h 2 k 2 . (112) (iv) The function Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ is smooth in ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) , with bounded derivatives of every order, it is even in k k k , it vanishes at k = 0 k = 0 k = 0 , and ∣ Δ Π ∣ ≤ C h 2 k 2 |\Delta\Pi| \le Ch^2k^2 ∣ΔΠ∣ ≤ C h 2 k 2 .
We have ∥ V ∥ C h 3 ≤ C h 2 k 2 = C δ 2 \lVert V\rVert_{C_h^3} \le Ch^2k^2 = C\delta^2 ∥ V ∥ C h 3 ≤ C h 2 k 2 = C δ 2 , which is at most C δ 2 / h C\delta^2/h C δ 2 / h for h ≤ 1 h \le1 h ≤ 1 . Of the derivatives in (i) and (ii), we use those with γ h ≤ 4 \gamma_h \le4 γ h ≤ 4 , γ k ≤ 2 \gamma_k \le2 γ k ≤ 2 , and $j \le 3; they have weight j + 2 ( γ h + γ k ) ≤ 15 j + 2(\gamma_h + \gamma_k) \le15 j + 2 ( γ h + γ k ) ≤ 15 in the sense of Section 6.
Proof. Part (i) is Proposition 6.3(ii), with constants uniform in q 0 ∈ K q_0 \in K q 0 ∈ K by Remark 6.6. The bounds include the right derivatives at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 and the derivatives at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , where the terminal correction has zero duration (Remark 6.5). The value B \mathcal{B} B itself has linear growth, and (i) does not bound it.
For (ii), we first prove the identities. If k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , then B j = B j ∘ B_j=B_j^\circ B j = B j ∘ for j ≤ 4 j\le4 j ≤ 4 and κ 5 = 0 \kappa_5=0 κ 5 = 0 . The perturbed and baseline windows coincide, and V = B ∘ ( ⋅ e ) − 3 Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = 0 V=\mathcal{B}^\circ(\cdot\,\mathbf{e})-3\Phi(q_0,\cdot)=0 V = B ∘ ( ⋅ e ) − 3Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = 0 by Lemma 7.3(c). For the evenness, let S S S be as in Lemma 7.1(d). The durations and masses are even in k k k , and the terminal function is invariant under S S S . If F F F solves (7.9) at k k k , then ( τ , z ) ↦ F ( τ , S z ) (\tau,z)\mapsto F(\tau,Sz) ( τ , z ) ↦ F ( τ , S z ) solves it at − k -k − k , by Lemma 7.1(d), and it has bounded first and second spatial derivatives. By the uniqueness in Proposition 6.3(i), B ( q 0 , h , − k , z ) = B ( q 0 , h , k , S z ) \mathcal{B}(q_0,h,-k,z)=\mathcal{B}(q_0,h,k,Sz) B ( q 0 , h , − k , z ) = B ( q 0 , h , k , S z ) , and S ( z e ) = z e S(z\mathbf{e})=z\mathbf{e} S ( z e ) = z e .
At h = 0 h=0 h = 0 all durations vanish. Let φ ( z ) = ∑ i Φ ( q 0 , z i ) \varphi(z)=\sum_i\Phi(q_0,z_i) φ ( z ) = ∑ i Φ ( q 0 , z i ) . Then B ( q 0 , 0 , k , z ) = φ ( z ) \mathcal{B}(q_0,0,k,z)=\varphi(z) B ( q 0 , 0 , k , z ) = φ ( z ) by Remark 6.4, which implies that V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = 0 V(q_0,0,k,\cdot)=0 V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = 0 . By (6.5), in which the average mass of stage j j j at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 is a / n j a/n_j a / n j with a = α ( q 0 ) a=\alpha(q_0) a = α ( q 0 ) ,
∂ h B ( q 0 , 0 , k , z ) = τ T ∑ i ∂ t Φ ( q 0 , z i ) + b 2 ∑ j = 1 5 κ j { B j : D 2 φ ( z ) + a n j ∇ φ ( z ) ⋅ B j ∇ φ ( z ) } . \partial_h\mathcal{B}(q_0,0,k,z)=\tau_T\sum_i\partial_t\Phi(q_0,z_i)+\frac{b}{2}\sum_{j=1}^{5}\kappa_j\left\{B_j:D^2\varphi(z)+\frac{a}{n_j}\nabla\varphi(z)\cdot B_j\nabla\varphi(z)\right\}. ∂ h B ( q 0 , 0 , k , z ) = τ T i ∑ ∂ t Φ ( q 0 , z i ) + 2 b j = 1 ∑ 5 κ j { B j : D 2 φ ( z ) + n j a ∇ φ ( z ) ⋅ B j ∇ φ ( z ) } .
The first term comes from the dependence of T T T on h h h . At z = z e z=z\mathbf{e} z = z e , we have D 2 φ = χ ( q 0 , z ) Id D^2\varphi=\chi(q_0,z)\operatorname{Id} D 2 φ = χ ( q 0 , z ) Id and ∇ φ = u ( q 0 , z ) e \nabla\varphi=u(q_0,z)\mathbf{e} ∇ φ = u ( q 0 , z ) e , and the sum equals χ ( q 0 , z ) ∑ j κ j tr B j + u ( q 0 , z ) 2 a ∑ j n j − 1 κ j e ⋅ B j e \chi(q_0,z)\sum_j\kappa_j\operatorname{tr}B_j+u(q_0,z)^2a\sum_j n_j^{-1}\kappa_j\,\mathbf{e}\cdot B_j\mathbf{e} χ ( q 0 , z ) ∑ j κ j tr B j + u ( q 0 , z ) 2 a ∑ j n j − 1 κ j e ⋅ B j e . By Lemma 7.1(a) and (b), it does not change when B j B_j B j is replaced by B j ∘ B_j^\circ B j ∘ . Since B ∘ ( q 0 , h , k , z e ) = 3 Φ ( q 0 , z ) \mathcal{B}^\circ(q_0,h,k,z\mathbf{e})=3\Phi(q_0,z) B ∘ ( q 0 , h , k , z e ) = 3Φ ( q 0 , z ) does not depend on h h h , we conclude that ∂ h V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = 0 \partial_hV(q_0,0,k,\cdot)=0 ∂ h V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = 0 . The bounds in (ii) with γ h + γ k + j ≥ 1 \gamma_h+\gamma_k+j\ge1 γ h + γ k + j ≥ 1 follow from (i), the formula for derivatives along the diagonal in Remark 6.6, and Lemma 5.1, since V V V is the difference of B ( ⋅ e ) \mathcal{B}(\cdot\,\mathbf{e}) B ( ⋅ e ) and the function 3 Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) 3\Phi(q_0,\cdot) 3Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) , which does not depend on ( h , k ) (h,k) ( h , k ) . Finally, V V V itself is bounded, since V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = 0 V(q_0,0,k,\cdot)=0 V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = 0 and ∂ h V \partial_hV ∂ h V is bounded.
For (iii), let 0 ≤ j ≤ 3 0\le j\le3 0 ≤ j ≤ 3 . Taylor’s formula and the identities V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = ∂ h V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = 0 V(q_0,0,k,\cdot)=\partial_hV(q_0,0,k,\cdot)=0 V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = ∂ h V ( q 0 , 0 , k , ⋅ ) = 0 yield
∂ z j V ( h ) = ∫ 0 h ( h − h ′ ) ∂ h 2 ∂ z j V ( h ′ ) d h ′ . \partial_z^jV(h)=\int_0^h(h-h')\partial_h^2\partial_z^jV(h')\,\mathrm{d}h'. ∂ z j V ( h ) = ∫ 0 h ( h − h ′ ) ∂ h 2 ∂ z j V ( h ′ ) d h ′ .
The function ∂ h 2 ∂ z j V ( h ′ , k ) \partial_h^2\partial_z^jV(h',k) ∂ h 2 ∂ z j V ( h ′ , k ) vanishes at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 and is even in k k k , which implies that ∣ ∂ h 2 ∂ z j V ( h ′ , k ) ∣ ≤ k 2 2 sup ∣ ∂ k 2 ∂ h 2 ∂ z j V ∣ \lvert\partial_h^2\partial_z^jV(h',k)\rvert\le\frac{k^2}{2}\sup\lvert\partial_k^2\partial_h^2\partial_z^jV\rvert ∣ ∂ h 2 ∂ z j V ( h ′ , k )∣ ≤ 2 k 2 sup ∣ ∂ k 2 ∂ h 2 ∂ z j V ∣ . Combining these bounds with (ii), we obtain (7.14).
For (iv), Lemma 6.7 with Q ⋆ = q 0 e e T Q_\star=q_0\mathbf{e}\mathbf{e}^{\mathsf T} Q ⋆ = q 0 e e T shows that the penalties of the two windows are smooth with bounded derivatives of every order, and their contributions on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] and [ T , 1 ] [T,1] [ T , 1 ] cancel in Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ (Step 4 of the proof of Lemma 7.3). The penalty of each path is invariant under Q ↦ S Q S Q\mapsto SQS Q ↦ S QS , since ∥ S Q S ∥ F = ∥ Q ∥ F \lVert SQS\rVert_F=\lVert Q\rVert_F ∥ S QS ∥ F = ∥ Q ∥ F ; by Lemma 7.1(d), this proves that Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ is even in k k k . At k = 0 k=0 k = 0 the two windows coincide, and Δ Π = 0 \Delta\Pi=0 ΔΠ = 0 . Finally, Δ Π = h 2 Θ ( h , k ) \Delta\Pi=h^2\Theta(h,k) ΔΠ = h 2 Θ ( h , k ) , where Θ \Theta Θ is the sum in (7.13) without the factor h 2 h^2 h 2 ; since Θ \Theta Θ is smooth, even in k k k and zero at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , we have ∣ Θ ∣ ≤ C k 2 \lvert\Theta\rvert\le Ck^2 ∣ Θ ∣ ≤ C k 2 .
Corollary 7.5 (Reduction to the boundary perturbation). For q 0 ∈ K q_0 \in K q 0 ∈ K , 0 ≤ h ≤ h 0 0 \le h \le h_0 0 ≤ h ≤ h 0 , and ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 |k| \le k_0 ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 ,
T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β = E V ( q 0 , h , k , Y q 0 ) − b 4 Δ Π ( q 0 , h , k ) + ε i n , ∣ ε i n ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 4 . \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k)-3P_\beta=\mathbb{E}V(q_0,h,k,Y_{q_0})-\frac{b}{4}\Delta\Pi(q_0,h,k)+\varepsilon_{\mathrm{in}}, \qquad|\varepsilon_{\mathrm{in}}|\le Ch^4k^4. T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β = E V ( q 0 , h , k , Y q 0 ) − 4 b ΔΠ ( q 0 , h , k ) + ε in , ∣ ε in ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 4 . Proof. By Lemma 7.4(ii), V V V , V ′ V' V ′ , and V ′ ′ V'' V ′′ are bounded, and ∥ V ∥ ∞ ≤ C h 2 k 2 \lVert V\rVert_\infty\le Ch^2k^2 ∥ V ∥ ∞ ≤ C h 2 k 2 by (112) . Using Corollary 6.14 with n = 3 n=3 n = 3 , t ⋆ = q 0 t_\star=q_0 t ⋆ = q 0 , and ε = C h 2 k 2 \varepsilon=Ch^2k^2 ε = C h 2 k 2 , we find that
∣ H ( 3 Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) + V ) − 3 Φ ( 0 , 0 ) − E V ( q 0 , h , k , Y q 0 ) ∣ ≤ C 2 h 4 k 4 2 . \left|\mathcal{H}(3\Phi(q_0,\mathord\cdot)+V)-3\Phi(0,0)-\mathbb{E}V(q_0,h,k,Y_{q_0})\right|\le\frac{C^2h^4k^4}{2}. ∣ H ( 3Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) + V ) − 3Φ ( 0 , 0 ) − E V ( q 0 , h , k , Y q 0 ) ∣ ≤ 2 C 2 h 4 k 4 . We have 3 Φ ( 0 , 0 ) = H ( 3 Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) ) 3\Phi(0,0)=\mathcal{H}(3\Phi(q_0,\mathord\cdot)) 3Φ ( 0 , 0 ) = H ( 3Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ )) by (108) , and inserting this bound into (110) completes the proof.
The expectation E V ( q 0 , h , k , Y q 0 ) \mathbb{E}V(q_0,h,k,Y_{q_0}) E V ( q 0 , h , k , Y q 0 ) is taken under the law of the scalar diffusion at the fixed time q 0 q_0 q 0 , which does not depend on h h h or k k k . This is why we expand at a fixed left endpoint q 0 q_0 q 0 rather than at a fixed center r r r .
We expand Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ explicitly. We write a = α ( q 0 ) a=\alpha(q_0) a = α ( q 0 ) and insert α ( q 0 + h ( o j + κ j τ ) ) = a + α ′ ( q 0 ) h ( o j + κ j τ ) + O ( h 2 ) \alpha(q_0+h(\mathord o_j+\kappa_j\tau))=a+\alpha'(q_0)h(\mathord o_j+\kappa_j\tau)+O(h^2) α ( q 0 + h ( o j + κ j τ )) = a + α ′ ( q 0 ) h ( o j + κ j τ ) + O ( h 2 ) in (111) . Then the Taylor polynomial of degree three of Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ in h h h is a h 2 N ϑ ( k ) + α ′ ( q 0 ) h 3 N ϑ ( 1 ) ( k ) ah^2N_\vartheta(k)+\alpha'(q_0)h^3N_\vartheta^{(1)}(k) a h 2 N ϑ ( k ) + α ′ ( q 0 ) h 3 N ϑ ( 1 ) ( k ) , where
N ϑ ( i ) ( k ) = ∑ j = 1 5 2 κ j n j ∫ 0 1 ( o j + κ j τ ) i [ ( Q ~ j − 1 + κ j τ B j ) : B j − ( Q ~ j − 1 ∘ + κ j τ B j ∘ ) : B j ∘ ] d τ (113) N_\vartheta^{(i)}(k)=\sum_{j=1}^{5}\frac{2\kappa_j}{n_j}\int_0^1(\mathord o_j+\kappa_j\tau)^i\left[(\widetilde Q_{j-1}+\kappa_j\tau B_j):B_j-(\widetilde Q_{j-1}^{\mathord\circ}+\kappa_j\tau B_j^{\mathord\circ}):B_j^{\mathord\circ}\right]\,\mathrm d\tau \tag*{(113)} N ϑ ( i ) ( k ) = j = 1 ∑ 5 n j 2 κ j ∫ 0 1 ( o j + κ j τ ) i [ ( Q j − 1 + κ j τ B j ) : B j − ( Q j − 1 ∘ + κ j τ B j ∘ ) : B j ∘ ] d τ (113)
for i ∈ { 0 , 1 } i\in\{0,1\} i ∈ { 0 , 1 } , and N ϑ = N ϑ ( 0 ) N_\vartheta=N_\vartheta^{(0)} N ϑ = N ϑ ( 0 ) . The integrands are polynomials in τ \tau τ , and we find
N ϑ ( k ) = 8 ( 1 − ϑ ) ( 2 − ϑ ) 2 k 2 − 2 ( 3 ϑ 2 + 6 ϑ + 4 ) 3 ( 2 − ϑ ) 4 k 4 , N 1 / 2 ( k ) = 16 9 k 2 − 248 243 k 4 (114) N_\vartheta(k)=\frac{8(1-\vartheta)}{(2-\vartheta)^2}k^2-\frac{2(3\vartheta^2+6\vartheta+4)}{3(2-\vartheta)^4}k^4,\qquad N_{1/2}(k)=\frac{16}{9}k^2-\frac{248}{243}k^4 \tag*{(114)} N ϑ ( k ) = ( 2 − ϑ ) 2 8 ( 1 − ϑ ) k 2 − 3 ( 2 − ϑ ) 4 2 ( 3 ϑ 2 + 6 ϑ + 4 ) k 4 , N 1/2 ( k ) = 9 16 k 2 − 243 248 k 4 (114)
and N 1 / 2 ( 1 ) ( k ) = 103 108 k 2 − 7180 729 k 4 − 21296 729 k 6 N_{1/2}^{(1)}(k)=\frac{103}{108}k^2-\frac{7180}{729}k^4-\frac{21296}{729}k^6 N 1/2 ( 1 ) ( k ) = 108 103 k 2 − 729 7180 k 4 − 729 21296 k 6 . The polynomial N ϑ ( 1 ) N_\vartheta^{(1)} N ϑ ( 1 ) enters only through the cancellation in Proposition 7.13, and we do not use its value.
Taylor coefficients at constant mass
By Lemma 7.4, the function h ↦ V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) h\mapsto V(q_0,h,k,z) h ↦ V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) has four bounded derivatives, and it is determined up to an error O ( h 4 ) O(h^4) O ( h 4 ) by its Taylor polynomial of degree three. In this section and the next we compute this polynomial. We write [ X ] n = ∂ h n X ∣ h = 0 / n ! [X]_n=\partial_h^nX|_{h=0}/n! [ X ] n = ∂ h n X ∣ h = 0 / n ! for the Taylor coefficients of a function X X X of h h h at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 .
The recursion for the coefficients
By Proposition 6.3 (iii), the derivatives ∂ h n F \partial_h^n F ∂ h n F solve the equations obtained by differentiating (107) in h h h . Evaluating them at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 , we obtain a recursion for the Taylor coefficients [ F ] n ( τ , z ) [F]_n(\tau,z) [ F ] n ( τ , z ) of the flow. We write [ m j ] l ( τ ) = α ( l ) ( q 0 ) ( o j + κ j τ ) l / ( l ! n j ) [m_j]_l(\tau)=\alpha^{(l)}(q_0)(o_j+\kappa_j\tau)^l/(l! \, n_j) [ m j ] l ( τ ) = α ( l ) ( q 0 ) ( o j + κ j τ ) l / ( l ! n j ) for the Taylor coefficients of the masses. The right side of (107) contains the factor h h h , and taking the coefficient of h n h^n h n we find, for n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 and τ ∈ [ j − 1 , j ] \tau\in[j-1,j] τ ∈ [ j − 1 , j ] ,
[ F ] n ( τ ) = [ F ] n ( j ) + b κ j 2 ∫ τ j { B j : D 2 [ F ] n − 1 ( τ ′ ) + ∑ l + p + p ′ = n − 1 [ m j ] l ( τ ′ − j + 1 ) ∇ [ F ] p ( τ ′ ) ⋅ B j ∇ [ F ] p ′ ( τ ′ ) } d τ ′ , (115) [F]_n(\tau)=[F]_n(j)+\frac{b\kappa_j}{2}\int_\tau^j\left\{B_j:D^2[F]_{n-1}(\tau')+\sum_{l+p+p'=n-1}[m_j]_l(\tau'-j+1)\nabla[F]_p(\tau')\cdot B_j\nabla[F]_{p'}(\tau')\right\}\,\mathrm{d}\tau', \tag*{(115)} [ F ] n ( τ ) = [ F ] n ( j ) + 2 b κ j ∫ τ j ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ B j : D 2 [ F ] n − 1 ( τ ′ ) + l + p + p ′ = n − 1 ∑ [ m j ] l ( τ ′ − j + 1 ) ∇ [ F ] p ( τ ′ ) ⋅ B j ∇ [ F ] p ′ ( τ ′ ) ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ d τ ′ , (115)
with [ F ] 0 = f ( 0 , κ , ⋅ ) [F]_0=f(0,\kappa,\cdot) [ F ] 0 = f ( 0 , κ , ⋅ ) and [ F ] n ( 5 , z ) = τ n n ! ∑ i ∂ t n Φ ( q 0 , z i ) [F]_n(5,z)=\frac{\tau^n}{n!}\sum_i\partial_t^n\Phi(q_0,z_i) [ F ] n ( 5 , z ) = n ! τ n ∑ i ∂ t n Φ ( q 0 , z i ) . We call each use of the right side of (107) in this recursion an insertion . By (79) and its consequences in the proof of Lemma 5.3 , ∂ t n Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) \partial_t^n\Phi(q_0,\cdot) ∂ t n Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) is a polynomial in α ( q 0 ) , … , α ( n − 1 ) ( q 0 ) \alpha(q_0),\ldots,\alpha^{(n-1)}(q_0) α ( q 0 ) , … , α ( n − 1 ) ( q 0 ) and in the spatial derivatives of Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) \Phi(q_0,\cdot) Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) of orders one to 2 n 2n 2 n . By induction on n n n , for every n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 the coefficient [ B ] n ( z ) [B]_n(z) [ B ] n ( z ) is a sum of products of spatial derivatives of positive order of Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) \Phi(q_0,\cdot) Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) at z v , z x , z y z_v,z_x,z_y z v , z x , z y , of total spatial order at most 2 n 2n 2 n , with coefficients that are polynomials in κ \kappa κ and in α ( q 0 ) , … , α ( n − 1 ) ( q 0 ) \alpha(q_0),\ldots,\alpha^{(n-1)}(q_0) α ( q 0 ) , … , α ( n − 1 ) ( q 0 ) . Each power h l h^l h l of the expansion of a mass carries a factor α ( l ) ( q 0 ) \alpha^{(l)}(q_0) α ( l ) ( q 0 ) , and each insertion of the right side of (107) carries a factor h h h ; in particular, α ′ ′ ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'''(q_0) α ′′′ ( q 0 ) does not occur for n ≤ 3 n\leq3 n ≤ 3 . The same holds for B ∘ B^\circ B ∘ and for V V V .
We call the constant-mass part of [ V ] n [V]_n [ V ] n the value of this polynomial at α ′ ( q 0 ) = α ′ ′ ( q 0 ) = 0 \alpha'(q_0)=\alpha''(q_0)=0 α ′ ( q 0 ) = α ′′ ( q 0 ) = 0 , with the other variables unchanged. It is the value of the recursion when every mass m j m_j m j is replaced by the constant a / n j a/n_j a / n j , with a = α ( q 0 ) a=\alpha(q_0) a = α ( q 0 ) , and when the time derivatives of Φ \Phi Φ at q 0 q_0 q 0 are computed from the Parisi equation with the constant profile a a a . In this section we compute the constant-mass part. The remaining part is computed in § 6.6.1 .
Formal Gaussian steps
With constant masses, each stage is a Gaussian integration step, and the three stages of mass a a a combine into one step by Lemma 4.2 (b). It is convenient to subtract the scalar evolution of the terminal function from this step. The result is a step whose covariance is not positive semidefinite, and we treat it as a formal object.
Let ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\geq1 ℓ ≥ 1 , let Σ \Sigma Σ be a symmetric ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrix, let m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] m\in[0,1] m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , and let f f f be a smooth function on R ℓ \mathbb{R}^{\ell} R ℓ . We define f [ 0 ] = f f^{[0]}=f f [ 0 ] = f and, for n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 ,
f [ n ] = 1 2 n ( Σ : D 2 f [ n − 1 ] + m ∑ p + p ′ = n − 1 ∇ f [ p ] ⋅ Σ ∇ f [ p ′ ] ) , (116) f^{[n]}=\frac{1}{2n}\left(\Sigma:D^2f^{[n-1]}+m\sum_{p+p'=n-1}\nabla f^{[p]}\cdot\Sigma\nabla f^{[p']}\right), \tag*{(116)} f [ n ] = 2 n 1 Σ : D 2 f [ n − 1 ] + m p + p ′ = n − 1 ∑ ∇ f [ p ] ⋅ Σ∇ f [ p ′ ] , (116)
and we write T ^ m , ε Σ f = ∑ n ≥ 0 ε n f [ n ] \widehat{T}_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}f=\sum_{n\geq0}\varepsilon^n f^{[n]} T m , ε Σ f = ∑ n ≥ 0 ε n f [ n ] for the resulting formal power series in ε \varepsilon ε . It is the unique formal solution of ∂ ε F = 1 2 ( Σ : D 2 F + m ∇ F ⋅ Σ ∇ F ) \partial_\varepsilon F=\frac{1}{2}\left(\Sigma:D^2F+m\nabla F\cdot\Sigma\nabla F\right) ∂ ε F = 2 1 ( Σ : D 2 F + m ∇ F ⋅ Σ∇ F ) with F = f F=f F = f at ε = 0 \varepsilon=0 ε = 0 . By induction, f [ n ] f^{[n]} f [ n ] is a sum of products of derivatives of f f f of positive order, of total order 2 n 2n 2 n , and it is a homogeneous polynomial of degree n n n in the entries of Σ \Sigma Σ . Formal series of functions are composed by substitution: if the function in (7.18) is itself a formal power series in ε \varepsilon ε , we insert this series and collect the powers of ε \varepsilon ε . The coefficient of each power involves finitely many terms. The relation with the integration steps of Definition 4.1 is the following.
Lemma 7.6 (Formal steps). Let m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] m \in[0,1] m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , let Σ , Σ ′ \Sigma,\Sigma' Σ , Σ ′ be symmetric ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrices, and let f f f be smooth with bounded derivatives of positive order.
(a) If Σ ⪰ 0 \Sigma\succeq0 Σ ⪰ 0 , then ε ↦ T m , ε Σ f ( z ) \varepsilon\mapsto T_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}f(\mathbf{z}) ε ↦ T m , ε Σ f ( z ) is infinitely differentiable on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , and T ^ m , ε Σ f ( z ) \widehat{T}_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}f(\mathbf{z}) T m , ε Σ f ( z ) is its Taylor series at ε = 0 \varepsilon=0 ε = 0 .
(b) T ^ m , ε Σ T ^ m , ε Σ ′ f = T ^ m , ε ( Σ + Σ ′ ) f \widehat{T}_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}\widehat{T}_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma'}f=\widehat{T}_{m,\varepsilon(\Sigma+\Sigma')}f T m , ε Σ T m , ε Σ ′ f = T m , ε ( Σ + Σ ′ ) f .
(c) For c > 0 c>0 c > 0 such that m / c ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] m/c\in[0,1] m / c ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , we have T ^ m / c , ε Σ ( c f ) = c T ^ m , ε Σ f \widehat{T}_{m/c,\varepsilon\Sigma}(cf)=c\widehat{T}_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}f T m / c , ε Σ ( c f ) = c T m , ε Σ f .
(d) If Σ \Sigma Σ is diagonal with entries σ 1 , … , σ ℓ \sigma_1,\ldots,\sigma_\ell σ 1 , … , σ ℓ and f ( z ) = ∑ i ψ i ( z i ) f(\mathbf{z})=\sum_i\psi_i(z_i) f ( z ) = ∑ i ψ i ( z i ) , then T ^ m , ε Σ f ( z ) = ∑ i T ^ m , ε σ i ψ i ( z i ) \widehat{T}_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}f(\mathbf{z})=\sum_i\widehat{T}_{m,\varepsilon\sigma_i}\psi_i(z_i) T m , ε Σ f ( z ) = ∑ i T m , ε σ i ψ i ( z i ) .
(e) For c , u ∈ R c,u\in\mathbb{R} c , u ∈ R and e ′ ∈ R ℓ \mathbf{e}'\in\mathbb{R}^{\ell} e ′ ∈ R ℓ ,
T ^ m , ε Σ ( c + u e ′ ⋅ z + f ) ( z ) = c + u e ′ ⋅ z + ε m u 2 2 e ′ ⋅ Σ e + ( T ^ m , ε Σ f ) ( z + ε m u Σ e ′ ) , \widehat{T}_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}\left(c+u\mathbf{e}'\cdot\mathbf{z}+f\right)(\mathbf{z})=c+u\mathbf{e}'\cdot\mathbf{z}+\frac{\varepsilon m u^2}{2}\mathbf{e}'\cdot\Sigma\mathbf{e}+\left(\widehat{T}_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}f\right)(\mathbf{z}+\varepsilon m u\Sigma\mathbf{e}'), T m , ε Σ ( c + u e ′ ⋅ z + f ) ( z ) = c + u e ′ ⋅ z + 2 ε m u 2 e ′ ⋅ Σ e + ( T m , ε Σ f ) ( z + ε m u Σ e ′ ) , where the last term is expanded in powers of ε \varepsilon ε by Taylor's formula in the shift.
Proof. For (a), let Σ ⪰ 0 \Sigma\succeq0 Σ ⪰ 0 . By Lemma 6.9(b) and (c), the function F ( ε , z ) = T m , ε Σ f ( z ) F(\varepsilon,\mathbf{z})=T_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}f(\mathbf{z}) F ( ε , z ) = T m , ε Σ f ( z ) is infinitely differentiable on [ 0 , 1 ] × R ℓ [0,1]\times\mathbb{R}^{\ell} [ 0 , 1 ] × R ℓ and solves ∂ ε F = 1 2 ( Σ : D 2 F + m ∇ F ⋅ Σ ∇ F ) \partial_\varepsilon F=\frac{1}{2}(\Sigma:D^2F+m\nabla F\cdot\Sigma\nabla F) ∂ ε F = 2 1 ( Σ : D 2 F + m ∇ F ⋅ Σ∇ F ) . Differentiating this equation n − 1 n-1 n − 1 times in ε \varepsilon ε and setting ε = 0 \varepsilon=0 ε = 0 , we find by induction that ∂ ε n F ( 0 , ⋅ ) = n ! f [ n ] \partial_\varepsilon^nF(0,\cdot)=n!f^{[n]} ∂ ε n F ( 0 , ⋅ ) = n ! f [ n ] .
For (b), both sides are formal series whose coefficients are polynomials in the entries of Σ \Sigma Σ and Σ ′ \Sigma' Σ ′ and in the derivatives of f f f . If Σ , Σ ′ ⪰ 0 \Sigma,\Sigma'\succeq0 Σ , Σ ′ ⪰ 0 , then Lemma 4.2(b), part (a), and the chain rule show that the two sides have the same coefficients. The set of pairs of positive semidefinite matrices contains a nonempty open subset of the space of pairs of symmetric matrices, and a polynomial that vanishes on a nonempty open set vanishes identically. This proves (b). Parts (c) and (d) follow from (7.18) by induction on n n n : for (c), the function ( c f ) [ n ] (cf)^{[n]} ( c f ) [ n ] computed with mass m / c m/c m / c equals c f [ n ] cf^{[n]} c f [ n ] computed with mass m m m , since the quadratic term acquires the factor ( m / c ) c 2 = m c (m/c)c^2=mc ( m / c ) c 2 = m c ; for (d), mixed derivatives of f f f vanish and the recursion splits into one recursion for each coordinate. For (e), let Σ ⪰ 0 \Sigma\succeq0 Σ ⪰ 0 and m > 0 m>0 m > 0 , and let X \mathbf{X} X be a centered Gaussian vector with covariance ε Σ \varepsilon\Sigma ε Σ . Multiplying the law of X \mathbf{X} X by e m u e ′ ⋅ X / E e m u e ′ ⋅ X e^{mu\mathbf{e}'\cdot\mathbf{X}}/\mathbb{E}e^{mu\mathbf{e}'\cdot\mathbf{X}} e m u e ′ ⋅ X / E e m u e ′ ⋅ X shifts its mean to ε m u Σ e ′ \varepsilon mu\Sigma\mathbf{e}' ε m u Σ e ′ , and E e m u e ′ ⋅ X = e ε m 2 u 2 e ′ ⋅ Σ e ′ / 2 \mathbb{E}e^{mu\mathbf{e}'\cdot\mathbf{X}}=e^{\varepsilon m^2u^2\mathbf{e}'\cdot\Sigma\mathbf{e}'/2} E e m u e ′ ⋅ X = e ε m 2 u 2 e ′ ⋅ Σ e ′ /2 . We obtain
T m , ε Σ ( c + u e ′ ⋅ z + f ) ( z ) = c + u e ′ ⋅ z + ε m u 2 2 e ′ ⋅ Σ e ′ + ( T m , ε Σ f ) ( z + ε m u Σ e ′ ) . (117) T_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}\left(c+u\mathbf{e}'\cdot\mathbf{z}+f\right)(\mathbf{z})=c+u\mathbf{e}'\cdot\mathbf{z}+\frac{\varepsilon m u^2}{2}\mathbf{e}'\cdot\Sigma\mathbf{e}'+\left(T_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}f\right)(\mathbf{z}+\varepsilon m u\Sigma\mathbf{e}'). \tag*{(117)} T m , ε Σ ( c + u e ′ ⋅ z + f ) ( z ) = c + u e ′ ⋅ z + 2 ε m u 2 e ′ ⋅ Σ e ′ + ( T m , ε Σ f ) ( z + ε m u Σ e ′ ) . (117)
For m = 0 m = 0 m = 0 this is immediate. Taking Taylor series in ε \varepsilon ε and arguing as in (b), we obtain (e) for every symmetric Σ \Sigma Σ .
The identity (117) is the Cameron–Martin formula for a finite-dimensional Gaussian shift, obtained by completing the square as in [107, Section A.3, (A.6)].
The coefficient matrices
We define
Λ 0 = c 0 c 0 T , Λ 1 = ϑ c 1 c 1 T , Λ 2 = c υ c υ T + ( 1 − ϑ ) ( c x c x T + c y c y T ) − 2 Id − k 2 L ϑ L 2 . (118) \Lambda_0 = c_0c_0^{\mathsf T}, \qquad\Lambda_1 = \vartheta c_1c_1^{\mathsf T}, \qquad\Lambda_2 = c_{\upsilon}c_{\upsilon}^{\mathsf T} + (1-\vartheta)(c_xc_x^{\mathsf T}+c_yc_y^{\mathsf T}) - 2\operatorname{Id} - k^2L_{\vartheta}L_2. \tag*{(118)} Λ 0 = c 0 c 0 T , Λ 1 = ϑ c 1 c 1 T , Λ 2 = c υ c υ T + ( 1 − ϑ ) ( c x c x T + c y c y T ) − 2 Id − k 2 L ϑ L 2 . (118)
We have Λ 0 = κ 1 B 1 \Lambda_0 = \kappa_1B_1 Λ 0 = κ 1 B 1 , Λ 1 = κ 2 B 2 \Lambda_1 = \kappa_2B_2 Λ 1 = κ 2 B 2 , and Λ 2 = κ 3 B 3 + κ 4 B 4 + κ 5 B 5 − τ T Id \Lambda_2 = \kappa_3B_3+\kappa_4B_4+\kappa_5B_5-\tau_{\mathsf T}\operatorname{Id} Λ 2 = κ 3 B 3 + κ 4 B 4 + κ 5 B 5 − τ T Id . The matrices Λ 0 \Lambda_0 Λ 0 and Λ 1 \Lambda_1 Λ 1 are positive semidefinite, and Λ 2 \Lambda_2 Λ 2 is not: its ( υ , υ ) (\upsilon,\upsilon) ( υ , υ ) entry is − 1 -1 − 1 . At k = 0 k=0 k = 0 we have Λ 0 = e e T \Lambda_0=\mathbf{e}\mathbf{e}^{\mathsf T} Λ 0 = e e T , Λ 1 = ϑ ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T \Lambda_1=\vartheta(\mathbf{e}_x+\mathbf{e}_y)(\mathbf{e}_x+\mathbf{e}_y)^{\mathsf T} Λ 1 = ϑ ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T and Λ 2 = ϑ e υ e υ T − ( 1 + ϑ ) Id \Lambda_2=\vartheta\mathbf{e}_{\upsilon}\mathbf{e}_{\upsilon}^{\mathsf T}-(1+\vartheta)\operatorname{Id} Λ 2 = ϑ e υ e υ T − ( 1 + ϑ ) Id , which are the same expressions for the baseline rates. By Lemma 7.1(b) and (c),
diag ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) = 0 , ( 1 3 Λ 0 + 1 2 Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) e = 0. (119) \operatorname{diag}(\Lambda_0+\Lambda_1+\Lambda_2)=0,\qquad\left(\frac{1}{3}\Lambda_0+\frac{1}{2}\Lambda_1+\Lambda_2\right)\mathbf{e}=0. \tag*{(119)} diag ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) = 0 , ( 3 1 Λ 0 + 2 1 Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) e = 0. (119)
Moreover, e ⋅ Λ 0 e = 9 \mathbf{e}\cdot\Lambda_0\mathbf{e}=9 e ⋅ Λ 0 e = 9 , e ⋅ Λ 1 e = 4 ϑ \mathbf{e}\cdot\Lambda_1\mathbf{e}=4\vartheta e ⋅ Λ 1 e = 4 ϑ , e ⋅ Λ 2 e = − 3 − 2 ϑ \mathbf{e}\cdot\Lambda_2\mathbf{e}=-3-2\vartheta e ⋅ Λ 2 e = − 3 − 2 ϑ , and
Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 = ( 0 1 + k 1 − k 1 + k 0 1 + ϑ 1 − k 1 + ϑ 0 ) . \Lambda_0+\Lambda_1+\Lambda_2=
\begin{pmatrix}
0 & 1+k & 1-k \\
1+k & 0 & 1+\vartheta\\
1-k & 1+\vartheta& 0
\end{pmatrix}. Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 = 0 1 + k 1 − k 1 + k 0 1 + ϑ 1 − k 1 + ϑ 0 .
For ϑ = 1 / 2 \vartheta=1/2 ϑ = 1/2 we have ω 0 = 2 / 3 \omega_0=2/3 ω 0 = 2/3 , ω 1 = 1 / 3 \omega_1=1/3 ω 1 = 1/3 , L 1 / 2 = 11 / 9 L_{1/2}=11/9 L 1/2 = 11/9 , Λ 0 = c 0 c 0 T \Lambda_0=c_0c_0^{\mathsf T} Λ 0 = c 0 c 0 T with c 0 = ( 1 , 1 + 2 k 3 , 1 − 2 k 3 ) T c_0=(1,1+\frac{2k}{3},1-\frac{2k}{3})^{\mathsf T} c 0 = ( 1 , 1 + 3 2 k , 1 − 3 2 k ) T , and
Λ 2 = ( − 1 k 3 − k 3 k 3 − 2 k 2 3 − 2 k 3 − 3 2 2 k 2 3 − k 3 2 k 2 3 − 2 k 2 3 + 2 k 3 − 3 2 ) , \Lambda_2=
\begin{pmatrix}
-1 & \frac{k}{3} & -\frac{k}{3} \\
\frac{k}{3} & -\frac{2k^2}{3}-\frac{2k}{3}-\frac{3}{2} & \frac{2k^2}{3} \\
-\frac{k}{3} & \frac{2k^2}{3} & -\frac{2k^2}{3}+\frac{2k}{3}-\frac{3}{2}
\end{pmatrix}, Λ 2 = − 1 3 k − 3 k 3 k − 3 2 k 2 − 3 2 k − 2 3 3 2 k 2 − 3 k 3 2 k 2 − 3 2 k 2 + 3 2 k − 2 3 ,
Λ 0 + Λ 1 = ( 1 1 + 2 k 3 1 − 2 k 3 1 + 2 k 3 2 k 2 3 + 2 k 3 + 3 2 3 2 − 2 k 2 3 1 − 2 k 3 3 2 − 2 k 2 3 2 k 2 3 − 2 k 3 + 3 2 ) . \Lambda_0+\Lambda_1=
\begin{pmatrix}
1 & 1+\frac{2k}{3} & 1-\frac{2k}{3} \\
1+\frac{2k}{3} & \frac{2k^2}{3}+\frac{2k}{3}+\frac{3}{2} & \frac{3}{2}-\frac{2k^2}{3} \\
1-\frac{2k}{3} & \frac{3}{2}-\frac{2k^2}{3} & \frac{2k^2}{3}-\frac{2k}{3}+\frac{3}{2}
\end{pmatrix}. Λ 0 + Λ 1 = 1 1 + 3 2 k 1 − 3 2 k 1 + 3 2 k 3 2 k 2 + 3 2 k + 2 3 2 3 − 3 2 k 2 1 − 3 2 k 2 3 − 3 2 k 2 3 2 k 2 − 3 2 k + 2 3 .
Lemma 7.7 (Reduction to three formal steps). Let a = α ( q 0 ) a=\alpha(q_0) a = α ( q 0 ) and ϕ ( z ) = ∑ i Φ ( q 0 , z i ) \phi(z)=\sum_i\Phi(q_0,z_i) ϕ ( z ) = ∑ i Φ ( q 0 , z i ) . For n ≤ 3 n\leq3 n ≤ 3 , the constant-mass part of [ B ] n [B]_n [ B ] n is the coefficient of h n h^n h n in
T ^ a / 3 , b h Λ 0 T ^ a / 2 , b h Λ 1 T ^ a , b h Λ 2 ϕ , (120) \widehat{T}_{a/3,bh\Lambda_0}\widehat{T}_{a/2,bh\Lambda_1}\widehat{T}_{a,bh\Lambda_2}\phi, \tag*{(120)} T a /3 , bh Λ 0 T a /2 , bh Λ 1 T a , bh Λ 2 ϕ , (120) and the constant-mass part of [ B ∘ ] n [B^\circ]_n [ B ∘ ] n is the coefficient of h n h^n h n in the same expression at $k=0.
Proof. With the constant mass a / n j a/n_j a / n j , stage j j j maps F ( j , ⋅ ) F(j,\cdot) F ( j , ⋅ ) to F ( j − 1 , ⋅ ) = T ^ a / n j , b h κ j B j F ( j , ⋅ ) F(j-1,\cdot)=\widehat{T}_{a/n_j,b h\kappa_j B_j}F(j,\cdot) F ( j − 1 , ⋅ ) = T a / n j , bh κ j B j F ( j , ⋅ ) , by (82) . By Lemma 7.6(a) and the chain rule, the recursion (115) for this stage is therefore the recursion of the formal step T ^ a / n j , b h κ j B j \widehat{T}_{a/n_j,b h\kappa_j B_j} T a / n j , bh κ j B j , with ε = h \varepsilon=h ε = h . By Lemma 7.6(b), the stages 3, 4, and 5, all of mass a a a , combine into T ^ a , b h ( Λ 2 + τ T Id ) \widehat{T}_{a,bh(\Lambda_2+\tau_T\operatorname{Id})} T a , bh ( Λ 2 + τ T Id ) . With the constant profile a a a , the Parisi equation reads ∂ t Φ = − b 2 ( ∂ z z Φ + a ( ∂ z Φ ) 2 ) \partial_t\Phi=-\frac{b}{2}(\partial_{zz}\Phi+a(\partial_z\Phi)^2) ∂ t Φ = − 2 b ( ∂ z z Φ + a ( ∂ z Φ ) 2 ) , and the Taylor series ∑ n ( h τ T ) n ∂ t n Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) / n ! \sum_n(h\tau_T)^n\partial_t^n\Phi(q_0,\cdot)/n! ∑ n ( h τ T ) n ∂ t n Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) / n ! is the formal solution of this equation in the time h τ T h\tau_T h τ T , that is, T ^ a , − b h τ T Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) \widehat{T}_{a,-bh\tau_T}\Phi(q_0,\cdot) T a , − bh τ T Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) . By Lemma 7.6(d), the terminal function is therefore T ^ a , − b h τ T Id φ \widehat{T}_{a,-bh\tau_T\operatorname{Id}}\varphi T a , − bh τ T Id φ . By Lemma 7.6(b) again, T ^ a , b h ( Λ 2 + τ T Id ) T ^ a , − b h τ T Id = T ^ a , b h Λ 2 \widehat{T}_{a,bh(\Lambda_2+\tau_T\operatorname{Id})}\widehat{T}_{a,-bh\tau_T\operatorname{Id}}=\widehat{T}_{a,bh\Lambda_2} T a , bh ( Λ 2 + τ T Id ) T a , − bh τ T Id = T a , bh Λ 2 , which proves the first claim. The second is the same computation with the baseline rates, whose coefficient matrices are the values of Λ 0 , Λ 1 , Λ 2 \Lambda_0,\Lambda_1,\Lambda_2 Λ 0 , Λ 1 , Λ 2 at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 .
The scalar evolution of the terminal function between q 0 q_0 q 0 and T T T appears in (120) through the term − τ T Id -\tau_T\operatorname{Id} − τ T Id in Λ 2 \Lambda_2 Λ 2 . It accounts for the change of the curvature of the terminal function between the times T T T and q 0 q_0 q 0 . This change is of order h h h , and it enters at order h 3 h^3 h 3 through the quadratic part of the terminal function; the term − τ T Id -\tau_T\operatorname{Id} − τ T Id in Λ 2 \Lambda_2 Λ 2 retains this contribution in the coefficients computed below.
Expansion at a centered point
We now expand compositions of three formal steps applied to a separable function whose linear part vanishes. For symmetric matrices Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 \Sigma_0,\Sigma_1,\Sigma_2 Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 we write Σ ≤ j = Σ 0 + ⋯ + Σ j \Sigma_{\leq j}=\Sigma_0+\cdots+\Sigma_j Σ ≤ j = Σ 0 + ⋯ + Σ j and Σ ≤ − 1 = 0 \Sigma_{\leq-1}=0 Σ ≤ − 1 = 0 .
Lemma 7.8 (Expansion at a centered point). Let Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 \Sigma_0,\Sigma_1,\Sigma_2 Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 be symmetric 3 × 3 3\times3 3 × 3 matrices with diag ( Σ ≤ 2 ) = 0 \operatorname{diag}(\Sigma_{\leq2})=0 diag ( Σ ≤ 2 ) = 0 , and let m 0 , m 1 , m 2 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] m_0,m_1,m_2\in(0,1] m 0 , m 1 , m 2 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . Let ψ : R → R \psi:\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R} ψ : R → R be smooth with ψ ( 0 ) = ψ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 \psi(0)=\psi'(0)=0 ψ ( 0 ) = ψ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 , write χ = ψ ′ ′ ( 0 ) \chi=\psi''(0) χ = ψ ′′ ( 0 ) and w = ψ ′ ′ ′ ( 0 ) w=\psi'''(0) w = ψ ′′′ ( 0 ) , and set ψ ˉ ( y ) = ∑ i ψ ( y i ) \bar{\psi}(\boldsymbol{y})=\sum_i\psi(y_i) ψ ˉ ( y ) = ∑ i ψ ( y i ) . Let E ( ε ) \mathcal{E}(\varepsilon) E ( ε ) be the value at y = 0 \boldsymbol{y}=0 y = 0 of T ^ m 0 , ε Σ 0 T ^ m 1 , ε Σ 1 T ^ m 2 , ε Σ 2 ψ ˉ \widehat{T}_{m_0,\varepsilon\Sigma_0}\widehat{T}_{m_1,\varepsilon\Sigma_1}\widehat{T}_{m_2,\varepsilon\Sigma_2}\bar{\psi} T m 0 , ε Σ 0 T m 1 , ε Σ 1 T m 2 , ε Σ 2 ψ ˉ . Then [ E ] 0 = [ E ] 1 = 0 [\mathcal{E}]_0=[\mathcal{E}]_1=0 [ E ] 0 = [ E ] 1 = 0 ,
[ E ] 2 = χ 2 4 ∑ j = 0 2 m j ( ∥ Σ ≤ j ∥ F 2 − ∥ Σ ≤ j − 1 ∥ F 2 ) (121) [\mathcal{E}]_2=\frac{\chi^2}{4}\sum_{j=0}^{2}m_j\left(\lVert\Sigma_{\leq j}\rVert_F^2-\lVert\Sigma_{\leq j-1}\rVert_F^2\right) \tag*{(121)} [ E ] 2 = 4 χ 2 j = 0 ∑ 2 m j ( ∥ Σ ≤ j ∥ F 2 − ∥ Σ ≤ j − 1 ∥ F 2 ) (121) and
[ E ] 3 = χ 3 Q + w 2 12 ∑ j = 0 2 m j ( cub ( Σ ≤ j ) − cub ( Σ ≤ j − 1 ) ) , (122) [\mathcal{E}]_3=\chi^3Q+\frac{w^2}{12}\sum_{j=0}^{2}m_j\left(\operatorname{cub}(\Sigma_{\leq j})-\operatorname{cub}(\Sigma_{\leq j-1})\right), \tag*{(122)} [ E ] 3 = χ 3 Q + 12 w 2 j = 0 ∑ 2 m j ( cub ( Σ ≤ j ) − cub ( Σ ≤ j − 1 ) ) , (122) where, with Υ 1 = m 2 Σ 2 + m 1 Σ 1 \Upsilon_1=m_2\Sigma_2+m_1\Sigma_1 Υ 1 = m 2 Σ 2 + m 1 Σ 1 and Υ 2 = m 2 2 Σ 2 2 + m 1 m 2 ( Σ 1 Σ 2 + Σ 2 Σ 1 ) + m 1 2 Σ 1 2 \Upsilon_2=m_2^2\Sigma_2^2+m_1m_2(\Sigma_1\Sigma_2+\Sigma_2\Sigma_1)+m_1^2\Sigma_1^2 Υ 2 = m 2 2 Σ 2 2 + m 1 m 2 ( Σ 1 Σ 2 + Σ 2 Σ 1 ) + m 1 2 Σ 1 2 ,
Q = m 2 2 6 tr Σ 2 3 + m 2 2 2 tr ( Σ 1 Σ 2 2 ) + m 1 m 2 2 tr ( Σ 1 2 Σ 2 ) + m 1 2 6 tr Σ 1 3 + 1 2 tr ( Σ 0 Υ 2 ) + m 0 2 tr ( Σ 0 2 Υ 1 ) + m 0 2 6 tr Σ 0 3 . Q=\frac{m_2^2}{6}\operatorname{tr}\Sigma_2^3+\frac{m_2^2}{2}\operatorname{tr}(\Sigma_1\Sigma_2^2)+\frac{m_1m_2}{2}\operatorname{tr}(\Sigma_1^2\Sigma_2)+\frac{m_1^2}{6}\operatorname{tr}\Sigma_1^3
+\frac{1}{2}\operatorname{tr}(\Sigma_0\Upsilon_2)+\frac{m_0}{2}\operatorname{tr}(\Sigma_0^2\Upsilon_1)+\frac{m_0^2}{6}\operatorname{tr}\Sigma_0^3. Q = 6 m 2 2 tr Σ 2 3 + 2 m 2 2 tr ( Σ 1 Σ 2 2 ) + 2 m 1 m 2 tr ( Σ 1 2 Σ 2 ) + 6 m 1 2 tr Σ 1 3 + 2 1 tr ( Σ 0 Υ 2 ) + 2 m 0 tr ( Σ 0 2 Υ 1 ) + 6 m 0 2 tr Σ 0 3 .
The sum in (121) is the squared-norm integral (53) of the path with increments Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 \Sigma_0,\Sigma_1,\Sigma_2 Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 and masses m 0 , m 1 , m 2 m_0,m_1,m_2 m 0 , m 1 , m 2 . In its cross terms 2 m j Σ ≤ j − 1 : Σ j 2m_j\Sigma_{\leq j-1}:\Sigma_j 2 m j Σ ≤ j − 1 : Σ j , the mass is that of the later increment.
Proof. We first determine which products of derivatives of ψ \psi ψ can occur. We then compute the coefficients of the terms that are linear and quadratic in ψ \psi ψ , and finally the term that is cubic in ψ \psi ψ . The computations in Steps 2 and 3 do not use the condition on the diagonal of Σ ≤ 2 \Sigma_{\leq2} Σ ≤ 2 , which enters only at the end of each step.
Step 1: the possible terms. By the remark after (116) , applied to each of the three steps, [ E ] n [\mathcal{E}]_n [ E ] n is a sum of products of derivatives of positive order of ψ ˉ \bar{\psi} ψ ˉ at 0 0 0 , of total order 2 n 2n 2 n , with coefficients that are polynomials in the entries of the Σ j \Sigma_j Σ j and in the m j m_j m j . At y = 0 \mathbf{y}=0 y = 0 , the derivatives of order one vanish, because ψ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 \psi'(0)=0 ψ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 , the mixed derivatives vanish, because ψ ˉ \bar{\psi} ψ ˉ is separable, and ∂ i p ψ ˉ ( 0 ) = ψ ( p ) ( 0 ) \partial_i^p\bar{\psi}(0)=\psi^{(p)}(0) ∂ i p ψ ˉ ( 0 ) = ψ ( p ) ( 0 ) . We conclude that [ E ] 0 = ψ ˉ ( 0 ) = 0 [\mathcal{E}]_0=\bar{\psi}(0)=0 [ E ] 0 = ψ ˉ ( 0 ) = 0 and
[ E ] 1 = c 1 χ , [ E ] 2 = c 2 ψ ( 4 ) ( 0 ) + c 3 χ 2 , [ E ] 3 = c 4 ψ ( 6 ) ( 0 ) + c 5 χ ψ ( 4 ) ( 0 ) + c 6 w 2 + c 7 χ 3 [\mathcal{E}]_1=c_1\chi,\qquad[\mathcal{E}]_2=c_2\psi^{(4)}(0)+c_3\chi^2,\qquad[\mathcal{E}]_3=c_4\psi^{(6)}(0)+c_5\chi\psi^{(4)}(0)+c_6w^2+c_7\chi^3 [ E ] 1 = c 1 χ , [ E ] 2 = c 2 ψ ( 4 ) ( 0 ) + c 3 χ 2 , [ E ] 3 = c 4 ψ ( 6 ) ( 0 ) + c 5 χ ψ ( 4 ) ( 0 ) + c 6 w 2 + c 7 χ 3
where the coefficients c i c_i c i are polynomials in the entries of Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 \Sigma_0,\Sigma_1,\Sigma_2 Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 (with the masses fixed). These coefficients depend on ψ \psi ψ only through ψ ( p ) ( 0 ) \psi^{(p)}(0) ψ ( p ) ( 0 ) for 2 ≤ p ≤ 6 2\leq p\leq6 2 ≤ p ≤ 6 , and we may compute each of them with a convenient choice of ψ \psi ψ .
In Step 2 we take ψ \psi ψ smooth with compact support, for instance the Taylor polynomial of degree six of the given ψ \psi ψ multiplied by a smooth function with compact support that equals one near the origin. We also assume in Step 2 that Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 \Sigma_0,\Sigma_1,\Sigma_2 Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 are positive semidefinite. This is no loss of generality: the triples of positive semidefinite matrices contain a nonempty open subset of the triples of symmetric matrices, and an identity between polynomials in the entries that holds on this subset holds for all symmetric triples. For a parameter θ ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] \theta\in[-1,1] θ ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] , Lemma 6.9(c), applied to the three steps in turn, shows that the composition of the steps T m j , ε Σ j T_{m_j,\varepsilon\Sigma_j} T m j , ε Σ j applied to θ ψ ˉ \theta\bar{\psi} θ ψ ˉ is infinitely differentiable in ( ε , θ ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × [ − 1 , 1 ] (\varepsilon,\theta)\in[0,1]\times[-1,1] ( ε , θ ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × [ − 1 , 1 ] . By Lemma 7.6(a) and the chain rule, as in the proof of Lemma 7.6(b), its Taylor coefficients in ε \varepsilon ε are those of the formal composition. We use independent centered Gaussian vectors X 0 , X 1 , X 2 X_0,X_1,X_2 X 0 , X 1 , X 2 with covariances ε Σ 0 , ε Σ 1 , ε Σ 2 \varepsilon\Sigma_0,\varepsilon\Sigma_1,\varepsilon\Sigma_2 ε Σ 0 , ε Σ 1 , ε Σ 2 , and we set S j = X 0 + ⋯ + X j S_j=X_0+\cdots+X_j S j = X 0 + ⋯ + X j , which has covariance ε Σ ≤ j \varepsilon\Sigma_{\leq j} ε Σ ≤ j .
Step 2: the terms linear and quadratic in ψ \psi ψ . We replace ψ \psi ψ by θ ψ \theta\psi θ ψ , so that c 1 , c 2 , c 4 c_1,c_2,c_4 c 1 , c 2 , c 4 are coefficients of θ \theta θ and c 3 , c 5 , c 6 c_3,c_5,c_6 c 3 , c 5 , c 6 are coefficients of θ 2 \theta^2 θ 2 . Let U 3 = θ ψ ˉ U_3=\theta\bar{\psi} U 3 = θ ψ ˉ and U j = T m j , ε Σ j U j + 1 U_j=T_{m_j,\varepsilon\Sigma_j}U_{j+1} U j = T m j , ε Σ j U j + 1 for j = 2 , 1 , 0 j=2,1,0 j = 2 , 1 , 0 , so that U 0 ( 0 ) U_0(0) U 0 ( 0 ) is the value of the composition. At θ = 0 \theta=0 θ = 0 all U j U_j U j vanish. Differentiating U j = m j − 1 log E j e m j U j + 1 U_j=m_j^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}_j e^{m_jU_{j+1}} U j = m j − 1 log E j e m j U j + 1 in θ \theta θ at θ = 0 \theta=0 θ = 0 , where E j \mathbb{E}_j E j is the expectation over X j X_j X j , we obtain ∂ θ U j = E j ∂ θ U j + 1 \partial_\theta U_j=\mathbb{E}_j\partial_\theta U_{j+1} ∂ θ U j = E j ∂ θ U j + 1 and ∂ θ 2 U j = E j ∂ θ 2 U j + 1 + m j Var j ( ∂ θ U j + 1 ) \partial_\theta^2U_j=\mathbb{E}_j\partial_\theta^2U_{j+1}+m_j\operatorname{Var}_j(\partial_\theta U_{j+1}) ∂ θ 2 U j = E j ∂ θ 2 U j + 1 + m j Var j ( ∂ θ U j + 1 ) . Let M j = E [ ψ ˉ ( S 2 ) ∣ X 0 , … , X j − 1 ] M_j=\mathbb{E}[\bar{\psi}(S_2)\mid X_0,\ldots,X_{j-1}] M j = E [ ψ ˉ ( S 2 ) ∣ X 0 , … , X j − 1 ] , so that M 0 = E ψ ˉ ( S 2 ) M_0=\mathbb{E}\bar{\psi}(S_2) M 0 = E ψ ˉ ( S 2 ) and M 3 = ψ ˉ ( S 2 ) M_3=\bar{\psi}(S_2) M 3 = ψ ˉ ( S 2 ) . These recursions imply that
∂ θ U 0 ( 0 ) ∣ θ = 0 = E ψ ˉ ( S 2 ) , 1 2 ∂ θ 2 U 0 ( 0 ) ∣ θ = 0 = ∑ j = 0 2 m j 2 ( E M j + 1 2 − E M j 2 ) . \left.\partial_\theta U_0(0)\right|_{\theta=0}=\mathbb{E}\bar{\psi}(S_2),\qquad
\left.\frac{1}{2}\partial_\theta^2U_0(0)\right|_{\theta=0}=\sum_{j=0}^{2}\frac{m_j}{2}\left(\mathbb{E}M_{j+1}^2-\mathbb{E}M_j^2\right). ∂ θ U 0 ( 0 ) ∣ θ = 0 = E ψ ˉ ( S 2 ) , 2 1 ∂ θ 2 U 0 ( 0 ) θ = 0 = j = 0 ∑ 2 2 m j ( E M j + 1 2 − E M j 2 ) .
The first expression is ∑ i E ψ ( S 2 , i ) \sum_i \mathbb{E}\psi(S_{2,i}) ∑ i E ψ ( S 2 , i ) . Its Taylor coefficients in ε \varepsilon ε are polynomials in the diagonal entries ( Σ ≤ 2 ) i i (\Sigma_{\le2})_{ii} ( Σ ≤ 2 ) ii without constant term. These polynomial identities hold for all symmetric triples, and the coefficients vanish under the diagonal condition, which proves that c 1 = c 2 = c 4 = 0 c_1=c_2=c_4=0 c 1 = c 2 = c 4 = 0 . For the second, we have M j + 1 = ( H ψ ˉ ) ( S j ) M_{j+1}=(H\bar{\psi})(S_j) M j + 1 = ( H ψ ˉ ) ( S j ) , where H is the heat average over the Gaussian vector X j + 1 + ⋯ + X 2 X_{j+1}+\cdots+X_2 X j + 1 + ⋯ + X 2 , with covariance ε ( Σ ≤ 2 − Σ ≤ j ) \varepsilon(\Sigma_{\le2}-\Sigma_{\le j}) ε ( Σ ≤ 2 − Σ ≤ j ) . We write ψ = ψ 2 + ⋯ + ψ 6 + ψ > 6 \psi=\psi_2+\cdots+\psi_6+\psi_{>6} ψ = ψ 2 + ⋯ + ψ 6 + ψ > 6 , with ψ p ( y ) = ψ ( p ) ( 0 ) y p / p ! \psi_p(y)=\psi^{(p)}(0)y^p/p! ψ p ( y ) = ψ ( p ) ( 0 ) y p / p ! and ∣ ψ > 6 ( y ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ y ∣ 7 |\psi_{>6}(y)|\le C|y|^7 ∣ ψ > 6 ( y ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ y ∣ 7 . All the Gaussian vectors involved have covariances of order ε \varepsilon ε . The part of M j + 1 M_{j+1} M j + 1 coming from ψ p \psi_p ψ p with p ≤ 6 p\le6 p ≤ 6 is a polynomial in S j S_j S j of the parity of p p p , and it is O ( ε p / 2 ) O(\varepsilon^{p/2}) O ( ε p /2 ) in every L q L^q L q ; the part coming from ψ > 6 \psi_{>6} ψ > 6 is O ( ε 7 / 2 ) O(\varepsilon^{7/2}) O ( ε 7/2 ) . A product of the parts coming from ψ p \psi_p ψ p and ψ p ′ \psi_{p'} ψ p ′ has expectation O ( ε ( p + p ′ ) / 2 ) O(\varepsilon^{(p+p')/2}) O ( ε ( p + p ′ ) /2 ) , with p = 7 p=7 p = 7 for ψ > 6 \psi_{>6} ψ > 6 , and this expectation vanishes if p , p ′ ≤ 6 p,p'\le6 p , p ′ ≤ 6 and p + p ′ p+p' p + p ′ is odd. The terms of order ε 2 \varepsilon^2 ε 2 and ε 3 \varepsilon^3 ε 3 of E M j + 1 2 \mathbb{E}M_{j+1}^2 E M j + 1 2 come from the three products that we now compute. Let Ω = ε Σ ≤ j \Omega=\varepsilon\Sigma_{\le j} Ω = ε Σ ≤ j , and let Ω ′ = ε ( Σ ≤ 2 − Σ ≤ j ) \Omega'=\varepsilon(\Sigma_{\le2}-\Sigma_{\le j}) Ω ′ = ε ( Σ ≤ 2 − Σ ≤ j ) , so that Ω i i + Ω i i ′ = ε ( Σ ≤ 2 ) i i \Omega_{ii}+\Omega'_{ii}=\varepsilon(\Sigma_{\le2})_{ii} Ω ii + Ω ii ′ = ε ( Σ ≤ 2 ) ii . The Gaussian moments in the following three computations are evaluated by the Wick–Isserlis pairing formula [61].
For ψ 2 \psi_2 ψ 2 , we have M j + 1 = χ 2 ∣ S j ∣ 2 + const M_{j+1}=\frac{\chi}{2}|S_j|^2+\operatorname{const} M j + 1 = 2 χ ∣ S j ∣ 2 + const and Var ∣ S j ∣ 2 = 2 ∥ Ω ∥ F 2 \operatorname{Var}|S_j|^2=2\|\Omega\|_F^2 Var ∣ S j ∣ 2 = 2∥Ω ∥ F 2 . The means E M j \mathbb{E}M_j E M j do not depend on j j j , and
E M j + 1 2 − E M j 2 = χ 2 ε 2 2 ( ∥ Σ ≤ j ∥ F 2 − ∥ Σ ≤ j − 1 ∥ F 2 ) . \mathbb{E}M_{j+1}^2-\mathbb{E}M_j^2=\frac{\chi^2\varepsilon^2}{2}\left(\|\Sigma_{\le j}\|_F^2-\|\Sigma_{\le j-1}\|_F^2\right). E M j + 1 2 − E M j 2 = 2 χ 2 ε 2 ( ∥ Σ ≤ j ∥ F 2 − ∥ Σ ≤ j − 1 ∥ F 2 ) .
This gives c 3 c_3 c 3 and proves (121) .
For ψ 3 \psi_3 ψ 3 , we have H ψ 3 ( y i ) = w 6 ( y i 3 + 3 Ω i i ′ y i ) H\psi_3(y_i)=\frac{w}{6}(y_i^3+3\Omega'_{ii}y_i) H ψ 3 ( y i ) = 6 w ( y i 3 + 3 Ω ii ′ y i ) . Using E S i S l = Ω i l \mathbb{E}S_iS_l=\Omega_{il} E S i S l = Ω i l , E S i 3 S l = 3 Ω i i Ω i l \mathbb{E}S_i^3S_l=3\Omega_{ii}\Omega_{il} E S i 3 S l = 3 Ω ii Ω i l and E S i 3 S l 3 = 6 Ω i l 3 + 9 Ω i i Ω l l Ω i l \mathbb{E}S_i^3S_l^3=6\Omega_{il}^3+9\Omega_{ii}\Omega_{ll}\Omega_{il} E S i 3 S l 3 = 6 Ω i l 3 + 9 Ω ii Ω l l Ω i l for S = S j S=S_j S = S j , we find
E M j + 1 2 = w 2 ∑ i , l { Ω i l 3 6 + Ω i l ( Ω i i + Ω i i ′ ) ( Ω l l + Ω l l ′ ) 4 } (123) \mathbb{E}M_{j+1}^2=w^2\sum_{i,l}\left\{\frac{\Omega_{il}^3}{6}+\frac{\Omega_{il}(\Omega_{ii}+\Omega'_{ii})(\Omega_{ll}+\Omega'_{ll})}{4}\right\} \tag*{(123)} E M j + 1 2 = w 2 i , l ∑ { 6 Ω i l 3 + 4 Ω i l ( Ω ii + Ω ii ′ ) ( Ω l l + Ω l l ′ ) } (123)
Under the diagonal condition the second term vanishes, and E M j + 1 2 = w 2 ε 3 6 cub ( Σ ≤ j ) \mathbb{E}M_{j+1}^2=\frac{w^2\varepsilon^3}{6}\operatorname{cub}(\Sigma_{\le j}) E M j + 1 2 = 6 w 2 ε 3 cub ( Σ ≤ j ) . Also M 0 = 0 M_0=0 M 0 = 0 , because ψ 3 \psi_3 ψ 3 is odd. This gives c 6 c_6 c 6 .
For the product of ψ 2 \psi_2 ψ 2 and ψ 4 \psi_4 ψ 4 , the means of the two parts of M j M_j M j do not depend on j j j , and by the Wick formula,
Cov ( M j + 1 ( 2 ) , M j + 1 ( 4 ) ) = χ ψ ( 4 ) ( 0 ) 4 ∑ i , l Ω i l 2 ( Ω l l + Ω l l ′ ) , \operatorname{Cov}\left(M_{j+1}^{(2)},M_{j+1}^{(4)}\right)=\frac{\chi\psi^{(4)}(0)}{4}\sum_{i,l}\Omega_{il}^2(\Omega_{ll}+\Omega'_{ll}), Cov ( M j + 1 ( 2 ) , M j + 1 ( 4 ) ) = 4 χ ψ ( 4 ) ( 0 ) i , l ∑ Ω i l 2 ( Ω l l + Ω l l ′ ) ,
where M j + 1 ( p ) M_{j+1}^{(p)} M j + 1 ( p ) is the part of M j + 1 M_{j+1} M j + 1 coming from ψ p \psi_p ψ p . Under the diagonal condition this vanishes, and c 5 = 0 c_5=0 c 5 = 0 .
Step 3: the term cubic in ψ \psi ψ . It remains to compute c 7 c_7 c 7 , and we may take ψ ( y ) = χ y 2 / 2 \psi(y)=\chi y^2/2 ψ ( y ) = χ y 2 /2 . For positive semidefinite covariances and sufficiently small positive ε \varepsilon ε , the logarithmic determinant below is the Gaussian quadratic-exponential integral, obtained by diagonalizing and applying [107, (A.11)] in each coordinate. We derive its formal extension by computing with the steps directly, for symmetric Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 \Sigma_0,\Sigma_1,\Sigma_2 Σ 0 , Σ 1 , Σ 2 . Let Σ \Sigma Σ and H H H be symmetric, c ∈ R c \in\mathbb{R} c ∈ R , and m ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] m \in(0,1] m ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . For a quadratic function F = c ( ε ) + 1 2 y ⋅ H ( ε ) y F = c(\varepsilon) + \frac{1}{2}y \cdot H(\varepsilon)y F = c ( ε ) + 2 1 y ⋅ H ( ε ) y , we have Σ : D 2 F = tr ( Σ H ( ε ) ) \Sigma: D^2F = \operatorname{tr}(\Sigma H(\varepsilon)) Σ : D 2 F = tr ( Σ H ( ε )) and ∇ F ⋅ Σ ∇ F = y ⋅ H ( ε ) Σ H ( ε ) y \nabla F \cdot\Sigma\nabla F = y \cdot H(\varepsilon)\Sigma H(\varepsilon)y ∇ F ⋅ Σ∇ F = y ⋅ H ( ε ) Σ H ( ε ) y . The equation ∂ ε F = 1 2 ( Σ : D 2 F + m ∇ F ⋅ Σ ∇ F ) \partial_\varepsilon F = \frac{1}{2}(\Sigma: D^2F + m\nabla F \cdot\Sigma\nabla F) ∂ ε F = 2 1 ( Σ : D 2 F + m ∇ F ⋅ Σ∇ F ) with F = c + 1 2 y ⋅ H y F = c + \frac{1}{2}y \cdot Hy F = c + 2 1 y ⋅ H y at ε = 0 \varepsilon= 0 ε = 0 reduces to c ′ = 1 2 tr ( Σ H ( ε ) ) c' = \frac{1}{2}\operatorname{tr}(\Sigma H(\varepsilon)) c ′ = 2 1 tr ( Σ H ( ε )) and H ′ = m H ( ε ) Σ H ( ε ) H' = mH(\varepsilon)\Sigma H(\varepsilon) H ′ = m H ( ε ) Σ H ( ε ) . Differentiating, we find that the power series H ( ε ) = H ( Id − ε m Σ H ) − 1 H(\varepsilon) = H(\operatorname{Id} - \varepsilon m\Sigma H)^{-1} H ( ε ) = H ( Id − ε m Σ H ) − 1 and c ( ε ) = c − ( 2 m ) − 1 log det ( Id − ε m Σ H ) c(\varepsilon) = c - (2m)^{-1}\log\det(\operatorname{Id} - \varepsilon m\Sigma H) c ( ε ) = c − ( 2 m ) − 1 log det ( Id − ε m Σ H ) solve these equations. By the uniqueness of the formal solution,
T ^ m , ε Σ ( c + 1 2 y ⋅ H y ) = c − 1 2 m log det ( Id − ε m Σ H ) + 1 2 y ⋅ H ( Id − ε m Σ H ) − 1 y , \widehat{T}_{m,\varepsilon\Sigma}\left(c + \frac{1}{2}y \cdot Hy\right) = c - \frac{1}{2m}\log\det(\operatorname{Id} - \varepsilon m\Sigma H) + \frac{1}{2}y \cdot H(\operatorname{Id} - \varepsilon m\Sigma H)^{-1}y, T m , ε Σ ( c + 2 1 y ⋅ H y ) = c − 2 m 1 log det ( Id − ε m Σ H ) + 2 1 y ⋅ H ( Id − ε m Σ H ) − 1 y ,
where the right side is expanded in powers of ε \varepsilon ε . By the substitution rule for formal series, the same holds when c c c and H H H are themselves formal power series in ε \varepsilon ε . Starting from H 3 = χ Id H_3 = \chi\operatorname{Id} H 3 = χ Id , the three steps produce the matrices H 2 = χ ( Id − ε m 2 χ Σ 2 ) − 1 H_2 = \chi(\operatorname{Id} - \varepsilon m_2\chi\Sigma_2)^{-1} H 2 = χ ( Id − ε m 2 χ Σ 2 ) − 1 and H 1 = H 2 ( Id − ε m 1 Σ 1 H 2 ) − 1 = χ Id + ε χ 2 Υ 1 + ε 2 χ 3 Υ 2 + O ( ε 3 ) H_1 = H_2(\operatorname{Id} - \varepsilon m_1\Sigma_1H_2)^{-1} = \chi\operatorname{Id} + \varepsilon\chi^2\Upsilon_1 + \varepsilon^2\chi^3\Upsilon_2 + O(\varepsilon^3) H 1 = H 2 ( Id − ε m 1 Σ 1 H 2 ) − 1 = χ Id + ε χ 2 Υ 1 + ε 2 χ 3 Υ 2 + O ( ε 3 ) , and the value at y = 0 y = 0 y = 0 is
− ∑ j = 0 2 1 2 m j log det ( Id − ε m j Σ j H j + 1 ) = ∑ j = 0 2 ∑ p ≥ 1 ε p m j p − 1 2 p tr ( ( Σ j H j + 1 ) p ) . -\sum_{j=0}^{2}\frac{1}{2m_j}\log\det(\operatorname{Id} - \varepsilon m_j\Sigma_jH_{j+1}) = \sum_{j=0}^{2}\sum_{p\geq1}\frac{\varepsilon^p m_j^{p-1}}{2p}\operatorname{tr}\left((\Sigma_jH_{j+1})^p\right). − j = 0 ∑ 2 2 m j 1 log det ( Id − ε m j Σ j H j + 1 ) = j = 0 ∑ 2 p ≥ 1 ∑ 2 p ε p m j p − 1 tr ( ( Σ j H j + 1 ) p ) .
Collecting the terms of order ε 3 \varepsilon^3 ε 3 , we obtain χ 3 Q \chi^3 Q χ 3 Q . For example, for j = 1 j=1 j = 1 the terms with p = 1 p=1 p = 1 , 2 2 2 , and 3 3 3 contribute m 2 2 2 tr ( Σ 1 Σ 2 2 ) \frac{m_2^2}{2}\operatorname{tr}(\Sigma_1\Sigma_2^2) 2 m 2 2 tr ( Σ 1 Σ 2 2 ) , m 1 m 2 2 tr ( Σ 1 2 Σ 2 ) \frac{m_1m_2}{2}\operatorname{tr}(\Sigma_1^2\Sigma_2) 2 m 1 m 2 tr ( Σ 1 2 Σ 2 ) and m 1 2 6 tr Σ 1 3 \frac{m_1^2}{6}\operatorname{tr}\Sigma_1^3 6 m 1 2 tr Σ 1 3 , respectively. The terms of order ε \varepsilon ε and ε 2 \varepsilon^2 ε 2 are χ 2 tr Σ ≤ 2 \frac{\chi}{2}\operatorname{tr}\Sigma_{\leq2} 2 χ tr Σ ≤ 2 , which vanishes under the diagonal condition, and (7.23). This completes the proof. □
In Lemma 7.8 we take ε = h \varepsilon= h ε = h , Σ j = b Λ j \Sigma_j = b\Lambda_j Σ j = b Λ j and ( m 0 , m 1 , m 2 ) = ( a / 3 , a / 2 , a ) (m_0,m_1,m_2) = (a/3,a/2,a) ( m 0 , m 1 , m 2 ) = ( a /3 , a /2 , a ) . With these masses Υ 1 = a ( Σ 2 + Σ 1 / 2 ) \Upsilon_1 = a(\Sigma_2 + \Sigma_1/2) Υ 1 = a ( Σ 2 + Σ 1 /2 ) and Υ 2 = a 2 ( Σ 2 + Σ 1 / 2 ) 2 \Upsilon_2 = a^2(\Sigma_2 + \Sigma_1/2)^2 Υ 2 = a 2 ( Σ 2 + Σ 1 /2 ) 2 . We define the trace polynomial
C χ ( k ) = tr Λ 3 3 6 + tr ( Λ 1 Λ 2 2 ) 2 + tr ( Λ 1 2 Λ 2 ) 4 + tr Λ 1 3 24 + tr ( Λ 0 ( Λ 2 + 1 2 Λ 1 ) 2 ) 2 + tr ( Λ 0 2 ( Λ 2 + 1 2 Λ 1 ) ) 6 + tr Λ 0 3 54 , (124) C_{\chi}(k) = \frac{\operatorname{tr}\Lambda_3^3}{6} + \frac{\operatorname{tr}(\Lambda_1\Lambda_2^2)}{2} + \frac{\operatorname{tr}(\Lambda_1^2\Lambda_2)}{4} + \frac{\operatorname{tr}\Lambda_1^3}{24}
+ \frac{\operatorname{tr}\left(\Lambda_0(\Lambda_2 + \frac{1}{2}\Lambda_1)^2\right)}{2} + \frac{\operatorname{tr}\left(\Lambda_0^2(\Lambda_2 + \frac{1}{2}\Lambda_1)\right)}{6} + \frac{\operatorname{tr}\Lambda_0^3}{54}, \tag*{(124)} C χ ( k ) = 6 tr Λ 3 3 + 2 tr ( Λ 1 Λ 2 2 ) + 4 tr ( Λ 1 2 Λ 2 ) + 24 tr Λ 1 3 + 2 tr ( Λ 0 ( Λ 2 + 2 1 Λ 1 ) 2 ) + 6 tr ( Λ 0 2 ( Λ 2 + 2 1 Λ 1 ) ) + 54 tr Λ 0 3 , (124)
the Wick polynomial
C w ( k ) = 1 12 { cub ( Λ 0 ) 3 + cub ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 ) − cub ( Λ 0 ) 2 + cub ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) − cub ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 ) } , (125) C_w(k) = \frac{1}{12}\left\{\frac{\operatorname{cub}(\Lambda_0)}{3} + \frac{\operatorname{cub}(\Lambda_0 + \Lambda_1) - \operatorname{cub}(\Lambda_0)}{2} + \operatorname{cub}(\Lambda_0 + \Lambda_1 + \Lambda_2) - \operatorname{cub}(\Lambda_0 + \Lambda_1)\right\}, \tag*{(125)} C w ( k ) = 12 1 { 3 cub ( Λ 0 ) + 2 cub ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 ) − cub ( Λ 0 ) + cub ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) − cub ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 ) } , (125)
and
N ϑ f ( k ) = 1 3 ∥ Λ 0 ∥ F 2 + 1 2 ( ∥ Λ 0 + Λ 1 ∥ F 2 − ∥ Λ 0 ∥ F 2 ) + ∥ Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ∥ F 2 − ∥ Λ 0 + Λ 1 ∥ F 2 . N_{\vartheta}^{\mathrm{f}}(k) = \frac{1}{3}\lVert\Lambda_0\rVert_F^2 + \frac{1}{2}\left(\lVert\Lambda_0 + \Lambda_1\rVert_F^2 - \lVert\Lambda_0\rVert_F^2\right) + \lVert\Lambda_0 + \Lambda_1 + \Lambda_2\rVert_F^2 - \lVert\Lambda_0 + \Lambda_1\rVert_F^2. N ϑ f ( k ) = 3 1 ∥ Λ 0 ∥ F 2 + 2 1 ( ∥ Λ 0 + Λ 1 ∥ F 2 − ∥ Λ 0 ∥ F 2 ) + ∥ Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ∥ F 2 − ∥ Λ 0 + Λ 1 ∥ F 2 .
These are polynomials in k k k whose coefficients are rational functions of ϑ \vartheta ϑ , and they are even in k k k by Lemma 7.1(d).
Proposition 7.9 (The constant-mass part). Let a = α ( q 0 ) a=\alpha(q_0) a = α ( q 0 ) , χ 0 = χ ( q 0 , z ) \chi_0=\chi(q_0,z) χ 0 = χ ( q 0 , z ) , and w 0 = w ( q 0 , z ) w_0=w(q_0,z) w 0 = w ( q 0 , z ) . The constant-mass parts of [ V ] 0 , … , [ V ] 3 [V]_0,\ldots,[V]_3 [ V ] 0 , … , [ V ] 3 are
0 , 0 , b 2 χ 0 2 4 a N ϑ ( k ) , a 2 b 3 χ 0 3 C χ ( k ) + a b 3 w 0 2 C w ( k ) , 0,\qquad0,\qquad\frac{b^2\chi_0^2}{4}aN_{\vartheta}(k),\qquad a^2b^3\chi_0^3C_{\chi}(k)+ab^3w_0^2C_w(k), 0 , 0 , 4 b 2 χ 0 2 a N ϑ ( k ) , a 2 b 3 χ 0 3 C χ ( k ) + a b 3 w 0 2 C w ( k ) , respectively. Moreover, C χ ( 0 ) = C w ( 0 ) = 0 C_{\chi}(0)=C_w(0)=0 C χ ( 0 ) = C w ( 0 ) = 0 , and N ϑ f = N ϑ N_{\vartheta}^{\mathrm f}=N_{\vartheta} N ϑ f = N ϑ .
Proof. Let u 0 = u ( q 0 , z ) u_0=u(q_0,z) u 0 = u ( q 0 , z ) and, for y ∈ R 3 y\in\mathbb{R}^3 y ∈ R 3 , write φ ( z e + y ) = 3 Φ ( q 0 , z ) + u 0 e ⋅ y + ψ ˉ ( y ) \varphi(ze+y)=3\Phi(q_0,z)+u_0e\cdot y+\bar{\psi}(y) φ ( z e + y ) = 3Φ ( q 0 , z ) + u 0 e ⋅ y + ψ ˉ ( y ) , where ψ ˉ ( y ) = ∑ i ψ ( y i ) \bar{\psi}(y)=\sum_i\psi(y_i) ψ ˉ ( y ) = ∑ i ψ ( y i ) with ψ ( y ) = Φ ( q 0 , z + y ) − Φ ( q 0 , z ) − u 0 y \psi(y)=\Phi(q_0,z+y)-\Phi(q_0,z)-u_0y ψ ( y ) = Φ ( q 0 , z + y ) − Φ ( q 0 , z ) − u 0 y . Then ψ ( 0 ) = ψ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 \psi(0)=\psi'(0)=0 ψ ( 0 ) = ψ ′ ( 0 ) = 0 , ψ ′ ′ ( 0 ) = χ 0 \psi''(0)=\chi_0 ψ ′′ ( 0 ) = χ 0 and ψ ′ ′ ′ ( 0 ) = w 0 \psi'''(0)=w_0 ψ ′′′ ( 0 ) = w 0 . We use Lemma 7.6(e) for each of the three formal steps in (120) , from the inside out. Formal steps commute with translations, because their coefficients do not depend on z z z , and the translations produced by the inner steps pass through the outer ones. The total translation is h b a u 0 ( 1 3 Λ 0 + 1 2 Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) e hbau_0\left(\frac{1}{3}\Lambda_0+\frac{1}{2}\Lambda_1+\Lambda_2\right)e hba u 0 ( 3 1 Λ 0 + 2 1 Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) e , and the total added constant is 1 2 h b a u 0 2 e ⋅ ( 1 3 Λ 0 + 1 2 Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) e \frac{1}{2}hbau_0^2e\cdot\left(\frac{1}{3}\Lambda_0+\frac{1}{2}\Lambda_1+\Lambda_2\right)e 2 1 hba u 0 2 e ⋅ ( 3 1 Λ 0 + 2 1 Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) e . Both vanish by (119) , which implies that the value of (120) at z e ze z e is 3 Φ ( q 0 , z ) 3\Phi(q_0,z) 3Φ ( q 0 , z ) plus the value E ( h ) \mathcal{E}(h) E ( h ) at y = 0 y=0 y = 0 of the three formal steps applied to ψ ˉ \bar{\psi} ψ ˉ . By (119) , Lemma 7.8 applies to Σ j = b Λ j \Sigma_j=b\Lambda_j Σ j = b Λ j , and it gives [ E ] 0 = [ E ] 1 = 0 [\mathcal{E}]_0=[\mathcal{E}]_1=0 [ E ] 0 = [ E ] 1 = 0 , [ E ] 2 = b 2 χ 0 2 4 a N ϑ f ( k ) [\mathcal{E}]_2=\frac{b^2\chi_0^2}{4}aN_{\vartheta}^{\mathrm f}(k) [ E ] 2 = 4 b 2 χ 0 2 a N ϑ f ( k ) and [ E ] 3 = a 2 b 3 χ 0 3 C χ ( k ) + a b 3 w 0 2 C w ( k ) [\mathcal{E}]_3=a^2b^3\chi_0^3C_{\chi}(k)+ab^3w_0^2C_w(k) [ E ] 3 = a 2 b 3 χ 0 3 C χ ( k ) + a b 3 w 0 2 C w ( k ) . The same holds for the baseline, with the values at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 . By Lemma 7.7, the constant-mass part of [ V ] n [V]_n [ V ] n is the difference between these expressions and their values at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 .
At k = 0 k=0 k = 0 these values vanish. Indeed, at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 the composition (120) equals φ \varphi φ on the diagonal, for every smooth function Φ 0 \Phi_0 Φ 0 in place of Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) \Phi(q_0,\cdot) Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) in the definition of φ \varphi φ . To see this, note that Λ 2 = diag ( − 1 , − 1 − ϑ , − 1 − ϑ ) \Lambda_2=\operatorname{diag}(-1,-1-\vartheta,-1-\vartheta) Λ 2 = diag ( − 1 , − 1 − ϑ , − 1 − ϑ ) at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , and by Lemma 7.6(d) the inner step maps φ \varphi φ to ψ v ( z v ) + ψ x ( z x ) + ψ x ( z y ) \psi_v(z_v)+\psi_x(z_x)+\psi_x(z_y) ψ v ( z v ) + ψ x ( z x ) + ψ x ( z y ) , with ψ v = T ~ a , − b h Φ 0 \psi_v=\widetilde{T}_{a,-bh}\Phi_0 ψ v = T a , − bh Φ 0 and ψ x = T ~ a , − b h ( 1 + ϑ ) Φ 0 \psi_x=\widetilde{T}_{a,-bh(1+\vartheta)}\Phi_0 ψ x = T a , − bh ( 1 + ϑ ) Φ 0 . The covariance of the shared step is a multiple of ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T (e_x+e_y)(e_x+e_y)^{\mathsf T} ( e x + e y ) ( e x + e y ) T , and its recursion (116) involves only derivatives in the direction e x + e y e_x+e_y e x + e y ; on the set { z x = z y } \{z_x=z_y\} { z x = z y } , it is the one-dimensional recursion with variance b h ϑ bh\vartheta bh ϑ and mass a / 2 a/2 a /2 applied to 2 ψ x 2\psi_x 2 ψ x , which gives 2 T ~ a , b h ϑ ψ x = 2 T ~ a , − b h Φ 0 2\widetilde{T}_{a,bh\vartheta}\psi_x=2\widetilde{T}_{a,-bh}\Phi_0 2 T a , bh ϑ ψ x = 2 T a , − bh Φ 0 by Lemma 7.6(b) and (c). Similarly, the common step acts on the diagonal as the one-dimensional step with variance b h bh bh and mass a / 3 a/3 a /3 applied to ψ v + 2 T ~ a , − b h Φ 0 = 3 T ~ a , − b h Φ 0 \psi_v+2\widetilde{T}_{a,-bh}\Phi_0=3\widetilde{T}_{a,-bh}\Phi_0 ψ v + 2 T a , − bh Φ 0 = 3 T a , − bh Φ 0 , which gives 3 Φ 0 3\Phi_0 3 Φ 0 . The identity holds for every smooth Φ 0 \Phi_0 Φ 0 with bounded derivatives of positive order, so that the coefficients χ 0 \chi_0 χ 0 and w 0 w_0 w 0 in the expansion above can be prescribed arbitrarily. We conclude that N ϑ f ( 0 ) = C χ ( 0 ) = C w ( 0 ) = 0 N_{\vartheta}^{\mathrm f}(0)=C_{\chi}(0)=C_w(0)=0 N ϑ f ( 0 ) = C χ ( 0 ) = C w ( 0 ) = 0 . These values can also be checked directly from the matrices at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 . For instance, ∥ Λ 0 ∥ F 2 = 9 \|\Lambda_0\|_{\mathrm F}^2=9 ∥ Λ 0 ∥ F 2 = 9 , ∥ Λ 0 + Λ 1 ∥ F 2 = 5 + 4 ( 1 + ϑ ) 2 \|\Lambda_0+\Lambda_1\|_{\mathrm F}^2=5+4(1+\vartheta)^2 ∥ Λ 0 + Λ 1 ∥ F 2 = 5 + 4 ( 1 + ϑ ) 2 and ∥ Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ∥ F 2 = 4 + 2 ( 1 + ϑ ) 2 \|\Lambda_0+\Lambda_1+\Lambda_2\|_{\mathrm F}^2=4+2(1+\vartheta)^2 ∥ Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ∥ F 2 = 4 + 2 ( 1 + ϑ ) 2 at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , which give N ϑ f ( 0 ) = 3 + 2 ( 1 + ϑ ) 2 − 2 − 1 − 2 ( 1 + ϑ ) 2 = 0 N_{\vartheta}^{\mathrm f}(0)=3+2(1+\vartheta)^2-2-1-2(1+\vartheta)^2=0 N ϑ f ( 0 ) = 3 + 2 ( 1 + ϑ ) 2 − 2 − 1 − 2 ( 1 + ϑ ) 2 = 0 , and the same computation with cubes in place of squares gives C w ( 0 ) = 0 C_w(0)=0 C w ( 0 ) = 0 . This proves the first claim.
It remains to show that N ϑ f = N ϑ N_{\vartheta}^{\mathrm f}=N_{\vartheta} N ϑ f = N ϑ . Integrating in τ \tau τ in (7.15) with i = 0 i=0 i = 0 , we have
∑ j = 1 5 2 κ j n j ∫ 0 1 ( Q ~ j − 1 + κ j τ B j ) : B j d τ = ∑ j = 1 5 1 n j ( ∥ Q ~ j ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q ~ j − 1 ∥ F 2 ) . \sum_{j=1}^{5}\frac{2\kappa_j}{n_j}\int_0^1(\widetilde{Q}_{j-1}+\kappa_j\tau B_j):B_j\,\mathrm d\tau
=
\sum_{j=1}^{5}\frac{1}{n_j}\left(\|\widetilde{Q}_j\|_{\mathrm F}^2-\|\widetilde{Q}_{j-1}\|_{\mathrm F}^2\right). j = 1 ∑ 5 n j 2 κ j ∫ 0 1 ( Q j − 1 + κ j τ B j ) : B j d τ = j = 1 ∑ 5 n j 1 ( ∥ Q j ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q j − 1 ∥ F 2 ) .
Here n 3 = n 4 = n 5 = 1 n_3=n_4=n_5=1 n 3 = n 4 = n 5 = 1 , Q ~ 1 = Λ 0 \widetilde{Q}_1=\Lambda_0 Q 1 = Λ 0 , Q ~ 2 = Λ 0 + Λ 1 \widetilde{Q}_2=\Lambda_0+\Lambda_1 Q 2 = Λ 0 + Λ 1 and Q ~ 5 = Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 + τ T I d \widetilde{Q}_5=\Lambda_0+\Lambda_1+\Lambda_2+\tau_T I_d Q 5 = Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 + τ T I d . The right side is N ϑ f ( k ) N_\vartheta^{f}(k) N ϑ f ( k ) with Λ 2 \Lambda_2 Λ 2 replaced by Λ 2 + τ T I d \Lambda_2+\tau_T I_d Λ 2 + τ T I d , and the same holds for the baseline rates. We have ∥ U + τ T I d ∥ F 2 − ∥ U ∥ F 2 = 2 τ T tr U + 3 τ T 2 \lVert U+\tau_T I_d\rVert_F^2-\lVert U\rVert_F^2=2\tau_T\operatorname{tr}U+3\tau_T^2 ∥ U + τ T I d ∥ F 2 − ∥ U ∥ F 2 = 2 τ T tr U + 3 τ T 2 and tr ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) = 0 \operatorname{tr}(\Lambda_0+\Lambda_1+\Lambda_2)=0 tr ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) = 0 for both paths. The replacement adds 3 τ T 2 3\tau_T^2 3 τ T 2 to both expressions and does not change their difference. We conclude that N ϑ ( k ) = N ϑ f ( k ) − N ϑ f ( 0 ) = N ϑ f ( k ) N_\vartheta(k)=N_\vartheta^f(k)-N_\vartheta^f(0)=N_\vartheta^f(k) N ϑ ( k ) = N ϑ f ( k ) − N ϑ f ( 0 ) = N ϑ f ( k ) .
The coefficient table
Substituting the matrices (118) into (124) and (125) gives
k 2 k 4 k 6 C χ ( k ) 2 ( ϑ − 1 ) ( ϑ 2 + 2 ) ( ϑ − 2 ) 2 12 ϑ 3 + 6 ϑ 2 + ϑ + 8 3 ( ϑ − 2 ) 4 ( 3 ϑ + 4 ) ( 9 ϑ 2 + 15 ϑ + 10 ) 27 ( ϑ − 2 ) 6 C w ( k ) − ( ϑ − 1 ) ( ϑ 2 − ϑ + 2 ) ( ϑ − 2 ) 2 − 3 ϑ 3 + ϑ 2 + ϑ + 4 2 ( ϑ − 2 ) 4 0 (126) \begin{array}{c|ccc}
& k^2 & k^4 & k^6 \\
C_\chi(k) & \dfrac{2(\vartheta-1)(\vartheta^2+2)}{(\vartheta-2)^2} & \dfrac{12\vartheta^3+6\vartheta^2+\vartheta+8}{3(\vartheta-2)^4} & \dfrac{(3\vartheta+4)(9\vartheta^2+15\vartheta+10)}{27(\vartheta-2)^6} \\
C_w(k) & -\dfrac{(\vartheta-1)(\vartheta^2-\vartheta+2)}{(\vartheta-2)^2} & -\dfrac{3\vartheta^3+\vartheta^2+\vartheta+4}{2(\vartheta-2)^4} & 0 \tag*{(126)}
\end{array} C χ ( k ) C w ( k ) k 2 ( ϑ − 2 ) 2 2 ( ϑ − 1 ) ( ϑ 2 + 2 ) − ( ϑ − 2 ) 2 ( ϑ − 1 ) ( ϑ 2 − ϑ + 2 ) k 4 3 ( ϑ − 2 ) 4 12 ϑ 3 + 6 ϑ 2 + ϑ + 8 − 2 ( ϑ − 2 ) 4 3 ϑ 3 + ϑ 2 + ϑ + 4 k 6 27 ( ϑ − 2 ) 6 ( 3 ϑ + 4 ) ( 9 ϑ 2 + 15 ϑ + 10 ) 0 (126)
These are the coefficients of k 2 k^2 k 2 , k 4 k^4 k 4 and k 6 k^6 k 6 ; the constant terms vanish by Proposition 7.9 , and the odd terms vanish because the polynomials are even. The identities can be checked by hand from the explicit matrices, for instance by multiplying by ( ϑ − 2 ) 6 (\vartheta-2)^6 ( ϑ − 2 ) 6 and comparing the coefficients of ϑ i k j \vartheta^i k^j ϑ i k j . For ϑ = 1 / 2 \vartheta=1/2 ϑ = 1/2 , the individual traces and cubic sums are
tr Λ 2 3 = − 64 27 k 6 − 32 3 k 4 − 44 3 k 2 − 31 4 , \operatorname{tr}\Lambda_2^3=-\frac{64}{27}k^6-\frac{32}{3}k^4-\frac{44}{3}k^2-\frac{31}{4}, tr Λ 2 3 = − 27 64 k 6 − 3 32 k 4 − 3 44 k 2 − 4 31 ,
tr ( Λ 1 Λ 2 2 ) = 64 81 k 6 + 8 9 k 4 − 11 9 k 2 + 9 4 , \operatorname{tr}(\Lambda_1\Lambda_2^2)=\frac{64}{81}k^6+\frac{8}{9}k^4-\frac{11}{9}k^2+\frac{9}{4}, tr ( Λ 1 Λ 2 2 ) = 81 64 k 6 + 9 8 k 4 − 9 11 k 2 + 4 9 ,
tr ( Λ 1 2 Λ 2 ) = − 64 243 k 6 − 40 81 k 4 − 4 9 k 2 − 3 2 , \operatorname{tr}(\Lambda_1^2\Lambda_2)=-\frac{64}{243}k^6-\frac{40}{81}k^4-\frac{4}{9}k^2-\frac{3}{2}, tr ( Λ 1 2 Λ 2 ) = − 243 64 k 6 − 81 40 k 4 − 9 4 k 2 − 2 3 ,
tr Λ 1 3 = 64 729 k 6 + 16 27 k 4 + 4 3 k 2 + 1 , \operatorname{tr}\Lambda_1^3=\frac{64}{729}k^6+\frac{16}{27}k^4+\frac{4}{3}k^2+1, tr Λ 1 3 = 729 64 k 6 + 27 16 k 4 + 3 4 k 2 + 1 ,
tr ( Λ 0 ( Λ 2 + 1 2 Λ 1 ) 2 ) = 800 729 k 6 + 488 81 k 4 + 22 3 k 2 + 3 , \operatorname{tr}\left(\Lambda_0\left(\Lambda_2+\frac{1}{2}\Lambda_1\right)^2\right)=\frac{800}{729}k^6+\frac{488}{81}k^4+\frac{22}{3}k^2+3, tr ( Λ 0 ( Λ 2 + 2 1 Λ 1 ) 2 ) = 729 800 k 6 + 81 488 k 4 + 3 22 k 2 + 3 ,
tr ( Λ 0 2 ( Λ 2 + 1 2 Λ 1 ) ) = − 640 729 k 6 − 464 81 k 4 − 12 k 2 − 9 , \operatorname{tr}\left(\Lambda_0^2\left(\Lambda_2+\frac{1}{2}\Lambda_1\right)\right)=-\frac{640}{729}k^6-\frac{464}{81}k^4-12k^2-9, tr ( Λ 0 2 ( Λ 2 + 2 1 Λ 1 ) ) = − 729 640 k 6 − 81 464 k 4 − 12 k 2 − 9 ,
tr Λ 0 3 = 512 729 k 6 + 64 9 k 4 + 24 k 2 + 27 , \operatorname{tr}\Lambda_0^3=\frac{512}{729}k^6+\frac{64}{9}k^4+24k^2+27, tr Λ 0 3 = 729 512 k 6 + 9 64 k 4 + 24 k 2 + 27 ,
and
cub ( Λ 0 ) = 64 9 k 4 + 16 k 2 + 9 , cub ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 ) = 88 9 k 4 + 28 3 k 2 + 37 2 , \operatorname{cub}(\Lambda_0)=\frac{64}{9}k^4+16k^2+9,\qquad\operatorname{cub}(\Lambda_0+\Lambda_1)=\frac{88}{9}k^4+\frac{28}{3}k^2+\frac{37}{2}, cub ( Λ 0 ) = 9 64 k 4 + 16 k 2 + 9 , cub ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 ) = 9 88 k 4 + 3 28 k 2 + 2 37 ,
cub ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) = 12 k 2 + 43 4 . \operatorname{cub}(\Lambda_0+\Lambda_1+\Lambda_2)=12k^2+\frac{43}{4}. cub ( Λ 0 + Λ 1 + Λ 2 ) = 12 k 2 + 4 43 .
Inserting these values into (124) and (125) , we obtain
C χ ( k ) = − k 2 + 184 243 k 4 + 6952 19683 k 6 , C w ( k ) = 7 18 k 2 − 41 81 k 4 ( ϑ = 1 / 2 ) . (127) C_\chi(k)=-k^2+\frac{184}{243}k^4+\frac{6952}{19683}k^6,\qquad C_w(k)=\frac{7}{18}k^2-\frac{41}{81}k^4\qquad(\vartheta=1/2). \tag*{(127)} C χ ( k ) = − k 2 + 243 184 k 4 + 19683 6952 k 6 , C w ( k ) = 18 7 k 2 − 81 41 k 4 ( ϑ = 1/2 ) . (127)
We also checked (126) , (127) and the values of N ϑ N_\vartheta N ϑ in (114) with computer algebra.
The varying profile
We now compute the part of the Taylor coefficients of V V V that involves α ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'(q_0) α ′ ( q 0 ) and α ′ ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha''(q_0) α ′′ ( q 0 ) . We show that it is exactly the corresponding part of b 2 χ ( q 0 , z ) 2 4 Δ Π \frac{b^2\chi(q_0,z)^2}{4}\Delta\Pi 4 b 2 χ ( q 0 , z ) 2 ΔΠ . Together with Proposition 7.9, this gives the pointwise expansion of Proposition 7.12.
The linear part of the terminal function now has a coefficient that changes along the window. We remove it with the following form of (7.19).
Lemma 7.10 (Affine shift along a flow). Let ( B j , λ j , m j ) j ≤ N (B_j,\lambda_j,m_j)_{j\leq N} ( B j , λ j , m j ) j ≤ N be a stage datum as in Definition 6.1, with continuous masses, let u ∈ R u\in\mathbb{R} u ∈ R and e ′ ∈ R ℓ \mathbf e'\in\mathbb{R}^{\ell} e ′ ∈ R ℓ , and let f ∈ C ∞ f\in C^\infty f ∈ C ∞ satisfy 2 ℓ b ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ 1 2\ell b\lVert D^2f\rVert_\infty\sum_j\lambda_j|B_j|\leq1 2 ℓ b ∥ D 2 f ∥ ∞ ∑ j λ j ∣ B j ∣ ≤ 1 . Let F f F_f F f and F F F be the flows with terminal functions f f f and u e ′ ⋅ z + f u\mathbf e'\cdot z+f u e ′ ⋅ z + f . For τ ′ ∈ ( j − 1 , j ) \tau'\in(j-1,j) τ ′ ∈ ( j − 1 , j ) , write λ ( τ ′ ) = λ j \lambda(\tau')=\lambda_j λ ( τ ′ ) = λ j , B ( τ ′ ) = B j B(\tau')=B_j B ( τ ′ ) = B j and m ( τ ′ ) = m j ( τ ′ − j + 1 ) m(\tau')=m_j(\tau'-j+1) m ( τ ′ ) = m j ( τ ′ − j + 1 ) , and set
s ( τ ) = u b ∫ τ N λ m B e ′ d τ ′ , c ˉ ( τ ) = u 2 b 2 ∫ τ N λ m e ′ ⋅ B e ′ d τ ′ . s(\tau)=ub\int_\tau^N\lambda mB\mathbf e'\,d\tau',\qquad\bar c(\tau)=\frac{u^2b}{2}\int_\tau^N\lambda m\mathbf e'\cdot B\mathbf e'\,d\tau'. s ( τ ) = u b ∫ τ N λm B e ′ d τ ′ , c ˉ ( τ ) = 2 u 2 b ∫ τ N λm e ′ ⋅ B e ′ d τ ′ . Then F ( τ , z ) = u e ′ ⋅ z + c ˉ ( τ ) + F f ( τ , z + s ( τ ) ) F(\tau,z)=u\mathbf e'\cdot z+\bar c(\tau)+F_f(\tau,z+s(\tau)) F ( τ , z ) = u e ′ ⋅ z + c ˉ ( τ ) + F f ( τ , z + s ( τ )) for 0 ≤ τ ≤ N 0\leq\tau\leq N 0 ≤ τ ≤ N .
Proof. Let F ~ \widetilde F F be the right side. By Lemma 6.2(d), F f F_f F f is of class C 1 , 2 C^{1,2} C 1 , 2 on each closed stage, with bounded first and second spatial derivatives, and solves (6.1); the same properties hold for F ~ \widetilde F F , since s s s and c ˉ \bar c c ˉ are continuous and continuously differentiable on each closed stage. On a stage, with F f F_f F f and its derivatives evaluated at ( τ , z + s ( τ ) ) (\tau,z+s(\tau)) ( τ , z + s ( τ )) ,
− ∂ τ F ~ = u 2 b λ m 2 e ′ ⋅ B e ′ − ∂ τ F f + u b λ m B e ′ ⋅ ∇ F f . -\partial_\tau\widetilde F=\frac{u^2b\lambda m}{2}\mathbf e'\cdot B\mathbf e'-\partial_\tau F_f+ub\lambda mB\mathbf e'\cdot\nabla F_f. − ∂ τ F = 2 u 2 bλm e ′ ⋅ B e ′ − ∂ τ F f + u bλm B e ′ ⋅ ∇ F f .
Since ∇ F ~ = u e ′ + ∇ F f \nabla\widetilde F=u\mathbf e'+\nabla F_f ∇ F = u e ′ + ∇ F f and D 2 F ~ = D 2 F f D^2\widetilde F=D^2F_f D 2 F = D 2 F f , we have
b λ 2 { B : D 2 F ~ + m ∇ F ~ ⋅ B ∇ F ~ } = b λ 2 { B : D 2 F f + m ∇ F f ⋅ B ∇ F f } + b λ m 2 ( u 2 e ′ ⋅ B e ′ + 2 u e ′ ⋅ B ∇ F f ) . \frac{b\lambda}{2}\left\{B:D^2\widetilde F+m\nabla\widetilde F\cdot B\nabla\widetilde F\right\}
=\frac{b\lambda}{2}\left\{B:D^2F_f+m\nabla F_f\cdot B\nabla F_f\right\}
+\frac{b\lambda m}{2}\left(u^2\mathbf e'\cdot B\mathbf e'+2u\mathbf e'\cdot B\nabla F_f\right). 2 bλ { B : D 2 F + m ∇ F ⋅ B ∇ F } = 2 bλ { B : D 2 F f + m ∇ F f ⋅ B ∇ F f } + 2 bλm ( u 2 e ′ ⋅ B e ′ + 2 u e ′ ⋅ B ∇ F f ) .
which equals − ∂ τ F ~ -\partial_\tau\widetilde F − ∂ τ F . We have F ~ ( N ) = F ( N ) \widetilde F(N)=F(N) F ( N ) = F ( N ) , and the terminal function u e ′ ⋅ z + f u\mathbf e'\cdot z+f u e ′ ⋅ z + f has the same Hessian as f f f . The uniqueness statement of Lemma 6.2(d) implies that F ~ = F \widetilde F=F F = F . □
At τ = 0 \tau=0 τ = 0 and for constant masses, this is (7.19), applied to each step.
Lemma 7.11 (Contribution of the variation of α \alpha α ). Fix q 0 ∈ K q_0\in K q 0 ∈ K , k k k with ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 |k|\leq k_0 ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 , and z ∈ R z\in\mathbb{R} z ∈ R , and write χ 0 = χ ( q 0 , z ) \chi_0=\chi(q_0,z) χ 0 = χ ( q 0 , z ) . For n ≤ 3 n\leq3 n ≤ 3 , the difference between [ V ] n [V]_n [ V ] n and its constant-mass part equals the difference between b 2 χ 0 2 4 [ Δ Π ] n \frac{b^2\chi_0^2}{4}[\Delta\Pi]_n 4 b 2 χ 0 2 [ ΔΠ ] n and its constant-mass part. In other words, it vanishes for n ≤ 2 n\leq2 n ≤ 2 , and for n = 3 n=3 n = 3 it equals b 2 χ 0 2 4 α ′ ( q 0 ) N ϑ ( 1 ) ( k ) \frac{b^2\chi_0^2}{4}\alpha'(q_0)N^{(1)}_{\vartheta}(k) 4 b 2 χ 0 2 α ′ ( q 0 ) N ϑ ( 1 ) ( k ) .
Proof. The proof has four steps. We remove the linear part of the terminal function by Lemma 7.10, we show that the resulting translations can be replaced by a common one, we list the places where α ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'(q_0) α ′ ( q 0 ) and α ′ ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha''(q_0) α ′′ ( q 0 ) enter, and we compute the only term that survives. Throughout, statements such as “X = O ( h p ) X = O(h^p) X = O ( h p ) ” mean that [ X ] n = 0 [X]_n = 0 [ X ] n = 0 for n < p n < p n < p , and α \alpha α is regarded as a smooth function on K ′ K' K ′ whose derivatives at q 0 q_0 q 0 are free variables, as in the recursion (7.17).
Step 1: removal of the linear part. Let u 0 = u ( q 0 , z ) u_0 = u(q_0,z) u 0 = u ( q 0 , z ) , and write the terminal function as ∑ i Φ ( T , z i ) = u 0 e ⋅ z + ψ ˉ h ( z ) \sum_i \Phi(T,z_i) = u_0\mathbf{e}\cdot z + \bar{\psi}_h(z) ∑ i Φ ( T , z i ) = u 0 e ⋅ z + ψ ˉ h ( z ) . The function ψ ˉ h \bar{\psi}_h ψ ˉ h has bounded derivatives of every positive order and ∥ D 2 ψ ˉ h ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 \|D^2\bar{\psi}_h\|_\infty\le1 ∥ D 2 ψ ˉ h ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 . By (7.7), Lemma 7.10 applies to the stage datum of (7.9), with e ′ = e \mathbf{e}' = \mathbf{e} e ′ = e . At τ = 0 \tau= 0 τ = 0 , it gives
B ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = u 0 e ⋅ z + c ˉ + B ~ ( z + s ) , \mathcal{B}(q_0,h,k,z) = u_0\mathbf{e}\cdot z + \bar{c} + \widetilde{\mathcal{B}}(z+s), B ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = u 0 e ⋅ z + c ˉ + B ( z + s ) ,
s = b u 0 ∑ j = 1 5 1 n j ( ∫ J j α ) B j e , c ˉ = b u 0 2 2 ∑ j = 1 5 1 n j ( ∫ J j α ) e ⋅ B j e . s = b u_0 \sum_{j=1}^{5} \frac{1}{n_j}\left(\int_{J_j}\alpha\right)B_j\mathbf{e}, \qquad\bar{c} = \frac{b u_0^2}{2}\sum_{j=1}^{5}\frac{1}{n_j}\left(\int_{J_j}\alpha\right)\mathbf{e}\cdot B_j\mathbf{e}. s = b u 0 j = 1 ∑ 5 n j 1 ( ∫ J j α ) B j e , c ˉ = 2 b u 0 2 j = 1 ∑ 5 n j 1 ( ∫ J j α ) e ⋅ B j e .
where B ~ = F ψ ˉ h ( 0 , ⋅ ) \widetilde{\mathcal{B}} = F_{\bar{\psi}_h}(0,\cdot) B = F ψ ˉ h ( 0 , ⋅ ) is the output of the flow with terminal function ψ ˉ h \bar{\psi}_h ψ ˉ h , and where we used that h κ j ∫ J 0 1 m j = n j − 1 ∫ J j α h\kappa_j\int_{J_0}^{1}m_j = n_j^{-1}\int_{J_j}\alpha h κ j ∫ J 0 1 m j = n j − 1 ∫ J j α . The same holds for the baseline with B ~ ∘ \widetilde{\mathcal{B}}^\circ B ∘ , s ∘ s^\circ s ∘ and c ˉ ∘ \bar{c}^\circ c ˉ ∘ . By Lemma 7.1(a), c ˉ = c ˉ ∘ \bar{c} = \bar{c}^\circ c ˉ = c ˉ ∘ . Computing the vectors B j e B_j\mathbf{e} B j e and B j ∘ e B_j^\circ\mathbf{e} B j ∘ e as in the proof of Lemma 7.1(c), we find
s ∘ = s e , s = b u 0 ∫ q 0 T α , s − s ∘ = b u 0 k ζ ( e x − e y ) , s^\circ= \mathfrak{s}\mathbf{e}, \qquad\mathfrak{s} = b u_0\int_{q_0}^{T}\alpha, \qquad s-s^\circ= b u_0 k\zeta(\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y), s ∘ = s e , s = b u 0 ∫ q 0 T α , s − s ∘ = b u 0 k ζ ( e x − e y ) ,
ζ = ω 0 J 0 + ( ω 1 − ω 0 ) J 1 + ( ω 1 − 2 ω 0 ) J 2 , \zeta= \omega_0J_0+(\omega_1-\omega_0)J_1+(\omega_1-2\omega_0)J_2, ζ = ω 0 J 0 + ( ω 1 − ω 0 ) J 1 + ( ω 1 − 2 ω 0 ) J 2 ,
where J 0 = ∫ q 0 r α J_0=\int_{q_0}^{r}\alpha J 0 = ∫ q 0 r α , J 1 = ∫ r q α J_1=\int_{r}^{q}\alpha J 1 = ∫ r q α and J 2 = ∫ q q 0 + 2 h α J_2=\int_{q}^{q_0+2h}\alpha J 2 = ∫ q q 0 + 2 h α . Subtracting the two representations at z e z\mathbf{e} z e and using B ∘ ( z e ) = 3 Φ ( q 0 , z ) \mathcal{B}^\circ(z\mathbf{e})=3\Phi(q_0,z) B ∘ ( z e ) = 3Φ ( q 0 , z ) , we obtain
V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = B ~ ( ( z + s ) e + b u 0 k ζ ( e x − e y ) ) − B ~ ∘ ( ( z + s ) e ) . (128) V(q_0,h,k,z)=\widetilde{\mathcal{B}}\bigl((z+\mathfrak{s})\mathbf{e}+b u_0k\zeta(\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y)\bigr)-\widetilde{\mathcal{B}}^\circ\bigl((z+\mathfrak{s})\mathbf{e}\bigr). \tag*{(128)} V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = B ( ( z + s ) e + b u 0 k ζ ( e x − e y ) ) − B ∘ ( ( z + s ) e ) . (128)
Step 2: a common translation. If α \alpha α were constant on the window, then ζ \zeta ζ would vanish, since ω 0 + ϑ ( ω 1 − ω 0 ) + ( 1 − ϑ ) ( ω 1 − 2 ω 0 ) = ω 1 − ( 1 − ϑ ) ω 0 = 0 \omega_0+\vartheta(\omega_1-\omega_0)+(1-\vartheta)(\omega_1-2\omega_0)=\omega_1-(1-\vartheta)\omega_0=0 ω 0 + ϑ ( ω 1 − ω 0 ) + ( 1 − ϑ ) ( ω 1 − 2 ω 0 ) = ω 1 − ( 1 − ϑ ) ω 0 = 0 . Since α \alpha α is Lipschitz on K ′ K' K ′ , we have ∣ ζ ∣ ≤ C h 2 |\zeta|\le Ch^2 ∣ ζ ∣ ≤ C h 2 , so that ζ = O ( h 2 ) \zeta=O(h^2) ζ = O ( h 2 ) . Next, the function Δ x y ( h , z ′ ) = ( e x − e y ) ⋅ ∇ B ~ ( z ′ e ) \Delta_{xy}(h,z')=(\mathbf{e}_x-\mathbf{e}_y)\cdot\nabla\widetilde{\mathcal{B}}(z'\mathbf{e}) Δ x y ( h , z ′ ) = ( e x − e y ) ⋅ ∇ B ( z ′ e ) satisfies Δ x y = O ( h 2 ) \Delta_{xy}=O(h^2) Δ x y = O ( h 2 ) for every z ′ ∈ R z'\in\mathbb{R} z ′ ∈ R . Indeed, at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 it equals ∂ z Φ ( q 0 , z ′ ) − ∂ z Φ ( q 0 , z ′ ) = 0 \partial_z\Phi(q_0,z')-\partial_z\Phi(q_0,z')=0 ∂ z Φ ( q 0 , z ′ ) − ∂ z Φ ( q 0 , z ′ ) = 0 . Its coefficient of order one is the difference between the x x x and y y y components of the gradient of
[ ψ ˉ h ] 1 + b 2 ∑ j κ j { B j : D 2 ψ ˉ 0 + a n j ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ⋅ B j ∇ ψ ˉ 0 } [\bar{\psi}_h]_1+\frac{b}{2}\sum_j\kappa_j\left\{B_j:D^2\bar{\psi}_0+\frac{a}{n_j}\nabla\bar{\psi}_0\cdot B_j\nabla\bar{\psi}_0\right\} [ ψ ˉ h ] 1 + 2 b j ∑ κ j { B j : D 2 ψ ˉ 0 + n j a ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ⋅ B j ∇ ψ ˉ 0 }
at z ′ e z'\mathbf{e} z ′ e , where ψ ˉ 0 = ψ ˉ h ∣ h = 0 = φ − u 0 e ⋅ z \bar{\psi}_0=\bar{\psi}_h|_{h=0}=\varphi-u_0\mathbf{e}\cdot z ψ ˉ 0 = ψ ˉ h ∣ h = 0 = φ − u 0 e ⋅ z and [ ψ ˉ h ] 1 [\bar{\psi}_h]_1 [ ψ ˉ h ] 1 is separable and symmetric in the coordinates. At z ′ e z'\mathbf{e} z ′ e , the gradient of B j : D 2 ψ ˉ 0 B_j:D^2\bar{\psi}_0 B j : D 2 ψ ˉ 0 has entries ( B j ) i i w ( q 0 , z ′ ) (B_j)_{ii}w(q_0,z') ( B j ) ii w ( q 0 , z ′ ) , and the gradient of ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ⋅ B j ∇ ψ ˉ 0 \nabla\bar{\psi}_0 \cdot B_j\nabla\bar{\psi}_0 ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ⋅ B j ∇ ψ ˉ 0 is 2 χ ( q 0 , z ′ ) γ B j e 2\chi(q_0,z')\gamma B_j e 2 χ ( q 0 , z ′ ) γ B j e with γ = u ( q 0 , z ′ ) − u 0 \gamma=u(q_0,z')-u_0 γ = u ( q 0 , z ′ ) − u 0 . These differences vanish after summation, by Lemma 7.1(b) and (c). This proves that Δ x y = O ( h 2 ) \Delta_{xy}=O(h^2) Δ x y = O ( h 2 ) . Expanding B ~ \widetilde{B} B in the shift b u 0 k ζ ( e x − e y ) = O ( h 2 ) bu_0k\zeta(e_x-e_y)=O(h^2) b u 0 k ζ ( e x − e y ) = O ( h 2 ) , we find that the first-order and second-order terms are O ( h 4 ) O(h^4) O ( h 4 ) , so that
[ V ] n = [ Δ B ~ ( z + s ) ] n ( n ≤ 3 ) , Δ B ~ ( z ′ ) = B ~ ( z ′ e ) − B ~ ∘ ( z ′ e ) . [V]_n=\left[\Delta\widetilde{B}(z+\mathfrak{s})\right]_n\quad(n\leq3),\qquad\Delta\widetilde{B}(z')=\widetilde{B}(z'e)-\widetilde{B}^{\circ}(z'e). [ V ] n = [ Δ B ( z + s ) ] n ( n ≤ 3 ) , Δ B ( z ′ ) = B ( z ′ e ) − B ∘ ( z ′ e ) .
For every z ′ z' z ′ , the function Δ B ~ ( z ′ ) \Delta\widetilde{B}(z') Δ B ( z ′ ) is O ( h 2 ) O(h^2) O ( h 2 ) , with all its derivatives in z ′ z' z ′ : its coefficients of order zero and one vanish by the computation in the proof of Lemma 7.4(ii), with φ \varphi φ replaced by ψ ˉ 0 \bar{\psi}_0 ψ ˉ 0 . Since s = O ( h ) \mathfrak{s}=O(h) s = O ( h ) , we obtain [ V ] n = [ Δ B ~ ( z ) + s ( Δ B ~ ) ′ ( z ) ] n [V]_n=[\Delta\widetilde{B}(z)+\mathfrak{s}(\Delta\widetilde{B})'(z)]_n [ V ] n = [ Δ B ( z ) + s ( Δ B ) ′ ( z ) ] n for n ≤ 3 n\leq3 n ≤ 3 .
Step 3: where α ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'(q_0) α ′ ( q 0 ) and α ′ ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha''(q_0) α ′′ ( q 0 ) enter. In [ Δ B ~ ( z ) + s ( Δ B ~ ) ′ ( z ) ] n [\Delta\widetilde{B}(z)+\mathfrak{s}(\Delta\widetilde{B})'(z)]_n [ Δ B ( z ) + s ( Δ B ) ′ ( z ) ] n , n ≤ 3 n\leq3 n ≤ 3 , these quantities enter through s \mathfrak{s} s , through the terminal function ψ ˉ h \bar{\psi}_h ψ ˉ h , and through the masses.
The part of s \mathfrak{s} s that involves them is b u 0 ∫ q 0 T ( α ( t ) − a ) d t = O ( h 2 ) bu_0\int_{q_0}^{T}(\alpha(t)-a)\,dt=O(h^2) b u 0 ∫ q 0 T ( α ( t ) − a ) d t = O ( h 2 ) , and the part of ( Δ B ~ ) ′ ( z ) (\Delta\widetilde{B})'(z) ( Δ B ) ′ ( z ) that involves them is O ( h 3 ) O(h^3) O ( h 3 ) by the two items below. Since ( Δ B ~ ) ′ ( z ) = O ( h 2 ) (\Delta\widetilde{B})'(z)=O(h^2) ( Δ B ) ′ ( z ) = O ( h 2 ) and s = O ( h ) \mathfrak{s}=O(h) s = O ( h ) , neither part contributes to [ s ( Δ B ~ ) ′ ( z ) ] n [\mathfrak{s}(\Delta\widetilde{B})'(z)]_n [ s ( Δ B ) ′ ( z ) ] n for n ≤ 3 n\leq3 n ≤ 3 .
In ψ ˉ h \bar{\psi}_h ψ ˉ h , the time derivatives of Φ \Phi Φ at q 0 q_0 q 0 involve α ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'(q_0) α ′ ( q 0 ) only from the second derivative on, and the part of ψ ˉ h \bar{\psi}_h ψ ˉ h that involves α ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'(q_0) α ′ ( q 0 ) or α ′ ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha''(q_0) α ′′ ( q 0 ) is O ( h 2 ) O(h^2) O ( h 2 ) . It is separable and symmetric in the coordinates. The first-order change of Δ B ~ \Delta\widetilde{B} Δ B under a change δ ψ ˉ \delta\bar{\psi} δ ψ ˉ of the terminal function of this kind is O ( h 2 ) δ ψ ˉ O(h^2)\delta\bar{\psi} O ( h 2 ) δ ψ ˉ : its coefficients of order zero and one vanish by the computation of Step 2, because D 2 δ ψ ˉ D^2\delta\bar{\psi} D 2 δ ψ ˉ is a multiple of I d \mathrm{Id} Id and ∇ δ ψ ˉ \nabla\delta\bar{\psi} ∇ δ ψ ˉ is a multiple of e e e on the diagonal. This part contributes O ( h 4 ) O(h^4) O ( h 4 ) .
A mass enters (7.17) only through the gradient term. Each insertion carries a factor h h h , and the coefficient [ m j ] l [m_j]_l [ m j ] l of the mass carries the factor h l h^l h l and the factor α ( l ) ( q 0 ) \alpha^{(l)}(q_0) α ( l ) ( q 0 ) . A term that contains [ m j ] l [m_j]_l [ m j ] l with l ≥ 1 l\geq1 l ≥ 1 and only one insertion contains the factor ∇ ψ ˉ h ⋅ B j ∇ ψ ˉ h \nabla\bar{\psi}_h\cdot B_j\nabla\bar{\psi}_h ∇ ψ ˉ h ⋅ B j ∇ ψ ˉ h at z e z_e z e , because the stages without insertion act as the identity. Since ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ( z e ) = 0 \nabla\bar{\psi}_0(z_e)=0 ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ( z e ) = 0 , we have ∇ ψ ˉ h ( z e ) = O ( h ) \nabla\bar{\psi}_h(z_e)=O(h) ∇ ψ ˉ h ( z e ) = O ( h ) , so such a term is O ( h 3 + l ) O(h^{3+l}) O ( h 3 + l ) and does not contribute for n ≤ 3 n\leq3 n ≤ 3 . A term with [ m j ] 2 [m_j]_2 [ m j ] 2 and two insertions is O ( h 4 ) O(h^4) O ( h 4 ) . The only remaining terms that involve α ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'(q_0) α ′ ( q 0 ) contain [ m j ] 1 [m_j]_1 [ m j ] 1 and exactly two insertions, and they are of order h 3 h^3 h 3 ; in them, everything else is evaluated at h = 0 h=0 h = 0 : the terminal function is ψ ˉ 0 \bar{\psi}_0 ψ ˉ 0 , the point is z e z_e z e , and the other insertion has the mass a / n i a/n_i a / n i .
We note that α ′ ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha''(q_0) α ′′ ( q 0 ) does not enter [ V ] n [V]_n [ V ] n for n ≤ 3 n\leq3 n ≤ 3 .
Step 4: the two-insertion term. We use the variable τ ∈ [ 0 , 5 ] \tau\in[0,5] τ ∈ [ 0 , 5 ] of (7.9), and we write Σ ′ ( τ ) = b h κ j B j \Sigma'(\tau)=bh\kappa_jB_j Σ ′ ( τ ) = bh κ j B j and m ( τ ) = m j ( τ − j + 1 ) m(\tau)=m_j(\tau-j+1) m ( τ ) = m j ( τ − j + 1 ) for τ ∈ ( j − 1 , j ) \tau\in(j-1,j) τ ∈ ( j − 1 , j ) . Two insertions at τ 2 < τ 1 \tau_2<\tau_1 τ 2 < τ 1 correspond to an outer insertion at τ 2 \tau_2 τ 2 and an inner insertion at τ 1 \tau_1 τ 1 . Since ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ( z e ) = 0 \nabla\bar{\psi}_0(z_e)=0 ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ( z e ) = 0 and D 2 ψ ˉ 0 ( z e ) = χ 0 I d D^2\bar{\psi}_0(z_e)=\chi_0\mathrm{Id} D 2 ψ ˉ 0 ( z e ) = χ 0 Id , the only term of (7.17) with two insertions that depends on the masses is the heat term of the outer insertion acting on the gradient term of the inner one:
1 2 ∫ 0 5 ∫ τ 2 5 Σ ′ ( τ 2 ) : D 2 ( m ( τ 1 ) 2 ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ⋅ Σ ′ ( τ 1 ) ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ) ( z e ) d τ 1 d τ 2 = χ 0 2 2 ∫ 0 5 ∫ τ 2 5 m ( τ 1 ) Σ ′ ( τ 1 ) : Σ ′ ( τ 2 ) d τ 1 d τ 2 . \frac{1}{2}\int_{0}^{5}\int_{\tau_{2}}^{5}\Sigma'(\tau_{2}):D^{2}\left(\frac{m(\tau_{1})}{2}\nabla\bar{\psi}_{0}\cdot\Sigma'(\tau_{1})\nabla\bar{\psi}_{0}\right)(z_{\mathrm{e}})\,\mathrm{d}\tau_{1}\,\mathrm{d}\tau_{2}
=
\frac{\chi_{0}^{2}}{2}\int_{0}^{5}\int_{\tau_{2}}^{5}m(\tau_{1})\Sigma'(\tau_{1}):\Sigma'(\tau_{2})\,\mathrm{d}\tau_{1}\,\mathrm{d}\tau_{2}. 2 1 ∫ 0 5 ∫ τ 2 5 Σ ′ ( τ 2 ) : D 2 ( 2 m ( τ 1 ) ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ⋅ Σ ′ ( τ 1 ) ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ) ( z e ) d τ 1 d τ 2 = 2 χ 0 2 ∫ 0 5 ∫ τ 2 5 m ( τ 1 ) Σ ′ ( τ 1 ) : Σ ′ ( τ 2 ) d τ 1 d τ 2 .
Here we used that D 2 ( ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ⋅ Σ ′ ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ) = 2 D 2 ψ ˉ 0 Σ ′ D 2 ψ ˉ 0 D^{2}(\nabla\bar{\psi}_{0}\cdot\Sigma'\nabla\bar{\psi}_{0})=2D^{2}\bar{\psi}_{0}\Sigma'D^{2}\bar{\psi}_{0} D 2 ( ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ⋅ Σ ′ ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ) = 2 D 2 ψ ˉ 0 Σ ′ D 2 ψ ˉ 0 at z e z_{\mathrm{e}} z e . The terms in which the outer insertion is a gradient term contain the factor ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ( z e ) = 0 \nabla\bar{\psi}_{0}(z_{\mathrm{e}})=0 ∇ ψ ˉ 0 ( z e ) = 0 , and the terms in which both insertions are heat terms do not depend on the masses. Let Σ a c c ( τ ) = ∫ 0 τ Σ ′ \Sigma^{\mathrm{acc}}(\tau)=\int_{0}^{\tau}\Sigma' Σ acc ( τ ) = ∫ 0 τ Σ ′ be the covariance accumulated from the outer end of the window. Then the right side equals χ 0 2 2 ∫ 0 5 m ( τ ) Σ ′ ( τ ) : Σ a c c ( τ ) d τ = χ 0 2 4 ∫ 0 5 m ( τ ) ∂ τ ∥ Σ a c c ( τ ) ∥ F 2 d τ \frac{\chi_{0}^{2}}{2}\int_{0}^{5}m(\tau)\Sigma'(\tau):\Sigma^{\mathrm{acc}}(\tau)\,\mathrm{d}\tau=\frac{\chi_{0}^{2}}{4}\int_{0}^{5}m(\tau)\partial_{\tau}\|\Sigma^{\mathrm{acc}}(\tau)\|_{F}^{2}\,\mathrm{d}\tau 2 χ 0 2 ∫ 0 5 m ( τ ) Σ ′ ( τ ) : Σ acc ( τ ) d τ = 4 χ 0 2 ∫ 0 5 m ( τ ) ∂ τ ∥ Σ acc ( τ ) ∥ F 2 d τ , which is χ 0 2 4 \frac{\chi_{0}^{2}}{4} 4 χ 0 2 times the squared-norm integral of the window path ((87) with Q ⋆ = 0 Q_{\star}=0 Q ⋆ = 0 ); this is (121) for a continuous profile. By (111) , its part linear in the coefficients [ m j ] 1 [m_j]_1 [ m j ] 1 , for the perturbed window minus the baseline window, is b 2 χ 0 2 4 \frac{b^{2}\chi_{0}^{2}}{4} 4 b 2 χ 0 2 times the part of [ Δ Π ] 3 [\Delta\Pi]_3 [ ΔΠ ] 3 that involves α ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'(q_0) α ′ ( q 0 ) . By (113) , this part is α ′ ( q 0 ) N ϑ ( 1 ) ( k ) \alpha'(q_0)N_{\vartheta}^{(1)}(k) α ′ ( q 0 ) N ϑ ( 1 ) ( k ) . Finally, the part of [ Δ Π ] n [\Delta\Pi]_n [ ΔΠ ] n that involves α ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'(q_0) α ′ ( q 0 ) or α ′ ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha''(q_0) α ′′ ( q 0 ) vanishes for n ≤ 2 n\leq2 n ≤ 2 , which completes the proof.
Proposition 7.12 (Pointwise expansion of the boundary perturbation). For q 0 ∈ K q_0\in K q 0 ∈ K , 0 ≤ h ≤ h 0 0\leq h\leq h_0 0 ≤ h ≤ h 0 and ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 |k|\leq k_0 ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 , write a = α ( q 0 ) a=\alpha(q_0) a = α ( q 0 ) , χ 0 ( z ) = χ ( q 0 , z ) \chi_0(z)=\chi(q_0,z) χ 0 ( z ) = χ ( q 0 , z ) and w 0 ( z ) = w ( q 0 , z ) w_0(z)=w(q_0,z) w 0 ( z ) = w ( q 0 , z ) . Then
V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = b 2 χ 0 ( z ) 2 4 Δ Π ( q 0 , h , k ) + h 3 { a 2 b 3 χ 0 ( z ) 3 C χ ( k ) + a b 3 w 0 ( z ) 2 C w ( k ) } + R ( q 0 , h , k , z ) , (129) V(q_0,h,k,z)=\frac{b^2\chi_0(z)^2}{4}\Delta\Pi(q_0,h,k)
+h^3\left\{a^2b^3\chi_0(z)^3C_{\chi}(k)+ab^3w_0(z)^2C_w(k)\right\}+R(q_0,h,k,z), \tag*{(129)} V ( q 0 , h , k , z ) = 4 b 2 χ 0 ( z ) 2 ΔΠ ( q 0 , h , k ) + h 3 { a 2 b 3 χ 0 ( z ) 3 C χ ( k ) + a b 3 w 0 ( z ) 2 C w ( k ) } + R ( q 0 , h , k , z ) , (129) where ∣ ∂ z j R ( q 0 , h , k , z ) ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 2 |\partial_z^jR(q_0,h,k,z)|\leq Ch^4k^2 ∣ ∂ z j R ( q 0 , h , k , z ) ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 2 for j ≤ 2 j\leq2 j ≤ 2 and all z z z .
The penalty Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ in (129) is the exact change of the mass-weighted squared-norm integral of the path, with the Parisi distribution function α \alpha α ; it is not replaced by its Taylor polynomial. By the expansion of Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ in § 6.4.1 , it contains the term α ′ ( q 0 ) h 3 N ϑ ( 1 ) ( k ) \alpha'(q_0)h^3N_{\vartheta}^{(1)}(k) α ′ ( q 0 ) h 3 N ϑ ( 1 ) ( k ) . The function V V V itself depends on α ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'(q_0) α ′ ( q 0 ) at order h 3 h^3 h 3 . This dependence disappears only after the expectation is taken in Proposition 7.13.
Proof. Let R R R be defined by (129) . Using Proposition 7.9 and Lemma 7.11, together with the expansion [ Δ Π ] 2 = a N ϑ ( k ) [\Delta\Pi]_2=aN_{\vartheta}(k) [ ΔΠ ] 2 = a N ϑ ( k ) , [ Δ Π ] 3 = α ′ ( q 0 ) N ϑ ( 1 ) ( k ) [\Delta\Pi]_3=\alpha'(q_0)N_{\vartheta}^{(1)}(k) [ ΔΠ ] 3 = α ′ ( q 0 ) N ϑ ( 1 ) ( k ) of § 6.4.1 , we find that [ R ] n = 0 [R]_n=0 [ R ] n = 0 for n ≤ 3 n\leq3 n ≤ 3 , for every k k k and z z z . By Lemma 7.4(ii) and (iv), the functions ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k ∂ z j R \partial_h^{\gamma_h}\partial_k^{\gamma_k}\partial_z^jR ∂ h γ h ∂ k γ k ∂ z j R are bounded for γ h ≤ 4 \gamma_h\leq4 γ h ≤ 4 , γ k ≤ 2 \gamma_k\leq2 γ k ≤ 2 and j ≤ 2 j\leq2 j ≤ 2 ; for the second and third terms of (129) this follows from the bounds on χ \chi χ and w w w in Lemma 5.1. Moreover, R R R vanishes at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 and is even in k k k , because V V V , Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ , C χ C_{\chi} C χ and C w C_w C w have these properties. Fix j ≤ 2 j\leq2 j ≤ 2 and z z z . The Taylor coefficients of ∂ k γ k ∂ z j R \partial_k^{\gamma_k}\partial_z^jR ∂ k γ k ∂ z j R of order at most three in h h h vanish, and Taylor’s formula implies that ∣ ∂ k γ k ∂ z j R ∣ ≤ C h 4 |\partial_k^{\gamma_k}\partial_z^jR|\leq Ch^4 ∣ ∂ k γ k ∂ z j R ∣ ≤ C h 4 for γ k ≤ 2 \gamma_k\leq2 γ k ≤ 2 . Since ∂ z j R \partial_z^jR ∂ z j R and ∂ k ∂ z j R \partial_k\partial_z^jR ∂ k ∂ z j R vanish at k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , we have
∂ z j R ( k ) = ∫ 0 k ( k − k ′ ) ∂ k 2 ∂ z j R ( k ′ ) d k ′ , \partial_z^jR(k)=\int_{0}^{k}(k-k')\partial_{k}^{2}\partial_z^jR(k')\,\mathrm{d}k', ∂ z j R ( k ) = ∫ 0 k ( k − k ′ ) ∂ k 2 ∂ z j R ( k ′ ) d k ′ ,
which implies that ∣ ∂ z j R ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 2 |\partial_z^jR|\leq Ch^4k^2 ∣ ∂ z j R ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 2 .
The identity [ R ] n = 0 [\mathcal{R}]_n = 0 [ R ] n = 0 for n ≤ 3 n \le3 n ≤ 3 can also be checked by expanding the five stages of the perturbed path directly, with the derivatives of Φ \Phi Φ at ( q 0 , z ) (q_0,z) ( q 0 , z ) , the values α ( q 0 ) \alpha(q_0) α ( q 0 ) , α ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha'(q_0) α ′ ( q 0 ) , α ′ ′ ( q 0 ) \alpha''(q_0) α ′′ ( q 0 ) , and k k k as variables; we did so with computer algebra for several rational values of ϑ \vartheta ϑ .
The expansion of the trial value
We now take the expectation of (7.31) along the scalar diffusion. Here we use the two stationarity identities. Let
M ( t ) = α ( t ) 2 β 6 E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 , (130) M(t) = \alpha(t)^2\beta^6\mathbb{E}\chi(t,Y_t)^3, \tag*{(130)} M ( t ) = α ( t ) 2 β 6 E χ ( t , Y t ) 3 , (130)
which is positive on ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) and infinitely differentiable there by Lemma 5.3 . We define the even polynomial
P ϑ ( k ) = C χ ( k ) + 2 C w ( k ) = c 2 ( ϑ ) k 2 + c 4 ( ϑ ) k 4 + c 6 ( ϑ ) k 6 . P_\vartheta(k) = C_\chi(k) + 2C_w(k) = c_2(\vartheta)k^2 + c_4(\vartheta)k^4 + c_6(\vartheta)k^6. P ϑ ( k ) = C χ ( k ) + 2 C w ( k ) = c 2 ( ϑ ) k 2 + c 4 ( ϑ ) k 4 + c 6 ( ϑ ) k 6 .
By (7.28), its coefficients are
c 2 ( ϑ ) = 2 ϑ ( ϑ − 1 ) ( ϑ − 2 ) 2 , c 4 ( ϑ ) = ( ϑ − 1 ) ( 3 ϑ 2 + 6 ϑ + 4 ) 3 ( ϑ − 2 ) 4 , c_2(\vartheta) = \frac{2\vartheta(\vartheta-1)}{(\vartheta-2)^2}, \qquad c_4(\vartheta) = \frac{(\vartheta-1)(3\vartheta^2+6\vartheta+4)}{3(\vartheta-2)^4}, c 2 ( ϑ ) = ( ϑ − 2 ) 2 2 ϑ ( ϑ − 1 ) , c 4 ( ϑ ) = 3 ( ϑ − 2 ) 4 ( ϑ − 1 ) ( 3 ϑ 2 + 6 ϑ + 4 ) ,
c 6 ( ϑ ) = ( 3 ϑ + 4 ) ( 9 ϑ 2 + 15 ϑ + 10 ) 27 ( ϑ − 2 ) 6 . (131) c_6(\vartheta) = \frac{(3\vartheta+4)(9\vartheta^2+15\vartheta+10)}{27(\vartheta-2)^6}. \tag*{(131)} c 6 ( ϑ ) = 27 ( ϑ − 2 ) 6 ( 3 ϑ + 4 ) ( 9 ϑ 2 + 15 ϑ + 10 ) . (131)
For ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \vartheta\in(0,1) ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) we have c 2 < 0 c_2 < 0 c 2 < 0 , c 4 < 0 c_4 < 0 c 4 < 0 and c 6 > 0 c_6 > 0 c 6 > 0 . For ϑ = 1 / 2 \vartheta= 1/2 ϑ = 1/2 , by (7.29),
P 1 / 2 ( k ) = − 2 9 k 2 − 62 243 k 4 + 6952 19683 k 6 . (132) P_{1/2}(k) = -\frac{2}{9}k^2 - \frac{62}{243}k^4 + \frac{6952}{19683}k^6. \tag*{(132)} P 1/2 ( k ) = − 9 2 k 2 − 243 62 k 4 + 19683 6952 k 6 . (132)
The polynomial − 2 9 k 2 − 62 243 k 4 + 6952 19683 k 6 -\frac{2}{9}k^2-\frac{62}{243}k^4+\frac{6952}{19683}k^6 − 9 2 k 2 − 243 62 k 4 + 19683 6952 k 6 is the sum of the trace polynomial (7.26) and twice the Wick polynomial (7.27) at ϑ = 1 / 2 \vartheta= 1/2 ϑ = 1/2 ; by Proposition 7.13 , it is the coefficient of M ( q 0 ) h 3 M(q_0)h^3 M ( q 0 ) h 3 in the expansion of T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β T(q_0,h,k)-3P_\beta T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β .
Proposition 7.13 (Local three-replica expansion). Let ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ] \vartheta\in(0,1/2] ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ] , k 0 > 0 k_0 > 0 k 0 > 0 , and let K ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) K \subset(0,q_\beta) K ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) be a compact interval. There exist h 0 > 0 h_0 > 0 h 0 > 0 and C < ∞ C < \infty C < ∞ , depending only on β \beta β , ϑ \vartheta ϑ , k 0 k_0 k 0 and K K K , such that for all q 0 ∈ K q_0 \in K q 0 ∈ K , 0 ≤ h ≤ h 0 0 \le h \le h_0 0 ≤ h ≤ h 0 and ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 |k| \le k_0 ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 , the trial value T ( q 0 , h , k ) T(q_0,h,k) T ( q 0 , h , k ) of (7.8) is an upper bound for p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ ) ) p_{3,n}(D(r,q,\delta)) p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ )) whenever this matrix is feasible, and
∣ T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β − M ( q 0 ) h 3 P ϑ ( k ) ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 2 , (133) \left|T(q_0,h,k)-3P_\beta-M(q_0)h^3P_\vartheta(k)\right| \le Ch^4k^2, \tag*{(133)} T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β − M ( q 0 ) h 3 P ϑ ( k ) ≤ C h 4 k 2 , (133) with r , q , δ r,q,\delta r , q , δ as in (7.1). The same bound holds with M ( q 0 ) M(q_0) M ( q 0 ) replaced by M ( q 0 + h ) = M ( r ) M(q_0+h)=M(r) M ( q 0 + h ) = M ( r ) .
The constants are uniform in the left endpoint q 0 ∈ K q_0 \in K q 0 ∈ K , in h ≤ h 0 h \le h_0 h ≤ h 0 and in ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 |k| \le k_0 ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 ; they are not uniform as ϑ ↓ 0 \vartheta\downarrow0 ϑ ↓ 0 . In terms of d = ϑ h d=\vartheta h d = ϑ h and δ = h k \delta=hk δ = hk , the remainder is C h 4 k 2 = C δ 2 d 2 / ϑ 2 Ch^4k^2=C\delta^2d^2/\vartheta^2 C h 4 k 2 = C δ 2 d 2 / ϑ 2 .
Proof. Let h 0 h_0 h 0 be as in Lemma 7.4 . The first claim is Lemma 7.3 (a). Using Corollary 7.5 and Proposition 7.12 , we obtain
T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β = b 4 ( b E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 − 1 ) Δ Π + h 3 { a 2 b 3 E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 3 C χ ( k ) + a b 3 E w ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 C w ( k ) } + E R + E i n . \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k)-3P_\beta=\frac{b}{4}\left(b\mathbb{E}\chi(q_0,Y_{q_0})^2-1\right)\Delta\Pi
+h^3\left\{a^2b^3\mathbb{E}\chi(q_0,Y_{q_0})^3C_\chi(k)+ab^3\mathbb{E}w(q_0,Y_{q_0})^2C_w(k)\right\}
+\mathbb{E}R+\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{in}}. T ( q 0 , h , k ) − 3 P β = 4 b ( b E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 − 1 ) ΔΠ + h 3 { a 2 b 3 E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 3 C χ ( k ) + a b 3 E w ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 C w ( k ) } + E R + E in .
with a = α ( q 0 ) a=\alpha(q_0) a = α ( q 0 ) . Since q 0 ∈ ( 0 , q β ) q_0\in(0,q_\beta) q 0 ∈ ( 0 , q β ) , the stationarity identities (75) hold at t = q 0 t=q_0 t = q 0 : we have b E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 = 1 b\mathbb{E}\chi(q_0,Y_{q_0})^2=1 b E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 = 1 and E w ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 = 2 a E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 3 \mathbb{E}w(q_0,Y_{q_0})^2=2a\mathbb{E}\chi(q_0,Y_{q_0})^3 E w ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 2 = 2 a E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 3 . The first identity cancels the penalty term exactly, and the second turns the braces into a 2 b 3 E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 3 ( C χ ( k ) + 2 C w ( k ) ) a^2b^3\mathbb{E}\chi(q_0,Y_{q_0})^3(C_\chi(k)+2C_w(k)) a 2 b 3 E χ ( q 0 , Y q 0 ) 3 ( C χ ( k ) + 2 C w ( k )) , so that the second term is M ( q 0 ) h 3 P ϑ ( k ) M(q_0)h^3P_\vartheta(k) M ( q 0 ) h 3 P ϑ ( k ) . Finally, ∣ E R ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 2 |\mathbb{E}R|\leq Ch^4k^2 ∣ E R ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 2 by Proposition 7.12 , and ∣ E i n ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 4 ≤ C k 0 2 h 4 k 2 |\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{in}}|\leq Ch^4k^4\leq Ck_0^2h^4k^2 ∣ E in ∣ ≤ C h 4 k 4 ≤ C k 0 2 h 4 k 2 by Corollary 7.5 . This proves (133) .
For the last claim, recall that M M M is continuously differentiable on K ′ K' K ′ . We have ∣ M ( q 0 + h ) − M ( q 0 ) ∣ ≤ C h |M(q_0+h)-M(q_0)|\leq Ch ∣ M ( q 0 + h ) − M ( q 0 ) ∣ ≤ C h and ∣ P ϑ ( k ) ∣ ≤ C k 2 |P_\vartheta(k)|\leq Ck^2 ∣ P ϑ ( k ) ∣ ≤ C k 2 for ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 |k|\leq k_0 ∣ k ∣ ≤ k 0 , and replacing M ( q 0 ) M(q_0) M ( q 0 ) by M ( q 0 + h ) M(q_0+h) M ( q 0 + h ) changes the left side of (133) by at most C h 4 k 2 Ch^4k^2 C h 4 k 2 .
A uniform cubic deficit on a band
We now express the expansion in the variables d = q − r d=q-r d = q − r and δ \delta δ , and we bound the trial value on a band where both are comparable to a small scale ρ \rho ρ . With h = d / ϑ h=d/\vartheta h = d / ϑ and k = ϑ δ / d k=\vartheta\delta/d k = ϑ δ / d , we have − h 3 P ϑ ( k ) = G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) -h^3P_\vartheta(k)=G_\vartheta(d,|\delta|) − h 3 P ϑ ( k ) = G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) , where
G ϑ ( d , x ) = − c 2 ϑ x 2 d − ϑ c 4 x 4 d − ϑ 3 c 6 x 6 d 3 , ( d , x > 0 ) . (134) G_\vartheta(d,x)=-\frac{c_2}{\vartheta}x^2d-\vartheta c_4\frac{x^4}{d}-\vartheta^3c_6\frac{x^6}{d^3},\qquad(d,x>0). \tag*{(134)} G ϑ ( d , x ) = − ϑ c 2 x 2 d − ϑ c 4 d x 4 − ϑ 3 c 6 d 3 x 6 , ( d , x > 0 ) . (134)
and c j = c j ( ϑ ) c_j=c_j(\vartheta) c j = c j ( ϑ ) . Note that − c 2 / ϑ = 2 ( 1 − ϑ ) / ( 2 − ϑ ) 2 > 0 -c_2/\vartheta=2(1-\vartheta)/(2-\vartheta)^2>0 − c 2 / ϑ = 2 ( 1 − ϑ ) / ( 2 − ϑ ) 2 > 0 . For E > 0 E>0 E > 0 we set
G ( ϑ , E ) = − c 2 ϑ − ϑ c 4 E 2 − ϑ 3 c 6 E 4 , μ 1 = − c 2 ϑ + ϑ c 4 ( 2 E ) 2 , μ 2 = − c 2 ϑ − 3 ϑ 3 c 6 ( 2 E ) 4 , G(\vartheta,E)=-\frac{c_2}{\vartheta}-\vartheta c_4E^2-\vartheta^3c_6E^4,\qquad
\mu_1=-\frac{c_2}{\vartheta}+\vartheta c_4(2E)^2,\qquad
\mu_2=-\frac{c_2}{\vartheta}-3\vartheta^3c_6(2E)^4, G ( ϑ , E ) = − ϑ c 2 − ϑ c 4 E 2 − ϑ 3 c 6 E 4 , μ 1 = − ϑ c 2 + ϑ c 4 ( 2 E ) 2 , μ 2 = − ϑ c 2 − 3 ϑ 3 c 6 ( 2 E ) 4 ,
so that G ϑ ( ρ , E ρ ) = E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) ρ 3 G_\vartheta(\rho,E\rho)=E^2G(\vartheta,E)\rho^3 G ϑ ( ρ , E ρ ) = E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) ρ 3 . Since c 4 < 0 < c 6 c_4<0<c_6 c 4 < 0 < c 6 , we have G ( ϑ , E ) ≥ μ 2 G(\vartheta,E)\geq\mu_2 G ( ϑ , E ) ≥ μ 2 .
Lemma 7.14 (Monotonicity on the band). Let ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ] \vartheta\in(0,1/2] ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ] and E > 0 E>0 E > 0 satisfy
− c 2 ( ϑ ) ϑ + ϑ c 4 ( ϑ ) ( 2 E ) 2 > 0 , − c 2 ( ϑ ) ϑ − 3 ϑ 3 c 6 ( ϑ ) ( 2 E ) 4 > 0 , (135) -\frac{c_2(\vartheta)}{\vartheta}+\vartheta c_4(\vartheta)(2E)^2>0,\qquad
-\frac{c_2(\vartheta)}{\vartheta}-3\vartheta^3c_6(\vartheta)(2E)^4>0, \tag*{(135)} − ϑ c 2 ( ϑ ) + ϑ c 4 ( ϑ ) ( 2 E ) 2 > 0 , − ϑ c 2 ( ϑ ) − 3 ϑ 3 c 6 ( ϑ ) ( 2 E ) 4 > 0 , (135) that is, μ 1 > 0 \mu_1>0 μ 1 > 0 and μ 2 > 0 \mu_2>0 μ 2 > 0 . Let 0 ≤ σ < min { μ 1 , μ 2 } 0\leq\sigma<\min\{\mu_1,\mu_2\} 0 ≤ σ < min { μ 1 , μ 2 } and ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 . Then the function ( d , x ) ↦ G ϑ ( d , x ) − σ x 2 d (d,x)\mapsto G_\vartheta(d,x)-\sigma x^2d ( d , x ) ↦ G ϑ ( d , x ) − σ x 2 d is increasing in each variable on the band { d ≥ ρ , E ρ ≤ x ≤ 2 E ρ } \{d\geq\rho,E\rho\leq x\leq2E\rho\} { d ≥ ρ , E ρ ≤ x ≤ 2 E ρ } , and its minimum over the band is E 2 ( G ( ϑ , E ) − σ ) ρ 3 E^2(G(\vartheta,E)-\sigma)\rho^3 E 2 ( G ( ϑ , E ) − σ ) ρ 3 , attained at ( ρ , E ρ ) (\rho,E\rho) ( ρ , E ρ ) .
Proof. Differentiating (134) , we obtain
∂ d G ϑ x 2 = − c 2 ϑ + ϑ c 4 ( x d ) 2 + 3 ϑ 3 c 6 ( x d ) 4 , ∂ x G ϑ 2 x d = − c 2 ϑ − 2 ϑ c 4 ( x d ) 2 − 3 ϑ 3 c 6 ( x d ) 4 . \frac{\partial_dG_\vartheta}{x^2}=-\frac{c_2}{\vartheta}+\vartheta c_4\left(\frac{x}{d}\right)^2+3\vartheta^3c_6\left(\frac{x}{d}\right)^4,\qquad
\frac{\partial_xG_\vartheta}{2xd}=-\frac{c_2}{\vartheta}-2\vartheta c_4\left(\frac{x}{d}\right)^2-3\vartheta^3c_6\left(\frac{x}{d}\right)^4. x 2 ∂ d G ϑ = − ϑ c 2 + ϑ c 4 ( d x ) 2 + 3 ϑ 3 c 6 ( d x ) 4 , 2 x d ∂ x G ϑ = − ϑ c 2 − 2 ϑ c 4 ( d x ) 2 − 3 ϑ 3 c 6 ( d x ) 4 .
e n d s m i d = 1 {ends_mid=1} e n d s m i d = 1
On the band, 0 < x / d ≤ 2 E ρ / ρ = 2 E 0 < x/d \le2E\rho/\rho= 2E 0 < x / d ≤ 2 E ρ / ρ = 2 E . Since c 4 < 0 < c 6 c_4 < 0 < c_6 c 4 < 0 < c 6 , the first expression is at least μ 1 \mu_1 μ 1 and the second is at least μ 2 \mu_2 μ 2 . Subtracting σ x 2 d \sigma x^2d σ x 2 d subtracts σ \sigma σ from both normalized derivatives, and the partial derivatives of G ϑ − σ x 2 d G_\vartheta-\sigma x^2d G ϑ − σ x 2 d in d d d and x x x are at least ( μ 1 − σ ) x 2 > 0 (\mu_1-\sigma)x^2 > 0 ( μ 1 − σ ) x 2 > 0 and 2 ( μ 2 − σ ) x d > 0 2(\mu_2-\sigma)xd > 0 2 ( μ 2 − σ ) x d > 0 . The band is the product [ ρ , ∞ ) × [ E ρ , 2 E ρ ] [\rho,\infty)\times[E\rho,2E\rho] [ ρ , ∞ ) × [ E ρ , 2 E ρ ] , and so the minimum is attained at the corner ( ρ , E ρ ) (\rho,E\rho) ( ρ , E ρ ) , where the value is G ϑ ( ρ , E ρ ) − σ E 2 ρ 3 = E 2 ( G ( ϑ , E ) − σ ) ρ 3 G_\vartheta(\rho,E\rho)-\sigma E^2\rho^3 = E^2(G(\vartheta,E)-\sigma)\rho^3 G ϑ ( ρ , E ρ ) − σ E 2 ρ 3 = E 2 ( G ( ϑ , E ) − σ ) ρ 3 .
The lemma bounds G ϑ − σ x 2 d G_\vartheta-\sigma x^2d G ϑ − σ x 2 d below by its value at one corner of the band. It does not say that G ( ϑ , E ) G(\vartheta,E) G ( ϑ , E ) multiplies x 2 d x^2d x 2 d throughout the band.
Proposition 7.15 (A uniform cubic deficit). Let I ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) I\subset(0,q_\beta) I ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) be a nonempty compact interval, and let m β > 0 m_\beta>0 m β > 0 satisfy m β ≤ inf r ∈ I M ( r ) m_\beta\le\inf_{r\in I}M(r) m β ≤ inf r ∈ I M ( r ) , for instance the constant of Corollary 5.5 for an interval I β ⊃ I I_\beta\supset I I β ⊃ I . Let ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ] \vartheta\in(0,1/2] ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ] and E > 0 E>0 E > 0 satisfy (135) , and let 0 < σ < min { μ 1 , μ 2 } 0<\sigma<\min\{\mu_1,\mu_2\} 0 < σ < min { μ 1 , μ 2 } . There exists d 0 > 0 d_0>0 d 0 > 0 , depending only on β \beta β , I I I , ϑ \vartheta ϑ , E E E and σ \sigma σ , such that the following holds. Let 0 < ρ ≤ d 0 0<\rho\le d_0 0 < ρ ≤ d 0 , and let r ∈ I r\in I r ∈ I , d d d and δ \delta δ satisfy
ρ ≤ d ≤ d 0 , E ρ ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ . \rho\le d \le d_0,\qquad E\rho\le|\delta| \le2E\rho. ρ ≤ d ≤ d 0 , E ρ ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ . Set h = d / ϑ h=d/\vartheta h = d / ϑ , q 0 = r − h q_0=r-h q 0 = r − h and k = ϑ δ / d k=\vartheta\delta/d k = ϑ δ / d . Then T = T ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}=\mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k) T = T ( q 0 , h , k ) is an upper bound for p 3 , n ( D ( r , r + d , δ ) ) p_{3,n}(D(r,r+d,\delta)) p 3 , n ( D ( r , r + d , δ )) whenever this matrix is feasible, and
T ≤ 3 P β − m β { G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) − σ δ 2 d } ≤ 3 P β − m β E 2 { G ( ϑ , E ) − σ } ρ 3 . \mathcal{T}\le3P_\beta-m_\beta\{G_\vartheta(d,|\delta|)-\sigma\delta^2d\}\le3P_\beta-m_\beta E^2\{G(\vartheta,E)-\sigma\}\rho^3. T ≤ 3 P β − m β { G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) − σ δ 2 d } ≤ 3 P β − m β E 2 { G ( ϑ , E ) − σ } ρ 3 . In particular, if 0 < σ ˉ < G ( ϑ , E ) 0<\bar{\sigma}<G(\vartheta,E) 0 < σ ˉ < G ( ϑ , E ) and σ = min { σ ˉ , μ 1 , μ 2 } / 2 \sigma=\min\{\bar{\sigma},\mu_1,\mu_2\}/2 σ = min { σ ˉ , μ 1 , μ 2 } /2 , then
T ≤ 3 P β − m β E 2 { G ( ϑ , E ) − σ ˉ } ρ 3 . (136) \mathcal{T}\le3P_\beta-m_\beta E^2\{G(\vartheta,E)-\bar{\sigma}\}\rho^3. \tag*{(136)} T ≤ 3 P β − m β E 2 { G ( ϑ , E ) − σ ˉ } ρ 3 . (136) The parameters are chosen in the order of Table 7.3 , all before ρ \rho ρ , and before n n n in the later sections. The deficit (7.38) is uniform over the band, but it is a bound by the value at the corner of the band; at other points of the band the deficit m β { G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) − σ δ 2 d } m_\beta\{G_\vartheta(d,|\delta|)-\sigma\delta^2d\} m β { G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) − σ δ 2 d } may be much larger. A fixed d = d 0 d=d_0 d = d 0 does not make the remainder of (133) small compared with δ 2 d \delta^2d δ 2 d ; it is the choice of d 0 d_0 d 0 in the proof that makes it so.
Table 7.3. Order of the choices in Proposition 7.15.
Proof. We first fix the constants, and then combine Proposition 7.13 with Lemma 7.14.
Step 1: constants. Let k 0 = 2 ϑ E k_0=2\vartheta E k 0 = 2 ϑE and K = [ 1 2 min I , max I ] K=[\frac{1}{2}\min I,\max I] K = [ 2 1 min I , max I ] , a compact subinterval of ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) . Let h 0 h_0 h 0 and C C C be the constants of Proposition 7.13 for ϑ \vartheta ϑ , k 0 k_0 k 0 and K K K . By Lemma 5.3, the function M M M is continuous and positive on the compact interval I I I , and we set
M I = min r ∈ I M ( r ) > 0 , d 0 = min { ϑ h 0 , ϑ 2 min I , M I σ ϑ 2 C } . M_I=\min_{r\in I}M(r)>0,\qquad d_0=\min\left\{\vartheta h_0,\frac{\vartheta}{2}\min I,\frac{M_I\sigma\vartheta^2}{C}\right\}. M I = r ∈ I min M ( r ) > 0 , d 0 = min { ϑ h 0 , 2 ϑ min I , C M I σ ϑ 2 } .
These constants depend only on β \beta β , I I I , ϑ \vartheta ϑ , E E E and σ \sigma σ .
Step 2: the expansion. Let ρ , r , d , δ \rho,r,d,\delta ρ , r , d , δ be as in the statement. Then h = d / ϑ ≤ h 0 h=d/\vartheta\le h_0 h = d / ϑ ≤ h 0 , q 0 = r − h ≥ min I − 1 2 min I q_0=r-h \ge\min I-\frac{1}{2}\min I q 0 = r − h ≥ min I − 2 1 min I , so that q 0 ∈ K q_0 \in K q 0 ∈ K , and ∣ k ∣ = ϑ ∣ δ ∣ / d ≤ 2 ϑ E ρ / ρ = k 0 |k|=\vartheta|\delta|/d \le2\vartheta E\rho/\rho=k_0 ∣ k ∣ = ϑ ∣ δ ∣/ d ≤ 2 ϑE ρ / ρ = k 0 . With these parameters, q 0 + h = r q_0+h=r q 0 + h = r , q 0 + ( 1 + ϑ ) h = r + d q_0+(1+\vartheta)h=r+d q 0 + ( 1 + ϑ ) h = r + d and h k = δ hk=\delta hk = δ . The endpoint of the path is D ( r , r + d , δ ) D(r,r+d,\delta) D ( r , r + d , δ ) , and the first claim is Proposition 7.13. By (133) with M ( r ) M(r) M ( r ) ,
T ≤ 3 P β − M ( r ) G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) + C ϑ 2 δ 2 d 2 . \mathcal{T} \le3P_\beta-M(r)G_\vartheta(d,|\delta|)+\frac{C}{\vartheta^2}\delta^2d^2. T ≤ 3 P β − M ( r ) G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) + ϑ 2 C δ 2 d 2 .
Since d ≤ d 0 d \le d_0 d ≤ d 0 and r ∈ I r \in I r ∈ I , we have
C ϑ 2 δ 2 d 2 ≤ M I σ δ 2 d ≤ M ( r ) σ δ 2 d . \frac{C}{\vartheta^2}\delta^2d^2 \le M_I\sigma\delta^2d \le M(r)\sigma\delta^2d. ϑ 2 C δ 2 d 2 ≤ M I σ δ 2 d ≤ M ( r ) σ δ 2 d .
By Lemma 7.14, the braces in the next display are at least E 2 ( G ( ϑ , E ) − σ ) ρ 3 E^2(G(\vartheta,E)-\sigma)\rho^3 E 2 ( G ( ϑ , E ) − σ ) ρ 3 , which is positive because G ( ϑ , E ) ≥ μ 2 > σ G(\vartheta,E) \ge\mu_2 > \sigma G ( ϑ , E ) ≥ μ 2 > σ . Since M ( r ) ≥ m β M(r) \ge m_\beta M ( r ) ≥ m β , we obtain
T ≤ 3 P β − M ( r ) { G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) − σ δ 2 d } ≤ 3 P β − m β { G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) − σ δ 2 d } , \mathcal{T} \le3P_\beta-M(r)\{G_\vartheta(d,|\delta|)-\sigma\delta^2d\}
\le3P_\beta-m_\beta\{G_\vartheta(d,|\delta|)-\sigma\delta^2d\}, T ≤ 3 P β − M ( r ) { G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) − σ δ 2 d } ≤ 3 P β − m β { G ϑ ( d , ∣ δ ∣ ) − σ δ 2 d } ,
and the lower bound on the braces gives the second inequality of the proposition. For the last claim, σ ≤ σ ˉ / 2 < σ ˉ \sigma\le\bar{\sigma}/2 < \bar{\sigma} σ ≤ σ ˉ /2 < σ ˉ .
An explicit admissible choice. Let ϑ = 1 / 2 \vartheta=1/2 ϑ = 1/2 and E = 1 / 100 E=1/100 E = 1/100 . By (7.34), − c 2 / ϑ = 4 / 9 -c_2/\vartheta=4/9 − c 2 / ϑ = 4/9 , c 4 = − 62 / 243 c_4=-62/243 c 4 = − 62/243 and c 6 = 6952 / 19683 c_6=6952/19683 c 6 = 6952/19683 . These values satisfy − 1 < c 4 < 0 < c 6 < 1 -1<c_4<0<c_6<1 − 1 < c 4 < 0 < c 6 < 1 , which implies that
μ 1 = 4 9 + 2 c 4 E 2 > 4 9 − 2 E 2 > 0 , μ 2 = 4 9 − 6 c 6 E 4 > 4 9 − 6 E 4 > 0 , \mu_1=\frac{4}{9}+2c_4E^2>\frac{4}{9}-2E^2>0,\qquad
\mu_2=\frac{4}{9}-6c_6E^4>\frac{4}{9}-6E^4>0, μ 1 = 9 4 + 2 c 4 E 2 > 9 4 − 2 E 2 > 0 , μ 2 = 9 4 − 6 c 6 E 4 > 9 4 − 6 E 4 > 0 ,
so (7.37) holds, and
G ( 1 2 , E ) = 4 9 + 31 243 E 2 − 869 19683 E 4 > 4 9 − E 4 8 > 1 3 . G\left(\frac{1}{2},E\right)=\frac{4}{9}+\frac{31}{243}E^2-\frac{869}{19683}E^4>\frac{4}{9}-\frac{E^4}{8}>\frac{1}{3}. G ( 2 1 , E ) = 9 4 + 243 31 E 2 − 19683 869 E 4 > 9 4 − 8 E 4 > 3 1 .
The exact values are μ 1 = 269969 / 607500 \mu_1=269969/607500 μ 1 = 269969/607500 , μ 2 = 18224999131 / 41006250000 \mu_2=18224999131/41006250000 μ 2 = 18224999131/41006250000 and G ( 1 / 2 , 1 / 100 ) = 874825109131 / 1968300000000 G(1/2,1/100)=874825109131/1968300000000 G ( 1/2 , 1/100 ) = 874825109131/1968300000000 . This choice is used in Section 10. It is compatible with every fixed β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 : the constants of Proposition 7.13 depend on β \beta β , but (7.37) does not.
Scope of the local construction. Proposition 7.15 concerns only matrices with q − r ≤ d 0 q-r \le d_0 q − r ≤ d 0 . For q − r > d 0 q-r > d_0 q − r > d 0 , § 6.8 uses the quenched comparison with a fixed width of Lemma 9.5 , which does not require the regularity of α \alpha α near q q q . The bound of Proposition 7.15 is a bound on the quenched pressure. To bound the positive fractional moments for the probability estimates, we use the separate interpolation of Section 8, which uses the trial path of this section with the profile changed on [ 0 , q 0 ) [0,q_0) [ 0 , q 0 ) ; by the remark after Lemma 7.3 , this change does not affect V V V or Δ Π \Delta\Pi ΔΠ .
Fractional moments of constrained partition functions
In this section we bound positive fractional moments of the partition function of three configurations with prescribed overlaps. The main result is Lemma 8.7. It states that, for every overlap matrix D D D in the local band of Section 7, the normalized fractional moment ( n s ) − 1 log E Z 3 , n ( D ) s (ns)^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}Z_{3,n}(D)^s ( n s ) − 1 log E Z 3 , n ( D ) s of order s = S ρ s=S\rho s = S ρ is at most 3 P β − g ρ 3 3P_\beta-g\rho^3 3 P β − g ρ 3 , uniformly in n n n . In § 6.8 we use this bound and Markov’s inequality to obtain a single disorder event on which all these constrained partition functions are small. That event is the static input of the dynamical argument in Sections 10 to 12.
We first explain why a fractional moment is needed. The cubic deficit of Section 7 bounds the quenched constrained pressure p 3 , n ( D ) = n − 1 E log Z 3 , n ( D ) p_{3,n}(D)=n^{-1}\mathbb{E}\log Z_{3,n}(D) p 3 , n ( D ) = n − 1 E log Z 3 , n ( D ) by 3 P β 3P_\beta 3 P β minus a multiple of ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 . Gaussian concentration turns a mean deficit of order ρ 3 \rho^3 ρ 3 into a probability bound exp ( − c n ρ 6 ) \exp(-cn\rho^6) exp ( − c n ρ 6 ) , and for ρ ≍ n − 7 / 30 \rho\asymp n^{-7/30} ρ ≍ n − 7/30 the exponent n ρ 6 ≍ n − 2 / 5 n\rho^6\asymp n^{-2/5} n ρ 6 ≍ n − 2/5 tends to zero. With a bound of the same order on the moment of order s ≍ ρ s\asymp\rho s ≍ ρ , we obtain instead the probability bound exp ( − c n s ρ 3 ) = exp ( − c n ρ 4 ) \exp(-cns\rho^3)=\exp(-cn\rho^4) exp ( − c n s ρ 3 ) = exp ( − c n ρ 4 ) , and n ρ 4 ≍ n 1 / 15 n\rho^4\asymp n^{1/15} n ρ 4 ≍ n 1/15 . The proof has three ingredients.
Proposition 8.3 is a matrix interpolation bound for the moment of order s s s of a constrained partition function. Its right side is the trial value of the quenched comparison Proposition 4.19, which is [77, Proposition 2.3]. However, the comparison path must have all its masses at least s s s , and the left side carries the correction β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) \beta^2\ell^2s/(4n) β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) produced by the Gaussian completion of Lemma 3.1.
The three-replica path of Section 7 has masses α / 3 \alpha/3 α /3 near the origin, and α ( t ) → 0 \alpha(t)\to0 α ( t ) → 0 as t → 0 t\to0 t → 0 . We replace α \alpha α by the profile max { α , 3 s } \max\{\alpha,3s\} max { α , 3 s } . Its cost is O ( s 5 ) O(s^5) O ( s 5 ) by the estimate of Aronow and Lopatto recalled in Proposition 4.12, and Lemma 8.6 controls the effect of this change on the local covariance perturbation, which starts at a time bounded away from zero.
Lemma 8.7 combines these estimates with the uniform cubic deficit (7.38).
The fractional comparison and the local fractional bound are new relative to [77]. The comparison adapts the quenched bound [77, Proposition 2.3], and the positive-moment mechanism and the profile max { α , 3 s } \max\{\alpha,3s\} max { α , 3 s } come from [8]; see Remark 8.4.
§ 6.7.1 defines Gaussian hierarchies whose outermost integration has positive mass and computes their variance derivatives. § 6.7.2 proves Proposition 8.3. Sections 8.3 and § 6.7.4 treat the profile max { α , 3 s } \max\{\alpha,3s\} max { α , 3 s } , and § 6.7.5 proves Lemma 8.7.
Standing notation. Throughout this section and the next, β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 is fixed, and α = α β \alpha= \alpha_{\beta} α = α β , μ β \mu_{\beta} μ β , q β q_{\beta} q β , Φ \Phi Φ , u u u , χ \chi χ , Y Y Y and Γ \Gamma Γ are as in Section 4. Recall that Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t) = t Γ ( t ) = t for 0 ≤ t ≤ q β 0 \le t \le q_{\beta} 0 ≤ t ≤ q β and that α \alpha α is smooth on [ 0 , q β ) [0,q_{\beta}) [ 0 , q β ) , by Corollary 4.8. We use the constrained partition functions Z ℓ , n ( D ) Z_{\ell,n}(D) Z ℓ , n ( D ) and pressures p ℓ , n ( D ) p_{\ell,n}(D) p ℓ , n ( D ) of Definition 4.16, the matrices D 2 ( q ) D_2(q) D 2 ( q ) and D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) of (55) , the integration steps T m , Σ T_{m,\Sigma} T m , Σ of Definition 4.1, and the admissible paths and trial values T D ( Q , m , λ ) T_D(Q,m,\lambda) T D ( Q , m , λ ) of Definitions 4.14 and 4.15. For real ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrices U , U ′ U,U' U , U ′ , not necessarily symmetric, U : U ′ = ∑ a , a ′ U a a ′ U a a ′ ′ U:U' = \sum_{a,a'} U_{aa'}U'_{aa'} U : U ′ = ∑ a , a ′ U a a ′ U a a ′ ′ and ∥ U ∥ F 2 = U : U \lVert U\rVert_F^2 = U:U ∥ U ∥ F 2 = U : U . For a feasible ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrix D D D and 0 < s ≤ 1 0 < s \le1 0 < s ≤ 1 , we define the normalized fractional moment
p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) = 1 n s log E Z ℓ , n ( D ) s . (137) p_{\ell,n}^{(s)}(D) = \frac{1}{ns}\log\mathbb{E}Z_{\ell,n}(D)^s. \tag*{(137)} p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) = n s 1 log E Z ℓ , n ( D ) s . (137)
By Jensen’s inequality, we have p ℓ , n ( D ) ≤ p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) p_{\ell,n}(D) \le p_{\ell,n}^{(s)}(D) p ℓ , n ( D ) ≤ p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) , so an upper bound on p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) p_{\ell,n}^{(s)}(D) p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) is stronger than the same upper bound on p ℓ , n ( D ) p_{\ell,n}(D) p ℓ , n ( D ) . Throughout, s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] s \in(0,1] s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] denotes the order of a fractional moment; in Section 8.3 it is also the parameter of the profile max { α , 3 s } \max\{\alpha,3s\} max { α , 3 s } of Proposition 4.12.
Hierarchies with a positive outer mass
In the hierarchies of Proposition 4.18, the quenched randomness is integrated by an ordinary expectation, which corresponds to mass zero. To control a fractional moment of order s s s , we instead integrate it at mass s s s .
Definition 8.1 (Hierarchy with positive outer mass). Let S S S be a nonempty finite set, let N ≥ 1 N \ge1 N ≥ 1 , let s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] s \in(0,1] s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , and let s ≤ m 1 ≤ ⋯ ≤ m N ≤ 1 s \le m_1 \le\cdots\le m_N \le1 s ≤ m 1 ≤ ⋯ ≤ m N ≤ 1 . Let ω , g 1 , … , g N \omega,\mathbf{g}_1,\ldots,\mathbf{g}_N ω , g 1 , … , g N be independent standard Gaussian vectors in finite-dimensional spaces, and for x ∈ S x \in S x ∈ S let U ( x ) = U ( x ; ω , g 1 , … , g N ) U(x) = U(x;\omega,\mathbf{g}_1,\ldots,\mathbf{g}_N) U ( x ) = U ( x ; ω , g 1 , … , g N ) be affine in ( ω , g 1 , … , g N ) (\omega,\mathbf{g}_1,\ldots,\mathbf{g}_N) ( ω , g 1 , … , g N ) . We set
Ψ N = log ∑ x ∈ S e U ( x ) , Ψ j − 1 = 1 m j log E j e m j Ψ j ( j = N , … , 1 ) , Ψ − 1 = 1 s log E ω e s Ψ 0 . \Psi_N = \log\sum_{x\in S} e^{U(x)}, \qquad\Psi_{j-1} = \frac{1}{m_j}\log\mathbb{E}_j e^{m_j\Psi_j}\ (j=N,\ldots,1), \qquad\Psi_{-1} = \frac{1}{s}\log\mathbb{E}_{\omega}e^{s\Psi_0}. Ψ N = log x ∈ S ∑ e U ( x ) , Ψ j − 1 = m j 1 log E j e m j Ψ j ( j = N , … , 1 ) , Ψ − 1 = s 1 log E ω e s Ψ 0 . where E j \mathbb{E}_j E j integrates g j \mathbf{g}_j g j and E ω \mathbb{E}_{\omega} E ω integrates ω \omega ω . Then Ψ j \Psi_j Ψ j is a function of ( ω , g 1 , … , g j ) (\omega,\mathbf{g}_1,\ldots,\mathbf{g}_j) ( ω , g 1 , … , g j ) , and the number Ψ − 1 \Psi_{-1} Ψ − 1 is the value of the hierarchy. The path law is the law of ( ω , g 1 , … , g N , x ) (\omega,\mathbf{g}_1,\ldots,\mathbf{g}_N,x) ( ω , g 1 , … , g N , x ) under which ω \omega ω has density e s ( Ψ 0 − Ψ − 1 ) e^{s(\Psi_0-\Psi_{-1})} e s ( Ψ 0 − Ψ − 1 ) with respect to its Gaussian law, given ( ω , g 1 , … , g j − 1 ) (\omega,\mathbf{g}_1,\ldots,\mathbf{g}_{j-1}) ( ω , g 1 , … , g j − 1 ) the vector g j \mathbf{g}_j g j has density e m j ( Ψ j − Ψ j − 1 ) e^{m_j(\Psi_j-\Psi_{j-1})} e m j ( Ψ j − Ψ j − 1 ) , and given all Gaussian variables the configuration x ∈ S x \in S x ∈ S has the Gibbs law proportional to e U ( x ) e^{U(x)} e U ( x ) . For 0 ≤ l ≤ N 0 \le l \le N 0 ≤ l ≤ N , E l ( 2 ) \mathbb{E}_l^{(2)} E l ( 2 ) is the expectation under the pair law of ( x 1 , x 2 ) (x^1,x^2) ( x 1 , x 2 ) sharing ( ω , g 1 , … , g l ) (\omega,\mathbf{g}_1,\ldots,\mathbf{g}_l) ( ω , g 1 , … , g l ) , with conditionally independent continuations. We set m 0 = s m_0=s m 0 = s , m N + 1 = 1 m_{N+1}=1 m N + 1 = 1 and Δ m l = m l + 1 − m l \Delta m_l=m_{l+1}-m_l Δ m l = m l + 1 − m l for 0 ≤ l ≤ N 0 \le l \le N 0 ≤ l ≤ N .
Note that the recursion normalizes the densities, and that all integrals are finite since Ψ N \Psi_N Ψ N is Lipschitz in the Gaussian variables. As s → 0 s \to0 s → 0 , the outermost step becomes Ψ − 1 = E ω Ψ 0 \Psi_{-1} = \mathbb{E}_{\omega}\Psi_0 Ψ − 1 = E ω Ψ 0 , the quenched root of Proposition 4.18, where m 0 = 0 m_0 = 0 m 0 = 0 . The next lemma is the analogue of Proposition 4.18, which is [77, Lemma 2.2]; the only change is that the weights now sum to 1 − s 1-s 1 − s .
Lemma 8.2 (Variance derivative). In the setting of Definition 8.1, suppose that a standard Gaussian vector g g g , which is either g j g_j g j for some 1 ≤ j ≤ N 1 \le j \le N 1 ≤ j ≤ N or a component of ω \omega ω (in which case j = 0 j = 0 j = 0 ), enters U U U only through an additive term v g ⋅ e ( x ) \sqrt{v}\,g \cdot e(x) v g ⋅ e ( x ) , where e e e is a fixed vector-valued function on S S S . Then, with all other parameters fixed, for v > 0 v > 0 v > 0 ,
∂ Ψ − 1 ∂ v = 1 2 ( E ∥ e ( x ) ∥ 2 − ∑ l = j N Δ m l E l ( 2 ) e ( x 1 ) ⋅ e ( x 2 ) ) . (138) \frac{\partial\Psi_{-1}}{\partial v}
= \frac{1}{2}\left(\mathbb{E}\lVert e(x)\rVert^2 - \sum_{l=j}^{N}\Delta m_l\,\mathbb{E}_l^{(2)} e(x^{1})\cdot e(x^{2})\right). \tag*{(138)} ∂ v ∂ Ψ − 1 = 2 1 E ∥ e ( x ) ∥ 2 − l = j ∑ N Δ m l E l ( 2 ) e ( x 1 ) ⋅ e ( x 2 ) . (138) where E \mathbb{E} E is the expectation under the path law. The weights Δ m 0 , … , Δ m N \Delta m_0,\ldots,\Delta m_N Δ m 0 , … , Δ m N are nonnegative and sum to 1 − s 1-s 1 − s .
Proof. We follow the proof of [77, Lemma 2.2] and write it out, because the outermost level is now integrated at positive mass. The proof has three steps: a recursion for Hessians in an auxiliary deterministic field, the variance derivative at level j j j , and a telescoping sum.
Step 1: the Hessian recursion. For a deterministic vector y y y , let Ψ l ( y ) \Psi_l(y) Ψ l ( y ) be the values of the hierarchy when y ⋅ e ( x ) y\cdot e(x) y ⋅ e ( x ) is added to U ( x ) U(x) U ( x ) . For 0 ≤ l ≤ N 0 \le l \le N 0 ≤ l ≤ N , we write e ˉ l = E [ e ( x ) ∣ ω , g 1 , … , g l ] \bar e_l = \mathbb{E}[e(x)\mid\omega,g_1,\ldots,g_l] e ˉ l = E [ e ( x ) ∣ ω , g 1 , … , g l ] under the path law, and let H l H_l H l be the Hessian of Ψ l \Psi_l Ψ l in y y y at y = 0 y=0 y = 0 . Note that ∇ y Ψ N = e ˉ N \nabla_y\Psi_N = \bar e_N ∇ y Ψ N = e ˉ N and that H N = Cov ( e ( x ) ∣ ω , g 1 , … , g N ) H_N = \operatorname{Cov}(e(x)\mid\omega,g_1,\ldots,g_N) H N = Cov ( e ( x ) ∣ ω , g 1 , … , g N ) , the covariance under the Gibbs law. For 1 ≤ l ≤ N 1 \le l \le N 1 ≤ l ≤ N , differentiating Ψ l − 1 = m l − 1 log E l e m l Ψ l \Psi_{l-1} = m_l^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}_l e^{m_l\Psi_l} Ψ l − 1 = m l − 1 log E l e m l Ψ l once and twice, we obtain
∇ y Ψ l − 1 = e ˉ l − 1 , H l − 1 = E [ H l ∣ ω , g 1 , … , g l − 1 ] + m l Cov ( e ˉ l ∣ ω , g 1 , … , g l − 1 ) , \nabla_y\Psi_{l-1} = \bar e_{l-1}, \qquad
H_{l-1} = \mathbb{E}[H_l\mid\omega,g_1,\ldots,g_{l-1}]
+ m_l\operatorname{Cov}(\bar e_l\mid\omega,g_1,\ldots,g_{l-1}), ∇ y Ψ l − 1 = e ˉ l − 1 , H l − 1 = E [ H l ∣ ω , g 1 , … , g l − 1 ] + m l Cov ( e ˉ l ∣ ω , g 1 , … , g l − 1 ) ,
where for the first identity we used the tower property of conditional expectation. Taking traces and expectations, we find
E tr H N = E ∥ e ( x ) ∥ 2 − E ∥ e ˉ N ∥ 2 , E tr H l − 1 = E tr H l + m l ( E ∥ e ˉ l ∥ 2 − E ∥ e ˉ l − 1 ∥ 2 ) . (139) \mathbb{E}\operatorname{tr}H_N
= \mathbb{E}\lVert e(x)\rVert^2-\mathbb{E}\lVert\bar e_N\rVert^2,
\qquad
\mathbb{E}\operatorname{tr}H_{l-1}
= \mathbb{E}\operatorname{tr}H_l
+ m_l\left(\mathbb{E}\lVert\bar e_l\rVert^2-\mathbb{E}\lVert\bar e_{l-1}\rVert^2\right). \tag*{(139)} E tr H N = E ∥ e ( x ) ∥ 2 − E ∥ e ˉ N ∥ 2 , E tr H l − 1 = E tr H l + m l ( E ∥ e ˉ l ∥ 2 − E ∥ e ˉ l − 1 ∥ 2 ) . (139)
Step 2: the derivative at level j j j . The vector g g g enters Ψ j \Psi_j Ψ j only through the shift y = v g y=\sqrt{v}\,g y = v g . We use the heat equation ∂ v E f ( v g ) = 1 2 E Δ f ( v g ) \partial_v\mathbb{E}f(\sqrt{v}\,g)=\frac{1}{2}\mathbb{E}\Delta f(\sqrt{v}\,g) ∂ v E f ( v g ) = 2 1 E Δ f ( v g ) , valid for smooth f f f of moderate growth. Applying it to f = e m j Ψ j f=e^{m_j\Psi_j} f = e m j Ψ j in the step that integrates level j j j , at mass m j m_j m j (with m 0 = s m_0=s m 0 = s for ω \omega ω ), we obtain
∂ v Ψ j − 1 = 1 2 E [ tr H j + m j ∥ e ˉ j ∥ 2 ∣ ω , g 1 , … , g j − 1 ] , \partial_v\Psi_{j-1}
= \frac{1}{2}\mathbb{E}\left[\operatorname{tr}H_j+m_j\lVert\bar e_j\rVert^2\mid\omega,g_1,\ldots,g_{j-1}\right], ∂ v Ψ j − 1 = 2 1 E [ tr H j + m j ∥ e ˉ j ∥ 2 ∣ ω , g 1 , … , g j − 1 ] ,
which for j = 0 j=0 j = 0 is to be read without conditioning. At the earlier levels, differentiating m − 1 log E e m Ψ m^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}e^{m\Psi} m − 1 log E e m Ψ in v v v gives the tilted expectation of ∂ v Ψ \partial_v\Psi ∂ v Ψ ; this holds at every level, including the outermost one at mass s s s . Iterating, we conclude that
2 ∂ v Ψ − 1 = E tr H j + m j E ∥ e ˉ j ∥ 2 . (140) 2\partial_v\Psi_{-1}
= \mathbb{E}\operatorname{tr}H_j+m_j\mathbb{E}\lVert\bar e_j\rVert^2. \tag*{(140)} 2 ∂ v Ψ − 1 = E tr H j + m j E ∥ e ˉ j ∥ 2 . (140)
Step 3: telescoping. Inserting (8.3) for l = N , … , j + 1 l=N,\ldots,j+1 l = N , … , j + 1 into (8.4), we have
2 ∂ v Ψ − 1 = E ∥ e ( x ) ∥ 2 − E ∥ e ˉ N ∥ 2 + ∑ l = j + 1 N m l ( E ∥ e ˉ l ∥ 2 − E ∥ e ˉ l − 1 ∥ 2 ) + m j E ∥ e ˉ j ∥ 2 . 2\partial_v\Psi_{-1}=\mathbb{E}\lVert e(x)\rVert^2-\mathbb{E}\lVert\bar e_N\rVert^2+\sum_{l=j+1}^{N}m_l\left(\mathbb{E}\lVert\bar e_l\rVert^2-\mathbb{E}\lVert\bar e_{l-1}\rVert^2\right)+m_j\mathbb{E}\lVert\bar e_j\rVert^2. 2 ∂ v Ψ − 1 = E ∥ e ( x ) ∥ 2 − E ∥ e ˉ N ∥ 2 + l = j + 1 ∑ N m l ( E ∥ e ˉ l ∥ 2 − E ∥ e ˉ l − 1 ∥ 2 ) + m j E ∥ e ˉ j ∥ 2 .
For j ≤ l ≤ N j\le l\le N j ≤ l ≤ N , the coefficient of E ∥ e ˉ l ∥ 2 \mathbb{E}\lVert\bar e_l\rVert^2 E ∥ e ˉ l ∥ 2 is m l − m l + 1 = − Δ m l m_l-m_{l+1}=-\Delta m_l m l − m l + 1 = − Δ m l , where we used m N + 1 = 1 m_{N+1}=1 m N + 1 = 1 . Two paths that share ( ω , g 1 , … , g l ) (\omega,\boldsymbol{g}_1,\ldots,\boldsymbol{g}_l) ( ω , g 1 , … , g l ) are conditionally independent, which implies that E ∥ e ˉ l ∥ 2 = E ( 2 ) e ( x 1 ) ⋅ e ( x 2 ) \mathbb{E}\lVert\bar e_l\rVert^2=\mathbb{E}^{(2)}e(x^{1})\cdot e(x^{2}) E ∥ e ˉ l ∥ 2 = E ( 2 ) e ( x 1 ) ⋅ e ( x 2 ) . This proves (8.2). The weights are nonnegative because the masses are ordered, and they sum to m N + 1 − m 0 = 1 − s m_{N+1}-m_0=1-s m N + 1 − m 0 = 1 − s .
All differentiations under the integral sign are justified by dominated convergence. Indeed, S S S and the number of levels are finite, the gradients of U U U in the Gaussian variables are bounded, and the values grow at most linearly in these variables.
In the quenched case m 0 = 0 m_0=0 m 0 = 0 , the term m 0 E ∥ e ˉ 0 ∥ 2 m_0\mathbb{E}\lVert\bar e_0\rVert^2 m 0 E ∥ e ˉ 0 ∥ 2 is absent and the weights sum to one; this is the only difference from [77, Lemma 2.2]. The same term appears in the differentiation of a positive fractional moment of the one-replica partition function by Aronow and Lopatto [8, Section 2.3, (2.10)–(2.11)], where it removes the prescribed mass at zero from the integral against the variational measure.
The fractional matrix comparison
Proposition 8.3 (Fractional matrix comparison). Let n ≥ 2 n\ge2 n ≥ 2 , ℓ ∈ { 2 , 3 } \ell\in\{2,3\} ℓ ∈ { 2 , 3 } and s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] s\in(0,1] s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , let D D D be a feasible ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrix, let ( Q , m ) (Q,m) ( Q , m ) be an admissible path of ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrices whose masses satisfy m 1 ≥ s m_1\ge s m 1 ≥ s , and let λ \lambda λ be a symmetric ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrix. Then
p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) + β 2 ℓ 2 s 4 n ≤ T D ( Q , m , λ ) = Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) − λ : D + β 2 4 ( ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 − ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 ) . (141) p_{\ell,n}^{(s)}(D)+\frac{\beta^2\ell^2s}{4n}\le T_D(Q,m,\lambda)=\Psi(Q,m,\lambda)-\lambda:D+\frac{\beta^2}{4}\left(\lVert D-Q_N\rVert_F^2-\int m\,\mathrm{d}\lVert Q\rVert_F^2\right). \tag*{(141)} p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) + 4 n β 2 ℓ 2 s ≤ T D ( Q , m , λ ) = Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) − λ : D + 4 β 2 ( ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 − ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 ) . (141) The same inequality holds for every trial value for D D D , in the sense of Definition 4.15, that is a limit along admissible paths whose masses are all at least s s s .
The right side of (8.5) is exactly the right side of the quenched comparison Proposition 4.19. Every trial bound for p ℓ , n ( D ) p_{\ell,n}(D) p ℓ , n ( D ) obtained from a path whose masses are all at least s s s also bounds p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) + β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) p_{\ell,n}^{(s)}(D)+\beta^2\ell^2s/(4n) p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) + β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) .
Proof. We interpolate between the completed Hamiltonian and independent fields at the n n n sites, as in the proof of [77, Proposition 2.3]. The difference is that the Hamiltonian disorder is integrated at the outer mass s s s instead of by an ordinary expectation. The proof has four steps: the covariances, the derivative of the interpolation, its endpoints, and the effect of the completion.
Step 1: covariances. Let J 0 J_0 J 0 be a standard Gaussian variable independent of J J J , set G = J 0 / 2 G = J_0/\sqrt{2} G = J 0 / 2 , and let H n c = H n + G H_n^{c} = H_n + G H n c = H n + G be the completed Hamiltonian of Lemma 3.1, so that E H n c ( x ) H n c ( y ) = n R ( x , y ) 2 / 2 \mathbb{E}H_n^{c}(x)H_n^{c}(y) = nR(x,y)^2/2 E H n c ( x ) H n c ( y ) = n R ( x , y ) 2 /2 . For two tuples x = ( x 1 , … , x ℓ ) x = (x^1,\ldots,x^\ell) x = ( x 1 , … , x ℓ ) and y y y in Σ n ℓ \Sigma_n^\ell Σ n ℓ , let R ( x , y ) R(x,y) R ( x , y ) be the cross-overlap matrix with entries R ( x a , y a ′ ) R(x^a,y^{a'}) R ( x a , y a ′ ) ; it need not be symmetric. Then
E [ β ∑ a = 1 ℓ H n c ( x a ) ⋅ β ∑ a ′ = 1 ℓ H n c ( y a ′ ) ] = n β 2 2 ∑ a , a ′ = 1 ℓ R ( x a , y a ′ ) 2 = n β 2 2 ∥ R ( x , y ) ∥ F 2 . (142) \mathbb{E}\left[\beta\sum_{a=1}^{\ell}H_n^{c}(x^a)\cdot\beta\sum_{a'=1}^{\ell}H_n^{c}(y^{a'})\right]=\frac{n\beta^2}{2}\sum_{a,a'=1}^{\ell}R(x^a,y^{a'})^2=\frac{n\beta^2}{2}\|R(x,y)\|_F^2. \tag*{(142)} E [ β a = 1 ∑ ℓ H n c ( x a ) ⋅ β a ′ = 1 ∑ ℓ H n c ( y a ′ ) ] = 2 n β 2 a , a ′ = 1 ∑ ℓ R ( x a , y a ′ ) 2 = 2 n β 2 ∥ R ( x , y ) ∥ F 2 . (142)
The process β ∑ a H n c ( x a ) \beta\sum_a H_n^{c}(x^a) β ∑ a H n c ( x a ) is a linear form in the standard Gaussian vector ω = ( ( J i j ) i < j , J 0 ) \omega=((J_{ij})_{i<j},J_0) ω = (( J ij ) i < j , J 0 ) , as required in Lemma 8.2. For the site fields, let g j , i \boldsymbol{g}_{j,i} g j , i , 1 ≤ j ≤ N 1\le j\le N 1 ≤ j ≤ N , 1 ≤ i ≤ n 1\le i\le n 1 ≤ i ≤ n , be independent standard Gaussian vectors in R ℓ \mathbb{R}^{\ell} R ℓ , let g j = ( g j , i ) i ≤ n \boldsymbol{g}_j=(\boldsymbol{g}_{j,i})_{i\le n} g j = ( g j , i ) i ≤ n , and write x i = ( x i 1 , … , x i ℓ ) ∈ { − 1 , 1 } ℓ x_i=(x_i^1,\ldots,x_i^\ell)\in\{-1,1\}^{\ell} x i = ( x i 1 , … , x i ℓ ) ∈ { − 1 , 1 } ℓ for the spins of x x x at site i i i . With Δ Q j = Q j − Q j − 1 \Delta Q_j=Q_j-Q_{j-1} Δ Q j = Q j − Q j − 1 , we have
E [ ∑ i = 1 n β Δ Q j 1 / 2 g j , i ⋅ x i ∑ i = 1 n β Δ Q j 1 / 2 g j , i ⋅ y i ] = β 2 ∑ i = 1 n x i T Δ Q j y i = n β 2 Δ Q j : R ( x , y ) . (143) \mathbb{E}\left[\sum_{i=1}^{n}\beta\Delta Q_j^{1/2}\boldsymbol{g}_{j,i}\cdot x_i\sum_{i=1}^{n}\beta\Delta Q_j^{1/2}\boldsymbol{g}_{j,i}\cdot y_i\right]=\beta^2\sum_{i=1}^{n}x_i^{\mathsf T}\Delta Q_jy_i=n\beta^2\Delta Q_j:R(x,y). \tag*{(143)} E [ i = 1 ∑ n β Δ Q j 1/2 g j , i ⋅ x i i = 1 ∑ n β Δ Q j 1/2 g j , i ⋅ y i ] = β 2 i = 1 ∑ n x i T Δ Q j y i = n β 2 Δ Q j : R ( x , y ) . (143)
Step 2: the interpolation. For 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 0\le t\le1 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 , consider the hierarchy of Definition 8.1 with S = Σ D = { x ∈ Σ n ℓ : R ( x , x ) = D } S=\Sigma_D=\{x\in\Sigma_n^\ell:R(x,x)=D\} S = Σ D = { x ∈ Σ n ℓ : R ( x , x ) = D } , the masses s ≤ m 1 ≤ ⋯ ≤ m N s\le m_1\le\cdots\le m_N s ≤ m 1 ≤ ⋯ ≤ m N , the Gaussian vectors ω , g 1 , … , g N \omega,\boldsymbol{g}_1,\ldots,\boldsymbol{g}_N ω , g 1 , … , g N , and
U t ( x ) = t β ∑ a = 1 ℓ H n c ( x a ) + 1 − t ∑ i = 1 n ∑ j = 1 N β Δ Q j 1 / 2 g j , i ⋅ x i + ∑ i = 1 n x i T λ x i . U_t(x)=\sqrt{t}\,\beta\sum_{a=1}^{\ell}H_n^{c}(x^a)+\sqrt{1-t}\sum_{i=1}^{n}\sum_{j=1}^{N}\beta\Delta Q_j^{1/2}\boldsymbol{g}_{j,i}\cdot x_i+\sum_{i=1}^{n}x_i^{\mathsf T}\lambda x_i. U t ( x ) = t β a = 1 ∑ ℓ H n c ( x a ) + 1 − t i = 1 ∑ n j = 1 ∑ N β Δ Q j 1/2 g j , i ⋅ x i + i = 1 ∑ n x i T λ x i .
Let Θ ( t ) \Theta(t) Θ ( t ) be its value divided by n n n . The Hamiltonian enters at level 0 with variance parameter t t t , and the site fields of level j j j enter with variance parameter 1 − t 1-t 1 − t . For x ∈ Σ D x\in\Sigma_D x ∈ Σ D we have R ( x , x ) = D R(x,x)=D R ( x , x ) = D . Applying Lemma 8.2 to each of these Gaussian vectors and using (8.6) and (8.7), we obtain, for 0 < t < 1 0<t<1 0 < t < 1 ,
Θ ′ ( t ) = 1 2 n [ n β 2 2 ( ∥ D ∥ F 2 − ∑ l = 0 N Δ m l E l ( 2 ) ∥ R ∥ F 2 ) − ∑ j = 1 N n β 2 ( Δ Q j : D − ∑ l = j N Δ m l E l ( 2 ) Δ Q j : R ) ] = β 2 4 [ ∥ D ∥ F 2 − 2 Q N : D − ∑ l = 0 N Δ m l E l ( 2 ) ( ∥ R ∥ F 2 − 2 Q l : R ) ] , \begin{aligned}
\Theta'(t)=\frac{1}{2n}\left[\frac{n\beta^2}{2}\left(\|D\|_F^2-\sum_{l=0}^{N}\Delta m_l\mathbb{E}_l^{(2)}\|R\|_F^2\right)-\sum_{j=1}^{N}n\beta^2\left(\Delta Q_j:D-\sum_{l=j}^{N}\Delta m_l\mathbb{E}_l^{(2)}\Delta Q_j:R\right)\right] \\
&=\frac{\beta^2}{4}\left[\|D\|_F^2-2Q_N:D-\sum_{l=0}^{N}\Delta m_l\mathbb{E}_l^{(2)}\left(\|R\|_F^2-2Q_l:R\right)\right],
\end{aligned} Θ ′ ( t ) = 2 n 1 2 n β 2 ( ∥ D ∥ F 2 − l = 0 ∑ N Δ m l E l ( 2 ) ∥ R ∥ F 2 ) − j = 1 ∑ N n β 2 Δ Q j : D − l = j ∑ N Δ m l E l ( 2 ) Δ Q j : R = 4 β 2 [ ∥ D ∥ F 2 − 2 Q N : D − l = 0 ∑ N Δ m l E l ( 2 ) ( ∥ R ∥ F 2 − 2 Q l : R ) ] ,
where R = R ( x 1 , x 2 ) R=R(x^1,x^2) R = R ( x 1 , x 2 ) is the cross-overlap matrix of the terminal tuples of the two paths, and in the last line we summed Δ Q j \Delta Q_j Δ Q j over j ≤ l j\le l j ≤ l , using Q 0 = 0 Q_0=0 Q 0 = 0 . For every matrix R R R we have ∥ R ∥ F 2 − 2 Q l : R = ∥ R − Q l ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q l ∥ F 2 \|R\|_F^2-2Q_l:R=\|R-Q_l\|_F^2-\|Q_l\|_F^2 ∥ R ∥ F 2 − 2 Q l : R = ∥ R − Q l ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q l ∥ F 2 . Since Δ m l ≥ 0 \Delta m_l\ge0 Δ m l ≥ 0 , this implies that
Θ ′ ( t ) ≤ β 2 4 ( ∥ D ∥ F 2 − 2 Q N : D + ∑ l = 0 N Δ m l ∥ Q l ∥ F 2 ) = β 2 4 ( ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 − ∫ m d ∥ Q l ∥ F 2 ) . (144) \Theta'(t)\le\frac{\beta^2}{4}\left(\|D\|_F^2-2Q_N:D+\sum_{l=0}^{N}\Delta m_l\|Q_l\|_F^2\right)=\frac{\beta^2}{4}\left(\|D-Q_N\|_F^2-\int m\,d\|Q_l\|_F^2\right). \tag*{(144)} Θ ′ ( t ) ≤ 4 β 2 ( ∥ D ∥ F 2 − 2 Q N : D + l = 0 ∑ N Δ m l ∥ Q l ∥ F 2 ) = 4 β 2 ( ∥ D − Q N ∥ F 2 − ∫ m d ∥ Q l ∥ F 2 ) . (144)
Here we used that Δ m 0 = m 1 − s ≥ 0 \Delta m_0=m_1-s\ge0 Δ m 0 = m 1 − s ≥ 0 ; this is where the condition m 1 ≥ s m_1\ge s m 1 ≥ s enters. The equality in (144) is the summation by parts
∥ Q N ∥ F 2 − ∑ l = 0 N Δ m l ∥ Q l ∥ F 2 = ∑ l = 1 N m l ∥ Q l ∥ F 2 − ∑ l = 1 N m l ∥ Q l − 1 ∥ F 2 = ∑ j = 1 N m j ( ∥ Q j ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q j − 1 ∥ F 2 ) . \lVert Q_N\rVert_F^2-\sum_{l=0}^{N}\Delta m_l\lVert Q_l\rVert_F^2=\sum_{l=1}^{N}m_l\lVert Q_l\rVert_F^2-\sum_{l=1}^{N}m_l\lVert Q_{l-1}\rVert_F^2=\sum_{j=1}^{N}m_j\left(\lVert Q_j\rVert_F^2-\lVert Q_{j-1}\rVert_F^2\right). ∥ Q N ∥ F 2 − l = 0 ∑ N Δ m l ∥ Q l ∥ F 2 = l = 1 ∑ N m l ∥ Q l ∥ F 2 − l = 1 ∑ N m l ∥ Q l − 1 ∥ F 2 = j = 1 ∑ N m j ( ∥ Q j ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q j − 1 ∥ F 2 ) .
where we used m N + 1 = 1 m_{N+1}=1 m N + 1 = 1 and Q 0 = 0 Q_0=0 Q 0 = 0 ; the right side is the penalty (53) . The symmetry of R R R was not used.
Step 3: the endpoints. At t = 1 t=1 t = 1 the site fields do not appear, and ∑ i x i T λ x i = n λ : D \sum_i x_i^{\mathsf T}\lambda x_i=n\lambda:D ∑ i x i T λ x i = nλ : D on Σ D \Sigma_D Σ D . The integrations of g N , … , g 1 g_N,\ldots,g_1 g N , … , g 1 act on a function of ω \omega ω only and leave it unchanged, and the outermost integration gives
Θ ( 1 ) = 1 n s log E ( Z ℓ , n c ( D ) ) s + λ : D , Z ℓ , n c ( D ) = ∑ x ∈ Σ D exp ( β ∑ a = 1 ℓ H n c ( x a ) ) . \Theta(1)=\frac{1}{ns}\log\mathbb{E}\left(Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(D)\right)^s+\lambda:D,\qquad Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(D)=\sum_{x\in\Sigma_D}\exp\left(\beta\sum_{a=1}^{\ell}H_n^c(x^a)\right). Θ ( 1 ) = n s 1 log E ( Z ℓ , n c ( D ) ) s + λ : D , Z ℓ , n c ( D ) = x ∈ Σ D ∑ exp ( β a = 1 ∑ ℓ H n c ( x a ) ) .
At t = 0 t=0 t = 0 the Hamiltonian does not appear. Replacing Σ D \Sigma_D Σ D by Σ n ℓ \Sigma_n^\ell Σ n ℓ increases Ψ N \Psi_N Ψ N , and the value increases with it, because every step of the recursion is monotone. For the unconstrained sum, Ψ N \Psi_N Ψ N is a sum over i ≤ n i\le n i ≤ n of functions of the independent families ( g j , i ) j ≤ N (g_{j,i})_{j\le N} ( g j , i ) j ≤ N , and each step m − 1 log E e m ( ⋅ ) m^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}e^{m(\cdot)} m − 1 log E e m ( ⋅ ) factorizes over such sums. The contribution of each site is the one-site value Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) \Psi(Q,m,\lambda) Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) of Definition 4.14, and the outermost integration at mass s s s acts on a constant. This shows that Θ ( 0 ) ≤ Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) \Theta(0)\le\Psi(Q,m,\lambda) Θ ( 0 ) ≤ Ψ ( Q , m , λ ) .
Step 4: the completion. By Lemma 3.1, part (d), Z ℓ , n c ( D ) = e β ℓ G Z ℓ , n ( D ) Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(D)=e^{\beta\ell G}Z_{\ell,n}(D) Z ℓ , n c ( D ) = e β ℓ G Z ℓ , n ( D ) and
1 n s log E ( Z ℓ , n c ( D ) ) s = p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) + β 2 ℓ 2 s 4 n ; \frac{1}{ns}\log\mathbb{E}\left(Z_{\ell,n}^{c}(D)\right)^s=p_{\ell,n}^{(s)}(D)+\frac{\beta^2\ell^2s}{4n}; n s 1 log E ( Z ℓ , n c ( D ) ) s = p ℓ , n ( s ) ( D ) + 4 n β 2 ℓ 2 s ;
indeed G ∼ N ( 0 , 1 / 2 ) G\sim N(0,1/2) G ∼ N ( 0 , 1/2 ) is independent of J J J , and E e s β ℓ G = e s 2 β 2 ℓ 2 / 4 \mathbb{E}e^{s\beta\ell G}=e^{s^2\beta^2\ell^2/4} E e s β ℓ G = e s 2 β 2 ℓ 2 /4 . Combining Steps 2–4 with Θ ( 1 ) ≤ Θ ( 0 ) + ∫ 0 1 Θ ′ ( t ) d t \Theta(1)\le\Theta(0)+\int_0^1\Theta'(t)\,dt Θ ( 1 ) ≤ Θ ( 0 ) + ∫ 0 1 Θ ′ ( t ) d t , we obtain (141) . The function Θ \Theta Θ is continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] and differentiable on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) , since all Gaussian integrals are finite-dimensional and U t U_t U t is Lipschitz in the Gaussian variables. Singular increments Δ Q j \Delta Q_j Δ Q j cause no difficulty, since only Δ Q j 1 / 2 \Delta Q_j^{1/2} Δ Q j 1/2 is used. Finally, the left side of (141) does not depend on the path, and the inequality passes to limits along which the right side converges.
Remark 8.4. Gaussian interpolation for the free energy is due to Guerra [59]. Constrained comparisons for several coupled replicas go back to Talagrand [105], and the vector-spin formulation is due to Panchenko [89]; see the discussion at the start of [77, Section 2]. The quenched arbitrary-endpoint bound used in this paper is Proposition 4.19. Positive fractional moments of the SK partition function were studied by Talagrand [106]. For fixed 0 < s < 1 0<s<1 0 < s < 1 , the limiting normalized fractional moment is given by the one-level case of the multiscale formula of Contucci and Mingione [43, Theorem 2.1], and by the constrained Parisi formula of Chen, Guionnet, Ko, Lacroix-A-Chez-Toine and Mourrat [35, Theorem 2.1], in which the order of the moment is a lower bound on the mass at zero. The condition m 1 ≥ s m_1 \ge s m 1 ≥ s in Proposition 8.3 is the finite-volume form of this constraint. Quantitative finite-size versions for the one-replica partition function, with s s s depending on n n n , are due to Aronow and Lopatto [8, Section 2.3]. The replica-matrix version with a free endpoint in Proposition 8.3 is a direct adaptation of these arguments and is not stated in [77]. The completion correction β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) \beta^2\ell^2s/(4n) β 2 ℓ 2 s / ( 4 n ) is nonnegative, and below we discard it.
The profile max(α \alpha α , 3 s 3s 3 s )
For s > 0 s > 0 s > 0 we define α s ( t ) = max { α ( t ) , 3 s } \alpha_s(t) = \max\{\alpha(t), 3s\} α s ( t ) = max { α ( t ) , 3 s } for 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 0 \le t \le1 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 . The factor three ensures that a block of three coordinates sharing a field, which is integrated at mass α s / 3 \alpha_s/3 α s /3 (Lemma 4.20(b)), has mass at least s s s .
Lemma 8.5 (Cost of the profile). There exist s 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 3 ] s_0 \in(0, 1/3] s 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1/3 ] and C f l < ∞ C_{\mathrm{fl}} < \infty C fl < ∞ , depending only on β \beta β , such that for every 0 < s ≤ s 0 0 < s \le s_0 0 < s ≤ s 0 the function α s \alpha_s α s is a distribution function and
0 ≤ P β ( α s ) − P β ≤ C f l s 5 , α s = α on [ C f l s , 1 ] , ∫ 0 1 ∣ α s ( t ) − α ( t ) ∣ d t ≤ C f l s 2 . (145) 0 \le\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\alpha_s) - \mathcal{P}_{\beta} \le C_{\mathrm{fl}}s^5,\qquad\alpha_s = \alpha\text{ on }[C_{\mathrm{fl}}s,1],\qquad\int_0^1 |\alpha_s(t)-\alpha(t)|\,\mathrm{d}t \le C_{\mathrm{fl}}s^2. \tag*{(145)} 0 ≤ P β ( α s ) − P β ≤ C fl s 5 , α s = α on [ C fl s , 1 ] , ∫ 0 1 ∣ α s ( t ) − α ( t ) ∣ d t ≤ C fl s 2 . (145)
Proof. Let T ∗ , c 1 , s 0 ′ , C T_*,c_1,s_0',C T ∗ , c 1 , s 0 ′ , C be the constants of Proposition 4.12, and let s 0 = min { s 0 ′ , c 1 T ∗ / 3 } s_0 = \min\{s_0',c_1T_*/3\} s 0 = min { s 0 ′ , c 1 T ∗ /3 } . For 0 < s ≤ s 0 0 < s \le s_0 0 < s ≤ s 0 , part (ii) of Proposition 4.12 states that α s \alpha_s α s is a distribution function whose cost is at most C s 5 Cs^5 C s 5 ; this is [8, Lemma 7.2, (7.3)] for this particular profile, in the fixed-temperature normalization of [8, Proposition 7.12]. Since 3 s ≤ c 1 T ∗ 3s \le c_1T_* 3 s ≤ c 1 T ∗ , Remark 4.13 implies that α s = α \alpha_s = \alpha α s = α on [ 3 s / c 1 , 1 ] [3s/c_1,1] [ 3 s / c 1 , 1 ] and that the L 1 L^1 L 1 distance is at most 9 s 2 / c 1 9s^2/c_1 9 s 2 / c 1 . The lemma holds with C f l = max { C , 3 / c 1 , 9 / c 1 } C_{\mathrm{fl}} = \max\{C,3/c_1,9/c_1\} C fl = max { C , 3/ c 1 , 9/ c 1 } .
The cost bound concerns the explicit profile α s \alpha_s α s , and not only the infimum of P β \mathcal{P}_{\beta} P β over profiles with mass at least 3 s 3s 3 s at the origin. We need this distinction below, because we use the same profile in the comparison path for three replicas.
A change of profile before the local window
The local covariance perturbation of Section 7 starts at a time q 0 > 0 q_0 > 0 q 0 > 0 , and on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] the three coordinates share their field, integrated at mass α / 3 \alpha/3 α /3 . For s s s sufficiently small that C f l s < q 0 C_{\mathrm{fl}}s < q_0 C fl s < q 0 , replacing α \alpha α by α s \alpha_s α s changes only this initial segment, by Lemma 8.5. We now control the effect of that change on the perturbation.
Fix q 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] q_0 \in(0,1] q 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . For a nondecreasing γ : [ 0 , q 0 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] \gamma:[0,q_0] \to[0,1] γ : [ 0 , q 0 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] and a function F : R → R F:\mathbb{R} \to\mathbb{R} F : R → R with bounded continuous derivatives of orders one to three, let Φ F γ \Phi_F^\gamma Φ F γ be the solution on [ 0 , q 0 ] × R [0,q_0] \times\mathbb{R} [ 0 , q 0 ] × R of
− ∂ t Φ F γ = β 2 2 ( ∂ z z Φ F γ + γ ( t ) 3 ( ∂ z Φ F γ ) 2 ) , Φ F γ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = F , (146) -\partial_t\Phi_F^\gamma= \frac{\beta^2}{2}\left(\partial_{zz}\Phi_F^\gamma+ \frac{\gamma(t)}{3}\left(\partial_z\Phi_F^\gamma\right)^2\right),\qquad\Phi_F^\gamma(q_0,\cdot)=F, \tag*{(146)} − ∂ t Φ F γ = 2 β 2 ( ∂ z z Φ F γ + 3 γ ( t ) ( ∂ z Φ F γ ) 2 ) , Φ F γ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = F , (146)
and write H γ ( F ) = Φ F γ ( 0 , 0 ) \mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(F)=\Phi_{F}^{\gamma}(0,0) H γ ( F ) = Φ F γ ( 0 , 0 ) . For a step function γ \gamma γ , we interpret the equation as the recursion Φ F γ ( t , ⋅ ) = T m , β 2 ( t 2 − t ) Φ F γ ( t 2 , ⋅ ) \Phi_{F}^{\gamma}(t,\cdot)=T_{m,\beta^{2}(t_{2}-t)}\Phi_{F}^{\gamma}(t_{2},\cdot) Φ F γ ( t , ⋅ ) = T m , β 2 ( t 2 − t ) Φ F γ ( t 2 , ⋅ ) for t 1 ≤ t ≤ t 2 t_{1}\leq t\leq t_{2} t 1 ≤ t ≤ t 2 , on every interval [ t 1 , t 2 ) [t_{1},t_{2}) [ t 1 , t 2 ) where γ = 3 m \gamma=3m γ = 3 m . This is the recursion of three coordinates that share every field increment on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_{0}] [ 0 , q 0 ] : on the line spanned by ( 1 , 1 , 1 ) (1,1,1) ( 1 , 1 , 1 ) , such an increment acts on a function of the common value of the three fields (Lemma 4.2(e)). For general γ \gamma γ , Φ F γ \Phi_{F}^{\gamma} Φ F γ is the limit along step functions converging to γ \gamma γ in L 1 ( [ 0 , q 0 ] ) L^{1}([0,q_{0}]) L 1 ([ 0 , q 0 ]) ; the opening paragraph of the proof of Lemma 8.6, using the bound of Step 2 there, shows that this limit exists and does not depend on the approximating sequence. If γ \gamma γ is the restriction to [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_{0}] [ 0 , q 0 ] of a distribution function, also denoted γ \gamma γ , then
H γ ( 3 Φ γ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) ) = 3 Φ γ ( 0 , 0 ) . (147) \mathcal{H}_{\gamma}\bigl(3\Phi_{\gamma}(q_{0},\cdot)\bigr)=3\Phi_{\gamma}(0,0). \tag*{(147)} H γ ( 3 Φ γ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) ) = 3 Φ γ ( 0 , 0 ) . (147)
For step functions this is Lemma 4.2(d) with k = 3 k=3 k = 3 , applied at each step as in the proof of Lemma 4.20(b). The general case follows by approximation. Here we use Proposition 4.3(ii) for Φ γ \Phi_{\gamma} Φ γ , part (a) of the next lemma, and the bound ∣ H γ ( F 1 ) − H γ ( F 2 ) ∣ ≤ ∥ F 1 − F 2 ∥ ∞ \lvert\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(F_{1})-\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(F_{2})\rvert\leq\lVert F_{1}-F_{2}\rVert_{\infty} ∣ H γ ( F 1 ) − H γ ( F 2 )∣ ≤ ∥ F 1 − F 2 ∥ ∞ , which holds by Lemma 4.2(a).
Lemma 8.6 (Response to a change of the initial profile). There exists C r < ∞ C_{\mathrm{r}}<\infty C r < ∞ , depending only on β \beta β , with the following property. Let γ , γ ~ : [ 0 , q 0 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] \gamma,\widetilde{\gamma}:[0,q_{0}]\to[0,1] γ , γ : [ 0 , q 0 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] be nondecreasing, and let φ , V : R → R \varphi,V:\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R} φ , V : R → R have bounded continuous derivatives of orders one to three, with
∥ φ ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 3 , ∥ φ ′ ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 3 , ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ + ∥ V ′ ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 1. \lVert\varphi'\rVert_{\infty}\leq3,\qquad\lVert\varphi''\rVert_{\infty}\leq3,\qquad\lVert V'\rVert_{\infty}+\lVert V''\rVert_{\infty}\leq1. ∥ φ ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 3 , ∥ φ ′′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 3 , ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ + ∥ V ′′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 1. Then:
(a) for F ∈ { φ , φ + V } F\in\{\varphi,\varphi+V\} F ∈ { φ , φ + V } , ∣ H γ ( F ) − H γ ~ ( F ) ∣ ≤ C r ∥ γ − γ ~ ∥ L 1 ( [ 0 , q 0 ] ) \lvert\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(F)-\mathcal{H}_{\widetilde{\gamma}}(F)\rvert\leq C_{\mathrm{r}}\lVert\gamma-\widetilde{\gamma}\rVert_{L^{1}([0,q_{0}])} ∣ H γ ( F ) − H γ ( F )∣ ≤ C r ∥ γ − γ ∥ L 1 ([ 0 , q 0 ]) ;
(b) the response of H \mathcal{H} H to the terminal perturbation V V V changes by at most
∣ [ H γ ~ ( φ + V ) − H γ ~ ( φ ) ] − [ H γ ( φ + V ) − H γ ( φ ) ] ∣ ≤ C r ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ ∥ γ − γ ~ ∥ L 1 ( [ 0 , q 0 ] ) . (148) \left\lvert\left[\mathcal{H}_{\widetilde{\gamma}}(\varphi+V)-\mathcal{H}_{\widetilde{\gamma}}(\varphi)\right]-\left[\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(\varphi+V)-\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(\varphi)\right]\right\rvert\leq C_{\mathrm{r}}\lVert V'\rVert_{\infty}\lVert\gamma-\widetilde{\gamma}\rVert_{L^{1}([0,q_{0}])}. \tag*{(148)} ∣ [ H γ ( φ + V ) − H γ ( φ ) ] − [ H γ ( φ + V ) − H γ ( φ ) ] ∣ ≤ C r ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ ∥ γ − γ ∥ L 1 ([ 0 , q 0 ]) . (148) The quantity bounded in (8.12) is a mixed difference: it vanishes when V = 0 V=0 V = 0 and when γ = γ ~ \gamma=\widetilde{\gamma} γ = γ . A bound on the full difference H γ ~ ( φ + V ) − H γ ( φ + V ) \mathcal{H}_{\widetilde{\gamma}}(\varphi+V)-\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(\varphi+V) H γ ( φ + V ) − H γ ( φ + V ) would be of order ∥ γ − γ ~ ∥ L 1 \lVert\gamma-\widetilde{\gamma}\rVert_{L^{1}} ∥ γ − γ ∥ L 1 without the factor ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ \lVert V'\rVert_{\infty} ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ . In the application, that full difference is accounted for by the scalar cost (8.9). The proof adapts the scalar profile-stability argument of [62, Section 2.4, Lemma 14]: subtract the two Parisi equations and represent the resulting linear equation by a diffusion. Here we also compare terminal functions, retaining the factor ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ \lVert V'\rVert_{\infty} ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ in the mixed difference; this refinement is proved below.
Proof. It suffices to prove (a) and (b) for step functions γ , γ ~ \gamma,\widetilde{\gamma} γ , γ , with constants independent of the number of steps. Indeed, let γ \gamma γ be general and let γ k → γ \gamma_{k}\to\gamma γ k → γ in L 1 L^{1} L 1 be step functions. The bound of Step 2 below, applied to the whole functions, shows that Φ F γ k ( t , ⋅ ) \Phi_{F}^{\gamma_{k}}(t,\cdot) Φ F γ k ( t , ⋅ ) is a Cauchy sequence in the supremum norm for each t t t . The limit exists, it does not depend on the sequence, and the bounds pass to it. We take a common refinement, so that γ \gamma γ and γ ~ \widetilde{\gamma} γ are constant on the same intervals. On each such interval the solutions are smooth in z z z , with bounded derivatives of orders one to three, and solve (8.10) classically; at the finitely many endpoints they are continuous in t t t .
We use the following maximum principle, which follows from the Feynman–Kac representation [64, Theorem 5.7.6] for a diffusion with generator β 2 2 ∂ z z + a ∂ z \frac{\beta^2}{2}\partial_{zz}+a\partial_z 2 β 2 ∂ z z + a ∂ z , after an exponential rescaling to make the killing rate nonnegative. Let a , c , s a,c,s a , c , s be bounded continuous functions on [ t 1 , t 2 ] × R [t_1,t_2]\times\mathbb{R} [ t 1 , t 2 ] × R , with a a a Lipschitz in z z z , and let f f f be bounded and solve − ∂ t f = β 2 2 f z z + a f z + c f + s -\partial_t f=\frac{\beta^2}{2}f_{zz}+af_z+cf+s − ∂ t f = 2 β 2 f z z + a f z + c f + s . Then
∥ f ( t , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ e ∥ c ∥ ∞ ( t 2 − t ) ( ∥ f ( t 2 , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ + ∫ t t 2 ∥ s ( t ′ , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ d t ′ ) ( t 1 ≤ t ≤ t 2 ) . (149) \lVert f(t,\cdot)\rVert_\infty\le e^{\lVert c\rVert_\infty(t_2-t)}\left(\lVert f(t_2,\cdot)\rVert_\infty+\int_t^{t_2}\lVert s(t',\cdot)\rVert_\infty\,dt'\right)
\qquad(t_1\le t\le t_2). \tag*{(149)} ∥ f ( t , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ e ∥ c ∥ ∞ ( t 2 − t ) ( ∥ f ( t 2 , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ + ∫ t t 2 ∥ s ( t ′ , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ d t ′ ) ( t 1 ≤ t ≤ t 2 ) . (149)
Applying (8.13) on consecutive intervals, we see that it holds on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] for coefficients that are continuous on each interval where γ \gamma γ and γ ~ \widetilde{\gamma} γ are constant.
The functions to which we apply (8.13) are bounded. Indeed, fix a step profile, and let F F F be L L L -Lipschitz. Each integration step T m , v T_{m,v} T m , v maps L L L -Lipschitz functions to L L L -Lipschitz functions, by Lemma 4.2(a), and for 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 0\le m\le1 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 it satisfies ∥ T m , v f − f ∥ ∞ ≤ log E e L v ∣ ζ ∣ \lVert T_{m,v}f-f\rVert_\infty\le\log\mathbb{E}e^{L\sqrt{v}|\zeta|} ∥ T m , v f − f ∥ ∞ ≤ log E e L v ∣ ζ ∣ for L L L -Lipschitz f f f , where ζ \zeta ζ is a standard Gaussian variable; the upper bound follows from f ( z + v ζ ) − f ( z ) ≤ L v ∣ ζ ∣ f(z+\sqrt{v}\zeta)-f(z)\le L\sqrt{v}|\zeta| f ( z + v ζ ) − f ( z ) ≤ L v ∣ ζ ∣ and the monotonicity of m ↦ m − 1 log E e m X m\mapsto m^{-1}\log\mathbb{E}e^{mX} m ↦ m − 1 log E e m X , and the lower bound from Jensen’s inequality. Summing over the finitely many steps, we find that Φ F γ ( t , ⋅ ) − F \Phi_F^\gamma(t,\cdot)-F Φ F γ ( t , ⋅ ) − F is bounded. The differences Δ \Delta Δ and D ~ − D \widetilde{\mathcal{D}}-\mathcal{D} D − D of Steps 2 and 3 below are bounded, and so are the derivatives to which we apply (8.13), by Step 1. The resulting estimates do not depend on the number of steps.
Step 1: derivative bounds. We use the tilted-chain martingale argument of [77, proof of Lemma 3.1], with terminal function F F F in place of log ( 2 cosh z ) \log(2\cosh z) log ( 2 cosh z ) . Let F ∈ { φ , φ + V } F\in\{\varphi,\varphi+V\} F ∈ { φ , φ + V } , so that ∥ F ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 4 \lVert F'\rVert_\infty\le4 ∥ F ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 4 and ∥ F ′ ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 4 \lVert F''\rVert_\infty\le4 ∥ F ′′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 4 . We claim that
∣ ∂ z Φ F γ ∣ ≤ 4 , ∣ ∂ z z Φ F γ ∣ ≤ 20 on [ 0 , q 0 ] × R . (150) |\partial_z\Phi_F^\gamma|\le4,\qquad|\partial_{zz}\Phi_F^\gamma|\le20\qquad\text{on }[0,q_0]\times\mathbb{R}. \tag*{(150)} ∣ ∂ z Φ F γ ∣ ≤ 4 , ∣ ∂ z z Φ F γ ∣ ≤ 20 on [ 0 , q 0 ] × R . (150)
For one step ψ = T m , v f \psi=T_{m,v}f ψ = T m , v f with m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] m\in[0,1] m ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , we have ψ ′ ( z ) = E W f ′ ( z + v ζ ) \psi'(z)=\mathbb{E}^{W}f'(z+\sqrt{v}\zeta) ψ ′ ( z ) = E W f ′ ( z + v ζ ) and ψ ′ ′ ( z ) = E W f ′ ′ ( z + v ζ ) + m Var W ( f ′ ( z + v ζ ) ) \psi''(z)=\mathbb{E}^{W}f''(z+\sqrt{v}\zeta)+m\operatorname{Var}^{W}(f'(z+\sqrt{v}\zeta)) ψ ′′ ( z ) = E W f ′′ ( z + v ζ ) + m Var W ( f ′ ( z + v ζ )) , where E W \mathbb{E}^{W} E W and Var W \operatorname{Var}^{W} Var W refer to the law of the standard Gaussian ζ \zeta ζ tilted by e m f ( z + v ζ ) e^{mf(z+\sqrt{v}\zeta)} e m f ( z + v ζ ) ; this follows by differentiating under the integral. Iterating over the steps, as in Step 1 of the proof of Lemma 8.2, we find that ∂ z Φ F γ ( t , z ) \partial_z\Phi_F^\gamma(t,z) ∂ z Φ F γ ( t , z ) is the expectation of F ′ F' F ′ at the final time under the tilted chain started from z z z at time t t t , and that ∂ z z Φ F γ ( t , z ) \partial_{zz}\Phi_F^\gamma(t,z) ∂ z z Φ F γ ( t , z ) is the expectation of F ′ ′ F'' F ′′ at the final time plus ∑ i m i E Var ( M i + 1 ∣ steps 1 , … , i ) \sum_i m_i\mathbb{E}\operatorname{Var}(M_{i+1}\mid\text{steps }1,\ldots,i) ∑ i m i E Var ( M i + 1 ∣ steps 1 , … , i ) , where M i M_i M i is the conditional expectation of the final value of F ′ F' F ′ given the first i i i steps. The masses m i = γ / 3 m_i=\gamma/3 m i = γ /3 lie in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , and the sum of the expected conditional variances is at most the variance of the final value of F ′ F' F ′ , by orthogonality of martingale increments. We conclude that − ∥ F ′ ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ ∂ z z Φ F γ ≤ ∥ F ′ ′ ∥ ∞ + ∥ F ′ ∥ ∞ 2 -\lVert F''\rVert_\infty\le\partial_{zz}\Phi_F^\gamma\le\lVert F''\rVert_\infty+\lVert F'\rVert_\infty^2 − ∥ F ′′ ∥ ∞ ≤ ∂ z z Φ F γ ≤ ∥ F ′′ ∥ ∞ + ∥ F ′ ∥ ∞ 2 , which implies (8.14). These bounds do not depend on the number of steps.
Step 2: part (a). Let Δ = Φ F γ − Φ ~ F γ \Delta=\Phi_F^\gamma-\widetilde{\Phi}_F^\gamma Δ = Φ F γ − Φ F γ . Subtracting the two equations (8.10), we have Δ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = 0 \Delta(q_0,\cdot)=0 Δ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = 0 and
− ∂ t Δ = β 2 2 Δ z z + β 2 γ 6 ( ∂ z Φ F γ + ∂ z Φ ~ F γ ) Δ z + β 2 6 ( γ − γ ~ ) ( ∂ z Φ ~ F γ ) 2 . -\partial_t\Delta=\frac{\beta^2}{2}\Delta_{zz}+\frac{\beta^2\gamma}{6}\left(\partial_z\Phi_F^\gamma+\partial_z\widetilde{\Phi}_F^\gamma\right)\Delta_z+\frac{\beta^2}{6}(\gamma-\widetilde{\gamma})\left(\partial_z\widetilde{\Phi}_F^\gamma\right)^2. − ∂ t Δ = 2 β 2 Δ z z + 6 β 2 γ ( ∂ z Φ F γ + ∂ z Φ F γ ) Δ z + 6 β 2 ( γ − γ ) ( ∂ z Φ F γ ) 2 .
Then (8.13) with c = 0 c=0 c = 0 and (8.14) imply that ∥ Δ ( t , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ 8 β 2 3 ∫ t q 0 ∣ γ − γ ~ ∣ \|\Delta(t,\cdot)\|_\infty\leq\frac{8\beta^2}{3}\int_t^{q_0}|\gamma-\widetilde{\gamma}| ∥Δ ( t , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ 3 8 β 2 ∫ t q 0 ∣ γ − γ ∣ , which proves (a).
We also need the analogous bound for the first derivatives. Let Δ z = ∂ z Δ = ∂ z Φ F γ − ∂ z Φ ~ F γ \Delta_z=\partial_z\Delta=\partial_z\Phi_F^\gamma-\partial_z\widetilde{\Phi}_F^\gamma Δ z = ∂ z Δ = ∂ z Φ F γ − ∂ z Φ F γ . Differentiating (8.10) in z z z and subtracting, we find Δ z ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = 0 \Delta_z(q_0,\cdot)=0 Δ z ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = 0 and
− ∂ t Δ z = β 2 2 ( Δ z ) z z + β 2 γ 3 ∂ z Φ F γ ( Δ z ) z + β 2 γ 3 ∂ z z Φ ~ F γ Δ z + β 2 3 ( γ − γ ~ ) ∂ z Φ ~ F γ ∂ z z Φ ~ F γ . -\partial_t\Delta_z=\frac{\beta^2}{2}(\Delta_z)_{zz}+\frac{\beta^2\gamma}{3}\partial_z\Phi_F^\gamma(\Delta_z)_z+\frac{\beta^2\gamma}{3}\partial_{zz}\widetilde{\Phi}_F^\gamma\Delta_z+\frac{\beta^2}{3}(\gamma-\widetilde{\gamma})\partial_z\widetilde{\Phi}_F^\gamma\partial_{zz}\widetilde{\Phi}_F^\gamma. − ∂ t Δ z = 2 β 2 ( Δ z ) z z + 3 β 2 γ ∂ z Φ F γ ( Δ z ) z + 3 β 2 γ ∂ z z Φ F γ Δ z + 3 β 2 ( γ − γ ) ∂ z Φ F γ ∂ z z Φ F γ .
By (8.14), the coefficient of Δ z \Delta_z Δ z is bounded by 20 β 2 / 3 20\beta^2/3 20 β 2 /3 and the last term by 80 β 2 3 ∣ γ − γ ~ ∣ \frac{80\beta^2}{3}|\gamma-\widetilde{\gamma}| 3 80 β 2 ∣ γ − γ ∣ . By (8.13) and q 0 ≤ 1 q_0\leq1 q 0 ≤ 1 , we have
∥ Δ z ( t , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ 80 β 2 3 e 7 β 2 ∥ γ − γ ~ ∥ L 1 ( [ 0 , q 0 ] ) ( 0 ≤ t ≤ q 0 ) . (151) \|\Delta_z(t,\cdot)\|_\infty\leq\frac{80\beta^2}{3}e^{7\beta^2}\|\gamma-\widetilde{\gamma}\|_{L^1([0,q_0])}\qquad(0\leq t\leq q_0). \tag*{(151)} ∥ Δ z ( t , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ 3 80 β 2 e 7 β 2 ∥ γ − γ ∥ L 1 ([ 0 , q 0 ]) ( 0 ≤ t ≤ q 0 ) . (151)
Step 3: part (b). We write Φ 0 = Φ φ 0 \Phi^0=\Phi_\varphi^0 Φ 0 = Φ φ 0 , Φ 1 = Φ φ + V γ \Phi^1=\Phi_{\varphi+V}^\gamma Φ 1 = Φ φ + V γ , Φ ~ 0 = Φ γ ~ 0 \widetilde{\Phi}^0=\Phi_{\widetilde{\gamma}}^0 Φ 0 = Φ γ 0 and Φ ~ 1 = Φ γ ~ + V 1 \widetilde{\Phi}^1=\Phi_{\widetilde{\gamma}+V}^1 Φ 1 = Φ γ + V 1 , and let D = Φ 1 − Φ 0 \mathcal{D}=\Phi^1-\Phi^0 D = Φ 1 − Φ 0 and D ~ = Φ ~ 1 − Φ ~ 0 \widetilde{\mathcal{D}}=\widetilde{\Phi}^1-\widetilde{\Phi}^0 D = Φ 1 − Φ 0 . The left side of (8.12) is ∣ D ~ ( 0 , 0 ) − D ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ |\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}(0,0)-\mathcal{D}(0,0)| ∣ D ( 0 , 0 ) − D ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ . Using ( Φ z 1 ) 2 − ( Φ z 0 ) 2 = ( Φ z 1 + Φ z 0 ) D z (\Phi_z^1)^2-(\Phi_z^0)^2=(\Phi_z^1+\Phi_z^0)\mathcal{D}_z ( Φ z 1 ) 2 − ( Φ z 0 ) 2 = ( Φ z 1 + Φ z 0 ) D z , we find that D \mathcal{D} D solves the linear equation
− ∂ t D = β 2 2 D z z + a D z , a = β 2 γ 6 ( Φ z 1 + Φ z 0 ) , D ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = V , -\partial_t\mathcal{D}=\frac{\beta^2}{2}\mathcal{D}_{zz}+a\mathcal{D}_z,\qquad a=\frac{\beta^2\gamma}{6}\left(\Phi_z^1+\Phi_z^0\right),\qquad\mathcal{D}(q_0,\cdot)=V, − ∂ t D = 2 β 2 D z z + a D z , a = 6 β 2 γ ( Φ z 1 + Φ z 0 ) , D ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = V ,
and D ~ \widetilde{\mathcal{D}} D solves the same equation with a ~ = β 2 γ ~ 6 ( Φ ~ z 1 + Φ ~ z 0 ) \widetilde{a}=\frac{\beta^2\widetilde{\gamma}}{6}\left(\widetilde{\Phi}_z^1+\widetilde{\Phi}_z^0\right) a = 6 β 2 γ ( Φ z 1 + Φ z 0 ) . Differentiating in z z z , the function D z \mathcal{D}_z D z solves − ∂ t D z = β 2 2 ( D z ) z z + a ( D z ) z + a z D z -\partial_t\mathcal{D}_z=\frac{\beta^2}{2}(\mathcal{D}_z)_{zz}+a(\mathcal{D}_z)_z+a_z\mathcal{D}_z − ∂ t D z = 2 β 2 ( D z ) z z + a ( D z ) z + a z D z with D z ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = V ′ \mathcal{D}_z(q_0,\cdot)=V' D z ( q 0 , ⋅ ) = V ′ . By (8.14), we have ∣ a z ∣ ≤ β 2 6 ⋅ 40 ≤ 7 β 2 |a_z|\leq\frac{\beta^2}{6}\cdot40\leq7\beta^2 ∣ a z ∣ ≤ 6 β 2 ⋅ 40 ≤ 7 β 2 , and (8.13) implies that ∥ D z ( t , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ e 7 β 2 ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ \|\mathcal{D}_z(t,\cdot)\|_\infty\leq e^{7\beta^2}\|V'\|_\infty ∥ D z ( t , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ e 7 β 2 ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ . Next, the difference D ~ − D \widetilde{\mathcal{D}}-\mathcal{D} D − D vanishes at q 0 q_0 q 0 and solves
− ∂ t ( D ~ − D ) = β 2 2 ( D ~ − D ) z z + a ~ ( D ~ − D ) z + ( a ~ − a ) D z . -\partial_t(\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}-\mathcal{D})=\frac{\beta^2}{2}(\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}-\mathcal{D})_{zz}+\widetilde{a}(\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}-\mathcal{D})_z+(\widetilde{a}-a)\mathcal{D}_z. − ∂ t ( D − D ) = 2 β 2 ( D − D ) z z + a ( D − D ) z + ( a − a ) D z .
By (8.13) with c = 0 c=0 c = 0 , we have
∣ D ~ ( 0 , 0 ) − D ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ ≤ e 7 β 2 ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ ∫ 0 q 0 ∥ a ~ ( t , ⋅ ) − a ( t , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ d t . |\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}(0,0)-\mathcal{D}(0,0)|\leq e^{7\beta^2}\|V'\|_\infty\int_0^{q_0}\|\widetilde{a}(t,\cdot)-a(t,\cdot)\|_\infty\,dt. ∣ D ( 0 , 0 ) − D ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ ≤ e 7 β 2 ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ ∫ 0 q 0 ∥ a ( t , ⋅ ) − a ( t , ⋅ ) ∥ ∞ d t .
Finally, a ~ − a = β 2 6 ( γ ~ − γ ) ( Φ ~ z 1 + Φ ~ z 0 ) + β 2 γ 6 ( ( Φ ~ z 1 − Φ z 1 ) + ( Φ ~ z 0 − Φ z 0 ) ) \widetilde{a}-a=\frac{\beta^2}{6}(\widetilde{\gamma}-\gamma)(\widetilde{\Phi}_z^1+\widetilde{\Phi}_z^0)+\frac{\beta^2\gamma}{6}\left((\widetilde{\Phi}_z^1-\Phi_z^1)+(\widetilde{\Phi}_z^0-\Phi_z^0)\right) a − a = 6 β 2 ( γ − γ ) ( Φ z 1 + Φ z 0 ) + 6 β 2 γ ( ( Φ z 1 − Φ z 1 ) + ( Φ z 0 − Φ z 0 ) ) . Using (8.14) for the first term and (8.15) for the second, we find ∫ 0 q 0 ∥ a ~ − a ∥ ∞ d t ≤ C ∥ γ − γ ~ ∥ L 1 ( [ 0 , q 0 ] ) \int_0^{q_0}\|\widetilde{a}-a\|_\infty\,dt\leq C\|\gamma-\widetilde{\gamma}\|_{L^1([0,q_0])} ∫ 0 q 0 ∥ a − a ∥ ∞ d t ≤ C ∥ γ − γ ∥ L 1 ([ 0 , q 0 ]) with C C C depending only on β \beta β . This proves (8.12).
The local fractional bound
We now combine Proposition 8.3, Lemma 8.5 and Lemma 8.6 with the cubic deficit of Section 7. We first recall what we use from that section. Fix the ratio ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ] \vartheta\in(0,1/2] ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ] and the amplitude E > 0 E > 0 E > 0 of § 6.6.3 , satisfying the two strict inequalities (135) ; in the dynamical argument, ϑ = 1 / 2 \vartheta= 1/2 ϑ = 1/2 and E = 1 / 100 E = 1/100 E = 1/100 . Let G ( ϑ , E ) > 0 G(\vartheta,E) > 0 G ( ϑ , E ) > 0 be the corner coefficient of § 6.6.3 . Fix compact intervals J ⊂ int I \mathcal{J} \subset\operatorname{int} I J ⊂ int I with I ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) I \subset(0,q_{\beta}) I ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) , and let m β > 0 m_{\beta} > 0 m β > 0 be a lower bound on I I I for the scalar factor M ( r ) = α ( r ) 2 β 6 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 M(r) = \alpha(r)^2\beta^6 E\chi(r,Y_r)^3 M ( r ) = α ( r ) 2 β 6 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 of Proposition 7.13 , as in (80) .
For D = D ( r , q , δ ) D = D(r,q,\delta) D = D ( r , q , δ ) with d = q − r > 0 d = q-r > 0 d = q − r > 0 , we use the parameters of (99) , namely h = d / ϑ h = d/\vartheta h = d / ϑ , q 0 = r − h q_0 = r-h q 0 = r − h and k = δ / h k = \delta/h k = δ / h . Let T ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k) T ( q 0 , h , k ) be the trial value (106) , let V = V ( q 0 , h , k , ⋅ ) V = V(q_0,h,k,\cdot) V = V ( q 0 , h , k , ⋅ ) be the boundary perturbation (109) , and let Π = Π ( q 0 , h , k ) \Pi= \Pi(q_0,h,k) Π = Π ( q 0 , h , k ) be the penalty of Lemma 7.3 . We use the following three facts.
(T1) By (106) and Lemma 7.3 , T ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k) T ( q 0 , h , k ) is the limit of the trial values of admissible paths ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) ) (Q^{(N)},m^{(N)}) ( Q ( N ) , m ( N ) ) with endpoint D D D and multiplier zero. On [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] these paths have the increments e e T d t \mathbf{e}\mathbf{e}^{\mathsf{T}}\,dt e e T d t at the masses α / 3 \alpha/3 α /3 , evaluated at the left endpoints of a partition; on [ q 0 , 1 ] [q_0,1] [ q 0 , 1 ] their masses are at least α ( q 0 ) / 3 \alpha(q_0)/3 α ( q 0 ) /3 ; and all masses are nondecreasing. Moreover
T ( q 0 , h , k ) = H α ( 3 Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) + V ) − β 2 4 Π , \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k)=\mathcal{H}_{\alpha}\left(3\Phi(q_0,\cdot)+V\right)-\frac{\beta^2}{4}\Pi, T ( q 0 , h , k ) = H α ( 3Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) + V ) − 4 β 2 Π ,
where H α \mathcal{H}_{\alpha} H α is the operator of § 6.7.4 on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] with γ = α \gamma=\alpha γ = α . The function V V V and the penalty Π + = Π − 6 ∫ 0 q 0 t α ( t ) d t \Pi_+ = \Pi- 6\int_{0}^{q_0}t\alpha(t)\,dt Π + = Π − 6 ∫ 0 q 0 t α ( t ) d t of the path on [ q 0 , 1 ] [q_0,1] [ q 0 , 1 ] depend on α \alpha α only through its restriction to [ q 0 , 1 ] [q_0,1] [ q 0 , 1 ] .
(T2) By the spatial regularity in Lemma 7.4 , V V V has bounded continuous derivatives of orders one to three. By (112) , ∥ V ∥ C b 2 ≤ C V h 2 k 2 = C V δ 2 \lVert V\rVert_{C_b^2} \le C_V h^2 k^2 = C_V\delta^2 ∥ V ∥ C b 2 ≤ C V h 2 k 2 = C V δ 2 for h ≤ h 0 h \le h_0 h ≤ h 0 . We use only the consequence ∥ V ∥ C b 2 ≤ C V δ 2 / h \lVert V\rVert_{C_b^2} \le C_V\delta^2/h ∥ V ∥ C b 2 ≤ C V δ 2 / h for h ≤ min { h 0 , 1 } h \le\min\{h_0,1\} h ≤ min { h 0 , 1 } ; no smallness of the third derivative is needed.
(T3) By Proposition 7.15 , applied to the interval J \mathcal{J} J of centers (note that m β ≤ inf J M m_{\beta} \le\inf_{\mathcal{J}} M m β ≤ inf J M ), for every σ ˉ ∈ ( 0 , G ( ϑ , E ) ) \bar{\sigma} \in(0,G(\vartheta,E)) σ ˉ ∈ ( 0 , G ( ϑ , E )) there exists d 0 > 0 d_0 > 0 d 0 > 0 such that
T ( q 0 , h , k ) ≤ 3 P β − m β E 2 { G ( ϑ , E ) − σ ˉ } ρ 3 , (152) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k) \le3P_{\beta}-m_{\beta}E^2\{G(\vartheta,E)-\bar{\sigma}\}\rho^3, \tag*{(152)} T ( q 0 , h , k ) ≤ 3 P β − m β E 2 { G ( ϑ , E ) − σ ˉ } ρ 3 , (152)
which is (7.38), for every 0 < ρ ≤ d 0 0 < \rho\le d_0 0 < ρ ≤ d 0 and every feasible D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) with r ∈ J r \in\mathcal{J} r ∈ J , ρ ≤ q − r ≤ d 0 \rho\le q-r \le d_0 ρ ≤ q − r ≤ d 0 and E ρ ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ E\rho\le|\delta| \le2E\rho E ρ ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ ; for these matrices also h ≤ h 0 h \le h_0 h ≤ h 0 . The window is [ q 0 , T ] [q_0,T] [ q 0 , T ] with T = q 0 + h τ T T=q_0+h\tau_T T = q 0 + h τ T and τ T = 2 + 4 k 2 L ϑ \tau_T=2+4k^2L_{\vartheta} τ T = 2 + 4 k 2 L ϑ , by (101) . If ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E d |\delta| \le2Ed ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E d , then ∣ k ∣ ≤ 2 ϑ E |k| \le2\vartheta E ∣ k ∣ ≤ 2 ϑE , and the window has length T − q 0 ≤ C w i n d T-q_0 \le C_{\mathrm{wind}} T − q 0 ≤ C wind with C w i n = ( 2 + 16 ϑ 2 E 2 L ϑ ) / ϑ C_{\mathrm{win}}=(2+16\vartheta^2E^2L_{\vartheta})/\vartheta C win = ( 2 + 16 ϑ 2 E 2 L ϑ ) / ϑ .
By (147) , H α ( 3 Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) ) = 3 Φ ( 0 , 0 ) \mathcal{H}_{\alpha}(3\Phi(q_0,\cdot))=3\Phi(0,0) H α ( 3Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ )) = 3Φ ( 0 , 0 ) .
Now let γ : [ 0 , 1 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] \gamma:[0,1]\to[0,1] γ : [ 0 , 1 ] → [ 0 , 1 ] be nondecreasing, with γ = α \gamma=\alpha γ = α on [ q 0 , 1 ] [q_0,1] [ q 0 , 1 ] and γ ≤ α ( q 0 ) \gamma\le\alpha(q_0) γ ≤ α ( q 0 ) on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] . We write T γ ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}_{\gamma}(q_0,h,k) T γ ( q 0 , h , k ) for the limit of the trial values of the paths of (T1) with the masses α / 3 \alpha/3 α /3 on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] replaced by the left-endpoint values of γ / 3 \gamma/3 γ /3 . These paths are admissible, with the same endpoint, and on [ q 0 , 1 ] [q_0,1] [ q 0 , 1 ] nothing changes. The penalty of the segment [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] converges to ∫ 0 q 0 γ 3 d ( 9 t 2 ) = 6 ∫ 0 q 0 t γ ( t ) d t \int_0^{q_0}\frac{\gamma}{3}\,d(9t^2)=6\int_0^{q_0}t\gamma(t)\,dt ∫ 0 q 0 3 γ d ( 9 t 2 ) = 6 ∫ 0 q 0 t γ ( t ) d t . By Lemma 8.6 (a) and the bound ∣ H γ ( F 1 ) − H γ ( F 2 ) ∣ ≤ ∥ F 1 − F 2 ∥ ∞ |\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(F_1)-\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(F_2)|\leq\lVert F_1-F_2\rVert_{\infty} ∣ H γ ( F 1 ) − H γ ( F 2 ) ∣ ≤ ∥ F 1 − F 2 ∥ ∞ , the values converge as well, and with φ = 3 Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) \varphi=3\Phi(q_0,\cdot) φ = 3Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) we find
T γ ( q 0 , h , k ) = H γ ( φ + V ) − 3 β 2 2 ∫ 0 q 0 t γ ( t ) d t − β 2 4 Π + . (153) \mathcal{T}_{\gamma}(q_0,h,k)=\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(\varphi+V)-\frac{3\beta^2}{2}\int_0^{q_0}t\gamma(t)\,\mathrm{d}t-\frac{\beta^2}{4}\Pi_+. \tag*{(153)} T γ ( q 0 , h , k ) = H γ ( φ + V ) − 2 3 β 2 ∫ 0 q 0 t γ ( t ) d t − 4 β 2 Π + . (153)
For γ = α \gamma=\alpha γ = α , this is the identity of (T1). If γ \gamma γ is a distribution function, then by (147) we have
3 P β ( γ ) = H γ ( φ ) − 3 β 2 2 ∫ 0 q 0 t γ ( t ) d t − 3 β 2 2 ∫ q 0 1 t α ( t ) d t . (154) 3\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\gamma)=\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(\varphi)-\frac{3\beta^2}{2}\int_0^{q_0}t\gamma(t)\,\mathrm{d}t-\frac{3\beta^2}{2}\int_{q_0}^{1}t\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t. \tag*{(154)} 3 P β ( γ ) = H γ ( φ ) − 2 3 β 2 ∫ 0 q 0 t γ ( t ) d t − 2 3 β 2 ∫ q 0 1 t α ( t ) d t . (154)
Subtracting (153) and (154) for α \alpha α from the same identities for γ \gamma γ , and using P β ( α ) = P β \mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\alpha)=\mathcal{P}_{\beta} P β ( α ) = P β , we obtain
T γ ( q 0 , h , k ) − T ( q 0 , h , k ) = 3 ( P β ( γ ) − P β ) + [ H γ ( φ + V ) − H γ ( φ ) ] − [ H α ( φ + V ) − H α ( φ ) ] . (155) \begin{aligned}
\mathcal{T}_{\gamma}(q_0,h,k)-\mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k)
={}&3\bigl(\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\gamma)-\mathcal{P}_{\beta}\bigr)\\
&+\bigl[\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(\varphi+V)-\mathcal{H}_{\gamma}(\varphi)\bigr]
-\bigl[\mathcal{H}_{\alpha}(\varphi+V)-\mathcal{H}_{\alpha}(\varphi)\bigr]. \tag*{(155)}
\end{aligned} T γ ( q 0 , h , k ) − T ( q 0 , h , k ) = 3 ( P β ( γ ) − P β ) + [ H γ ( φ + V ) − H γ ( φ ) ] − [ H α ( φ + V ) − H α ( φ ) ] . (155)
Lemma 8.7 (Local fractional bound). Let J ⊂ int I \mathcal{J}\subset\operatorname{int} I J ⊂ int I and I ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) I\subset(0,q_{\beta}) I ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) be compact intervals, let ϑ \vartheta ϑ , E E E , m β m_{\beta} m β be as above, and let 0 < g < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) 0<g<m_{\beta}E^2G(\vartheta,E) 0 < g < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) . There exist d 0 d_0 d 0 , S S S , ρ 0 > 0 \rho_0>0 ρ 0 > 0 , depending only on β \beta β , J \mathcal{J} J , I I I , ϑ \vartheta ϑ , E E E and g g g , such that the following holds. For every 0 < ρ ≤ ρ 0 0<\rho\leq\rho_0 0 < ρ ≤ ρ 0 , every n ≥ 2 n\geq2 n ≥ 2 and every feasible D = D ( r , q , δ ) D=D(r,q,\delta) D = D ( r , q , δ ) with
r ∈ J , ρ ≤ q − r ≤ d 0 , E ρ ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ , r\in\mathcal{J},\qquad\rho\leq q-r\leq d_0,\qquad E\rho\leq|\delta|\leq2E\rho, r ∈ J , ρ ≤ q − r ≤ d 0 , E ρ ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ , the window [ q 0 , T ] [q_0,T] [ q 0 , T ] of the local perturbation lies in I I I , and with s = S ρ s=S\rho s = S ρ we have
1 n s log E Z 3 , n ( D ) s ≤ 3 P β − g ρ 3 . (156) \frac{1}{ns}\log\mathbb{E}Z_{3,n}(D)^s\leq3\mathcal{P}_{\beta}-g\rho^3. \tag*{(156)} n s 1 log E Z 3 , n ( D ) s ≤ 3 P β − g ρ 3 . (156) The constants d 0 d_0 d 0 , S S S and ρ 0 \rho_0 ρ 0 do not depend on n n n , on ρ \rho ρ , or on ( r , q , δ ) (r,q,\delta) ( r , q , δ ) in the stated domain. The order in which they are chosen is recorded in Table 8.1 .
Table 8.1. Order of the choices in the proof of Lemma 8.7.
Proof. The proof has three steps. We first fix the constants. We then apply Proposition 8.3 to the comparison path with the profile α s \alpha_s α s on the common segment, and finally we compare its trial value with T ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k) T ( q 0 , h , k ) by (155) .
Step 1: choice of constants. Fix g ′ g' g ′ with
0 < g < g ′ < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) . (157) 0 < g < g' < m_{\beta}E^{2}G(\vartheta,E). \tag*{(157)} 0 < g < g ′ < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) . (157)
Let d 0 d_0 d 0 be the constant of (T3) for σ ˉ = G ( ϑ , E ) − g ′ / ( m β E 2 ) \bar{\sigma}=G(\vartheta,E)-g'/(m_{\beta}E^{2}) σ ˉ = G ( ϑ , E ) − g ′ / ( m β E 2 ) , decreased so that also d 0 ≤ ϑ d_0\leq\vartheta d 0 ≤ ϑ and ( 1 / ϑ + C w i n ) d 0 ≤ dist ( J , R ∖ I ) (1/\vartheta+C_{\mathrm{win}})d_0\leq\operatorname{dist}(\mathcal{J},\mathbb{R}\setminus I) ( 1/ ϑ + C win ) d 0 ≤ dist ( J , R ∖ I ) . Then, for every 0 < ρ ≤ d 0 0<\rho\leq d_0 0 < ρ ≤ d 0 and every D D D in the domain of the lemma,
T ( q 0 , h , k ) ≤ 3 P β − g ′ ρ 3 , (158) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k)\leq3P_{\beta}-g'\rho^3, \tag*{(158)} T ( q 0 , h , k ) ≤ 3 P β − g ′ ρ 3 , (158)
moreover h = d / ϑ ≤ 1 h=d/\vartheta\leq1 h = d / ϑ ≤ 1 , and the window [ q 0 , T ] ⊂ [ r − d / ϑ , r − d / ϑ + C w i n d ] [q_0,T]\subset[r-d/\vartheta,r-d/\vartheta+C_{\mathrm{win}}d] [ q 0 , T ] ⊂ [ r − d / ϑ , r − d / ϑ + C win d ] lies in I I I , so that q 0 ≥ a ∗ q_0\geq a_* q 0 ≥ a ∗ with a ∗ = min I > 0 a_*=\min I>0 a ∗ = min I > 0 . Let C f l , s 0 C_{\mathrm{fl}},s_0 C fl , s 0 and C r C_r C r be the constants of Lemmas 8.5 and 8.6, let C ′ = 3 C f l C'=3C_{\mathrm{fl}} C ′ = 3 C fl and C ′ ′ = C r C V C f l C''=C_rC_VC_{\mathrm{fl}} C ′′ = C r C V C fl , and choose S ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 3 ] S\in(0,1/3] S ∈ ( 0 , 1/3 ] so small that
4 ϑ E 2 C ′ ′ S 2 ≤ 1 2 ( g ′ − g ) . (159) 4\vartheta E^2C''S^2\leq\frac{1}{2}(g'-g). \tag*{(159)} 4 ϑ E 2 C ′′ S 2 ≤ 2 1 ( g ′ − g ) . (159)
Finally choose ρ 0 ∈ ( 0 , d 0 ] \rho_0\in(0,d_0] ρ 0 ∈ ( 0 , d 0 ] so small that
S ρ 0 ≤ s 0 , C f l S ρ 0 < a ∗ , 8 ϑ E 2 C V ρ 0 ≤ 1 , C ′ S 5 ρ 0 2 ≤ 1 2 ( g ′ − g ) . S\rho_0\leq s_0,\qquad C_{\mathrm{fl}}S\rho_0<a_*,\qquad8\vartheta E^2C_V\rho_0\leq1,\qquad C'S^5\rho_0^2\leq\frac{1}{2}(g'-g). S ρ 0 ≤ s 0 , C fl S ρ 0 < a ∗ , 8 ϑ E 2 C V ρ 0 ≤ 1 , C ′ S 5 ρ 0 2 ≤ 2 1 ( g ′ − g ) .
Now fix 0 < ρ ≤ ρ 0 0<\rho\leq\rho_0 0 < ρ ≤ ρ 0 , n ≥ 2 n\geq2 n ≥ 2 and D D D in the domain of the lemma, and set s = S ρ s=S\rho s = S ρ .
Step 2: the fractional comparison. Since s ≤ s 0 s\leq s_0 s ≤ s 0 and C f l s < a ∗ ≤ q 0 C_{\mathrm{fl}}s<a_*\leq q_0 C fl s < a ∗ ≤ q 0 , Lemma 8.5 shows that α s \alpha_s α s is a distribution function with α s = α \alpha_s=\alpha α s = α on [ q 0 , 1 ] [q_0,1] [ q 0 , 1 ] . Moreover α s ≤ α s ( q 0 ) = α ( q 0 ) \alpha_s\leq\alpha_s(q_0)=\alpha(q_0) α s ≤ α s ( q 0 ) = α ( q 0 ) on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] , and T α s ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}_{\alpha_s}(q_0,h,k) T α s ( q 0 , h , k ) is defined. By its definition, it is the limit of the trial values of admissible paths with endpoint D D D and multiplier zero, whose masses are left-endpoint values of α s / 3 \alpha_s/3 α s /3 on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] and are at least α ( q 0 ) / 3 \alpha(q_0)/3 α ( q 0 ) /3 on [ q 0 , 1 ] [q_0,1] [ q 0 , 1 ] . All these masses are at least s s s , because α s ≥ 3 s \alpha_s\geq3s α s ≥ 3 s and α ( q 0 ) = α s ( q 0 ) ≥ 3 s \alpha(q_0)=\alpha_s(q_0)\geq3s α ( q 0 ) = α s ( q 0 ) ≥ 3 s . By Proposition 8.3 with ℓ = 3 \ell=3 ℓ = 3 for these paths, we obtain
p 3 , n ( s ) ( D ) + 9 β s 4 n ≤ T α s ( q 0 , h , k ) . (160) p_{3,n}^{(s)}(D)+\frac{9\beta s}{4n}\leq\mathcal{T}_{\alpha_s}(q_0,h,k). \tag*{(160)} p 3 , n ( s ) ( D ) + 4 n 9 β s ≤ T α s ( q 0 , h , k ) . (160)
Step 3: comparison with T ( q 0 , h , k ) \mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k) T ( q 0 , h , k ) . We apply (155) with γ = α s \gamma=\alpha_s γ = α s . The first term on its right side is at most 3 C f l s 5 = C ′ s 5 3C_{\mathrm{fl}}s^5=C's^5 3 C fl s 5 = C ′ s 5 by (8.9). For the second, note that φ = 3 Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) \varphi=3\Phi(q_0,\cdot) φ = 3Φ ( q 0 , ⋅ ) satisfies ∥ φ ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 3 \|\varphi'\|_\infty\leq3 ∥ φ ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 3 and ∥ φ ′ ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 3 \|\varphi''\|_\infty\leq3 ∥ φ ′′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 3 , since ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 |u|\leq1 ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 and 0 < χ ≤ 1 0<\chi\leq1 0 < χ ≤ 1 by Proposition 4.3(i), and that ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ + ∥ V ′ ′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 C V δ 2 / h ≤ 8 ϑ E 2 C V ρ ≤ 1 \|V'\|_\infty+\|V''\|_\infty\leq2C_V\delta^2/h\leq8\vartheta E^2C_V\rho\leq1 ∥ V ′ ∥ ∞ + ∥ V ′′ ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 C V δ 2 / h ≤ 8 ϑ E 2 C V ρ ≤ 1 by (T2), since ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ |\delta|\leq2E\rho ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ and h = d / ϑ ≥ ρ / ϑ h=d/\vartheta\geq\rho/\vartheta h = d / ϑ ≥ ρ / ϑ . Lemma 8.6(b) on [ 0 , q 0 ] [0,q_0] [ 0 , q 0 ] , with γ ~ = α s \widetilde{\gamma}=\alpha_s γ = α s and γ = α \gamma=\alpha γ = α , and (8.9) then bound the mixed difference by C r ∥ V ′ ′ ∥ ∞ ∥ α s − α ∥ L 1 ≤ C r C V ( δ 2 / h ) C f l s 2 C_r\|V''\|_\infty\|\alpha_s-\alpha\|_{L^1}\leq C_rC_V(\delta^2/h)C_{\mathrm{fl}}s^2 C r ∥ V ′′ ∥ ∞ ∥ α s − α ∥ L 1 ≤ C r C V ( δ 2 / h ) C fl s 2 . We have shown that the change of profile costs at most
T α s ( q 0 , h , k ) − T ( q 0 , h , k ) ≤ C ′ s 5 + C ′ ′ δ 2 s 2 h . (161) \mathcal{T}_{\alpha_s}(q_0,h,k)-\mathcal{T}(q_0,h,k)\leq C's^5+C''\frac{\delta^2s^2}{h}. \tag*{(161)} T α s ( q 0 , h , k ) − T ( q 0 , h , k ) ≤ C ′ s 5 + C ′′ h δ 2 s 2 . (161)
Since ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ |\delta|\leq2E\rho ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ , h = d / ϑ h=d/\vartheta h = d / ϑ and d ≥ ρ d\geq\rho d ≥ ρ , we have
δ 2 s 2 h = ϑ δ 2 S 2 ρ 2 d ≤ 4 ϑ E 2 S 2 ρ 3 . \frac{\delta^2s^2}{h}=\frac{\vartheta\delta^2S^2\rho^2}{d}\leq4\vartheta E^2S^2\rho^3. h δ 2 s 2 = d ϑ δ 2 S 2 ρ 2 ≤ 4 ϑ E 2 S 2 ρ 3 .
Inserting (8.21) and (8.24) into (8.23), and discarding the nonnegative term 9 β s / ( 4 n ) 9\beta^{s}/(4n) 9 β s / ( 4 n ) , we obtain
p 3 , n ( s ) ( D ) ≤ 3 P β − g ′ ρ 3 + C ′ S 5 ρ 5 + 4 ϑ E 2 C ′ ′ S 2 ρ 3 ≤ 3 P β − g ρ 3 , p^{(s)}_{3,n}(D) \le3P_\beta- g'\rho^3 + C'S^5\rho^5 + 4\vartheta E^2C''S^2\rho^3 \le3P_\beta- g\rho^3, p 3 , n ( s ) ( D ) ≤ 3 P β − g ′ ρ 3 + C ′ S 5 ρ 5 + 4 ϑ E 2 C ′′ S 2 ρ 3 ≤ 3 P β − g ρ 3 ,
where in the last step we used (8.22) and C ′ S 5 ρ 2 ≤ 1 2 ( g ′ − g ) C'S^5\rho^2 \le\frac{1}{2}(g'-g) C ′ S 5 ρ 2 ≤ 2 1 ( g ′ − g ) . This is (8.19).
A simultaneous estimate for overlap constraints
In this section we prove Lemma 9.7. For deterministic scales ρ n → 0 \rho_n \to0 ρ n → 0 and η n \eta_n η n satisfying the conditions (S1)–(S5) below, it provides a disorder event A n \mathcal{A}_n A n of probability tending to one on which three families of overlap configurations have small Gibbs probability simultaneously: triples whose overlaps lie in a narrow band around a center r r r , triples violating a small-overlap constraint across a large overlap, and pairs whose absolute overlap q = ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ q = |R(x,y)| q = ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ has ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ |q - \Gamma(q)| ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ bounded away from zero. These estimates are the static input of the dynamical argument: Section 10 uses them to choose families of reference configurations (Lemma 10.2), and Sections 11 and 12 use them along trajectories of the heat-bath dynamics. The conditions (S1)–(S5) hold at the scales of Theorem 1.1, and more generally under (10.10) and (10.11); see Remark 9.8.
The narrow triples split into two regimes. When the larger overlap q q q is close to the center r r r , we use the local fractional bound Lemma 8.7, which rests on the cubic deficit of Section 7. When q − r q-r q − r is bounded below, we use a quadratic pressure deficit, which we derive in Lemma 9.5 from the three-replica comparison of [77, Section 7], with a fixed width and a fixed tolerance. The pair bound and the fixed-scale bound are the pressure estimates Propositions 4.23 and 4.24, which are [77, Lemma 4.3] and [77, (4.20)]. In all these regimes the mechanisms are those of [77]; what changes are the scales at which the pressure deficits are converted into probability bounds. The simultaneous event and its probability estimate are new relative to [77]: they replace the conversion [77, Lemma 4.2], whose finite-size error n − 1 / 24 n^{-1/24} n − 1/24 is far too large at the scale ρ n 3 \rho_n^3 ρ n 3 .
Two levels of probability. We keep two kinds of error separate, and the later sections depend on this distinction. The first is the disorder probability P ( A n c ) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}_n^c) P ( A n c ) , for which we obtain the upper bound O ( n − 2 / 15 ) O(n^{-2/15}) O ( n − 2/15 ) at the scales of Theorem 1.1; it is paid once. The second is the Gibbs probability of the forbidden configurations at a fixed disorder in A n \mathcal{A}_n A n , which for narrow triples is bounded above by C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n 3 / 10 C(n+1)^3 e^{-c n^{3/10}} C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n 3/10 at the same scales. Only errors of the second kind are multiplied by the number of reference configurations and paths in Sections 10 to 12; see Table 9.1 and Remark 9.9.
Table 9.1. The error terms of Lemma 9.7, up to constant factors, at the scales ρ n = R n − 7 / 30 \rho_n=Rn^{-7/30} ρ n = R n − 7/30 and η n = n − 5 / 21 \eta_n=n^{-5/21} η n = n − 5/21 of Theorem 1.1 . The first five rows bound the disorder probability P ( A n c ) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}_n^c) P ( A n c ) ; they are paid once. The last three rows are Gibbs probabilities at a fixed disorder in A n \mathcal{A}_n A n ; only these are multiplied by counts in Sections 10 to 12. The last column omits polynomial factors.
Upper bound on the mean bias. The proof of Lemma 9.7 uses the mean bias Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) \Delta_{n,\beta} = P_\beta- p_n(\beta) Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) only through the hypothesis (S1). The bound Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 7 / 10 \Delta_{n,\beta} \le C_b n^{-7/10} Δ n , β ≤ C b n − 7/10 of Theorem 4.11 gives the scale ρ n ≍ n − 7 / 30 \rho_n \asymp n^{-7/30} ρ n ≍ n − 7/30 of Theorem 1.1. The variance bound of Theorem 4.10 is used only for the lower bound (A1) on F n F_n F n below, through Chebyshev’s inequality and the hypothesis (S2).
Standing notation. We keep the notation of Section 8; in particular we do not abbreviate β 2 \beta^2 β 2 . Triples are taken in the order ( v , x , y ) (v,x,y) ( v , x , y ) , and for a triple we write
r = R ( v , x ) + R ( v , y ) 2 , δ = R ( v , x ) − R ( v , y ) 2 , q = R ( x , y ) , r=\frac{R(v,x)+R(v,y)}{2},\qquad\delta=\frac{R(v,x)-R(v,y)}{2},\qquad q=R(x,y), r = 2 R ( v , x ) + R ( v , y ) , δ = 2 R ( v , x ) − R ( v , y ) , q = R ( x , y ) ,
so that its overlap matrix is the matrix D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) of (55) . We also write χ t = χ ( t , Y t ) \chi_t=\chi(t,Y_t) χ t = χ ( t , Y t ) . Constants C , c C,c C , c depend only on β \beta β and on the fixed parameters named in each statement; they never depend on n n n , on the overlap parameters ( r , q , δ ) (r,q,\delta) ( r , q , δ ) , or on the scales ρ n , η n \rho_n,\eta_n ρ n , η n .
Orientations, pairs and the fixed scale
Every overlap takes one of the n + 1 n+1 n + 1 values − 1 , − 1 + 2 / n , … , 1 -1,-1+2/n,\ldots,1 − 1 , − 1 + 2/ n , … , 1 , so there are at most n + 1 n+1 n + 1 feasible matrices D 2 ( q ˉ ) D_2(\bar q) D 2 ( q ˉ ) and at most ( n + 1 ) 3 (n+1)^3 ( n + 1 ) 3 feasible matrices D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) . Let D ℓ \mathcal{D}_\ell D ℓ be the group of maps O : ( x a ) a ≤ ℓ ↦ ( ϵ a x ϖ ( a ) ) a ≤ ℓ O:(x^a)_{a\leq\ell}\mapsto(\epsilon_a x^{\varpi(a)})_{a\leq\ell} O : ( x a ) a ≤ ℓ ↦ ( ϵ a x ϖ ( a ) ) a ≤ ℓ of Remark 4.17, where ϖ \varpi ϖ is a permutation of { 1 , … , ℓ } \{1,\ldots,\ell\} { 1 , … , ℓ } and ϵ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } ℓ \epsilon\in\{-1,1\}^{\ell} ϵ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } ℓ ; the group D 3 \mathcal{D}_3 D 3 has 48 elements. By Remark 4.17, Z ℓ , n ( O D ) = Z ℓ , n ( D ) Z_{\ell,n}(OD)=Z_{\ell,n}(D) Z ℓ , n ( O D ) = Z ℓ , n ( D ) for every disorder and every orientation O O O . In addition, every O ∈ D ℓ O\in\mathcal{D}_\ell O ∈ D ℓ is a bijection of Σ n ℓ \Sigma_n^\ell Σ n ℓ that preserves the product measure ( π J ) ⊗ ℓ (\pi^J)^{\otimes\ell} ( π J ) ⊗ ℓ , because π J ( − x ) = π J ( x ) \pi^J(-x)=\pi^J(x) π J ( − x ) = π J ( x ) . We have
( π J ) ⊗ ℓ ( O B ) = ( π J ) ⊗ ℓ ( B ) ( B ⊂ Σ n ℓ , O ∈ D ℓ ) . (162) (\pi^J)^{\otimes\ell}(OB)=(\pi^J)^{\otimes\ell}(B)\qquad(B\subset\Sigma_n^\ell,\ O\in\mathcal{D}_\ell). \tag*{(162)} ( π J ) ⊗ ℓ ( O B ) = ( π J ) ⊗ ℓ ( B ) ( B ⊂ Σ n ℓ , O ∈ D ℓ ) . (162)
All statements below are proved for canonical orientations. A disorder bound for Z ℓ , n ( D ) Z_{\ell,n}(D) Z ℓ , n ( D ) holds verbatim for Z ℓ , n ( O D ) Z_{\ell,n}(OD) Z ℓ , n ( O D ) , a Gibbs bound for a set B B B holds for O B OB O B , and a union over all orientations of a triple costs at most a factor 48.
Lemma 9.1 (Pair constraints). For every n ≥ 2 n\geq2 n ≥ 2 and every feasible D 2 ( q ˉ ) D_2(\bar q) D 2 ( q ˉ ) ,
p 2 , n ( D 2 ( q ˉ ) ) ≤ 2 P β − 1 2 ( ∣ q ˉ ∣ − Γ ( ∣ q ˉ ∣ ) ) 2 . (163) p_{2,n}(D_2(\bar q))\leq2P_\beta-\frac{1}{2}\bigl(|\bar q|-\Gamma(|\bar q|)\bigr)^2. \tag*{(163)} p 2 , n ( D 2 ( q ˉ )) ≤ 2 P β − 2 1 ( ∣ q ˉ ∣ − Γ ( ∣ q ˉ ∣ ) ) 2 . (163) Moreover, there exist q t a i l < 1 q_{\mathrm{tail}}<1 q tail < 1 and c t a i l > 0 c_{\mathrm{tail}}>0 c tail > 0 , depending only on β \beta β , such that q − Γ ( q ) ≥ c t a i l q-\Gamma(q)\geq c_{\mathrm{tail}} q − Γ ( q ) ≥ c tail for q t a i l ≤ q ≤ 1 q_{\mathrm{tail}}\leq q\leq1 q tail ≤ q ≤ 1 .
Proof. For q ˉ ≥ 0 \bar q\geq0 q ˉ ≥ 0 , (9.2) is Proposition 4.23, valid for every n n n and every feasible pair constraint; for q ˉ < 0 \bar q<0 q ˉ < 0 it follows from Z 2 , n ( D 2 ( q ˉ ) ) = Z 2 , n ( D 2 ( ∣ q ˉ ∣ ) ) Z_{2,n}(D_2(\bar q))=Z_{2,n}(D_2(|\bar q|)) Z 2 , n ( D 2 ( q ˉ )) = Z 2 , n ( D 2 ( ∣ q ˉ ∣ )) . By Proposition 4.3(iv), Γ \Gamma Γ is continuous, and Γ ( 1 ) = E tanh 2 ( Y 1 ) < 1 \Gamma(1)=\mathbb{E}\tanh^2(Y_1)<1 Γ ( 1 ) = E tanh 2 ( Y 1 ) < 1 because u ( 1 , z ) = tanh z u(1,z)=\tanh z u ( 1 , z ) = tanh z . Since q − Γ ( q ) q-\Gamma(q) q − Γ ( q ) is continuous and positive at q = 1 q=1 q = 1 , there exist q t a i l q_{\mathrm{tail}} q tail and c t a i l c_{\mathrm{tail}} c tail as claimed.
Lemma 9.2 (The fixed scale). For every b ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) b_*\in(0,1) b ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) there exist b ( b ∗ ) , ν f i x ( b ∗ ) , c f i x ( b ∗ ) > 0 b(b_*),\nu_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_*),c_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_*)>0 b ( b ∗ ) , ν fix ( b ∗ ) , c fix ( b ∗ ) > 0 , depending only on β \beta β and b ∗ b_* b ∗ , such that
p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ ) ) ≤ 3 P β − c f i x ( b ∗ ) δ 2 (164) p_{3,n}(D(r,q,\delta))\leq3P_\beta-c_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_*)\delta^2 \tag*{(164)} p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ )) ≤ 3 P β − c fix ( b ∗ ) δ 2 (164)
for every n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 and every feasible D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) with b ∗ ≤ q ≤ 1 b_\ast\le q \le1 b ∗ ≤ q ≤ 1 , ∣ r + δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) |r+\delta| \le b(b_\ast) ∣ r + δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) , ∣ r − δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) |r-\delta| \le b(b_\ast) ∣ r − δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) and ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν f i x ( b ∗ ) |q-\Gamma(q)| \le\nu_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_\ast) ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν fix ( b ∗ ) . The same holds after decreasing b ( b ∗ ) b(b_\ast) b ( b ∗ ) or ν f i x ( b ∗ ) \nu_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_\ast) ν fix ( b ∗ ) .
Proof. Let r 0 , δ 0 , ν , c 0 r_0,\delta_0,\nu,c_0 r 0 , δ 0 , ν , c 0 be the constants of Proposition 4.24 for the cutoff b ∗ b_\ast b ∗ , and set b ( b ∗ ) = min { r 0 , δ 0 } b(b_\ast)=\min\{r_0,\delta_0\} b ( b ∗ ) = min { r 0 , δ 0 } , ν f i x ( b ∗ ) = ν \nu_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_\ast)=\nu ν fix ( b ∗ ) = ν and c f i x ( b ∗ ) = c 0 c_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_\ast)=c_0 c fix ( b ∗ ) = c 0 . If ∣ r ± δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) |r\pm\delta|\le b(b_\ast) ∣ r ± δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) , then ∣ r ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) |r|\le b(b_\ast) ∣ r ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) and ∣ δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) |\delta|\le b(b_\ast) ∣ δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) . For r ≥ 0 r\ge0 r ≥ 0 the bound is Proposition 4.24 . For r < 0 r<0 r < 0 , reversing v v v maps D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) to D ( − r , q , − δ ) D(-r,q,-\delta) D ( − r , q , − δ ) , and the two constrained partition functions are equal by Remark 4.17 . Decreasing b ( b ∗ ) b(b_\ast) b ( b ∗ ) or ν f i x ( b ∗ ) \nu_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_\ast) ν fix ( b ∗ ) shrinks the set of matrices to which the bound is applied. □
Here we use only the pressure bound [77, (4.20)]. The fixed-scale probability estimate [77, Lemma 4.1], obtained using the conversion of [77, Lemma 4.2], concerns overlap imbalances of size n − 1 / 100 n^{-1/100} n − 1/100 ; below we derive the probability bound at overlap imbalances of size η n \eta_n η n . No restriction r ≥ ∣ δ ∣ r\ge|\delta| r ≥ ∣ δ ∣ is needed, so the two small overlaps r ± δ r\pm\delta r ± δ may have opposite signs.
Separated overlaps
We now treat triples D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) with r r r in a compact subinterval of ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) and q − r q-r q − r bounded below. The argument is that of [77, Section 7, Steps 1–8], recalled in Proposition 4.25 . There it is carried out with the shrinking parameters h = ρ O B 8 h=\rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^8 h = ρ OB 8 and θ = ρ O B 2 \theta=\rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^2 θ = ρ OB 2 and a restriction on the Parisi mass of [ r − h , r + h ] [r-h,r+h] [ r − h , r + h ] . We need it with fixed parameters, so we write the argument out in this form; Remark 4.26 lists the places where the scales enter. The only change in the computation is that the oscillation of α \alpha α near r r r is kept as an explicit term instead of being bounded by ρ O B 4 \rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^4 ρ OB 4 . We begin with the scalar estimate that produces the deficit.
Lemma 9.3 (Decay of the mixed susceptibility). Let J ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) \mathcal{J}\subset(0,q_\beta) J ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) be a compact interval. There exists c χ > 0 c_\chi>0 c χ > 0 , depending only on β \beta β and J \mathcal{J} J , such that for every r ∈ J r\in\mathcal{J} r ∈ J and r ≤ q ≤ 1 r\le q\le1 r ≤ q ≤ 1 ,
β 2 E [ χ q χ r ] = 1 − β 4 ∫ r q α ( t ) E [ χ t 2 χ r ] d t ≤ 1 − c χ ( q − r ) . (165) \beta^2\mathbb{E}[\chi_q\chi_r]=1-\beta^4\int_r^q \alpha(t)\mathbb{E}[\chi_t^2\chi_r]\,\mathrm{d}t\le1-c_\chi(q-r). \tag*{(165)} β 2 E [ χ q χ r ] = 1 − β 4 ∫ r q α ( t ) E [ χ t 2 χ r ] d t ≤ 1 − c χ ( q − r ) . (165)
Proof. By Corollary 4.8 , the hypotheses of Proposition 4.25 hold for every t 0 ∈ ( 0 , q β / 3 ] t_0\in(0,q_\beta/3] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , q β /3 ] ; note that then 3 t 0 ≤ q β < 1 3t_0\le q_\beta<1 3 t 0 ≤ q β < 1 . The intervals ( t 0 / 2 , 3 t 0 ) (t_0/2,3t_0) ( t 0 /2 , 3 t 0 ) with t 0 ∈ ( 0 , q β / 3 ] t_0\in(0,q_\beta/3] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , q β /3 ] cover ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) , and finitely many of them cover the compact set J \mathcal{J} J . By part (ii) of Proposition 4.25 , which is [77, (7.31)], the bound (9.4) holds for r r r in each of these intervals, with a constant depending on t 0 t_0 t 0 , and we take c χ c_\chi c χ to be the smallest of these constants. □
The identity in (9.4) follows from the conditional evolution of χ \chi χ in Proposition 4.3(iv), multiplied by χ r \chi_r χ r , and from β 2 E χ r 2 = Γ ′ ( r ) = 1 \beta^2\mathbb{E}\chi_r^2=\Gamma'(r)=1 β 2 E χ r 2 = Γ ′ ( r ) = 1 . The inequality comes from restricting the scalar diffusion to an event of positive probability on which ∣ Y t ∣ |Y_t| ∣ Y t ∣ stays bounded, where χ \chi χ has a positive minimum; no lower bound on χ \chi χ on the whole real line is used. The next lemma is the fixed-parameter form of [77, (7.29)–(7.30)].
Lemma 9.4 (Comparison with a triangular covariance perturbation of fixed width). Let r , q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] r,q \in(0,1] r , q ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , h ˉ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] \bar{h} \in(0,1] h ˉ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] and θ ˉ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ] \bar{\theta} \in(0,1/2] θ ˉ ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ] satisfy h ˉ < r \bar{h}<r h ˉ < r and r + h ˉ < q r+\bar{h}<q r + h ˉ < q , and set
W ‾ = 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 + θ ˉ 2 h ˉ , osc r = α ( r + h ˉ ) − α ( r − h ˉ ) . \overline{W}=\frac{2(1-\bar{\theta})^2+\bar{\theta}^2}{\bar{h}}, \qquad\operatorname{osc}_{r}=\alpha(r+\bar{h})-\alpha(r-\bar{h}). W = h ˉ 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 + θ ˉ 2 , osc r = α ( r + h ˉ ) − α ( r − h ˉ ) . There exist C ~ , C ^ < ∞ \widetilde{C},\widehat{C}<\infty C , C < ∞ , depending only on β \beta β , such that for every n ≥ 2 n\geq2 n ≥ 2 and every feasible D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) with 8 β 2 W ‾ δ 2 ≤ 1 8\beta^2\overline{W}\delta^2\leq1 8 β 2 W δ 2 ≤ 1 ,
p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ ) ) ≤ 3 P β + δ 2 { β 2 W ‾ α ( q ) ( q − Γ ( q ) ) + 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) θ ˉ β 2 α ( r ) ( β 2 E [ χ q χ r ] − 1 ) + C ~ ( osc r + θ ˉ 2 ) } + C ^ ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h ˉ − 3 / 2 + δ 4 h ˉ − 2 ) . (166) p_{3,n}\left(D(r,q,\delta)\right)\leq3\mathcal{P}_{\beta}+\delta^2\left\{\beta^2\overline{W}\alpha(q)\left(q-\Gamma(q)\right)+2(1-\bar{\theta})\bar{\theta}\beta^2\alpha(r)\left(\beta^2\mathbb{E}[\chi_q\chi_r]-1\right)+\widetilde{C}\left(\operatorname{osc}_{r}+\bar{\theta}^2\right)\right\}+\widehat{C}\left(|\delta|^3\bar{h}^{-3/2}+\delta^4\bar{h}^{-2}\right). \tag*{(166)} p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ ) ) ≤ 3 P β + δ 2 { β 2 W α ( q ) ( q − Γ ( q ) ) + 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) θ ˉ β 2 α ( r ) ( β 2 E [ χ q χ r ] − 1 ) + C ( osc r + θ ˉ 2 ) } + C ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h ˉ − 3/2 + δ 4 h ˉ − 2 ) . (166)
Proof. We perturb the base path of Lemma 4.20(b) for three replicas by a contrast of fixed width h ˉ \bar{h} h ˉ around r r r , keep the resulting endpoint mismatch of order δ 2 \delta^2 δ 2 , and evaluate the change of the one-site value with Gaussian integration by parts. The proof follows [77, Section 7, Steps 1–7] and has seven steps. Steps 1–6 are carried out for step approximations of α \alpha α , and Step 7 passes to the limit and applies (48) .
Step 1: step data and the base path. Fix partitions of [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] whose mesh tends to zero and which contain r − h ˉ r-\bar{h} r − h ˉ , r r r , r + h ˉ r+\bar{h} r + h ˉ and q q q . On each interval [ t i − 1 , t i ) [t_{i-1},t_i) [ t i − 1 , t i ) of such a partition let the step function take the value α ( t i − 1 ) \alpha(t_{i-1}) α ( t i − 1 ) , and let it equal 1 at t = 1 t=1 t = 1 . These step functions are distribution functions, they converge to α \alpha α in L 1 ( [ 0 , 1 ] ) L^1([0,1]) L 1 ([ 0 , 1 ]) , they agree with α \alpha α at r r r and q q q , and on [ r − h ˉ , r + h ˉ ] [r-\bar{h},r+\bar{h}] [ r − h ˉ , r + h ˉ ] they take values in [ α ( r − h ˉ ) , α ( r + h ˉ ) ] [\alpha(r-\bar{h}),\alpha(r+\bar{h})] [ α ( r − h ˉ ) , α ( r + h ˉ )] . In Steps 1–6 we fix one of them and denote it, and the scalar objects built from it, again by α \alpha α , Φ \Phi Φ , u u u , χ \chi χ ; its oscillation on [ r − h ˉ , r + h ˉ ] [r-\bar{h},r+\bar{h}] [ r − h ˉ , r + h ˉ ] is at most osc r \operatorname{osc}_{r} osc r . The bounds ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 |u|\leq1 ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 , 0 < χ ≤ 1 0<\chi\leq1 0 < χ ≤ 1 and ∣ χ ( t , z ) − χ ( t , z ′ ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ z − z ′ ∣ |\chi(t,z)-\chi(t,z')|\leq C|z-z'| ∣ χ ( t , z ) − χ ( t , z ′ ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ z − z ′ ∣ of Proposition 4.3(i) hold uniformly over distribution functions, and all constants below are independent of the partition.
Let ( Q , m ) (Q,m) ( Q , m ) be the base path of Lemma 4.20(b) for this step function. On [ 0 , r ] [0,r] [ 0 , r ] the three coordinates share every increment, at mass α / 3 \alpha/3 α /3 . On [ r , q ] [r,q] [ r , q ] the coordinate v v v has its own increments at mass α \alpha α , and the coordinates x , y x,y x , y share increments at mass α / 2 \alpha/2 α /2 . On [ q , 1 ] [q,1] [ q , 1 ] the three coordinates have independent increments at mass α \alpha α . By Lemma 4.20(b), its endpoint is D ( r , q , 0 ) D(r,q,0) D ( r , q , 0 ) and its trial value for D ( r , q , 0 ) D(r,q,0) D ( r , q , 0 ) is 3 P β ( α ) 3\mathcal{P}_{\beta}(\alpha) 3 P β ( α ) [77, (7.7)]. Let z x z^x z x and z v z^v z v be the raw coordinates of the cumulative fields of x x x and of v v v , sums of the Gaussian increments, which agree on [ 0 , r ] [0,r] [ 0 , r ] . We write E 0 \mathbb{E}_0 E 0 for the path law of the base path. Under the Gaussian law of the increments, z x z^x z x and z v z^v z v are Brownian motions with variance β 2 \beta^2 β 2 per unit time, observed at the partition points; under E 0 \mathbb{E}_0 E 0 , they are the paths Y x Y^x Y x and Y v Y^v Y v of Lemma 4.20(d). Under E 0 \mathbb{E}_0 E 0 , each is a scalar diffusion for α \alpha α , they coincide on [ 0 , r ] [0,r] [ 0 , r ] , and conditionally on the common path through r r r their continuations are independent [77, (4.6)].
Step 2: the perturbation and its endpoint. We define the Gaussian linear combinations
Y 0 = ( z r x − z r − h ˉ x ) − ( z r + h ˉ x − z r x ) h ˉ , Y 1 = z r + h ˉ v − z r v h ˉ , Y = ( 1 − θ ˉ ) Y 0 + θ ˉ Y 1 , Y_0=\frac{(z^x_r-z^x_{r-\bar h})-(z^x_{r+\bar h}-z^x_r)}{\bar h},\qquad Y_1=\frac{z^v_{r+\bar h}-z^v_r}{\bar h},\qquad Y=(1-\bar\theta)Y_0+\bar\theta Y_1, Y 0 = h ˉ ( z r x − z r − h ˉ x ) − ( z r + h ˉ x − z r x ) , Y 1 = h ˉ z r + h ˉ v − z r v , Y = ( 1 − θ ˉ ) Y 0 + θ ˉ Y 1 ,
which are [77, (7.8)] with h = h ˉ h=\bar h h = h ˉ and θ = θ ˉ \theta=\bar\theta θ = θ ˉ . At every increment of the first two stages, we add δ \delta δ times its contribution to Y Y Y to the field of x x x and subtract it from the field of y y y ; the field of v v v is unchanged. Every modified increment is a linear image of the original Gaussian increment, so it is positive semidefinite, increments remain independent, and the masses are unchanged. At the end of the second stage the added fields are ( 0 , δ Y , − δ Y ) (0,\delta Y,-\delta Y) ( 0 , δ Y , − δ Y ) . In units of β 2 \beta^2 β 2 , the variance of Y Y Y is W ˉ \bar W W ˉ , its covariance with the final field of v v v is ( 1 − θ ˉ ) + θ ˉ = 1 (1-\bar\theta)+\bar\theta=1 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) + θ ˉ = 1 , and its covariance with the final fields of x x x and of y y y is ( 1 − θ ˉ ) − ( 1 − θ ˉ ) = 0 (1-\bar\theta)-(1-\bar\theta)=0 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) − ( 1 − θ ˉ ) = 0 . Let W c W_c W c , W v W_v W v and W x W_x W x be the corresponding accumulated quantities along the path, and let
L 1 = ( 0 W v − W v W v 2 W x 0 − W v 0 − 2 W x ) , L 2 = ( e x − e y ) ( e x − e y ) T . L_1=\begin{pmatrix}0&W_v&-W_v\\W_v&2W_x&0\\-W_v&0&-2W_x\end{pmatrix},\qquad L_2=(\mathbf e_x-\mathbf e_y)(\mathbf e_x-\mathbf e_y)^{\mathsf T}. L 1 = 0 W v − W v W v 2 W x 0 − W v 0 − 2 W x , L 2 = ( e x − e y ) ( e x − e y ) T .
Then the perturbed covariance is Q ~ = Q + δ L 1 + δ 2 W c L 2 \widetilde Q=Q+\delta L_1+\delta^2W_cL_2 Q = Q + δ L 1 + δ 2 W c L 2 along the path, and its endpoint is Q ~ N = D ( r , q , δ ) + δ 2 W ˉ L 2 \widetilde Q_N=D(r,q,\delta)+\delta^2\bar W L_2 Q N = D ( r , q , δ ) + δ 2 W ˉ L 2 [77, (7.10), (7.12)]. Its diagonal is not equal to one, which the arbitrary-endpoint comparison Proposition 4.19 allows; the mismatch cost is
β 2 4 ∥ D ( r , q , δ ) − Q ~ N ∥ F 2 = β 2 δ 4 W ˉ 2 . (167) \frac{\beta^2}{4}\lVert D(r,q,\delta)-\widetilde Q_N\rVert_F^2=\beta^2\delta^4\bar W^2. \tag*{(167)} 4 β 2 ∥ D ( r , q , δ ) − Q N ∥ F 2 = β 2 δ 4 W ˉ 2 . (167)
Step 3: the penalty. Note that Q v x = Q v y Q_{vx}=Q_{vy} Q v x = Q v y and Q x x = Q y y Q_{xx}=Q_{yy} Q xx = Q y y along the base path, which implies that Q : L 1 = 0 Q:L_1=0 Q : L 1 = 0 ; also L 1 : L 2 = 0 L_1:L_2=0 L 1 : L 2 = 0 , ∥ L 1 ∥ F 2 = 4 W v 2 + 8 W x 2 \lVert L_1\rVert_F^2=4W_v^2+8W_x^2 ∥ L 1 ∥ F 2 = 4 W v 2 + 8 W x 2 and ∥ L 2 ∥ F 2 = 4 \lVert L_2\rVert_F^2=4 ∥ L 2 ∥ F 2 = 4 . Expanding, we have
∥ Q ~ ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = δ 2 ( 4 W v 2 + 8 W x 2 + 2 W c Q : L 2 ) + 4 δ 4 W c 2 . \lVert\widetilde Q\rVert_F^2-\lVert Q\rVert_F^2=\delta^2(4W_v^2+8W_x^2+2W_c\,Q:L_2)+4\delta^4W_c^2. ∥ Q ∥ F 2 − ∥ Q ∥ F 2 = δ 2 ( 4 W v 2 + 8 W x 2 + 2 W c Q : L 2 ) + 4 δ 4 W c 2 .
In the first two stages the base fields of x x x and y y y coincide and Q : L 2 = 0 Q:L_2=0 Q : L 2 = 0 ; in the last stage, W c = W ˉ W_c=\bar W W c = W ˉ and Q : L 2 = 2 ( t − q ) Q:L_2=2(t-q) Q : L 2 = 2 ( t − q ) . The last term has nonnegative increments, because W c W_c W c is nondecreasing. We conclude that the increase of the penalty is at least
β 2 4 ( ∫ m d ∥ Q ~ ∥ F 2 − ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 ) ≥ β 2 δ 2 ( W ˉ ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t + I ) , I = ∫ m d ( W v 2 + 2 W x 2 ) . (168) \frac{\beta^2}{4}\left(\int m\,\mathrm{d}\lVert\widetilde Q\rVert_F^2-\int m\,\mathrm{d}\lVert Q\rVert_F^2\right)\ge\beta^2\delta^2\left(\bar W\int_q^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t+\mathcal I\right),\qquad\mathcal I=\int m\,\mathrm{d}(W_v^2+2W_x^2). \tag*{(168)} 4 β 2 ( ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 − ∫ m d ∥ Q ∥ F 2 ) ≥ β 2 δ 2 ( W ˉ ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t + I ) , I = ∫ m d ( W v 2 + 2 W x 2 ) . (168)
The integral I \mathcal I I has three pieces. On [ r − h ˉ , r ] [r-\bar h,r] [ r − h ˉ , r ] , the common increments carry mass α / 3 \alpha/3 α /3 and W v = W x W_v=W_x W v = W x grows from $0$ to 1 − θ ˉ 1-\bar\theta 1 − θ ˉ ; this piece is ∫ α 3 d ( 3 W v 2 ) \int\frac{\alpha}{3}\,\mathrm{d}(3W_v^2) ∫ 3 α d ( 3 W v 2 ) . On the v v v -branch over [ r , r + h ˉ ] [r,r+\bar h] [ r , r + h ˉ ] , the mass is α \alpha α and W v W_v W v grows from 1 − θ ˉ 1-\bar\theta 1 − θ ˉ to 1 1 1 . On the shared branch of x , y x,y x , y over [ r , r + h ˉ ] [r,r+\bar h] [ r , r + h ˉ ] , the mass is α / 2 \alpha/2 α /2 and W x W_x W x decreases from 1 − θ ˉ 1-\bar\theta 1 − θ ˉ to 0 0 0 , and this piece is ∫ α 2 d ( 2 W x 2 ) \int\frac{\alpha}{2}\,\mathrm{d}(2W_x^2) ∫ 2 α d ( 2 W x 2 ) . After cancelling the block-size factors, the three pieces are integrals of α \alpha α against d ( W v 2 ) \mathrm{d}(W_v^2) d ( W v 2 ) , d ( W v 2 ) \mathrm{d}(W_v^2) d ( W v 2 ) and d ( W x 2 ) \mathrm{d}(W_x^2) d ( W x 2 ) , respectively. Their integrators are monotone, with total variations $(1-\bar\theta)^2, 2 θ ˉ − θ ˉ 2 2\bar{\theta}-\bar{\theta}^{2} 2 θ ˉ − θ ˉ 2 and ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 (1-\bar{\theta})^{2} ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 , each at most one, and on these pieces α \alpha α differs from α ( r ) \alpha(r) α ( r ) by at most osc r \operatorname{osc}_{r} osc r . Replacing α \alpha α by α ( r ) \alpha(r) α ( r ) therefore changes their sum by at most 3 osc r 3\operatorname{osc}_{r} 3 osc r :
∣ I − α ( r ) { ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 + ( 2 θ ˉ − θ ˉ 2 ) − ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 } ∣ ≤ 3 osc r , \left|\mathcal{I}-\alpha(r)\left\{(1-\bar{\theta})^{2}+(2\bar{\theta}-\bar{\theta}^{2})-(1-\bar{\theta})^{2}\right\}\right|\leq3\operatorname{osc}_{r}, I − α ( r ) { ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 + ( 2 θ ˉ − θ ˉ 2 ) − ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 } ≤ 3 osc r ,
so that I ≥ α ( r ) ( 2 θ ˉ − θ ˉ 2 ) − 3 osc r \mathcal{I}\geq\alpha(r)(2\bar{\theta}-\bar{\theta}^{2})-3\operatorname{osc}_{r} I ≥ α ( r ) ( 2 θ ˉ − θ ˉ 2 ) − 3 osc r . This is [77, (7.14)–(7.15)], with 3 osc r 3\operatorname{osc}_{r} 3 osc r in place of the error O ( ρ O B 4 ) O(\rho_{\mathrm{OB}}^{4}) O ( ρ OB 4 ) .
Step 4: the one-site value. Let Ψ 0 \Psi_{0} Ψ 0 and Ψ ~ \widetilde{\Psi} Ψ be the one-site values of the base and perturbed paths. The last stage is the same for both, and integrating it leaves the sum of Φ ( q , ⋅ ) \Phi(q,\cdot) Φ ( q , ⋅ ) over the three fields. With z = z q x z=z_{q}^{x} z = z q x the common field of x , y x,y x , y at the end of the second stage, the two boundary functions differ by
Υ = Φ ( q , z + δ Y ) + Φ ( q , z − δ Y ) − 2 Φ ( q , z ) , \Upsilon=\Phi(q,z+\delta Y)+\Phi(q,z-\delta Y)-2\Phi(q,z), Υ = Φ ( q , z + δ Y ) + Φ ( q , z − δ Y ) − 2Φ ( q , z ) ,
a function of the Gaussian increments of the first two stages. We claim that
Ψ ~ − Ψ 0 ≤ log E 0 e Υ . (169) \widetilde{\Psi}-\Psi_{0}\leq\log\mathbb{E}_{0}e^{\Upsilon}. \tag*{(169)} Ψ − Ψ 0 ≤ log E 0 e Υ . (169)
Indeed, both hierarchies integrate the same Gaussian increments at the same masses. Let Δ i \Delta_{i} Δ i be the difference of their partial values after the increments beyond i i i have been integrated, as a function of the increments through i i i , and let K i \mathcal{K}_{i} K i be the tilted kernel of the base path at increment i i i . Taking the ratio of the two defining integrals, we find Δ i − 1 = m − 1 log K i e m Δ i \Delta_{i-1}=m^{-1}\log\mathcal{K}_{i}e^{m\Delta_{i}} Δ i − 1 = m − 1 log K i e m Δ i if increment i i i has mass m > 0 m>0 m > 0 , and Δ i − 1 = K i Δ i \Delta_{i-1}=\mathcal{K}_{i}\Delta_{i} Δ i − 1 = K i Δ i if m = 0 m=0 m = 0 . Jensen’s inequality, together with the concavity of x ↦ x m x\mapsto x^{m} x ↦ x m for 0 < m ≤ 1 0<m\leq1 0 < m ≤ 1 , implies that Δ i − 1 ≤ log K i e Δ i \Delta_{i-1}\leq\log\mathcal{K}_{i}e^{\Delta_{i}} Δ i − 1 ≤ log K i e Δ i in both cases. If Δ i ≤ log E 0 [ e Υ ∣ increments through i ] \Delta_{i}\leq\log\mathbb{E}_{0}[e^{\Upsilon}\mid\text{increments through }i] Δ i ≤ log E 0 [ e Υ ∣ increments through i ] , then the tower property gives the same inequality at i − 1 i-1 i − 1 . At the end of the second stage we have Δ = Υ \Delta=\Upsilon Δ = Υ , and induction proves (9.8). This is the kernel comparison [77, (4.11), (7.17)]; it uses no inverse of the field transformation, and singular increments cause no difficulty.
Using convexity of Φ ( q , ⋅ ) \Phi(q,\cdot) Φ ( q , ⋅ ) , the bound χ ≤ 1 \chi\leq1 χ ≤ 1 and the Lipschitz bound on χ \chi χ , we find by the second-order Taylor formula with integral remainder that
0 ≤ Υ ≤ δ 2 Y 2 , ∣ Υ − δ 2 χ q Y 2 ∣ ≤ C ∣ δ Y ∣ 3 , χ q = χ ( q , z q x ) . (170) 0\leq\Upsilon\leq\delta^{2}Y^{2},\qquad\left|\Upsilon-\delta^{2}\chi_{q}Y^{2}\right|\leq C|\delta Y|^{3},\qquad\chi_{q}=\chi(q,z_{q}^{x}). \tag*{(170)} 0 ≤ Υ ≤ δ 2 Y 2 , Υ − δ 2 χ q Y 2 ≤ C ∣ δ Y ∣ 3 , χ q = χ ( q , z q x ) . (170)
Under E 0 \mathbb{E}_{0} E 0 , the diffusion representation gives Y = Y G + Y B Y=Y^{\mathrm{G}}+Y^{\mathrm{B}} Y = Y G + Y B , where Y G Y^{\mathrm{G}} Y G is a centered Gaussian variable of variance ζ 2 = β 2 W ‾ \zeta^{2}=\beta^{2}\overline{W} ζ 2 = β 2 W and ∣ Y B ∣ ≤ 2 β 2 |Y^{\mathrm{B}}|\leq2\beta^{2} ∣ Y B ∣ ≤ 2 β 2 , since every drift is bounded by β 2 \beta^{2} β 2 , is integrated over an interval of length h ˉ \bar{h} h ˉ , and is then divided by h ˉ \bar{h} h ˉ . Since θ ˉ ≤ 1 / 2 \bar{\theta}\leq1/2 θ ˉ ≤ 1/2 , we have ζ 2 ≤ 2 β 2 / h ˉ \zeta^{2}\leq2\beta^{2}/\bar{h} ζ 2 ≤ 2 β 2 / h ˉ , and the hypothesis 8 β 2 W ‾ δ 2 ≤ 1 8\beta^{2}\overline{W}\delta^{2}\leq1 8 β 2 W δ 2 ≤ 1 means 4 δ 2 ζ 2 ≤ 1 2 4\delta^{2}\zeta^{2}\leq\frac{1}{2} 4 δ 2 ζ 2 ≤ 2 1 . Using Y 2 ≤ 2 ( Y G ) 2 + 8 β 4 Y^{2}\leq2(Y^{\mathrm{G}})^{2}+8\beta^{4} Y 2 ≤ 2 ( Y G ) 2 + 8 β 4 , ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 1 |\delta|\leq1 ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 1 and the Gaussian identities E e a ( Y G ) 2 = ( 1 − 2 a ζ 2 ) − 1 / 2 \mathbb{E}e^{a(Y^{\mathrm{G}})^{2}}=(1-2a\zeta^{2})^{-1/2} E e a ( Y G ) 2 = ( 1 − 2 a ζ 2 ) − 1/2 and E ( Y G ) 4 e a ( Y G ) 2 = 3 ζ 4 ( 1 − 2 a ζ 2 ) − 5 / 2 \mathbb{E}(Y^{\mathrm{G}})^{4}e^{a(Y^{\mathrm{G}})^{2}}=3\zeta^{4}(1-2a\zeta^{2})^{-5/2} E ( Y G ) 4 e a ( Y G ) 2 = 3 ζ 4 ( 1 − 2 a ζ 2 ) − 5/2 with a = 2 δ 2 a=2\delta^{2} a = 2 δ 2 , we find
E 0 ∣ Y ∣ 3 ≤ C h ˉ − 3 / 2 , E 0 [ Y 4 e δ 2 Y 2 ] ≤ C h ˉ − 2 . \mathbb{E}_{0}|Y|^{3}\leq C\bar{h}^{-3/2},\qquad\mathbb{E}_{0}\left[Y^{4}e^{\delta^{2}Y^{2}}\right]\leq C\bar{h}^{-2}. E 0 ∣ Y ∣ 3 ≤ C h ˉ − 3/2 , E 0 [ Y 4 e δ 2 Y 2 ] ≤ C h ˉ − 2 .
Using e Y ≤ 1 + Y + 1 2 Y 2 e Y e^Y \le1+Y+\frac{1}{2}Y^2e^Y e Y ≤ 1 + Y + 2 1 Y 2 e Y for Y ≥ 0 Y \ge0 Y ≥ 0 , log ( 1 + z ) ≤ z \log(1+z)\le z log ( 1 + z ) ≤ z , (169) and (170) , we obtain
Ψ ~ − Ψ 0 ≤ δ 2 E 0 [ χ q Y 2 ] + C ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h ˉ − 3 / 2 + δ 4 h ˉ − 2 ) (171) \widetilde{\Psi}-\Psi_0 \le\delta^2\mathbb{E}_0[\chi_qY^2]+C\left(|\delta|^3\bar{h}^{-3/2}+\delta^4\bar{h}^{-2}\right) \tag*{(171)} Ψ − Ψ 0 ≤ δ 2 E 0 [ χ q Y 2 ] + C ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h ˉ − 3/2 + δ 4 h ˉ − 2 ) (171)
which is [77, (7.19)].
Step 5: the triangular function on the first branch. It remains to estimate E 0 [ χ q Y 0 2 ] \mathbb{E}_0[\chi_qY_0^2] E 0 [ χ q Y 0 2 ] . Let 0 = s 0 < s 1 < ⋯ < s M = q 0=s_0<s_1<\cdots<s_M=q 0 = s 0 < s 1 < ⋯ < s M = q be the partition points in [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] . Under the Gaussian law of the increments, z x z^x z x is a Brownian motion of variance β 2 \beta^2 β 2 per unit time at these points, and under E 0 \mathbb{E}_0 E 0 its law through q q q has density e ∂ x e^{\partial_x} e ∂ x with respect to it, where
∂ x = ∑ j = 0 M − 1 α ( s j ) ( Φ ( s j + 1 , z s j + 1 x ) − Φ ( s j , z s j x ) ) . \partial_x=\sum_{j=0}^{M-1}\alpha(s_j)\left(\Phi(s_{j+1},z^x_{s_{j+1}})-\Phi(s_j,z^x_{s_j})\right). ∂ x = j = 0 ∑ M − 1 α ( s j ) ( Φ ( s j + 1 , z s j + 1 x ) − Φ ( s j , z s j x ) ) .
[77, (7.21)]; the masses here are the scalar masses α ( s j ) \alpha(s_j) α ( s j ) , because the block factorization of Lemma 4.20 cancels the division of the masses by the block sizes. Let ψ 0 ( t ) = ( 1 − ∣ t − r ∣ / h ˉ ) + \psi_0(t)=(1-|t-r|/\bar{h})_+ ψ 0 ( t ) = ( 1 − ∣ t − r ∣/ h ˉ ) + be the triangular function supported on [ r − h ˉ , r + h ˉ ] [r-\bar{h},r+\bar{h}] [ r − h ˉ , r + h ˉ ] , and let ∂ 0 \partial_0 ∂ 0 denote the derivative in the direction that shifts every coordinate z x z^x z x by ψ 0 ( t ) \psi_0(t) ψ 0 ( t ) . Under the Gaussian law, Cov ( Y 0 , z t x ) = β 2 ψ 0 ( t ) \operatorname{Cov}(Y_0,z^x_t)=\beta^2\psi_0(t) Cov ( Y 0 , z t x ) = β 2 ψ 0 ( t ) , Var ( Y 0 ) = 2 β 2 / h ˉ \operatorname{Var}(Y_0)=2\beta^2/\bar{h} Var ( Y 0 ) = 2 β 2 / h ˉ and ∂ 0 Y 0 = 2 / h ˉ \partial_0Y_0=2/\bar{h} ∂ 0 Y 0 = 2/ h ˉ . Writing E G \mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{G}} E G for the Gaussian expectation, finite-dimensional Gaussian integration by parts gives
E G [ Y 0 f ] = β 2 E G [ ∂ 0 f ] , E G [ Y 0 2 f ] = 2 β 2 h ˉ E G f + β 4 E G [ ∂ 0 2 f ] (172) \mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{G}}[Y_0f]=\beta^2\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{G}}[\partial_0f],\qquad\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{G}}[Y_0^2f]=\frac{2\beta^2}{\bar{h}}\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{G}}f+\beta^4\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{G}}[\partial_0^2f] \tag*{(172)} E G [ Y 0 f ] = β 2 E G [ ∂ 0 f ] , E G [ Y 0 2 f ] = h ˉ 2 β 2 E G f + β 4 E G [ ∂ 0 2 f ] (172)
for every smooth function f f f of the coordinates with moderate growth. Summing by parts in ∂ x \partial_x ∂ x and using ψ 0 ( 0 ) = ψ 0 ( q ) = 0 \psi_0(0)=\psi_0(q)=0 ψ 0 ( 0 ) = ψ 0 ( q ) = 0 , we have
∂ 0 ∂ x = ∑ j = 1 M − 1 ( α ( s j − 1 ) − α ( s j ) ) ψ 0 ( s j ) u ( s j , z s j x ) , \partial_0\partial_x=\sum_{j=1}^{M-1}\left(\alpha(s_{j-1})-\alpha(s_j)\right)\psi_0(s_j)u(s_j,z^x_{s_j}), ∂ 0 ∂ x = j = 1 ∑ M − 1 ( α ( s j − 1 ) − α ( s j ) ) ψ 0 ( s j ) u ( s j , z s j x ) ,
∂ 0 2 ∂ x = ∑ j = 1 M − 1 ( α ( s j − 1 ) − α ( s j ) ) ψ 0 ( s j ) 2 χ ( s j , z s j x ) . \partial_0^2\partial_x=\sum_{j=1}^{M-1}\left(\alpha(s_{j-1})-\alpha(s_j)\right)\psi_0(s_j)^2\chi(s_j,z^x_{s_j}). ∂ 0 2 ∂ x = j = 1 ∑ M − 1 ( α ( s j − 1 ) − α ( s j ) ) ψ 0 ( s j ) 2 χ ( s j , z s j x ) .
Only the points s j ∈ ( r − h ˉ , r + h ˉ ) s_j\in(r-\bar{h},r+\bar{h}) s j ∈ ( r − h ˉ , r + h ˉ ) contribute. As the partition contains r − h ˉ r-\bar{h} r − h ˉ and the step function is nondecreasing, the sum of ∣ α ( s j − 1 ) − α ( s j ) ∣ |\alpha(s_{j-1})-\alpha(s_j)| ∣ α ( s j − 1 ) − α ( s j ) ∣ over these points is at most osc r \operatorname{osc}_r osc r . Together with ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 |u|\le1 ∣ u ∣ ≤ 1 and 0 < χ ≤ 1 0<\chi\le1 0 < χ ≤ 1 , this implies that ∣ ∂ 0 ∂ x ∣ ≤ osc r |\partial_0\partial_x|\le\operatorname{osc}_r ∣ ∂ 0 ∂ x ∣ ≤ osc r and ∣ ∂ 0 2 ∂ x ∣ ≤ osc r |\partial_0^2\partial_x|\le\operatorname{osc}_r ∣ ∂ 0 2 ∂ x ∣ ≤ osc r [77, (7.23)].
Since ψ 0 ( q ) = 0 \psi_0(q)=0 ψ 0 ( q ) = 0 , we have ∂ 0 χ q = 0 \partial_0\chi_q=0 ∂ 0 χ q = 0 . Applying (172) to f = e ∂ x χ q f=e^{\partial_x}\chi_q f = e ∂ x χ q , we obtain
E 0 [ χ q Y 0 2 ] = 2 β 2 h ˉ E 0 χ q + β 4 E 0 [ χ q ( ( ∂ 0 ∂ x ) 2 + ∂ 0 2 ∂ x ) ] = 2 β 2 h ˉ E 0 χ q + E 1 , ∣ E 1 ∣ ≤ 2 β 4 osc r . (173) \mathbb{E}_0[\chi_qY_0^2]=\frac{2\beta^2}{\bar{h}}\mathbb{E}_0\chi_q+\beta^4\mathbb{E}_0\left[\chi_q\left((\partial_0\partial_x)^2+\partial_0^2\partial_x\right)\right]=\frac{2\beta^2}{\bar{h}}\mathbb{E}_0\chi_q+\mathcal{E}_1,\qquad|\mathcal{E}_1|\le2\beta^4\operatorname{osc}_r. \tag*{(173)} E 0 [ χ q Y 0 2 ] = h ˉ 2 β 2 E 0 χ q + β 4 E 0 [ χ q ( ( ∂ 0 ∂ x ) 2 + ∂ 0 2 ∂ x ) ] = h ˉ 2 β 2 E 0 χ q + E 1 , ∣ E 1 ∣ ≤ 2 β 4 osc r . (173)
With u r = u ( r , z r x ) u_r=u(r,z_r^x) u r = u ( r , z r x ) and χ r = χ ( r , z r x ) \chi_r=\chi(r,z_r^x) χ r = χ ( r , z r x ) , we have ∂ 0 u r = ψ 0 ( r ) χ r = χ r \partial_0u_r=\psi_0(r)\chi_r=\chi_r ∂ 0 u r = ψ 0 ( r ) χ r = χ r . Applying the first identity in (9.11) to f = e ν x χ q u r f=e^{\nu_x}\chi_qu_r f = e ν x χ q u r , we find
E 0 [ χ q Y 0 u r ] = β 2 E 0 [ χ q χ r ] + β 2 E 0 [ χ q u r ∂ 0 ∂ x ] = β 2 E 0 [ χ q χ r ] + E 2 , ∣ E 2 ∣ ≤ β 2 osc r . (174) \mathbb{E}_0[\chi_qY_0u_r]=\beta^2\mathbb{E}_0[\chi_q\chi_r]+\beta^2\mathbb{E}_0[\chi_qu_r\partial_0\partial_x]=\beta^2\mathbb{E}_0[\chi_q\chi_r]+\mathcal{E}_2,\qquad|\mathcal{E}_2|\leq\beta^2\operatorname{osc}_r. \tag*{(174)} E 0 [ χ q Y 0 u r ] = β 2 E 0 [ χ q χ r ] + β 2 E 0 [ χ q u r ∂ 0 ∂ x ] = β 2 E 0 [ χ q χ r ] + E 2 , ∣ E 2 ∣ ≤ β 2 osc r . (174)
These are [77, (7.24)–(7.25)]. The integrations by parts are legitimate for every fixed partition, since the scalar values grow at most linearly, their derivatives are bounded, and the density grows at most exponentially in the Gaussian variables.
Step 6: the ramp on the second branch. We condition on the whole path z x z^x z x through q q q . By the conditional independence in Step 1, the continuation of v v v after r r r is the scalar diffusion started from z r x z_r^x z r x at time r r r , as in Proposition 4.3(v). Its law on [ r , r + h ˉ ] [r,r+\bar h] [ r , r + h ˉ ] has a density e ν v e^{\nu_v} e ν v of the same form as ν x \nu_x ν x , over the partition points of [ r , r + h ˉ ] [r,r+\bar h] [ r , r + h ˉ ] . Let ψ 1 ( t ) = min { ( t − r ) + / h ˉ , 1 } \psi_1(t)=\min\{(t-r)_+/\bar h,1\} ψ 1 ( t ) = min {( t − r ) + / h ˉ , 1 } be the ramp, and ∂ 1 \partial_1 ∂ 1 the corresponding derivative in the coordinates z t v z_t^v z t v , t ≥ r t\geq r t ≥ r . Under the conditional Gaussian law, Cov ( Y 1 , z t v ) = β 2 ψ 1 ( t ) \operatorname{Cov}(Y_1,z_t^v)=\beta^2\psi_1(t) Cov ( Y 1 , z t v ) = β 2 ψ 1 ( t ) , Var ( Y 1 ) = β 2 / h ˉ \operatorname{Var}(Y_1)=\beta^2/\bar h Var ( Y 1 ) = β 2 / h ˉ and ∂ 1 Y 1 = 1 / h ˉ \partial_1Y_1=1/\bar h ∂ 1 Y 1 = 1/ h ˉ . Summing by parts, ∂ 1 ∂ v \partial_1\partial_v ∂ 1 ∂ v consists of the terminal term α ( s l a s t ) u ( r + h ˉ , z r + h ˉ v ) \alpha(s_{\mathrm{last}})u(r+\bar h,z_{r+\bar h}^v) α ( s last ) u ( r + h ˉ , z r + h ˉ v ) and internal terms whose coefficients have total absolute value at most one, so ∣ ∂ 1 ∂ v ∣ ≤ 2 |\partial_1\partial_v|\leq2 ∣ ∂ 1 ∂ v ∣ ≤ 2 and ∣ ∂ 1 2 ∂ v ∣ ≤ 2 |\partial_1^2\partial_v|\leq2 ∣ ∂ 1 2 ∂ v ∣ ≤ 2 . By the second identity of (9.11), in conditional form, we have E 0 [ Y 1 2 ∣ z x ] = β 2 / h ˉ + β 4 E 0 [ ( ∂ 1 ∂ v ) 2 + ∂ 1 2 ∂ v ∣ z x ] \mathbb{E}_0[Y_1^2\mid z^x]=\beta^2/\bar h+\beta^4\mathbb{E}_0[(\partial_1\partial_v)^2+\partial_1^2\partial_v\mid z^x] E 0 [ Y 1 2 ∣ z x ] = β 2 / h ˉ + β 4 E 0 [( ∂ 1 ∂ v ) 2 + ∂ 1 2 ∂ v ∣ z x ] , and since χ q \chi_q χ q is a function of z x z^x z x with 0 < χ q ≤ 1 0<\chi_q\leq1 0 < χ q ≤ 1 ,
E 0 [ χ q Y 1 2 ] = β 2 h ˉ E 0 χ q + E 3 , ∣ E 3 ∣ ≤ 6 β 4 . (175) \mathbb{E}_0[\chi_qY_1^2]=\frac{\beta^2}{\bar h}\mathbb{E}_0\chi_q+\mathcal{E}_3,\qquad|\mathcal{E}_3|\leq6\beta^4. \tag*{(175)} E 0 [ χ q Y 1 2 ] = h ˉ β 2 E 0 χ q + E 3 , ∣ E 3 ∣ ≤ 6 β 4 . (175)
For the mixed moment we need the conditional mean of Y 1 Y_1 Y 1 . The Brownian part of z r + h ˉ v − z r v z_{r+\bar h}^v-z_r^v z r + h ˉ v − z r v has conditional mean zero, and u ( t , Y t v ) u(t,Y_t^v) u ( t , Y t v ) is a martingale for the diffusion started at time r r r , by Proposition 4.3(iv)–(v). With α ˉ = h ˉ − 1 ∫ r r + h ˉ α ( t ) d t \bar\alpha=\bar h^{-1}\int_r^{r+\bar h}\alpha(t)\,dt α ˉ = h ˉ − 1 ∫ r r + h ˉ α ( t ) d t ,
E 0 [ Y 1 ∣ z x ] = β 2 h ˉ ∫ r r + h ˉ α ( t ) E 0 [ u ( t , Y t v ) ∣ z x ] d t = β 2 α ˉ u r \mathbb{E}_0[Y_1\mid z^x]=\frac{\beta^2}{\bar h}\int_r^{r+\bar h}\alpha(t)\mathbb{E}_0[u(t,Y_t^v)\mid z^x]\,dt=\beta^2\bar\alpha u_r E 0 [ Y 1 ∣ z x ] = h ˉ β 2 ∫ r r + h ˉ α ( t ) E 0 [ u ( t , Y t v ) ∣ z x ] d t = β 2 α ˉ u r
[77, (7.27)]. The variables Y 0 Y_0 Y 0 , χ q \chi_q χ q and u r u_r u r are functions of z x z^x z x . Combining the last display with (9.13) and ∣ α ˉ − α ( r ) ∣ ≤ osc r |\bar\alpha-\alpha(r)|\leq\operatorname{osc}_r ∣ α ˉ − α ( r ) ∣ ≤ osc r , we find
E 0 [ χ q Y 0 Y 1 ] = β 2 α ˉ E 0 [ χ q Y 0 u r ] = β 4 α ( r ) E 0 [ χ q χ r ] + E 4 , ∣ E 4 ∣ ≤ 2 β 4 osc r . (176) \mathbb{E}_0[\chi_qY_0Y_1]=\beta^2\bar\alpha\mathbb{E}_0[\chi_qY_0u_r]=\beta^4\alpha(r)\mathbb{E}_0[\chi_q\chi_r]+\mathcal{E}_4,\qquad|\mathcal{E}_4|\leq2\beta^4\operatorname{osc}_r. \tag*{(176)} E 0 [ χ q Y 0 Y 1 ] = β 2 α ˉ E 0 [ χ q Y 0 u r ] = β 4 α ( r ) E 0 [ χ q χ r ] + E 4 , ∣ E 4 ∣ ≤ 2 β 4 osc r . (176)
Expanding Y 2 = ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 Y 0 2 + 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) θ ˉ Y 0 Y 1 + θ ˉ 2 Y 1 2 Y^2=(1-\bar\theta)^2Y_0^2+2(1-\bar\theta)\bar\theta Y_0Y_1+\bar\theta^2Y_1^2 Y 2 = ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 Y 0 2 + 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) θ ˉ Y 0 Y 1 + θ ˉ 2 Y 1 2 and using (9.12), (9.14) and (9.15), we have
E 0 [ χ q Y 2 ] ≤ β 2 W ‾ E 0 χ q + 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) θ ˉ β 4 α ( r ) E 0 [ χ q χ r ] + 6 β 4 ( osc r + θ ˉ 2 ) , (177) \mathbb{E}_0[\chi_qY^2]\leq\beta^2\overline{W}\mathbb{E}_0\chi_q+2(1-\bar\theta)\bar\theta\beta^4\alpha(r)\mathbb{E}_0[\chi_q\chi_r]+6\beta^4(\operatorname{osc}_r+\bar\theta^2), \tag*{(177)} E 0 [ χ q Y 2 ] ≤ β 2 W E 0 χ q + 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) θ ˉ β 4 α ( r ) E 0 [ χ q χ r ] + 6 β 4 ( osc r + θ ˉ 2 ) , (177)
where we used ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 ⋅ 2 β 2 / h ˉ + θ ˉ 2 β 2 / h ˉ = β 2 W ‾ (1-\bar\theta)^2\cdot2\beta^2/\bar h+\bar\theta^2\beta^2/\bar h=\beta^2\overline{W} ( 1 − θ ˉ ) 2 ⋅ 2 β 2 / h ˉ + θ ˉ 2 β 2 / h ˉ = β 2 W . This is [77, (7.20)]. The triangular function contributes errors of order osc r \operatorname{osc}_r osc r , while the error of order one from the ramp is multiplied by θ ˉ 2 \bar\theta^2 θ ˉ 2 .
Step 7: assembly and the limit. By Proposition 4.19, applied to the perturbed path with zero multiplier and endpoint Q ~ N \widetilde{Q}_N Q N , the constrained pressure p 3 , n ( D ) p_{3,n}(D) p 3 , n ( D ) is at most the trial value of the perturbed path. The base path has trial value 3 P β ( α ) 3P_\beta(\alpha) 3 P β ( α ) for D ( r , q , 0 ) D(r,q,0) D ( r , q , 0 ) . Combining this with (167) , (168) , (171) and the lower bound on I \mathcal{I} I , we obtain
p 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β ( α ) + δ 2 E 0 [ χ q Y 2 ] + C ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h ˉ − 3 / 2 + δ 4 h ˉ − 2 ) − β 2 δ 2 ( W ˉ ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t + α ( r ) ( 2 θ ˉ − θ ˉ 2 ) − 3 oscr r ) + β 2 δ 4 W ˉ 2 . p_{3,n}(D) \le3P_\beta(\alpha)+\delta^2\mathbb{E}_0[\chi_qY^2]+C\left(|\delta|^3\bar{h}^{-3/2}+\delta^4\bar{h}^{-2}\right)
-\beta^2\delta^2\left(\bar{W}\int_q^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t+\alpha(r)(2\bar{\theta}-\bar{\theta}^2)-3\operatorname{oscr}_r\right)+\beta^2\delta^4\bar{W}^2. p 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β ( α ) + δ 2 E 0 [ χ q Y 2 ] + C ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h ˉ − 3/2 + δ 4 h ˉ − 2 ) − β 2 δ 2 ( W ˉ ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t + α ( r ) ( 2 θ ˉ − θ ˉ 2 ) − 3 oscr r ) + β 2 δ 4 W ˉ 2 .
We insert (177) and note that
2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) θ ˉ β 4 α ( r ) E 0 [ χ q χ r ] − β 2 α ( r ) ( 2 θ ˉ − θ ˉ 2 ) = 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) θ ˉ β 2 α ( r ) ( β 2 E 0 [ χ q χ r ] − 1 ) − β 2 α ( r ) θ ˉ 2 . 2(1-\bar{\theta})\bar{\theta}\beta^4\alpha(r)\mathbb{E}_0[\chi_q\chi_r]-\beta^2\alpha(r)(2\bar{\theta}-\bar{\theta}^2)
=2(1-\bar{\theta})\bar{\theta}\beta^2\alpha(r)\left(\beta^2\mathbb{E}_0[\chi_q\chi_r]-1\right)-\beta^2\alpha(r)\bar{\theta}^2. 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) θ ˉ β 4 α ( r ) E 0 [ χ q χ r ] − β 2 α ( r ) ( 2 θ ˉ − θ ˉ 2 ) = 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) θ ˉ β 2 α ( r ) ( β 2 E 0 [ χ q χ r ] − 1 ) − β 2 α ( r ) θ ˉ 2 .
We discard the last term, which is nonpositive, and use β 2 δ 4 W ˉ 2 ≤ 4 β 2 δ 4 h ˉ − 2 \beta^2\delta^4\bar{W}^2\le4\beta^2\delta^4\bar{h}^{-2} β 2 δ 4 W ˉ 2 ≤ 4 β 2 δ 4 h ˉ − 2 . With C ~ = 6 β 4 + 3 β 2 \widetilde{C}=6\beta^4+3\beta^2 C = 6 β 4 + 3 β 2 , this proves (166) for the step approximation, with 3 P β ( α ) 3P_\beta(\alpha) 3 P β ( α ) in place of 3 P β 3P_\beta 3 P β and with E 0 χ q − ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t \mathbb{E}_0\chi_q-\int_q^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t E 0 χ q − ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t in place of α ( q ) ( q − Γ ( q ) ) \alpha(q)(q-\Gamma(q)) α ( q ) ( q − Γ ( q )) ; this is [77, (7.29)]. The constants do not depend on the partition.
We now keep n , r , q , δ , h ˉ , θ ˉ n,r,q,\delta,\bar{h},\bar{\theta} n , r , q , δ , h ˉ , θ ˉ fixed and let the mesh tend to zero. The left side does not depend on the approximation. By the stability estimate Proposition 4.3(ii), the scalar values and their first two spatial derivatives converge uniformly. Driving the diffusions by the same Brownian motion, Gronwall’s inequality and the uniform Lipschitz bound on the drifts show that the paths converge. The expectations E 0 χ q \mathbb{E}_0\chi_q E 0 χ q and E 0 [ χ q χ r ] \mathbb{E}_0[\chi_q\chi_r] E 0 [ χ q χ r ] converge to E χ q \mathbb{E}\chi_q E χ q and E [ χ q χ r ] \mathbb{E}[\chi_q\chi_r] E [ χ q χ r ] for the scalar diffusion Y Y Y of the minimizer, ∫ q 1 α \int_q^1\alpha ∫ q 1 α and P β ( α ) P_\beta(\alpha) P β ( α ) converge to their values for the minimizer, the latter being P β P_\beta P β , and the values at r r r and q q q are unchanged. Finally, by (48) , we have E χ q − ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t = α ( q ) ( q − Γ ( q ) ) \mathbb{E}\chi_q-\int_q^1\alpha(t)\,\mathrm{d}t=\alpha(q)(q-\Gamma(q)) E χ q − ∫ q 1 α ( t ) d t = α ( q ) ( q − Γ ( q )) . This proves (166) .
We take the limit in Step 7 at fixed h ˉ \bar{h} h ˉ and θ ˉ \bar{\theta} θ ˉ ; no approximation rate uniform in these parameters is needed. Only the values of α \alpha α at r ± h ˉ r\pm\bar{h} r ± h ˉ enter; no regularity of α \alpha α at the distant overlap q q q is used, and q q q may be close to one. We now choose the parameters.
Lemma 9.5 (Separated overlaps). Let J ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) \mathcal{J}\subset(0,q_\beta) J ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) be a compact interval and d 0 > 0 d_0>0 d 0 > 0 . There exist ν s e p , δ s e p , c s e p > 0 \nu_{\mathrm{sep}},\delta_{\mathrm{sep}},c_{\mathrm{sep}}>0 ν sep , δ sep , c sep > 0 , depending only on β \beta β , J \mathcal{J} J and d 0 d_0 d 0 , such that
p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ ) ) ≤ 3 P β − c s e p δ 2 (178) p_{3,n}(D(r,q,\delta))\le3P_\beta-c_{\mathrm{sep}}\delta^2 \tag*{(178)} p 3 , n ( D ( r , q , δ )) ≤ 3 P β − c sep δ 2 (178) for every n ≥ 2 n\ge2 n ≥ 2 and every feasible D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) with r ∈ J r\in\mathcal{J} r ∈ J , r + d 0 ≤ q ≤ 1 r+d_0\le q\le1 r + d 0 ≤ q ≤ 1 , ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν s e p |q-\Gamma(q)|\le\nu_{\mathrm{sep}} ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν sep and ∣ δ ∣ ≤ δ s e p |\delta|\le\delta_{\mathrm{sep}} ∣ δ ∣ ≤ δ sep .
Proof. We may assume d 0 ≤ 1 d_0\le1 d 0 ≤ 1 . Let r − = min J r_-=\min\mathcal{J} r − = min J and r + = max J r_+=\max\mathcal{J} r + = max J . By Corollary 4.8 , α \alpha α is smooth on [ 0 , q β ) [0,q_\beta) [ 0 , q β ) and in particular Lipschitz, with some constant L α L_\alpha L α , on the compact interval J ′ = [ r − / 2 , ( r + + q β ) / 2 ] ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) \mathcal{J}' = [r_{-}/2,(r_{+}+q\beta)/2] \subset(0,q\beta) J ′ = [ r − /2 , ( r + + q β ) /2 ] ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) . Let c χ c_{\chi} c χ be the constant of Lemma 9.3 , set c m i x = β 2 α ( r − ) c χ c_{\mathrm{mix}}=\beta^{2}\alpha(r_{-})c_{\chi} c mix = β 2 α ( r − ) c χ , which is positive by Corollary 4.8 , and let C ~ , C ^ \widetilde{C},\widehat{C} C , C be the constants of Lemma 9.4 . We choose, in this order,
θ ˉ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ] with C ~ θ ˉ ≤ 1 8 c m i x d 0 ; \bar{\theta}\in(0,1/2]\text{ with }\widetilde{C}\bar{\theta}\leq\frac{1}{8}c_{\mathrm{mix}}d_{0}; θ ˉ ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ] with C θ ˉ ≤ 8 1 c mix d 0 ;
h ˉ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] with h ˉ ≤ min { 1 2 r − , 1 2 ( q β − r + ) , 1 2 d 0 } and 2 C ~ L α h ˉ ≤ 1 8 c m i x θ ˉ d 0 ; \bar{h}\in(0,1]\text{ with }\bar{h}\leq\min\left\{\frac{1}{2}r_{-},\frac{1}{2}(q\beta-r_{+}),\frac{1}{2}d_{0}\right\}\text{ and }2\widetilde{C}L_{\alpha}\bar{h}\leq\frac{1}{8}c_{\mathrm{mix}}\bar{\theta}d_{0}; h ˉ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] with h ˉ ≤ min { 2 1 r − , 2 1 ( q β − r + ) , 2 1 d 0 } and 2 C L α h ˉ ≤ 8 1 c mix θ ˉ d 0 ;
ν s e p > 0 with 2 β 2 ν s e p ≤ 1 8 c m i x θ ˉ d 0 h ˉ ; \nu_{\mathrm{sep}}>0\text{ with }2\beta^{2}\nu_{\mathrm{sep}}\leq\frac{1}{8}c_{\mathrm{mix}}\bar{\theta}d_{0}\bar{h}; ν sep > 0 with 2 β 2 ν sep ≤ 8 1 c mix θ ˉ d 0 h ˉ ;
δ s e p ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] with 16 β 2 δ s e p 2 ≤ h ˉ and C ^ ( δ s e p h ˉ − 3 / 2 + δ s e p 2 h ˉ − 2 ) ≤ 1 8 c m i x θ ˉ d 0 . \delta_{\mathrm{sep}}\in(0,1]\text{ with }16\beta^{2}\delta_{\mathrm{sep}}^{2}\leq\bar{h}\text{ and }\widehat{C}\left(\delta_{\mathrm{sep}}\bar{h}^{-3/2}+\delta_{\mathrm{sep}}^{2}\bar{h}^{-2}\right)\leq\frac{1}{8}c_{\mathrm{mix}}\bar{\theta}d_{0}. δ sep ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] with 16 β 2 δ sep 2 ≤ h ˉ and C ( δ sep h ˉ − 3/2 + δ sep 2 h ˉ − 2 ) ≤ 8 1 c mix θ ˉ d 0 .
Let D = D ( r , q , δ ) D=D(r,q,\delta) D = D ( r , q , δ ) be as in the lemma. Then h ˉ < r \bar{h}<r h ˉ < r and q − r ≥ d 0 > h ˉ q-r\geq d_{0}>\bar{h} q − r ≥ d 0 > h ˉ , and W ‾ ≤ 2 / h ˉ \overline{W}\leq2/\bar{h} W ≤ 2/ h ˉ because θ ˉ ≤ 1 / 2 \bar{\theta}\leq1/2 θ ˉ ≤ 1/2 . We have 8 β 2 W ‾ δ 2 ≤ 16 β 2 δ 2 / h ˉ ≤ 1 8\beta^{2}\overline{W}\delta^{2}\leq16\beta^{2}\delta^{2}/\bar{h}\leq1 8 β 2 W δ 2 ≤ 16 β 2 δ 2 / h ˉ ≤ 1 , and Lemma 9.4 applies. We bound the terms in the braces of (166) . Since α ( q ) ≤ 1 \alpha(q)\leq1 α ( q ) ≤ 1 and ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν s e p \lvert q-\Gamma(q)\rvert\leq\nu_{\mathrm{sep}} ∣ q − Γ ( q )∣ ≤ ν sep , the first term is at most 2 β 2 ν s e p / h ˉ 2\beta^{2}\nu_{\mathrm{sep}}/\bar{h} 2 β 2 ν sep / h ˉ . By Lemma 9.3 , 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) ≥ 1 2(1-\bar{\theta})\geq1 2 ( 1 − θ ˉ ) ≥ 1 , α ( r ) ≥ α ( r − ) \alpha(r)\geq\alpha(r_{-}) α ( r ) ≥ α ( r − ) and q − r ≥ d 0 q-r\geq d_{0} q − r ≥ d 0 , the second term is at most − θ ˉ β 2 α ( r − ) c χ d 0 = − c m i x θ ˉ d 0 -\bar{\theta}\beta^{2}\alpha(r_{-})c_{\chi}d_{0}=-c_{\mathrm{mix}}\bar{\theta}d_{0} − θ ˉ β 2 α ( r − ) c χ d 0 = − c mix θ ˉ d 0 . Moreover osc r ≤ 2 L α h ˉ \operatorname{osc}_{r}\leq2L_{\alpha}\bar{h} osc r ≤ 2 L α h ˉ , because [ r − h ˉ , r + h ˉ ] ⊂ J ′ [r-\bar{h},r+\bar{h}]\subset\mathcal{J}' [ r − h ˉ , r + h ˉ ] ⊂ J ′ . Altogether,
p 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β + δ 2 { 2 β 2 ν s e p h ˉ − c m i x θ ˉ d 0 + C ~ [ α ( r + h ˉ ) − α ( r − h ˉ ) + θ ˉ 2 ] } + C ^ ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h ˉ − 3 / 2 + δ 4 h ˉ − 2 ) . (179) p_{3,n}(D)\leq3P_{\beta}+\delta^{2}\left\{\frac{2\beta^{2}\nu_{\mathrm{sep}}}{\bar{h}}-c_{\mathrm{mix}}\bar{\theta}d_{0}+\widetilde{C}\left[\alpha(r+\bar{h})-\alpha(r-\bar{h})+\bar{\theta}^{2}\right]\right\}+\widehat{C}\left(|\delta|^{3}\bar{h}^{-3/2}+\delta^{4}\bar{h}^{-2}\right). \tag*{(179)} p 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β + δ 2 { h ˉ 2 β 2 ν sep − c mix θ ˉ d 0 + C [ α ( r + h ˉ ) − α ( r − h ˉ ) + θ ˉ 2 ] } + C ( ∣ δ ∣ 3 h ˉ − 3/2 + δ 4 h ˉ − 2 ) . (179)
By the choices above, the first term in the braces, the terms 2 C ~ L α h ˉ 2\widetilde{C}L_{\alpha}\bar{h} 2 C L α h ˉ and C ~ θ ˉ 2 \widetilde{C}\bar{\theta}^{2} C θ ˉ 2 , and the last term divided by δ 2 \delta^{2} δ 2 are each at most 1 8 c m i x θ ˉ d 0 \frac{1}{8}c_{\mathrm{mix}}\bar{\theta}d_{0} 8 1 c mix θ ˉ d 0 . This proves (178) with c s e p = 1 2 c m i x θ ˉ d 0 c_{\mathrm{sep}}=\frac{1}{2}c_{\mathrm{mix}}\bar{\theta}d_{0} c sep = 2 1 c mix θ ˉ d 0 .
We chose the constants in the order d 0 d_{0} d 0 , then θ ˉ \bar{\theta} θ ˉ , then h ˉ \bar{h} h ˉ , then ν s e p \nu_{\mathrm{sep}} ν sep , then δ s e p \delta_{\mathrm{sep}} δ sep . The condition ∣ δ ∣ ≤ δ s e p |\delta|\leq\delta_{\mathrm{sep}} ∣ δ ∣ ≤ δ sep cannot be dropped: (178) is a statement about small overlap imbalances. Decreasing ν s e p \nu_{\mathrm{sep}} ν sep later only shrinks the domain of (178) .
Families of constraints
We now fix the data of the simultaneous estimate. All of the following are chosen before n → ∞ n\to\infty n → ∞ , in the order listed.
(F1) Compact intervals J ⊂ int I \mathcal{J}\subset\operatorname{int} I J ⊂ int I with I ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) I\subset(0,q\beta) I ⊂ ( 0 , q β ) , and a nonempty finite set B ⊂ ( 0 , 1 ) \mathcal{B}\subset(0,1) B ⊂ ( 0 , 1 ) of large-overlap cutoffs. In the dynamical argument, J = J β \mathcal{J}=\mathcal{J}_{\beta} J = J β and I = I β I=I_{\beta} I = I β are the intervals of (196) , and B = { q ∗ , b 1 } \mathcal{B}=\{q_{*},b_{1}\} B = { q ∗ , b 1 } ; the fixed-scale exceptional sets of Section 10 are then subsets of the set W n \mathcal{W}_{n} W n defined below.
(F2) The band ratio ϑ \vartheta ϑ and amplitude E E E of § 6.7.5 , the constant m β m_{\beta} m β for I I I , a coefficient 0 < g < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) 0<g<m_{\beta}E^{2}G(\vartheta,E) 0 < g < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) , and the constants d 0 , S , ρ 0 d_{0},S,\rho_{0} d 0 , S , ρ 0 of Lemma 8.7 for J \mathcal{J} J , I I I , ϑ \vartheta ϑ , E E E and g g g .
(F3) The constants ν s e p , δ s e p , c s e p \nu_{\mathrm{sep}},\delta_{\mathrm{sep}},c_{\mathrm{sep}} ν sep , δ sep , c sep of Lemma 9.5 for J \mathcal{J} J and d 0 d_{0} d 0 , and, for each b ∗ ∈ B b_{*}\in\mathcal{B} b ∗ ∈ B , the constants b ( b ∗ ) , ν f i x ( b ∗ ) , c f i x ( b ∗ ) b(b_{*}),\nu_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_{*}),c_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_{*}) b ( b ∗ ) , ν fix ( b ∗ ) , c fix ( b ∗ ) of Lemma 9.2 . (F4) The tolerance and the two deficits
ν = min { ν s e p , 1 2 c t a i l , min b ∗ ∈ B ν f i x ( b ∗ ) } , c f i x = min b ∗ ∈ B c f i x ( b ∗ ) , c p a i r = 1 2 ν 2 , \nu= \min\left\{\nu_{\mathrm{sep}}, \frac{1}{2}c_{\mathrm{tail}}, \min_{b_* \in\mathcal{B}} \nu_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_*)\right\}, \qquad c_{\mathrm{fix}} = \min_{b_* \in\mathcal{B}} c_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_*), \qquad c_{\mathrm{pair}} = \frac{1}{2}\nu^2, ν = min { ν sep , 2 1 c tail , b ∗ ∈ B min ν fix ( b ∗ ) } , c fix = b ∗ ∈ B min c fix ( b ∗ ) , c pair = 2 1 ν 2 ,
with c t a i l c_{\mathrm{tail}} c tail from Lemma 9.1.
(F5) The fraction ϰ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varkappa\in(0,1) ϰ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) of the local deficit that is retained in the disorder event.
Let ( ρ n ) (\rho_n) ( ρ n ) and ( η n ) (\eta_n) ( η n ) be deterministic positive sequences with ρ n → 0 \rho_n \to0 ρ n → 0 , and write ε n = E ρ n \varepsilon_n = E\rho_n ε n = E ρ n . We define four deterministic families of feasible overlap matrices, the local family, the separated-overlap family, the fixed-scale family, and the excluded pairs:
D n l o c = { D ( r , q , δ ) : r ∈ J , ρ n ≤ q − r ≤ d 0 , ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n } , \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{loc}}_n = \left\{D(r,q,\delta): r \in\mathcal{J},\ \rho_n \le q-r \le d_0,\ \varepsilon_n \le|\delta| \le2\varepsilon_n\right\}, D n loc = { D ( r , q , δ ) : r ∈ J , ρ n ≤ q − r ≤ d 0 , ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n } ,
D n s e p = { D ( r , q , δ ) : r ∈ J , q − r > d 0 , ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν , ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n } , \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{sep}}_n = \left\{D(r,q,\delta): r \in\mathcal{J},\ q-r>d_0,\ |q-\Gamma(q)|\le\nu,\ \varepsilon_n\le|\delta|\le2\varepsilon_n\right\}, D n sep = { D ( r , q , δ ) : r ∈ J , q − r > d 0 , ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν , ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n } ,
D n f i x = ⋃ b ∗ ∈ B { D ( r , q , δ ) : q ≥ b ∗ , ∣ r ± δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) , ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν , ∣ δ ∣ ≥ η n } , \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{fix}}_n = \bigcup_{b_* \in\mathcal{B}}\left\{D(r,q,\delta): q\ge b_*,\ |r\pm\delta|\le b(b_*),\ |q-\Gamma(q)|\le\nu,\ |\delta|\ge\eta_n\right\}, D n fix = b ∗ ∈ B ⋃ { D ( r , q , δ ) : q ≥ b ∗ , ∣ r ± δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) , ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν , ∣ δ ∣ ≥ η n } ,
D n p a i r = { D 2 ( q ˉ ) : ∣ ∣ q ˉ ∣ − Γ ( ∣ q ˉ ∣ ) ∣ > ν } , \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{pair}}_n = \left\{D_2(\bar q):\ \bigl||\bar q|-\Gamma(|\bar q|)\bigr|>\nu\right\}, D n pair = { D 2 ( q ˉ ) : ∣ q ˉ ∣ − Γ ( ∣ q ˉ ∣ ) > ν } ,
where only feasible matrices are included. There are at most ( n + 1 ) 3 (n+1)^3 ( n + 1 ) 3 matrices in D n l o c ∪ D n s e p \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{loc}}_n\cup\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{sep}}_n D n loc ∪ D n sep , at most ∣ B ∣ ( n + 1 ) 3 |\mathcal{B}|(n+1)^3 ∣ B ∣ ( n + 1 ) 3 in D n f i x \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{fix}}_n D n fix , and at most n + 1 n+1 n + 1 in D n p a i r \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{pair}}_n D n pair . Since ν < c t a i l \nu<c_{\mathrm{tail}} ν < c tail , the family D n p a i r \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{pair}}_n D n pair contains every feasible D 2 ( q ˉ ) D_2(\bar q) D 2 ( q ˉ ) with ∣ q ˉ ∣ ≥ q t a i l |\bar q|\ge q_{\mathrm{tail}} ∣ q ˉ ∣ ≥ q tail . For a family D \mathcal{D} D of ℓ × ℓ \ell\times\ell ℓ × ℓ matrices, we write { R ∈ D } \{R\in\mathcal{D}\} { R ∈ D } for the set of ℓ \ell ℓ -tuples whose overlap matrix lies in D \mathcal{D} D . The corresponding sets of configurations are the narrow triples, the fixed-scale triples and the excluded pairs,
N n = { ( v , x , y ) ∈ Σ n 3 : r ∈ J , q − r ≥ ρ n , ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n } , \mathcal{N}_n=\left\{(v,x,y)\in\Sigma_n^3:\ r\in\mathcal{J},\ q-r\ge\rho_n,\ \varepsilon_n\le|\delta|\le2\varepsilon_n\right\}, N n = { ( v , x , y ) ∈ Σ n 3 : r ∈ J , q − r ≥ ρ n , ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n } ,
W n = ⋃ b ∗ ∈ B { ( v , x , y ) ∈ Σ n 3 : R ( x , y ) ≥ b ∗ , ∣ R ( v , x ) ∣ , ∣ R ( v , y ) ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) , ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , y ) ∣ ≥ 2 η n } , \mathcal{W}_n=\bigcup_{b_*\in\mathcal{B}}\left\{(v,x,y)\in\Sigma_n^3:\ R(x,y)\ge b_*,\ |R(v,x)|,\ |R(v,y)|\le b(b_*),\ |R(v,x)-R(v,y)|\ge2\eta_n\right\}, W n = b ∗ ∈ B ⋃ { ( v , x , y ) ∈ Σ n 3 : R ( x , y ) ≥ b ∗ , ∣ R ( v , x ) ∣ , ∣ R ( v , y ) ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) , ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , y ) ∣ ≥ 2 η n } ,
P n = { R ∈ D n p a i r } = { ( x , y ) ∈ Σ n 2 : ∣ ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ − Γ ( ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ) ∣ > ν } , \mathcal{P}_n=\left\{R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{pair}}_n\right\}=\left\{(x,y)\in\Sigma_n^2:\ \bigl||R(x,y)|-\Gamma(|R(x,y)|)\bigr|>\nu\right\}, P n = { R ∈ D n pair } = { ( x , y ) ∈ Σ n 2 : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ − Γ ( ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ) > ν } ,
with r , δ , q r,\delta,q r , δ , q the coordinates of the triple.
Lemma 9.6 (Covering). If ( v , x , y ) ∈ N n (v,x,y)\in\mathcal{N}_n ( v , x , y ) ∈ N n , then ( x , y ) ∈ P n (x,y)\in\mathcal{P}_n ( x , y ) ∈ P n or the overlap matrix of ( v , x , y ) (v,x,y) ( v , x , y ) lies in D n l o c ∪ D n s e p \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{loc}}_n\cup\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{sep}}_n D n loc ∪ D n sep . If ( v , x , y ) ∈ W n (v,x,y)\in\mathcal{W}_n ( v , x , y ) ∈ W n , then ( x , y ) ∈ P n (x,y)\in\mathcal{P}_n ( x , y ) ∈ P n or the overlap matrix of ( v , x , y ) (v,x,y) ( v , x , y ) lies in D n f i x \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{fix}}_n D n fix .
Proof. Let ( v , x , y ) ∈ N n (v,x,y)\in\mathcal{N}_n ( v , x , y ) ∈ N n . Then q = R ( x , y ) ≥ r + ρ n > 0 q=R(x,y)\ge r+\rho_n>0 q = R ( x , y ) ≥ r + ρ n > 0 , since r ∈ J ⊂ ( 0 , 1 ) r\in\mathcal{J}\subset(0,1) r ∈ J ⊂ ( 0 , 1 ) . If ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ > ν |q-\Gamma(q)|>\nu ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ > ν , then ( x , y ) ∈ P n (x,y)\in\mathcal{P}_n ( x , y ) ∈ P n . Otherwise D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) lies in D n l o c \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{loc}}_n D n loc if q − r ≤ d 0 q-r\le d_0 q − r ≤ d 0 and in D n s e p \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{sep}}_n D n sep if q − r > d 0 q-r>d_0 q − r > d 0 . Next let ( v , x , y ) ∈ W n (v,x,y)\in\mathcal{W}_n ( v , x , y ) ∈ W n , for the cutoff b ∗ ∈ B b_*\in\mathcal{B} b ∗ ∈ B . Then q = R ( x , y ) ≥ b ∗ > 0 q=R(x,y)\ge b_*>0 q = R ( x , y ) ≥ b ∗ > 0 , ∣ r ± δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) |r\pm\delta|\le b(b_*) ∣ r ± δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) and ∣ δ ∣ ≥ η n |\delta|\ge\eta_n ∣ δ ∣ ≥ η n , so either ( x , y ) ∈ P n (x,y)\in\mathcal{P}_n ( x , y ) ∈ P n or D ( r , q , δ ) ∈ D n f i x D(r,q,\delta)\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{fix}}_n D ( r , q , δ ) ∈ D n fix .
By Lemma 9.6, every narrow triple is covered by the local regime, the regime of separated overlaps, or the pair regime. The local regime uses the cubic deficit of Section 7 through Lemma 8.7 ; the other two use the quadratic deficits of Lemmas 9.1 and 9.5 . No fractional moment bound at a distant overlap q q q is needed, and the construction of Section 7 is used only for q − r ≤ d 0 q-r\le d_0 q − r ≤ d 0 .
The simultaneous event
The conversion of constrained-pressure bounds to Gibbs probabilities is treated in [77, Lemma 4.2], where the logarithm of the Gibbs probability is concentrated about its mean. Here we bound the constrained numerators and the full partition-function denominator separately. For the local numerators we use the positive fractional-moment mechanism of [8, Section 2.3], through Lemma 8.7 . This controls their deviations at the required shrinking scale. The simultaneous event below combines this with a variance bound for the denominator and retains separate disorder and conditional Gibbs errors at the shrinking scales.
We impose the following conditions on the scales. Recall that Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) \Delta_{n,\beta}=P_\beta-p_n(\beta) Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) .
lim sup n → ∞ Δ n , β ρ n 3 < ϰ g 3 , (S1) \limsup_{n\to\infty}\frac{\Delta_{n,\beta}}{\rho_n^3}<\frac{\varkappa_g}{3},
\qquad\text{(S1)} n → ∞ lim sup ρ n 3 Δ n , β < 3 ϰ g , (S1)
lim n → ∞ n 7 / 15 n 2 ρ n 6 = 0 , (S2) \lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{n^{7/15}}{n^2\rho_n^6}=0,
\qquad\text{(S2)} n → ∞ lim n 2 ρ n 6 n 7/15 = 0 , (S2)
lim n → ∞ n ρ n 4 log n = ∞ , (S3) \lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{n\rho_n^4}{\log n}=\infty,
\qquad\text{(S3)} n → ∞ lim log n n ρ n 4 = ∞ , (S3)
lim n → ∞ n η n 4 log n = ∞ , (S4) \lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{n\eta_n^4}{\log n}=\infty,
\qquad\text{(S4)} n → ∞ lim log n n η n 4 = ∞ , (S4)
lim n → ∞ ρ n 3 η n 2 = 0. (S5) \lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{\rho_n^3}{\eta_n^2}=0.
\qquad\text{(S5)} n → ∞ lim η n 2 ρ n 3 = 0. (S5)
Condition (S1) says that the mean bias is absorbed by the retained part of the cubic deficit, with a strict constant margin. Given the variance bound Var F n ≤ C v n 7 / 15 \operatorname{Var} F_n\le C_v n^{7/15} Var F n ≤ C v n 7/15 of Theorem 4.10 , (S2) makes the Chebyshev bound for the denominator tend to zero. Conditions (S3) and (S4) make the numerator bounds summable over polynomially many constraints, and (S5) makes the loss in the denominator negligible against the fixed-scale deficit. By (S1), we may fix a 0 a_0 a 0 and c 0 c_0 c 0 with
lim sup n → ∞ Δ n , β ρ n 3 < a 0 < c 0 < ϰ g 3 , (180) \limsup_{n\to\infty}\frac{\Delta_{n,\beta}}{\rho_n^3}<a_0<c_0<\frac{\varkappa_g}{3}, \tag*{(180)} n → ∞ lim sup ρ n 3 Δ n , β < a 0 < c 0 < 3 ϰ g , (180)
for instance c 0 = 1 2 ( a 0 + ϰ g / 3 ) c_0=\frac{1}{2}(a_0+\varkappa_g/3) c 0 = 2 1 ( a 0 + ϰ g /3 ) .
We define A n \mathcal{A}_n A n as the set of disorders J J J for which all of the following hold:
(A1) F n ≥ n ( P β − c 0 ρ n 3 ) F_n\ge n(P_\beta-c_0\rho_n^3) F n ≥ n ( P β − c 0 ρ n 3 ) ;
n − 1 log Z 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β − ϰ g ρ n 3 for every D ∈ D n l o c ∪ D n s e p ; n^{-1}\log Z_{3,n}(D) \le3P_\beta-\varkappa_g\rho_n^3 \quad\text{for every }D\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{loc}}_n\cup\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{sep}}_n; n − 1 log Z 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β − ϰ g ρ n 3 for every D ∈ D n loc ∪ D n sep ;
n − 1 log Z 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β − 1 2 c f i x η n 2 for every D ∈ D n f i x ; n^{-1}\log Z_{3,n}(D) \le3P_\beta-\frac{1}{2}c_{\mathrm{fix}}\eta_n^2 \quad\text{for every }D\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{fix}}_n; n − 1 log Z 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β − 2 1 c fix η n 2 for every D ∈ D n fix ;
n − 1 log Z 2 , n ( D ) ≤ 2 P β − 1 2 c p a i r for every D ∈ D n p a i r . n^{-1}\log Z_{2,n}(D) \le2P_\beta-\frac{1}{2}c_{\mathrm{pair}} \quad\text{for every }D\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{pair}}_n. n − 1 log Z 2 , n ( D ) ≤ 2 P β − 2 1 c pair for every D ∈ D n pair .
The event A n \mathcal{A}_n A n is measurable, since all constrained partition functions are finite sums of continuous functions of the disorder.
Lemma 9.7 (Simultaneous static event). Fix the data (F1)–(F5), and let ( ρ n ) (\rho_n) ( ρ n ) , ( η n ) (\eta_n) ( η n ) satisfy (S1)–(S5). There exist C , c > 0 C,c>0 C , c > 0 and n 0 n_0 n 0 , depending only on β \beta β , on the data (F1)–(F5) and on the sequences, such that for all n ≥ n 0 n\ge n_0 n ≥ n 0 ,
P ( A n c ) ≤ C n 7 / 15 n 2 ρ n 6 + C ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − c n ρ n 4 + e − c n η n 4 ) + C ( n + 1 ) e − c n , (181) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}_n^c)\le C\frac{n^{7/15}}{n^2\rho_n^6}+C(n+1)^3\left(e^{-cn\rho_n^4}+e^{-cn\eta_n^4}\right)+C(n+1)e^{-cn}, \tag*{(181)} P ( A n c ) ≤ C n 2 ρ n 6 n 7/15 + C ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − c n ρ n 4 + e − c n η n 4 ) + C ( n + 1 ) e − c n , (181) and the right side tends to zero. Moreover, for all n ≥ n 0 n\ge n_0 n ≥ n 0 and every disorder J ∈ A n J\in\mathcal{A}_n J ∈ A n ,
( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( { R ∈ D n l o c ∪ D n s e p } ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ n 3 , ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( N n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ n 3 , (\pi^J)^{\otimes3}\left(\{R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{loc}}_n\cup\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{sep}}_n\}\right)\le C(n+1)^3e^{-cn\rho_n^3},\qquad
(\pi^J)^{\otimes3}(\mathcal{N}_n)\le C(n+1)^3e^{-cn\rho_n^3}, ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( { R ∈ D n loc ∪ D n sep } ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ n 3 , ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( N n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ n 3 , ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( { R ∈ D n f i x } ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n η n 2 , ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( W n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n η n 2 , (\pi^J)^{\otimes3}\left(\{R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{fix}}_n\}\right)\le C(n+1)^3e^{-cn\eta_n^2},\qquad
(\pi^J)^{\otimes3}(\mathcal{W}_n)\le C(n+1)^3e^{-cn\eta_n^2}, ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( { R ∈ D n fix } ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n η n 2 , ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( W n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n η n 2 , ( π J ) ⊗ 2 ( P n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) e − c n . (182) (\pi^J)^{\otimes2}(\mathcal{P}_n)\le C(n+1)e^{-cn}. \tag*{(182)} ( π J ) ⊗ 2 ( P n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) e − c n . (182) The same bounds hold for the images of these sets under every element of D 3 \mathcal{D}_3 D 3 , respectively D 2 \mathcal{D}_2 D 2 , and the set of triples ( v , x , y ) (v,x,y) ( v , x , y ) with ( x , y ) ∈ P n (x,y)\in\mathcal{P}_n ( x , y ) ∈ P n has ( π J ) ⊗ 3 (\pi^J)^{\otimes3} ( π J ) ⊗ 3 -probability ( π J ) ⊗ 2 ( P n ) (\pi^J)^{\otimes2}(\mathcal{P}_n) ( π J ) ⊗ 2 ( P n ) .
Proof. We bound the probability that each of (A1)–(A4) fails, take a union bound over the deterministic families, and then divide the bounds on the numerators by the bound on the denominator, on A n \mathcal{A}_n A n . Let n 0 n_0 n 0 be so large that, for n ≥ n 0 n\ge n_0 n ≥ n 0 , we have Δ n , β ≤ a 0 ρ n 3 \Delta_{n,\beta}\le a_0\rho_n^3 Δ n , β ≤ a 0 ρ n 3 , Var F n ≤ C v n 7 / 15 \operatorname{Var}F_n\le Cvn^{7/15} Var F n ≤ C v n 7/15 , ρ n ≤ min { ρ 0 , 1 } \rho_n\le\min\{\rho_0,1\} ρ n ≤ min { ρ 0 , 1 } , 2 ε n ≤ δ s e p 2\varepsilon_n\le\delta_{\mathrm{sep}} 2 ε n ≤ δ sep , ϰ g ρ n ≤ 1 2 c s e p E 2 \varkappa_g\rho_n\le\frac{1}{2}c_{\mathrm{sep}}E^2 ϰ g ρ n ≤ 2 1 c sep E 2 , 12 c 0 ρ n 3 ≤ c f i x η n 2 12c_0\rho_n^3\le c_{\mathrm{fix}}\eta_n^2 12 c 0 ρ n 3 ≤ c fix η n 2 and 8 c 0 ρ n 3 ≤ c p a i r 8c_0\rho_n^3\le c_{\mathrm{pair}} 8 c 0 ρ n 3 ≤ c pair . This is possible by (180) , Theorem 4.10, ρ n → 0 \rho_n\to0 ρ n → 0 and (S5).
Step 1: the denominator. Since E F n = n ( P β − Δ n , β ) ≥ n ( P β − a 0 ρ n 3 ) \mathbb{E}F_n=n(P_\beta-\Delta_{n,\beta})\ge n(P_\beta-a_0\rho_n^3) E F n = n ( P β − Δ n , β ) ≥ n ( P β − a 0 ρ n 3 ) , the failure of (A1) implies F n − E F n < − n ( c 0 − a 0 ) ρ n 3 F_n-\mathbb{E}F_n<-n(c_0-a_0)\rho_n^3 F n − E F n < − n ( c 0 − a 0 ) ρ n 3 . By Chebyshev’s inequality,
P ( F n < n ( P β − c 0 ρ n 3 ) ) ≤ C v n 7 / 15 ( c 0 − a 0 ) 2 n 2 ρ n 6 . \mathbb{P}\left(F_n<n(P_\beta-c_0\rho_n^3)\right)\le\frac{Cv n^{7/15}}{(c_0-a_0)^2n^2\rho_n^6}. P ( F n < n ( P β − c 0 ρ n 3 ) ) ≤ ( c 0 − a 0 ) 2 n 2 ρ n 6 C v n 7/15 .
Step 2: local numerators. Let D ∈ D n l o c D\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{loc}}_n D ∈ D n loc and s = S ρ n s=S\rho_n s = S ρ n . By Markov’s inequality applied to Z 3 , n ( D ) s Z_{3,n}(D)^s Z 3 , n ( D ) s and by (156) ,
P ( n − 1 log Z 3 , n ( D ) > 3 P β − ϰ g ρ n 3 ) ≤ E Z 3 , n ( D ) s e − n s ( 3 P β − ϰ g ρ n 3 ) ≤ e − ( 1 − ϰ ) g S n ρ n 4 . \mathbb{P}\left(n^{-1}\log Z_{3,n}(D)>3P_\beta-\varkappa_g\rho_n^3\right)
\le\mathbb{E}Z_{3,n}(D)^s e^{-ns(3P_\beta-\varkappa_g\rho_n^3)}
\le e^{-(1-\varkappa)gS n\rho_n^4}. P ( n − 1 log Z 3 , n ( D ) > 3 P β − ϰ g ρ n 3 ) ≤ E Z 3 , n ( D ) s e − n s ( 3 P β − ϰ g ρ n 3 ) ≤ e − ( 1 − ϰ ) g S n ρ n 4 .
This is the only place where a fractional moment enters. A Gaussian concentration bound at a mean deficit of order ρ n 3 \rho_n^3 ρ n 3 would give the exponent n ρ n 6 n\rho_n^6 n ρ n 6 , which is R 6 n − 2 / 5 R^6n^{-2/5} R 6 n − 2/5 at the scale ρ n = R n − 7 / 30 \rho_n=Rn^{-7/30} ρ n = R n − 7/30 and tends to zero.
Step 3: the other numerators. By Remark 4.22, log Z ℓ , n ( D ) \log Z_{\ell,n}(D) log Z ℓ , n ( D ) is Lipschitz in ( J i j ) i < j (J_{ij})_{i<j} ( J ij ) i < j with constant β ℓ ( n − 1 ) / 2 \beta\ell\sqrt{(n-1)/2} β ℓ ( n − 1 ) /2 . By the Gaussian concentration inequality (58) of Proposition 4.21, for every t > 0 t>0 t > 0 ,
P ( log Z ℓ , n ( D ) − E log Z ℓ , n ( D ) ≥ n t ) ≤ 2 exp ( − n 2 t 2 β 2 ℓ 2 ( n − 1 ) ) ≤ 2 exp ( − n t 2 β 2 ℓ 2 ) . (183) \mathbb{P}\left(\log Z_{\ell,n}(D)-\mathbb{E}\log Z_{\ell,n}(D)\ge nt\right)\le2\exp\left(-\frac{n^2t^2}{\beta^2\ell^2(n-1)}\right)\le2\exp\left(-\frac{nt^2}{\beta^2\ell^2}\right). \tag*{(183)} P ( log Z ℓ , n ( D ) − E log Z ℓ , n ( D ) ≥ n t ) ≤ 2 exp ( − β 2 ℓ 2 ( n − 1 ) n 2 t 2 ) ≤ 2 exp ( − β 2 ℓ 2 n t 2 ) . (183)
For D ∈ D n s e p D\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{sep}}_n D ∈ D n sep , we have ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n ≤ δ s e p \varepsilon_n\le|\delta|\le2\varepsilon_n\le\delta_{\mathrm{sep}} ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n ≤ δ sep , and Lemma 9.5 implies that p 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β − c s e p E 2 ρ n 2 p_{3,n}(D)\le3P_\beta-c_{\mathrm{sep}}E^2\rho_n^2 p 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β − c sep E 2 ρ n 2 . Since κ g ρ n 3 ≤ 1 2 c s e p E 2 ρ n 2 \kappa g\rho_n^3\le\frac{1}{2}c_{\mathrm{sep}}E^2\rho_n^2 κ g ρ n 3 ≤ 2 1 c sep E 2 ρ n 2 , the threshold in (A2) exceeds the mean p 3 , n ( D ) p_{3,n}(D) p 3 , n ( D ) by at least 1 2 c s e p E 2 ρ n 2 \frac{1}{2}c_{\mathrm{sep}}E^2\rho_n^2 2 1 c sep E 2 ρ n 2 . For D ∈ D n f i x D\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{fix}}_n D ∈ D n fix , we see from Lemma 9.2 and ∣ δ ∣ ≥ η n |\delta|\ge\eta_n ∣ δ ∣ ≥ η n that p 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β − c f i x η n 2 p_{3,n}(D)\le3P_\beta-c_{\mathrm{fix}}\eta_n^2 p 3 , n ( D ) ≤ 3 P β − c fix η n 2 , and the threshold in (A3) exceeds the mean by at least 1 2 c f i x η n 2 \frac{1}{2}c_{\mathrm{fix}}\eta_n^2 2 1 c fix η n 2 . For D ∈ D n p a i r D\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{pair}}_n D ∈ D n pair , we have p 2 , n ( D ) < 2 P β − 1 2 ν 2 = 2 P β − c p a i r p_{2,n}(D)<2P_\beta-\frac{1}{2}\nu^2=2P_\beta-c_{\mathrm{pair}} p 2 , n ( D ) < 2 P β − 2 1 ν 2 = 2 P β − c pair by Lemma 9.1 , and the threshold in (A4) exceeds the mean by at least 1 2 c p a i r \frac{1}{2}c_{\mathrm{pair}} 2 1 c pair . Applying (9.22) with ℓ = 3 , 3 , 2 \ell=3,3,2 ℓ = 3 , 3 , 2 and these values of t t t , we obtain, for a single matrix of the respective family, the failure probabilities
2 e − c s e p 2 E 4 n ρ n 4 / ( 36 β 2 ) , 2 e − c f i x 2 n η n 4 / ( 36 β 2 ) , 2 e − c p a i r 2 n / ( 16 β 2 ) . 2e^{-c_{\mathrm{sep}}^2E^4n\rho_n^4/(36\beta^2)},\qquad2e^{-c_{\mathrm{fix}}^2n\eta_n^4/(36\beta^2)},\qquad2e^{-c_{\mathrm{pair}}^2n/(16\beta^2)}. 2 e − c sep 2 E 4 n ρ n 4 / ( 36 β 2 ) , 2 e − c fix 2 n η n 4 / ( 36 β 2 ) , 2 e − c pair 2 n / ( 16 β 2 ) .
Step 4: the union bound. Recall that the families are deterministic and that their sizes were bounded in § 6.8.3 . Summing the bounds of Steps 1–3 over them, we have
P ( A n c ) ≤ C ϑ ( c 0 − a 0 ) 2 n 7 / 15 n 2 ρ n 6 + ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − ( 1 − κ ) g S n ρ n 4 + 2 e − c s e p 2 E 4 n ρ n 4 / ( 36 β 2 ) ) + 2 ∣ B ∣ ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c f i x 2 n η n 4 / ( 36 β 2 ) + 2 ( n + 1 ) e − c p a i r 2 n / ( 16 β 2 ) , \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}_n^c)\le\frac{C_\vartheta}{(c_0-a_0)^2}\frac{n^{7/15}}{n^2\rho_n^6}+(n+1)^3\left(e^{-(1-\kappa)gSn\rho_n^4}+2e^{-c_{\mathrm{sep}}^2E^4n\rho_n^4/(36\beta^2)}\right)+2|\mathcal{B}|(n+1)^3e^{-c_{\mathrm{fix}}^2n\eta_n^4/(36\beta^2)}+2(n+1)e^{-c_{\mathrm{pair}}^2n/(16\beta^2)}, P ( A n c ) ≤ ( c 0 − a 0 ) 2 C ϑ n 2 ρ n 6 n 7/15 + ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − ( 1 − κ ) g S n ρ n 4 + 2 e − c sep 2 E 4 n ρ n 4 / ( 36 β 2 ) ) + 2∣ B ∣ ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c fix 2 n η n 4 / ( 36 β 2 ) + 2 ( n + 1 ) e − c pair 2 n / ( 16 β 2 ) ,
which is (181) . The first term tends to zero by (S2), and the others by (S3) and (S4), since ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ n 4 = exp { 3 log ( n + 1 ) − c n ρ n 4 } (n+1)^3e^{-cn\rho_n^4}=\exp\{3\log(n+1)-cn\rho_n^4\} ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ n 4 = exp { 3 log ( n + 1 ) − c n ρ n 4 } , and similarly for η n \eta_n η n .
Step 5: Gibbs probabilities on A n \mathcal{A}_n A n . Fix J ∈ A n J\in\mathcal{A}_n J ∈ A n . By (A1), Z n ℓ ≥ exp { ℓ n ( P β − c 0 ρ n 3 ) } Z_n^\ell\ge\exp\{\ell n(P_\beta-c_0\rho_n^3)\} Z n ℓ ≥ exp { ℓ n ( P β − c 0 ρ n 3 )} . The ratio Z ℓ , n ( D ) / Z n ℓ Z_{\ell,n}(D)/Z_n^\ell Z ℓ , n ( D ) / Z n ℓ is the Gibbs probability of { R = D } \{R=D\} { R = D } . For D ∈ D n l o c ∪ D n s e p D\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{loc}}_n\cup\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{sep}}_n D ∈ D n loc ∪ D n sep , (A2) gives
Z 3 , n ( D ) Z n 3 ≤ e − n ( κ g − 3 c 0 ) ρ n 3 , \frac{Z_{3,n}(D)}{Z_n^3}\le e^{-n(\kappa g-3c_0)\rho_n^3}, Z n 3 Z 3 , n ( D ) ≤ e − n ( κ g − 3 c 0 ) ρ n 3 ,
and the coefficient κ g − 3 c 0 \kappa g-3c_0 κ g − 3 c 0 is positive by (180) . For D ∈ D n f i x D\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{fix}}_n D ∈ D n fix and D ∈ D n p a i r D\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{pair}}_n D ∈ D n pair , (A3), (A4) and the choice of n 0 n_0 n 0 give, respectively,
Z 3 , n ( D ) Z n 3 ≤ e − n ( c f i x η n 2 / 2 − 3 c 0 ρ n 3 ) ≤ e − c f i x n η n 2 / 4 , Z 2 , n ( D ) Z n 2 ≤ e − n ( c p a i r / 2 − 2 c 0 ρ n 3 ) ≤ e − c p a i r n / 4 . \frac{Z_{3,n}(D)}{Z_n^3}\le e^{-n(c_{\mathrm{fix}}\eta_n^2/2-3c_0\rho_n^3)}\le e^{-c_{\mathrm{fix}}n\eta_n^2/4},\qquad
\frac{Z_{2,n}(D)}{Z_n^2}\le e^{-n(c_{\mathrm{pair}}/2-2c_0\rho_n^3)}\le e^{-c_{\mathrm{pair}}n/4}. Z n 3 Z 3 , n ( D ) ≤ e − n ( c fix η n 2 /2 − 3 c 0 ρ n 3 ) ≤ e − c fix n η n 2 /4 , Z n 2 Z 2 , n ( D ) ≤ e − n ( c pair /2 − 2 c 0 ρ n 3 ) ≤ e − c pair n /4 .
Summing over the families gives the first three bounds of (182) , with c = min { κ g − 3 c 0 , 1 4 c f i x , 1 4 c p a i r } c=\min\{\kappa g-3c_0,\frac14c_{\mathrm{fix}},\frac14c_{\mathrm{pair}}\} c = min { κ g − 3 c 0 , 4 1 c fix , 4 1 c pair } and C = ∣ B ∣ C=|\mathcal{B}| C = ∣ B ∣ . An event that depends only on ( x , y ) (x,y) ( x , y ) has the same probability under ( π J ) ⊗ 3 (\pi^J)^{\otimes3} ( π J ) ⊗ 3 as under ( π J ) ⊗ 2 (\pi^J)^{\otimes2} ( π J ) ⊗ 2 , which is the last assertion of the lemma. By
Lemma 9.6, N n \mathcal{N}_n N n is contained in the union of { R ∈ D n l o c ∪ D n s e p } \{R \in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{loc}}_n \cup\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{sep}}_n\} { R ∈ D n loc ∪ D n sep } and the set of triples with ( x , y ) ∈ P n (x,y) \in\mathcal{P}_n ( x , y ) ∈ P n , so
( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( N n ) ≤ ( n + 1 ) 3 e − n ( ϰ g − 3 c 0 ) ρ n 3 + ( n + 1 ) e − c p a i r n / 4 , (\pi^J)^{\otimes3}(\mathcal{N}_n) \le(n+1)^3 e^{-n(\varkappa_g-3c_0)\rho_n^3} + (n+1)e^{-c_{\mathrm{pair}}n/4}, ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( N n ) ≤ ( n + 1 ) 3 e − n ( ϰ g − 3 c 0 ) ρ n 3 + ( n + 1 ) e − c pair n /4 ,
and similarly ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( W n ) ≤ ∣ B ∣ ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c f i x n η n 2 / 4 + ( n + 1 ) e − c p a i r n / 4 (\pi^J)^{\otimes3}(\mathcal{W}_n) \le|\mathcal{B}|(n+1)^3e^{-c_{\mathrm{fix}}n\eta_n^2/4}+(n+1)e^{-c_{\mathrm{pair}}n/4} ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( W n ) ≤ ∣ B ∣ ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c fix n η n 2 /4 + ( n + 1 ) e − c pair n /4 . We may assume η n ≤ 1 \eta_n \le1 η n ≤ 1 , since otherwise D n f i x \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{fix}}_n D n fix and W n \mathcal{W}_n W n are empty. As also ρ n ≤ 1 \rho_n \le1 ρ n ≤ 1 , the term e − c p a i r n / 4 e^{-c_{\mathrm{pair}}n/4} e − c pair n /4 is at most e − c p a i r n ρ n 3 / 4 e^{-c_{\mathrm{pair}}n\rho_n^3/4} e − c pair n ρ n 3 /4 and at most e − c p a i r n η n 2 / 4 e^{-c_{\mathrm{pair}}n\eta_n^2/4} e − c pair n η n 2 /4 . We obtain the last two bounds of (182) with C = ∣ B ∣ + 1 C=|\mathcal{B}|+1 C = ∣ B ∣ + 1 . The statements for the images under D 3 \mathcal{D}_3 D 3 and D 2 \mathcal{D}_2 D 2 follow from (162) .
The dynamical argument needs in addition the conditions (11.1): η n / ρ n → E ′ \eta_n/\rho_n \to E' η n / ρ n → E ′ for a fixed E ′ ∈ [ 0 , E / 10 ] E' \in[0,E/10] E ′ ∈ [ 0 , E /10 ] , and n − 1 = o ( ε n ) n^{-1} = o(\varepsilon_n) n − 1 = o ( ε n ) . In part (b) we have E ′ = 0 E' = 0 E ′ = 0 , since η n / ε n = ( E R ) − 1 n λ − ξ \eta_n/\varepsilon_n = (ER)^{-1}n^{\lambda-\xi} η n / ε n = ( E R ) − 1 n λ − ξ and λ < ξ \lambda< \xi λ < ξ ; in part (a), this ratio is ( E R ) − 1 n − 1 / 210 (ER)^{-1}n^{-1/210} ( E R ) − 1 n − 1/210 . Also 1 / ( n ε n ) = ( E R ) − 1 n λ − 1 → 0 1/(n\varepsilon_n) = (ER)^{-1}n^{\lambda-1} \to0 1/ ( n ε n ) = ( E R ) − 1 n λ − 1 → 0 . The conditions (S1)–(S3) do not involve η n \eta_n η n . For η n = ρ n / 1000 \eta_n = \rho_n/1000 η n = ρ n /1000 , as in Section 12.7, where E ′ = 1 / 1000 = E / 10 E' = 1/1000 = E/10 E ′ = 1/1000 = E /10 because E = 1 / 100 E = 1/100 E = 1/100 , conditions (S4) and (S5) follow from (S3) and ρ n → 0 \rho_n \to0 ρ n → 0 , since n η n 4 = 10 − 12 n ρ n 4 n\eta_n^4 = 10^{-12}n\rho_n^4 n η n 4 = 1 0 − 12 n ρ n 4 and ρ n 3 / η n 2 = 10 6 ρ n \rho_n^3/\eta_n^2 = 10^6\rho_n ρ n 3 / η n 2 = 1 0 6 ρ n . The variance input n 7 / 15 n^{7/15} n 7/15 of Theorem 4.10 and the profile cost s 5 s^5 s 5 of Lemma 8.5 do not depend on the choice of the scales, and s n 5 / ρ n 3 = S 5 R 2 n − 2 λ s_n^5/\rho_n^3 = S^5R^2n^{-2\lambda} s n 5 / ρ n 3 = S 5 R 2 n − 2 λ . Within this argument the exponent λ \lambda λ is limited both by one third of the exponent in the upper bound on the mean bias and by 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 , the latter through (S3).
Remark 9.9 (How the estimate is used). The later sections use Lemma 9.7 in the following form. If a bad event at a fixed disorder is a union of at most K n K_n K n events, each contained in one of the sets of (9.21), in one of their images under D 3 \mathcal{D}_3 D 3 , or in a lift of P n \mathcal{P}_n P n or of one of its images to more configurations, then its probability under the joint law of the disorder and the Gibbs samples is at most
P ( A n c ) + K n sup J ∈ A n { ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( N n ) + ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( W n ) + ( π J ) ⊗ 2 ( P n ) } \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}_n^c) + K_n \sup_{J \in\mathcal{A}_n} \left\{(\pi^J)^{\otimes3}(\mathcal{N}_n) + (\pi^J)^{\otimes3}(\mathcal{W}_n) + (\pi^J)^{\otimes2}(\mathcal{P}_n)\right\} P ( A n c ) + K n J ∈ A n sup { ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( N n ) + ( π J ) ⊗ 3 ( W n ) + ( π J ) ⊗ 2 ( P n ) }
up to a fixed factor for the orientations. The count K n K_n K n multiplies only the Gibbs probabilities. For example, with K n = e C L n K_n = e^{CL_n} K n = e C L n and L n = A n 7 / 30 L_n = An^{7/30} L n = A n 7/30 , we have K n ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c R 3 n 3 / 10 → 0 K_n(n+1)^3e^{-cR^3n^{3/10}} \to0 K n ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c R 3 n 3/10 → 0 for every fixed A A A and C C C . No such count may be applied to the disorder probability P ( A n c ) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}_n^c) P ( A n c ) , for which this section gives only the bound O ( n − 2 / 15 ) O(n^{-2/15}) O ( n − 2/15 ) at the scales of Remark 9.8(a). In Section 10, A n \mathcal{A}_n A n is intersected with the disorder event of Lemma 10.1; the intersection has probability tending to one by a union bound, and no independence between the two events is needed.
Part III
Dynamics: proof of the lower bound
Overlap neighborhoods and reference configurations
This section collects the probabilistic input of the dynamical argument in Sections 11 and 12. It has three parts. In § 8.1.1 , we prove Lemma 10.1, the overlap-neighborhood mass bound. It states that outside an event of vanishing disorder probability, for every set S ⊆ Σ n S \subseteq\Sigma_n S ⊆ Σ n , every x ∈ S x \in S x ∈ S outside a set of Gibbs mass less than e − D 1 L n e^{-D_1 L_n} e − D 1 L n has the property that the configurations z ∈ S z \in S z ∈ S with ∣ R ( x , z ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ \lvert R(x,z)\rvert\ge q_* ∣ R ( x , z )∣ ≥ q ∗ carry Gibbs mass at least e − D 3 L n e^{-D_3 L_n} e − D 3 L n ; here D 1 > 0 D_1 > 0 D 1 > 0 is arbitrary, and D 3 D_3 D 3 depends only on β \beta β and D 1 D_1 D 1 . This is the argument of [77, Proposition 6.1], carried out at every diverging sublinear scale L n L_n L n . In § 8.1.2 , we fix the parameters of the dynamical argument and the order in which they are chosen (Table 10.1 ). We then define the set B n B_n B n of exceptional triples as an explicit union and deduce from Lemma 9.7 that π ⊗ 3 ( B n ) \pi^{\otimes3}(B_n) π ⊗ 3 ( B n ) is small on one disorder event (Lemma 10.2). In § 8.3.1 , we combine these two inputs. At each disorder in an event of probability tending to one, we fix one family of Gibbs reference configurations and one set V V V of small Gibbs mass such that the four properties used in Section 11 hold along every path that avoids V V V (Lemma 10.4).
The section uses Lemma 9.7 and the pressure estimate {(xref}(9.3)} from § 6.8 , the scalar constant of {(xref}(5.20)} from Section 5, the band of {(xref}(7.37)} from Section 7, and the imported results Propositions 4.21, 4.27, and 4.28. Lemma 10.4 is the only point at which the static estimates of Part II enter the induction of Section 11; its bound on π ( V ) \pi(V) π ( V ) enters the stationary sign test of Section 12. Although Theorem 1.1 uses only the scale exponent 7 / 30 7/30 7/30 , we state the construction for general exponents, because this shows which conditions on the scales each step uses (see Table 12.2).
Throughout this section, β > 1 \beta> 1 β > 1 is fixed, and we write π = π J \pi= \pi^J π = π J . For a vector J ˉ = ( J ˉ i j ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n \bar{J} = (\bar{J}_{ij})_{1 \le i < j \le n} J ˉ = ( J ˉ ij ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n of real numbers, we write H n J ˉ H_n^{\bar{J}} H n J ˉ and Z n J ˉ Z_n^{\bar{J}} Z n J ˉ for the Hamiltonian and the partition function in which J J J is replaced by J ˉ \bar{J} J ˉ . For k ≥ 1 k \ge1 k ≥ 1 and a set U ⊆ Σ n k \mathcal{U} \subseteq\Sigma_n^k U ⊆ Σ n k , π ⊗ k ( U ) \pi^{\otimes k}(\mathcal{U}) π ⊗ k ( U ) is the probability, at fixed disorder, that k k k independent samples from π \pi π form a k k k -tuple in U \mathcal{U} U ; we also write π ⊗ 2 ( ∣ R ∣ ≥ q ) \pi^{\otimes2}(\lvert R\rvert\ge q) π ⊗ 2 (∣ R ∣ ≥ q ) for π ⊗ 2 ( { ( x , y ) : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q } ) \pi^{\otimes2}(\{(x,y):\lvert R(x,y)\rvert\ge q\}) π ⊗ 2 ({( x , y ) : ∣ R ( x , y )∣ ≥ q }) . The Gibbs measure is invariant under the spin flip x ↦ − x x \mapsto-x x ↦ − x , because H n J ( − x ) = H n J ( x ) H_n^J(-x) = H_n^J(x) H n J ( − x ) = H n J ( x ) , and π ⊗ k \pi^{\otimes k} π ⊗ k is invariant under independently reversing whole replicas and under permutations of the replicas. All constants depend on β \beta β and on the fixed parameters listed in Table 10.1 , and never on n n n or on the disorder.
Overlap neighborhoods at sublinear scales
The bound below was proved in [77, Proposition 6.1] at the scale L n = n 1 / 10000 L_n = n^{1/10000} L n = n 1/10000 used there; this is Proposition 4.29 . Its proof uses the scale only through the conditions L n → ∞ L_n \to\infty L n → ∞ and L n = o ( n ) L_n = o(n) L n = o ( n ) . Our time scale is different, and the constants of the bound enter the construction of § 8.3.1 . For these reasons we state the extension and write out the proof. The ingredients are those of [77]: the upper tail of the energy of a Gibbs sample (Proposition 4.27 , whose proof in [77, Lemma 5.1] uses the Brascamp–Lieb inequality [30] in the form of [77, Lemma 2.1]), the disorder rotation estimate (Proposition 4.28 ; [77, Lemma 5.2]), Gaussian concentration for Lipschitz functions (Proposition 4.21 ; [77, Lemma 2.1]), and the Paley–Zygmund inequality.
Lemma 10.1 (Overlap-neighborhood mass bound at sublinear scales). There exists q ∗ = q ∗ ( β ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q_* = q_*(\beta) \in(0,1) q ∗ = q ∗ ( β ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) with the following property. Let ( L n ) (L_n) ( L n ) be a deterministic sequence of positive numbers with L n → ∞ L_n \to\infty L n → ∞ and L n / n → 0 L_n/n \to0 L n / n → 0 , and let D 1 > 0 D_1 > 0 D 1 > 0 . Then there exist D 3 > 0 D_3 > 0 D 3 > 0 and D 4 > 0 D_4 > 0 D 4 > 0 , depending only on β \beta β and D 1 D_1 D 1 , and disorder events C n ( D 1 ) C_n(D_1) C n ( D 1 ) such that P ( C n ( D 1 ) c ) ≤ 3 e − D 4 L n \mathbb{P}(C_n(D_1)^c) \le3e^{-D_4L_n} P ( C n ( D 1 ) c ) ≤ 3 e − D 4 L n for all sufficiently large n n n , and such that on C n ( D 1 ) C_n(D_1) C n ( D 1 ) ,
π ( { x ∈ S : π ( { z ∈ S : ∣ R ( x , z ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ } ) < e − D 3 L n } ) < e − D 1 L n for every S ⊆ Σ n . (185) \pi\left(\left\{x \in S : \pi\left(\left\{z \in S : \lvert R(x,z)\rvert\ge q_*\right\}\right) < e^{-D_3L_n}\right\}\right) < e^{-D_1L_n}
\quad\text{for every } S \subseteq\Sigma_n. \tag*{(185)} π ( { x ∈ S : π ( { z ∈ S : ∣ R ( x , z )∣ ≥ q ∗ } ) < e − D 3 L n } ) < e − D 1 L n for every S ⊆ Σ n . (185)
Both masses in (10.1) are masses under π \pi π itself, not under π \pi π conditioned on S S S . The inner mass is the probability that a single Gibbs sample lands in the overlap neighborhood { z ∈ S : ∣ R ( x , z ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ } \{z \in S : \lvert R(x,z)\rvert\ge q_*\} { z ∈ S : ∣ R ( x , z )∣ ≥ q ∗ } of x x x in S S S ; in § 8.3.1 it is the success probability of one reference sample. The overlap q ∗ q_* q ∗ is chosen before D 1 D_1 D 1 and before the sequence ( L n ) (L_n) ( L n ) , and D 3 D_3 D 3 and D 4 D_4 D 4 do not depend on the sequence either. Since L n → ∞ L_n \to\infty L n → ∞ , the lemma implies that P ( C n ( D 1 ) ) → 1 \mathbb{P}(C_n(D_1)) \to1 P ( C n ( D 1 )) → 1 . The event C n ( D 1 ) C_n(D_1) C n ( D 1 ) and the threshold beyond which the estimates below hold depend on ( L n ) (L_n) ( L n ) ; the lemma does not provide one event valid for all sequences at once. For L n = n 1 / 10000 L_n = n^{1/10000} L n = n 1/10000 , Lemma 10.1 contains Proposition 4.29 .
Proof. The proof has three steps. In the first, we show that outside an event of vanishing probability, every set of Gibbs mass at least e − D 1 L n e^{-D_1L_n} e − D 1 L n contains a fraction at least e − D 2 L n e^{-D_2L_n} e − D 2 L n of pairs with overlap at least q ∗ q_* q ∗ in absolute value. The idea, from [77, Section 6], is that if a set has few such pairs, then a second moment computation shows that a small rotation of the disorder increases the partition function restricted to this set by nearly its full Gaussian factor. In the second step, we show that this gain outweighs the loss caused by shrinking the original disorder, which the upper energy tail controls, and that the rotation estimate makes the resulting increase of log Z n J \log Z_n^J log Z n J unlikely. In the third step, we apply the pair bound to the set of exceptional targets itself.
Constants. By Proposition 4.27 , there exist e 1 ∈ ( 0 , β / 2 ) e_1 \in(0,\beta/2) e 1 ∈ ( 0 , β /2 ) and c E > 0 c_E > 0 c E > 0 such that the event
E n = { π ( { x : H n J ( x ) > n e 1 } ) ≤ e − c E n } \mathcal{E}_n = \left\{\pi\left(\left\{x : H_n^J(x) > ne_1\right\}\right) \le e^{-c_E n}\right\} E n = { π ( { x : H n J ( x ) > n e 1 } ) ≤ e − c E n }
satisfies P ( E n c ) ≤ e − c E n \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_n^c) \le e^{-c_E n} P ( E n c ) ≤ e − c E n for all sufficiently large n n n . We define
g 0 = β 2 4 − β e 1 2 , g_0 = \frac{\beta^2}{4} - \frac{\beta e_1}{2}, g 0 = 4 β 2 − 2 β e 1 ,
which is positive because e 1 < β / 2 e_1 < \beta/2 e 1 < β /2 . We fix q ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) q_* \in(0,1) q ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) with β 2 q ∗ < g 0 / 8 \beta^2q_* < g_0/8 β 2 q ∗ < g 0 /8 . These choices depend only on β \beta β . Given D 1 > 0 D_1 > 0 D 1 > 0 , we fix constants Λ \Lambda Λ , D 2 D_2 D 2 , and D 3 D_3 D 3 such that
Λ > 8 ( D 1 + 1 ) g 0 , D 2 > β 2 Λ 2 + 1 , D 3 > D 1 + D 2 . (186) \Lambda> \frac{8(D_1+1)}{g_0}, \qquad D_2 > \frac{\beta^2\Lambda}{2}+1, \qquad D_3 > D_1+D_2. \tag*{(186)} Λ > g 0 8 ( D 1 + 1 ) , D 2 > 2 β 2 Λ + 1 , D 3 > D 1 + D 2 . (186)
They depend only on β \beta β and D 1 D_1 D 1 . Now let ( L n ) (L_n) ( L n ) be as in the statement, write L = L n L=L_n L = L n , and let
ω = ω n = Λ L n n . \omega=\omega_n=\frac{\Lambda L_n}{n}. ω = ω n = n Λ L n .
Then ω n → 0 \omega_n \to0 ω n → 0 and n ω n = Λ L n → ∞ n\omega_n=\Lambda L_n \to\infty n ω n = Λ L n → ∞ . We have 0 < ω < 1 / 2 0<\omega<1/2 0 < ω < 1/2 for all sufficiently large n n n ; we assume this from now on.
Step 1: pairs with large overlap in every large set. Let V n \mathcal{V}_n V n be the event that some S ⊆ Σ n S \subseteq\Sigma_n S ⊆ Σ n satisfies
π ( S ) ≥ e − D 1 L and π ( ⋅ ∣ S ) ⊗ 2 ( ∣ R ∣ ≥ q ∗ ) < e − D 2 L . (187) \pi(S) \ge e^{-D_1L}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\pi(\cdot\mid S)^{\otimes2}(|R|\ge q_*)<e^{-D_2L}. \tag*{(187)} π ( S ) ≥ e − D 1 L and π ( ⋅ ∣ S ) ⊗ 2 ( ∣ R ∣ ≥ q ∗ ) < e − D 2 L . (187)
This event is measurable, since it is a finite union of events, each defined by finitely many continuous functions of the disorder. Off V n \mathcal{V}_n V n , we have
π ( ⋅ ∣ S ) ⊗ 2 ( ∣ R ∣ ≥ q ∗ ) ≥ e − D 2 L \pi(\cdot\mid S)^{\otimes2}(|R|\ge q_*)\ge e^{-D_2L} π ( ⋅ ∣ S ) ⊗ 2 ( ∣ R ∣ ≥ q ∗ ) ≥ e − D 2 L
for every S ⊆ Σ n S\subseteq\Sigma_n S ⊆ Σ n with π ( S ) ≥ e − D 1 L \pi(S)\ge e^{-D_1L} π ( S ) ≥ e − D 1 L . {#eq:10.4}
We will show that P ( V n ) → 0 \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{V}_n)\to0 P ( V n ) → 0 .
Fix J ∈ E n ∩ V n J\in\mathcal{E}_n\cap\mathcal{V}_n J ∈ E n ∩ V n and a set S S S satisfying (187) . We first remove the configurations of high energy from S S S . Let
S ′ = S ∩ { x : H n J ( x ) ≤ n e 1 } . S'=S\cap\{x:H_n^J(x)\le ne_1\}. S ′ = S ∩ { x : H n J ( x ) ≤ n e 1 } .
For large n n n , we have e − c E n ≤ e − D 1 L / 2 ≤ π ( S ) / 2 e^{-c_E n}\le e^{-D_1L}/2\le\pi(S)/2 e − c E n ≤ e − D 1 L /2 ≤ π ( S ) /2 , because D 1 L = o ( n ) D_1L=o(n) D 1 L = o ( n ) . This implies that
π ( S ′ ) ≥ π ( S ) − π ( { x : H n J ( x ) > n e 1 } ) ≥ π ( S ) / 2. \pi(S')\ge\pi(S)-\pi(\{x:H_n^J(x)>ne_1\})\ge\pi(S)/2. π ( S ′ ) ≥ π ( S ) − π ({ x : H n J ( x ) > n e 1 }) ≥ π ( S ) /2.
Restricting the pairs to S ′ × S ′ S'\times S' S ′ × S ′ and dividing by π ( S ′ ) 2 \pi(S')^2 π ( S ′ ) 2 instead of π ( S ) 2 \pi(S)^2 π ( S ) 2 , we find
π ( ⋅ ∣ S ′ ) ⊗ 2 ( ∣ R ∣ ≥ q ∗ ) ≤ ( π ( S ) π ( S ′ ) ) 2 π ( ⋅ ∣ S ) ⊗ 2 ( ∣ R ∣ ≥ q ∗ ) < 4 e − D 2 L . (188) \pi(\cdot\mid S')^{\otimes2}(|R|\ge q_*)\le\left(\frac{\pi(S)}{\pi(S')}\right)^2\pi(\cdot\mid S)^{\otimes2}(|R|\ge q_*)<4e^{-D_2L}. \tag*{(188)} π ( ⋅ ∣ S ′ ) ⊗ 2 ( ∣ R ∣ ≥ q ∗ ) ≤ ( π ( S ′ ) π ( S ) ) 2 π ( ⋅ ∣ S ) ⊗ 2 ( ∣ R ∣ ≥ q ∗ ) < 4 e − D 2 L . (188)
Let J ~ = ( J ~ i j ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n \widetilde{J}=(\widetilde{J}_{ij})_{1\le i<j\le n} J = ( J ij ) 1 ≤ i < j ≤ n be a standard Gaussian vector independent of J J J , and define
W = ∑ x ∈ S ′ π ( x ∣ S ′ ) e β ω H n J ( x ) , J ′ = 1 − ω J + ω J ~ . W=\sum_{x\in S'}\pi(x\mid S')e^{\beta\sqrt{\omega}H_n^J(x)},\qquad
J'=\sqrt{1-\omega}\,J+\sqrt{\omega}\,\widetilde{J}. W = x ∈ S ′ ∑ π ( x ∣ S ′ ) e β ω H n J ( x ) , J ′ = 1 − ω J + ω J .
We write P J ~ \mathbb{P}_{\widetilde{J}} P J and E J ~ \mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}} E J for probability and expectation over J ~ \widetilde{J} J with J J J fixed. Recall from (25) that E H n J ~ ( x ) H n J ~ ( y ) = ( n R ( x , y ) 2 − 1 ) / 2 \mathbb{E}H_n^{\widetilde{J}}(x)H_n^{\widetilde{J}}(y)=(nR(x,y)^2-1)/2 E H n J ( x ) H n J ( y ) = ( n R ( x , y ) 2 − 1 ) /2 . Using E e X = e E X 2 / 2 \mathbb{E}e^X=e^{\mathbb{E}X^2/2} E e X = e E X 2 /2 for a centered Gaussian variable X X X , we find
E J ~ W = e β 2 ω ( n − 1 ) / 4 , E J ~ W 2 ( E J ~ W ) 2 = ∑ x , y ∈ S ′ π ( x ∣ S ′ ) π ( y ∣ S ′ ) exp { β 2 ω 2 ( n R ( x , y ) 2 − 1 ) } . \mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W=e^{\beta^2\omega(n-1)/4},\qquad\frac{\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W^2}{(\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W)^2}=\sum_{x,y\in S'}\pi(x\mid S')\pi(y\mid S')\exp\left\{\frac{\beta^2\omega}{2}\left(nR(x,y)^2-1\right)\right\}. E J W = e β 2 ω ( n − 1 ) /4 , ( E J W ) 2 E J W 2 = x , y ∈ S ′ ∑ π ( x ∣ S ′ ) π ( y ∣ S ′ ) exp { 2 β 2 ω ( n R ( x , y ) 2 − 1 ) } .
We split the last sum according to whether ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ < q ∗ |R(x,y)|<q_* ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ < q ∗ . On the first part, the exponent is at most
Θ = β 2 n ω q ∗ 2 2 . \Theta=\frac{\beta^2n\omega q_*^2}{2}. Θ = 2 β 2 nω q ∗ 2 .
On the second part, the exponent is at most β 2 n ω / 2 = β 2 Λ L / 2 \beta^2n\omega/2=\beta^2\Lambda L/2 β 2 nω /2 = β 2 Λ L /2 , and we use (188) . Since D 2 > β 2 Λ / 2 + 1 D_2>\beta^2\Lambda/2+1 D 2 > β 2 Λ/2 + 1 , this gives
E J ~ W 2 ( E J ~ W ) 2 ≤ e Θ + 4 e ( β 2 Λ / 2 − D 2 ) L ≤ e Θ + 4 e − L ≤ 2 e Θ \frac{\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W^2}{(\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W)^2}\le e^\Theta+4e^{(\beta^2\Lambda/2-D_2)L}\le e^\Theta+4e^{-L}\le2e^\Theta ( E J W ) 2 E J W 2 ≤ e Θ + 4 e ( β 2 Λ/2 − D 2 ) L ≤ e Θ + 4 e − L ≤ 2 e Θ
once L ≥ log 4 L\ge\log4 L ≥ log 4 . The Paley–Zygmund inequality P ( W ≥ E W / 2 ) ≥ ( E W ) 2 / ( 4 E W 2 ) \mathbb{P}(W\ge\mathbb{E}W/2)\ge(\mathbb{E}W)^2/(4\mathbb{E}W^2) P ( W ≥ E W /2 ) ≥ ( E W ) 2 / ( 4 E W 2 ) , valid for every nonnegative random variable W W W with finite second moment, then implies that
P J ~ ( W ≥ E J ~ W 2 ) ≥ e − Θ 8 . (189) \mathbb{P}_{\widetilde{J}}\left(W\ge\frac{\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W}{2}\right)\ge\frac{e^{-\Theta}}{8}. \tag*{(189)} P J ( W ≥ 2 E J W ) ≥ 8 e − Θ . (189)
Next, we raise this probability to 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 at the cost of a lower threshold. Let f ( J ~ ) = log W f(\widetilde{J})=\log W f ( J ) = log W . Differentiating the finite sum defining W W W , we have
∂ f ∂ J ~ i j = β W ω n ∑ x ∈ S ′ π ( x ∣ S ′ ) e β ω H n J ~ ( x ) x i x j . \frac{\partial f}{\partial\widetilde{J}_{ij}}=\frac{\beta}{W}\sqrt{\frac{\omega}{n}}\sum_{x\in S'}\pi(x\mid S')e^{\beta\sqrt{\omega}H_n^{\widetilde{J}}(x)}x_ix_j. ∂ J ij ∂ f = W β n ω x ∈ S ′ ∑ π ( x ∣ S ′ ) e β ω H n J ( x ) x i x j .
The right side is β ω / n \beta\sqrt{\omega/n} β ω / n times an average of the numbers x i x j ∈ { − 1 , 1 } x_ix_j\in\{-1,1\} x i x j ∈ { − 1 , 1 } , so each coordinate of ∇ f \nabla f ∇ f is at most β ω / n \beta\sqrt{\omega/n} β ω / n in absolute value. Summing over the n ( n − 1 ) / 2 n(n-1)/2 n ( n − 1 ) /2 coordinates, we find ∣ ∇ f ∣ 2 ≤ β 2 ω ( n − 1 ) / 2 = σ W 2 |\nabla f|^2\le\beta^2\omega(n-1)/2=\sigma_W^2 ∣∇ f ∣ 2 ≤ β 2 ω ( n − 1 ) /2 = σ W 2 ; in particular, f f f is σ W \sigma_W σ W -Lipschitz. Let f ˉ = E J ~ f \bar{f}=\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}f f ˉ = E J f . By the second bound in (4.19) (Proposition 4.21), we have E J ~ exp { θ ( f − f ˉ ) } ≤ e θ 2 σ W 2 / 2 \mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}\exp\{\theta(f-\bar{f})\}\le e^{\theta^2\sigma_W^2/2} E J exp { θ ( f − f ˉ )} ≤ e θ 2 σ W 2 /2 for every θ ∈ R \theta\in\mathbb{R} θ ∈ R . The exponential Markov inequality then implies the two one-sided bounds
P J ~ ( f − f ˉ ≥ a ) ≤ e − a 2 / ( 2 σ W 2 ) , P J ~ ( f − f ˉ ≤ − a ) ≤ e − a 2 / ( 2 σ W 2 ) ( a ≥ 0 ) . (190) \mathbb{P}_{\widetilde{J}}(f-\bar{f}\ge a)\le e^{-a^2/(2\sigma_W^2)},\qquad\mathbb{P}_{\widetilde{J}}(f-\bar{f}\le-a)\le e^{-a^2/(2\sigma_W^2)}\qquad(a\ge0). \tag*{(190)} P J ( f − f ˉ ≥ a ) ≤ e − a 2 / ( 2 σ W 2 ) , P J ( f − f ˉ ≤ − a ) ≤ e − a 2 / ( 2 σ W 2 ) ( a ≥ 0 ) . (190)
Note that W ≥ E J ~ W / 2 W\ge\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W/2 W ≥ E J W /2 if and only if f ≥ log ( E J ~ W / 2 ) f\ge\log(\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W/2) f ≥ log ( E J W /2 ) . If log ( E J ~ W / 2 ) > f ˉ \log(\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W/2)>\bar{f} log ( E J W /2 ) > f ˉ , then (189) and the first bound in (190) with a = log ( E J ~ W / 2 ) − f ˉ a=\log(\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W/2)-\bar{f} a = log ( E J W /2 ) − f ˉ give
e − Θ 8 ≤ P J ~ ( f ≥ log ( E J ~ W / 2 ) ) ≤ exp { − ( log ( E J ~ W / 2 ) − f ˉ ) 2 2 σ W 2 } . \frac{e^{-\Theta}}{8}\le\mathbb{P}_{\widetilde{J}}\left(f\ge\log(\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W/2)\right)\le\exp\left\{-\frac{\left(\log(\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W/2)-\bar{f}\right)^2}{2\sigma_W^2}\right\}. 8 e − Θ ≤ P J ( f ≥ log ( E J W /2 ) ) ≤ exp { − 2 σ W 2 ( log ( E J W /2 ) − f ˉ ) 2 } .
so that f ˉ ≥ log ( E J ~ W / 2 ) − σ W 2 ( Θ + log 8 ) \bar{f} \ge\log(\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W/2)-\sigma_W\sqrt{2(\Theta+\log8)} f ˉ ≥ log ( E J W /2 ) − σ W 2 ( Θ + log 8 ) . This lower bound for f ˉ \bar{f} f ˉ also holds if log ( E J ~ W / 2 ) ≤ f ˉ \log(\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W/2)\le\bar{f} log ( E J W /2 ) ≤ f ˉ . The second bound in (10.7) with a = σ W 2 log 2 a=\sigma_W\sqrt{2\log2} a = σ W 2 log 2 then implies that
P J ~ ( f > log ( E J ~ W / 2 ) − σ W 2 ( Θ + log 8 ) − σ W 2 log 2 ) ≥ 1 2 . \mathbb{P}_{\widetilde{J}}\left(f>\log(\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W/2)-\sigma_W\sqrt{2(\Theta+\log8)}-\sigma_W\sqrt{2\log2}\right)\ge\frac{1}{2}. P J ( f > log ( E J W /2 ) − σ W 2 ( Θ + log 8 ) − σ W 2 log 2 ) ≥ 2 1 .
We estimate the loss in the threshold using σ W 2 ≤ β 2 n ω / 2 \sigma_W^2\le\beta^2n\omega/2 σ W 2 ≤ β 2 nω /2 , u + v ≤ u + v \sqrt{u+v}\le\sqrt{u}+\sqrt{v} u + v ≤ u + v , and log 8 + log 2 = ( 1 + 3 ) log 2 < 3 \sqrt{\log8}+\sqrt{\log2}=(1+\sqrt{3})\sqrt{\log2}<3 log 8 + log 2 = ( 1 + 3 ) log 2 < 3 :
σ W 2 Θ + σ W ( 2 log 8 + 2 log 2 ) ≤ β 2 n ω q ∗ 2 + 3 β n ω . \sigma_W\sqrt{2\Theta}+\sigma_W\left(\sqrt{2\log8}+\sqrt{2\log2}\right)\le\frac{\beta^2n\omega q_*}{\sqrt{2}}+3\beta\sqrt{n\omega}. σ W 2Θ + σ W ( 2 log 8 + 2 log 2 ) ≤ 2 β 2 nω q ∗ + 3 β nω .
Recalling that log ( E J ~ W / 2 ) = β 2 ω ( n − 1 ) / 4 − log 2 \log(\mathbb{E}_{\widetilde{J}}W/2)=\beta^2\omega(n-1)/4-\log2 log ( E J W /2 ) = β 2 ω ( n − 1 ) /4 − log 2 , we conclude that, with conditional probability at least 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 ,
log W ≥ β 2 ω ( n − 1 ) 4 − β 2 n ω q ∗ − 3 β n ω − log 2. (191) \log W\ge\frac{\beta^2\omega(n-1)}{4}-\beta^2n\omega q_*-3\beta\sqrt{n\omega}-\log2. \tag*{(191)} log W ≥ 4 β 2 ω ( n − 1 ) − β 2 nω q ∗ − 3 β nω − log 2. (191)
The constants in (10.8), and the threshold for n n n beyond which it holds, do not depend on J J J or S S S .
Step 2: comparison with the rotation estimate. By the linearity of H n J H_n^J H n J in J J J , we have
H n J ′ = 1 − ω H n J + ω H n J ~ . H_n^{J'}=\sqrt{1-\omega}\,H_n^J+\sqrt{\omega}\,H_n^{\widetilde{J}}. H n J ′ = 1 − ω H n J + ω H n J .
Because 1 − 1 − ω > 0 1-\sqrt{1-\omega}>0 1 − 1 − ω > 0 and H n J ≤ n e 1 H_n^J\le ne_1 H n J ≤ n e 1 on S ′ S' S ′ , we have
Z n J ′ Z n J = π ( exp { − β ( 1 − 1 − ω ) H n J + β ω H n J ~ } ) ≥ π ( S ′ ) e − β ( 1 − 1 − ω ) n e 1 W . \frac{Z_n^{J'}}{Z_n^J}=\pi\left(\exp\left\{-\beta(1-\sqrt{1-\omega})H_n^J+\beta\sqrt{\omega}H_n^{\widetilde{J}}\right\}\right)\ge\pi(S')e^{-\beta(1-\sqrt{1-\omega})ne_1}W. Z n J Z n J ′ = π ( exp { − β ( 1 − 1 − ω ) H n J + β ω H n J } ) ≥ π ( S ′ ) e − β ( 1 − 1 − ω ) n e 1 W .
For 0 ≤ ω ≤ 1 0\le\omega\le1 0 ≤ ω ≤ 1 , we have 1 − 1 − ω = ω / ( 1 + 1 − ω ) ≤ ω / ( 2 − ω ) ≤ ω / 2 + ω 2 / 2 1-\sqrt{1-\omega}=\omega/(1+\sqrt{1-\omega})\le\omega/(2-\omega)\le\omega/2+\omega^2/2 1 − 1 − ω = ω / ( 1 + 1 − ω ) ≤ ω / ( 2 − ω ) ≤ ω /2 + ω 2 /2 ; the last inequality is equivalent to ω ( 1 − ω ) ≥ 0 \omega(1-\omega)\ge0 ω ( 1 − ω ) ≥ 0 . We take logarithms and insert π ( S ′ ) ≥ e − D 1 L / 2 \pi(S')\ge e^{-D_1L/2} π ( S ′ ) ≥ e − D 1 L /2 , (10.8), and β 2 ω ( n − 1 ) / 4 ≥ β 2 n ω / 4 − β 2 / 8 \beta^2\omega(n-1)/4\ge\beta^2n\omega/4-\beta^2/8 β 2 ω ( n − 1 ) /4 ≥ β 2 nω /4 − β 2 /8 . Recalling that n ω = Λ L n\omega=\Lambda L nω = Λ L , we obtain, with conditional probability at least 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 ,
log Z n J ′ − log Z n J ≥ n ω ( β 2 4 − β e 1 2 − β 2 q ∗ ) − D 1 L − Err n = [ ( g 0 − β 2 q ∗ ) Λ − D 1 ] L − Err n . \log Z_n^{J'}-\log Z_n^J\ge n\omega\left(\frac{\beta^2}{4}-\frac{\beta e_1}{2}-\beta^2q_*\right)-D_1L-\operatorname{Err}_n=\left[(g_0-\beta^2q_*)\Lambda-D_1\right]L-\operatorname{Err}_n. log Z n J ′ − log Z n J ≥ nω ( 4 β 2 − 2 β e 1 − β 2 q ∗ ) − D 1 L − Err n = [ ( g 0 − β 2 q ∗ ) Λ − D 1 ] L − Err n .
where
Err n = β e 1 Λ 2 L 2 2 n + 3 β Λ L + β 2 8 + 2 log 2. \operatorname{Err}_n=\frac{\beta e_1\Lambda^2L^2}{2n}+3\beta\sqrt{\Lambda}L+\frac{\beta^2}{8}+2\log2. Err n = 2 n β e 1 Λ 2 L 2 + 3 β Λ L + 8 β 2 + 2 log 2.
By the choices of q ∗ q_* q ∗ and Λ \Lambda Λ , we have β 2 q ∗ < g 0 / 8 \beta^2q_*<g_0/8 β 2 q ∗ < g 0 /8 and D 1 < g 0 Λ / 8 − 1 D_1<g_0\Lambda/8-1 D 1 < g 0 Λ/8 − 1 , so that
( g 0 − β 2 q ∗ ) Λ − D 1 > 7 8 g 0 Λ − 1 8 g 0 Λ = 3 4 g 0 Λ . (g_0-\beta^2q_*)\Lambda-D_1>\frac{7}{8}g_0\Lambda-\frac{1}{8}g_0\Lambda=\frac{3}{4}g_0\Lambda. ( g 0 − β 2 q ∗ ) Λ − D 1 > 8 7 g 0 Λ − 8 1 g 0 Λ = 4 3 g 0 Λ.
Since L → ∞ L\to\infty L → ∞ and L / n → 0 L/n\to0 L / n → 0 , we have Err n = o ( L ) \operatorname{Err}_n=o(L) Err n = o ( L ) ; this is where the two conditions on the scale are used together. We have Err n ≤ g 0 Λ L / 4 \operatorname{Err}_n\le g_0\Lambda L/4 Err n ≤ g 0 Λ L /4 for large n n n , and then
P J ~ ( log Z n J ′ − log Z n J ≥ g 0 Λ L 2 ) ≥ 1 2 for every J ∈ E n ∩ V n . (192) \mathbb{P}_{\widetilde{J}}\left(\log Z_n^{J'}-\log Z_n^J\ge\frac{g_0\Lambda L}{2}\right)\ge\frac{1}{2}\qquad\text{for every }J\in\mathcal{E}_n\cap\mathcal{V}_n. \tag*{(192)} P J ( log Z n J ′ − log Z n J ≥ 2 g 0 Λ L ) ≥ 2 1 for every J ∈ E n ∩ V n . (192)
The threshold for n n n depends only on β \beta β , D 1 D_1 D 1 , and the sequence ( L n ) (L_n) ( L n ) .
Since the event in (192) does not involve S S S , we need no measurable choice of S S S as a function of J J J (in [77, Section 6], the first violating set in a fixed order of the subsets is chosen; either way works). By Fubini’s theorem, the left side of (192) is a measurable function of J J J . Integrating it over J J J , we obtain
1 2 P ( E n ∩ V n ) ≤ P J , J ~ ( log Z n J ~ − log Z n J ≥ g 0 Λ L 2 ) . \frac{1}{2}\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_n\cap\mathcal{V}_n)\leq\mathbb{P}_{J,\widetilde{J}}\left(\log Z_n^{\widetilde{J}}-\log Z_n^J\geq\frac{g_0\Lambda L}{2}\right). 2 1 P ( E n ∩ V n ) ≤ P J , J ( log Z n J − log Z n J ≥ 2 g 0 Λ L ) .
The right side is a probability under the joint law of ( J , J ~ ) (J,\widetilde{J}) ( J , J ) , which is the setting of Proposition 4.28. Since 0 < ω < 1 / 2 0<\omega<1/2 0 < ω < 1/2 , the last bound of Proposition 4.28, with t = ω t=\omega t = ω and u = g 0 Λ L / 2 = g 0 n ω / 2 u=g_0\Lambda L/2=g_0n\omega/2 u = g 0 Λ L /2 = g 0 nω /2 , bounds it by exp { − u 2 / ( 2 β 2 n ω ) } = exp { − g 0 2 Λ L / ( 8 β 2 ) } \exp\{-u^2/(2\beta^2n\omega)\}=\exp\{-g_0^2\Lambda L/(8\beta^2)\} exp { − u 2 / ( 2 β 2 nω )} = exp { − g 0 2 Λ L / ( 8 β 2 )} . We conclude that
P ( V n ) ≤ P ( E n c ) + P ( E n ∩ V n ) ≤ e − c E n + 2 exp { − g 0 2 Λ L 8 β 2 } ⟶ 0. \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{V}_n)\leq\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_n^c)+\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_n\cap\mathcal{V}_n)\leq e^{-c_{\mathcal{E}}n}+2\exp\left\{-\frac{g_0^2\Lambda L}{8\beta^2}\right\}\longrightarrow0. P ( V n ) ≤ P ( E n c ) + P ( E n ∩ V n ) ≤ e − c E n + 2 exp { − 8 β 2 g 0 2 Λ L } ⟶ 0.
This bound holds simultaneously for all subsets, without a union bound over them.
Step 3: from pairs to targets. Let C n ( D 1 ) = V n c C_n(D_1)=\mathcal{V}_n^c C n ( D 1 ) = V n c , fix J ∈ C n ( D 1 ) J\in C_n(D_1) J ∈ C n ( D 1 ) and S ⊆ Σ n S\subseteq\Sigma_n S ⊆ Σ n , and let U S U_S U S be the set of x ∈ S x\in S x ∈ S with π ( { z ∈ S : ∣ R ( x , z ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ } ) < e − D 3 L \pi(\{z\in S:|R(x,z)|\geq q_*\})<e^{-D_3L} π ({ z ∈ S : ∣ R ( x , z ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ }) < e − D 3 L . Suppose that π ( U S ) ≥ e − D 1 L \pi(U_S)\geq e^{-D_1L} π ( U S ) ≥ e − D 1 L . Since U S ⊆ S U_S\subseteq S U S ⊆ S , every x ∈ U S x\in U_S x ∈ U S satisfies π ( { y ∈ U S : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ } ) < e − D 3 L \pi(\{y\in U_S:|R(x,y)|\geq q_*\})<e^{-D_3L} π ({ y ∈ U S : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ }) < e − D 3 L . This implies that
π ( ⋅ ∣ U S ) ⊗ 2 ( ∣ R ∣ ≥ q ∗ ) = 1 π ( U S ) 2 ∑ x ∈ U S π ( x ) π ( { y ∈ U S : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ } ) < e − D 3 L π ( U S ) ≤ e − ( D 3 − D 1 ) L < e − D 2 L , \begin{aligned}
\pi(\mathord{\cdot}\mid U_S)^{\otimes2}(|R|\geq q_*)=\frac{1}{\pi(U_S)^2}\sum_{x\in U_S}\pi(x)\,\pi(\{y\in U_S:|R(x,y)|\geq q_*\}) \\
&<\frac{e^{-D_3L}}{\pi(U_S)}\leq e^{-(D_3-D_1)L}<e^{-D_2L},
\end{aligned} π ( ⋅ ∣ U S ) ⊗ 2 ( ∣ R ∣ ≥ q ∗ ) = π ( U S ) 2 1 x ∈ U S ∑ π ( x ) π ({ y ∈ U S : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ }) < π ( U S ) e − D 3 L ≤ e − ( D 3 − D 1 ) L < e − D 2 L ,
where in the last step we used D 3 > D 1 + D 2 D_3>D_1+D_2 D 3 > D 1 + D 2 . Then U S U_S U S satisfies (187) , which contradicts J ∉ V n J\notin\mathcal{V}_n J ∈ / V n . We conclude that π ( U S ) < e − D 1 L \pi(U_S)<e^{-D_1L} π ( U S ) < e − D 1 L for every S S S , which is (185) . Finally, for all sufficiently large n n n , the last display of Step 2 and L ≤ n L\leq n L ≤ n give
P ( C n ( D 1 ) c ) = P ( V n ) ≤ e − c E n + 2 exp { − g 0 2 Λ L 8 β 2 } ≤ 3 e − D 4 L , D 4 = min { c E , g 0 2 Λ 8 β 2 } . \mathbb{P}(C_n(D_1)^c)=\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{V}_n)\leq e^{-c_{\mathcal{E}}n}+2\exp\left\{-\frac{g_0^2\Lambda L}{8\beta^2}\right\}\leq3e^{-D_4L},\qquad D_4=\min\left\{c_{\mathcal{E}},\frac{g_0^2\Lambda}{8\beta^2}\right\}. P ( C n ( D 1 ) c ) = P ( V n ) ≤ e − c E n + 2 exp { − 8 β 2 g 0 2 Λ L } ≤ 3 e − D 4 L , D 4 = min { c E , 8 β 2 g 0 2 Λ } .
The constant D 4 D_4 D 4 depends only on β \beta β and D 1 D_1 D 1 . This completes the proof.
For D > 0 D>0 D > 0 , we write c ( D ) c(D) c ( D ) for the constant D 3 D_3 D 3 given by Lemma 10.1 with D 1 = D D_1=D D 1 = D . It depends only on β \beta β and D D D .
Parameters and exceptional triples
Exponents
We fix exponents λ \lambda λ and ξ \xi ξ of the scales such that
0 < λ < ξ < 1 4 , 2 ξ < 3 λ , (193) 0<\lambda<\xi<\frac{1}{4},\qquad2\xi<3\lambda, \tag*{(193)} 0 < λ < ξ < 4 1 , 2 ξ < 3 λ , (193)
and we assume the following upper bound on the mean bias Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) \Delta_{n,\beta}=P_\beta-p_n(\beta) Δ n , β = P β − p n ( β ) : there exists C b < ∞ C_b<\infty C b < ∞ such that
0 ≤ P β − p n ( β ) ≤ C b n − 3 λ (194) 0\leq P_\beta-p_n(\beta)\leq C_b n^{-3\lambda} \tag*{(194)} 0 ≤ P β − p n ( β ) ≤ C b n − 3 λ (194)
for all sufficiently large n n n . For Theorem 1.1 , we take λ = 7 / 30 \lambda=7/30 λ = 7/30 and ξ = 5 / 21 \xi=5/21 ξ = 5/21 , and (194) is Theorem 4.11 , with exponent 7 / 10 = 3 λ 7/10=3\lambda 7/10 = 3 λ . Then (193) holds because 7 / 30 < 5 / 21 < 1 / 4 7/30<5/21<1/4 7/30 < 5/21 < 1/4 and 2 ξ = 10 / 21 < 7 / 10 = 3 λ 2\xi=10/21<7/10=3\lambda 2 ξ = 10/21 < 7/10 = 3 λ . The barrier exponent is one third of the exponent of the mean-bias input. Table 10.2 lists the powers of n n n that appear in this section and in Sections 11 and 12; the error terms of the static estimates are tabulated in § 6.8 .
Table 10.2. Powers of n n n at the scales (199) and the logarithmic time scale L n = A n λ L_n=An^\lambda L n = A n λ , for general exponents and for Theorem 1.1.
The fixed parameters
Let q ∗ = q ∗ ( β ) q_\ast=q_\ast(\beta) q ∗ = q ∗ ( β ) be the overlap of Lemma 10.1. Recall from Lemma 9.2 that for each fixed large-overlap cutoff b ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) b_\ast\in(0,1) b ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , there exists a small-overlap cutoff b ( b ∗ ) > 0 b(b_\ast)>0 b ( b ∗ ) > 0 , depending only on β \beta β and b ∗ b_\ast b ∗ , such that the three-replica pressure deficit (164) holds for all feasible overlap matrices D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) with q ≥ b ∗ q\geq b_\ast q ≥ b ∗ , ∣ r + δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) \lvert r+\delta\rvert\leq b(b_\ast) ∣ r + δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) , ∣ r − δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) \lvert r-\delta\rvert\leq b(b_\ast) ∣ r − δ ∣ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) , and ∣ q − Γ ( q ) ∣ ≤ ν f i x ( b ∗ ) \lvert q-\Gamma(q)\rvert\leq\nu_{\mathrm{fix}}(b_\ast) ∣ q − Γ ( q )∣ ≤ ν fix ( b ∗ ) . We fix signed-overlap cutoffs b 1 b_1 b 1 and b 2 b_2 b 2 with
0 < b 1 < 1 , b 1 ≤ b ( q ∗ ) , 0 < b 2 < b 1 , b 2 ≤ b ( b 1 ) , 0<b_1<1,\qquad b_1\leq b(q_\ast),\qquad0<b_2<b_1,\qquad b_2\leq b(b_1), 0 < b 1 < 1 , b 1 ≤ b ( q ∗ ) , 0 < b 2 < b 1 , b 2 ≤ b ( b 1 ) ,
and then t 0 > 0 t_0>0 t 0 > 0 with
4 t 0 < min { q ∗ , b 2 , b 1 2 / 2 } , 3 t 0 < q β . (195) 4t_0<\min\{q_\ast,b_2,b_1^2/2\},\qquad3t_0<q_\beta. \tag*{(195)} 4 t 0 < min { q ∗ , b 2 , b 1 2 /2 } , 3 t 0 < q β . (195)
In Section 11, the thresholds lie in [ t 0 , 2 t 0 ] [t_0,2t_0] [ t 0 , 2 t 0 ] , and the cells that we define below use the cutoff 3 t 0 3t_0 3 t 0 . We use the first condition in (195) to keep these values below q ∗ q_\ast q ∗ and b 2 b_2 b 2 , with room for the error terms of Section 11. It also gives 3 t 0 < b 1 2 / 2 3t_0<b_1^2/2 3 t 0 < b 1 2 /2 , which we use there to bound the number of deleted references. The second condition ensures that the intervals J β J_\beta J β and I β I_\beta I β chosen next lie inside ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) , where Γ ( t ) = t \Gamma(t)=t Γ ( t ) = t by (49) . We fix compact intervals J β J_\beta J β and I β I_\beta I β such that
[ t 0 , 2 t 0 ] ⊆ int J β , J β ⊆ int I β , I β ⊆ ( t 0 / 2 , 3 t 0 ) . (196) [t_0,2t_0]\subseteq\operatorname{int}J_\beta,\qquad J_\beta\subseteq\operatorname{int}I_\beta,\qquad I_\beta\subseteq(t_0/2,3t_0). \tag*{(196)} [ t 0 , 2 t 0 ] ⊆ int J β , J β ⊆ int I β , I β ⊆ ( t 0 /2 , 3 t 0 ) . (196)
The centers of all three-replica constraints met in Section 11 lie in J β J_\beta J β . The local comparison of Sections 8 and § 6.8 is applied only at centers in J β J_\beta J β , with its local cutoff chosen so small that all its windows lie in I β I_\beta I β . Let m β > 0 m_\beta>0 m β > 0 be the lower bound of (80) for α ( r ) 2 β 6 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 \alpha(r)^{2\beta^6}E\chi(r,Y_r)^3 α ( r ) 2 β 6 E χ ( r , Y r ) 3 on I β I_\beta I β ; it is positive because I β I_\beta I β is a compact subset of ( 0 , q β ) (0,q_\beta) ( 0 , q β ) .
We fix the band of the local comparison of Section 7 at ϑ = 1 / 2 \vartheta=1/2 ϑ = 1/2 and E = 1 / 100 E=1/100 E = 1/100 . Here ϑ \vartheta ϑ is the ratio ( q − r ) / h (q-r)/h ( q − r ) / h of that comparison and E ρ n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ n E\rho_n\leq\lvert\delta\rvert\leq2E\rho_n E ρ n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 E ρ n is its range of imbalances. At these values (135) holds and G ( ϑ , E ) > 1 / 3 G(\vartheta,E)>1/3 G ( ϑ , E ) > 1/3 . We fix the pressure coefficient g g g , a fraction ϰ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varkappa\in(0,1) ϰ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , and the scale constant R > 0 R>0 R > 0 with
0 < g < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) , (197) 0<g<m_\beta E^2G(\vartheta,E), \tag*{(197)} 0 < g < m β E 2 G ( ϑ , E ) , (197)
R 3 > 3 C b ϰ g . (198) R^3>\frac{3C_b}{\varkappa g}. \tag*{(198)} R 3 > ϰ g 3 C b . (198)
where C b C_b C b is the constant of (10.11). Here g g g is the coefficient of ρ n 3 \rho_n^3 ρ n 3 in the local fractional gap (8.19), and ϰ \varkappa ϰ is the fraction of this gap that is kept in the probability bounds of Section 9. The scales are
ρ n = R n − λ , ϵ n = E ρ n , η n = n − ζ , (199) \rho_n = Rn^{-\lambda}, \qquad\epsilon_n = E\rho_n, \qquad\eta_n = n^{-\zeta}, \tag*{(199)} ρ n = R n − λ , ϵ n = E ρ n , η n = n − ζ , (199)
which are the scales of Remark 9.8. With these choices, the data of the simultaneous estimate in Section 9.3 are the intervals J β ⊆ int I β J_\beta\subseteq\operatorname{int} I_\beta J β ⊆ int I β , the large-overlap cutoffs q ∗ q_* q ∗ and b 1 b_1 b 1 , the band ( ϑ , E ) (\vartheta,E) ( ϑ , E ) , the coefficient g g g , and the fraction ϰ \varkappa ϰ . The remaining constants of the static estimates (the local cutoff, the tolerance ν \nu ν of the pair exclusions, the pressure deficits of the separated-overlap, fixed-scale, and pair regimes, the coefficient of the fractional tilt, and the denominator margin (9.19)) are fixed in Sections 8 and 9 with positive slack. They depend only on β \beta β and on the parameters above, and not on n n n .
Finally, we fix integers
H = ⌈ 2 b 1 2 ⌉ , B ≥ H + 2. (200) H = \left\lceil\frac{2}{b_1^2} \right\rceil, \qquad B \ge H + 2. \tag*{(200)} H = ⌈ b 1 2 2 ⌉ , B ≥ H + 2. (200)
Here H H H bounds the number of references deleted at the start of a block in Section 11, and B B B is the number of levels in a block; B B B is chosen in Section 12. After B B B , the constants c s , C s c_s,C_s c s , C s of the schedule (10.24) below are fixed, and then the coefficient A > 0 A>0 A > 0 of the logarithmic time scale
L n = A n λ L_n = An^\lambda L n = A n λ
is chosen in Section 12, with A = A β A=A_\beta A = A β for Theorem 1.1; the time horizon is e L n e^{L_n} e L n . The sequence L n L_n L n tends to infinity and is o ( n ) o(n) o ( n ) , because 0 < λ < 1 0<\lambda<1 0 < λ < 1 ; in particular, Lemma 10.1 applies to it.
We note that the quantities that depend on n n n are the scales ρ n \rho_n ρ n , ϵ n \epsilon_n ϵ n , and η n \eta_n η n of (10.16), the logarithmic time scale L n L_n L n , the number N l e v N_{\mathrm{lev}} N lev of levels (fixed in Section 11), the list sizes K s K_s K s of (10.24), and the total number N N N of list entries. We never let a fixed parameter vary with n n n , and the threshold τ \tau τ for the total variation distance does not enter until the last step of Section 12.
Exceptional triples
The overlap constraints that we use in Section 11 are of two kinds. The first kind states that when x x x and v ~ \tilde v v ~ have a large overlap, their small overlaps with a third configuration v v v are nearly equal. For a large-overlap cutoff b ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) b_* \in(0,1) b ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and a small-overlap cutoff b ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) b' \in(0,1) b ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , we define
B n ( b ∗ , b ′ ) = { ( v , x , v ~ ) ∈ Σ n 3 : R ( x , v ~ ) ≥ b ∗ , ∣ R ( v , x ) ∣ ≤ b ′ , ∣ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ b ′ , ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ > 2 η n } . (201) B_n(b_*,b') = \left\{(v,x,\tilde v)\in\Sigma_n^3 :
R(x,\tilde v)\ge b_*,
\ \lvert R(v,x)\rvert\le b',
\ \lvert R(v,\tilde v)\rvert\le b',
\ \lvert R(v,x)-R(v,\tilde v)\rvert>2\eta_n
\right\}. \tag*{(201)} B n ( b ∗ , b ′ ) = { ( v , x , v ~ ) ∈ Σ n 3 : R ( x , v ~ ) ≥ b ∗ , ∣ R ( v , x )∣ ≤ b ′ , ∣ R ( v , v ~ )∣ ≤ b ′ , ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ )∣ > 2 η n } . (201)
This is the set excluded in [77, Lemma 4.1], with the tolerance 2 n − 1 / 100 2n^{-1/100} 2 n − 1/100 there replaced by 2 η n 2\eta_n 2 η n . We bound its Gibbs probability at this tolerance in Section 9 through the pressure estimate (164) , and not through [77, Lemma 4.1]. A triple ( v , x , v ~ ) ∉ B n ( b ∗ , b ′ ) (v,x,\tilde v)\notin\mathcal{B}_{n}(b_{*},b') ( v , x , v ~ ) ∈ / B n ( b ∗ , b ′ ) such that R ( x , v ~ ) ≥ b ∗ R(x,\tilde v)\ge b_{*} R ( x , v ~ ) ≥ b ∗ , ∣ R ( v , x ) ∣ ≤ b ′ |R(v,x)|\le b' ∣ R ( v , x ) ∣ ≤ b ′ , and ∣ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ b ′ |R(v,\tilde v)|\le b' ∣ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ b ′ satisfies ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ 2 η n |R(v,x)-R(v,\tilde v)|\le2\eta_{n} ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ 2 η n .
The second kind concerns overlaps near a level r r r in the compact interval J β J_{\beta} J β . For ( v , x , v ~ ) ∈ Σ n 3 (v,x,\tilde v)\in\Sigma_{n}^{3} ( v , x , v ~ ) ∈ Σ n 3 , we write
r = R ( v , x ) + R ( v , v ~ ) 2 , δ = R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ ) 2 , q = R ( x , v ~ ) , (202) r=\frac{R(v,x)+R(v,\tilde v)}{2},\qquad
\delta=\frac{R(v,x)-R(v,\tilde v)}{2},\qquad
q=R(x,\tilde v), \tag*{(202)} r = 2 R ( v , x ) + R ( v , v ~ ) , δ = 2 R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ ) , q = R ( x , v ~ ) , (202)
so that the Gram matrix of ( v , x , v ~ ) (v,x,\tilde v) ( v , x , v ~ ) is the matrix D ( r , q , δ ) D(r,q,\delta) D ( r , q , δ ) of § 6.8 , with off-diagonal entries r + δ r+\delta r + δ , r − δ r-\delta r − δ , and q q q . Let N n \mathcal{N}_{n} N n be the set of triples with
r ∈ J β , ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n , q ≥ r + ρ n . r\in J_{\beta},\qquad
\varepsilon_{n}\le|\delta|\le2\varepsilon_{n},\qquad
q\ge r+\rho_{n}. r ∈ J β , ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n , q ≥ r + ρ n .
A triple outside N n \mathcal{N}_{n} N n with r ∈ J β r\in J_{\beta} r ∈ J β and ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n \varepsilon_{n}\le|\delta|\le2\varepsilon_{n} ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n satisfies R ( x , v ~ ) < r + ρ n R(x,\tilde v)<r+\rho_{n} R ( x , v ~ ) < r + ρ n : if the overlaps of v v v with x x x and with v ~ \tilde v v ~ lie near a common level r r r and differ by an amount of order ε n \varepsilon_{n} ε n , then the overlap of x x x and v ~ \tilde v v ~ cannot exceed r r r by ρ n \rho_{n} ρ n . The set N n \mathcal{N}_{n} N n corresponds to the set excluded in [77, Lemma 7.1]. There, the gap is ρ = n − 1 / 10000 \rho=n^{-1/10000} ρ = n − 1/10000 , the imbalance is of order ρ 20 \rho^{20} ρ 20 , and the centers are restricted by the condition μ β ( [ r − ρ 8 , r + ρ 8 ] ) ≤ ρ 4 \mu_\beta([r-\rho^8,r+\rho^8])\leq\rho^4 μ β ([ r − ρ 8 , r + ρ 8 ]) ≤ ρ 4 on the Parisi measure. Here the gap ρ n \rho_n ρ n and the imbalance ε n = E ρ n \varepsilon_n=E\rho_n ε n = E ρ n are of the same order, and there is no condition on the Parisi measure, because the local comparison of Section 8 is uniform over centers in J β J_\beta J β . The exceptional set is
B n = N n ∪ B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) ∪ B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) . (203) \mathcal{B}_n=\mathcal{N}_n\cup\mathcal{B}_n(q_*,b_1)\cup\mathcal{B}_n(b_1,b_2). \tag*{(203)} B n = N n ∪ B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) ∪ B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) . (203)
It is a deterministic subset of Σ n 3 \Sigma_n^3 Σ n 3 , and it is not closed under permutations or spin flips of the coordinates. In the dynamical argument, we evaluate B n \mathcal{B}_n B n on triples in several orders and orientations; since π ⊗ 3 \pi^{\otimes3} π ⊗ 3 is invariant under these operations, each of them costs only a fixed factor in Lemma 10.4.
The Gibbs probability of B n \mathcal{B}_n B n is controlled in § 6.8 , where different parts of it are handled by different estimates. The set N n \mathcal{N}_n N n is the set of narrow triples of § 6.8.3 for the interval of centers J β J_\beta J β . By Lemma 9.6, a narrow triple either has its pair ( x , v ~ ) (x,\widetilde v) ( x , v ) excluded by the pair deficit (163) , or its Gram matrix lies in the local family, for which we use the positive fractional moment (156) , or in the separated-overlap family, for which we use the stronger pressure deficit (178) and ordinary Gaussian concentration. The sets B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) \mathcal{B}_n(q_*,b_1) B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) and B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) \mathcal{B}_n(b_1,b_2) B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) are contained in the set W n \mathcal{W}_n W n of fixed-scale triples of § 6.8.3 , which is controlled by (164) and the pair deficit. We need no fractional moment bound at a distant overlap q q q .
Lemma 10.2 (One disorder event for the exceptional triples). Let ( ρ n ) (\rho_n) ( ρ n ) and ( η n ) (\eta_n) ( η n ) be deterministic positive sequences with ρ n → 0 \rho_n\to0 ρ n → 0 that satisfy (S1)–(S5), and let ε n = E ρ n \varepsilon_n=E\rho_n ε n = E ρ n . Let B n \mathcal{B}_n B n be the set (203) defined with these sequences, and let A n \mathcal{A}_n A n be the disorder event of Lemma 9.7 for these sequences and for the data of § 6.8.3 fixed in Table 10.1 (in particular the intervals J β J_\beta J β and I β I_\beta I β
and the large-overlap cutoffs q ∗ q_\ast q ∗ and b 1 b_1 b 1 ). Then P ( A n ) → 1 \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}_n) \to1 P ( A n ) → 1 , and there exist constants C , c > 0 C,c>0 C , c > 0 such that, for all sufficiently large n n n and every J ∈ A n J \in\mathcal{A}_n J ∈ A n ,
π ⊗ 3 ( B n ) ≤ q n , q n = C ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − c n ρ n 3 + e − c n η n 2 + e − c n ) . (204) \pi^{\otimes3}(\mathcal{B}_n) \le q_n,\qquad q_n=C(n+1)^3\left(e^{-cn\rho_n^3}+e^{-cn\eta_n^2}+e^{-cn}\right). \tag*{(204)} π ⊗ 3 ( B n ) ≤ q n , q n = C ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − c n ρ n 3 + e − c n η n 2 + e − c n ) . (204)
Proof. By Lemma 9.7, we have P ( A n c ) → 0 \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}_n^c) \to0 P ( A n c ) → 0 . Moreover, for large n n n and every J ∈ A n J \in\mathcal{A}_n J ∈ A n , (182) bounds the Gibbs probability of the set N n \mathcal{N}_n N n of narrow triples of § 6.8.3 by C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ n 3 C(n+1)^3e^{-cn\rho_n^3} C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n ρ n 3 , and that of the set W n \mathcal{W}_n W n of fixed-scale triples of § 6.8.3 by C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n η n 2 C(n+1)^3e^{-cn\eta_n^2} C ( n + 1 ) 3 e − c n η n 2 .
It remains to compare B n \mathcal{B}_n B n with these two sets, where our triples ( v , x , v ~ ) (v,x,\widetilde v) ( v , x , v ) are the triples ( v , x , y ) (v,x,y) ( v , x , y ) of § 6.8 . The set N n \mathcal{N}_n N n in (203) is the set of narrow triples for the interval of centers J β J_\beta J β . Let ( v , x , v ~ ) ∈ B n ( b ∗ , b ′ ) (v,x,\widetilde v) \in\mathcal{B}_n(b_\ast,b') ( v , x , v ) ∈ B n ( b ∗ , b ′ ) with ( b ∗ , b ′ ) = ( q ∗ , b 1 ) (b_\ast,b')=(q_\ast,b_1) ( b ∗ , b ′ ) = ( q ∗ , b 1 ) or ( b ∗ , b ′ ) = ( b 1 , b 2 ) (b_\ast,b')=(b_1,b_2) ( b ∗ , b ′ ) = ( b 1 , b 2 ) . Then R ( x , v ~ ) ≥ b ∗ R(x,\widetilde v)\ge b_\ast R ( x , v ) ≥ b ∗ , ∣ R ( v , x ) ∣ ≤ b ′ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) |R(v,x)|\le b'\le b(b_\ast) ∣ R ( v , x ) ∣ ≤ b ′ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) , ∣ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ b ′ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) |R(v,\widetilde v)|\le b'\le b(b_\ast) ∣ R ( v , v ) ∣ ≤ b ′ ≤ b ( b ∗ ) , and ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ > 2 η n |R(v,x)-R(v,\widetilde v)|>2\eta_n ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ) ∣ > 2 η n . Since b ∗ b_\ast b ∗ is one of the cutoffs q ∗ q_\ast q ∗ and b 1 b_1 b 1 , the triple satisfies the conditions that define W n \mathcal{W}_n W n . This shows that B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) ∪ B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) ⊆ W n \mathcal{B}_n(q_\ast,b_1)\cup\mathcal{B}_n(b_1,b_2)\subseteq\mathcal{W}_n B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) ∪ B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) ⊆ W n . Summing the two bounds of the previous paragraph, we obtain π ⊗ 3 ( B n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − c n ρ n 3 + e − c n η n 2 ) \pi^{\otimes3}(\mathcal{B}_n)\le C(n+1)^3(e^{-cn\rho_n^3}+e^{-cn\eta_n^2}) π ⊗ 3 ( B n ) ≤ C ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e − c n ρ n 3 + e − c n η n 2 ) , which implies (204) . □
We apply Lemma 10.2 with the scales (199) . Since λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 , we have ρ n = R n − λ → 0 \rho_n=Rn^{-\lambda}\to0 ρ n = R n − λ → 0 . These scales also satisfy (S1)–(S5), as in Remark 9.8(b). Indeed, by (194) and (198) , we have Δ n , β / ρ n 3 ≤ C b / R 3 < κ g / 3 \Delta_{n,\beta}/\rho_n^3\le C_b/R^3<\kappa_g/3 Δ n , β / ρ n 3 ≤ C b / R 3 < κ g /3 for large n n n , which is (S1). Further, n 7 / 15 / ( n 2 ρ n 6 ) = R − 6 n 6 λ − 23 / 15 n^{7/15}/(n^2\rho_n^6)=R^{-6}n^{6\lambda-23/15} n 7/15 / ( n 2 ρ n 6 ) = R − 6 n 6 λ − 23/15 tends to zero because 6 λ < 3 / 2 < 23 / 15 6\lambda<3/2<23/15 6 λ < 3/2 < 23/15 ; the quantities n ρ n 4 = R 4 n 1 − 4 λ n\rho_n^4=R^4n^{1-4\lambda} n ρ n 4 = R 4 n 1 − 4 λ and n η n 4 = n 1 − 4 ξ n\eta_n^4=n^{1-4\xi} n η n 4 = n 1 − 4 ξ grow faster than log n \log n log n because λ , ξ < 1 / 4 \lambda,\xi<1/4 λ , ξ < 1/4 ; and ρ n 3 / η n 2 = R 3 n 2 ξ − 3 λ \rho_n^3/\eta_n^2=R^3n^{2\xi-3\lambda} ρ n 3 / η n 2 = R 3 n 2 ξ − 3 λ tends to zero because 2 ξ < 3 λ 2\xi<3\lambda 2 ξ < 3 λ . From now on, B n \mathcal{B}_n B n , A n \mathcal{A}_n A n , and q n q_n q n denote the objects of Lemma 10.2 at the scales (199) . In Section 12.7, the lemma is applied with η n = ρ n / 1000 \eta_n=\rho_n/1000 η n = ρ n /1000 instead.
lim n → ∞ e C L n q n = 0 for every fixed C > 0. (205) \lim_{n\to\infty}e^{CL_n}q_n=0\qquad\text{for every fixed }C>0. \tag*{(205)} n → ∞ lim e C L n q n = 0 for every fixed C > 0. (205)
In Lemma 10.4, only q n q_n q n is multiplied by the number of reference configurations. The deterministic set B n \mathcal{B}_n B n contains every exceptional triple that can arise for the allowed thresholds and paths, and (204) bounds its mass under π ⊗ 3 \pi^{\otimes3} π ⊗ 3 by q n q_n q n . We impose no condition on the disorder that depends on the thresholds of Section 11.
Fixed families of reference configurations
The induction of Section 11 selects references from lists of independent Gibbs samples, organized in blocks of B B B consecutive levels. This is the construction of [77, Section 8.3]. The selection cell at a level is determined by the references chosen at the preceding levels of the same block. The list sizes are chosen recursively over the B B B positions of a block, so that the depth of the recursion is the fixed number B B B even though the number of levels tends to infinity. In [77, Section 8.3], the required properties of the lists are proved with probability tending to one jointly over the disorder, the lists, and the path. The proof there uses union bounds over path positions and over triples, and the bounds for the triples are averaged over the disorder. At our scales, the averaged bound available from Lemma 9.7 contains the disorder failure probability of Remark 10.3 , and this term does not remain small after multiplication by the number e O ( L n ) e^{O(L_n)} e O ( L n ) of reference configurations. We therefore fix the disorder first, in the event of Lemma 10.2 , and use only the conditional bound (204) . At such a disorder, we fix one realization of the lists, together with a set V V V of exceptional targets, before any path is considered.
Lists, cells, and list sizes
Let N l e v = N l e v ( n ) ≥ 1 N_{\mathrm{lev}}=N_{\mathrm{lev}}(n)\ge1 N lev = N lev ( n ) ≥ 1 be the number of levels; it is fixed in Section 11. Level j ∈ { 0 , … , N l e v − 1 } j\in\{0,\ldots,N_{\mathrm{lev}}-1\} j ∈ { 0 , … , N lev − 1 } belongs to block ⌊ j / B ⌋ \lfloor j/B\rfloor ⌊ j / B ⌋ and has position s ( j ) = j − B ⌊ j / B ⌋ s(j)=j-B\lfloor j/B\rfloor s ( j ) = j − B ⌊ j / B ⌋ in its block. The list at level j j j is an ordered tuple
F j = ( y j , 1 , … , y j , K s ( j ) ) ∈ Σ n K s ( j ) , \mathcal{F}_j=(y_{j,1},\ldots,y_{j,K_{s(j)}})\in\Sigma_n^{K_{s(j)}}, F j = ( y j , 1 , … , y j , K s ( j ) ) ∈ Σ n K s ( j ) ,
whose coordinates we call the entries of F j \mathcal{F}_j F j ; the sizes K s K_s K s are defined in (10.24) below. We write
F j ± = { σ y : σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } , y an entry of F j } \mathcal{F}_j^{\pm}=\{\sigma y:\sigma\in\{-1,1\},\ y\text{ an entry of }\mathcal{F}_j\} F j ± = { σ y : σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } , y an entry of F j }
for the signed list. The family of reference configurations is F = ( F 0 , … , F N l e v − 1 ) \mathcal{F}=(\mathcal{F}_0,\ldots,\mathcal{F}_{N_{\mathrm{lev}}-1}) F = ( F 0 , … , F N lev − 1 ) , and N = ∑ j < N l e v K s ( j ) N=\sum_{j<N_{\mathrm{lev}}}K_{s(j)} N = ∑ j < N lev K s ( j ) is its total number of entries.
For a level j j j , let T j \mathcal{T}_j T j be the set of tuples T = ( u i ) i ∈ I T=(u_i)_{i\in\mathcal{I}} T = ( u i ) i ∈ I , where I \mathcal{I} I is a set of levels of the block of j j j that precede j j j , and u i u_i u i is an entry of F i \mathcal{F}_i F i for each i ∈ I i\in\mathcal{I} i ∈ I . The cell of T T T is
S T = { x ∈ Σ n : ∣ R ( u , x ) ∣ ≤ 3 t 0 for every entry u of T } . (206) S_T=\{x\in\Sigma_n:|R(u,x)|\le3t_0\text{ for every entry }u\text{ of }T\}. \tag*{(206)} S T = { x ∈ Σ n : ∣ R ( u , x ) ∣ ≤ 3 t 0 for every entry u of T } . (206)
The empty tuple has cell S ∅ = Σ n S_{\varnothing}=\Sigma_n S ∅ = Σ n , and it is the only element of T j \mathcal{T}_j T j when s ( j ) = 0 s(j)=0 s ( j ) = 0 . Spin flips of the entries do not change the cells. The references selected in Section 11 at the levels of a block that precede j j j , after removing their signs, form a tuple in T j \mathcal{T}_j T j , and the cells used there are among the cells S T S_T S T .
The list sizes are chosen by the following schedule over positions s = 0 , … , B − 1 s = 0,\ldots,B-1 s = 0 , … , B − 1 . Recall that c ( D ) c(D) c ( D ) denotes the constant D 3 D_3 D 3 of Lemma 10.1 for D 1 = D D_1 = D D 1 = D . We set C 0 = 0 C_0 = 0 C 0 = 0 and, recursively,
c s = c ( C s + 5 ) , C s + 1 = C s + c s + 2 , K s = ⌈ e ( c s + 1 ) L n ⌉ . (207) c_s = c(C_s + 5), \qquad C_{s+1} = C_s + c_s + 2, \qquad K_s = \left\lceil e^{(c_s+1)L_n}\right\rceil. \tag*{(207)} c s = c ( C s + 5 ) , C s + 1 = C s + c s + 2 , K s = ⌈ e ( c s + 1 ) L n ⌉ . (207)
We have C s = ∑ s ′ < s ( c s ′ + 2 ) C_s = \sum_{s'<s}(c_{s'}+2) C s = ∑ s ′ < s ( c s ′ + 2 ) . The constants c s c_s c s and C s C_s C s depend only on β \beta β and s s s , and only K s K_s K s depends on n n n and A A A . For D > 0 D > 0 D > 0 , let C n ( D ) \mathcal{C}_n(D) C n ( D ) be the event of Lemma 10.1 for the sequence ( L n ) (L_n) ( L n ) . On C n ( D ) \mathcal{C}_n(D) C n ( D ) , (10.1) reads
π ( { x ∈ S : π ( { y ∈ S : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ } ) < e − c ( D ) L n } ) < e − D L n (208) \pi\left(\left\{x \in S : \pi\left(\left\{y \in S : |R(x,y)| \ge q_*\right\}\right) < e^{-c(D)L_n}\right\}\right) < e^{-D L_n} \tag*{(208)} π ( { x ∈ S : π ( { y ∈ S : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ } ) < e − c ( D ) L n } ) < e − D L n (208)
for every S ⊆ Σ n S \subseteq\Sigma_n S ⊆ Σ n .
Only B B B of these events are needed. We define the disorder event
G n = A n ∩ ⋂ s = 0 B − 1 C n ( C s + 5 ) . (209) \mathcal{G}_n = \mathcal{A}_n \cap\bigcap_{s=0}^{B-1}\mathcal{C}_n(C_s+5). \tag*{(209)} G n = A n ∩ s = 0 ⋂ B − 1 C n ( C s + 5 ) . (209)
It is measurable, and P ( G n ) → 1 \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{G}_n) \to1 P ( G n ) → 1 by Lemmas 10.1 and 10.2, since it is the intersection of a fixed number of events whose probabilities tend to one.
The family
Lemma 10.4 (Fixed families of reference configurations). Let B ≥ 1 B \ge1 B ≥ 1 be a fixed integer, let ( L n ) (L_n) ( L n ) be a deterministic sequence with L n → ∞ L_n \to\infty L n → ∞ and L n / n → 0 L_n/n \to0 L n / n → 0 , and let K s K_s K s and G n \mathcal{G}_n G n be given by (10.24) and (10.26). Let N l e v = N l e v ( n ) ≥ 1 N_{\mathrm{lev}} = N_{\mathrm{lev}}(n) \ge1 N lev = N lev ( n ) ≥ 1 be integers with N l e v ≤ e L n N_{\mathrm{lev}} \le e^{L_n} N lev ≤ e L n , and assume that q n q_n q n satisfies (10.22). Then, for all sufficiently large n n n and every J ∈ G n J \in\mathcal{G}_n J ∈ G n , there exist lists F j ∈ Σ n K s ( j ) \mathcal{F}_j \in\Sigma_n^{K_s(j)} F j ∈ Σ n K s ( j ) , 0 ≤ j < N l e v 0 \le j < N_{\mathrm{lev}} 0 ≤ j < N lev , and a set V ⊆ Σ n V \subseteq\Sigma_n V ⊆ Σ n with
π ( V ) ≤ 3 e − 4 L n , (210) \pi(V) \le3e^{-4L_n}, \tag*{(210)} π ( V ) ≤ 3 e − 4 L n , (210) such that the following four properties hold.
(i) Overlap neighborhoods in every cell of the current block. *For every level j j j , every T ∈ T j T \in\mathcal{T}_j T ∈ T j , and every x ∈ S T ∖ V x \in S_T \setminus V x ∈ S T ∖ V , there exists an entry y y y of F j \mathcal{F}_j F j with y ∈ S T y \in S_T y ∈ S T and ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ . |R(x,y)| \ge q_*. ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ .
(ii) Comparison across the overlap q ∗ q_* q ∗ . For every x ∈ Σ n ∖ V x \in\Sigma_n \setminus V x ∈ Σ n ∖ V , all levels i ≠ j i \ne j i = j , and all v ∈ F i ± v \in\mathcal{F}_i^{\pm} v ∈ F i ± and v ~ ∈ F j ± \widetilde{v} \in\mathcal{F}_j^{\pm} v ∈ F j ± with
R ( x , v ~ ) ≥ q ∗ , ∣ R ( v , x ) ∣ ≤ b 1 , ∣ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ b 1 , R(x,\widetilde{v}) \ge q_*, \qquad|R(v,x)| \le b_1, \qquad|R(v,\widetilde{v})| \le b_1, R ( x , v ) ≥ q ∗ , ∣ R ( v , x ) ∣ ≤ b 1 , ∣ R ( v , v ) ∣ ≤ b 1 , we have ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ 2 η n |R(v,x)-R(v,\widetilde{v})| \le2\eta_n ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ) ∣ ≤ 2 η n .
(iii) Comparison across the overlap b 1 b_1 b 1 for triples of entries. For all pairwise distinct levels i i i , a a a , and j j j , and all v ∈ F a ± v \in\mathcal{F}_a^{\pm} v ∈ F a ± , y ∈ F i ± y \in\mathcal{F}_i^{\pm} y ∈ F i ± , and v ~ ∈ F j ± \widetilde{v} \in\mathcal{F}_j^{\pm} v ∈ F j ± with
∣ R ( y , v ~ ) ∣ ≥ b 1 , ∣ R ( v , y ) ∣ ≤ b 2 , ∣ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ b 2 , |R(y,\widetilde{v})| \ge b_1, \qquad|R(v,y)| \le b_2, \qquad|R(v,\widetilde{v})| \le b_2, ∣ R ( y , v ) ∣ ≥ b 1 , ∣ R ( v , y ) ∣ ≤ b 2 , ∣ R ( v , v ) ∣ ≤ b 2 , we have ∣ R ( v , y ) − σ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ 2 η n |R(v,y)-\sigma R(v,\widetilde{v})| \le2\eta_n ∣ R ( v , y ) − σ R ( v , v ) ∣ ≤ 2 η n , where σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } \sigma\in\{-1,1\} σ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } is the sign of R ( y , v ~ ) R(y,\widetilde{v}) R ( y , v ) . In particular,
∣ ∣ R ( v , y ) ∣ − ∣ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ∣ ≤ 2 η n . \bigl||R(v,y)|-|R(v,\widetilde{v})|\bigr| \le2\eta_n. ∣ R ( v , y ) ∣ − ∣ R ( v , v ) ∣ ≤ 2 η n .
(iv) No exceptional narrow triple. For every x ∈ Σ n ∖ V x \in\Sigma_n \setminus V x ∈ Σ n ∖ V , all levels i ≠ j i \ne j i = j , and all v ∈ F i ± v \in\mathcal{F}_i^{\pm} v ∈ F i ± and v ~ ∈ F j ± \widetilde{v} \in\mathcal{F}_j^{\pm} v ∈ F j ± , we have ( v , x , v ~ ) ∉ N n (v,x,\widetilde{v}) \notin\mathcal{N}_n ( v , x , v ) ∈ / N n . That is, if the coordinates (10.19) of ( v , x , v ~ ) (v,x,\widetilde{v}) ( v , x , v ) satisfy r ∈ J β r \in J_\beta r ∈ J β and ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n \varepsilon_n \le|\delta| \le2\varepsilon_n ε n ≤ ∣ δ ∣ ≤ 2 ε n , then R ( x , v ~ ) < r + ρ n R(x,\widetilde{v}) < r+\rho_n R ( x , v ) < r + ρ n .
If L n = A n λ L_n = An^\lambda L n = A n λ for a fixed A > 0 A>0 A > 0 , with λ \lambda λ and ξ \xi ξ as in (10.10), then L n → ∞ L_n \to\infty L n → ∞ , L n / n → 0 L_n/n \to0 L n / n → 0 , and (10.22) holds.
The threshold for n n n depends on β \beta β , on the parameters of Table 10.1 , and on the sequences ( L n ) (L_n) ( L n ) and ( N l e v ) (N_{\mathrm{lev}}) ( N lev ) , but not on J J J . In Sections 11 and 12, the lemma is applied with L n = A n λ L_n=An^\lambda L n = A n λ and the number of levels fixed there, which is at most a constant times n λ n^\lambda n λ .
Proof. We adapt the independent-list construction of [77, Section 8.3] by estimating exceptional Gibbs mass at each fixed disorder in G n \mathcal{G}_n G n , before considering any path. The proof is an expectation argument over independent samples of the lists. We bound the expected Gibbs mass of the targets missed by the lists, that is, of the configurations x x x such that, at some level j j j , some cell S T S_T S T containing x x x contains no entry y y y of F j \mathcal{F}_j F j with ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ |R(x,y)| \ge q_* ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ . We also bound the probability that three list entries form an exceptional triple, and the expected Gibbs mass of the configurations that form an exceptional triple with two list entries. We then choose a realization at which the sum of the Gibbs mass of the union of these two sets and the indicator of that event is at most its mean.
Step 1: random lists. Fix n n n and J ∈ G n J \in\mathcal{G}_n J ∈ G n , and write L = L n L=L_n L = L n . We let the entries y j , k y_{j,k} y j , k , 0 ≤ j < N l e v 0 \le j < N_{\mathrm{lev}} 0 ≤ j < N lev , 1 ≤ k ≤ K s ( j ) 1 \le k \le K_{s(j)} 1 ≤ k ≤ K s ( j ) , be independent random configurations with law π \pi π , defined on an auxiliary probability space with probability P F \mathbb{P}_{\mathcal{F}} P F and expectation E F \mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{F}} E F . The disorder is fixed throughout, and the space Σ n N \Sigma_n^N Σ n N of realizations is finite.
Step 2: targets missed by the lists. For a level j j j and T ∈ T j T \in\mathcal{T}_j T ∈ T j , let U j , T U_{j,T} U j , T be the set of x ∈ S T x \in S_T x ∈ S T such that no entry y y y of F j \mathcal{F}_j F j satisfies y ∈ S T y \in S_T y ∈ S T and ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ |R(x,y)| \ge q_* ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ , and let V 1 = ⋃ T ∈ T j U j , T V_1=\bigcup_{T\in\mathcal{T}_j}U_{j,T} V 1 = ⋃ T ∈ T j U j , T . Fix j j j , let s = s ( j ) s=s(j) s = s ( j ) , and condition on the lists at the levels of the block of j j j that precede j j j . This fixes T j \mathcal{T}_j T j and the cells S T S_T S T , and leaves the K s K_s K s entries of F j \mathcal{F}_j F j independent with law π \pi π . For T ∈ T j T \in\mathcal{T}_j T ∈ T j and x ∈ S T x \in S_T x ∈ S T , let a T ( x ) = π ( { y ∈ S T : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ } ) a_T(x)=\pi(\{y \in S_T: |R(x,y)| \ge q_*\}) a T ( x ) = π ({ y ∈ S T : ∣ R ( x , y ) ∣ ≥ q ∗ }) . Then
E F [ π ( U j , T ) ∣ earlier lists ] = ∑ x ∈ S T π ( x ) ( 1 − a T ( x ) ) K s . \mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{F}}\left[\pi(U_{j,T}) \mid\text{earlier lists}\right]
= \sum_{x\in S_T}\pi(x)\left(1-a_T(x)\right)^{K_s}. E F [ π ( U j , T ) ∣ earlier lists ] = x ∈ S T ∑ π ( x ) ( 1 − a T ( x ) ) K s .
We split the sum according to whether a T ( x ) < e − c s L a_T(x)<e^{-c_sL} a T ( x ) < e − c s L . Recall that J ∈ C n ( C s + 5 ) J\in C_n(C_s+5) J ∈ C n ( C s + 5 ) and c s = c ( C s + 5 ) c_s=c(C_s+5) c s = c ( C s + 5 ) . By (10.25) with S = S T S=S_T S = S T , the first group has Gibbs mass less than e − ( C s + 5 ) L e^{-(C_s+5)L} e − ( C s + 5 ) L . For the second group, ( 1 − a T ( x ) ) K s ≤ exp { − a T ( x ) K s } ≤ exp { − e − c s L e ( c s + 1 ) L } = e − e L (1-a_T(x))^{K_s}\le\exp\{-a_T(x)K_s\}\le\exp\{-e^{-c_sL}e^{(c_s+1)L}\}=e^{-e^L} ( 1 − a T ( x ) ) K s ≤ exp { − a T ( x ) K s } ≤ exp { − e − c s L e ( c s + 1 ) L } = e − e L . The number of tuples is
∣ T j ∣ ≤ ∏ s ′ < s ( K s ′ + 1 ) ≤ ∏ s ′ < s e ( c s ′ + 2 ) L = e C s L , |\mathcal{T}_j|
\le\prod_{s'<s}(K_{s'}+1)
\le\prod_{s'<s}e^{(c_{s'}+2)L}
= e^{C_sL}, ∣ T j ∣ ≤ s ′ < s ∏ ( K s ′ + 1 ) ≤ s ′ < s ∏ e ( c s ′ + 2 ) L = e C s L ,
where we used K s ′ + 1 ≤ e ( c s ′ + 1 ) L + 2 ≤ e ( c s ′ + 2 ) L K_{s'}+1\le e^{(c_{s'+1})L}+2\le e^{(c_{s'+2})L} K s ′ + 1 ≤ e ( c s ′ + 1 ) L + 2 ≤ e ( c s ′ + 2 ) L , valid once e L ≥ 3 e^L\ge3 e L ≥ 3 . Summing over T ∈ T j T\in\mathcal{T}_j T ∈ T j and taking expectations, we obtain
E F π ( ⋃ T ∈ T j U j , T ) ≤ e c s L ( e − ( C s + 5 ) L + e − e L ) ≤ 2 e − 5 L . \mathbb{E}_{F}\,\pi\left(\bigcup_{T\in\mathcal{T}_j}U_{j,T}\right)\le e^{c_sL}\left(e^{-(C_s+5)L}+e^{-e^L}\right)\le2e^{-5L}. E F π T ∈ T j ⋃ U j , T ≤ e c s L ( e − ( C s + 5 ) L + e − e L ) ≤ 2 e − 5 L .
where the last inequality holds once e L ≥ ( C s + 5 ) L e^L\ge(C_s+5)L e L ≥ ( C s + 5 ) L for every s < B s<B s < B . Summing over the N l e v ≤ e L N_{\mathrm{lev}}\le e^L N lev ≤ e L levels, we find
E F π ( V 1 ) ≤ 2 e − 4 L . (211) \mathbb{E}_{F}\,\pi(V_1)\le2e^{-4L}. \tag*{(211)} E F π ( V 1 ) ≤ 2 e − 4 L . (211)
Step 3: exceptional triples. Let c max = max s < B c s c_{\max}=\max_{s<B}c_s c m a x = max s < B c s . Using N l e v ≤ e L N_{\mathrm{lev}}\le e^L N lev ≤ e L and K s ≤ e ( c s + 2 ) L K_s\le e^{(c_s+2)L} K s ≤ e ( c s + 2 ) L , we find N ≤ e C N L N\le e^{C_NL} N ≤ e C N L with C N = c max + 3 C_N=c_{\max}+3 C N = c m a x + 3 .
Let O \mathcal{O} O be the event that there exist entries y 1 y_1 y 1 , y 2 y_2 y 2 , and y 3 y_3 y 3 of lists at three distinct levels, and signs σ 1 , σ 2 , σ 3 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } \sigma_1,\sigma_2,\sigma_3\in\{-1,1\} σ 1 , σ 2 , σ 3 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } , such that ( σ 1 y 1 , σ 2 y 2 , σ 3 y 3 ) ∈ B n (\sigma_1y_1,\sigma_2y_2,\sigma_3y_3)\in B_n ( σ 1 y 1 , σ 2 y 2 , σ 3 y 3 ) ∈ B n . Fix a choice of three entries, specified by their levels and indices, and of signs. The three entries are independent with law π \pi π , because they belong to distinct levels, and π \pi π is invariant under spin flips. The triple therefore has law π ⊗ 3 \pi^{\otimes3} π ⊗ 3 , and it lies in B n B_n B n with probability at most q n q_n q n by (10.21). There are at most N 3 N^3 N 3 ordered choices of three entries and 8 choices of signs, which gives
P F ( O ) ≤ 8 N 3 q n . \mathbb{P}_{F}(\mathcal{O})\le8N^3q_n. P F ( O ) ≤ 8 N 3 q n .
The configurations themselves need not be distinct; only their sampling indices are. Let V 2 V_2 V 2 be the set of x ∈ Σ n x\in\Sigma_n x ∈ Σ n for which there exist entries y y y and y ′ y' y ′ of lists at two distinct levels, signs σ , σ ′ , σ ′ ′ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } \sigma,\sigma',\sigma''\in\{-1,1\} σ , σ ′ , σ ′′ ∈ { − 1 , 1 } , and an ordering of σ y \sigma y σ y , σ ′ y ′ \sigma'y' σ ′ y ′ , and σ ′ ′ x \sigma''x σ ′′ x as a triple, such that this triple lies in B n B_n B n . Let x x x be a configuration with law π \pi π , independent of the lists. For a fixed ordered pair of entries at distinct levels, fixed signs, and a fixed ordering, the resulting triple has law π ⊗ 3 \pi^{\otimes3} π ⊗ 3 , and it lies in B n B_n B n with probability at most q n q_n q n . There are at most N 2 N^2 N 2 ordered pairs of entries, 8 choices of signs, and 6 orderings, and a union bound yields
E F π ( V 2 ) = P F ⊗ π ( x ∈ V 2 ) ≤ 48 N 2 q n . \mathbb{E}_{F}\,\pi(V_2)=\mathbb{P}_{F\otimes\pi}(x\in V_2)\le48N^2q_n. E F π ( V 2 ) = P F ⊗ π ( x ∈ V 2 ) ≤ 48 N 2 q n .
Step 4: choice of one realization. Let V = V 1 ∪ V 2 V=V_1\cup V_2 V = V 1 ∪ V 2 . Combining (10.28) with the two bounds of Step 3, we conclude that
E F [ 1 O + π ( V ) ] ≤ 2 e − 4 L + ( 8 N 3 + 48 N 2 ) q n ≤ 2 e − 4 L + 56 e 3 C N L q n ≤ 3 e − 4 L , \mathbb{E}_{F}\left[\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{O}}+\pi(V)\right]\le2e^{-4L}+(8N^3+48N^2)q_n\le2e^{-4L}+56e^{3C_NL}q_n\le3e^{-4L}, E F [ 1 O + π ( V ) ] ≤ 2 e − 4 L + ( 8 N 3 + 48 N 2 ) q n ≤ 2 e − 4 L + 56 e 3 C N L q n ≤ 3 e − 4 L ,
where the last inequality holds for all sufficiently large n n n by (10.22) with C = 3 C N + 4 C=3C_N+4 C = 3 C N + 4 . On the finite probability space of Step 1, some realization of the lists satisfies 1 O + π ( V ) ≤ E F [ 1 O + π ( V ) ] ≤ 3 e − 4 L \mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{O}}+\pi(V)\le\mathbb{E}_{F}[\mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{O}}+\pi(V)]\le3e^{-4L} 1 O + π ( V ) ≤ E F [ 1 O + π ( V )] ≤ 3 e − 4 L . We fix it. Then π ( V ) ≤ 3 e − 4 L \pi(V)\le3e^{-4L} π ( V ) ≤ 3 e − 4 L , which is (10.27), and the realization does not belong to O \mathcal{O} O , since 1 O ∈ { 0 , 1 } \mathbf{1}_{\mathcal{O}}\in\{0,1\} 1 O ∈ { 0 , 1 } and 3 e − 4 L < 1 3e^{-4L}<1 3 e − 4 L < 1 .
Step 5: the four properties. Property (i) holds because V ⊇ V 1 V \supseteq V_1 V ⊇ V 1 . For (ii), let x x x , v v v , and v ~ \widetilde{v} v be as there. The triple ( v , x , v ~ ) (v,x,\widetilde{v}) ( v , x , v ) is one of the orderings in the definition of V 2 V_2 V 2 , with σ ′ ′ = 1 \sigma''=1 σ ′′ = 1 . Since x ∉ V 2 x \notin V_2 x ∈ / V 2 , it does not lie in B n ⊇ B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) B_n \supseteq B_n(q_*,b_1) B n ⊇ B n ( q ∗ , b 1 ) . By the definition (201) and the hypotheses of (ii), this means that ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ 2 η n \lvert R(v,x)-R(v,\widetilde{v})\rvert\leq2\eta_n ∣ R ( v , x ) − R ( v , v )∣ ≤ 2 η n . The same argument with N n ⊆ B n \mathcal{N}_n \subseteq B_n N n ⊆ B n proves (iv). For (iii), let v v v , y y y , v ~ \widetilde{v} v , and σ \sigma σ be as there. Then R ( y , σ v ~ ) = ∣ R ( y , v ~ ) ∣ ≥ b 1 R(y,\sigma\widetilde{v})=\lvert R(y,\widetilde{v})\rvert\geq b_1 R ( y , σ v ) = ∣ R ( y , v )∣ ≥ b 1 , ∣ R ( v , y ) ∣ ≤ b 2 \lvert R(v,y)\rvert\leq b_2 ∣ R ( v , y )∣ ≤ b 2 , and ∣ R ( v , σ v ~ ) ∣ ≤ b 2 \lvert R(v,\sigma\widetilde{v})\rvert\leq b_2 ∣ R ( v , σ v )∣ ≤ b 2 . Since the realization does not belong to O \mathcal{O} O , the triple ( v , y , σ v ~ ) (v,y,\sigma\widetilde{v}) ( v , y , σ v ) of signed entries from three distinct levels does not lie in B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) B_n(b_1,b_2) B n ( b 1 , b 2 ) . This implies that ∣ R ( v , y ) − σ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ≤ 2 η n \lvert R(v,y)-\sigma R(v,\widetilde{v})\rvert\leq2\eta_n ∣ R ( v , y ) − σ R ( v , v )∣ ≤ 2 η n , and the last claim of (iii) follows from ∣ ∣ R ( v , y ) ∣ − ∣ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ ∣ ≤ ∣ R ( v , y ) − σ R ( v , v ~ ) ∣ \lvert\lvert R(v,y)\rvert-\lvert R(v,\widetilde{v})\rvert\rvert\leq\lvert R(v,y)-\sigma R(v,\widetilde{v})\rvert ∣∣ R ( v , y )∣ − ∣ R ( v , v )∣∣ ≤ ∣ R ( v , y ) − σ R ( v , v )∣ .
Step 6: the time scale L n = A n λ L_n=A_n^\lambda L n = A n λ . If L n = A n λ L_n=A_n^\lambda L n = A n λ with 0 < λ < 1 0<\lambda<1 0 < λ < 1 , then L n → ∞ L_n\to\infty L n → ∞ and L n / n → 0 L_n/n\to0 L n / n → 0 . For a fixed C > 0 C>0 C > 0 , we have
e C L n q n = C ′ ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e C A n λ − c R 3 n 1 − 3 λ + e C A n λ − c n 1 − 2 ξ + e C A n λ − c n ) . e^{CL_n}q_n=C'(n+1)^3\left(e^{CA_n^\lambda-cR_3n^{1-3\lambda}}+e^{CA_n^\lambda-cn^{1-2\xi}}+e^{CA_n^\lambda-cn}\right). e C L n q n = C ′ ( n + 1 ) 3 ( e C A n λ − c R 3 n 1 − 3 λ + e C A n λ − c n 1 − 2 ξ + e C A n λ − c n ) .
with C ′ C' C ′ the constant of (204) . By (193) , we have 1 − 3 λ > λ 1-3\lambda>\lambda 1 − 3 λ > λ and 1 − 2 ξ > 1 / 2 > λ 1-2\xi>1/2>\lambda 1 − 2 ξ > 1/2 > λ . Hence there exists λ ′ > 0 \lambda'>0 λ ′ > 0 such that each of the three exponents is at most − n λ ′ -n^{\lambda'} − n λ ′ for all large n n n , and ( n + 1 ) 3 e − n λ ′ → 0 (n+1)^3e^{-n^{\lambda'}}\to0 ( n + 1 ) 3 e − n λ ′ → 0 . This proves (205) and completes the proof. □
The proof gives slightly more than (ii)–(iv). For every x ∉ V x\notin V x ∈ / V , no ordering of x x x or − x -x − x with two signed entries from distinct levels lies in B n B_n B n , and no ordering of three signed entries from distinct levels lies in B n B_n B n . Properties (ii)–(iv) are the instances of these statements used in Section 11.
Remark 10.5 (The same family for every path avoiding V V V ). The family F \mathcal{F} F and the set V V V of Lemma 10.4 depend only on J J J , and properties (i)–(iv) are deterministic statements about F \mathcal{F} F , V V V , and configurations outside V V V . No path enters their construction. We may therefore apply them along any finite sequence x 0 , … , x m x_0,\ldots,x_m x 0 , … , x m in Σ n ∖ V \Sigma_n\setminus V Σ n ∖ V and for any choice of the thresholds of Section 11: properties (i), (ii), and (iv) hold at every x k x_k x k , simultaneously for all k k k , all levels, and all entries, and (iii) holds for all entries. This is the form in which we use the lemma in the induction of Section 11.
The order of choices matters for the stationary sign test of Section 12. There, we bound the probability that the stationary discrete heat-bath chain visits V V V at one of the indices 0 , … , m 0,\ldots,m 0 , … , m by ( m + 1 ) π ( V ) (m+1)\pi(V) ( m + 1 ) π ( V ) , using only that its law is π \pi π at each fixed integer index. This union bound requires that V V V is fixed before the chain is run. Note also that a reference selected along a path depends on the path and need not have law π \pi π ; for this reason we state (i)–(iv) for all entries of all lists, and not only for selected references. Finally, we choose the family separately at each J ∈ G n J\in\mathcal{G}_n J ∈ G n and assert no measurable dependence on J J J . None is needed, because the quantities that we integrate over the disorder in Section 12 do not depend on the family: they are the Gibbs masses of initial states whose transition law is close to π \pi π in total variation.